WOOD handbook:
Wood as an engineering material
By Forest Products Laboratory Forest Service U.S. Department of Agriculture
Agriculture Handbook No. 72
Revised August 1974
Library of Congress Catalog Card No. 73—600335 U.S. Forest Products Laboratory 1974. Wood handbook: Wood as an engineering material —(USDA Agr. Handb. 72, rev.) Summarizes information on wood as an engineering material. Properties of wood and wood-base products of particular concern to the architect and engineer are presented, along with discussions of designing with wood and some pertinent uses of wood. KEYWORDS: Wood structure, physical properties (wood), mechanical properties (wood), lumber, plywood, panel products, design, fastenings, wood moisture, drying, gluing, fire resistance, finishing, decay, sandwich construction, preservation, and wood-base products. Oxford 81/85
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, D.C. 20402. Price $7.85 stock Number 0100^3200
11 PREFACE
Forests, distinct from all their other services Purpose and benefits, supply a basic raw material— wood—which from the earliest times has fur- This handbook provides engineers, architects, nished mankind with necessities of existence and others with a source of information on the and with comforts and conveniences beyond physical and mechanical properties of wood, number. and how these properties are affected by varia- tions in the wood itself. Practical knowledge One major use has always been in struc- of wood has, over the years, resulted in strong tures, particularly in housing. But despite and beautiful structures, even though exact wood's long service in structures, it has not engineering data were not always available. always been used efficiently. In these days when Continuing research and evaluation techniques the Nation is trying to utilize its resources promise to permit wider and more efficient more fully, better and more efficient use of the utilization of wood and to encourage even more timber crop is vital. advanced industrial, structural, and decora- Authorship tive uses. As an aid to more efficient use of wood as Organization a material of construction, this handbook was Individual chapters describe not only the prepared by the Forest Products Laboratory, wood itself, but wood-based products, and the a unit of the research organization of the principles of how wood is dried, fastened, Forest Service, U.S. Department of Agricul- finished, and preserved from degradation in ture. The Laboratory, established in 1910, is today's world. Each chapter is climaxed with maintained at Madison, Wis., in cooperation a bibliography of allied information. A glos- with the University of Wisconsin. It was the sary of terms is presented at the end of the handbook. first institution in the world to conduct general The problem of adequately presenting infor- research on wood and its utilization. The vast mation for the architect, engineer, and builder accumulation of information that has resulted is complicated by the vast number of tree spec- from its engineering and allied investigations ies he may encounter in wood form. To prevent of wood and wood products over six decades— confusion, the common and botanical names along with knowledge of everyday construc- for different species mentioned in this volume tion practices and problems—is the chief basis conform to the official nomenclature of the for this handbook. Forest Service.
Ill ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The Forest Products Laboratory appreciates the cooperation of other elements of the Forest Service, and representatives of many universi- ties and segments of industry, in preparing this document. The number of such examples of assistance prevent the mentioning of in- dividual contributions, but their assistance is gratefully acknowledged. A special "thank you" is due to the organiza- tions that provided illustrations. These include the Acoustical and Insulating Materials As- sociation, American Hardboard Association, American Institute of Timber Construction, J. H. Baxter Wood Treating Company, Bell Lumber and Pole Company, California Red- wood Association, Forest Products Division of Koppers Co., Inc., National Forest Products Association, and National Particleboard As- sociation.
IV Chapters No. Page 1 Characteristics and Availability of Woods Commercially Important in the United States 1-1 2 Structure of Wood 2-1 3 Physical Properties of Wood 3-1 4 Mechanical Properties of Wood _ _ 4-1 5 Commercial Lumber 5-1 6 Lumber Stress Grades and Allow- able Properties 6-1 7 Fastenings 7-1 8 Wood Structural Members 8-1 9 Gluing of Wood 9-1 10 Glued Structural Members 10-1 11 Plywood 11-1 12 Structural Sandwich Construction 12-1 13 Bent Wood Members 13-1 14 Control of Moisture and Dimen- sional Changes 14-1 15 Fire Resistance of Wood Construc- tion 15-1 16 Painting and Finishing 16-1 17 Protection from Organisms That Degrade Wood 17-1 18 Wood Preservation 18-1 19 Poles, Piles, and Ties 19-1 20 Thermal Insulation 20-1 21 Wood-Base Fiber and Particle Panel Materials 21-1 22 Modified Woods and Paper-Base Laminates 22-1 Glossary 23-1 Index 24-1
V The use of trade, firm, or corporation names in this publication is for the information and convenience of the reader. Such use does not constitute an official endorsement or approval of any product or service by the U.S. Department of Agriculture to the exclusion of others which may be suitable.
Mention of a chemical in this handbook does not constitute a recommenda- tion; only those chemicals registered by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency may be recommended, and then only for uses as prescribed in the registration—and in the manner and at the concentration prescribed. The list of registered chemicals varies from time to time; prospective users, therefore, should get current information on registration status from Pesticides Regulation Division, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C. 20460.
Illustration Requests Requests for copies of illustrations contained in this handbook should be directed to the Forest Products Laboratory, USDA Forest Service, P.O. Box 5130, Madison, Wis. 53705.
VI FS-351
Chapter 1
CHARACTERISTICS AND AVAILABILITY OF WOODS
COMMERCIALLY IMPORTANT TO THE UNITED STATES
Page Timber Resources and Wood Uses 1-2 Hardwoods and Softwoods 1-3 Commercial Sources of Wood Products __ 1-4 Use Classes and Trends 1-5 Commercial Species in the United States 1-5 Hardwoods 1-5 Softwoods 1-13 Imported Woods 1-22 Bibliography 1-38
1-1 CHARACTERISTICS AND AVAILABILITY OF WOODS COMMERCIALLY IMPORTANT IN THE UNITED STATES
Through the ages the unique characteristics has diminished as new concepts of wood use and comparative abundance of wood have made have been introduced. Second-growth timber it a natural material for homes and other (fig. 1-1), the balance of the old-growth forests, structures, furniture, tools, vehicles, and dec- and imports continue to fill the needs for wood orative objects. Today, for the same reasons, in the quality required. Wood is as valuable wood is prized for a multitude of uses. an engineering material as it ever was, and All wood is composed of cellulose, lignin, in many cases technological advances have made ash-forming minerals, and extractives formed it even more useful. in a cellular structure. Variations in the charac- The inherent factors which keep wood in teristics and volume of the four components and the forefront of raw materials are many and differences in cellular structure result in some varied, but one of the chief attributes is its woods being heavy and some light, some stiff availability in many species, sizes, shapes, and and some flexible, some hard and some soft. conditions to suit almost every demand. It has For a single species, the properties are rel- a high ratio of strength to weight and a re- atively constant within limits; therefore, se- markable record for durability and perform- lection of wood by species alone may some- ance as a structural material. Dry wood has times be adequate. However, to use wood to its good insulating properties against heat, best advantage and most effectively in engineer- sound, and electricity. It tends to absorb and ing applications, the effect of specific char- dissipate vibrations under some conditions of acteristics or physical properties must be con- use, yet is an incomparable material for such sidered. musical instruments as violins. Because of Historically, some woods have filled many grain patterns and colors, wood is inherently purposes, while others which were not so readily an esthetically pleasing material, and its ap- available or so desirable qualitatively might pearance may be easily enhanced by stains, serve only one or two needs. The tough, strong, varnishes, lacquers, and other finishes. It is and durable white oak, for example, was a easily shaped with tools and fastened with highly prized wood for shipbuilding, bridges, adhesives, nails, screws, bolts, and dowels. cooperage, barn timbers, farm implements, rail- When wood is damaged it is easily repaired, and road crossties, fenceposts, flooring, paneling, wood structures are easily remodeled or altered. and other products. On the other hand, woods In addition, wood resists oxidation, acid, salt such as black walnut and cherry became primar- water, and other corrosive agents; has a high ily cabinet woods. Hickory was manufactured salvage value; has good shock resistance; into tough, hard resilient striking-tool handles. takes treatments with preservatives and fire Black locust was prized for barn timbers and retardants; and combines with almost any treenails. What the early builder or craftsman other material for both functional and esthetic learned by trial and error became the basis uses. for the decision as to which species to use for a given purpose, and what characteristics TIMBER RESOURCES AND WOOD USES to look for in selecting a tree for a given use. In the United States more than 100 woods It was commonly accepted that wood from are available to the prospective user, but it is trees gown in certain locations under certain very unlikely that all are available in any one conditions was stronger, more durable, and locality. Commercially, there are about 60 na- more easily worked with tools, or finer grained tive woods of major importance. Another 30 than wood from trees in some other locations. woods are commonly imported in the form of Modern wood quality research has substantiated logs, cants, lumber, and veneer for industrial that location and growth conditions do signif- uses, the building trades, and the craftsman. icantly affect wood properties. A continuing program of timber inventory is The gradual utilization of the virgin forests in effect in the United States through coopera- in the United States has reduced the available tion of Federal agencies and the States. As new supply of large clear logs for lumber and veneer information regarding timber resources be- However, the importance of high quality logs comes available it appears in State and Federal
1-2 M 913 SI4 Figure 1—1.—Reforested area on the Kaniksu Notional Forest in Idaho. Foreground Stocked with western larch and Douglas-flr reproduced naturally. The central area, edged by mature timber, is a field-planted western white pine plantation. publications. One of the most valuable source ample, such softwoods as longleaf pine and books is "Timber Trends in the United Douglas-fir produce wood that is typically har- States," Forest Service, U.S. Department of der than the hardwoods basswood and aspen. Agriculture Forest Resource Report No. 17. Botanically, the softwoods are Gymnosperms, The best source of current information on species that fall into a classification called timber consumption, production, imports, and conifers that have their seed exposed, usually the demand and price situation is published in cones. Examples are the pines, spruces, red- periodically in a U.S. Department of Agricul- woods, and junipers. The other broad classi- ture Miscellaneous Publication, entitled "The fication, the Angiosperms, comprise the various Demand and Price Situation for Forest Prod- orders of hardwoods. They have true flowers ucts." Both publications are available from and broad leaves, and the seeds are enclosed the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Govern- in a fruit. United States softwoods have needle- ment Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. like or scalelike leaves that, except for larches and baldcypress, remain on the trees through- HARDWOODS AND SOFTWOODS out the year. The hardwoods, with a few excep- tions, lose their leaves in fall or during the Trees are divided into two broad classes, winter. Most of the imported woods, other usually referred to as "hardwoods" and "soft- than those from Canada, are hardwoods. woods." Some softwoods, however, are actually Major resources of softwood species are harder than some of the hardwoods, and some spread across the United States, except for the hardwoods are softer than softwoods. For ex- Great Plains where only small areas are for-
1-3 ested. Species are often loosely grouped in three general producing areas:
Western softwoods Douglas-fir Sitka spruce Ponderosa pine Idaho white pine Western hemlock Sugar pine Western redcedar Lodgepole pine True firs Port-Orford-cedar Redwood Incense-cedar Engelmann spruce Alaska-cedar Western larch
Northern softwoods Eastern white pine Red pine Jack pine Eastern hemlock Balsam fir Tamarack Eastern spruces Eastern redcedar Northern white-cedar
Southern softwoods Southern pine Eastern redcedar Baldcypress Atlantic white-cedar With some exceptions, most hardwoods oc- cur east of the Great Plains area (fig. 1-2). The following classification is based on the principal producing region for each wood: M I3S 374 Figure 1-3.—Mixed northern liQrdwoods on OHawa National Forest in Michigan. Southern hardwoods COMMERCIAL SOURCES OF WOOD Ash Magnolia Basswood Soft maple PRODUCTS American beech Red oak Cottonwood White oak Softwoods are available directly from the Elm Sweetgum sawmill, wholesale and retail yards, or lumber Hackberry American sycamore Pecan hickory Tupelo brokers. Softwood lumber and plywood are True hickory Black walnut used in construction for forms, scaffolding, American holly Black willow Black locust framing, sheathing, flooring, ceiling, trim, Yellow-poplar paneling, cabinets, and many other building Northern and Appalachian hardwoods components. Softwoods may also appear in the form of shingles, sash, doors, and other mill- Ash True hickory Aspen Black locust work, in addition to some rough products such Basswood Hard maple as round treated posts. American beech Soft maple Hardwoods are used in construction for Birch Red oak Black cherry White oak flooring, architectural woodwork, trim, and American chestnut ' American sycamore paneling. These items are usually available Cottonwood Black walnut from lumberyards and building supply dealers. Elm Yellow-poplar Hackberry Most hardwood lumber and dimension are re- manufactured into furniture, flooring, pallets, Western hardwoods containers, dunnage, and blocking. Hardwood Red alder Bigleaf maple lumber and dimension are available directly Oregon ash Paper birch from the manufacturer, through wholesalers Aspen Tanoak and brokers, and in some retail yards. Black cottonwood Both softwood and hardwood forest products ' American chestnut is no longer harvested as a living are distributed throughout the United States, tree, but the lumber is still on the market as "wormy chestnut" and prices are quoted in the Hardwood although they tend to be more readily avail- Market Report. able in or near their area of origin. Local
1-4 preferences and the availability of certain The wood of red alder varies from almost species may influence choice ; but, a wide selec- white to pale pinkish brown and has no visible tion of woods is generally available for building boundary between heartwood and sapwood. construction, industrial uses, remanufacturing, It is moderately light in weight, intermediate and use by home craftsmen. in most strength properties, but low in shock resistance. Red alder has relatively low shrink- USE CLASSES AND TRENDS age. The principal use of red alder is for furni- Some of the many use classifications for wood ture, but it is also used for sash, doors, panel are growing with the overall national economy, stock, and millwork. and others are holding about the same levels of production and consumption. The wood- Ash based industries that are growing most vig- orously convert wood to thin slices (veneer), Important species of ash are white ash particles (chips, flakes, etc.), or fiber pulps {Fraxinus americana), green ash {F, pennsyl- and reassemble the elements to produce ply- vanica), blue ash (F. quadrangulata)y black wood, numerous types of particleboard, paper, ash (F, nigra), pumpkin ash (F. profunda), paperboard, and fiberboard products. Another and Oregon ash (F. latifolia). The first five growing wood industry specializes in produc- of these species grow in the eastern half of the ing laminated timbers. Annual production by United States. Oregon ash grows along the the lumber industry has continued for several Pacific coast. years at almost the same board footage. Some Commercial white ash is a group of species of the forest products industries, such as rail- that consists mostly of white ash and green road crossties, cooperage, shingles, and shakes ash, although blue ash is also included. Heart- appear to have leveled off following a period of depressed production, and in some instances wood of commercial white ash is brown; the to be making modest increases in production. sapwood is light colored or nearly white. Second-growth trees have a large proportion of sapwood. Old-growth trees, which character- COMMERCIAL SPECIES IN THE istically have little sapwood, are scarce. UNITED STATES Second-growth commercial white ash is par- The following brief discussions of the princi- ticularly sought because of the inherent quali- pal localities of occurrence, characteristics, and ties of this wood; it is heavy, strong, hard, uses of the main commercial species, or stiff, and has high resistance to shock. Because groups of species, will aid in selecting woods of these qualities such tough ash is used princi- for specific purposes. More detailed informa- pally for handles, oars, vehicle parts, baseball tion on the properties of these and other species bats, and other sporting and athletic goods. is given in various tables throughout this hand- Some handle specifications call for not less than book. five or more than 17 growth rings per inch for Certain uses listed under the individual handles of the best grade. The addition of a species are no longer important. They have weight requirement of 43 or more pounds a been included to provide some information on cubic foot at 12 percent moisture content will the historical and traditional uses of the assure excellent material. species. Oregon ash has somewhat lower strength The common and botanical names given for properties than white ash, but it is used locally the different species conform to the Forest for the same purposes. Service official nomenclature for trees. Black ash is important commercially in the Lake States. The wood of black ash and pump- Hardwoods kin ash runs considerably lighter in weight Alder, Red than that of commercial white ash. Ash trees growing in southern river bottoms, especially Red alder {Alnus rubra) grows along the in areas that are frequently flooded for long Pacific coast between Alaska and California. It periods, produce buttresses that contain rel- is used commercially along the coasts of atively lightweight and weak wood. Such wood Oregon and Washington and is the most abun- is sometimes separated from tough ash when dant commercial hardwood species in these sold. States. Ash wood of lighter weight, including black 1-5 ash, is sold as cabinet ash, and is suitable for The heartwood of basswood is pale yellowish cooperage, furniture, and shipping containers. brown with occasional darker streaks. Bass- Some ash is cut into veneer for furniture, wood has wide, creamy-white or pale brown paneling, wire-bound boxes. sapwood that merges gradually into the heart- wood. When dry, the wood is without odor or Aspen taste. It is soft and light in weight, has fine, "Aspen" is a generally recognized name ap- even texture, and is straight grained and easy plied to bigtooth aspen {Populns grandidentata) to work with tools. Shrinkage in width and and to quaking aspen (P. tremuloides), Aspen thickness during drying is rated as large ; how- does not include balsam poplar (P. balsamifera) ever, basswood seldom warps in use. and the species of Popidtcs that make up the Basswood lumber is used mainly in Venetian group of cottonwoods. In lumber statistics of blinds, sash and door frames, molding, apiary the U.S. Bureau of the Census, however, the supplies, woodenware, and boxes. Some bass- term "cottonwood" includes all of the preced- wood is cut for veneer, cooperage, excelsior, and ing species. Also, the lumber of aspens and pulpwood. cottonwood may be mixed in trade and sold either as poplar ('Topple") or cottonwood. The Beech, American name **popple" or "poplar" should not be con- fused with yellow-poplar (Liriodendron tulipi- Only one species of beech, American beech fera), also known in the trade as "poplar." {Fagus grandifolia), is native to the United Aspen lumber is produced principally in the States. It grows in the eastern one-third of the Northeastern and Lake States. There is some United States and adjacent Canadian provinces. production in the Rocky Mountain States. Greatest production of beech lumber is in the The heartwood of aspen is grayish white to Central and Middle Atlantic States. light grayish brown. The sapwood is lighter Beechwood varies in color from nearly white colored and generally merges gradually into sapwood to reddish-brown heartwood in some heartwood without being clearly marked. As- trees. Sometimes there is no clear line of de- pen wood is usually straight grained with a marcation between heartwood and sapwood. fine, uniform texture. It is easily worked. Well- Sapwood may be 3 to 5 inches thick. The wood seasoned aspen lumber does not impart odor has little figure and is of close, uniform texture. or flavor to foodstuffs. It has no characteristic taste or odor. The wood of aspen is lightweight and soft. The wood of beech is classed as heavy, hard, It is low in strength, moderately stiff, moder- strong, high in resistance to shock, and highly ately low in resistance to shock, and has a adaptable for steam bending. Beech has large moderately high shrinkage. shrinkage and requires careful drying. It ma- Aspen is cut for lumber, pallets, boxes and chines smoothly, is an excellent wood for turn- crating, pulpwood, particleboard, excelsior, ing, wears well, and is rather easily treated matches, veneer, and miscellaneous turned with preservatives. articles. Largest amounts of beech go into flooring, furniture, brush blocks, handles, veneer wood- Basswood en-ware, containers, cooperage, and laundry American basswood (Tilia americana) is the appliances. When treated, it is suitable for rail- most important of the several native basswood way ties. species; next in importance is white bass- wood (T. heterophylla). Other species occur Birch only in very small quantities. Because of the similarity of the wood of the different species, The important species of birch are yellow no attempt is made to distinguish between birch (Betula alleghaniensis), sweet birch (B. them in lumber form. Other common names lenta) y and paper birch (B. papyrifera). Other of basswood are linden, linn, and beetree. birches of some commercial importance are Basswood grows in the eastern half of the river birch (JS. nigra), gray birch (ß. populi- United States from the Canadian provinces folia), and western paper birch (ß. papyrifera southward. Most basswood lumber comes from var. commutata). the Lake, Middle Atlantic, and Central Yellow birch, sweet birch, and paper birch States. In commercial usage, "white basswood" grow principally in the Northeastern and Lake is used to specify white wood or sapwood of States. Yellow and sweet birch also grow along either species. the Appalachian Mountains to northern Geo-
1-6 rgia. They are the source of most birch lumber fied by pinkish tones or darker brown streaks. and veneer. The wood is moderately light in weight—about Yellow birch has white sapwood and light the same as eastern white pine—rather coarse- reddish-brown heart wood. Sweet birch has textured, moderately weak in bending and light-colored sapwood and dark brown heart- endwise compression, relatively low in stiffness, wood tinged with red. Wood of yellow birch moderately soft, and moderately high in shock and sweet birch is heavy, hard, strong, and resistance. Butternut machines easily and has good shock-resisting ability. The wood is finishes well. In many ways it resembles black fine and uniform in texture. Paper birch is walnut, but it does not have the strength or lower in weight, softer, and lower in strength hardness. Principal uses are for lumber and than yellow and sweet birch. Birch shrinks con- veneer, which are further manufactured into siderably during drying. furniture, cabinets, paneling, trim, and mis- Yellow and sweet birch lumber and veneer cellaneous rough items. go principally into the manufacture of furni- ture, boxes, baskets, crates, woodenware, Cherry, Black cooperage, interior finish, and doors. Birch veneer goes into plywood used for flush doors, Black cherry {Prumts serótina) is sometimes furniture, paneling, radio and television cab- known as cherry, wild black cherry, wild cherry, inets, aircraft, and other specialty uses. Paper or chokecherry. It is the only native species birch is used for turned products, including of the genus Prunus of commercial importance spools, bobbins, small handles, and toys. for lumber production. It occurs scatteringly from southeastern Canada throughout the Buckeye eastern half of the United States. Production is centered chiefly in the Middle Atlantic States. Buckeye consists of two species, yellow The heartwood of black cherry varies from buckeye (Aesculios octandra) and Ohio buck- light to dark reddish brown and has a distinc- eye (A. glabra). They range from the Ap- tive luster. The sapwood is narrow in old trees palachians of Pennsylvania, Virginia, and and nearly white. The wood has a fairly uni- North Carolina westward to Kansas, Oklahoma, form texture and very satisfactory machining and Texas. Buckeye is not customarily sepa- properties. It is moderately heavy. Black cherry rated from other species when manufactured is strong, stiff, moderately hard, and has high into lumber and can be utilized for the same shock resistance and moderately large shrink- purposes as aspen, basswood, and sap yellow- age. After seasoning, it is very dimensionally poplar. stable in use. The white sapwood of buckeye merges Black cherry is used principally for furni- gradually into the creamy or yellowish white ture, fine veneer panels, architectural wood- of the heartwood. The wood is uniform in work, and for backing blocks on which electro- texture, generally straight-grained, light in type plates are mounted. Other uses include weight, weak when used as a beam, soft, and burial caskets, woodenware novelties, patterns, low in shock resistance. It is rated low on and paneling. It has proved satisfactory for machineability such as shaping, mortising, gunstocks, but has a limited market for this steam bending, boring, and turning. purpose. Buckeye is suitable for pulping for paper and in lumber form has been used principally Chestnut, American for furniture, boxes, and crates, food con- tainers, woodenware, novelties, and planing American chestnut (Castanea dentata) is mill products. known also as sweet chestnut. Before chest- nut was attacked by a blight, it grew in com- Butternut mercial quantities from New England to northern Georgia. Practically all standing chest- Butternut (Juglans cinérea) is also called nut has been killed by blight, and supplies white walnut, American white walnut, and oil- come from dead timber. There are still quanti- nut. It grows from southern New Brunswick ties of standing dead chestnut in the Appalach- and Maine, west to Minnesota. Its southern ian Mountains, which may be available for some range extends into northeastern Arkansas and time because of the great natural resistance to eastward to western North Carolina. decay of its heartwood. The narrow sapwood is nearly white, and the The heartwood of chestnut is grayish brown heartwood is a light brown, frequently modi- or brown and becomes darker with age. The
1-7 sapwood is very narrow and almost white. The Elm wood is coarse in texture, and the growth rings are made conspicuous by several rows of large, Six species of elm grow in the eastern distinct pores at the beginning of each year's United States: American elm (Ulrmts ameri- growth. Chestnut wood is moderately light cana) ^ slippery elm (Î7. rubra)y rock elm (U. in weight. It is moderately hard, moderately thomasii), winged elm (U, alata), cedar elm low in strength, moderately low in resistance (U. crassifolia), and September elm (Î7. seró- to shock, and low in stiffness. It seasons well tina). American elm is also known as white elm, and is easy to work with tools. water elm, and gray elm; slippery elm as red Chestnut was used for poles, railway ties, elm; rock elm as cork elm or hickory elm; furniture, caskets, boxes, crates, and core winged elm as wahoo; cedar elm as red elm stock for veneer panels. It appears most fre- or basket elm; and September elm as red quently now as 'Vormy chestnut" for panel- elm. ing, trim, and picture frames, while a small Supply of American elm is threatened by amount is still used in rustic fences. two diseases, Dutch Elm and phloem necrosis, which have killed hundreds of thousands of trees. CoUonwood The sapwood of the elms is nearly white and the heartwood light brown, often tinged Cottonwood includes several species of the with red. The elms may be divided into two genus Populus, Most important are eastern general classes, hard elm and soft elm, based cottonwood (P. deltoides and varieties), also on the weight and strength of the wood. Hard known as Carolina poplar and whitewood; elm includes rock elm, winged elm, cedar elm, swamp cottonwood (P. heterophylla), also and September elm. American elm and sHp- known as cottonwood, river cottonwood, and pery elm are the soft elms. Soft elm is swamp poplar; and black cottonwood (P. tri- moderately heavy, has high shock resistance, chocarpa) and balsam poplar (P. halsamifera). and is moderately hard and stiff. Hard elm Eastern cottonwood and swamp cottonwood species are somewhat heavier than soft elm. grow throughout the eastern half of the Elm has excellent bending qualities. United States. Greatest production of lumber Production of elm lumber is chiefly in the is in the Southern and Central States. Black Lake, Central and Southern States. cottonwood grows in the West Coast States and Elm lumber is used principally in boxes, in western Montana, northern Idaho, and baskets, crates, and slack barrels; furniture, western Nevada. Balsam poplar grows from agricultural supplies and implements; caskets Alaska across Canada, and in the northern and burial boxes, and vehicles. For some uses Great Lake states. the hard elms are preferred. Elm veneer is The heartwood of the three cottonwoods is used for furniture, fruit, vegetable, and cheese grayish white to light brown. The sapwood is boxes, baskets, and decorative panels. whitish and merges gradually with the heart- wood. The wood is comparatively uniform in Hackberry texture, and generally straight grained. It is odorless when well seasoned. Hackberry (Celtis occidentalis) and sugar- Eastern cottonwood is moderately low in berry (C. laevigata) supply the lumber known bending and compressive strength, moderately in the trade as hackberry. Hackberry grows limber, moderately soft, and moderately low in east of the Great Plains from Alabama, Georgia, ability to resist shock. Black cottonwood is Arkansas, and Oklahoma northward, except slightly below eastern cottonwood in most along the Canadian boundary. Sugarberry strength properties. Both eastern and black overlaps the southern part of the range of cottonwood have moderately large shrinkage. hackberry and grows throughout the Southern Some cottonwood is difficult to work with tools and South Atlantic States. because of fuzzy surfaces. Tension wood is The sapwood of both species varies from pale largely responsible for this characteristic. yellow to greenish or grayish yellow. The heart- Cottonwood is used principally for lumber, wood is commonly darker. The wood resembles veneer, pulpwood, excelsior, and fuel. The lum- elm in structure. ber and veneer go largely into boxes, crates, Hackberry lumber is moderately heavy. It baskets, and pallets. is moderately strong in bending, moderately 1-8 weak in compression parallel to the grain, mod- The major use for hickory is for tool han- erately hard to hard, high in shock resistance, dles, which require high shock resistance. It is but low in stiffness. It has moderately large also used for ladder rungs, athletic goods, agri- to large shrinkage but keeps its shape well cultural implements, dowels, gymnasium ap- during seasoning. paratus, poles, and furniture. Most hackberry is cut into lumber, with A considerable quantity of lower grade small amounts going into dimension stock hickory is not suitable, because of knottiness and some into veneer. Most of it is used for or other growth features and low density, for furniture and some for containers. the special uses of high-quality hickory. It appears particularly useful for pallets, block- Hickory, Pecan ing, and similar items. Hickory sawdust and chips and some solid wood is used by the Species of the pecan group include bitternut major packing companies to flavor meat by hickory {Garya oordiformis), pecan (C. il- smoking. linoensis), water hickory (C. aquatica), and nutmeg hickory (C. myristicaeformis). Bit- Holly, American ternut hickory grows throughout the eastern half of the United States. Pecan hickory grows American holly (Ilex opaca) is sometimes from central Texas and Louisiana to Missouri and Indiana. Water hickory grows from Texas called white holly, evergreen holly, and box- to South Carolina. Nutmeg hickory occurs wood. The natural range of holly extends principally in Texas and Louisiana. along the Atlantic coast, gulf coast, and Mis- The wood of pecan hickory resembles that sissippi Valley. of true hickory. It has white or nearly white Both heartwood and sapwood are white, the sapwood, which is relatively wide, and some- heartwood with an ivory cast. The wood has what darker heartwood. The wood is heavy a uniform and compact texture; it is mod- and sometimes has very large shrinkage. erately low in strength when used as a beam Heavy pecan hickory finds use in tool and or column and low in stiffness, but it is heavy implement handles and flooring. The lower and hard, and ranks high in shock resistance. grades are used in pallets. Many higher grade It is readily penetrable to liquids and can be logs are sliced to provide veneer for furniture satisfactorily dyed. It works well, cuts smoothly, and decorative paneling. and is used principally for scientific and mus- ical instruments, furniture inlays, and athletic Hickory, True goods.
True hickories are found throughout most of Honeylocust the eastern half of the United States. The species most important commercially are shag- The wood of honeylocust (Gleditsia trio- bark (Carya ovata), pignut (C glabra), shell- canthos) possesses many desirable qualities bark (C. ladniosa), and mockernut (C tomen- such as attractive figure and color, hardness, tosa) . and strength, but is little used because of its The greatest commercial production of the scarcity. Although the natural range of honey- true hickories for all uses is in the Middle locust has been extended by planting, it is Atlantic and Central States. The Southern and found most commonly in the eastern United South Atlantic States produce nearly half of States, except for New England and the South all hickory lumber. Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plains. The sapwood of hickory is white and usually quite thick, except in old, slowly growing trees. The sapwood is generally wide and yellowish The heartwood is reddish. From the stand- in contrast to the light red to reddish brown point of strength, no distinction should be heartwood. It is very heavy, very hard, strong made between sapwood and heartwood having in bending, stiff, resistant to shock, and is the same weight. durable when in contact with the ground. The wood of true hickory is exceptionally When available, it is restricted primarily to tough, heavy, hard, strong, and shrinks con- local uses, such as fence posts and lumber for siderably in drying. For some purposes, both general construction. Occasionally it will show rings per inch and weight are limiting factors up with other species in lumber for pallets where strength is important. and crating.
1-9 Locust, Black cucumbertree is similar to that of yellow- poplar, and cucumbertree growing in the Black locust (Robinia pseudoacacia) is some- yellow-poplar range is not separated from that times called yellow locust, white locust, green species on the market. locust, or post locust. This species grows from Magnolia lumber is used principally in the Pennsylvania along the Appalachian Moun- manufacture of furniture, boxes, pallets, Vene- tains to northern Georgia. It is also native to tian blinds, sash, doors, veneer, and millwork. a small area in northwestern Arkansas. The greatest production of black locust timber is in Maple Tennessee, Kentucky, West Virginia, and Vir- ginia. Commercial species of maple in the United Locust has narrow, creamy-white sapwood. States include sugar maple (Acer sacchamm), The heartwood, when freshly cut, varies from black maple (A. nigrum), silver maple (A, greenish yellow to dark brown. Black locust is saccharinum), red maple (A, rubrum), box- very heavy, very hard, very high in resistance elder (A. negundo), and bigleaf maple (A. ma- to shock, and ranks very high in strength and crophyllum). Sugar maple is also known as stiffness. It has moderately small shrinkage. hard maple, rock maple, sugar tree, and black The heartwood has high decay resistance. maple ; black maple as hard maple, black sugar Black locust is used extensively for round, maple, and sugar maple ; silver maple as white hewed, or split mine timbers and for fence- maple, river maple, water maple, and swamp posts, poles, railroad ties, stakes, and fuel. An maple; red maple as soft maple, water maple, important product manufactured from black scarlet maple, white maple, and swamp maple ; locust is insulator pins, a use for which the boxelder as ash-leaved maple, three-leaved wood is well adapted because of its strength, maple, and cut-leaved maple; and bigleaf decay resistance, and moderate shrinkage and maple as Oregon maple. swelling. Other uses are for rough construc- Maple lumber comes principally from the tion, crating, ship treenails and mine equip- Middle Atlantic and Lake States, which to- ment. gether account for about two-thirds of the pro- duction. Magnolia The wood of sugar maple and black maple is known as hard maple; that of silver maple, Three species comprise commercial magno- red maple, and boxelder as soft maple. The lia—southern magnolia (Magnolia grandiflo- sapwood of the maples is commonly white with ra), sweetbay (M. virginianxi), and cucumber- a slight reddish-brown tinge. It is from 3 to tree (M. acuminata). Other names for southern 5 or more inches thick. Heartwood is usually magnolia are evergreen magnolia, magnolia, big light reddish brown, but sometimes is con- laurel, bull bay, and laurel bay. Sweetbay is siderably darker. Hard maple has a fine, uni- sometimes called swamp magnolia, or more of- form texture. It is heavy, strong, stiff, hard, ten simply magnolia. resistant to shock, and has large shrinkage. The natural range of sweetbay extends along Sugar maple is generally straight grained but the Atlantic and gulf coasts from Long Island also occurs as "birdseye," "curley," and "fid- to Texas, and that of southern magnolia from dleback" grain. Soft maple is not so heavy as North Carolina to Texas. Cucumbertree grows hard maple, but has been substituted for hard from the Appalachians to the Ozarks north- maple in the better grades, particularly for ward to Ohio. Louisiana leads in production furniture. of magnolia lumber. Maple is used principally for lumber, veneer, The sapwood of southern magnolia is yel- crossties, and pulpwood. A large proportion is lowish white, and the heartwood is light to manufactured into flooring, furniture, boxes, dark brown with a tinge of yellow or green. pallets, and crates, shoe lasts, handles, wooden- The wood, which has close, uniform texture ware, novelties, spools, and bobbins. and is generally straight grained, closely re- sembles yellow-poplar. It is moderately heavy, Oak (Red Oak Group) moderately low in shrinkage, moderately low in bending and compressive strength, moder- Most red oak lumber and other products ately hard and stiff, and moderately high in come from the Southern States, the southern shock resistance. Sweetbay is reported to be mountain regions, the Atlantic Coastal Plains, much like southern magnolia. The wood of and the Central States. The principal species
1-10 are: Northern red oak (Quercus rubra), scar- the wood impenetrable by liquids, and for this let oak (Q. coccínea), Shumard oak (Q. shu- reason most white oaks are suitable for tight mardii), pin oak (Q. palustris), Nuttall oak cooperage. Chestnut oak lacks tyloses in many (Q. nuttallii), black oak (Q. velutina), south- of its pores. ern red oak (Q. falcata), cherrybark oak (Q. The wood of white oak is heavy, averaging falcata var. pagodaefolia), water oak (Q. somewhat higher in weight than that of the nigra), laurel oak (Q. laurifolia), and willow red oaks. The heartwood has moderately good oak (Q. phellos). decay resistance. The sapwood is nearly white and usually White oaks are used for lumber, railroad 1 to 2 inches thick. The heartwood is brown ties, cooperage, mine timbers, fenceposts, ve- with a tinge of red. Sawed lumber of red oak neer, fuelwood, and many other products. cannot be separated by species on the basis of High-quality white oak is especially sought the characteristics of the wood alone. Red oak for tight cooperage. Live oak is considerably lumber can be separated from white oak by heavier and stronger than the other oaks, and the number of pores in summerwood and be- was formerly used extensively for ship tim- cause, as a rule, it lacks the membranous bers. An important use of white oak is for growth known as tyloses in the pores. The open planking and bent parts of ships and boats, pores of the red oaks make these species un- heartwood often being specified because of its suitable for tight cooperage, unless the bar- decay resistance. It is also used for flooring, rels are lined with sealer or plastic. Quarter- pallets, agricultural implements, railroad cars, sawed lumber of the oaks is distinguished by truck floors, furniture, doors, millwork, and the broad and conspicuous rays, which add to many other items. its attractiveness. Wood of the red oaks is heavy. Rapidly Sassafras grown second-growth oak is generally harder The range of sassafras (Sassafras albidum) and tougher than finer textured old-growth covers most of the eastern half of the United timber. The red oaks have fairly large shrink- States from southeastern Iowa and eastern age in drying. Texas eastward. The red oaks are largely cut into lumber, The wood of sassafras is easily confused railroad ties, mine timbers, fenceposts, veneer, with black ash, which it resembles in color, pulpwood, and fuelwood. Ties, mine timbers, grain, and texture. The sapwood is light yel- and fenceposts require preservative treatment low and the heartwood varies from dull gray- for satisfactory service. Red oak lumber is re- ish brown to dark brown, sometimes with a manufactured into flooring, furniture, general reddish tinge. The wood has an odor of sas- millwork, boxes, pallets and crates, agricul- safras on freshly cut surfaces. tural implements, caskets, woodenware, and Sassafras is moderately heavy, moderately handles. It is also used in railroad cars and hard, moderately weak in bending and end- boats. wise compression, quite high in shock resist- ance, and quite durable when exposed to Oak (White Oak Group) conditions conducive to decay. It was highly prized by the Indians for dugout canoes, and White oak lumber comes chiefly from the some sassafras lumber is now used for small South, South Atlantic, and Central States, in- boats. Locally, it is used for fence posts and cluding the southern Appalachian area. rails and general millwork, for foundation Principal species are white oak (Quercus posts, and some wooden containers. alba), chestnut oak (Q. prinus), post oak (Q. stellata), overcup oak (Q. lyrata), swamp chest- Sweetgum nut oak (Q. michauxii), bur oak (Q. macro- carpa), chinkapin oak (Q. muehlenbergii), Sweetgum (Liquidambar styraciflua) grows swamp white oak (Q. bicolor), and live oak from southwestern Connecticut westward into (Q. virginiana), Missouri and southward to the gulf. Lumber The heartwood of the white oaks is gener- production is almost entirely from the South- ally grayish brown, and the sapwood, which ern and South Atlantic States. is from 1 to 2 or more inches thick, is nearly The lumber from sweetgum is usually di- white. The pores of the heartwood of white vided into two classes—sap gum, the light- oaks are usually plugged with the membranous colored wood from the sapwood, and red gum, growth known as tyloses. These tend to make the reddish-brown heartwood. 1-11 Sweetgum has interlocked grain, a form of the heartwood, which also ages to dark red- cross grain, and must be carefully dried. The dish brown. The wood is heavy, hard, and interlocked grain causes a ribbon stripe, how- except for compression perpendicular to the ever, that is desirable for interior finish and grain has roughly the same strength prop- furniture. The wood is rated as moderately erties as eastern white oak. Volumetric shrink- heavy and hard. It is moderately strong, mod- age during drying is more than for white oak, erately stiff, and moderately high in shock and it has a tendency to collapse during drying. resistance. It is quite susceptible to decay, but the sap- Sweetgum is used principally for lumber, wood takes preservatives easily. It has straight veneer, plywood, slack cooperage, railroad ties, grain, machines and glues well, and takes fuel, and pulpwood. The lumber goes princi- staining readily. pally into boxes and crates, furniture, radio Because of tanoak's hardness and abrasion and phonograph cabinets, interior trim, and resistance, it is an excellent wood for flooring millwork. Sweetgum veneer and plywood are in homes or commercial buildings. It is also used for boxes, pallets, crates, baskets, and suitable for industrial applications such as interior woodwork. truck flooring. Tanoak treated with preserva- tive has been used for railroad crossties. The Sycamore, American wood has been manufactured into baseball bats with good results. It is also suitable for American sycamore (Platanus occidentalis) veneer, both decorative and industrial, and for is also known as sycamore and sometimes as high-quality furniture. buttonwood, buttonball tree, and planetree. Sycamore grows from Maine to Nebraska, Tupelo southward to Texas, and eastward to Florida. In the production of sycamore lumber, the The túpelo group includes water túpelo Central States rank first. (Nyssa aquatica), also known as túpelo gum, The heartwood of sycamore is reddish swamp túpelo, and gum; blacktupelo (A^. syl- brown; sapwood is lighter in color and from vatica), also known as black gum; and sour 11/2 to 3 inches thick. The wood has a fine gum; swamp túpelo (AT. sylvatica var. biflora), texture and interlocked grain. It shrinks mod- also known as swamp blackgum, blackgum, erately in drying. Sycamore wood is moder- túpelo gum, and sour gum; Ogeechee túpelo ately heavy, moderately hard, moderately stiff, (N. ogeche), also known as sour túpelo, gopher moderately strong, and has good resistance to shock. plum, túpelo, and Ogeechee plum. Sycamore is used principally for lumber, All except black túpelo grow principally in veneer, railroad ties, slack cooperage, fence- the southeastern United States. Black túpelo posts, and fuel. Sycamore lumber is used for grows in the eastern United States from Maine furniture, boxes (particularly small food con- to Texas and Missouri. About two-thirds of tainers), pallets, flooring, handles, and butch- the production of túpelo lumber is from the er's blocks. Veneer is used for fruit and Southern States. vegetable baskets, and some decorative panels Wood of the different túpelos is quite similar and door skins. in appearance and properties. Heartwood is light brownish gray and merges gradually in- Tanoak to the lighter colored sapwood, which is gen- erally several inches wide. The wood has fine, In recent years tanoak {Lithocarpus densi- uniform texture and interlocked grain. Tupelo floras) has gained some importance commer- wood is rated as moderately heavy. It is mod- cially, primarily in California and Oregon. erately strong, moderately hard and stiff, and It is also known as tanbark-oak because at one moderately high in shock resistance. Buttresses time high-grade tannin in commercial quanti- of trees growing in swamps or flooded areas ties was obtained from the bark. This species contain wood that is much lighter in weight is found in southwestern Oregon and south to than that from upper portions of the same Southern California, mostly near the coast but trees. For some uses, as in the case of buttres- also in the Sierra Nevadas. sed ash trees, this wood should be separated The sapwood of tanoak is light reddish from the heavier wood to assure material of brown when first cut and turns darker with uniform strength. Because of interlocked grain, age to become almost indistinguishable from túpelo lumber requires care in drying. 1-12 Tupelo is cut principally for lumber, ve- and hickory poplar. Sapwood from yellow- neer, pulpwood, and some railroad ties and poplar is sometimes called white poplar or slack cooperage. Lumber goes into boxes, pal- whitewood. lets, crates, baskets, and furniture. Yellow-poplar grows from Connecticut and New York southward to Florida and westward Walnut, Black to Missouri. The greatest commercial produc- tion of yellow-poplar lumber is in the South. Black walnut (Juglans nigra) is also known Yellow-poplar sapwood is white and fre- as American black walnut. Its natural range quently several inches thick. The heartwood extends from Vermont to the Great Plains is yellowish brown, sometimes streaked with and southward into Louisiana and Texas. purple, green, black, blue, or red. These colora- About three-quarters of the walnut timber is tions do not affect the physical properties of produced in the Central States. the wood. The wood is generally straight The heartwood of black walnut varies from grained and comparatively uniform in texture. light to dark brown; the sapwood is nearly Old-growth timber is moderately light in white and up to 3 inches wide in open-grown weight and is reported as being moderately trees. Black walnut is normally straight low in bending strength, moderately soft, and grained, easily worked with tools, and stable moderately low in shock resistance. It has in use. It is heavy, hard, strong, stiff, and has moderately large shrinkage when dried from good resistance to shock. Black walnut wood a green condition but is not difficult to season is well suited for natural finishes. and stays in place well after seasoning. The outstanding uses of black walnut are Much of the second-growth yellow-poplar for furniture, architectural woodwork, and is heavier, harder, and stronger than old decorative panels. Other important uses are growth. Selected trees produce wood heavy gunstocks, cabinets, and interior finish. It is enough for gunstocks. Lumber goes mostly in- used either as solid wood or as plywood. to furniture, interior finish, siding, core stock for plywood, radio cabinets, and musical in- Willow, Black struments, but use for core stock is decreasing as particleboard use increases. Yellow-poplar Black willow (Salix nigra) is the most im- is frequently used for crossbands in plywood. portant of the many willows that grow in the Boxes, pallets, and crates are made from lower United States. It is the only one to supply grade stock. Yellow-poplar plywood is used for lumber to the market under its own name. finish, furniture, piano cases, and various Black willow is most heavily produced in other special products. Yellow-poplar is used the Mississippi Valley from Louisiana to south- also for pulpwood, excelsior, and slack-cooper- ern Missouri and Illinois. age staves. The heartwood of black willow is grayish Lumber from the cucumbertree (Magnolia brown or light reddish brown frequently con- acuminata) sometimes may be included in taining darker streaks. The sapwood is whitish shipments of yellow-poplar because of its simi- to creamy yellow. The wood of black willow is larity. uniform in texture, with somewhat interlocked grain. The wood is light in weight. It has ex- Softwoods ceedingly low strength as a beam or post and is moderately soft and moderately high in shock Alaska-Cedar resistance. It has moderately large shrinkage. Willow is cut principally into lumber. Small Alaska-cedar (Chamaecyparis nootkatensis) amounts are used for slack cooperage, veneer, grows in the Pacific coast region of North excelsior, charcoal, pulpwood, artificial limbs, America from southeastern Alaska southward and fenceposts. Black willow lumber is remanu- through Washington to southern Oregon. factured principally into boxes, pallets, crates, The heartwood of Alaska-cedar is bright, caskets, and furniture. Willow lumber is suit- clear yellow. The sapwood is narrow, white to able for roof and wall sheathing, subflooring, yellowish, and hardly distinguishable from the and studding. heartwood. The wood is fine textured and gen- erally straight grained. It is moderately heavy, Yellow-Poplar moderately strong and stiff, moderately hard, and moderately high in resistance to shock. Yellow-poplar (Liriodendron tulipifera) is Alaska-cedar shrinks little in drying, is stable also known as poplar, tulip poplar, tulipwood. in use after seasoning, and the heartwood is
1-13 very resistant to decay. The wood has a mild, Douglas-fir unpleasant odor. Alaska-cedar is used for interior finish, Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii and var. furniture, small boats, cabinetwork, and novel- glauca) is also known locally as red fir, Douglas ties. spruce, and yellow fir. The range of Douglas-fir extends from the Baldcypress Rocky Mountains to the Pacific coast and from Mexico to central British Columbia. The Baldcypress (Taxodium distichum) is com- Douglas-fir production comes from the Coast monly known as cypress, also as southern States of Oregon, Washington, and Cali- cypress, red cypress, yellow cypress, and white fornia and from the Rocky Mountain States. cypress. Commercially, the terms ''tidewater Sapwood of Douglas-fir is narrow in old- red cypress," ''gulf cypress," "red cypress growth trees but may be as much as 3 inches (coast type)," and "yellow cypress (inland wide in second-growth trees of commercial size. type)" are frequently used. Fairly young trees of moderate to rapid About one-half of the cypress lumber comes growth have reddish heartwood and are called from the Southern States and one-fourth from red fir. Very narrow-ringed wood of old trees the South Atlantic States. It is not as readily may be yellowish brown and is known on the available as formerly. market as yellow fir. The sapwood of baldcypress is narrow and The wood of Douglas-fir varies widely in nearly white. The color of the heartwood var- weight and strength. When lumber of high ies widely, ranging from light yellowish brown strength is needed for structural uses, selec- to dark brownish red, brown, or chocolate. tion can be improved by applying the density The wood is moderately heavy, moderately rule. This rule uses percentage of latewood strong, and moderately hard, and the heart- and rate of growth as a basis. wood of old-growth timber is one of our most Douglas-fir is used mostly for building and decay-resistant woods. Shrinkage is moderately construction purposes in the form of lumber, small, but somewhat greater than that of cedar timbers, piling, and plywood. Considerable and less than that of southern pine. quantities go into railroad ties, cooperage Frequently the wood of certain cypress trees stock, mine timbers, poles, and fencing. contains pockets or localized areas that have Douglas-fir lumber is used in the manufacture been attacked by a fungus. Such wood is known of various products, including sash, doors, gen- as pecky cypress. The decay caused by this eral millwork, railroad-car construction, boxes, fungus is arrested when the wood is cut into pallets, and crates. Small amounts are used lumber and dried. Pecky cypress, therefore, is for flooring, furniture, ship and boat construc- durable and useful where water tightness is tion, wood pipe, and tanks. Douglas-fir ply- unnecessary, and appearance is not important wood has found ever-increasing usefulness in or a novel effect is desired. Examples of such construction, furniture, cabinets, and many usage are as paneling in restaurants, stores, other products. and other buildings. Cypress has been used principally for build- Firs, True (Eastern Species) ing construction, especially where resistance to decay is required. It was used for beams, Balsam fir (Abies balsamea) grows prin- posts, and other members in docks, ware- cipally in New England, New York, Pennsyl- houses, factories, bridges, and heavy construc- tion. vania, and the Lake States. Fraser fir (A. fraseri) grows in the Appalachian Mountains It is well suited for siding and porch con- of Virginia, North Carolina, and Tennessee. struction. It is also used for caskets, burial The wood of the true firs, eastern as well boxes, sash, doors, blinds, and general mill- as western species, is creamy white to pale work, including interior trim and paneling. brown. Heartwood and sapwood are generally Other uses are in tanks, vats, ship and boat indistinguishable. The similarity of wood struc- building, refrigerators, railroad-car construc- ture in the true firs makes it impossible to tion, greenhouse construction, cooling towers, distinguish the species by an examination of and stadium seats. It is also used for railroad the wood alone. ties, poles, piling, shingles, cooperage, and Balsam fir is rated as light in weight, low fenceposts. in bending and compressive strength, moder- 1-14 ately limber, soft, and low in resistance to Eastern hemlock is used principally for lum- ber and pulpwood. The lumber is used largely The eastern firs are used mainly for pulp- in building construction for framing, sheath- wood, although there is some lumber produced ing, subñooring, and roof boards, and in the from them, especially in New England and the manufacture of boxes, pallets, and crates. Lake States. Hemiocic, Western Firs, True (Western Species) Western hemlock (Tsuga heterophylla) is also known by several other names, including Six commercial species make up the western west coast hemlock, hemlock spruce, western true firs: Subalpine fir (Abies lasiocarpa), hemlock spruce, western hemlock fir, Prince California red fir (A. magnifica), grand fir Albert fir, gray fir, silver fir, and Alaska pine. (A. grandis), noble fir (A. procera), Pacific It grows along the Pacific coast of Oregon and silver fir (A. amabilis), and white fir (A. Washington and in the northern Rocky Moun- concolor). tains, north to Canada and Alaska. The western firs are light in weight, but, A relative, mountain hemlock, T. merten- with the exception of subalpine fir, have some- siana, inhabits mountainous country from cen- what higher strength properties than balsam tral California to Alaska. It is treated as a fir. Shrinkage of the wood is rated from small separate species in assigning lumber proper- to moderately large. ties. The western true firs are largely cut for The heartwood and sapwood of western hem- lumber in Washington, Oregon, California, lock are almost white with a purplish tinge. western Montana, and northern Idaho and The sapwood, which is sometimes lighter^ in marketed as white fir throughout the United color, is generally not more than 1 inch thick. States. Lumber of the western true firs goes The wood contains small, sound, black knots principally into building construction, boxes that are usually tight and stay in place. Dark and crates, planing-mill products, sash, doors, streaks often found in the lumber and caused and general millwork. In house construction by hemlock bark maggots as a rule do not the lumber is used for framing, subflooring, reduce strength. and sheathing. Some western true fir lumber Western hemlock is moderately light in goes into boxes and crates. High-grade lumber weight and moderate in strength. It is mode- from noble fir is used mainly for interior rate in its hardness, stiffness, and shock re- finish, moldings, siding, and sash and door sistance. It has moderately large shrinkage, stock. Some of the best material is suitable about the same as Douglas-fir. Green hemlock for aircraft construction. Other special and lumber contains considerably more water than exacting uses of noble fir are for Venetian Douglas-fir, and requires longer kiln drying blinds and ladder rails. time. Mountain hemlock has approximately the Hemlocl(, Eastern same density as western hemlock but is some- Eastern hemlock (Tsuga canadensis) grows what lower in bending strength and stiffness. from New England to northern Alabama and Western hemlock is used principally for pulpwood, lumber, and plywood. The lumber Georgia, and in the Lake States. Other names goes largely into building material, such as are Canadian hemlock and hemlock spruce. sheathing, siding, subflooring, joists, studding, The production of hemlock lumber is di- planking, and rafters. Considerable quantities vided fairly evenly between the New England are used in the manufacture of boxes, pallets, States, the Middle Atlantic States, and the crates, and flooring, and smaller amounts for Lake States. refrigerators, furniture, and ladders. The heartwood of eastern hemlock is pale Mountain hemlock serves some of the same brown with a reddish hue. The sapwood is not uses as western hemlock although the quantity distinctly separated from the heartwood but available is much lower. may be lighter in color. The wood is coarse and uneven in texture (old trees tend to have Incense-Cedar considerable shake) ; it is moderately light in weight, moderately hard, moderately low in Incense-cedar (Lihocedrus decurrens) grows strength, moderately limber, and moderately in California and southwestern Oregon, and low in shock resistance. a little in Nevada. Most incense-cedar lumber 1-15 comes from the northern half of California northern white pine, Weymouth pine, and soft and the remainder from southern Oregon pine. Sapwood of incense-cedar is white or cream colored and the heartwood is light brown, About one-half the production of eastern often tmged with red. The wood has a fine, white pine lumber occurs in the New England uniform texture and a spicy odor. Incense- btates, about one-third in the Lake States, and cedar IS light in weight, moderately low in most of the remainder in the Middle Atlantic strength soft, low in shock resistance, and and South Atlantic States. low in stiffness. It has small shrinkage and is The heartwood of eastern white pine is easy to season with little checking or warping light brown, often with a reddish tinge. It turns Incense-cedar is used principally for lumber considerably darker on exposure. The wood has and fenceposts. Nearly all the high-grade lum- comparatively uniform texture, and is straight ber is used for pencils and Venetian blinds grained. It is easily kiln-dried, has small shrink- home IS used for chests and toys. Much of the age, and ranks high in stability. It is also easy mcense-cedar lumber is more or less pecky to work and can be readily glued. that IS, it contains pockets or areas of dis- Eastern white pine is light in weight, mod- erately soft, moderately low in strength, and integrated wood caused by advanced stages low in resistance to shock. of localized decay in the living tree. There is no further development of peck once the lum- Practically all eastern white pine is con- ber IS seasoned. This lumber is used locally for verted into lumber, which is put to a great rough construction where cheapness and decay variety of uses. A large proportion, which is resistance are important. Because of its re- mostly second-growth knotty lumber of the sistance to decay, incense-cedar is well suited lower grades, goes into container and packag- tor fenceposts. Other products are railroad ing applications. High-grade lumber goes into ties, poles, and split shingles. patterns for castings. Other important uses are sash, doors, furniture, trim, knotty panel- ing, finish, caskets and burial boxes, shade Larch, Western and map rollers, toys, and dairy and poultry supplies. '' Western larch {Larix occidentalis) grows in western Montana, northern Idaho, northeastern Pine, Jack Oregon, and on the eastern slope of the Cas- cade Mountains in Washington. About two- Jack pine {Pinus banksiana), sometimes thirds of the lumber of this species is produced known as scrub pine, gray pine, or black pine in Idaho and Montana and one-third in Ores-on in the United States, grows naturally in the and Washington. Lake States and in a few scattered areas in The heartwood of western larch is yellowish New England and northern New York. In brown and the sapwood yellowish white The lumber, jack pine is not separated from the sapwood is generally not more than 1 inch other pines with which it grows, including thick. The wood is stiff, moderately strong and red pine and eastern white pine. hard, moderately high in shock resistance, The sapwood of jack pine is nearly white, the and moderately heavy. It has moderately heartwood is light brown to orange. The sap- large shrinkage. The wood is usually straight wood may make up one-half or more of the grained, splits easily, and is subject to ring volume of a tree. The wood has a rather coarse shake. Knots are common but small and tight texture and is somewhat resinous. It is moder- Western larch is used mainly in building ately light in weight, moderately low in bending construction for rough dimension, small tim- strength and compressive strength, moderately bers, planks and boards, and for railroad ties low m shock resistance, and low in stiffness and mine timbers. It is used also for piles It also has moderately small shrinkage. Lum- poles and posts. Some high-grade material is ber from jack pine is generally knotty. manufactured into interior finish, flooring, sash Jack pine is used for pulpwood, box lumber, and doors. pallets, and fuel. Less important uses include railroad ties, mine timber, slack cooperage poles, and posts. Pine, Eastern White Eastern white pine (Pinus strobus) grows Pine, Lodgepole from Maine to northern Georgia and in the Lake States. It is also known as white pine. Lodgepole pine {Pinus contorta), also known as knotty pine, black pine, spruce pine. 1-16 and jack pine, grows in the Rocky Mountain pine, Califorina white pine, bull pine, and and Pacific coast regions as far northward as black jack. Jeffrey pine (P. jeffreyi), which Alaska. The cut of this species comes largely grows in close association with ponderosa pine from the central Rocky Mountain States; in California and Oregon, is usually marketed other producing regions are Idaho, Montana, with ponderosa pine and sold under that name. Oregon, and Washington. Major producing areas are in Oregon, Wash- The heartwood of lodgepole pine varies from ington, and California. Other important pro- light yellow to light yellow-brown. The sap- ducing areas are in Idaho and Montana ; lesser wood is yellow or nearly white. The wood is amounts come from the southern Rocky generally straight grained with narrow growth Mountain region and the Black Hills of South rings. Dakota and Wyoming. The wood is moderately light in weight, Botanically, ponderosa pine belongs to the fairly easy to work, and has moderately large yellow pine group rather than the white pine shrinkage. Lodgepole pine rates as moderately group. A considerable proportion of the wood, low in strength, moderately soft, moderately however, is somewhat similar to the white stiff, and moderately low in shock resistance. pines in appearance and properties. The heart- Lodgepole pine is used for lumber, mine wood is light reddish brown, and the wide timbers, railroad ties, and poles. Less important sapwood is nearly white to pale yellow. uses include posts and fuel. It is being used The wood of the outer portions of ponderosa in increasing amounts for framing, siding, pine of sawtimber size is generally moderately finish, and flooring. light in weight, moderately low in strength, moderately soft, moderately stiff, and moder- Pme, Pitch ately low in shock resistance. It is generally Pitch pine (Pinus rígida) grows from Maine straight grained and has moderately small along the mountains to eastern Tennessee and shrinkage. It is quite uniform in texture and northern Georgia. The heartwood is brownish has little tendency to warp and twist. red and resinous; the sapwood is thick and Ponderosa pine is used mainly for lumber and light yellow. The wood of pitch pine is medium to a lesser extent for piles, poles, posts, heavy to heavy, medium strong, medium stiff, mine timbers, veneer, and ties. The clear medium hard, and medium high in shock re- wood goes into sash, doors, blinds, moldings, sistance. Its shrinkage is medium small to paneling, mantels, trim, and built-in cases and medium large. It is used for lumber, fuel, and cabinets. Lower grade lumber is used for boxes pulpwood. Pitch pine lumber is classified as a and crates. Much of the lumber of intermediate "minor species'' along with pond pine and or lower grades goes into sheathing, subfloor- Virginia pine in southern pine grading rules. ing, and roof boards. Knotty ponderosa pine is used for interior finish. A considerable Pine, Pond amount now goes into particleboard and pulp chips. Pond pine (Pintes serótina) grows in the coast region from New Jersey to Florida. It Pine, Red occurs in small groups or singly, mixed with other pines on low flats. The wood is heavy, Red pine {Pinus resinosa) is frequently coarse-grained, and resinous, with dark, called Norway pine. It is occasionally known as orange-colored heartwood and thick, pale yel- hard pine and pitch pine. This species grows low sapwood. At 12 percent moisture content in the New England States, New York, Penn- it weighs about 38 pounds per cubic foot. sylvania, and the Lake States. In the past, Shrinkage is moderately large. The wood is lumber from red pine has been marketed with moderately strong, stiff, medium hard, and white pine without distinction as to species. medium high in shock resistance. It is used The heartwood of red pine varies from pale for general construction, railway ties, posts, red to reddish brown. The sapwood is nearly and poles. As noted for pitch pine, the lumber white with a yellowish tinge, and is generally of this species is graded as a "minor species" from 2 to 4 inches wide. The wood resembles with pitch pine and Virginia pine. the lighter weight wood of southern pine. Late- Pine, Ponderosa wood is distinct in the growth rings. Red pine is moderately heavy, moderately Ponderosa pine {Pinus ponderosa) is known strong and stiff, moderately soft and moder- also as pondosa pine, western soft pine, western ately high in shock resistance. It is generally
1-17 straight grained, not so uniform in texture as yellowish white and heartwood reddish brown. eastern white pine, and somewhat resinous. The sapwood is usually wide in second-growth The wood has moderately large shrinkage but stands. Heartwood begins to form when the is not difficult to dry and stays in place well tree is about 20 years old. In old, slow-growth when seasoned. trees, sapwood may be only 1 to 2 inches in Red pine is used principally for lumber and width. to a lesser extent for piles, poles, cabin logs, Longleaf and slash pine are classed as posts, pulpwood, and fuel. The wood is used heavy, strong, stiff, hard, and moderately high for many of the purposes for which eastern in shock resistance. Shortleaf and loblolly pine white pine is used. It goes mostly into build- are usually somewhat lighter in weight than ing construction, siding, flooring, sash, doors, longleaf. All the southern pines have moder- blinds, general millwork, and boxes, pallets, ately large shrinkage but are stable when prop- and crates. erly seasoned. To obtain heavy, strong wood of the southern Pine, Southern pines for structural purposes, a density rule has been written that specifies certain visual There are a number of species included in characteristics for structural timbers. the group marketed as southern pine lumber. Dense southern pine is used extensively in The most important, and their growth range, construction of factories, warehouses, bridges, are: trestles, and docks in the form of stringers, (1) Longleaf pine (Pinus palustris), which beams, posts, joists, and piles. Lumber of lower grows from eastern North Carolina southward density and strength finds many uses for into Florida and westward into eastern Texas. building material, such as interior finish, (2) Shortleaf pine (P. echinata), which grows sheathing, subflooring, and joists, and for boxes, from southeastern New York and New Jersey pallets, and crates. Southern pine is used also southward to northern Florida and westward for tight and slack cooperage. When used for into eastern Texas and Oklahoma. (3) Loblolly railroad ties, piles, poles, and mine timbers, it pine (P. taeda), which grows from Maryland is usually treated with preservatives. The southward through the Atlantic Coastal Plain manufacture of structural grade plywood from and Piedmont Plateau into Florida and west- southern pine has become a major wood-using ward into eastern Texas. (4) Slash pine (P. industry. elliottii), which grows in Florida and the south- ern parts of South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Pine, Spruce Mississippi, and Louisiana east of the Missis- sippi River. Spruce pine {Pinus glabra), also known as Lumber from any one or from any mixture cedar pine, poor pine, Walter pine, and bot- of two or more of these species is classified tom white pine, is found growing most com- as southern pine by the grading standards of monly on low moist lands of the coastal re- the industry. These standards provide also for gions of southeastern South Carolina, Georgia, lumber that is produced from trees of the long- Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana, and leaf and slash pine species to be classified as northern and northwestern Florida. longleaf pine if conforming to the growth-ring Heartwood is light brown, and the wide and latewood requirements of such standards. sapwood zone is nearly white. Spruce pine The lumber that is classified as longleaf in the wood is lower in most strength values than domestic trade is known also as pitch pine in the major southern pines. It compares favor- the export trade. Three southern pines—pitch ably with white fir in important bending prop- pine, pond pine, and Virginia pine—are des- erties, in crushing strength perpendicular ignated in published grading rules as "minor and parallel to the grain, and in hardness. It species," to distinguish them from the four is similar to the denser species such as coast principal species. Douglas-fir and loblolly pine in shear parallel Southern pine lumber comes principally to the grain. from the Southern and South Atlantic States. Until recent years the principal uses of States that lead in production are Georgia, spruce pine were locally for lumber, and for Alabama, North Carolina, Arkansas, and pulpwood and fuelwood. The lumber, which Louisiana. is classified as one of the minor southern pine The wood of the various southern pines is species, reportedly was used for sash, doors, and quite similar in appearance. The sapwood is interior finish because of its lower specific
1-18 gravity and less marked distinction between and generally from 1 to 3 inches wide. The earlywood and latewood. In recent years it has wood is straight grained, easy to work, easily qualified for use in plywood. kiln-dried, and stable after seasoning. This species is moderately light in weight, Pine, Sugar moderately low in strength, moderately soft, moderately stiff, moderately low in shock re- Sugar pine {Firms lambertiana) is some- sistance, and has moderately large shrinkage. times called California sugar pine. Most of the Practically all western white pine is sawed sugar pine lumber is produced in California into lumber and used mainly for building con- and the remainder in southwestern Oregon. stuction, matches, boxes, patterns, and mill- The heartwood of sugar pine is buff or light work products, such as sash, frames, doors, brown, sometimes tinged with red. The sap- and blinds. In building construction, boards of wood is creamy white. The wood is straight the lower grades are used for sheathing, knotty grained, fairly uniform in texture, and easy paneling, subflooring, and roof strips. High- to work with tools. It has very small shrinkage, grade material is made into siding of various is readily seasoned without warping or check- kinds, exterior and interior trim, and finish. ing, and stays in place well. This species is It has practically the same uses as eastern white light in weight, moderately low in strength, pine and sugar pine. moderately soft, low in shock resistance, and low in stiffness. Port-Orford-Cedar Sugar pine is used almost entirely for lum- ber products. The largest amounts are used Port-Orford-cedar ( Chamaecyparis lawson- in boxes and crates, sash, doors, frames, iana) is sometimes known as Lawson cypress, blinds, general millwork, building construc- Oregon cedar, and white cedar. It grows tion, and foundry patterns. Like eastern white along the Pacific coast from Coos Bay, Oreg., pine, sugar pine is suitable for use in nearly southward to California. It does not extend every part of a house because of the ease more than 40 miles inland. with which it can be cut, its ability to stay in The heartwood of Port-Orford-cedar is light place, and its good nailing properties. yellow to pale brown in color. Sapwood is thin and hard to distinguish. The wood has Pine, Virginia fine texture, generally straight grain, and a pleasant spicy odor. It is moderately light Virginia pine (Pinus virginiana), known in weight, stiff, moderately strong and hard, also as Jersey pine and scrub pine, grows and moderately resistant to shock. Port- from New Jersey and Virginia throughout Orford-cedar heartwood is highly resistant to the Appalachian region to Georgia and the Ohio decay. The wood shrinks moderately, has Valley. The heartwood is orange and the sap- little tendency to warp, and is stable after wood nearly white and relatively thick. The seasoning. wood is rated as moderately heavy, moderately Some high-grade Port-Orford-cedar is used strong, moderately hard, and moderately stiff in the manufacture of battery separators and and has moderately large shrinkage and high venetian-blind slats. Other uses are moth- shock resistance. It is used for lumber, rail- proof boxes, archery supplies, sash and door road ties, mine props, pulpwood, and fuel. It construction, stadium seats, flooring, interior is one of three southern pines to be classi- finish, furniture, and boatbuilding. fied as a "minor species" in the grading rules. Redcedar, Eastern
Pine, Western White Eastern redcedar {Juniperus virginiana) grows throughout the eastern half of the Western white pine (Pinus monticola) is United States, except in Maine, Florida, and a also known as Idaho white pine or white pine. narrow strip along the gulf coast, and at About four-fifths of the cut comes from Idaho the higher elevations in the Appalachian (fig. 1-3) with the remainder mostly from Mountain Range. Commercial production is Washington ; small amounts are cut in Montana principally in the southern Appalachian and and Oregon. Cumberland Mountain regions. Another species, Heartwood of western white pine is cream southern redcedar (/. silicicola), grows over colored to light reddish brown and darkens a limited area in the South Atlantic and Gulf on exposure. The sapwood is yellowish white Coastal Plains.
1-19 „ M 41 I SJS figure 7-3.—Western whife pine timber, mostly privately owned, viewed from Elk Butte In Clearwater National Forest in Idaho.
The heartwood of redcedar is bright red or not over 1 inch in width. The wood is generally dull red, and the thin sapwood is nearly white. straight grained and has a uniform but rather The wood is moderately heavy, moderately low coarse texture. It has very small shrinkage. in strength, hard, and high in shock resistance, This species is light in weight, moderately but low in stiffness. It has very small shrink- soft, low in strength when used as a beam or age and stays in place well after seasoning. The posts, and low in shock resistance. Its heart- texture is fine and uniform. Grain is usually wood is very resistant to decay. straight, except where deflected by knots, Western redcedar is used principally for which are numerous. Eastern redcedar heart- shingles, lumber, poles, posts, and piles. The wood is very resistant to decay. lurnber is used for exterior siding, interior The greatest quantity of eastern redcedar is finish, greenhouse construction, ship and boat used for fenceposts. Lumber is manufactured building, boxes and crates, sash, doors, and into chests, wardrobes, and closet lining. Other millwork. uses include flooring, novelties, pencils, scientific instruments, and small boats. Southern red- Redwood cedar is used for the same purposes. Redwood {Sequoia sempervirens) is a very Redcedar, Western large tree growing on the coast of California. Another sequoia, gaint sequoia {Sequoia Western redcedar {Thuja plicata) grows in gigantea), grows in a limited area in the the Pacific Northwest and along the Pacific Sierra Nevada of California, but is used in coast to Alaska. Western redcedar is also very limited quantities. Other names for red- called canoe cedar, giant arborvitae, shingle- wood are coast redwood, California redwood, wood, and Pacific redcedar. Western redcedar and sequoia. Production of redwood lumber is lumber is produced principally in Washington, limited to California, but a nationwide market followed by Oregon, Idaho, and Montana. exists. The heartwood of western redcedar is reddish The heartwood of redwood varies from a or pinkish brown to dull brown and the sapwood light cherry to a dark mahogany. The narrow nearly white. The sapwood is narrow, often sapwood is almost white. Typical old-growth 1-20 redwood is moderately light in weight, mod- width and is often difficult to distinguish from erately strong and stiff, and moderately hard. heartwood. The wood has medium to fine The wood is easy to work, generally straight texture and is without characteristic taste or grained, and shrinks and swells comparatively odor. It is generally straight grained. Engel- little. The heartwood has high decay resistance. mann spruce is rated as light in weight. It Most redwood lumber is used for building. is low in strength as a beam or post. It is It is remanufactured extensively into siding, limber, soft, low in shock resistance, and has sash, doors, blinds, finish, casket stock, and moderately small shrinkage. The lumber typi- containers. Because of its durability, it is use- cally contains numerous small knots. ful for cooling towers, tanks, silos, wood-stave Engelmann spruce is used principally for pipe, and outdoor furniture. It is used in lumber and for mine timbers, railroad ties, and agriculture for buildings and equipment. Its use poles. It is used also in building construction in as timbers and large dimension in bridges and the form of dimension stock, flooring, sheathing, trestles is relatively minor. The wood splits and studding. It has excellent properties for readily and the manufacture of split products, pulp and papermaking. such as posts and fence material, is an impor- tant business in the redwood area. Some red- Spruce, Sitka wood veneer is manufactured for decorative plywood. Sitka spruce (Picea sitchensis) is a tree of large s/ize growing along the northwestern Spruce, Eastern coast of North American from California to Alaska. It is generally known as Sitka spruce, The term '^eastern spruce" includes three although other names may be applied locally, species, red (Picea ruhens), white (P. glauca), such as yellow spruce, tideland spruce, western and black (P. mariana). White spruce and black spruce, silver spruce, and west coast spruce. spruce grow principally in the Lake States and About two-thirds of the production of Sitka New England, and red spruce in New England spruce lumber comes from Washington and one- and the Appalachian Mountains. All three third from Oregon. species have about the same properties, and The heartwood of Sitka spruce is a light in commerce no distinction is made between pinkish brown. The sapwood is creamy white them. The wood dries easily and is stable after and shades gradually into the heartwood; it drying, is moderately light in weight and easily may be 3 to 6 inches wide or even wider in worked, has moderate shrinkage, and is mod- young trees. The wood has a comparatively fine, erately strong, stiff, tough, and hard. The wood uniform texture, generally straight grain, and is light in color, and there is little difference no distinct taste or odor. It is moderately light between the heartwood and sapwood. in weight, moderately low in bending and com- The largest use of eastern spruce is for pressive strength, moderately stiff, moderately pulpwood. It is also used for framing material, soft, and moderately low in resistance to general millwork, boxes and crates, ladder shock. It has moderately small shrinkage. On rails, scaffold planks, and piano sounding the basis of weight, it rates high in strength boards. properties and can be obtained in clear, straight grained pieces. Spruce, Engelmann Sitka spruce is used principally for lumber, pulpwood, and cooperage. Boxes and crates ac- Engelmann spruce (Picea engelmannii) count for a considerable amount of the re- grows at high elevations in the Rocky Mountain manufactured lumber. Other important uses region of the United States. This species is are furniture, planing-mill products, sash, sometimes known by other names, such as doors, blinds, millwork, and boats. Sitka spruce white spruce, mountain spruce, Arizona spruce, has been by far the most important wood for silver spruce, and balsam. About two-thirds of aircraft construction. Other specialty uses are the lumber is produced in the southern Rocky ladder rails and sounding boards for pianos. Mountain States. Most of the remainder comes from the northern Rocky Mountain States Tamarack and Oregon. The heartwood of Engelmann spruce is Tamarack (Larix laricina) is a small- to nearly white with a slight tinge of red. The medium-sized tree with a straight, round, sapwood varies from % inch to 2 inches in slightly tapered trunk. In the United States
1-21 it grows from Maine to Minnesota, with the bulk of the stand in the Lake States. It was IMPORTED WOODS formerly used in considerable quantity for This section does not purport to discuss all lumber, but in recent years production for that of the woods that have been at one time or purpose has been small. another imported into the United States. The heartwood of tamarack is yellowish Only those species at present considered to be brown to russet brown. The sapwood is whitish, of commercial importance are included. The generally less than an inch wide. The wood is same species may be marketed in the United coarse in texture, without odor or taste, and the States under other common names. transition from earlywood to latewood is Text information is necessarily brief, but abrupt. The wood is intermediate in weight when used in conjunction with the shrinkage and in most mechanical properties. and strength tables (ch. 3 and 4), a reasona- Tamarack is used principally for pulpwood, bly good picture may be obtained of a particular lumber, railroad ties, mine timbers, fuel, wood. The bibliography at the end of this fenceposts, and poles. Lumber goes into fram- chapter contains information on many species ing material, tank construction, and boxes, not described here. pallets, and crates. Afrormosia (See Kokrodua)
Almon (See Lauans) White-Cedar, Northern and Atlantic Andiroba Because of the widespread distribution of Two species of white-cedar grow in the andiroba (Carapa guianensis) in tropical eastern part of the United States—northern America, the wood is known under a variety white-cedar (Thuja occidentalis) and Atlantic of names that include cedro macho, carapa, white-cedar (Chamaecyparis thyoides). North- crabwood, and tangare. These names are also ern white-cedar is also known as arborvitae, applied to the related species Carapa nicara- or simply cedar. Atlantic white-cedar is also guensiSy whose properties are generally inferior known as juniper, southern white-cedar, swamp to those of C. guianensis. The heartwood color varies from reddish cedar, and boat cedar. brown to dark reddish brown. The texture Northern white-cedar grows from Maine (size of pores) is like that of mahogany (Swie- along the Appalachian Mountain Range and tenia). The grain is usually interlocked but westward through the northern part of the is rated as easy to work, paint, and glue. The Lake States. Atlantic white-cedar grows near wood is rated as durable to very durable with the Atlantic coast from Maine to northern respect to decay and insects. Andiroba is Florida and westward along the gulf coast to heavier than mahogany and accordingly is Louisiana. It is strictly a swamp tree. markedly superior in all static bending prop- Production of northern white-cedar lumber erties, compression parallel to the grain, hard- is probably greatest in Maine and the Lake ness, shear, and toughness. States. Commercial production of Atlantic On the basis of its properties, andiroba ap- white-cedar centers in North Carolina and pears to be suited for such uses as flooring, along the gulf coast. frame construction in the tropics, furniture The heartwood of white-cedar is light brown, and cabinetwork, millwork, and utility and dec- and the sapwood is white or nearly so. The orative veneer and plywood. sapwood is usually thin. The word is light in weight, rather soft and low in strength, and Angélique low in shock resistance. It shrinks little in drying. It is easily worked, holds paint well, Angélique (Dicorynia guianensis), or basra and the heartwood is highly resistant to de- locus, comes from French Guiana and Surinam cay. The two species are used for similar pur- and was previously identified under the name poses, mostly for poles, ties, lumber, posts, and D, paraensis. Because of the variability in decorative fencing. White-cedar lumber is used heartwood color between different trees, two principally where high degree of durability is forms are commonly recognized by producers. needed, as in tanks and boats, and for wooden- Heartwood that is russet colored when freshly ware. cut, and becomes superficially dull brown with
1-22 a purplish cast, is referred to as "gris." Heart- wood is regarded as more resistant than the wood that is more distinctly reddish and fre- lighter forms. quently shows wide bands of purplish color is Within its region of growth, apamate is used called angelique rouge. extensively for furniture, interior trim, doors, The texture is somewhat coarser than that of flooring, boat building, ax handles, and general black walnut. The grain is generally straight construction. The wood veneers well and pro- or slightly interlocked. In strength, angelique duces an attractive paneling. is superior to teak and white oak, when either green or air dry, in all properties except tension Apitong perpendicular to grain. Angelique is rated as highly resistant to decay, and resistant to Apitong is the most common structural tim- marine borer attack. Machining properties ber of the Philippine Islands. The principal vary and may be due to differences in density, species are apitong (Dipterocarpits grandiflo- moisture content, and silica content. After the rus)y panau (D. ffracilis), and hagakhak (D. wood is thoroughly air dried or kiln dried, it warburgii). All members of the genus are tim- can be worked effectively only with carbide- ber trees, and all are marketed under the name tipped tools. apitong. Other important species of the genus The strength and durability of angelique Dipterocarpus are marketed as keruing in Ma- make it especially suitable for heavy construc- laysia and Indonesia, yang in Thailand, and tion, harbor installations, bridges, heavy gurjun in India and Burma. planking for pier and platform decking, and The wood is light to dark reddish brown in railroad bridge ties. The wood is particularly color, comparatively coarse to comparatively suitable for ship decking, planking, boat fine textured, straight grained or very nearly frames, and underwater members. It is cur- so, strong, hard, and heavy. The wood is char- rently being used in the United States for acterized l3y the presence of resin ducts, which pier and dock fenders and flooring. occur in short arcs as seen from end grain surfaces. Although the heartwood is fairly resistant Apamate to decay and insect attack, the wood should be treated with preservatives when it is to be Apamate (Tabebuia rosea) ranges from used in contact with the ground. southern Mexico through Central America to In machining research at the Forest Prod- Venezuela and Ecuador. The name roble is ucts Laboratory on apitong and the various frequently applied to this species because of species of "Philippine mahogany," apitong some fancied resemblance of the wood to that ranked appreciably above the average in all of oak (Quercus). Another common name for machining operations. for apamate in Belize is mayflower. Apitong is used for heavy-duty purposes as The sapwood becomes a pale brown upon ex- well as for such items as mine guides, truck posure. The heartwood varies through the floors, chutes, flumes, agitators, pallets, and browns, from a golden to a dark brown. Tex- boardwalks. ture is medium, and grain is closely and nar- rowly interlocked. Heartwood is without Avodire distinctive odor or taste. The wood weighs about 38 pounds per cubic foot at 12 percent Avodire (Turraeanthus africanus) has moisture content. rather extensive range from Sierra Leone west- Apamate has excellent working properties ward to the Cameroons and southward to Zaire. in all machine operations. It ñnishes It is a medium-sized tree of the rain forest in attractively in natural color and takes finishes which it forms fairly dense but localized and with good results. discontinuous stands. Apamate averages lighter in weight than the The wood is cream to pale yellow in color average of the American white oaks, but is with a high natural luster and eventually dark- comparable with respect to bending and com- ens to a golden yellow. The grain is sometimes pression parallel to grain. The white oaks are straight but more often is wavy or irregularly superior with respect to side hardness and interlocked, which produces an unusual and shear. attractive mottled figure when sliced or cut on The heartwood of apamate is generally the quarter. rated as durable to very durable with respect to Although its weight is only 85 percent that fungus attack; the darker colored and heavier of English oak, avodire has almost identical
1-23 strength properties except that it is lower in Balsa possesses several characteristics that shock resistance and in shear. The wood works make possible a wide variety of uses. It is the fairly easily with hand and machine tools and lightest and softest of all woods on the market. finishes well in most operations. The lumber selected for use in the United Figured material is usually converted into States when dry weighs on the average of about veneer for use in decorative work and it is 11 pounds per cubic foot and often as little as this kind of material that is chiefly imported 6 pounds. Because of its light weight and ex- into the United States. ceedingly porous composition, balsa is highly efficient in uses where buoyancy, insulation Bagtikan against heat and cold, or absorption of sound and vibration are important considerations. The genus Parashorea consists of about The wood is readily recognized by its light seven species occurring in Southeast Asia. The weight, white to very pale gray color, and its principal species in the United States lumber unique "velvety" feel. trade is bagtikan (P. plicata) of the Philip- The principal uses of balsa are in life-saving pines and Borneo. White seraya (P. malagno- equipment, floats, rafts, core stock, insulation, nan) from Sabah is also important. In the cushioning, sound modifiers, models, and novel- United States, bagtikan may be encountered ties. Balsa is imported in larger volume than under its usual common name or more fre- most of the foreign woods entering the United quently with the species comprising the light- States. red group of lauans. The heartwood is gray to straw colored or very pale brown and some- Banak times has a pinkish cast. It is not always clearly demarcated from the sapwood. The wood More than 40 species of Virola occur in weighs about 34 pounds per cubic foot at 12 tropical America, but only three species sup- percent moisture content. The texture is similar ply the bulk of the timber known as banak. to that of the light-red group of Philippine These are: V. koschnyi of Central America, lauans. The grain is interlocked and shows a and F. surinamensis and F. sebifera of rather widely spaced stripe pattern on quar- northern South America. tered surfaces. The heartwood is usually pinkish brown or With respect to strength, Philippine bag- grayish brown in color and is not differentiated tikan exceeds the lauans in all properties. Its from the sapwood. The wood is straight natural durability is very low and it is resist- grained and is of a medium to coarse texture. ant or extremely resistant to preservative The various species are nonresistant to de- treatment. cay and insect attack but can be readily treated with preservatives. Their machining properties The wood works fairly easily with hand and are very good, but fuzzing and grain tearing machine tools and has little blunting effect on are to be expected when zones of tension wood tool cutting edges. are present. The wood finishes readily and is Bagtikan is used for many of the same pur- easily glued. It is rated as a first-class veneer poses as the Philippine lauans, but in the solid species. Its strength properties are similar to form and in thin stock it is best utilized in the yellow-poplar. quartersawn condition to prevent excessive Banak is considered as a general utility wood movement with changes in moisture conditions in both lumber and plywood form. of service. It is perhaps most useful as a veneer for plywood purposes. In Britain it is best known as a decking timber which has been Basra Locus (See Angélique) specially selected for this use in vessels.
Balsa Benge Although benge (Guibourtia arnoldiana) Balsa (Ochroma pyramidale) is widely dis- and ehie (G, ehie) belong to the same botani- tributed throughout tropical America from cal genus, they differ rather markedly with southern Mexico to southern Brazil and Bolivia, respect to their color. The heartwood of benge but Ecuador has been the principal area of is a yellow-brown to medium brown with gray growth since the wood gained commercial im- to almost black striping. Ehie heartwood tends portance. to be a more golden brown and is striped as in 1-24 benge. Ehie appears to be the more attractive Carapa (See Andiroba) of the two species. The technical aspects of these species have Cativo not been investigated, but both are moderately Cativo {Prioria copaifera) is one of the few hard and heavy. Benge is fine textured and in tropical American species that occur in abun- this respect similar to birch; the texture of dance and often in nearly pure stands. Com- ehie is somewhat coarser. Both are straight mercial stands are found in Nicaragua, Costa grained or have slightly interlocked grain. Rica, Panama, and Colombia. The sapwood is These woods are as yet little known in the usually thick, and in trees up to 30 inches in United States, but would provide both veneer diameter the heartwood may be only 7 inches and lumber for decorative purposes and furni- in diameter. The sapwood that is utilized com- ture manufacture. mercially may be a very pale pinkish color or may be distinctly reddish. The grain is straight Capirona and the texture of the wood is uniform, com- parable to that of mahogany. Figure on flat- sawn surfaces is rather subdued and results A genus of about five species found through- from the exposure of the narrow bands of out most of Latin America. The species best parenchyma tissue. Odor and taste are not dis- known in the United States and particularly tinctive, and the luster is low. in the archery field is degame {Calycophyllum The wood can be seasoned rapidly and easily candidissimum) y which was imported in the with very little degrade. The dimensional sta- past in some quantities from Cuba. Capirona bility of the wood is very good ; it is practically (C spruceanum) of the Amazon Basin is a equal to that of mahogany. Cativo is classed as much larger tree and occurs in considerably a nondurable wood with respect to decay and greater abundance than degame. insects. Cativo may contain appreciable quan- The heartwood of degame ranges from a light tities of gum, which may interfere with brown to gray, while that of capirona has a finishes. In wood that has been properly sea- distinct yellowish cast. The texture is fine and soned, however, the gum presents no difficulties. uniform. The grain is usually straight or in- The tendency of the wood to bleed resinous frequently shows a shallow interlocking, which material in use and in warping of narrow cut- may produce a narrow and indistinct strip on tings kept this species in disfavor for many quartered faces. The luster is medium and the years. Improved drying and finishing tech- wood is without odor and taste. The wood niques have materially reduced the prominence weighs about 50 pounds per cubic foot. of these inherent characteristics, and the uses Natural durability is low when the wood is for this wood are rapidly increasing. Consider- used under conditions favorable to stain, decay, able quantities are used for interior trim, and and insect attack. resin-stabilized veneer has become an impor- In strength, degame is above the average tant pattern material, particularly in the auto- for woods of similar density. Tests show motive industry. Cativo is widely used for degame superior to persimmon (Diospyros vir- furniture and cabinet parts, lumber core for giniana) in all respects but hardness. Limited plywood, picture frames, edge banding for tests on hardness of capirona from Peru gave doors, and bases for piano keyboards. higher values of side hardness than those of Cedro (See Spanish-Cedar) degame or persimmon. Degame is moderately difficult to machine Cedro Macho (See Andiroba) because of its density and hardness, although Cocal (See Sande) it produces no appreciable dulling effect on cut- ting tools. Machined surfaces are very smooth. Courbaril Degame and capirona are little used in the The genus Hymenaea consists of about 30 United States at the present time, but the char- species occurring in the West Indies and from acteristics of the wood should make it particu- southern Mexico, through Central America, larly adaptable for shuttles, picker sticks, and into the Amazon Basin of South America. The other textile industry items in which resilience best known and most important species is H, and strength are required. It should find ap- courbaril, which occurs throughout the range plication for many of the same purposes as of the genus. hard maple and yellow birch. Courbaril sapwood is gray-white and usually
1-25 quite wide. The heartwood is sharply differen- Tests made at the Forest Products Labora- tiated and varies through shades of brown to tory indicate no potential difficulties in the an occasional purplish cast. The texture is me- machining of gola. It also peels and slices very dium. Grain is interlocked, and luster is fairly well. high. The heartwood is without distinctive odor Gola is a very recent newcomer to the timber or taste. The wood weighs about 50 pounds per market and its potential has yet to be developed. cubic foot at 12 percent moisture content. Its workability and relatively light color should The strength properties of courbaril are quite permit utilization in both the solid and veneer high but very similar to those of shagbark form for both utility and decorative purposes. hickory, species of lower specific gravity. In decay resistance, courbaril is rated as very Goncalo Alves durable to durable. Courbaril can be finished smoothly, and it The major and early imports of goncalo alves turns and glues well. It compares favorably {Astronium graveolens & fraxinifolium) have with white oak in steam-bending behavior. been from Brazil. These species range from Courbaril has been little utilized in the United southern Mexico, through Central America into States, but should find application for a the Amazon Basin. number of uses. Its high shock resistance rec- The heartwood ranges from various shades ommends it for certain types of sporting equip- of brown to red with narrow to wide, irregular ment, or as a substitute for ash in handle stock. stripes of dark brown or nearly black. The It promises to be a suitable substitute for sapwood is grayish white and sharply demar- white oak in steam-bent boat parts. It makes cated from the heartwood. The texture is me- an attractive veneer and should also find appli- dium and uniform. Grain is variable from cation in the solid form for furniture. The straight to interlocked and wavy. The wood is thick sapwood would provide a excellent source very heavy and averages about 63 pounds per of blond wood. cubic foot at 12 percent moisture content. It turns readily, finishes very smoothly, and takes a high natural polish. The heartwood is Crabwood (See Andiroba) highly resistant to moisture absorption and the pigmented areas, because of their high density, Cuangare (See Virola) may present some difficulties in gluing. The heartwood is rated as very duralïle with Degame (See Capirona) respect to fungus attack. The high density of the wood is accompanied by equally high strength values, which are Ehie (See Benge) considerably higher in most respects than those of any well known U.S. species. It is not ex- Encino (See Oak) pected, however, that goncalo alves will be im- ported for purposes where strength is an im- portant criterion. Freijo (See Laurel) In the United States the greatest value of goncalo alves is in its use for specialty items Gola such as archery bows, billiard cue butts, brush backs, cutlery handles, and for fine and attrac- Gola {Tetraberlinia tubmaniana) is known tive products of turnery or carving. presently only from Liberia. The names "Afri- can pine" and "Liberian pine" have been ap- Greenheart plied to this species, but because it is a hard- wood and not a pine, these names are most Greenheart (Ocotea rodiaei) is essentially a inappropriate and very misleading. Guyana tree although small stands also occur The heartwood is light reddish brown and is in Surinam. The heartwood varies in color from distinct from the lighter colored sapwood, light to dark olive-green or nearly black. The which may be up to 2 inches thick. The wood texture is fine and uniform. is moderately coarse textured. Luster is me- Greenheart is stronger and stiff er than white dium. Grain is interlocked, showing a narrow oak and generally more difficult to work with stripe pattern on quartered surfaces. The wood tools because of its high density. The heart- weighs about 39 pounds per cubic foot at 12 wood is rated as very resistant to decay and percent moisture content. termites. It also is very resistant to marine
1-26 borers in temperate waters but much less so stances, separate the log into concentric shells. in warm tropical waters. Jarrah is a heavy, hard timber possessing Greenheart is used principally where correspondingly high strength properties. It is strength and resistance to wear are required. resistant to attack by termites and rated as Uses include ship and dock building, lock gates, very durable with respect to fungus attack. The wharves, piers, jetties, engine bearers, plank- heartwood is rated as extremely resistant to ing, flooring, bridges, and trestles. preservative treatment. Jarrah is fairly hard to work in machines Curjun (See Apitong) and difficult to cut with hand tools. Jarrah is used for decking and underfram- llomba ing of piers, jetties, and bridges, and also for piling and fenders in dock and harbor installa- Ilomba (Pycnanthus angolensis) is a tree of tions. As a flooring timber it has a high resist- the rain forest and ranges from Guinea and ance, but is inclined to splinter under heavy Sierra Leone through west tropical Africa to traffic. Uganda and Angola. This species is also re- ferred to in the literature under the synonym- Jelutong ous name Pycnanthus kombo. The wood is a grayish white to pinkish brown Jelutong (Dyera costulata) is an important and in some trees may be a uniform light species in Malaya where it is best known for its brown. There is generally no distinction be- latex production rather than its timber. tween heartwood and sapwood. The texture is The wood is white or straw-colored and there moderately coarse and even. Luster is low. is no differentiation between heartwood and Grain is generally straight. The wood weighs sapwood. The texture is moderately fine and about 32 pounds per cubic foot at 12 percent even. The grain is straight, and luster is low. moisture content. This species is generally sim- The wood weighs about 29 pounds per cubic ilar to banak (Virola), but is somewhat coarser foot at 12 percent moisture content. textured. The wood is reported to be very easy to The wood is rated as perishable, but per- season with little tendency to split or warp, meable to preservative treatment. The general but staining may cause trouble. characteristics of ilomba would suggest similar- It is easy to work in all operations, finishes ity to banak in working properties, seasoning, well, and can be glued satisfactorily. finishing, and utilization. The wood is rated as nondurable, but readily This species has been utilized in the United permeable to preservatives. States only in the form of plywood for general Jelutong would make an excellent core stock utility purposes. if it were economically feasible to fill the latex channels which radiate outward in the stem at Ipe (See Lapacho) the branch whorls. Because of its low density and ease of working, it is well suited for sculp- Jacaranda (See Rosewood, Brazilian) ture and pattern. Jelutong is essentially a "short-cutting" species, because the wood be- Jarrah tween the channels is remarkably free of other defects. Jar rah (Eucalyptus marginata) is native to the coastal belt of southwestern Australia and Kapur one of the principal timbers of the sawmill industry. The genus Dryobalanops comprises some The heartwood is a uniform pinkish to dark nine species distributed over parts of Malaya, red, often a rich, dark red mahogany hue, turn- Sumatra, and Borneo, including North Borneo ing to a deep brownish red with age and ex- and Sarawak. For the export trade, however, posure to light. The sapwood is pale in color the species are combined under the name kapur. and usually very narrow in old trees. The tex- The heartwood is light reddish brown, ture is even and moderately coarse. The grain, clearly demarcated from the pale colored sap- though usually straight, is frequently inter- wood. The wood is fairly coarse textured but locked or wavy. The wood weighs about 44 uniform. In general appearance the wood re- pounds per cubic foot at 12 percent moisture sembles that of apitong and keruing, but on content. The common defects of jarrah include the whole it is straighter grained and not quite gum veins or pockets which, in extreme in- so coarse in texture. The Malayan timber aver-
1-27 ages about 48 pounds per cubic foot at 12 per- found in the coastal belt of the so-called closed cent moisture content. or high forest. The closely allied species, Khaya Strength property values available for D. anthothecŒy has a more restricted range and is lanceolata show it to be on a par with apitong found farther inland in regions of lower rain- or keruing of similar specific gravity. fall but well within the area now being worked The heartwood is rated as very durable and for the export trade. extremely resistant to preservative treatment. The heartwood varies from a pale pink to a The wood works with moderate ease in most dark reddish brown. The grain is interlocked, hand and machine operations. A good surface and the texture is equal to that of mahogany is obtainable from the various machining oper- (Swietenia), The wood is very well known in ations, but there is a tendency toward "raised the United States and large quantities are im- grain" if dull cutters are used. It takes nails ported annually. The wood is easy to season, and screws satisfactorily. machines and finishes well. In decay resist- The wood provides good and very durable con- ance, it is generally rated below American ma- struction timbers and is suitable for all the hogany. purposes for which apitong and keruing are Principal uses include furniture, interior fin- used in the United States. ish, boat construction, and veneer.
Karri Kokrodua
Karri {Eucalyptus diversicolor) is a very Kokrodua (Pericopsis elata) is the verna- large tree limited to Western Australia, oc- cular name used in Ghana. It is also known as curring in the southwestern portion of the afrormosia, its former generic name. state. This large West African tree shows promise Karri resembles jarrah (E. marginata) in of becoming a substitute for teak (Tectona structure and general appearance. It is usually grandis). The heartwood is fine textured, with paler in color, and, on the average, slightly straight to interlocked grain. The wood is heavier (57 lb. per cu. ft. at 12 pet. m.c). brownish yellow with darker streaks, moder- The heartwood is rated as moderately dur- ately hard and heavy, weighing about 44 able and extremely resistant to preservative pounds per cubic foot at 15 percent moisture treatment. content. The wood strongly resembles teak in Karri is a heavy hardwood possessing me- appearance but lacks the oily nature of teak chanical properties of a correspondingly high and is finer textured. order. The wood seasons readily with little degrade The wood is fairly hard to work in machines and has good dimensional stability. It is some- and difficult to cut with hand tools. It is gen- what heavier than teak and stronger. The erally more resistant to cutting than jarrah heartwood appears to be highly resistant to and has slightly more dulling effect on tool decay and should prove extremely durable un- edges. der adverse conditions. The wood can undoubt- It is inferior to jarrah for underground use edly be used for the same purposes as teak, and waterworks, but where flexural strength such as boat construction, interior trim, and is required, such as in bridges, floors, rafters, decorative veneer. and beams, it is an excellent timber. Karri is popular in the heavy construction field because of its strength and availability in large sizes Korina (See Limba) and long lengths that are free of defects. Krabak (See Mersawa) Keruing (See Apitong) Lapacho Khaya The lapacho group or series of the genus The bulk of the khaya or "African Mahog- Tabebuia consists of about 20 species of trees any" 2 shipped from west central Africa is and occurs in practically every Latin Ameri- Khaya ivorensis, which is the most widely dis- can country except Chile. Another commonly tributed and most plentiful species of the genus used name is ipe. The sapwood is relatively thick, yellowish ' Forest Service nomenclature restricts the name mahogany to the species belonging to the botanical gray or gray brown and sharply differentiated genus Swietenia, from the heartwood, which is a light to dark
1-28 olive brown. The texture is fine. Grain is closely any'" specify that mayapis be excluded from and narrowly interlocked. Luster is medium. their shipments. The wood is very heavy and averages about 64 "Philippine mahoganies" as a whole have a pounds per cubic foot at 12 percent moisture coarser texture than mahogany or the "African content. Thoroughly air-dried specimens of mahoganies" and do not have the dark colored heartwood generally sink in water. deposits in the pores. Forest Products Labora- Lapacho is moderately difficult to machine tory studies showed that the average decay re- because of its high density and hardness. sistance was greater for mahogany than for Glassy smooth surfaces can be readily pro- either the "African mahoganies" or the duced. "Philippine mahoganies." The resistance of Being a very heavy wood, lapacho is also "African mahogany" was of the moderate type very strong in all properties and in the air-dry and seemed no greater than that of some of the condition is comparable to greenheart. "Philippine mahoganies." Among the Philip- Lapacho is highly resistant to decay and pine species, the woods classified as "dark red insects, including both subterranean and dry- Philippine mahogany" usually were more resis- wood termites. It is, however, susceptible to tant than the woods belonging to the light red marine borer attack. The heartwood is imper- group. meable, but the sapwood can be readily treated In machining trials made at the Laboratory, with preservatives. the Philippine species appeared to be about Lapacho is used almost exclusively for heavy equal with the better of the hardwoods found duty and durable construction. Because of its in the United States. Tanguile was consistently hardness (two to three times that of oak or better than average in all or most of the tests. apitong) and very good dimensional stability, Mayapis, almon, and white lauan were con- it would be particularly well suited for heavy sistently below average in all or most of the duty flooring in trucks and box cars. trials. Red lauan and bagtikan were inter- mediate. All of the species showed interlocked Lauans grain. The term "lauan" or "Philippine ma- The shrinkage and swelling characteristics hogany" is applied commercially to Philip- of the Philippine species are comparable to pine woods belonging to three genera—Shorea, those found in the oaks and maples of the Parashorea, and Pentacme, These woods are United States. usually grouped by the United States trade Principal uses include interior trim, panel- into "dark red Philippine mahogany" and ing, flush doors, plywood, cabinets, furniture, "light red Philippine mahogany." The species siding, and boat construction. The use of the found in these two groups and their heart- woods of the dark red group for boatbuilding wood color are: in the United States exceeds in quantity that of any foreign wood. Dark red Philippine mahogany" Red lauan, Shorea Dark reddish-brown to brick red Laurel negrosensis Tanguile, Shorea Red to reddish-brown polysperma The genus Cordia contains numerous spe- Tianong, Shorea Light red to light reddish-brown cies, but only a relatively small number are agsaboensis trees of commercial size. The three most im- "Light red Philippine mahogany" portant species are Cordia alliodora (laurel) with the most extensive range from the West Almon, Shorea almon Light red to pinkish Bagtikan, Parashorea Grayish-brown Indies and Mexico southward to northern Bo- plicata livia and eastern Peru; C. goeldiana (freijo) Mayapis, Shorea Light red to reddish-brown squamata of the Amazon Basin; and C. trichotoma (pete- White lauan, Grayish to very light red rebi) of southeastern Brazil, northern Argen- Pentacme contorta tina, and adjacent Paraguay. The species within each group are shipped The heartwood is light to medium brown, interchangeably when purchased in the form plain or frequently with a pigment figure out- of lumber. Mayapis of the light red group is lining the growth ring pattern. Sapwood is quite variable with respect to color and fre- generally distinct and of a yellowish or very quently shows exudations of resin. For this light brown color. Grain is generally straight reason, some purchasers of "Philippine mahog- or shallowly interlocked. Texture is medium
1-29 and uniform. The wood is variable in weight, also used for such articles as mallets, pulley but in the same density range as mahogany sheaves, caster wheels, stencil and chisel block, and cedro. various turned articles, and brush backs. The wood saws and machines easily with Vera or verawood (Bulnesia arbórea) of good to excellent results in all operations. It Colombia and Venezuela is sometimes sub- is reported to glue readily and holds its place stituted for lignum vitae; however, vera is not well when manufactured. suitable for underwater bearings. The Cordia woods are rated as moderately durable to durable when used in contact with Limba the ground, and are rated slightly above mahogany with respect to resistance against Abundant supplies of limba {Terminalia drywood termites. The darker colored wood is superba) occur in west central Africa and the reputed to be more durable with respect to Congo region. decay and have better termite resistance than The wood varies in color from a gray-white the lighter colored material. to creamy brown and may contain dark The strength properties of these Cordias streaks, which are valued for special purposes. are generally on a par with those of mahogany The light colored wood is considered an im- and cedro. portant asset for the manufacture of blond Because of their ease of working, good dura- furniture. The wood is generally straight bility, low shrinkage, and attractiveness, the grained and of uniform but coarse texture. woods are used extensively within their areas The wood is easy to season and the shrink- of growth for furniture, cabinetwork, general age is reported to be rather small. Limba is not construction, boat construction and many resistant to decay, insects, or termites. It is other uses. The characteristics of the wood easy to work with all types of tools and is should qualify it for use in the United States veneered without difficulty. for many of the same purposes as mahogany Principal uses include interior trim, panel- and cedro. ing, and furniture. Selected limba plywood is sold in the United States under the copy- Lignum Vitae righted name, "korina."
Lignum vitae (Guaiacum offmcde) native Lupuna to the West Indies, northern Venezuela, north- ern Colombia, and Panama, was for a great Lupuna (Ceiba samavmia) is a very large many years the only species used on a large tree found in the Amazon Basin. In the Peru- scale. With the near exhaustion of commercial- vian-Amazon region it is known as lupuna. In its Brazilian range it is known as samauma. size timbers of G. officinale the principal spe- The wood is white or grayish to very pale red- cies of commerce is now G. sanctum. The dish, very soft and light, weighing about 25 latter species occupies the same range as G. pounds per cubic foot air dry. The wood is officinale, but is more extensive and includes the coarse textured and has a dull luster. It is Pacific side of Central America as well as nondurable with respect to decay and insect southern Mexico and southern Florida. attack. Some of the veneer used for plywood Lignum vitae is one of the heaviest and cores has been known to give off highly ob- hardest woods on the market. The wood is jectionable odor when subjected to high hum- characterized by its unique green color and idity. oily or waxy feel. The wood has a fine, uni- The wood is available in large sizes, and its form texture and closely interlocked grain. low density combined with a rather high de- Its resin content may constitute up to about gree of dimensional stability make it ideally one-fourth of the air-dry weight of the heart- suited for pattern and core stock. wood. The mechanical properties have not been Lignum vitae wood is used chiefly for bear- investigated. ing or bushing blocks for the lining of stern tubes of steamship propeller shafts. The great Mahogany strength and tenacity of lignum vitae, com- Mahogany (Swietenia macrophylla) ranges bined with the self-lubricating properties that from southern Mexico through Central are due to the high resin content, make it America into South America as far south as especially adaptable for underwater use. It is Bolivia. Mexico, Belize, and Nicaragua furnish
1-30 about 70 percent of the mahogany imported weight utility hardwood and comprises those into the United States. species yielding a red or reddish but not a The heartwood varies from a pale to a dark dark red timber. The actual color of the heart- reddish brown. The grain is generally straighter wood varies from pale pink to light reddish than that of "African mahogany;" however, brown. The weight of the wood may vary over a wide variety of grain patterns are obtained a rather wide range from 25 to 44 pounds per from this species. cubic foot in the seasoned condition. Among the properties that mahogany pos- Dark red meranti is darker in color than sesses to a high degree are dimensional sta- ordinary red meranti and appreciably heavier, bility, fine finishing qualities, and ease of work- weighing on the average about 43 pounds per ing with tools. The wood is without odor or cubic foot seasoned. This color variation is the taste. It weighs about 32 pounds per cubic product of a more limited number of species foot at 12 percent moisture content. and consequently tends to be more uniform in The principal uses for mahogany are furni- character than light red meranti. Because of ture, models and patterns, boat construction, the number of species contributing to the radio and television cabinets, caskets, interior production of meranti, appreciable variation trim, paneling, precision instruments, and may be encountered with respect to mechani- many other uses where an attractive and di- cal and physical properties, durability, and mensionally stable wood is required. working characteristics. The wood is used in both plywood and solid Mahogany, African (See Khaya) form for much the same purposes as the Philip- pine lauans. Mahogany, Philippine (See Lauans) Mersawa Mayapis (See Lauans) Mersawa is one of the Anisoptera, a genus Mayflower (See Apamate) of about 15 species distributed from the Philip- pine Islands and Malaysia to East Pakistan. Meranti Names applied to the timber vary with the source and three names are generally encount- The trade name meranti covers a number ered in the lumber trade: krabak (Thailand), of closely related species of Shorea from mersawa (Malaysia), and palosapis (Philip- which light or only moderately heavy timber pines). is produced. This timber is imported from The Anisoptera species produce wood of Malaysia and Indonesia. On the Malay Pen- light color and moderately coarse texture. The insula this timber is commonly classified for heartwood when freshly sawn is pale yellow export either as light red or dark red meranti. or yellowish brown and darkens on exposure. Each of these color varieties is the product of Some timber may show a pinkish cast or pink several species of Shorea. Meranti exported streaks, but these eventually disappear on ex- from Sarawak and various parts of Indonesia posure. The wood weighs about 39 pounds per is generally similar to the Malayan timber. cubic foot in the seasoned condition at 12 per- Meranti corresponds roughly to seraya from cent moisture content and about 59 pounds North Borneo and lauan from the Philippines, when green. which are names used for the lighter types of The sapwood is susceptible to attack by Shorea and allied genera. powderpost beetles and the heartwood is not Meranti shows considerable variation in resistant to termites. With respect to fungus color, weight, texture, and related properties, resistance, the heartwood is rated as moder- according to the species. The grain tends to ately resistant and should not be used under be slightly interlocked so that quartered stock conditions favoring decay. The heartwood does shows a broad stripe figure. The texture is not absorb preservative solutions readily. moderately coarse but even. Resin ducts with The wood machines readily, but because of or without white contents occur in long tan- the presence of silica, the dulling effect on gential lines on the end surfaces of the wood, the cutting edges of ordinary tools is severe but the wood is not resinous like some of the and is very troublesome with saws. keruing species. Wood from near the center of It appears probable that the major volume the log is apt to be weak and brittle. of these timbers will be used in the form of Light red meranti is classed as a light- plywood, because conversion in this form pre-
1-31 sents considerably less difficulty than lumber The wood of the various species is in most production. cases heavier than the species of the United States. Nogal, Tropical Walnut Strength data are available for only four species and the values obtained fall between Nogal or tropical walnut includes two spe- those of white oak and the southern live oak cies, Juglans neotropica of the eastern slope or are equal to those of the latter. The average of the Andes and /. olanchana of northern specific gravity for these species is 0.72 based Central America. There is widespread interest on volume when green and weight ovendry, in walnut from sources where lumber costs are with an observed maximum average for one decidedly lower than in the United States, species from Guatemala of 0.86. but unfortunately little technical information Utilization of the tropical oaks is very is available regarding these species. limited at present due to difficulties encount- The wood of the tropical species is generally ered in the drying of the wood. The major darker than that of typical American black volume is used in the form of charcoal. walnut, and the texture (pore size) is some- what coarser. From the limited number of Obeche specimens available for examination, nogal also appears to be somewhat lighter in weight Obeche (Triplochiton scleroxylon) trees of than U.S. black walnut. Logs frequently show west central Africa reach heights of 150 feet streaks of lighter color in the heartwood and or more and diameters of up to 5 feet. The this characteristic has caused some concern trunk is usually free of branches for consider- about the potential utility of the tropical wood. able heights so that clear lumber of considera- Other features that are mentioned whenever ble size is obtainable. tropical walnut is under discussion are the The wood is creamy white to pale yellow extreme slowness with which the wood dries with little or no difference between the sap- and the dull yellowish-green coloring of the wood and heartwood. It is fairly soft, of uni- inner portion of some boards that occurs dur- form texture, and the grain is straight or more ing drying. It has been stated that lumber to often interlocked. The wood weighs about 24 %-inch thickness can be dried at the same rate pounds per cubic foot in the air-dry condition. as American black walnut, but thicker stock The wood seasons readily with little degrade. takes an appreciably longer period of time, and It is not resistant to decay, and the sapwood in the thicker stock the wood is prone to blue stains readily unless appropriate precau- collapse and honeycomb. tions are taken after the trees are felled as Tropical walnut peels and slices readily, but well as after they have been converted into the veneer is said to dry more slowly than lumber. American black walnut. Tension wood and The wood is easy to work and machine, ve- compression failures have been observed in a neers and glues well, and takes nails and number of specimens, and these invariably screws without splitting. came from the central core of the tree. The characteristics of this species make it It appears that these species require rather especially suitable for veneer and core stock. intensive study, particularly with respect to This species is also called samba and wawa. seasoning and machining, in order to ascertain their true potential. Okoume
Oak The natural distribution of okoume (Au- coumea klaineana) is rather restricted and The oaks (Quercus spp.) are abundantly is found only in west central Africa and represented in Mexico and Central America Guinea. This species has been popular in with about 150 species, which are nearly European markets for many years, but its equally divided between red and white oak extensive use in the United States is rather groups. Mexico is represented with over 100 recent. When first introduced in volume in the species and Guatemala with about 25; the plywood and door fields, its acceptance was numbers diminish southward to Colombia, phenomenal because it provided attractive ap- which has two species. The usual Spanish pearance at moderate cost. The wood has a name applied is encino or roble and no dis- salmon-pink color with a uniform texture and tinction is made in the use of these names. high luster. The texture is slightly coarser than
1-32 that of birch. Okoume offers unusual flexibility Pau Marfîm in both working and finishing because the color, which is of medium intensity, permits toning to The growing range of Pau marfim (Bal- either lighter or darker shades. fourodendron riedelianum) is rather limited, In this country it is used for decorative extending from the State of Sao Paulo, Brazil, plywood paneling, general utility plywood, and into Paraguay and the provinces of Corrientes for doors. Its use as solid lumber has been and Missiones of northern Argentina. In hampered because special saws and planer Brazil it is generally known as pau marfim knives are required to effectively machine this and in Argentina and Paraguay as guatambu. species because of the silica content of the In color and general appearance the wood wood. is very similar to birch or hard maple sap- wood. Although growth rings are present, they Palosapis (See Mersawa) do not show as distinctly as in birch and maple. The wood is straight grained, easy to "Parana Pine" work and finish but is not considered to be resistant to decay. There is no apparent dif- The wood that is commonly called "Parana ference in color between heartwood and sap- pine" (Araucaria angustifolia) is not a true wood. pine. It is a softwood that comes from south- The average specific gravity of pau marfim eastern Brazil and adjacent areas of Paraguay is about 0.63 based on the volume when green and Argentina. and weight when ovendry. On the basis of "Parana pine" has many desirable char- its specific gravity, its strength values would acteristics. It is available in large sizes of be above those of hard maple which has an clear boards with uniform texture. The small average specific gravity of 0.56. pinhead knots (leaf traces) that appear on In the areas of growth it is used for much flat-sawn surfaces and the light brown or red- the same purposes as our native hard maple dish-brown heartwood, which is frequently and birch. Pau marfim was introduced to the streaked with red, provide desirable figured U.S. market in the late 1960's and has been effects for matching in paneling and interior very well received and is especially esteemed finishes. The growth rings are fairly distinct for turned items. and more nearly like those of white pine (Pinus strobus) rather than those of the yel- Peroba de Campos low pines. The wood has relatively straight grain, takes paint well, glues easily, and is Peroba de campos (Paratecoma peroba) oc- free from resin ducts, pitch pockets, and curs in the coastal forests of eastern Brazil streaks. ranging from Bahia to Rio de Janeiro. It is The strength values of this species compare the only species in the genus. favorably with those softwood species of simi- The heartwood is variable in color, but gen- lar density found in the United States and, erally is in shades of brown with tendencies in some cases, approach the strength values toward casts of olive and reddish color. The of species with greater specific gravity. It is sapwood is a yellowish gray, clearly defined especially good in shearing strength, hardness, from the heartwood. The texture is relatively and nail-holding ability, but notably deficient fine and approximates that of birch. The wood in strength in compression across the grain. averages about 47 pounds per cubic foot at Some tendency towards splitting of kiln- 12 percent moisture content. dried "Parana pine" and warping of seasoned The wood machines easily, but when smooth and ripped lumber is caused by the presence surfaces are required particular care must be of compression wood, an abnormal type of wood structure with intrinsically large shrink- taken in planing to prevent excessive grain age along the grain. Boards containing com- tearing of quartered surfaces because of the pression wood should be excluded from exact- presence of interlocked or irregular grain. ing uses. The principal uses of "Parana pine" There is some evidence that the fine dust include framing lumber, interior trim, sash arising from machining operations may pro- and door stock, furniture, case goods, and duce allergic responses in certain individuals. veneer. Peroba de campos is heavier than teak or This species is known in Brazil as pinheiro white oak and is proportionately stronger than do Parana or pinho do Parana. either of these species.
1-33 The heartwood is rated as very durable The strength properties of ocote pine are with respect to fungus attack and is rated as comparable in most respects with those of resistant to preservative treatment. longleaf pine (P. palustris). In Brazil, the wood is used in the manu- Decay resistance studies show ocote pine facture of fine furniture, flooring, and decora- heartwood to be very durable with respect to tive paneling. The principal use in the United attack by a white-rot fungus and moderately Sates is in shipbuilding, where it serves as durable with respect to brown rot. an alternate for white oak for all purposes Ocote pine is comparable to the southern except bent members. The wood is classified pines in workability and machining character- as a poor "bender." istics. Ocote pine is a general construction timber and is suited for the same uses as the southern Peterebi (See Laurel) pines.
Pine, Caribbean Primavera
Caribbean pine (Pintes caribaea) occurs The natural distribution of primavera (Cy- along the Caribbean side of Central America bistax donnell-smithii) is restricted to south- from Belize to northeastern Nicaragua. It is western Mexico, the Pacific coast of Guatemala also native to the Bahamas and Cuba. It is and El Salvador, and north central Honduras. primarily a tree of the lower elevations. Primavera is regarded as one oT the pri- The heartwood is a golden brown to red ;mary light-colored woods, but its use was brown and distinct from the sapwood which limited because of its rather restricted range is 1 to 2 inches in thickness and a light yel- and the relative scarcity of wild trees within low. The wood has a strong resinous odor and its natural growing area. a greasy feel. The wood averages about 51 Plantations now coming into production pounds per cubic foot at 12 percent moisture have increased the availability of this species content. and provided a more constant source of supply. The lumber can be kiln dried satisfactorily The quality of the plantation-grown wood is using the same schedule as that for ocote pine. equal in all respects to that obtained from Caribbean pine is easy to work in all machin- wild trees. ing operations but the high resin content The heartwood is whitish to straw-yellow may necessitate occasional stoppages to per- and in some logs may be tinted with pale mit removal of accumulated resin from the brown or pinkish streaks. The wood has a equipment. very high luster. Caribbean pine is an appreciably heavier Primavera produces a wide variety of figure wood than slash pine (P. elliottii), but the patterns. mechanical properties of these two species are The shrinkage properties are very good, and rather similar. the wood shows a high degree of dimensional Caribbean pine is used for the same pur- stability. Although the wood has considerable poses as the southern pines of the United grain variation, it machines remarkably well. States. With respect to decay resistance it is rated as durable to very durable. Pine, Ocote The dimensional stability, ease of working, and pleasing appearance recommend primavera Ocote pine (Pinus oocarpa) is a species of for solid furniture, paneling, interior trim, and the higher elevations and occurs from north- special exterior uses. western Mexico southward through Guatemala into Nicaragua. The largest and most exten- Ramin sive stands occur in northern Nicaragua and Honduras. Ramin {Gonystylus bancanus) is one of the The sapwood is a pale yellowish brown and very few moderately heavy woods that are generally up to 3 inches in thickness. The classified as a ''blond" wood. This species is heartwood is a light reddish brown. Grain is native to southeast Asia from the Malay Penin- straight. Luster is medium. The wood has a sula to Sumatra and Borneo. resinous odor, and weighs about 41 pounds The wood is a uniform pale straw or yel- per cubic foot at 12 percent moisture content. lowish to whitish in color. The grain is straight 1-34 or shallowly interlocked. The texture is moder- backs, billiard cue butts, and fancy articles of ately fine, similar to that of mahogany (Swie- turnery. tenia)y and even. The wood is without figure or luster. Ramin is moderately hard and heavy, Rosewood, Indian weighing about 42 pounds per cubic foot in the air-dry condition. The wood is easy to work, Indian rosewood (Dalbergia latifoUa) is na- finishes well, and glues satisfactorily. tive to most provinces of India except in the With respect to natural durability ramin is northwest. rated as perishable, but it is permeable with The heartwood is a dark purplish brown regard to preservative treatment. with denser blackish streaks terminating the Ramin has been used in the United States growth zones and giving rise to an attractive in the form of plywood for doors and in the figure on flat-sawn surfaces. The average solid form for interior trim. weight is about 53 pounds per cubic foot at 12 percent moisture content. The texture is uniform and moderately coarse. The wood of Red lauan (See Lauans) this species is quite similar in appearance to that of the Brazilian and Honduras rosewood. Roble (See Oak) The timber is said to kiln dry well, but rather slowly, and the color is said to improve during drying. Rosewood, Brazilian Indian rosewood is a heavy timber with high strength properties and is particularly hard Brazilian rosewood or Jacaranda (Dalbergia for its weight after being thoroughly sea- nigra) occurs in the eastern forests of the State of Bahia to Rio de Janeiro. Having been soned. The wood is moderately hard to work with exploited for a long period of time it is, at handtools and offers a fair resistance in ma- present, nowhere abundant. chine operations. Lumber containing calcare- The wood of commerce is very variable with ous deposits tends to blunt tools rapidly. The respect to color, ranging through shades of wood turns well and has high screw-holding brown, red, and violet and is irregularly and properties. Filling of the pores is desirable if conspicuously streaked with black. Many kinds a very smooth surface is required for certain are distinguished locally on the basis of pre- purposes. vailing color. The texture is coarse, and the Indian rosewood is essentially a decorative grain is generally straight. Heartwood has an wood for high-class furniture and cabinet- oily or waxy appearance and feel. The odor is work. In the United States it is used primarily fragrant and distinctive. The wood is hard in the form of veneer. and heavy; thoroughly air-dried wood is just barely floatable in water. The strength properties have not been de- Samauma (See Lupuna) termined, but for the purposes for which Brazil- ian rosewood is utilized they are more than Samba (See Obeche) adequate. In hardness, for example, it exceeds by far any of the native hardwood species Sande used in the furniture and veneer field. The wood machines and veneers well. It can Practically all of the exportation of sande be glued satisfactorily, providing the neces- (Brosimiim spp.-utile group) is from Pacific sary precautions are taken to ensure good glue Ecuador and Colombia. It is also known as bonds as with other woods in this density cocal. class. The sapwood and heartwood show no dis- Brazilian rosewood has an excellent reputa- tinction, being a uniform yellowish white to tion for durability with respect to fungus and yellowish brown or light brown. The pores insect attack, including termites, although are moderately coarse and evenly distributed. the wood is not used for purposes where these The grain is straight to widely and shallowly would present a problem. interlocked. In many respects, sande has much Brazilian rosewood is used primarily in the the same appearance as white ser ay a (Par- form of veneer for decorative plywood. Limited ashorea malaanonan) from Sabah. The wood quantities are used in the solid form for spe- averages about 33 pounds per cubic foot at 12 cialty items such as cutlery handles, brush percent moisture content.
1-35 The wood is nondurable with respect to The heartwood ranges in color from that of stain, decay, and insect attack and care must mahogany to a dark reddish or purplish be exercised to prevent degrade from these brown. The lighter colored and distinct sap- agents. wood may be up to 4 inches thick. Texture is Strength data for sande are too limited to finer than that of mahogany. Grain is inter- permit comparison with woods of similar den- locked and produces a narrow and uniform sity such as banak, although it is suspected stripe pattern on quartered surfaces. The wood that they would be rather similar. averages about 39 pounds per cubic foot at Normal wood of sande machines easily, takes 12 percent moisture content. stains, and finishes readily, and presents no Sapele has the same average density as gluing problems. Sande should find utilization white oak, and its mechanical properties are for many of the same purposes as banak, and in general higher than those of white oak. with the current demand for molding species, The wood works fairly easily with machine it should assist in relieving the ever-increas- tools, although interlocked grain offers diffi- ing wood demand of this industry. culties in planing and molding. Sapele finishes and glues well. Santa Maria The heartwood is rated as moderately dur- able and as resistant to preservative treatment. Santa Maria (Calophyllum hrasiliense) Sapele is used extensively, primarily in the ranges from the West Indies to southern Mex- form of veneer for decorative plywood. ico and southward through Central America into northern South America. Spanish-Cedar The heartwood is pinkish to brick red or rich reddish brown and marked by a fine and Spanish-cedar or cedro (Cedrela spp.) com- slightly darker striping on flat-sawn surfaces. prises a group of about seven species that are The sapwood is lighter in color and generally widely distributed in tropical America from distinct from the heartwood. Texture is med- southern Mexico to northern Argentina. The ium and fairly uniform. Luster is medium. wood is more or less distinctly ring porous, The heartwood is rather similar in appearance and the heartwood varies from light reddish to the red lauan of the Philippines. The wood brown to dark reddish brown. The heartwood averages about 38 pounds per cubic foot at 12 is characterized by its distinctive cedarlike percent moisture content. odor. The wood is moderately easy to work and The wood seasons readily. It is not high in good surfaces can be obtained when attention strength but is roughly rated to be similar to is paid to machining operations. Central American mahogany in most prop- Santa Maria is in the density class of hard erties except in hardness and compression per- maple and its strength properties are gen- pendicular to the grain where mahogany is erally ^imilar, with the exception of hardness, definitely superior. It is considered decay re- in which property hard maple is superior to sistant and works and glues well. Santa Maria. Spanish-cedar is used locally for all purposes The heartwood is generally rated as mod- where an easily worked, light but strong, erately durable to very durable in contact with straight grained, and durable wood is required. the ground, but apparently has little resis- Spanish-cedar and mahogany are the classic tance against termites and marine borers. timbers of Latin America. The inherent natural durability, color, and figure on the quarter suggest utilization as Tangare (See Andiroba) face veneer for plywood in boat construction. It also offers possibilities for use in flooring, Tanguile (See Lauans) furniture, cabinetwork, millwork, and decora- tive plywood. Teak Teak (Tectona grandis) occurs in commer- Sapele cial quantities in India, Burma, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, North and South Vietnam, and Sapele (Entandrophragma cylindHcum) is a the East Indies. Numerous plantations have large African rain forest tree ranging from been developed within its natural range and Sierra Leone to Angola and eastward through tropical areas of Latin America and Africa, the Congo to Uganda. and many of these are now producing timber. 1-36 The heartwood varies from a yellow-brown to maple. The wood is rated very low with a rich brown. It has a coarse texture, is usually respect to natural durability; hence it is best straight grained, and has a distinctly oily feel. suited for use under interior conditions. The heartwood has excellent dimensional Currently the wood is being used for panel- stability and possesses a very high degree of ing, interior trim, and core stock. natural durability. The mechanical properties have not been in- Although not generally used in the United vestigated. States where strength is of prime importance, the values for teak are generally on a par with Walnut, European those of our native oaks. Teak generally works with moderate ease Although generally referred to as European with hand and machine tools. Because of the walnut or by its country of origin, walnut presence of silica, its dulling effect on tools is (Juglans regia) is a native of western and sometimes considerable. Finishing and gluing central Asia, extending to China and northern are satisfactory although pretreatment may be India. Trees are grown in commercial quanti- necessary to ensure good bonding of finishes ties mainly in Turkey, Italy, France, and Yugo- and glues. slavia. Intrinsically, teak is one of the most valuable Walnut is variable in color, with a grayish- of all woods, but its use is limited by scarcity brown background, marked with irregular dark- and high cost. Teak is unique in that it does colored streaks. The figure, which is due to not cause rust or corrosion when in contact the infiltration of coloring matter, is some- with metal; hence, it is extremely useful in times accentuated by the naturally wavy grain. the shipbuilding industry. It is currently used The highly figured veneers used in cabinet- in the construction of expensive boats, furni- making and decorative paneling are obtained ture, flooring, decorative objects, and veneer for from the stumps, burls, and crotches of a rel- decorative plywood. atively small percentage of the trees. The wood weighs about 40 pounds per cubic foot in the Tianong (See Lauans) air-dry condition. The product of any one locality may vary Verawood (See Lignum Vitae) considerably in color, figure, and texture, but the selected export timber generally shows Virola certain typical characteristics. French walnut is Virola is the common name being currently typically paler and grayer than English walnut, applied to the wood of two or more species of while the Italian wood is characterized by its Dialyanthera originating in the Pacific forests elaborate figure and dark, streaky coloration. of Colombia and Ecuador. The local name for Because of the ease of machining, finishing, and this wood is cuangare, and would be preferred gluing, walnut is used extensively in veneer for common usage because the common name form as well as in the solid form for furni- "virola" is frequently confused with the ture, paneling, and decorative objects. It and botanical genus Virola, American black walnut are the classic woods The wood is a pale pinkish brown with a for rifle stocks. high luster. There is no sharp demarcation between heartwood and sapwood. The wood Walnut, tropical (See Nogal) is generally straight grained, easy to work, holds nails well, and finishes smoothly. The Wawa (See Obeche) texture is quite similar to that of okoume. Virola is a relatively low-density wood. On White lauan (See Lauans) the dry-weight basis, it is equal to that of alder, White seraya (See Bagtikan) aspen, and basswood. Shrinkage properties of virola are about the same as those of sugar Yang (See Apitong)
1-37 BIBLIOGRAPHY Bellosillo, S. B., and Miciano, R. J. 1959. Progress report on the survey of mechanical properties of Philippine woods. The Lum- berman. Philippines. British Forest Products Research Laboratory 1956. A handbook of hardwoods. H. M. Stationery Office, 269 pp. London. 1960. The strength properties of timber. Forest Prod. Res. Bull. 50. H. M. Stationery Office, 34 pp. London. Brown, H. P., Panshin, A. J., and Forsaith, C. C. 1949. Textbook of wood technology. Vol. L Struc- ture, identification, defects, and uses of the commercial woods of the United States. 652 pp. New York. Kukachka, B. F. 1970. Properties of imported tropical woods. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 125. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. Markwardt, L. J. 1930. Comparative strength properties of woods grown in the United States. U.S. Dep. Agr. Tech. Bull. 158, 39 pp. Record, S. J., and Hess, R. W. 1949. Timbers of the new world. Yale Univ. Press, 640 pp. Wangaard, F. F. 1950. Mechanical properties of wood. 377 pp. New York.
1-38 FS-352
Chapter 2
STRUCTURE OF WOOD
Page Bark, Wood, and Pith 2-3 Growth Rings 2-3 Early wood and Late wood 2-4 Sap wood and Heartwood 2-4 Wood Cells 2-4 Chemical Composition of Wood 2-5 Identification 2-6 Bibliography 2-6
2-1 STRUCTURE OF WOOD
The fibrous nature of wood strongly inñu- fibrous cells and their arrangement aiïects such ences how it is used. Specifically, wood is com- properties as strength and shrinkage, as well posed mostly of hollow, elongate, spindle- as grain pattern of the wood. shaped cells that are arranged parallel to each other along the trunk of a tree. When lumber is A brief description of some elements of an- cut from the tree, the characteristics of these atomical structure are given in this chapter.
M 886P0 V
M eeezo Figure 2-1. Cross section of a white oal< tree trunk: A, Cambium layer (microscopic) is inside inner bark and forms wood and bark cells. B, Inner bark is moist, soft, and contains living tissue. Carries prepared food from leaves to all grow- ing parts of tree. C, Outer bark containing corky layers ¡s composed of dry dead tissue. Gives general protection against external injuries. Inner and outer bark are separated by a bark cambium. D, Sapwood, which contains both living and dead tissues, is the light-colored wood beneath the bark. Carries sap from roots to leaves. E, Heartwood (inactive) is formed by a gradual change in the sapwood. F, Pith is the soft tissue about which the first wood growth fakes place in the newly formed twigs. G, Wood rays connect »he various layers from prth to bark for storage and transfer of food.
2-2 BARK, WOOD, AND PITH formed early and that formed late in a growing season to produce well-marked annual growth A cross section of a tree (fig. 2-1) shows rings. The age of a tree at the stump or the the following well-defined features in succes- age at any cross section of the trunk may be sion from the outside to the center: (1) Bark, determined by counting these rings (fig. 2-2). which may be divided into the outer, corky, dead If the growth of trees in diameter is interrupted part that varies greatly in thickness with dif- by drought or defoliation by insects, more ferent species and with age of trees, and the than one ring may be formed in the same sea- thin, inner living part; (2) wood, which in son. In such an event, the inner rings us- merchantable trees of most species is clearly ually do not have sharply defined boundaries differentiated into sapwood and heartwood ; and and are termed false rings. Trees that have (3) the pith, indicated by a small central core, only very small crowns or that have accident- often darker in color, which represents primary ally lost most of their foliage may form only growth formed when woody stems or branches an incomplete growth layer, sometimes called elongate. a discontinuous ring, until the crown is re- Most branches originate at the pith, and stored. their bases are intergrown with the wood of the trunk as long as they are alive. These living branch bases constitute intergrown knots. After the branches die, their bases con- tinue to be surrounded by the wood of the growing trunk. Such enclosed portions of dead branches constitute the loose or encased knots. After the dead branches drop off, the dead stubs become overgrown and, subsequently, clear wood is formed. In a tree, the part con- taining intergrown knots comprises a cylinder, extending the entire length of the tree; the part containing loose knots forms a hollow cylinder, extending from the ground to the base of the green crown. Clear wood con- stitutes an outer cylinder covering overgrown branch ends. In second-growth trees, the clear zone and even the zone of loose knots may be absent.
GROWTH RINGS Between the bark and the wood is a layer of thin-walled living cells called the cambium, M 80729 F invisible without a microscope, in which Figure 2-2.—Cross section of a ponderosa pine log showing most growth in thickness of bark and wood growtli rings: Light bands are earlywood, darl< bands are late- arises by cell division. No growth in either wood. An annual ring is composed of the earlywood ring and diameter or length takes place in wood al- the latewood ring outside it. ready formed; new growth is purely the ad- dition of new cells, not the further develop- Growth rings are most readily seen in species ment of old ones. New wood cells are formed with sharp contrast between earlywood and on the inside and new bark cells on the out- latewood, such as the native ring-porous hard- side of the cambium. As the diameter of the woods as ash and oak, and most softwoods woody trunk increases, the bark is pushed out- except the soft pines. In some other species, ward, and the outer bark layers become such as water túpelo, sweetgum, and soft stretched, cracked, and ridged in patterns often maple, differentiation of early and late characteristic of a species. A bark cambium growth is slight, and the annual growth rings forms from living cells and this tissue sepa- are difficult to recognize. In some tropical rates the outer bark from the inner bark. regions, growth may be practically continuous With most species in temperate climates, throughout the year, and no well-defined there is sufficient difference between the wood annual rings are formed.
2-3 EARLYWOOD AND LATEWOOD and physically, from the cells of the inner sap- wood rings. In this condition these cells cease The inner part of the growth ring formed to conduct sap. first in the growing season is called earlywood or springwood, and the outer part formed The cell cavities of heartwood also may later in the growing season, latewood or sum- contain deposits of various materials which merwood. Actual time of formation of these frequently give much darker color to the heart- two parts of a ring may vary with environ- wood. All heartwood, however, is not dark mental and weather conditions. Earlywood is colored. Species in which heartwood does not characterized by cells having relatively large darken to a great extent include the spruces cavities and thin walls. Latewood cells have (except Sitka spruce), hemlock, the true smaller cavities and thicker walls. The transi- firs, Port-Orford-cedar, basswood, cottonwood, tion from earlywood to latewood may be grad- and buckeye. The infiltrations or materials de- ual or abrupt, depending on the kind of wood posited in the cells of heartwood usually make and the growing conditions at the time it was the wood more durable when used in exposed situations. Unless treated, all sapwood is non- formed. In some species, such as the maples, durable when exposed to conditions that favor gums, and yellow-poplar, there is little differ- decay. ence in the appearance of the earlywood and latewood parts of a growth ring. In some species, such as the ashes, hickories, When growth rings are prominent, as in and certain oaks, the pores become plugged to most softwoods and the ring-porous hard- a greater or lesser degree with ingrowths, woods, earlywood differs markedly from late- known as tyloses, before the change to heart- wood in physical properties. Earlywood is light- wood is completed. Heartwood having pores tightly plugged by tyloses, as in white oak, is er in weight, softer, and weaker than latewood ; suitable for tight cooperage. it shrinks less across and more lengthwise along the grain of the wood. Because of the greater Heartwood has a higher extractives content density of latewood, the proportion of late- than sapwood, and because of this, exhibits a wood is sometimes used to judge the quality higher specific gravity. For most species the or strength of wood. This method is useful difference is so small as to be quite unimpor- with such species as the southern pines, tant. The weight and strength of wood are Douglas-ñr, and the ring-porous hardwoods- influenced more by growth conditions of the ash, hickory, and oak. trees at the time the wood is formed than they are by the change from sapwood to heartwood. In some instances, as in redwood, western red- SAPWOOD AND HEARTWOOD cedar, and black locust, considerable amounts of infiltrated material may somewhat increase Sapwood is located next to the cambium. It the weight of the wood and its resistance to contains only a few living cells and functions crushing. primarily in the storage of food and the mechanical transport of sap. WOOD CELLS The sapwood layer may vary in thickness and in the number of growth rings contained Wood cells that make up the structural ele- in it. Sapwood commonly ranges from II/2 to 2 ments of wood are of various sizes and shapes inches in radial thickness. In certain species, and are quite firmly grown together. Dry wood such as catalpa and black locust, the sapwood cells may be empty or partly filled with de- contains very few growth rings and some- posits, such as gums and resins, or with tyloses. times does not exceed one-half inch in thickness. A majority of cells are considerably elongated The maples, hickories, ashes, some of the and pointed at the ends; they are customarily southern pines, and ponderosa pine may have called fibers or tracheids. The length of wood sapwood 3 to 6 inches or more in thickness, fibers is highly variable within a tree and especially in second-growth trees. As a rule, the among species. Hardwood fibers average about more vigorously growing trees of a species have one twenty-fifth of an inch in length (1 mm.) ; softwood fibers (called tracheids) range from wider sapwood layers. Many second-growth one-eighth to one-third of an inch in length trees of merchantable size consist mostly of (3 to 8 mm.). sapwood. In addition to their fibers, hardwoods have Heartwood consists of inactive cells that cells of relatively large diameter known as have been slightly changed, both chemically vessels. These form the main arteries in the
2-4 movement of sap. Softwoods do not contain To the paper industry, lignin is difficult to special vessels for conducting sap longitudinally solubilize and is a sometimes troublesome by- in the tree; this function is performed by the product. Theoretically, it might be converted tracheids. to a variety of chemical products but, practi- Both hardwoods and softwoods have cells cally, a large percentage of the lignin removed (usually grouped into structures) that are from wood during pulping operations is burned oriented horizontally in the direction from for heat and recovery of pulping chemicals. the pith toward the bark. These structures con- One sizable commercial use for lignin is in the duct sap radially across the grain and are formulation of drilling muds, used in the drill- called rays or wood rays. The rays are most ing of oil wells, where its dispersant and metal- easily seen on quartersawed surfaces. They combining properties are valuable. It has vary greatly in size in different species. In oaks found use also in rubber compounding and as and sycamores, the rays are conspicuous and an air-entraining agent in concrete mixes. add to the decorative features of the wood. Lesser amounts are processed to yield vanillin Wood also has other cells, known as longi- for flavoring purposes and to product solvents tudinal, or axial, parenchyma cells, that func- such as dimethyl sulfide and dimethyl sulfoxide. tion mainly for the storage of food. The hemicelluloses are intimately associated with cellulose in nature and, like cellulose, are CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF WOOD polymeric units built up from simple sugar moleclues. Unlike cellulose, however, the hemi- Dry wood is made up chiefly of the follow- celluloses yield more than one type of sugar on ing substances, listed in decreasing order of acid cleavage. Also, the relative amounts of amounts present: Cellulose, lignin, hemicellu- these sugars vary markedly with species. Hard- loses, extractives, and ash-forming minerals. woods contain an average of 20 to 30 percent Cellulose, the major constituent, comprises hemicelluloses with xylose as the major sugar. approximately 50 percent of wood substance by Lesser amounts of arabinose, mannose, and a weight. It is a high-molecular weight linear sugar acid are also attached to the main poly- polymer that, on chemical degradation by mer chain. Softwoods contain an average of 15 mineral acids, yields the simple sugar glucose to 20 percent hemicelluloses, with mannose as as the sole product. During growth of the tree, the main sugar unit. Xylose, arabinose, and the the linear cellulose molecules are arranged into sugar acid are again present at lower levels. highly ordered strands called fibrils, which in The hemicelluloses play an important role in turn are organized into the larger structural fiber-to-fiber bonding in the papermaking elements comprising the cell wall of wood process. The component sugars of hemicellu- fibers. The intimate physical, and perhaps lose 9 re of potential interest for conversion into partially chemical, association of cellulose with chemical products. lignin and the hemicelluloses imparts to wood Unlike the major constituents just discussed, its useful physical properties. Delignified wood the extractives are not part of the wood fibers have great commercial value when re- structure. However, they do contribute to such constituted into paper. Moreover, they may be properties of wood as color, odor, taste, decay chemically altered to form synthetic textiles, resistance, strength, density, hygroscopicity, films, lacquers, and explosives. and flammability. They include tannins and Lignin comprises 23 to 33 percent of soft- other poly-phenolics, coloring matters, essen- woods, but only 16 to 25 percent of hardwoods. tial oils, fats, resins, waxes, gums, starch, and It occurs in the wood largely as an intercellular simple metabolic intermediates. They can be material. Like cellulose, it has a macromole- removed from wood by extraction with such cular chemical structure, but its three- inert neutral solvents as water, alcohol, acetone, dimensional network is far more complex and benzene, and ether. In quantity, the extrac- not yet completely worked out. As a chemical, tives may range from roughly 5 to 30 percent, lignin is an intractable, insoluble material, probably bonded at least loosely to the cellu- depending on such factors as species, growth lose. To remove it from the wood on a commer- conditions, and time of year the tree is cut. cial scale requires vigorous reagents, high Ash-forming minerals comprise from 0.1 to temperatures, and high pressures. Such condi- 3 percent of wood substance, although consid- tions greatly modify the lignin molecule, pro- erably higher values are occasionally reported. ducing a complex mixture of high-molecular- Calcium, potassium, phosphate, and silica are weight phenolic compounds. common constituents. Due to the uniform dis- 2-5 tribution of these inorganic materials through- BIBLIOGRAPHY out the wood, ash often retains the micro- structural pattern of wood. Bratt, L. C. A significant dollar value of nonfibrous prod- 1965. Trends in the production of silvichemicals in the United States and abroad. Tappi ucts is produced from wood including naval 48(7): 46A-49A. Tech. Assoc. Pulp and stores, pulp byproducts, vanillin, ethyl alcohol, Paper Indus. charcoal, extractives, and bark products. Brauns, F. E., and Brauns, D. A. 1960. The chemistry of lignin—supplement vol- IDENTIFICATION ume, 804 pp. Academic Press. Browning, B. L. Many species of wood have unique physical, 1963. The chemistry of wood. 689 pp. Interscience mechanical, or chemical properties. Efficient Publishers, N.Y. utilization dictates that species should be Freudenberg, K. matched to use requirements through an under- 1965. Lignin : Its constitution and formation from p-hydroxy-cinnamyl alcohols. Sei. 148: standing of properties. This requires identi- 595-600. fication of the species in wood form, indepen- Hamilton, J. K., and Thompson, N. S. dent of bark, foliage, and other characteristics 1959. A comparison of the carbohydrates of hard- of the tree. woods and softwoods. Tappi 42: 752-760. Field identification can often be made on the Tech. Assoc. Pulp and Paper Indus. basis of readily visible characteristics such Ott, E., Spurlin, H. M., and Grafflin, M. W. as color, presence of pitch, or grain pattern. 1954. Cellulose and cellulose derivatives. Volume V. Parts I, II, and III (1955) of High Sometimes odor, density, or splitting tendency Polymers. 1601 pp. Interscience Publishers, is helpful. Where more positive identification is N.Y. required, a laboratory investigation of the Panshin, A. J., and de Zeeuw, C. microscopic anatomy of the wood can be made. 1970. Textbook of wood technology. Volume 1. 3d Detailed descriptions of identifying character- edition. McGraw-Hill. istics are given in texts such as "Textbook of Wise, L. E., and Jahn, E. C. 1952. Wood chemistry. Volumes I and II, 1259 pp. Wood Technology" by Panshin and de Zeeuw. Reinhold.
2-6 FS-.353
Chapter 3
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF WOOD
Appearance _ 3-2 Grain and Texture 3-2 Plainsawed and Quartersawed Lumber 3-2 Decorative Features of Common Woods 3-3 Moisture Content 3-3 Green Wood and the Fiber Saturation Point __ 3-6 Equilibrium Moisture Content 3-7 Shrinkage . 3-7 Transverse and Volumetric Shrinkage 3-7 Longitudinal Shrinkage 3-7 Moisture-Shrinkage Relationship 3-11 Density-Specific Gravity-Weight __ _ 3-12 Working Qualities ^ _ _ _. 3-15 Weathering 3_16 Decay Resistance „ 3-16 Chemical Resistance 3-17 Thermal Properties 3-19 Thermal Conductivity 3-19 Specific Heat 3-19 Thermal Diifusivity 3-21 Coefficient of Thermal Expansion 3-21 Electrical Properties __ 3-21 Electrical Conductivity 3-22 Dielectric Constant 3-22 Dielectric Power Factor 3-22 Coefficient of Friction 3-23 Nuclear Radiation 3-23 Bibliography 3-.24
3-1 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF WOOD
The versatility of wood is demonstrated by producing "plainsawed" lumber in hardwoods a wide variety of products. This variety is a re- and "flat-grained" or "slash-grained" lumber sult of a spectrum of desirable physical char- in softwoods; and radially to the rings or paral- acteristics or properties that is available among lel to the rays, producing "quartersawed" the many species of wood. Often more than lumber in hardwoods and "edge-grained" or one property of wood is important to an end "vertical-grained" lumber in softwoods (fig. product. For example, to select a species for a 3-1). Usually quartersawed or edge-grained product, the value of appearance-type prop- lumber is not cut strictly parallel with the erties such as texture, grain pattern, or color rays; and often in plainsawed boards the sur- may be evaluated against the influence of char- faces next to the edges are far from being tan- acteristics such as machinability, stability, or gent to the rings. In commercial practice, decay resistance. This chapter discusses the lumber with rings at angles of 45° to 90° physical properties most often of interest in with the wide surface is called quartersawed, the design of wood products. and lumber with rings at angles of 0° to 45° Some physical properties discussed and with the wide surface is called plainsawed. tabulated are influenced by species as well as Hardwood lumber in which annual rings make variables like moisture content; other proper- angles of 30° to 60° with the wide faces is ties tend to be more independent of species. sometimes called "bastard sawn." The thoroughness of sampling and the degree of variability influences the confidence with which species-dependent properties are known. In this chapter an effort is made to indicate either the general or specific nature of the prop- erties tabulated.
APPEARANCE
Grain and Texture The terms "grain" and "texture" are com- monly used rather loosely in connection with wood. Grain is often used in reference to an- nual rings, as in fine grain and coarse grain, but it is also employed to indicate the direc- tion of fibers, as in straight grain, spiral grain, and curly grain. Grain, as a synonym for fiber direction, is discussed in more detail relative to mechanical properties in chapter 4. Wood finishers refer to woods as open grained and close grained as terms reflecting the rela- tive size of the pores, which determines whether the surface needs a filler. Texture is often used synonymously with grain, but us- ually it refers to the finer structure of wood rather than to annual rings. When the words B
"grain" or "texture" are used in connection ZM 554 F with wood, the meaning intended should be Figure 3-1.—Quartersawed A and plainsawed B boards cut from made perfectly clear (see glossary). o log. For many purposes either plainsawed or Plainsawed and Quartersawed Lumber quartersawed lumber is satisfactory. Each type has certain advantages, however, that may Lumber can be cut from a log in two by important in a particular use. Some of the distinct ways: Tangent to the annual rings. advantages are given in table 3-1.
3-2 Table 3-1—Some advantages of pMnsawed and the annual growth rings frequently form quartersawed lumber ellipses and parabolas that make striking figures, especially when the rings are irregular Plainsawed Quartersawed in width and outline on the cut surface. On quartersawed surfaces, these rings form Figure patterns resulting Quartersawed lumber from the annual rings shrinks and swells less stripes, which are not especially ornamental and some other types of in width. unless they are irregular in width and direc- figure are brought out tion. The relatively large rays, sometimes re- more conspicuously by It twists and cups less. plainsawing. ferred to as necks, form a conspicuous figure It surface-checks and in quartersawed oak and sycamore. With inter- Round or oval knots that splits less in seasoning locked grain, which slopes in alternate direc- may occur in plainsawed and in use. boards affect the surface tions in successive layers from the center of appearance less than Raised grain caused by the tree outward, quartersawed surfaces show spike knots that may separation in the annual occur in quartersawed rings does not become so a ribbon effect, either because of the difference boards. pronounced. in reflection of light from successive layers Also, a board with a when the wood has a natural luster or because round or oval knot is It wears more evenly. not as weak as a board cross grain of varying degree absorbs stains with a spike knot. Types of figure due to pro- unevenly. Much of this type of figure is lost nounced rays, inter- in plainsawed lumber. Shakes and pitch pockets, locked grain, and wavy when present, extend grain are brought out In open-grained hardwoods, the appearance through fewer boards. more conspicuously. of both plainsawed and quartersawed lumber can be varied greatly by the use of fillers of It is less susceptible to It does not allow liquids to collapse in drying. pass into or through it different colors. In softwoods, the annual so readily in some spe- growth layers can be made to stand out more It shrinks and swells less cies. by applying a stain. in thickness. It holds paint better in Knots, pin wormholes, bird pecks, decay in It may cost less because some species. isolated pockets, birdseye, mineral streaks, it is easier to obtain. The sapwood appearing in swirls in grain, and ingrown bark are decora- boards is at the edges tive in some species when the wood is care- and its width is limited fully selected for a particular architectural according to the width of the sapwood in the treatment. log. MOISTURE CONTENT Moisture content of wood is defined as the Decoraffve Features of Common Woods weight of water in wood expressed as a frac- tion, usually as a percentage, of the weight The decorative value of wood depends upon of ovendry wood. Weight, shrinkage, strength, its color, figure, luster, and the way in which and other properties depend upon moisture con- it bleaches or takes fillers, stains, and trans- tent of wood. parent finishes. Because of the combinations In trees, moisture content may range from of color and the multiplicity of shades about 30 percent to more than 200 percent of found in wood, it is impossible to give detailed the weight of wood substance. Moisture con- descriptions of colors of the various kinds. Sap- wood of most species, however, is light in tent of the sapwood portion is usually high. color, and in some species it is practically Heartwood moisture content may be much white. White sapwood of certain species, such less than sapwood moisture content in some as maple, may be preferred to the heartwood species, greater in others. Table 3-3 gives for specific uses. In some species, such as hem- some moisture content values for heartwood lock, spruce, the true firs, basswood, cotton- and sapwood of some domestic species. These wood, and beech, there is typically little or no values are considered typical, but there is con- difference in color between sapwood and heart- siderable variation within and between trees. wood, but in most species heartwood is darker Variability of moisture content exists even and fairly uniform in color. Table 3-2 describes within individual boards cut from the same in a general way the color of heartwood of tree. Information on heartwood and sapwood the more common kinds of woods. moisture content is not available for imported In plainsawed boards and rotary-cut veneer. species.
3-3 •^
•&
:§
'^ ^
o
I
3-4 3-5 Table 3-3.—Average moisture content of green wood, by species
Moisture content ^ Moisture content ^ Species Heart- Sap- Species Heart- Sap- wood wood wood wood Pet. Pet. Pet. Pet. ~" HARDWOODS SOFTWOODS Alder, red 97 Baldcypress 121 171 Apple 8Í 74 Cedar : Asn: Alaska- 32 166 Black 95 Eastern redcedar 33 Green _ _ ~ 53 Incense- 40 2Í3 White 46 44 Port Orford- 50 98 Aspen 95 113 Western redcedar 58 249 Basswood, American _ 81 133 Douglas-fir : Beech, American 55 72 Coast type 37 115 Birch : Fir: Paper 89 72 Grand 91 136 Sweet 75 70 Noble 34 115 Yellow 74 72 Pacific silver _ 55 i64 Cherry, black 58 White 98 160 Chestnut, American 120 Hemlock : Cottonwood, black 162 146 Eastern 97 119 Elm: Western 85 170 American 95 92 Larch, western 54 no Cedar QQ 61 Pine: Rock 44 57 Loblolly 33 no Hackberry 61 65 Lodgepole 41 120 Hickory, pecan : Longleaf 31 106 Bitternut 80 54 Ponderosa 40 148 Water 97 62 Red 32 134 Hickory, true : Shortleaf 32 122 Mockernut 70 52 Sugar 98 219 Pigiiut 71 49 Western white 62 148 Bed 69 52 Redwood, old-growth 86 210 Sand 68 50 Spruce: Magnolia 80 104 Eastern 34 128 Maple : Engelmann 51 173 Silver „ _ 58 97 Sitka 41 142 Sugar _ 65 72 Tamarack 49 Oak: California black 76 75 * Based on weight when ovendry. Northern red 80 69 Southern red 83 75 Water 81 81 White _ 64 78 Willow - _ 82 74 Sweetgum 79 137 Sycamore, American _ 114 130 Tupelo: Black _ _ 87 115 Swamp 101 108 Water 150 UQ Walnut, black 90 73 Yellow-poplar 83 106
Green Wood and Fiber Saturation Point Moisture can exist in wood as water or tion point." The fiber saturation point of wood water vapor in cell lumens (cavities) and as averages about 30 percent moisture content, but water "bound" chemically within cell walls. individual species and individual pieces of wood Green wood often is defined as wood in which may vary by several percentage points from the cell walls are completely saturated with that value. water; however, green wood usually contains The fiber saturation point often also is con- additional water in the lumens. The moisture sidered as that moisture content below which content at which cell walls are completely the physical and mechanical properties of wood saturated (all "bound" water) but no water begin to change as a function of moisture con- exists in cell cavities is called the "fiber satura- tent.
3-6 EquíUbrium Moisture Content (radially), and only slightly along the grain The moisture content of wood below the (longitudinally). The combined effects of radial fiber saturation point or "green" condition is and tangential shrinkage can distort the shape a function of both relative humidity and tem- of wood pieces because of the difference in perature of the surrounding air. The equilib- shrinkage and the curvature of annual rings. Figure 3-2 illustrates the major types of dis- rium moisture content is defined as that tortion due to these effects. moisture content at which the wood is neither gaining nor losing moisture; an equilibrium condition has been reached. The relationship Transverse and Volumetric Stirinlcage between equilibrium moisture content, relative Data have been collected to represent the humidity, and temperature is shown in table average radial, tangential, and volumetric 3-4. This table illustrates that below the fiber shrinkage of numerous domestic species by saturation point wood will attain a moisture methods described in ASTM Designation D143. content in equilibrium with widely diflfering These shrinkage values, expressed as a atmospheric conditions. For most practical percentage of the green dimension, are sum- purposes the values in table 3-4 may be ap- marized in table 3-5. Shrinkage values col- plied to wood of any species. lected from the world literature for selected Wood in service usually is exposed to both imported species are summarized in table 3-6. long-term (seasonal) and short-term (such as The shrinkage of wood is affected by a daily) changes in the relative humidity and number of variables. In general, greater temperature of the surrounding air. Thus, shrinkage is associated with greater density. wood virtually always is undergoing at least The size and shape of a piece of wood may slight changes in moisture content. These also affect shrinkage, as may the temperature changes usually are gradual and short-term and rate of drying for some species. Trans- fluctuations tend to influence only the wood verse and volumetric shrinkage variability can surface. Moisture content changes may be re- be expressed by a coefficient of variation of tarded by protective coatings, such as varnish, approximately 15 percent, based on a study lacquer, or paint. The practical objective of in which 50 species were represented. all wood seasoning, handling, and storing meth- ods should be to minimize moisture content Longitudinal Shrinkage changes in wood in service. Favored procedures are those that bring the wood to a moisture Longitudinal shrinkage of wood (shrinkage content corresponding to the average atmos- parallel to the grain) is generally quite small. pheric conditions to which it will be exposed Average values for green to ovendry shrink- (see ch. 14 and 16). age are between 0.1 and 0.2 percent for most species of wood. Certain atypical types of SHRINKAGE wood, however, exhibit excessive longitudinal shrinkage, and these should be avoided in uses Wood is dimensionally stable when the mois- where longitudinal stability is important. Re- ture content is above the fiber saturation point. action wood, whether compression wood in Wood changes dimension as it gains or loses softwoods or tension wood in hardwoods, tends moisture below that point. It shrinks when to shrink excessively along the grain. Wood losing moisture from the cell walls and swells from near the center of trees (juvenile wood) when gaining moisture in the cell walls. This of some species also shrinks excessively length- shrinking and swelling may result in warping, wise. Wood with cross grain exhibits increased checking, splitting, or performance problems shrinkage along the longitudinal axis of the that detract from its usefulness. It is there- piece. fore important that these phenomena be un- Reaction wood exhibiting excessive longi- derstood and considered when they may affect tudinal shrinkage may occur in the same board a product in which wood is used. with normal wood. The presence of this type Wood is an anisotropic material in shrink- of wood, as well as cross grain, can cause age characteristics. It shrinks most in the di- serious warping such as bow, crook, or twist, rection of the annual growth rings (tangen- and cross breaks may develop in the zones of tially), about one-half as much across the rings high shrinkage.
3-7 05 OS (M TH 00 a oQ CO CO O CO ■ (N ï> t- LO Ci CO í> o CO Oi CO CO CO CO LO LA CO iH TH O S S (M s Si §5 (M (M (M s S
CO 00 CO LA O IÄ rH Oi CO CO Ci -^ o Tf <Ä 00 t- TH LO Ci Oi CO 00 tH TH CJi 00 CO (M §5 (M (M §3 (M S TH iH
o O O Oi O IÄ (N 00 la TH CO (N t- \n IÄ LA Tfí C^ ^ t> CO o CO (N 00 CO 05 '^ O LO O LO o 00 00 00 00 t- t- t> CO CO LA LO "^ "^ '^ CO CO (M (M 1—1 22 ^ .-i 1—1 g LOLOrJJOiC>I>Tl^THl>'«:ljOCOTHfCOOOTf OiOiOqcOTjJC^lOiCOCMOSLOrHoq'^OLOTHt-G^ i •^2"^"^'^'^cÔcÔcÔC^Î(Nc4rHTHTH00050S LOL0TlJC0TH0>C000Ot-;00OC0c00iL0THt>C0 OOCOCOOOOOc4oic4 COCO©>ïr-jOoqLOCOOt>"^THC)OLOC TÎJ^C0C^TH0it>LOC^0il>'«^TH0qTjJrH00'^O oooôooîoîaîoîoo'odooû6i>i>i>çococoT^ 1'^ T^ ^^ ^H LO lO TÍJ os cg os y-\ 00 LO T-i 00 TJH oî OS OS 00 o6 00* 00 ï> t-í có CO CO LO LO t- CO LO 00 os LO C^l q t^ q LO cg q 00 00 00 00 00 00* CO CO LO LO LO "^' í3 a 00 t-. CO q 00 q 00 rH 00 q 00 q CO CO CO . CO* CO cô LO LO LO LO iH O OS 00 CO iH Ci l> LO (N q ^ 00 1 CO CO CÔ CO CO LO LO LÔ LO TÍ TJH CÔ 00 CO CO (N os 00 CO q 00 q CO ^ 00 LO Cg 'S- CO CO t¿ CO CO CO LO LO LO LO LÔ LO rjî ^* CÔ CÔ CÔ LO LO "«í; ^ CO q OS l> LO CO r-i Ci t- LO (N LO LO LO LO LO LO 0Ô 0Ô 0Ô 0Ô CÔ CO CO CO lO rJJ CO o Ci l> q rf (N q 00 CO "^ 1-1 I OÔ CÔ CO CO 0Ô cô CO CO LO LO CO (M q Ci 00 CO TH OS 00 CO CO OÔ CO 00 CO 00* OÔ CO CO CO LO LO -^ CO 00 rH o os 00 CO LO "^ CO CO T}< 00 00 CO (M Cq OSOSOOt-t-COLOLO OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOC5C5 CO'^LOCOt-OOOSOiHCMCOTÍiLOCOb-OO^oS THTHiHTHrHTHiHiHTHTH(M(M 3-8 Table 3-5.—Shrinkage values of domestic woods Shrinkage from green to Shrinkage from green to ovendry moisture content ^ ovendry moisture content ' Species Species Radial Tangential Volumetric Radial Tangential Volumetric PcL Pet, Pet. Pet. Pet. Pet. HARDWOODS Alder, red 4.4 7.3 12.6 Ash; Honeylocust 4.2 6.6 10.8 Black 6.0 Locust, black 4.6 7.2 10.2 7.8 15.2 Madrone, Pacific . 5.6 12.4 18.1 Blue 3.9 6.5 11.7 Magnolia : Green 4.6 7.1 12.5 Cucumbertree _ 5.2 8.8 13.6 Oregon 4.1 8.1 18.2 Southern 5.4 ^,Q Pumpkin 3.7 12.3 6.3 12.0 Sweetbay 4.7 8.3 12.9 White 4.9 7.8 13.3 Maple: Aspen : Bigleaf 3.7 7.1 Bigtooth 3.3 11.6 7.9 11.8 Black 4.8 9.3 14.0 Quaking 3.5 6.7 11.5 Red --_ 4.0 8.2 Basswood, 12.6 Silver 3.0 7.2 12.0 American 6.6 15.8 Striped 3.2 8.6 Beech, American _ 5.5 12.8 11.9 17.2 Sugar 4.8 9.9 14.7 Birch: Oak, red : Alaska paper __ 6.5 9.9 16.7 Gray 5.2 Black 4.4 11.1 15.1 14.7 Laurel 4.0 9.9 19.0 Paper 6.3 "8.6 16.2 River 4.7 Northern red __ 4.0 8.6 13.7 9.2 13.5 Pin ._ 4.3 9.5 14.5 Sweet 6.5 9.0 15.6 Yellow 7.3 Scarlet 4.4 10.8 14.7 9.5 16.8 Southern red __ 4.7 11.3 16.1 Buckeye, yellow _- 3.6 8.1 12.5 Butternut 3.4 Water 4.4 9.8 16.1 6.4 10.6 Willow 5.0 9.6 18.9 Cherry, black 3.7 7.1 11.5 Oak, white : Chestnut, Bur 4.4 8.8 12.7 American 3.4 6.7 11.6 Chestnut 5.3 10.8 16.4 Cottonwood : Live , 6.6 9.5 14.7 Balsam poplar _ 3.0 7.1 10.5 Overcup 5,3 12.7 16.0 Black 3.6 8.6 12.4 Post 5.4 9.8 16.2 Eastern 3.9 9.2 13.9 Swamp Elm: chestnut 5.2 10.8 16.4 American 4.2 7.2 14.6 White 5.6 10.5 16.3 Cedar 4.7 10.2 15.4 Persimmon, Rock 4.8 8.1 14.9 common 7.9 11.2 19.1 Slippery 4.9 8.9 13.8 Sassafras 4.0 6.2 10.3 Winged 5.3 11.6 17.7 Sweetgum 5.3 10.2 15.8 Hackberry 4.8 Sycamore, 8.9 13.8 American 5.0 8.4 Hickory, Pecan _ _ 4.9 8.9 13.6 14.1 Hickory, True : Tanoak 4.9 11.7 17.3 Tupelo: Mockemut 7.7 11.0 17.8 Black 5.1 8.7 Pignut 7.2 14.4 11.5 17.9 Water 4.2 7.6 12.5 Shagbark 7.0 10.5 16.7 Walnut, black __. 5.5 7.8 12.8 Shellbark 7.6 12.6 19.2 Willow, black 3.3 8.7 13.9 Holly, American _ 4.8 9.9 16.9 Yellow-poplar __- 4.6 8.2 12.7 SOFTWOODS Baldcypress 3.8 6.2 10.5 Fir: Cedar : Balsam 2.9 6.9 11.2 Alaska- 2.8 6.0 9.2 California red 4.5 7.9 11.4 Atlantic white- 2.9 5.4 8.8 Grand 3.4 7.5 11.0 Eastern Noble 4.3 8.3 12.4 redcedar 3.1 4.7 7.8 Pacific silver _ _ 4.4 9.2 13.0 Incense- 3.3 5.2 7.7 Subalpine 2.6 7.4 9 4 Northern White 3.3 7.0 9.8 white- 2.2 4.9 7.2 Hemlock : Port-Orford- _ 4.6 6.9 10.1 Eastern 3.0 6.8 9.7 Western Mountain 4.4 7.1 ii.i redcedar 2.4 5.0 6.8 Western 4.2 7.8 12.4 Douglas-fir : ^ Larch, western __ 4.5 9.1 14 0 Coast 4.8 7.6 12.4 Pine: Interior north 3.8 6.9 10.7 Eastern white _ 2.1 6.1 8.2 Interior west __ 4.8 7.5 11.8 Jack 3.7 6.6 10.3 3-9 Table 3-5.—Shrinkage values of domestic woods—continued Shrinkage from green to Shrinkage from green to ovendry moisture content ^ ovendry moisture content ^ Species Species Radial Tangential Volumetric Radial Tangential Volumetric PcL Pet. Pet. Pet Pet. Pet. SOFTWOODS—Continued Pine (cont.) Spruce: Loblolly 4.8 7.4 12.3 Black 4.1 6.8 11.3 Lodgepole 4.3 6.7 11.1 Engelmann __ 3.8 7.1 11.0 Longleaf 5.1 7.5 12.2 Red 3.8 7.8 11.8 Pitch 4.0 7.1 10.9 Sitka 4.3 7.5 11.5 Pond 5.1 7.1 11.2 Tamarack 3.7 7^4 13.6 Ponderosa 3.9 6.2 9.7 Red 3.8 7.2 11.3 ' Expressed as a percentage of the green dimension. Shortleaf 4.6 7.7 12.3 ^ Coast Douglas-fir is defined as Douglas-fir growing Slash 5.4 7.6 12.1 in the States of Oregon and Washington west of the Sugar 2.9 5.6 7.9 summit of the Cascade Mountains. Interior West in- Virginia 4.2 7.2 11.9 cludes the State of California and all counties in Western white _ 4.1 7.4 11.8 Oregon and Washington east of but adjacent to the Redwood : Cascade summit. Interior North includes the remainder Old-growth ___- 2.6 4.4 6.8 of Oregon and Washington and the States of Idaho, Young-growth 2.2 4.9 7.0 Montana, and Wyoming. ZM f2494 F Figure 3-2.—Characteristic shrinlcage and distortion of flats, squares, and rounds as affected by the direction of the annual rings. Tangential shrinkage is about twice as great as radial. 3-10 curve depends on several variables, principally size and shape of the piece, species of wood, and drying conditions employed. Considerable variation in shrinkage occurs for any species. Figure 3-3 is a plot of shrink- age data for boards, Vs by 5^/^ inches in cross section, of Douglas-fir from one locality when dried under mild conditions from green to near equilibrium at 65° F. and 30 percent rel- ative humidity. The figure shows that it is impossible to predict accurately the shrinkage of an individual piece of wood; the average shrinkage of a quantity of pieces is more pre- 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 22 MOISTURE CONTENT (PERCENT) dictable. If the shrinkage-moisture content relation- M I40 413 ship is not known for a particular product and Figure 3-3.—An illustration of variation in individual tangential drying condition, the data in tables 3-5 and shrinkage values of several boards of Douglas-fir from one locality, dried from green condition. 3-6 can be used to estimate shrinkage from the green condition to any moisture content: lÁo\%\\3T^'%hrmkQQ^ Relationship _ Ç / 30-m\ The shrinkage of a small piece of wood normally begins at about the fiber saturation where Sm is shrinkage (in percent) from the point and continues in a fairly linear manner green condition to moisture content m (below until the wood is completely dry. However, in 30 pet.) and So is total shrinkage (in percent) the normal drying of lumber or other large from table 3-5 or 3-6. If the moisture content pieces of wood the surface of the wood dries at which shrinkage from the green condition first. When the surface gets below the fiber begins is known to vary from 30 percent for saturation point, it begins to shrink. Mean- a species, the shrinkage estimate can be im- while, the interior may still be quite wet. The proved by replacing 30 in the equation with exact form of the moisture content-shrinkage the appropriate moisture content. TABLE 3-6.—Shrinkage for some woods imported into the United States Shrinkage from Shrinkage from green to ovendry green to ovendry moisture content ^ moisture content ^ Species Species Radial Tangential Radial Tangential Pet. Pet Pet Pet Andiroba (Carapa Mahogany (Swietenia guianensis) 4.0 7.8 macrophylla) 3.7 5.1 Angélique (Dicorynia Nogal (Juglans spp.) 2.8 5.5 guianensis) 5.2 8.8 Obeche (Triplochiton Apitong (Dipterocarpus scleroxylon) 3.1 5.3 spp.) 5.2 10.9 Okoume (Awcoumea Avodire (Turraeanthus klaineanv) . 5.6 6.1 africanus) 3.7 6.5 Parana pine (Araucaria Balsa (Ochroma angustifolia) 4.0 7.9 pyramidale) 3.0 7.6 Primavera (Cybistax donnell- Banak (Virola smithii) 3.1 5.2 surínamensis) . 4.6 8.8 Ramin (Gonystylus spp.) 3.9 8.7 Cativo (Prioria Santa Maria (Calophyllum copaifera) 2.3 5.3 brasiliense) 5.4 7.9 Greenheart (Ocotea Spanish-cedar (Cedrela spp.) 4.1 6.3 rodiaei) 8.2 9.0 Teak (Tectona grandis) 2.2 4.0 Ishpingo (Amburana Virola (Dialyanthera spp.) _ 5.3 9.6 acreana) 2.7 4.4 Walnut, European (Juglans Khaya (Khaya spp.) 4.1 5.8 regia) 4.3 6.4 Kokrodua (Pericopsis elata) 3.2 6.3 Lauan (Shorea spp.) 3.8 8.0 * Shrinkage values in this table were obtained from Limba (Terminalia world literature and may not represent a true species superha) 4.4 5.4 average. Lupuna (Ceiba samauma) 3.5 6.3 ^ Expressed as a percentage of the green dimension. 3-11 So may be an appropriate value of radial, To standardize comparisons of species or tangential, or volumetric shrinkage.. Tangen- products and estimations of product weights, tial values should be used for estimating v^idth specific gravity is used as a standard refer- shrinkage of flat-sawed material; radial values ence basis, rather than density. The tradi- for quartersawed material. For mixed or un- tional definition of specific gravity is the ratio known ring orientations, the tangential values of the density of the wood to the density of are suggested. Individual pieces will vary from water at a specified reference temperature predicted shrinkage values. As noted pre- (often 4° C. where the density of water is viously, shrinkage variability is characterized 1.0000 g. per cc). To reduce any confusion by a coefficient of variation of approximately introduced by the variable moisture content 15 percent. Chapter 14 contains further dis- the specific gravity of wood usually is based cussion of shrinkage-moisture content rela- on the ovendry weight and the volume at some tions. specified moisture content. A coeflSicient of variation of about 10 percent describes the variability inherent in many common domestic DENSITY-SPECIFIC GRAVITY-WEIGHT species. In research activities specific gravity may Two primary sources of variation affect the be reported on the basis of both weight and weight of wood products. One is the density volume ovendry. For engineering work, the of the basic wood structure; the other is the basis commonly is ovendry weight and volume variable moisture content. A third source, at the moisture content of test or use. Often minerals and extractable substances, has a the moisture content of use is taken as 12 marked effect only on a limited number of percent. Some specific gravity data are re- species. The density of wood, exclusive of ported in table 4-2, chapter 4, on this basis. water, varies greatly both within and between If the specific gravity of wood is known, species. While the density of most species based on ovendry weight and volume at a falls between about 20 and 45 pounds-mass per specified moisture content, the specific gravity cubic foot, the range of densities actually ex- at any other moisture content between 0 and tends from about 10 pounds-mass per cubic 30 percent can be approximated from figure foot for balsa to over 65 pounds-mass per 3-4. This figure adjusts for average shrinkage cubic foot for some other imported woods. A and swelling that affects the volume of the coefficient of variation of about 10 percent is wood. The specific gravity of wood based on considered suitable for describing the varia- ovendry weight does not change at moisture bility of density within common domestic spe- contents above approximately 30 percent (the cies. approximate fiber saturation point). To use Wood is used in a wide range of conditions figure 3--4 locate the point corresponding to and thus has a wide range of moisture con- the known specific gravity on the vertical axis tents in use. Since moisture makes up part of and the specified moisture content on the hori- the weight of each product in use, the density zontal axis. From this point, move left or must reflect this fact. This has resulted in right parallel to the inclined lines until verti- the density of wood often being determined cally above the target moisture content. Then and reported on a moisture content-in-use con- read the new specific gravity corresponding dition. to this point at the left-hand side of the graph. The calculated density of wood, including With a knowledge of the specific gravity at the water contained in it, is usually based on the moisture content of interest, the density of average species characteristics. This value wood including water at that moisture content should always be considered an approximation can be read directly from table 3-7. ^ For because of the natural variation in anatomy, example, to estimate the density of white ash moisture content, and the ratio of heartwood at 12 percent moisture content, consult table to sapwood that occurs. Nevertheless, this de- 4-2 in chapter 4. The average green specific termination of density usually is sufficiently gravity for the species is 0.55. Using figure accurate to permit proper utilization of wood 3-4, the 0.55 green specific gravity curve is products where weight is important. Such ap- found to intersect with the vertical 12 percent plications range from estimation of structural moisture content line at a point corresponding loads to the calculating of approximate ship- ' Table 3-7 is repeated as A-3-7 in metric (SI) units ping weights. at the end of this chapter. 3-12 1 1 1 1 I n 1 \ \ r 1 1 1 1 0.80 A^ — SPECIFIC GRAVITY ^ m / tAJC lÀ/UCAt />OCCAi 0,76 (V r \jn L.t^lW 7 - V, ^ ^ — 0,72 "^, V, ■^ — > ^ ^ ^ ^ c N»^ 0,68 ■V, ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ '^c So 0,64 "^ - ^ ^ ^ ^ ^^ 0,60 ^*^ ^c ■Se ^ s ^ - -- ^ 0,56 i \ **ö se ^ --. :: :: si 0,52 - -o.^^ ¡s —- — - ^ - si 0,48 - ■ ^o ^ s ■--- 3-13 Tí< C CÎTHC<^rl^Ç¿0Ôa5TH(^ÔlOÇ¿0ÔpC^0ÔL0t71HÇpO'^0iT—I v,Ni -531 N^ VA^ wíí 1—1 u'j U.J ^^v »-»w v«^ >•>< v.'^ U.V 1. '^ ^r" Tí: ^ xr çC)ÇOç£)CD?D TdjTHoqiÄ(Nai«oco rj^_THoqioc^^aiçooooir-T)^THoqLO(Na5iHTj^çi>c>qr-j (N TÍ LO tr^ 05 OC C^ 00 10 TH 00 T^ TH t- Tj< o i> CO o «o oa 05 io c os L0l0lOl0l0lOCDC0«C»ÇDÇ0ÇC>t-t't-t^t>t>0000000SC50SO 05»ÄtHr>oooiiqT-!t>coo^. ^T-j t> CO Oi 10 -ooosLOT-jt^coasasoscsoooq OÎ TH C ÇOt^OÎrH(NTlîlOl>*050C t> C^^ 00 CO os Tij o 105 TH «£>«O C^,C^l t> 00 00 rj^Td^ 05 rj^ o 10 r-j CD (N t-; CO 00 -^^ (N TH o Ci t^ OOOTHCÔ-^CÛOÔCJ o C0'^'^"^'5Î Ti< C5 '^ C5 ^ G5 T1< 05 ^ Ci Tj^ C5 '^ Ci ■'^1 Ci rí< Ci '^ Ci TÎ (N ço )iÄOrj4CiCOOOC ï>OTt tí Tí^t>OCOCOC5C^LOOOTH"^t-;OCOCOCiC^iOOq^H"^t^-^OCOCOCir-jT:J^COCiTH c4cÔlOÇ0l>00OiHC^TÎlÔC00ÔcîOr-îcÔTaîlOl>0ÔciTHC<îcÔ COCOCOCOCOCO"^TfTtiTf'^TfTtTíilOlOtOLOlOLO»AÍ^'!^COCOCOCDl>-t-t>-00 O Tí^t>ciC<^■^l>CiC<^Ttt:^ci(N"^t^^c^c<^r}^^>ci<^^"^t^ciC<^'^uJ^;owLO CO 00 Ci o (>îcÔTjîçOt^^0ÔcÎTH(>icÔr}HÇOt>0ÔCirHc4cÔTjîcÔt«^0ÔcîrH(N^ 5 COCOCOCOCOOOCOTÎ O(>5C0L0t>CiTHC0UDl:'CiTHC0lOt^CiiHC0lOt>CirHC0U^b-¡CiCiCiCiCiC^ OTHC^WTlÎLÔl>^OOCÎOrHCÔ'^*lOCOt>CÎOTH(>icÔlOCOl>(X)Ci<>^ COCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCO'^'^'^'^'^'^'^'^iOiOiOLOlOlO" LO 10 CO— CO-^-- CO t-¡ 00 o (N CO Tí^ CO tr- Ci o (>1COLOCOOOCÍTHC no LOC0Ç00000CiOrHC^C0'^l0C0t^;0qC5OTH(>lC0'«i^, LOCOt>00Cil^^TtJ^^ l>0ÔcîOTHC^TÎL0CDI>0dciOrHC (NCSïco"^'^r} OOOOOOOCi CiCiCiCiCiCiCiCiCiCiCiCiCiCiCiCiCiCi'^Ci'^Ci'^ g Lo CO t-^ 00 Ci o T-î i-i C4 cô '«d^„ LO*. cô_ l>_ 00__ Ci_- o r-H (N CO '^. IJ^ CO i>-' Op ci C4 "^ (M(M(M(M(MO0COO0COCO0OC0C000COCO TfT}H'<^TÍ CO CO 10 rji T|< TJH CO C^ C^, TH TH oociCioooqtr-t^cocqiOLOriHoqfM^ioCico COTÎHLÔCO't^oÔcîOTHC^oÔrÎLOCOD-tr-OOCiOTHCÔTiÎLÔCOI>oÔciOTHc4oÔr^LOÇOt-^l>QÔcîOTHC lOrjHcoc^joooooot^co'^. co(^^THOc^oqt^-^coLO"^ooc<^TH o Ci C^^oo'cio^*c4cÔTd^LOLoco*t>oo'cior-^(^icô TÎ Tjî t^ Ci* T-î CÔ CO (M0sI(M(NC ^. ^ *^ ^ ^ ^. '^. ^ *R *^. "^ ^. '^. ^ ""í '^. °9 '^ ^ '^ ^. "^ '^. "^ '^. -. CO ... t^ 00 Ci-i o Î rH(N(>îcÔTÎLOC0t>0Ô0ÔciorHC^cÔcÔTÎLÔcÔt-^0ÔcîciOiHc4'^-^ CO* 00 Ö WC^lC^lWíNCNC^JCvlWCNC^lCOOOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOTí^rí^TÍ^TÍ^Tí^TííLOLO tí IO) o 00 CO "^^ (N o 00 CO rí^ o t- LO O'^OOCMCOOTJ^OOCOCOO rí Table 3-8.—Some machining and related properties of selected domestic hardwoods Nail Screw split- split- Mortis- ting- ting— Boring— ing— pieces pieces Kind of wood Í Shaping— Turning— good to fair to Sanding— steam free free Planing— good to fair to excel- excel- good to bending— from from perfect excellent excellent lent lent excellent unbroken complete complete pieces pieces pieces pieces pieces pieces pieces splits splits Pet Pet. Pet Pet Pet Pet Pet Pet Pet Alder red 61 20 88 64 52 Ash 75 55 79 94 58 75 61 65 71 Aspen 26 7 65 78 60 Basswood 64 10 68 76 51 17 2 79 68 Beech _ _ 83 24 90 99 92 49 75 42 58 Birch 63 57 80 97 97 34 72 32 48 Birch, paper 47 22 - Cherry, black 80 80 88 100 100 Chestnut 74 28 87 91 70 64 56 66 60 Cottonwood 21 3 70 70 52 19 44 82 78 Elm, soft 33 13 65 94 75 66 74 80 74 Hackberry 74 10 77 99 72 94 63 63 Hickory 76 20 84 100 98 80 76 35 63 Magnolia 65 á7 79 71 32 37 85 73 76 Maple, bigleaf 52 56 80 100 80 Maple, hard 54 72 82 99 95 38 57 27 52 Maple, soft 41 25 76 80 34 37 59 58 61 Oak, red 91 28 84 99 95 81 86 66 78 Oak, white 87 35 85 95 99 83 91 69 74 Pecan ______88 40 89 100 98 78 47 69 Sweetgum 51 28 86 92 58 23 67 69 69 Sycamore 22 12 85 98 96 21 29 79 74 Tanoak _ 80 39 81 100 100 Tupelo, water 55 52 79 62 33 34 46 64 63 Tupelo, black 48 32 75 82 24 21 42 65 63 Walnut, black 62 34 91 100 98 __ 78 50 59 Willow 52 5 58 71 24 24 73 89 62 Yellow-poplar 70 13 81 87 63 19 58 77 67 ' Commercial lumber nomenclature. 3-15 Table 3-9.—Some characteristics of imported or cracks that are easily visible. Moderate to woods that Tnay effect machining. low density woods acquire fewer checks than do high density woods. Vertical-grain boards Hard mineral Irregular and deposits (silica check less than flat-grain boards. interlocked or calcium Reaction wood As a result of weathering, boards tend to grain carbonate) (tension wood) warp (particularly cup) and pull out their Apamate Angélique Andiroba fastenings. The cupping tendency varies with Apitong Apitong Banak the density, width, and thickness of a board. Avodire Kapur Cativo Capirona Okoume Khaya The greater the density and the greater the Courbaril Palosapis Lupuna width in proportion to the thickness, the Gola Rosewood, Mahogany greater is the tendency to cup. Warping also Goncalo alves Indian Nogal Ishpingo Teak Sande is more pronounced in flat-grain boards than Jarrah Spanish-cedar in vertical-grain boards. For best cup resist- Kapur Karri ance, the width of a board should not exceed Khaya eight times its thickness. Kokrodua Biological attack of a wood surface by micro- Lapacho Laurel organisms is recognized as a contributing fac- Lignum vitae tor to color changes. When weathered wood Limba has an unsightly dark gray and blotchy ap- Meranti Obeche pearance, it is due to dark-colored fungal Okoume spores and mycelium on the wood surface. The Palosapis formation of a clean, light gray, silvery sheen Peroba de campos Primavera on weathered wood occurs most frequently Rosewood, Indian where micro-organism growth is inhibited by Santa Maria Sapele a hot, arid climate or a salt atmosphere in coastal regions. The contact of fasteners and other metallic WEATHERING products with the weathering wood surface is a source of color, often undesirable if a na- Without protective treatment, freshly cut tural color is desired. Chapter 16 discusses wood exposed to the weather changes mate- this effect in more detail. rially in color. Other changes due to weather- Details of treatments to preserve the natural ing include warping, loss of some surface color, retard biological attack, or impart ad- fibers, and surface roughening and checking. ditional color to the wood, are covered in The effects of weathering on wood may be chapters 16, 17, and 18. desirable or undesirable, depending on the re- quirements for the particular wood product. The time required to reach the fully weathered DECAY RESISTANCE appearance depends on the severity of the Wood kept constantly dry does not decay. exposure to sun and rain. Once weathered, Further, if it is kept continuously submerged wood remains nearly unaltered in appearance. in water even for long periods of time, it The color of wood is affected very soon on is not decayed significantly by the common exposure to weather. With continued exposure decay fungi regardless of the wood species or all woods turn gray; however, only the wood at or near the exposed surfaces is noticeably the presence of sapwood. Bacteria and cer- affected. This very thin gray layer is com- tain soft-rot fungi can attack submerged wood posed chiefly of partially degraded cellulose but the resulting deterioration is very slow. fibers and micro-organisms. Further weather- A large proportion of wood in use is kept so ing causes fibers to be lost from the surface dry at all times that it lasts indefinitely. Mois- but the process is so slow that only about % ture and temperature, which vary greatly inch is lost in a century. with local conditions, are the principal factors In the weathering process, chemical de- affecting rate of decay. When exposed to con- gradation is influenced greatly by the wave- ditions that favor decay, wood deteriorates length of light. The most severe effects are more rapidly in warm, humid areas than in produced by exposure to ultraviolet light. As cool or dry areas. High altitudes, as a rule, cycles of wetting and drying take place, most are less favorable to decay than low altitudes woods develop physical changes such as checks because the average temperatures are lower 3-16 and the growing seasons for fungi, which Precise ratings of decay resistance of heart- cause decay, are shorter. wood of different species are not possible be- The heartwoods of some common native cause of differences within species and the species of wood have varying degrees of na- variety of service conditions to which wood is tural decay resistance. Untreated sapwood of exposed. However, broad groupings of many of substantially all species has low resistance to the native species, based on service records, decay and usually has a short service life under laboratory tests, and general experience, are decay-producing conditions. The decay resist- helpful in choosing heartwood for use under ance of heartwood is greatly affected by dif- conditions favorable to decay. Table 3-10 shows ferences in the preservative qualities of the such groupings for some domestic woods, ac- wood extractives, the attacking fungus, and cording to their average heartwood decay re- the conditions of exposure. Considerable dif- sistance, and table 3-11 gives similar group- ference in service life may be obtained from ings for some imported woods. The extent of pieces of wood cut from the same species, or variations in decay resistance of individual even from the same tree, and used under trees or wood samples of a species is much apparently similar conditions. There are greater for most of the more resistant species further complications because, in a few spe- than for the slightly or nonresistant species. cies, such as the spruces and the true firs (not Where decay hazards exist, heartwood of Douglas-fir), heartwood and sapwood are so species in the resistant or very resistant cate- similar in color that they cannot be easily gory generally gives satisfactory service, but distinguished. Marketable sizes of some species heartwood of species in the other two cate- such as southern pine and baldcypress are be- gories will usually require some form of coming largely second growth and contain a preservative treatment. For mild decay condi- high percentage of sapwood. tions, a simple preservative treatment—such as a short soak in preservative after all cut- Table 3-10.—Grouping of some domestic woods ting and boring operations are complete—will according to heartwood decay be adequate for wood low in decay resistance. Resistant or Moderately Slightly or For more severe decay hazards, pressure very resistant resistant nonresistant treatments are often required; even the very Baldcypress Baldcypress Alder decay-resistant species may require preserva- (old growth)' (young Ashes tive treatment for important structural or Catalpa growth)' Aspens other uses where failure would endanger life Cedars Douglas-fir Basswood Cherry, black Honeylocust Beech or require expensive repairs. Preservative Chestnut Larch, Birches treatments and methods are discussed in chap- Cypress, Arizona western Buckeye ter 18. Junipers Oak, swamp Butternut Locust, black ^ chestnut Cottonwood Mesquite Pine, eastern Elms Mulberry, red ' white ^ Hackberry CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Oak: Southern pine: Hemlocks Bur Longleaf ' Hickories Chestnut Slash ' Magnolia Wood is highly resistant to many chemicals. Gambel Tamarack Maples In the chemical processing industry, it is the Oregon white Oak (red and preferred material for numerous applications, Post black White species) such as various types of tanks and other con- Osage orange ^ Pines (other tainers, and for structures adjacent to or hous- Redwood than long- Sassafras leaf, slash, ing chemical equipment. Wood is widely used Walnut, black and eastern in cooling towers where the hot water to be Yew, Pacific ' white) Poplars cooled contains boiler conditioning chemicals Spruces as well as dissolved chlorine for algae suppres- Sweetgum sion. It is also used in the fabrication of build- True firs (western ings for bulk chemical storage where the wood and eastern) may be in direct contact with chemicals. Willows Yellow-poplar Wood owes its extensive use in chemical ' The southern and eastern pines and baldcypress are processing operations largely to its superiority now largely second growth with a large proportion of over cast iron and ordinary steel in resistance sapwood. Consequently, substantial quantities of heart- to mild acids and solutions of acidic salts. wood lumber of these species are not available. ^ These woods have exceptionally high decay resist- While iron is superior to untreated wood in resistance to alkaline solutions, wood may be 3-17 Table 3-11.—Grouping of some woods imported The second type of action causes perma- into the United States according to approxi- nent changes due to hydrolysis of cellulose and mate relative heartwood decay resistance hemicelluloses by acids or acidic salts, oxida- tion of wood substance by oxidizing agents, or Resistant or Moderately Slightly or delignification and solution of hemicelluloses very resistant resistant nonresistant by alkalies or alkaline salt solutions. Experi- Angélique Andiroba ^ Balsa ence and available data indicate species and , Apamate Apitong * Banak Brazilian Avodire Cativo conditions where wood is equal or superior to rosewood Capirona Ceiba other materials in resisting degradative ac- Caribbean pine European Jelutong tions of chemicals. In general, heartwood of Courbaril walnut Limba Pncino Gola Lupuna such species as cypress, Douglas-fir, southern Qoncalo alves Khaya Mahogany, pine, redwood, maple, and white oak is quite Greenheart Laurel Philippine : resistant to attack by dilute mineral and or- Guijo Mahogany, Mayapis Iroko Philippine : White lauan ganic acids. Oxidizing acids, such as nitric Jarrah Almon Obeche acid, have a greater degradative action than Kapur Bagtikan Parana pine nonoxidizing acids. Alkaline solutions are more Karri Red lauan Ramin Kokrodua Tanguile Sande destructive than acidic solutions, and hard- (Afrormosia) Ocote pine Virola woods are more susceptible to attack by both Lapacho Palosapis acids and alkalies than softwoods. Lignum vitae Sapele Mahogany, Highly acidic salts tend to hydrolyze wood American when present in high concentrations. Even Meranti * Peroba de campos relatively low concentrations of such salts have Primavera shown signs that the salt may migrate to Santa Maria the surface of railroad ties that are occasion- Spanish-cedar Teak ally wet and dried in a hot, arid region. This migration, combined with the high concentra- ^ More than 1 species included, some of which may tions of salt relative to the small amount of vary in resistance from that indicated. water present, causes an acidic condition suf- ficient to make wood brittle. treated to greatly enhance its durability in Iron salts, which develop at points of con- this respect. tact with tie plates, bolts, and the like, have In general, heartwood is more resistant to a degradative action on wood, especially in the chemical attack than sapwood, basically be- presence of moisture. In addition, iron salts cause heartwood is more resistant to penetra- probably precipitate toxic extractives and thus tion by liquids. The heartwoods of cypress, lower the natural decay resistance of wood. southern pine, Douglas-fir, and redwood are The softening and discoloration of wood around preferred for water tanks. Heartwoods of the corroded iron fastenings is a commonly ob- first three of these species are preferred where served phenomenon; it is especially pronounced resistance* to chemical attack is an important in acidic woods, such as oak, and in woods factor. These four species combine moderate such as redwood which contain considerable to high resistance to water penetration with tannin and related compounds. The oxide layer moderate to high resistance to chemical attack formed on iron is transformed through reac- and decay. tion with wood acids into soluble iron salts Chemical solutions may affect wood by two which not only degrade the surrounding wood general types of action. The first is an almost completely reversible effect involving swelling but probably catalyze the further corrosion of of the wood structure. The second type of ac- the metal. The action is accelerated by mois- tion is irreversible and involves permanent ture; oxygen may also play an important role changes in the wood structure due to alteration in the process. This effect is not encountered of one or more of its chemical constituents. with well-dried wood used in dry locations. In the first type, liquids such as water, Under damp use conditions, it can be avoided alcohols, and some other organic liquids swell or minimized by using corrosion-resistant fas- the wood with no degradation of the wood tenings. structure. Removal of the swelling liquid al- Many substances have been employed as im- lows the wood to return to its original condi- prégnants to enhance the natural resistance of tion. Petroleum oils and creosote do not swell wood to chemical degradation. One of the more wood. economical treatments involves pressure im- 3-18 pregnation with a viscous coke-oven coal tar tions. It increases as the density, moisture to retard liquid penetration. Acid resistance content, or extractive content of the wood in- of wood is increased by impregnation with creases. phenolic resin solutions followed by appro- Figure 3-5 shows the average thermal con- priate drying and curing. Treatment with fur- ductivity perpendicular to the grain as related furyl alcohol has been used to increase to wood density and moisture content up to resistance to alkaline solutions. A newer de- approximately 40 percent moisture content. velopment involves massive impregnation with This chart is a plot of the empirical equation : a monomeric resin, such as methyl methacry- late, followed by polymerization. Chapters 16, Ä: = S(1.39 + 0.028M) +0.165 17, and 18 discuss coatings and finishes, other chemical treatments, and preservation. where k is thermal conductivity in Btu • in./hr • deg F, S is specific gravity based on volume THERMAL PROPERTIES at current moisture content and weight when ovendry, and M is the moisture content in Four important thermal properties of wood percent of dry weight. For wood at a moisture are (1) thermal conductivity, (2) specific content of 40 percent or greater, the following heat, (3) thermal diffusivity, and (4) coeffi- equation has been applied : cient of thermal expansion. Thermal conduc- tivity is a measure of the rate of heat flow ^ = 5(1.39 + 0.038^) +0.165 through materials subjected to a temperature gradient. Specific heat of a material is the The equations presented were derived by aver- ratio of the heat capacity of the material to aging the results of studies on a variety of the heat capacity of water; the heat capacity species. Individual wood specimen conductivity of a material is the thermal energy required will vary from these predicted values because to produce one unit change of temperature in of the five variability sources noted above. one unit mass. Thermal diffusivity is a meas- ure of how quickly a material can absorb heat Specific Heat from its surroundings; it is the ratio of ther- The specific heat of wood depends on the mal conductivity to the product of density and temperature and moisture content of the wood specific heat. The coeflîcient of thermal expan- but is practically independent of density or sion is a measure of the change of dimension species. Specific heat of dry wood is approx- caused by temperature change. imately related to temperature t, in °F. by Thermal Conductivity Specific heat = 0.25 + 0.0006* The thermal conductivity of common struc- When wood contains water, the specific heat tural woods is a small fraction of the conduc- is increased because the specific heat of water tivity of metals with which it often is mated is larger than that of dry wood. The apparent in construction. It is about two to four times specific heat of moist wood, however, is larger that of common insulating material. For than would be expected from a simple sum of example, structural softwood lumber has a the separate effects of wood and water. The conductivity of about 0.8 British thermal units additional apparent specific heat is due to per inch per hour per square foot per degree thermal energy absorbed by the wood-water Fahrenheit (Btu • in/hr • deg F) compared bonds. As the temperature increases the ap- with 1390 for aluminum, 320 for steel, 8 for parent specific heat increases because the concrete, 5 for glass, 3 for plaster, and 0.3 for energy of absorption of wood increases with mineral wool. temperature. The thermal conductivity of wood is af- If the specific heat of water is considered fected by a number of basic factors: (1) den- to be unity, the specific heat of moist wood sity, (2) moisture content, (3) extractive con- is given by : tent, (4) grain direction, and (5) structural irregularities such as checks and knots. It is Specific heat = M + CQ nearly the same in the radial and tangential 1+M direction with respect to the growth rings but is 2.0 to 2.8 times greater parallel to the grain where M is the fractional moisture content of than in either the radial or tangential direc- the wood, Co is the specific heat of dry wood. 3-19 2.0 SPECIFI C GRAVnry 0.28 > 1.8 0.26 0.24 1.6 0.6^ ^0.6^ 0.22 ^ 1.4 ^■"^'^ ^^^--^ 0.56 0.20 «M ^^0.52 ^ ^ ^ 0.18 1.2 0.16 ^ ^ ^ ^^0.^0 1.0 I O.I4 c^ ^^0.36 ^ -;;-;::;:;: .^0.32 0.12 0.8 .,^0.26 ^^ ^^ rrrr . 0.24 0.10 0.6 . 0.20 I 0.08 0.16 = 0.12 0.06 0.4 ^^ 1 — — 0.08 0.04 0.2 0.02 1 8 12 16 20 24 28 MOISTURE CONTENT (PERCENT) M 140 415 Figure 3-5.—Computed thermal conductivity of wood perpendicular to grain as related to moisture content and specific gravity. 3-20 and A is the additional specific heat due to parallel-to-the-grain coefficients and thus are of the wood-water bond energy. A increases with more practical interest. The radial and tan- increasing temperature. For wood at 10 per- gential thermal expansion coefficients for oven- cent moisture content, A ranges from about dry wood, a, and «t, can be approximated by 0.02 at 85° F. to about 0.04 at 140° F. A the following equations, over an ovendry spe- ranges from about 0.04 at 85° F. to about cific gravity range of about 0.1 to 0.8: 0.09 at 140° F. for wood at about 30 percent moisture content. a.= [(32)(specific gravity) + 9.9] [10"^] per °F. Thermal Diffusivlty «i=[(33)(specific gravity) +18.4] [10-^] per °F. Because of the small thermal conductivity Thermal expansion coeflScients can be consid- and moderate density and specific heat of wood, ered independent of temperature over the the thermal diffusivity of wood is much smaller temperature range of - 60° to +130° F. than that of other structural materials such Wood that contains moisture reacts to vary- as metals, brick, and stone. A typical value ing temperature differently than does dry for wood is 0.00025 inch^ per second compared wood. When moist wood is heated, it tends to to 0.02 inch^ per second for steel, and 0.001 expand because of normal thermal expansion inch^ per second for mineral wool. For this and to shrink because of loss in moisture con- reason wood does not feel extremely hot or tent. Unless the wood is very dry initially cold to the touch as do some other materials. (perhaps 3 or 4 pet. M.C. or less), the shrink- Few investigators have measured the dif- age due to moisture loss on heating will be fusivity of wood directly. Since diffusivity is greater than the thermal expansion, so the net defined as the ratio of conductivity to the prod- dimensional change on heating will be negative. uct of specific heat and density, conclusions Wood at intermediate moisture levels (about regarding its variation with temperature and 8 to 20 pet.) will expand when first heated, density often are based on calculating the ef- then gradually shrink to a volume smaller than fect of these variables on specific heat and the initial volume, as the wood gradually loses conductivity. water while in the heated condition. All investigations illustrate that diffusivity Even in the longitudinal (grain) direction, is influenced slightly by both specific gravity where dimensional change due to moisture and moisture content in an inverse fashion. change is very small, such changes will still The diffusivity increases approximately 0.0001 predominate over corresponding dimensional inch^ per second over a decreasing specific changes due to thermal expansion unless the gravity range of 0.65 to 0.30. Calculations sug- wood is very dry initially. For wood at usual gest the effect of moisture is to increase dif- moisture levels, net dimensional changes will fusivity by about 0.00004 inch^ per second as generally be negative after prolonged heating. the moisture content is reduced from 12 to 0 percent. ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES Coefficient of Thermal Exparision The most important electrical properties of wood are (1) conductivity, (2) dielectric con- The thermal expansion coefficients of com- stant, and (3) dielectric power factor. pletely dry wood are positive in all directions— The conductivity of a material determines that is, wood expands on heating and contracts the current that will flow when the material on cooling. Only limited research has been car- is placed under a given voltage gradient. The ried out to explore the influence of wood prop- dielectric constant of a nonconducting material erty variability on thermal expansion. The determines the amount of electric potential en- linear expansion coefficient of ovendry wood ergy, in the form of induced polarization, that parallel to the grain appears to be independent is stored in a given volume of the material of specific gravity and species. In tests of both when that material is placed in an electric hardwoods and softwoods, the parallel-to-the- field. The power factor of a nonconducting ma- grain values have ranged from about 0.0000017 terial determines the fraction of stored energy to 0.0000025 per degree Fahrenheit. that is dissipated as heat when the material The linear expansion coefficients across the experiences a complete polarize-depolarize cy- grain (radial and tangential) are proportional cle. to wood density. These coeflicients range from Examples of industrial wood processes and about five to over ten times greater than the applications in which electrical properties of 3-21 wood are important include crossarms and The resistance values were obtained using a poles for high-voltage powerlines, linemen's standard moisture meter electrode at 80° F. tools, and the heat-curing of adhesives in wood Conductivity is greater along the grain than products by high-frequency electric fields. across the grain and slightly greater in the Moisture meters for wood utilize the relation radial direction than in the tangential direc- between electrical properties and moisture con- tion. Relative conductivities in the longitudi- tent to estimate the moisture content. nal, radial, and tangential directions are in the approximate ratio of 1.0:0.55:0.50. Elecfrkal Conducfivity When wood contains abnormal quantities of water-soluble salts or other electrolytic sub- The electrical conductivity of wood varies stances, such as from preservative or fire- slightly with applied voltage and approxi- retardant treatment or prolonged contact with mately doubles for each temperature increase seawater, the electrical conductivity may be of 10° C. The electrical conductivity of wood substantially increased. The increase is small or its reciprocal, resistivity, varies greatly with when the moisture content of the wood is less moisture content, especially below the fiber sat- than about 8 percent but becomes large rap- uration point. As the moisture content of wood idly as the moisture content exceeds 10 or increases from near zero to fiber saturation, 12 percent. the electrical conductivity increases (resistiv- ity decreases) by 10^^ to 10^^ times. The re- sistivity is about 10^* to 10^^ ohm-meters for Dielectric Constant ovendry wood and 10^ to 10* ohm-meters for wood at fiber saturation. As the moisture con- The dielectric constant is the ratio of the tent increases from fiber saturation to complete dielectric permittivity of the material to that saturation of the wood structure, the further of free space ; it is essentially a measure of the increase in conductivity is smaller and erratic, potential energy per unit volume stored in the generally amounting to less than a hundred- material in the form of electric polarization fold. when the material is in a given electric field. Figure 3-6 illustrates the change in resist- As measured by practical tests, the dielectric ance along the grain with moisture content, constant of a material is the ratio of the capaci- based on tests of many domestic species. Vari- tance of a capacitor using the material as the ability between test specimens is illustrated dielectric, to the capacitance of the same ca- by the shaded area. Ninety percent of the ex- pacitor using free space as the dielectric. perimental data points fall within this area. The dielectric constant of ovendry wood ranges from about 2 to 5 at room temperature, and decreases slowly but steadily with increas- ing frequency of the applied electric field. It increases as either temperature or moisture content increase, with a moderate positive in- teraction between temperature and moisture. There is an intense negative interaction be- tween moisture and frequency: At 20 Hz the dielectric constant may range from 4 for dry wood to near 1,000,000 for wet wood; at 1 KHz, from 4 when dry to 5,000 wet; and at 1 MHz from 3 when dry to wet. The dielectric constant is larger for polarization parallel to the grain than for across the grain. Dielectric Power Factor When a nonconductor is placed in an elec- MOISTURE CONTENT (PERCENT) tric field, it absorbs and stores potential en- ergy. The amount of energy stored per unit M 140 4 J4 volume depends upon the dielectric constant Figure 3-6.—Change in electrical resistance of wood with varying moisture content levels for many United States species. Ninety and the magnitude of the applied field. An percent of test values are represented by the shaded area. ideal dielectric releases all of this energy to 3-22 the external electric circuit when the field is where / is the reduced intensity of the beam removed, but practical dielectrics dissipate at a depth of œ in the material, h is the in- some of the energy as heat. The power factor cident intensity of a beam of radiation, and is a measure of that portion of the stored en- /x, the linear absorption coefficient of the ma- ergy converted to heat. Power factor values terial, is the fraction of energy removed from always fall between zero and unity. When the the beam per unit depth traversed. Where the power factor does not exceed about 0.1, the frac- density is a factor of interest in energy ab- tion of the stored energy that is lost in one sorption, the linear absorption coefficient is charge-discharge cycle is approximately equal divided by the density of the material to de- to 27r times the power factor of the dielectric; rive the mass absorption coefficient. The ab- for larger power factors, this fraction is ap- sorption coefficient of a material varies with proximated simply by the power factor itself. type and energy of radiation. The power factor of wood is large compared The linear absorption coefficient for gamma to inert plastic insulating materials ; some ma- (y) radiation of wood is known to vary di- terials, for example some formulations of rub- rectly with moisture content and density; in- ber, have equally large power factors. The versely with the y ray energy. As an example, power factor of wood varies from about 0.01 the radiation of ovendry yellow-poplar with for dry low-density woods to as large as 0.95 0.047 MEV y rays yielded linear absorption for dense woods at high moisture levels. It is coefficients ranging from about 0.065 to about usually, but not always, greater along the 0.11 per centimeter over the ovendry specific grain than across the grain. gravity range of about 0.33 to 0.62. An increase The power factor of wood is affected by in the linear absorption coefficient of about several factors, including frequency, moisture 0.01 per centimeter occurs with an increase in content, and temperature. These factors inter- moisture content from ovendry to fiber satura- act in complex ways to cause the power factor tion. Absorption of y rays in wood is of prac- to have maximum and minimum values at var- tical interest, in part, for measurement of the ious combinations of these factors. density of wood. The interaction of wood with beta {ß) ra- COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION diation is similar in character to that with y radiation, except that the absorption coeffi- The coefficient of friction depends on the cients are larger. The linear absorption coeffi- moisture content of the wood and surface cient of wood with a specific gravity of 0.5 for roughness. It varies little with species except a 0.5 MEV ß ray is about 3.0 per centimeter. for those species that contain abundant oily or The result of the larger coefficient is that even waxy extractives, such as lignum vitae. very thin wood products are virtually opaque Coefficients of static friction for wood on to ß rays. unpolished steel have been reported to be ap- The interaction of neutrons with wood is proximately 0.70 for dry wood and 0.40 for of interest because wood and the water it green wood. Corresponding values for lignum contains are compounds of hydrogen, and hy- vitae on unpolished steel are 0.20 and 0.34. drogen has a relatively large probability of in- Coefficients of static friction for smooth wood teraction with neutrons. High energy level on smooth wood are 0.60 for dry wood and neutrons lose energy much more quickly 0.83 for green wood. through interaction with hydrogen than with Coefficients of sliding friction differ from other elements found in wood. The lower en- those for static friction, and depend on the ergy neutrons that result from this interaction rate of relative movement between the rubbing thus are a measure of the hydrogen density of parts. Coefficients for wood on steel of 0.70 for the specimen. Measurement of the lower ener- dry wood and 0.15 for green wood have been gy level neutrons can be related to the moisture obtained at a relative movement of 4 meters content of the wood. per second. When neutrons interact with wood, an ad- ditional result is the production of radioactive NUCLEAR RADIATION isotopes of the elements present in the wood. The radioisotopes produced can be identified Radiation passing through matter is reduced by the type, energy, and half-life of their emis- in intensity according to the relationship sions, and the specific activity of each indicates amount of isotope present. This procedure, called neutron activation, provides a sensitive. 3-23 nondestructive method of analysis for trace BIBLIOGRAPHY elements. American Society for Testing and Materials In the discussions above, moderate radiation Standard methods for testing small clear specimens levels that leave the wood physically un- of timber. D 143 (see current edition.) Phila- changed have been assumed. Very large doses delphia, Pa. James, W. of y rays or neutrons can cause substantial deg- 1968. Effect of temperature on the readings of radation of wood. The effect of large radiation electric moisture meters. Forest Prod. J. doses on the mechanical properties of wood is 18(10): 23-31. , and Hamill, D. discussed in chapter 4. 1965. Dielectric properties of Douglas-fir measured at microwave frequencies. Forest Prod. J. 15(2): 57. Kleuters, W. 1964. Determining local density of wood by beta ray method. Forest Prod. J. 14(9): 414. Kukachka, B. F. 1970. Properties of imported tropical woods. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 125. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. Loos, Wesley 1961. Gamma ray absorption and moisture content and density. Forest Prod. J. 11(3): 145. Lynn, R. 1967. Review of dielectric properties of wood and cellulose. Forest Prod. J. 17(7): 61. McKenzie, W. M., and Karpovich, H. 1968. Frictional behavior of wood. Wood Sei. and Tech. 2(2): 138. MacLean, J. D. 1941. Thermal conductivity of wood. Trans. Amer. Soc. Heat. Ventil. Eng. 47: 323. Nanassy, A. 1964. Electric polarization measurements on yel- low birch. Can. J. Phys. 42(6): 1270. Panshin, A. J., and deZeeuw, C. 1970. Textbook of wood technology. Vol. 1. 3rd Edition. McGraw-Hill. Wangaard, Frederick F. 1969. Heat transmissivity of southern pine wood, plywood, fiberboard, and particleboard. Wood Sei. 2(1): 54. Wong, Phillip T.Y. 1964. Thermal conductivity and diifusivity of partially charred wood. Forest Prod. J. 14(5): 195. 3-24 o o t- TH O <^ CO CM Oi CX) O O O Ô O O O O O O O o O O Ô O O O n> Ci LO 00 TH CO ÇO OS "^ TH 00 ^ CO O t- O o o o O o I> O CQ (^ OO r-\ ^ (M LO CO C£» o (M o CO CO o l> t> t- 00 00 00 00 Ci Gi O O lO LO ÇO o CO CO 00 CO rH Oi o tr- ô o CO o o o o o o o CO 00 TH CO CO Ci TH io t- o CO CO CO Ci (M a LO (N 009 LO<=» CO CO t- t> 00 00 00 00 a a Ci o o LO CO Ci LO O CO (M CO a '^ o LO TH t- (M 00 o o o o o CO CO a 5 a t> a (M rj^ t- 05 00 00 Tí< TH l> CO2 Ci^ CO CO CO t> t> 00 00 00 00 a Ci Ci Ci (M CO LO lO O '«* CO CO a CO 00 CO Ci a (M 00 (M 00 o o o o o o o Ci a r-i Tj< CO C5 os iH a -^ o CO (NI 2Ci lO«=> CO CO co CO t> 00 00 00 00 Oi Oi Oi o iH C^l CO CO «^ Ci CO rH LO a CO LO a CO t- vA lO "^OOÔOOOOOOOOOOo 05 (M a CO a y-i CO CO 00 rH CO 00rHC0C000OC0L000OC0(M00'^o LO CO CO CO 00 00 00 00 Ci Ci a <^o^'^*^^^^'-lc 00 O (M CO LO CO O^ rH CO r-i CO 00 TH CO CO 00 rH CO CO LO o o o Ô LO LO 00 a 5! o o o o c3 o (M OS o (M LO t> CO 00 r-i o (M 00 CO ai LO LO CO CO CO CO CO 00 00 00 00 Ci as o C> T-{ 1-i T-{ (M (N 00 Tf O rH CO CO o CO t- Ci o CO COÓOOOOOOO'O -■^ CO 00 05 rH t- Ci (M Tí LO Ir- airHrJ^COOOCOaiTtOlO lO LO LO CO CO CO co CO t' 00 00 ai Ci K ai OOOÔrHTH(NCOCO a O TH y-i CO Til LO CO CO t- 00 Ci Ô rH T}< cot>ooooooooo CO O CO 00 O (M TjH CO Ci Lot-ai ,J3 O a o Ci o a Ô a o ai o Ci o Ci o Ci o Ci o Ci o ai o o o o o o o o rH '^ lO 00 a (M CO CO i> o LO 00 Ci 0 r-i o t- t- CO LO TfH '«^ CO (M 1-i o o ai 00 tr- CO CO LO T^i CO CO (M T-\ ö o o o o o 00 o rH CO LO t^- ai j-i CO LO t> a ^ CO 00 o C<1 Tj< CO 00 o (M -^ CO rH CO o o Tji LO LO LO LO LO LO CO CO CO CO CO t- 00 00 00 00 00 ai ai ai ai o o rH (M CO o b- t> CO CO 1-i o 00 t- LO '■^ (N rH 00 00 LO "^ (M T-^ ai 00 CO LO CO (M ai CO o o co t> ai rH CO LO t> 00 o CO 00 ai rH CO LO o ai o (M Tí< CO 00 CO rH CO o Tf LO LO LO LO LO CO CO CO CO CO CO t- 00 00 00 00 00 Ci Ci ai o o o 00 Tí^ CO ai t> LO (M o t- LO 00 o 00 CO CO rH 00 CO i-\ a (N Ci -^ 00 o TfH LO ^ Ci o (M ^ CO 00 ai rH 00 LO CO 00 o (M CO LO a o (M T^ CO t> (M CO rH "^ Tf LO LO LO LO LO LO CO CO CO CO CO t- 00 00 00 00 00 ai OS o (M o CO CO rH t- 1:- -^ o 00 "^ (NI 00 LO ^ Ci LO (M 00 CO (M o CO CO ai rH Tt CO (M CO LO o 00 o ■T3 o 00 o CO o CO o LO r-i CO (N CO (M t- CO 00 TJH 00 Ti^ 00 Tf ai LO ai 00 CO 00 o 2 CO 00 ai rH (M T^ LO t- 00 o rH CO TJH ÇO t- ai o (N CO LO CO 00 ai TH (N Tf LO Ci CO t> LO CO CO Tj^ Til Tt LO LO LO LO LO LO ZD CO CO CO ;0 CO CO t- 00 00 Ci CO o LO ai -^ CO (M LO rH CO o CO tr- (N CO TH Tí 00 00 t- CO CO o LO ai CO T-i 00 00 o 00 CO t:- 00 o rH CO T^ CO i> Ci o T-i CO Tí CO o TH CO Tí ÇO Tí rJ^ Ci O yH LO a CO CO o o 00 00 00 TÍH Tf Tí LO LO LO LO LO LO LO CO CO ç£) CO CO CO CO 00 00 Ci 1 t' rH T^ 00 y-i CO Ci CO CO CO o o LO t> CO LO Ci CO CO Tí 00 CO LO Ci 00 T^ LO CD 00 ai o (N 00 -^ CO t> y-i 00 I:- 00 ai rH CO CO 00 CO Tí "^ LO y-\ Tí 00 rH Tí o CO CO 00 Ti< TJH Tí LO LO LO LO LO LO CO CO CO CO CO 00 00 >» (M o 00 CO ai CO Tjí t- o CO CO ai rH Tí t:- ai CO LO 00 rH CO Ci y-{ CO LO c CO (N 00 (M y-{ y-i (M CO Tf CO t^- 00 O rH CO 00 o CO CO Ci 00 00 LO LO LO LO LO LO LO CO CO t> > o CO CO CO o g "^ CO 00 o (M '^ CO 00 o (M Tí t- 00 rH CO CO CO t>orHTíLoooaiOooai o (N CO '<* CO t- 00 Ci o (M OO TÍ LO CO 00 Ci COTÍLOCOtr-OOaiCOCOairH CO 00 00 CO 00 CO CO CO Tí Tí Tí Tí Tí Tí LO LO LOLOLOLOLOLOLOCOCOCOtT" 3 Ö o tí 4^ o; o O) OTíOOCOCOOTíOO CO CO o TÍOOCOCOO-^OOCOCOOTíOOCOCO o o o o o o rH rH CO CO CO 00 CO Tí TíTíLOLocococot-tr-ooooooaiai o rH CO 00 Tí lO os I 3-25 FS-354 Chapter 4 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF WOOD Orthotropic Nature of Wood 4-2 Elastic Properties of Clear Wood 4-2 Modulus of Elasticity 4-2 Modulus of Rigidity 4-3 Poisson's Ratio 4-3 Strength Properties of Clear Straight-Grained Wood 4-3 Common Properties 4-3 Less Common Properties 4-3 Vibration Properties 4-4 Speed of Sound 4-4 Internal Friction 4-4 Summary Tables on Mechanical Properties of Clear Straight-Grained Wood 4-4 Influence of Growth Characteristics on the Proper- ties of Clear Straight-Grained Wood 4-25 Speciñc Gravity 4-25 Knots 4-26 Fiber and Ring Orientation 4-27 Reaction Wood 4-29 Compression Failures 4-30 Pitch Pockets 4-31 Bird Peck 4-31 Extractives 4-32 Timber From Live Versus Dead Trees 4-32 Effect of Manufacturing and Service Environment on Mechanical Properties of Clear Straight- Grained Wood _ 4-32 Moisture Content—Drying 4-32 Temperature 4-34 Time __ 4-36 Chemicals 4-38 Nuclear Radiation 4-39 Molding and Staining Fungi 4-39 Decay 4-39 Insect Damage 4-40 Bibliography 4-40 Appendix 4-40 4-1 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF WOOD Mechanical properties discussed in this chap- ter have been obtained from tests of small RADIAL pieces of wood termed **clear" and "straight grained" because they did not contain char- acteristics such as knots, cross grain, checks, and splits. These test pieces do contain wood structure characteristics such as growth rings that occur in consistent patterns within the piece. Clear wood specimens are usually con- sidered "homogeneous'' in wood mechanics. TANGENTIAL Many of the mechanical properties of wood LONGITUDINAL tabulated in this chapter were derived from M 140 728 extensive sampling and analysis procedures. Figure 4-1.—The three principal axes of wood with respect to These properties often are represented as the grain direction and growth rings. average mechanical properties of the species and are used to derive allowable properties for design. A number of other properties, particu- ELASTIC PROPERTIES OF CLEAR WOOD larly those less common and those for imported species, often are based on a more limited num- Twelve constants (nine are independent) ber of specimens not subject to the same are needed to describe the elastic behavior of sampling and analysis procedures. The appro- wood: Three moduli of elasticity, E, three priateness of these latter properties to repre- moduli of rigidity, G, and six Poisson's ratios, sent the average properties of a species often ¡I. The moduli of elasticity and Poisson's ratios is uncertain; nevertheless, they illustrate im- are related by expressions of the form portant wood behavior and provide guidance for wood design. Variability, or variation in properties, is common to all materials. Since wood is a nat- General relations between stress and strain ural material and the tree is subject to num- for a homogeneous, orthotropic material can erous constantly changing influences (such as be found in texts on anisotropic elasticity. moisture, soil conditions, and growing space), wood properties vary considerably even in Modulus of Elasticity clear material. This chapter provides informa- tion where possible on the nature and magni- The three moduli of elasticity demoted by tude of property variability. EL, Eli, and ET are, respectively, the elastic moduli along longitudinal, radial, and tangen- tial axes of wood. These moduli are usually obtained from compression tests; however, ORTHOTROPIC NATURE OF WOOD data for ER and ET are not extensive. Y^li^^s of Wood may be described as an orthotropic ER and ET for samples from a few species are material; that is, it has unique and independ- presented in table 4-1 as ratios with £7^. These ent mechanical properties in the directions of ratios, as well as the three elastic constants themselves, vary within and between species three mutually perpendicular axes—longitudi- and with moisture content and specific gravity. nal, radial, and tangential. The longitudinal Often EL determined from bending, rather axis (L) is parallel to the fiber (grain) ; the than from an axial test, is the only E available. radial axis (R) is normal to the growth rings Averag*e values of EL obtained from bending (perpendicular to the grain in the radial direc- tests are given in tables 4-2, 4-3, and 4-4. tion) ; and the tangential axis (T) is per- A representative coefficient of variation of EL pendicular to the grain but tangent to the determined with bending tests for clear wood is growth rings. These axes are shown in figure reported in table 4-5. E^ as tabulated includes 4-1. an effect of shear deflection. EL from bending 4-2 can be increased by 10 percent to approxi- member and is proportional to the maximum mately remove this effect. This adjusted bend- moment borne by the specimen. The work to ing EL can be used to obtain ER and ET from maximum load is a measure of the energy table 4-1. absorbed by the specimen as it is slowly loaded to failure. On the other hand, the impact bend- Modulus of Rigidity ing height of drop is related to the energy absorption due to a rapid or falling load. Hard- The three moduli of rigidity denoted by ness is the load required to embed a 0.444-inch GLR, GLT, GRT are the elastic constants in the ball to one-half its diameter in a direction LR, LT, and RT planes, respectively. For ex- perpendicular to the grain. ample, GLR is the modulus of rigidity based on shear strain in the LR plane and shear stresses Less Common Properties in the LT and RT planes. Values of shear moduli for samples of a fev^ species expressed Strength properties less commonly meas- as ratios with EL are given in table 4-1. As ured in clear wood include tensile strength par- with moduli of elasticity, the moduli of rigidity allel to the grain, torsion, toughness, creep, vary within and between species and with rolling shear, and fatigue resistance. moisture content and specific gravity. Tensile Strength Parallel to Grain Poisson's Ratio Relatively few data are available on the The six Poisson's ratios are denoted by ¡JLLR, tensile strength of various species parallel to i^RLf i^LTy ßTL, i^RTy ¡Ji R- The first Ictter of the grain. In the absence of sufficient tension test subscript refers to direction of applied stress data, the modulus of rupture values are some- and the second letter refers to direction of times substituted for tensile strength of small, lateral deformation. For example, ¡JLLR is the clear, straight-grained pieces of wood. The Poisson's ratio for deformation along the radial modulus of rupture is considered to be a low axis caused by stress along the longitudinal or conservative estimate of tensile strength for axis. Values of Poisson's ratios for samples of these specimens. Chapter 6 should be consulted a few species are given in table 4-1. Poisson's for discussion of the tensile properties of com- ratios vary within and between species and are mercial structural members. Table 4-6 lists affected slightly by moisture content. average tensile strength values for a limited number of specimens of a few species. STRENGTH PROPERTIES OF CLEAR STRAIGHT-GRAINED WOOD Torsion For solid wood members, the torsional shear Common Properties strength often is taken as the shear strength Strength values most commonly measured parallel to the grain. Two-thirds of this value and represented as "strength properties'* for often is used as the torsional shear stress at design include the modulus of rupture in bend- the proportional limit. ing, the maximum stress in compression paral- lel to the grain, compression strength per- Toughness pendicular to the grain, and shear strength parallel to the grain. Additional measurements Toughness represents the energy required to often made include work to maximum load in rapidly cause complete failure in a centrally bending, impact bending strength, tensile loaded bending specimen. Table 4-7 gives aver- strength perpendicular to the grain, and hard- age toughness values for samples of a few ness. These properties, grouped according to hardwood and softwood species. Table 4-5 re- the broad forest tree categories of hardwood cords the average coefficient of variation for and softwood (not correlated with hardness toughness as determined from approximately or softness), are given in tables 4-2, 4-3, and 50 species. 4-4 for many of the commercially important Fatigue Strength species. Coefficients of variation for these prop- erties from a limited sampling of specimens The resistance of wood to fatigue is some- are reported in table 4-5. times an important consideration in design. The modulus of rupture in bending reflects Tests indicate that wood, like many fibrous the maximum load-carrying capacity of the materials, is less sensitive to repeated loads 4-3 than are more crystalline structural materials, Internal Friction such as metals. In proportion to ultimate strength values, the fatigue strength of wood When solid material is strained, some me- is^ higher than for some of the metals. A brief chanical energy is dissipated as heat. Internal résumé of the results of several fatigue studies friction is the term used to denote the mech- is given in table 4-8. Interpretation of fatigue anism that causes this energy dissipation. data, and a discussion of fatigue as a function The internal friction mechanism in wood is a of the service environment, are included later complex function of temperature and moisture in this chapter. content. At normal ambient temperatures the internal friction generally increases as the Rolling Shear Strength moisture content increases, up to the fiber satu- ration point. At room temperature internal The term "rolling shear" describes the shear friction is a minimum at about 6 to 8 percent strength of wood where the shearing force is moisture content. Below room temperature the in a longitudinal-transverse plane and per- minimum occurs at a higher moisture content ; pendicular to the grain. Test procedures for above room temperature it occurs at a lower rolling shear in solid wood are of recent origin ; moisture content. The parallel-to-grain inter- few test values have been reported. In limited nal friction of wood under normal use condi- tests, rolling shear strengths were 10 to 20 tions of moisture content and temperature is percent of the parallel-to-grain shear values. approximately 10 times that of structural Rolling shear values were about the same in metals, explaining in part why wood structures the longitudinal-radial and the longitudinal- damp vibration more quickly than metal struc- tangential planes. tures of similar design. VIBRATION PROPERTIES SUMMARY TABLES ON MECHANICAL The vibration properties of primary interest PROPERTIES OF CLEAR STRAIGHT- in structural materials are the speed of sound GRAINED WOOD and the damping capacity or internal friction. The mechanical properties listed in tables Speed of Sound 4-1 through 4-7 are based on a variety of sampling methods. Generally, the greatest The speed of sound in a structural material amount of sampling is represented in tables varies directly with the square root of the 4-2, 4-3, and 4-4. The values in table 4-2 modulus of elasticity and inversely with the are averages derived for a number of species square root of the density. For example, a grown in the united States. The table value parallel-to-grain value for speed of sound of is intended to estimate the average clear wood 150,000 inches per second corresponds to a property of the species. Many of the values modulus of elasticity of about 1,800,000 p.s.i., were obtained from test specimens taken at and a density of 30 pounds per cubic foot. heights between 8 and 16 feet above the stump The speed of sound in wood varies strongly of the tree. Values reported in table 4-3 repre- with grain angle since the transverse modulus sent average clear wood properties of species of elasticity may be as small as 1/20 of the grown in Canada and commonly imported into longitudinal value. Thus, the speed of sound the United States. across the grain is about one-fifth to one-third Methods of data collection and analysis have of the longitudinal value. changed over the years that the data in tables The speed of sound decreases with increas- 4-2 and 4-3 have been collected. In addition, ing temperature or moisture content in pro- the character of some forests changes with portion to the influence of these variables on time. Thus, when these data are used as a the modulus of elasticity and density. The speed basis for critical applications such as stress of sound decreases slightly with increasing grades of lumber, the current appropriateness frequency and amplitude of vibration, although of the data should be reviewed. for most common applications this effect is too Values reported in table 4-4 were collected small to be significant. There is no recognized from the world literature; thus, the appro- independent effect of species on the speed of priateness of these properties to represent a sound. Variability in the speed of sound in species is not known. The properties reported wood is directly related to the variability of in tables 4-1, 4-6, 4-7, and 4-8 are not in- modulus of elasticity and density. tended to represent species characteristics in 4-4 the broad sense; they suggest the relative in- 6, "Lumber Stress Grades and Allowable fluence of species and other specimen param- Properties." eters on the mechanical behavior recorded. Specific gravity is reported in many of the Variability in properties can be important tables because it often is used as an index of in both production and consumption of wood clear wood properties. The specific gravity products. Often the fact that a piece may be values given in tables 4-2 and 4-3 represent stronger, harder, or stiffer than the average is the estimated average clear wood specific of less concern to the user than if it is weaker ; gravity of the species. In the other tables, the however, this may not be true if lightweight specific gravity represents only the specimens material is selected for a speciñc purpose or if tested. The variability of specific gravity, re- harder or tougher material is hard to work. presented by the coefficient of variation de- It is desirable, therefore, that some indication rived from tests on 50 species, is included in of the spread of property values be given. table 4-5. Average coefficients of variation for many me- Mechanical and physical properties as meas- chanical properties are presented in table 4-5. ured and reported often reflect not only the The mechanical properties reported in the characteristics of the wood but also the in- tables are significantly affected by the moisture fluence of the shape and size of test specimen content of the specimens at the time of test. and the mode of test. The methods of test used Some tables include properties evaluated at dif- to establish properties in tables 4-2, 4-3, 4-6, fering moisture levels ; these moisture levels and 4-7 are based on standard procedures, are reported. As indicated in the tables, many ASTM Designation D 143. The methods of of the dry test data have been adjusted to a test for properties presented in other tables common moisture content base of 12 percent. are reported in the bibliography at the end The differences in properties displayed in the of this chapter. tables as a result of differing moisture levels Names of species listed in the tables con- are not necessarily consistent for larger wood form to standard nomenclature of the U.S. pieces such as lumber. Guidelines for adjusting Forest Service. Other common names may be clear wood properties to arrive at allowable used locally, and frequently one common name properties for lumber are discussed in chapter is applied to several species. Tables 4-2, 4-3, and 4-4 are repeated in metric (SI) units in appendix 4-1 at the end of this chapter. 4-5 (M o o lO t- (M W N CO ^ o o O o o o o o d S3 s Ä t- (M OS rH CO 2Í (M CO lO ^ O O O O O O O O Ó t> o> o> Ô "^ Oi l> (N §8 (.VJ N 00 CO -i O i5 ^ 00 CO CO 00 TH Ö CO "^ ^ ï> f (2 o ■ sgg JHs ^ 2l> *=^CO (M«^ C^ïs o"^ "^ Til Tí<»... Tf ÇO CO CO S w CO 00 rji o i » 00 iH O (N ^1 TH i O O O O o o * w 3 O Tí o.Tí O tí O i H tr X 00 rH ;rH C Ç£» ÇO ^ ÇO o o o o o • • • O O O O W ^ ;* ;^ ^ IÄ IÄ § o^ $So 55o o29 00o oí> CO 0$ 00 00 LO CO (N t^ 50 t> TH o Oi o >» q o q TH ÏH o rj o O oi5 gS S§ s"í^ §o §^ iCO o ¿ 0) ^"8 C> CO (M N 00 00 10 ^ 'S 0 c3 ^ }UI 03 tí 0) 0 1 Ul 1 0 ci r 1 3 0 pq o ^ 03 pq Q ^ 4-6 m m O ó o o Ô o o o O O O O O O O O o o O o o o O LO lO iH lO O 00 C£> o ö bß Ci (M lO t- o os Ç£> to (M "^ 00 (M tr- rH 05 CO 00 CO P4 U CO O O O O O O Ô Ö o o o o O O O O O "g o o o o CO CC> 00 LO C ^ 1 S ^^ O O O O O O o o o o o o o o 1 o o OO OO OO ÓO oo ^ ^ Tt Tí< TH 00 CDt- rí |3 o o o o o o o ô O O O O O O O O O O OO OO OO OO O 00 iH "^ Ci 1-^ OO "^LO (MOO LOO o o "^ '«* 00 l> CO Oí o t^ o 'H 00 o Tji iH o 00 "^ C CO O O o o o o o o o o o o 5 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o CO^ CO o LO 00 o o "í^ 00 LO TH o ï> ^ "^ o "^ "^ «^.^^ 00 TjT ÇO oí o «o 00 «o o o o oí oT CO o ^ t-^ oí oT LO LO O LO 00 LO 00 o LO lO o LO 00 03 t- 00 LO LO Oí LO o CO 00 CO CO o o LO «o CO -«^ LO LO LO LO LO LO lO ÇO CO 00 00 CO 00 00 Tt LO 1^ d m be I C xfi fi fi"-^ OSo fi o a O) T3 bX) s fi o 4^ ^ s c o 0) O o Pi 4-7 11 o Ô o o OO OO ÔO oo lO 1Ä Tf< CO CO "Tií ;o Ci rí< lo Ç>ÎCO Tí<(N COCO OOO (N CO CO Tí< «OOO 05C0 «>00 t-00 o o o o o o o o o o o o CO Tí< t* ÇO ^ CO t> CO TH 00 Ö o o o C o o o o o o o o o o o o OO ÔO Oo OO 00 o o 00 o Ci TH rí< 00 00 o 2'3 S g ^ t> 00 o lO t> CO o CO Oi s »7! £^£î ^<^ t^S 00 OLO C 03 si s 2 ...g_ o o o o o o O O o o o o W CO o o o o o o o o Til o CO o o 00 ÇO Oi iH 00 C 00 CO CO (>J '^ 00 TÍH 00 00 CO al5ê P4 .2 5 o o o o p ^ o o o o OO OO OO OO ^ w o (M §§ 00 iH o o o o la TH "^ CO CO o N \a ;;íí^ ooio (Meo lo^ t> ^ 00 iH i. V. 0510 '^'^ COCO COTÍ< c CO Oi '«:í< 05 o (M 00 Oi «^ CO t> lO 00 OO 00 M eg iH 00 00 la m 00 Tji o IC c CO Ti< 00 o TA 00 (N lO 00 o (N X rH c4 r> «o Tjí LO i6 CO* TH CO oí oí IÄ CO O oo' (N là iH Oi 00 00 CO Tí< Oi cq :S[J Oi TjH 00 Oi o Oi o o o o o o o o o o o o S S 2 2 o o 22 22 ®<^ OO Tj^^ TH O CO ^ ^ o o o o o o OO OO OO OO o o o o Oi^ 00 Oi^ »Ä CO IÄ (NOO ^00 OO lOO o o o o líT 00 00 cí ^00 CO TH TH CD 00 CO TjT 00 lo 00 i> TH OT TjT 00 CO CO iH o i> oT CO CO « í> o o 00 CO CO Tf IÄ Tí< Tf CO o t- CO 00 CO Oi CO 00 00 00 00 CO Tt< Tt^ lO o CO Is lO CO "^ lÄ Tt< lO CO CO 0) S § %. s p< fi S os Tí< (N ^ CO »Ä lO t- LO t- t- O Ç£> 00 00 iH oo O o o o O O O Ô O O Ô o o "«^ o t- '^ Tí< O O o o O O O O OO OO OO OO OO oo oo oo oo oo os rH CO CO C<1 lO lO lO 00 ^ CO O^ r-i (MO o o o OOTí l>LO (MCO oo oo oo oo o o o o o o O O o o o o o o o o rt< t- TH CO <0 LO O O O O O O o o o o CO t- oo ÇD LOlO 0(M oo t^;^ 00 oo oo oo oo oo o o o o oo OÔ oo oo oo oo ó o o o t- (M (M ;^ o o o o §«^ iHOS OOrH (MO ^O OOO Tí< rH o o LO T}< os CO 00 00 o (M t- 00 00 LO "^ ^ oco CO LO C TU Tj^ CD (M rH O CO (M Oï -«* LO CO 00 7^ ^ 9S b- (M LO «D t- «O "^ OS OS CO LO LO OSrH LO 00 rH «^. t- (M t- CO <£> (M 00 o LO 00 rH Tji CO CD CO CD CO t- LO C> LO (N LO rH CO 00 (M CD rH (N TH TA TA rH (M* rH TA r-i TA rH TA rH (M rH (M rH (M* TA (M rH o o O O O O o o oo oo oo oo O O O O o o o o o o O O O O O o o o o o oo oo oo oo o o O O O O o o §s O O O O o o o o o o 00 (M ^ o os CO t- Tf 00^ es^ ^..00 <>! *^ 00 y-i rH^ OS Tf Tt t- CD CO ^ 00 CD OS Tf 00 CD o (M t> CD ^ CD LO o Tt LO LO LO "i^ LO LO CD CD CD CD tr- CD CD CD Co ^ 02 0) c u -7^u 3 •J -^ ^ - g Co 13 0 Co í3 1 X .. Oí Co -p he CO 1 Ti 73 OS 'o 3 ií 'be Ü a» 1 1 o 0) Ä ft Ö tZ2 m PQ C/2 PH Oi CO o ^5 w W 3 s O 4-9 1 I t3 O) -^s^^ O O Ô o o o S3 O O O O o o O o Ô o Ô o CO CD iH 05 o o o o O (N O C<1 O iO 00 CO TH I> 05 CO o o o o tí 00 O O TH C5 Tí< CO a> CO CO -i '^. 00 ^ 05 TH O) CU O Ö -^3 I O O O o r^ *w *^ 'So s w Ö o <-> o o ó o o o O O .. ¡. rp c O) 05 lO o o lO r^ r- 00 rH (M (M CO o o o o o o o L-- l> t- 00 00 o r> 00 '* LO 00 05 O o 00 05 1 00 CO CO i> 05 C- t> CO CO so o o o o o o Sis o.ä.g o O o o o o o o o O CO 00 CO rH 00 05 00 00 O^ "^ (M 00 LO o O O O o o o o o o rH 00 C^ t^ C<1 O TJH 00 LO CM T-i 05 TH CO (NO 00 Tf< CO 05 C5 CO C^ O iH CO 00 (M -^ (N CO I rH TH TH rH iH OÍ ''i CO O (M 00 (M 05 T-H rH (>Í TH rH r-i C<Í Oi rH CM rH rH yJ^ TH O O O O O O o o t> CO O O O O o o O O rH rH (M (N 00 (M H5 Èr C 05^ à fi'S oí) p o o o o o o O O o O o o o O l> 00 Tji CO 00 CM CO CO 05 ô o o ó o o ô o o o o o o TH^ 05^ TJI t-- CO 00 o CO ó O O^ CO CM 00 CO O t> o 00 o Tj< I> § o CM O LO 00 "^ Oi CO CM "^ ^ LO CM S^H H Î3 ? ^ 00 CO CO CO CO CO rí< 00 CO CO CO CO CO r> ^ g ÇJ w CO CO CO CO LO ocT 00 ÇO CO CO co" t-^ .0^ 3 3Ä o w 0<^ 05 05 '^ CO 00 LO 05 CO LO CM 4 H-> OO CO LO LO -<* 05 LO O ; i CM CM 00 '^ CO rji "^ CM 00 Tf 1 Ö O CM 00 CM LO O q 00 q LO O Tí< 00 CO t-^ 00 r-î TA 00* Tjí 00 05 q t> q CM 00 o g LO O 00* 05* rH TA 00* Tf i-i r-i rH CM o 05 OS* rH CM* 00 CM LO rH CO CM CM 4g. r-i CM r-{ r-i rH rH < je LO CM CM CO CO CO 00 y-i -^ 05 LO CM 05 O 00 CO 00 00 CO t> y-i Tji LO O l> Oi 00 00 LO CM 05 ^ ^ q CM Ci 00 q CO LO LO q ^ Tí^ o LO TA TA rH TH TA TA r-Í TA r-í 1^ TA r-Í CM* r-î r-í r-i r-í r-í r-í r-í c« O O o o o o o ô o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o q CO 00 CO CO o o o o o o o o o o o o o 05^ 05^ ^ '^ "^ ^ CM 00 o CO q^ "^ t> CM" 00 TJT OO" "^ CO o 00 LO t> TjT o CO TH CM LO 05 t> o 00 CO r-T 00 00 CM" 00 00 00 CO CO CO CO CO 00 00 o b- CM 05 CO CO CO 05 00 Tt LO CO LO CO LO CO CO CO LO LO t- CO o 00 t- CO o t- LO CO LO CO LO CO LO CO o t- 00 00 LO CO CO CO CO CO fi o o fi 3 o c «3 o o OS 03 CO h^ > o o 3 o pin o 4-10 O o O Q O O O Ô O O O O T}< 00 Oi ^ o o o o O o O TH CO lO Tf< LO N CO CD 00 t- Ö0 Oí O TH çp O CO o O O O o o o o o o CO CD 00 C«3 « O o o o ' o o o o t- iH rí< O r> t- o 1 ' 2 s CO (M t- o í? IÄ Ift CO (N CO CO TH Oí CO «o CO ' "1^ S5 ift \a ÇO t- lO C¿) 00 00 t- 00 1 1 IÄ t- oo oo oo oo oo o o o o o o o o o o o o o Tí< CO o» o TH o o O^ S§ Oít; OOJO g2 00 TH íD 00 o o o LO o rHCO THIC C o o o o o o oooo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo o o o o o CO LON Tí oo oo oo oo oo o o oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo o 5S t-(N ooo 2!5 ^ :^ 00 «o USrrt 0»0 I>©¿ ^O ^S So CDTt COCD "^(M C LO fc- 05 op CO »jg «3 ^ te- ig g CO O^ rH O «O TiJ -«*, ^ °9 CO OS • 00 LO 00 (M ®1 '^. lO (N ^00 ^ t^ iH OS O oí ifjrjí lÄOO COIA lÄ"^ 00 CO Tjî O i 00 t- 00 00 O^ O TjH OS r-î Tjî t> OÔ O* TH t-^ OÔ OÓ CO 5^ os TH oa 00 (M 2'i OS IÄ IÄOO iH(M O"^ !£Ç3 o OÏ o (M È- o (M kÄ lO O C o o So o o o o o o o o O O o o o o o o o o o Ö o o o o o o s§ Si o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o CO CO t- 00 os^ t^ CO (>q^ o- o TH lO LO o lO o «o COCO »ÄCO 0000 o^ '^^ ^^ t-r<Ä oT-'dî' ^ft-^ coo CO o CO TH rí< to oT t> OÓ' íA' CO os ï> (N CO o o (M Ti< TH (M Ti< Èr U© t- A CO o CO o TH lo CO OS o (M CO O 00 (M CO CO (M CO OS Tí< lO LO àA CO CO "^ Ti< TJH ri< ' 8 ■o I % < 03 'S o c« fi S3 oi I be 3 03 g ai Qi O ¿ I o Ö '^ >» ta g^ S (U m H ^ 4-11 03 Q) M 1.S 0? 3 £ M'a O fi So O o o o Ô o o o o o o o 00 CO CO lO o TH o o o o o o o o ^ CO ^ TH CO (NO CO TH ^ o o o o o o o (N CO lo r> LO ÇO "«^ CO CO LO «o Gi TH CO Ç£> lO Tf 00 a CO LO CO Tj< Ä (N Tt< CO Tí< CM CO CO "«^ u* S «'S 1 o o fi 3 (VS a^ bo 'm 73 c3 fi w Ö o o o o o o O O o o o o ß fi ^ 00 o CO (M o -^ OO OO OO OO tí5 o o S fi 0) 03 P 00 o o o o o o o o o o o o rí< l> o CO Tí* Oi LO o LO iH o o o o o o o ó o o 00 CO o (N t> LO o LO LO 00 o t- ÇO o o Tí« 05 LO t- o 00 o P4 °*^ g M «5 lili 1 o o o o o o o o o o o o o (N Ti< T3 fi TH 00 t- t- CO (N .s (M (N rH iH oS Q o Tf¡ TH o 00 CO Oi 5 s Ô o ct> o o o o o o o o o o o o o e> o o o o o -« C'a CO t> W LO o o o o o o o o o9 o^ o o o o o o o C5> l> TJ*^ t> CO 00 Oi Ci^ CO o o o o o o o Ci> «o Ci CO TH (N LO 00 CO o LO 00 CO CO CO Tí* CO CO TJ* Tí* Tí* LO Tí* CO CO 00 LO ï> t> Oi o CO "^ Tí* Tí* Tí* CO CO CO CO t- Ci CO CO CO CO Tí* Tt CO CO CO CO Ul bo OJ TJ 0 u fi TJ o o u ^ m s u fi fi o o o ^ o e T t xn ^ m fi ^ 03 o ^ g á CÖ 3 CÖ .tí 'O PH fi .. '^ ^ o os u pq o 12; p CO ^ 4-12 o o Ô o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o (MO -<* CD la CO t- 00 TH 00 lO Oi CO 00 Ci l>- o o t^ 00 a:> 00 o t- CO ^ CO US (N CO LO 00 (M CO Tf lO r}< o o o o o o o o o o 1 o o o o o o o o o o o o o TH (N o CO 1 t- LO O^ rí< CO CO LO TH «O (N 磻 t- (N Oi CO t- ' (N t- CO CO -^ CO Tí< 1 1 CO "^ (N 00 (M CO CO -^ (M CO CO T}< (M Tj< (M C^ CO '^ (—, o o o o o o o o O o o O O o o oo oo oo oo o O o o o o o o o o 05 (M 00 00 LO l> CO C5 00 00 CD CO "* 00 o CO 05 TH ^ TH 05 CO 00 lO«£> CO"^ ÇOLO t^-CO Oi 00 ï> TH CO o o o o O CO o Ô o o o o O o OO OO OO OO o o o ó o O O o iH O LO TH CO 00 00 CO o LO 00 LO (N CO o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o ® <=> ^ ^ O o o o o o o o O o O O o O LO (M 00 t- TJH •rt^ O LO CO TH 00 (M t> LO '^ CO "«^t^ 00 t- s ^ ^ ^ TJH TH CO ^^ 00 TH 00 CO CO^ CO CO LO '^ CO t-^ o^ LO (M^ 00 rH 00^ ^ ^ ^ o 00 Tf^ CO r-i t-;^ CO 05_ CO LÓ T"! CO^ "^ *^ "^ ^^ (N LO TjT 00 c O o LO "^ CO CO O CO TH TH (M (M (M 00 t- 00 CO t- o o (M (M (M (M 00 CO C<1 W 00 CO C Tt LO (N 00 C 00 LO O 00 00 (M iH OS LO CÓ 00 $ 00 00 o> t- o Tl^ 00 iH Tf CO ï> o 00 "^ OS 00 o LO os o oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oôoooo o o o o o o OO oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo o ó o o o o oooo oo oo oo oo oO oo oo oo t- CO o "^ ^ ^ T^f^OS^OOLO ^CO ^"^ oseo oos^ cooq^ ^"^ ^^ ^°^ TJHCO "^"^ 00*^^^"^^^ t-T^ LOOT lO^t^rHt^COOOCDCO" o 00 CDOOCO^ COTH ^00 TjToO CDoT t>C Ttl LO o r-l 00 rH Tt os t- (M iH CO 00 CO 00 tr- rH ri< os ^ "^ '^ «^ (M LO 00 «M 00 TÎ< lO lO LO -^ ^ CO 00 Tj< LO CO CO -^ lO CO Tf lÔ LO Til lO lO LO 1 1 • r^ ^C 0) ■+:>^ Ci ç: -M -M J3 T3 T3 TS X Ü bo s 3 2^ Ä w '^ 7? xs fi o o O) a O O O ^ C3 ,0 ft c« C/2 CO C/2 ^ H t-5 h-5 tó m s ^ ci hJ E 4-13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 i§ g§ I> (M CO Oi Iß TH §§ 00 a m fr- §1Ti< Til CO Ti< 00 10 ©;i CO CO TJ< CO I« CO Tl< CO id raeg Ë .S^H o .. 0:73 be CÖ.S w 0 Q 1 0 0 O o o o 00 0000 -2^ oî $ (D 1 <0 Tjl ^ t* (N CO CO o gg0) O) &fe ^ 2 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 O Ô O O a la 00 -rp CS TH «£> CO Tjl 0 CO 00 CO 10 Ci 00 ^ 00 00 CO «o 0 is 00 iH «o 0 CD C 0 t> TH <0 O 00 (M I «H > * •3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O o 00 00 o o 0000 Ci T-i Ci t- (M 0 l> (N 'ÍJí CO o TH 00 l> 00 00 (M la -^ CO 05 o CO Ci TH -^ Ti< t- íH in Oq Tf N Ti< eg Tt CO 00 2ß ;^ ta es o S& .2 « 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 0000 Cía TH op Ti< p Iß JH (N i> eg 00 00 iß oi t- TH t> t- 00 CO Tji Cr- '^^ R (N iH rH (N lß CO '"t "^ ^00 ;o «5^ lß "^ Tf TH I eo CO oí Iß TjT fS CO ^ eg Lß eg TjT eg iß eg lß eg lß CO i> Oi CO TH Oi CO W Tí< CO 00 lß "^ lß eg 0 00 CO CO CO TH eg eg eg iH eg eg eg eg eg eg eg I § Q O O o 00 t- eg Tji lß TH TJH os -^ 00 Tt< 0 r> eg iH oUS o 00 aß 00 lß lß t-* o lß CM (M as O 03 •& 00 o o o o o o o o O O o o §000 o o o o o o o o O O o o 000 00 o lß o '^ ^ t- CO 00 cg i> cg CO 00 cg CO t^ 00" r> o lß t- lß o lß o Lß O lß oT ï> TH &: iß 00 00 o Tt Lß 00 o t- o os 00 1 CO CO eo "^ CO CO 00 "^ 00 Tf 00 n^ 00 rfi Tí< Lß CQ bo 13 cg .s.sö-g £ ■4 4S I p g^Q-W-« I P S-rt ¿o 3 '"■tí'«3'«5 ^ T5 2 o o §•- gS O ?! 1^ S o tí C3 O) o 03 o 4-14 Table 4-3.—Mechanical properties of some commercially important woods grown in Canada and imported into the United States ^'^ Static bending Compres- Compres- Shear Common names Specific sion sion parallel of species . gravity Modulus of Modulus of parallel perpen- to grain rupture elasticity to grain dicular —maxi- —maxi- to grain mum mum —fiber shearing crushing stress strength strength at pro- tional limit P,s.L Million P,s.l P.s.i. P.s.i. P.s.i. HARDWOODS Aspen : Quaking i 0.37 5,500 1.31 2,350 200 720 9,800 1.63 5,260 510 980 790 Big-toothed i .39 5,300 1.08 2,390 210 9,500 1.26 4,760 470 1,100 Cottonwood : Balsam, poplar ___i .37 5,000 1.15 2,110 180 670 10,100 1.67 5,020 420 890 560 Black / .30 4,100 .97 1,860 100 7,100 1.28 4,020 260 860 Eastern .35 4,700 .87 1,970 210 770 ■■{ 7,500 1.13 3,840 470 1,160 SOFTWOODS Cedar: 880 Alaska- / .42 6,600 1.34 3,240 350 11,600 1.59 6,640 690 1,340 660 Northern white- _ f .30 3,900 .52 1,890 200 6,100 .63 3,590 390 1,000 700 Western redcedar _/ .31 5,300 1.05 2,780 280 7,800 1.19 4,290 500 810 920 Douglas-fir / .45 7,500 1.61 3,610 460 12,800 1.97 7,260 870 1,380 Fir: 680 Subalpine . ^ -_/ .33 5,200 1.26 2,500 260 8,200 1.48 5,280 540 980 710 Pacific silver ---/ .36 5,500 1.35 2,770 230 10,000 1.64 5,930 520 1,190 680 Balsam _ - / .34 5,300 1.13 2,440 240 8,500 1.40 4,980 460 910 Hemlock : Eastern ._ Í .40 6,800 1.27 3,430 400 910 9,700 1.41 5,970 630 1,260 Western / .41 7,000 1.48 3,580 370 750 11,800 1.79 6,770 660 940 Larch, western / .55 8,700 1.65 4,420 520 920 15,500 2.08 8,840 1,060 1,340 4-15 Table 4-3.—Mechanical properties of some commercially important woods grown in Canada and imported into the United States ^^^—Continued Static bending Compres- Compres- Shear Common names Specific sion sion parallel of species gravity- Modulus of Modulus of parallel perpen- to grain rupture elasticity to grain dicular —maxi- —^maxi- to grain mum mum —fiber shearing crushing stress strength strength at pro- portional limit P.sd, Million P.sA. P.s.i. P.s.l P.S.Í, SOFTWOODS—continued Pine: Eastern white / .36 5,100 1.18 2,590 240 640 9,500 1.36 5,230 490 880 Jack f .42 6,300 1.17 2,950 340 820 11,300 1.48 5,870 830 1,190 Lodgepole Í .40 5,600 1.27 2,860 280 720 11,000 1.58 6,260 530 1,240 Ponderosa Í .44 5,700 1.13 2,840 350 720 10,600 1.38 6,130 760 1,020 Red I .89 5,000 1.07 2,370 280 710 10,100 1.38 5,500 720 1,090 Western white Í .36 4,800 1.19 2,520 240 650 9,300 1.46 5,240 470 920 Spruce : Black Í .41 5,900 1.32 2,760 300 800 11,400 1.52 6,040 620 1,250 Engelmann Í .38 5,700 1.25 2,810 270 700 10,100 1.55 6,150 540 1,100 Red f .38 5,900 1.32 2,810 270 810 10,300 1.60 5,590 550 1,330 Sitka r .35 5,400 1.37 2,560 290 630 10,100 1.63 5,480 590 980 White ^__r .35 5,100 1.15 2,470 240 670 9,100 1.45 5,360 500 980 Tamarack _ .48 6,800 1.24 3,130 410 920 11,000 1.36 6,510 900 1,300 ' Results of tests on small, clear, straight-grained ^ The values in the first line for each species are from specimens. Property values based on American Society tests of green material; those in the second line are for Testing and Materials Standard D 2555-70, "Stand- adjusted from the green condition to 12 pet. moisture ard methods for establishing clear wood values." Infor- content using dry to green clear wood property ratios mation on additional properties can be obtained from as reported in ASTM D 2555-70. Specific gravity is Department of Forestry, Canada, Publication No. 1104. based on weight when ovendry and volume when green. 4-16 P3 1^ p^ ü t) P m CO W W ^ ü <í < « « H » H <í <í m m 1^ bA PQ PQ M xíi m o o PU PL, < P^q ü ü PQ PQ >> pu. PH PH o o < 0) M p< o 1 CO C O O o O o o o O o o o O O O O o o o 3'S ÎÎ*<^ o a 00 o Cq rH CO T}< lO O (N TH (N 00 Oi 00 (N o CO LO ;o Oi kO §5 CÔ O) A ICO I ^^. O o o o o o o o O o o o o o o O O o o o o o O o O O o o o o o o CO o Tí< Oi l> CO Tí< TH Tf* 00 § iO (N 00 a Ci o 00 TH P< O C3 ÇÔ 00 os Oi (N lO l> Oi CO Tj< lO r-i CO iH (M LO Tf 00 ÇO o P: ^ r> a Ç£> lO t- O Oí LO 00 LO Tí< Tí< CO t- LO in rH 1 lO 00 S2 Tj< CO t- CO LO Oi (M OJ TH 00 iH TH (M TH rH (N o o O).s r-í (N TH TH TH (N iH TH TH TH O O O Ô o o o o O O O o O O O o O o o o o O O O O o o o o O o o o o o o o o o o o o TH ^ Til Tt C£> 00 CO «tí ^ tí tí tí tí tí S^ P< «2 : I •§ H .?s Î í e I •o O c i P! O es 03 bo tí tí s ■§ O o • 1-4 S o Tí I tí tí *E o tí tí Pi 03 a 03 < < PP p:) O 4-17 tí 00 W fe tí P CO w C/2 CO h^ p fe fe fe fe fe fe 'S) ^s < < ^ *ÎH P-i o, CQ CO IA O B ^ CÖ LO rH ^^ 2S 00 CO 00 lO LO of ^ OíOS rHrH COCO COCO COCO trees Numbe T3 O) « á « o O o O LOLO OO OO OO 05 00 05 00 o 5 <^ O Ó O O o o o o O O LO OOTH oooi 0000 coco rH Çg CO O Tí^ 00 Ö O^ (N TH CD^ t^ C^JCS OOOO Oi ^ I bCÄ CO o o O o LO LO o o o o o o rí< CO 00 00 O o o o o Oo oo oo oo o o 00 <£> CD TH o o o o o o O O '^ 05t> LO(M l>0 LOO 00 o t> o o 00 LO 00 o o o CO 05 Tf 00 CO CO OÍ LO TH^OO^ *-^*^ '^'^ OaTf o^ co^ LO CO Oí^ co^ 'M S'H 00 LO OÍ CO so i> o' OÍ 00 00 oo LO LO oo o LO «O (N* LO* Oí 00* ^ o Oí Oí 00* 00* Oí 00 t>^ CO* LO 00 lu TH iH OÍ OÍ OÍ OÍ .s tí o o 00 00 CO 00 O (M Tí< 00 o 3^ íS^ Oí iH t- CO 00 iH CO OS t> rf OÍ OÍ r-i Tí^ 00 TH TH t- O o l> Tt CO CO yH -ri* y-i CO t> os TH 00 w O o o O o o OO oo oo oo O o o o o o Oo oo oo oo o o o o O O o o o O O o Tí^ LO Oí^C^ ^co ^"^ COOJ o o o o o O o o Oí^ »^ 00 LO t> 00^ "* iH CO 00 00 oo" ofcd" Lo't^ (N"t> ooT ^ TH Tí< t-T rH tr-^ o rf oo" o" oí oí CO^ TH T-i iH (N OÍ OÍ OÍ § O) > CO 00 CO CO 00 t> os OÍ o PH es 00 05 00 00 CD CO os Ϋ ^ o ^ 4J P tí tí tí ^^ 0)5^ tí Ci tí tí tí CQ 4-» Oj "^ m CO (1) OÍ $ oí 'o fí í^ rH ^ rH oí OÍ O o o O ft rH o O o o O Ci. O o ci •2 ft "Sí ft • JO tí os OS 4-> O o 5Í o Ä ^ e T3 Ci Qi tí ^ "O c« o "S- o e?S5 "O Ci [S "Sí tí ^ 5à O os &q í^ bu ^• rtí os tí bo tí os O tí cS os TS x O O) tí O ZJ > >. ^ 03 o tí o; s IH os os os o oS r^ ft os a> ^ O ft o :^ W c\3 oS 4-18 w m Pi mxfi mm mm •<-< s o < < mm << Ç^ PM rJH e o o o o o o s O O O Ó O O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o C5 OS o o iH ÇO 00 5?i CO 00 TH C<1 CD 00 ^ t- 00 (M t- O 05 o TH 00 C5 00 o lO 00 Oi lO t- "^ lO IÄ b- 00 Tj< LO r> 00 lO CD ?D t- iH (N o o o o O o o O O o o o o o o o o o o o o o iH 05 o iH t> CO ^ 00 (N "^ Oi Tt 05 05 o t- 05 iH o CO o o o o o o o O O o o o o O o o o o O O o o O O o o o o iH 00 LO t> t¿ 00 00 00 o LO o o o os Tt 00 LO LO CO LO t- (>3 o t> o 00 o 05 05 c^ co^ o ^ t-^ 00^ O^ LO LO^ CO Tj^^ 05^ LO ^ CO 00 CO" Tf I> CO LO 00 ÍD CO LO^ rí" «o" 00 LO 00 «o ÍO 05 00 t- 00 r-^ (N Si 00 (M 05 t> 00 TH ÇO Tf ÇO ÇD O^ (N TH o 00 rí^ Tf TH <£) -^ 00 (N LO (M Tf l> O ÇO 00 05 00 TH 00 CO t> 00 $S 2 (N LO LO CD «O 00 l> 00 n^ 00 CO «o CO CO ^ ÇD Tí^ t- Tf CD CO CO (M TjH T-Í -A r-î iH c4 c4 iH A tH r-H A oo oo oo oo oo o O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o oo oo oo oo oo o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o LO CO íO CO rH oo -rj^^ rH LO CO LO 00 rH LO^ '^ ^ l> CO CO 05^ LOCO 00^ "^"^^ "^^ °^^ LO t^ 1^^ t> CO TjT 00 t> T-T 00 c 05 00 CO 00 00 LO tí tí Ö c tí tí tí tí tí tí % 73 5ío i i •o oo Çk Ö m 'tí I X Ö<» t o CO o to -S tí î>2 I Ö5 ai 5- T3 tí M ítí o •r BH 'o S 03 P4 "^ Où 43 05 tí tí tí tí tí xn Í3 PH u o tí tí ■^ 3 i3 o o O o PH di 4-19 0 o o <3 <í ^ < !=!H3í-! o ü S2 ^^ ^hH^ u PH di Ä O ?M HH HH hH P4 o S u xn rH ^ ;^ 00 CO rHrH rH n3 O) o o o O O p Q o o o o o O O 53 00 iH ^ O o o o o OOO OOO Q Tí< o t> 00 o lO o LO (NO t>rH 00 oQ-S o »'S ^ ÇO CO O O o o o lO o o o o TH O O O O O O o OOO 00 o Oi 00 00 (M iH rH CO O rH t- rH CO LO t-O rH S^^.íH ¿3 S ^ 5 <>< §3 CO o CO TH O O rH rH O <^ C^J^ l> ÏÏ 5 "^ oo" "^ "^^^ I ^ «2 (S öcg s ? í. CO l> 00 CD lÄ o Tf oT ^" LO 00 LO 00 oo" CO CO CO C^" Tt LO^CO^t^ C> 09 o CO Oi CO o Ô Ç0 (N LO l> 00 CO rH I « O c4 \s> "^ ^ «D O oí l> r-Í CO c5 00* © LO l> (M' OOO ^ ^ c ;0 Tji LO X (N l> t> o ;0$5 25O t> OÍ O) 00 os (M l> o O O O O o o o O O o o o 2 $ o o O O O O O O O o OOO OOO o o o o o o o O O O O o o OOO OOO o (N o 05^ ï> Oi 00 Tíi >K «^ § LO O 00 rí< coco IXMCO 'S- 00 00 T}i 00 LO CO CD Mol CO 9 tí tí 0 tí tí C tí tí I m CM ! (N (N aä ft0) I Ö oí c3 Ö s os I V. c; »^ 3 i ? § Î ^^"^ i CO I •^ ^ I ^ ^ Sí EH I oo ^ -6 o Ö g 03 ce s o g ö u ^4 1 ÎÖ 'So .^ 03 O o S 'u Tí O o 03 fe3 s O £ 1^ s cä o 'V± ^ c s ñ E3 O ft Cli os es eö ft ft ft O) Ul CO Ul 72 CO Xfl 4-20 < < 'S tí •c'^ .5 p o O tí ir^ Ç£> 00 tí .»^-iS W«FH § O o •^ o CO o o iH (M <ü tí^ ^TS p CO ..'^o'^SS ..tí ÇQ 2W H CÖ § M ^ tí ö C o; Ö ••^'0 tí.S 13 0) cô tí 3 b-M o oí «O «^ o tí tí Oí ^5Jong's . ^ CO lO C3 rj^s .- gO^-M Qí'G. >» ^í o c3 ÍT.S^ ÄW M-i'^ils"'-*^ CN^ o o t- o "Stí-^^ tí 0) 00 o e Ö ^ 5 Ô ^i i ^sî"« 1^w Sí tí e ^ fli ^ Q^ OSO) O c^!Í3 Jtí fe"! S o -M S O) oí c ^ W 3 ^^-^ I «le. cä -ptí 2 tí W a'O o - 'S Ö ft Co o O) > ü ;^ *0 (D 4-21 Table 4-5.—Average coefficient of variation for some mechanical properties of clear wood Coefficient of Property variation ' Pet Static bending: Fiber stress at proportional limit _ . 22 Modulus of rupture 16 Modulus of elasticity 22 Work to maximum load 34 Impact bending, height of drop causing complete failure 25 Compression parallel to grain : Fiber stress at proportional limit 24 Maximum crushing strength 18 Compression perpendicular to grain, fiber stress at proportional limit 28 Shear parallel to grain, maximum shear- ing strength 14 Tension perpendicular to grain, maxi- mum tensile strength 25 Hardness : Table 4-6.—Average parallel-to-grain tensile Perpendicular to grain 20 strength for specimens of some species of Toughness 34 wood^ Specific gravity 10 ^ Values given are based on results of tests of green Specific Tensile wood from approximately 50 species. Values for wood Species gravity strength adjusted to 12 pet. moisture content may be assumed to be approximately of the same magnitude. P.8d. HARDWOODS Elm: i^eaarCedar SOFTWOODS Douglas-fir, interior northT,^,.fV, ^J -46 jg|9(^Q15,600 Fir: California red { 'JJ {¡f^^ Pacific silver 1 -J^ 13^00 Larch, western { f^ J^jOO Pine: Eastern white { H {[f^^ Virginiavívcrír^io _.^J -45^g 13,700^^^QQ Red - - .42 15,300 Í 32 12 300 Spruce, Engelmann ^ '^^ 13*000 ^ Results of tests on small, clear, straight-grained specimens. The values in the first line for each species are from tests of green material; those in the second line are from tests of dry material with the properties adjusted to 12 pet. moisture content. Specific gravity values are not from the tension specimens but others representing the species shipment. Specific gravity is based on weight when ovendry and volume when green and an adjustment to approximately 12 pet. moisture content. 4-22 Table 4-7.—Average toughness values ^ for sanvples of a few species of wood Toughness ^ Species Moisture Specific content gravity ^ Radial Tangential Pet. InAb. InAb, HARDWOODS Birch, yellow 12 0.65 500 620 Hickory : (Mockernut, pignut, sand) _/ Green .64 700 720 I 12 .71 620 660 Maple, sugar 14 .64 370 360 Oak, red : Pin 12 .64 430 430 Scarlet 11 .66 510 440 Oak, white : Overcup / Green .56 730 680 I 13 .62 340 310 Sweetgum / Careen .48 340 330 \ 13 .51 260 260 Willow, black Í Green 310 360 I 11 .40 210 230 Yellow-poplar Í Green .43 320 300 I 12 .45 220 210 SOFTWOODS Cedar : Alaska- 10 .48 210 230 Western redcedar 9 .33 90 130 Douglas-fir : Coast Í Green .44 210 360 I 12 .47 200 360 Interior West . _ / Green .48 200 300 I 13 .51 210 340 Interior North f Green .43 170 240 I 14 .46 160 250 Interior South / Green .38 130 180 I 14 .40 120 180 Fir: California red _ Í Green .36 130 180 I 12 .39 120 170 Noble --- / Green .36 240 I 12 .39 220 Pacific silver / Green .37 150 230 j 13 .40 170 260 White / Green .36 140 220 I 13 .38 130 200 Hemlock : Mountain / Green .41 250 280 \ 14 .44 140 170 Western -. _ / Green .38 150 170 \ 12 .41 140 210 Larch, western / Green .51 270 400 \ 12 .55 210 340 4-23 Table 4-7.—Average toughness values ^ for sanvples of a few species of wood—continued Toughness ' Species Moisture Specific content gravity ^ Radial Tangential Pet InAb, In,-lb. SOFTWOODS—Continued Pine: Eastern white _ _ _ / ^^^^^ .33 120 160 I 12 .34 110 120 Jack / G^^e^ .41 200 380 I 12 .42 140 240 Loblolly I Green .48 310 380 .51 160 260 Lodgepole Green .38 160 210 Ponderosa Green .38 190 270 11 .43 150 190 Red _ r Gï^een .40 210 350 I 12 .43 160 290 Shortleaf / Green .47 290 400 .50 150 230 Slash Jt Green1^ .55 350 450 I 12 .59 210 320 Virginia / Green .45 340 470 I 12 .49 170 250 Redwood : Old-growth r Green .39 110 200 I 11 .39 90 140 Young-growth / Green .33 110 140 I 12 .34 90 110 Spruce, Engelmann / Green .34 150 190 I 12 .35 110 180 * Results of tests on small, clear, straight-grained ' Properties based on specimen size of 2 cm. square by specimens. 28 cm. long; radial indicates load applied to radial face ^ Based on ovendry weight and volume at moisture and tangential indicates load applied to tangential face content of test. of specimens. Table 4r-8.—A summary of reported results of fatigue studies Range ratio Fatigue Fatigue (minimum life strength Loading Conditions stress -^ (million (percent of maximum cycles) strength from stress) static test) Tension parallel to grain _. - Clear, air dry 0.10 30 50 Cantilever bending . - Clear, air dry, solid wood -1.00 30 30 Simple beam bending - Clear, green .10 30 60 Rotational bending - Clear, air dry -1.00 30 28 * Results from Forest Products Laboratory studies of Natural and Resin-Impregnated Compressed Lami- except for rotational bending results (from Fuller, nated Woods. J. Aero. Sei. 10(3): 81-85.) F. B., and Oberg, T. T. 1943. Fatigue Characteristics 4-24 INFLUENCE OF GROWTH CHARACTERISTICS Variations in the size of these openings and ON THE PROPERTIES OF CLEAR in the thickness of the cell walls cause some STRAIGHT-GRAINED WOOD species to have more wood substance per unit Clear straight-grained wood is used for de- volume than others and therefore to have termining fundamental mechanical properties; higher specific gravity. Specific gravity thus is however, because of natural growth character- an excellent index of the amount of wood sub- istics of trees, wood products vary in specific stance a piece of dry wood contains; it is a gravity, may contain cross grain, or have knots good index of mechanical properties so long and localized slope of grain. In addition, na- as the wood is clear, straight grained, and tural defects such as pitch pockets may occur free from defects. It should be noted, however, due to biological or climatic elements acting on that specific gravity values also reflect the the living tree. These wood characteristics presence of gums, resins, and extractives, must be taken into account in assessing actual which contribute little to mechanical prop- properties or estimating actual performance erties. of wood products. The relationships between specific gravity Specific Gravity and various other properties have been ex- The substance of which wood is composed pressed for clear straight-grained wood as is actually heavier than water, its specific power functions, based on average results of gravity being about 1.5 regardless of the spe- strength tests of more than 160 species. These cies of wood. In spite of this fact, the dry relationships, given in table 4-9, are only ap- wood of most species floats in water, and it is proximate. For any single species, more con- thus evident that part of the volume of a piece sistently accurate relationships can be obtained of wood is occupied by cell cavities and pores. from specific test results. Table 4-9.—Functions relating mechanical properties to specific gravity of clear, straight-grained wood Specific gravity-strength relation ^ Property Green wood Air-dry wood (12 pet. moisture — content) Static bending: Fiber stress at proportional limit P g i 10 2000*=^ 1 ß 7nnpi =» Modulus of elasticity ::::::::_miiiion"^;si! ^Tsâ ''ffi Modulus of rupture ___^.s.i. 17,600G-- 25,Ä- Work to maximum load in.-lb. per cu. in. 35.6G^'^ 32.4G^^» iotal work in.-lb. per cu. in. 103G' 72.7G' Impact bending, height of drop causing complete failure in. 114G' ''*' 94 6G* '' Compression parallel to grain : Fiber stress at proportional limit p.s.i. 5,250G 8,750G Modulus of elasticity million p.s.i. 2.91G 3 38G Maximum crushing strength p.s.i. 6,730G 12,200G Compression perpendicular to grain, fiber stress at proportional limit p.s.i. 3,000G''' 4,630G^'' Hardness : End Ib^ 3,740G'''^ 4,800G='' Side lb. 3,420G^^^ 3,770G=''' 'The properties and values should be read as gravity of ovendry wood, based on the volume at the equations; for example: modulus of rupture for green moisture condition indicated, wood = 17,600G''', where G represents the specific 4^25 Figure 4-2.—A, Encasad knot; B, inlergrown knot. M 22604 r Knots and the resulting knot is called intergrown. After the branch has died, additional growth A knot is that portion of a branch which on the trunk encloses the dead limb, and an has become incorporated in the bole of the encased knot results; fibers of the trunk are tree. The influence of a knot on mechanical not continuous with fibers of encased knots. properties of a product is due to the interrup- Encased knots and knotholes tend to be ac- tion of continuity and change in direction of companied by less cross grain than are inter- wood fibers. The influence of knots depends grown knots and are, therefore, generally less on their size, location, shape, soundness, at- serious with regard to some mechanical prop- tendant local slope of grain, and the type of erties. stress to which they are subjected. Knots decrease most mechanical properties The shape (form) of a knot appearing on because (1) the clear wood is displaced by the a sawed surface depends upon the direction knot, (2) the fibers around the knot are dis- of the exposing cut. When a branch is sawed torted causing cross grain, (3) the discon- through at right angles to its length, a nearly tinuity of wood fiber leads to stress concen- round knot results; when cut diagonally, an trations, and (4) checking often occurs around oval knot; and when sawed lengthwise, a knots in drying. Conversely, knots actually spike knot. increase hardness and strength in compression Knots are further classified as intergrown perpendicular to the grain and are objection- or encased (fig. 4-2). As long as a limb re- able in regard to these properties only in that mains alive, there is continuous growth at the they cause nonuniform wear or nonuniform junction of the limb and the trunk of the tree, stress distributions at contact surfaces. 4-26 Wood members loaded uniformly in tension determined constant. The formula has been are usually more seriously affected by knots used for modulus of elasticity as well as than if loaded in other ways. In some struc- strength properties. Values of n and associated tural members, the effect of knots on strength ratios of Q/JP have been tabulated below from depends not only on knot size but also on the available literature: location of the knot. For example, in a simply supported beam, knots on the lower side are Property n Q/P Tensile strength 1.5-2 0.04-0.07 placed in tension, those on the upper side in Compressive strength ___ 2-2.5 0.03-0.4 compression, and those at or near the neutral Bending strength 1.5-2 0.04-0.1 axis in horizontal shear. A knot has a marked Modulus of elasticity 2 0.04-0.12 effect on the maximum load a beam will sus- Toughness 1.5-2 0.06-0.1 tain when on the tension side at the point of A Hankinson-type formula can be graphi- maximum stress; knots on the compression cally depicted as a function of Q/P and n. side are somewhat less serious. Figure 4-3 shows the strength in any uirection In long columns, knots are important in expressed as a fraction of the strength paral- that they affect stiffness. In short or inter- lel to the fiber direction, plotted against angle mediate columns, the reduction in strength to the fiber direction 0, T?he plot is for a range caused by knots is approximately proportional of values of Q/P and n. to the size of the knot; however, large knots The term "slope of grain" relates the fiber have a somewhat greater relative effect than direction to the edges of a piece. Slope of do small knots. grain is usually expressed by the ratio be- Knots in round timbers, such as poles and tween a 1-inch deviation of the grain from piles, have less effect on strength than knots the edge or long axis of the piece and the in sawed timbers. Although the grain is ir- distance in inches within which this deviation regular around knots in both forms of timber, occurs (tan 0). Table 4-10 gives the effect of its angle with the surface is less in naturally grain slope on some properties of wood, as round than in sawed timber. determined from tests. The values in table Fatigue strength of clear wood is reduced 4-10 for modulus of rupture fall very close to by knots. The effect of knots, as well as an the curve in figure 4-3 for Q/P = 0.1 and n= additive effect of knots and slope of grain on 1.5. Similarly, the impact bending values fall fatigue strength is discussed under the section close to the curve for Q/P=0.05 and n=1.5; on Time-Fatigue. and for compression, Q/P=0.1, n=2,5. The effects of knots in structural lumber The term *'cross grain" indicates the condi- are discussed in chapter 6. tion measured by slope of grain. Two important forms of cross grain are spiral grain and Fiber and Ring Orientation diagonal grain (fig. 4-4). Other types are wavy, dipped, interlocked, and curly grain. In some wood product applications, the di- rections of important stresses may not coin- cide with the natural axes of fiber orientation in the wood. This may occur by choice in de- Table 4-10.—Strength of wood members with' sign, by the way the wood was removed from various grain slopes compared to strength of the log, or because of grain irregularities that a straight-grained member, expressed as per- occurred during growth. centages Elastic properties in directions other than Maximum Modulus Impact Compression along the natural axes can be obtained from slope of of bending— parallel to elastic theory. Strength properties in direc- gram m rupture height of gram— tions ranging from parallel to perpendicular member drop causing maximum complete crushing to the fibers can be approximated using a failure strength Hankinson-type formula: (50-lb. hammer) N = PQ P sin** (9 + Q cos^ 0 Pet, Pet. Pet. Straight-grained _ 100 100 100 in which N represents the strength property 1 in 25 96 95 100 1 in 20 93 90 100 at an angle 0 from the fiber direction, Q is 1 in 15 ^ 89 81 100 the strength across the grain, P is the strength 1 in 10 81 62 99 parallel to the grain, and n is an empirically 1 in 5 55 36 93 4-27 o 10 20 30 40 50 60 ANGLE TO FIBER DIRECTION (DEGREES) M 140 730 Figure 4-3.—EflFect of grain angle on mechanical property of clear wood according to a Hanlcinson-type formula. O/P is tlie ratio of the mechanical property across the grain (Q) to that parallel to the grain (P); n is an empirically determined constant. Spiral grain in a tree is caused by fibers Diagonal grain describes cross grain caused growing in a winding or spiral course about by growth rings not parallel to one or both the bole of the tree instead of in a vertical surfaces of the sawn piece. Diagonal grain is course. In sawn products spiral grain can be produced by sawing parallel to the axis (pith) defined as fibers lying in the tangential plane of the tree in a log having pronounced taper, of the growth rings, not parallel to the longi- and is a common occurrence in sawing crooked tudinal axis of the product (see fig. 4-4B for or swelled logs. a simple case). Spiral grain often is not readily Cross grain can be quite localized as a re- detected by ordinary visual inspection in sawn sult of the disturbance of growth patterns by products. The best test for spiral grain is to a branch. This condition, termed "local slope of split a sample section from the piece in the grain,*' may be present even though the branch radial direction. A nondestructive method of (knot) may have been removed in a sawing determining the presence of spiral grain is operation. Often the degree of local cross to note the alinement of pores, rays, and resin grain may be difficult to determine. ducts on the flat-grain face. Drying checks on Any form of cross grain can have a serious a flat-sawn surface follow the fibers and indi- effect on mechanical properties or machining cate the fiber slope. characteristics. Spiral and diagonal grain com- 4-28 ues are an average of an equal number of specimens with O'' and 90° growth ring orien- tation. Modulus of elasticity is least for the 45° orientation, intermediate at 0° , and highest at 90 to the growth rings. Propor- tional limit in compression increases gradually as the ring angle increases from 0° (T) to 90° (R), the total increase amounting to about one-third. Similar observations have been made in tension. For some softwoods in compression the values at 0° and 90° are about the same, with the value at 45° about two-thirds of the others. Reacffon Wood Abnormal woody tissue is frequently asso- ciated with leaning boles and crooked limbs of both conifers and hardwoods. It is generally believed that it is formed as a natural response of the tree to return its limbs or bole to a more normal position, hence the term "reaction wood." In softwoods, the abnormal tissue is called "compression wood." It is common to all softwood species and is found on the lower side of the limb or inclined bole. In hardwoods, the abnormal tissue is known as "tension wood;" it is located on the upper side of the M 139 385 inclined member, although in some instances it Figure 4-4.—Schematic views of wood specimens containing is distributed irregularly around the cross sec- straight grain and cross grain to illustrate the relationship of tion. Reaction wood is more prevalent in some fiber orientation (0-0) to the axes of the piece. Specimens A through D have radial and tangential surfaces; E through H do species than in others. not. A and E contain no cross grain. B, D, F, and H have spiral Many of the anatomical, chemical, physi- grain. C. D, G, and H have diagonal grain. cal, and mechanical properties of reaction wood differ distinctly from those of normal wood. bine to produce a more complex cross grain. Perhaps most evident is the increase in the To determine net cross grain, regardless of density over that of normal wood. The specific origin, fiber slopes on contiguous surfaces of gravity of compression wood is frequently 30 a piece must be measured and combined. The to 40 percent greater than normal, while ten- combined slope of grain is determined by tak- sion wood commonly ranges between 5 and 10 ing the square root of the sum of the squares of the two slopes. For example, assume the spiral grain slope on the flat grain surface of figure 4-4D is 1 in 12 and the diagonal grain slope is 1 in 18. The combined slope is or a slope of 1 in 10 \\18/ '*"\12/ 10 Stresses perpendicular to the fiber (grain) direction may be at any angle from 0° (T) to 90° (R) to the growth rings (fig. 4-5). Perpendicular-to-grain properties depend sonie- what upon orientation of annual rings with respect to the direction of stress. Compres- SO'^iR) O'^iT) sion' perpendicular-to-grain values in table M 140 729 4-2 are derived from tests in which the load Figure 4f-5.—The direction of load in relation to the direction of is applied parallel to the growth rings (T- the annual growth rings: 90° or perpendicular (R); 45°; 0° or direction) ; tension perpendicular-to-grain val- parallel (T). 4-29 about the pith and by the large proportion of summerwood at the point of greatest eccen- tricity (fig. 4-6). It is more difficult to detect in lumber; however, it is usually somewhat darker because of the greater proportion of summerwood and frequently has a relatively lifeless appearance, especially in woods which normally have an abrupt transition from springwood to summerwood (fig. 4-7). Be- cause it is more opaque than normal wood, intermediate stages of compression wood can be detected by transmitted light through thin cross sections. Tension wood is more diflîcult to detect than compression wood. However, eccentric growth as seen on the transverse section frequently indicates its presence. Also, the tough tension wood fibers resist being cut cleanly and result in a woolly condition on the surfaces of sawn boards, especially when surfaced in the green condition (fig. 4-8). In some species, tension wood may show up on a smooth surface as M 28425 F areas of contrasting colors. Examples of this Figure 4—6.—The darker areas shown within the rectangle are are the silvery appearance of tension wood in compression wood. sugar maple and the darker color of tension percent greater but may be as much as 30 wood in mahogany. percent greater. Compression and tension wood undergo ex- Compression Failures cessive longitudinal shrinkage when subjected Excessive bending of standing trees from to moisture loss reaching below the fiber satu- wind or snow, felling trees across boulders, ration point. Longitudinal shrinkage ranges to logs, or irregularities in the ground, or the 10 times normal in compression wood and per- rough handling of logs or lumber may produce haps five times normal or more in tension excessive compression stresses along the grain wood. When present in the same board with that cause minute compression failures. In normal wood, unequal longitudinal shrinkage some instances, such failures are visible on causes internal stresses that result in warping. the surface of a board as minute lines or zones This warp sometimes occurs in rough lumber formed by the crumpling or buckling of the but more often in planed, ripped, or resawed cells (fig. 4-9A), although usually they appear lumber. Fortunately, the most serious effects only as white lines or may even be invisible occurring in pronounced compression wood to the naked eye. Their presence frequently is can be detected by ordinary visual examina- tion, as compared to borderline forms that merge with normal wood and frequently are only detected by microscopic examination. Reaction wood, particularly compression wood in the green condition, may be some- what stronger than normal wood. However, when compared to normal wood of comparable specific gravity, the reaction wood is de- finitely weaker. Possible exceptions to this are compression parallel-to-grain properties of compression wood and impact bending prop- erties of tension wood. Because of its abnormal properties, it is fre- quently desirable to eliminate reaction wood from raw material. In logs, compression wood Figure 4—7.—Sitka spruce boards containing normal wood (left) may be characterized by eccentric growth and compression wood (right). 4-30 indicated by fiber breakage on end grain (fig. 4-9B). Compression failures should not be con- fused with compression wood. Products containing visible compression failures can have seriously low strength prop- erties, especially in tensile strength and shock resistance. Tensile strength of wood containing compression failures has been found to be as low as one-third of the strength of matched clear wood. Even small compression failures, visible only under the microscope, seriously reduce strength and cause brittle fracture. Be- cause of the low strength asssociated with com- pression failures, many safety codes require certain structural members, such as ladder rails and scaffold planks, to be entirely free of them. Compression failures are often difficult to detect with the unaided eye, and special ef- forts including optimum lighting are required to aid detection. Pitch Pockets A pitch pocket is a well-defined opening that contains free resin. It extends parallel to the annual rings, and is almost flat on the pith side and curved on the bark side. Pitch pockets are confined to such species as the mi-,^7^. ¡^ :;--'/^ B M 45594, M 81195 Figure 4-9.—A. Compression failure is shown by the Irregular lines across the grain. B. End-grain surfaces of surfaces of spruce lumber show fiber breakage caused by compression failures below the dark line. pines, spruces, Douglas-fir, tamarack, and western larch. The effect of pitch pockets on strength de- pends upon their number, size, and location in the piece. A large number of pitch pockets indicates a lack of bond between annual growth layers, and a piece containing them should be inspected for shake or separations along the grain. Kita Peck ■jü^lK , Maple, hickory, white ash, and a number of M 81915 F Figure 4-8.—Projecting tension wood fibers on the sawn surface other species are often damaged by small holes of a mahogany board. made by woodpeckers. These holes or bird 4-31 pecks are often placed in horizontal rows, some- or lie in the forest without serious deteriora- times encircling the tree, and a brown or black tion varies. discoloration known as a mineral streak origi- Tests on wood from trees that had stood as nates there. Holes for tapping maple trees are long as 15 years after being killed by fire also a source of mineral streaks. The streaks demonstrated that this wood was as sound are caused by oxidation and other chemical and as strong as wood from live trees. Also, changes in the wood. logs of some of the more durable species have Bird pecks and mineral streaks are not gen- had thoroughly sound heartwood after lying erally important in regard to strength, al- on the ground in the forest for many years. though they do impair the appearance of the On the other hand, decay may cause great wood. However, if several bird pecks occur in loss of strength within a very brief time, both a row across the outer surface of a piece of in trees standing dead on the stump and in wood that is to be used in a bent product, such logs cut from live trees and allowed to lie on as a handle, the holes can appreciably weaken the ground. The important consideration is not the product. whether the trees from which timber products are cut are alive or dead, but whether the Extractives products themselves are free from decay or other defects that would render them unsuit- Many species of wood contain extraneous able for use. materials or extractives that can be removed by solvents that do not degrade the cellulosic/ lignin structure of the wood. These extrac- tives are especially abundant in species such EFFECT OF MANUFACTURING AND as larch, redwood, western redcedar, and black SERVICE ENVIRONMENT ON MECHANICAL locust. PROPERTIES OF CLEAR STRAIGHT-GRAINED A small increase in modulus of rupture and WOOD in strength in compression parallel to grain has been measured for some species contain- Moisture Confenf—Drying ing extractives. The extent to which the ex- tractives influence the strength is apparently Many mechanical properties are affected by a function of the amount of extractives, the changes in moisture content below the fiber moisture content of the piece, and the mechani- saturation point. Most properties reported in cal property under consideration. tables 4-2, 4-3, and 4-4 increase with decrease in moisture content. The relation that describes these clear wood property changes in the Timber From Live Versus Dead Trees vicinity of 70° F. is: Timber from trees killed by insects, blight, wind, or fire may be as good for any struc- >— Pl2 / -Pis \ tural purpose as that from live trees, provided (v'O further insect attack, staining, decay, or sea- soning degrade has not occurred. In consider- where P is the property and M the moisture ing the subject, it may be useful to remember content in percent. Mp is the moisture content that the heartwood of a living tree is entirely at which property changes due to drying are dead, and in the sapwood only a comparatively first observed. This moisture content is slightly few cells are living. Therefore, most wood less than the fiber saturation point. (Table 4-11 is dead when cut, regardless of whether the gives values of Mp for a few species ; for other tree itself is living or not. However, if a tree species. Afp = 25 may be assumed.) stands on the stump too long after its death, Pi2 is the property value at 12 percent mois- the sapwood is likely to decay or to be attacked ture content, and ^g (green condition) is the severely by wood-boring insects, and in time property value for all moisture contents greater the heartwood will be similarly affected. Such than Mp, Average property values of P12 and P^ deterioration occurs also in logs that have are given for many species in tables 4-2, 4-3, been cut from live trees and improperly cared and 4-4. for afterwards. Because of variations in cli- The formula for moisture content adjustment matic and local weather conditions and in other is not recommended for work to maximum load, factors that affect deterioration, the length of impact bending, and tension perpendicular. the period during which dead timber may stand These properties are known to be erratic in 4-32 Table 4-11.—Moisture content at which proper- moisture content is wanted. Using information ties change due to drying for selected species from table 4-2 : Species Mp (4) Pet. Ash white 24 Birch, yellow 27 P, = 18,020 p.s.i. Chestnut, American -. 24 Douglas-fir _ _ 24 Hemlock, western 28 The increase in mechanical properties dis- Larch, western 28 cussed above assume small, clear specimens in Pine, loblolly 21 a drying process in which no deterioration of Pine, longleaf _ . 21 Pine, red 24 the product (degrade) occurs. The property Redwood . . 21 changes applied to large wood specimens such Spruce, red 27 as lumber are discussed in chapter 6. Spruce, Sitka 27 Tamarack 24 Drying degrade can take several forms. Perhaps the most common degrade is surface and end checking. Checks most often limit their response to moisture content change, often mechanical properties. Some loss of strength, apparently as a function of species. especially in shock resistance, may occur when The formula can be used to estimate a prop- wood is dried at excessively high tempera- erty at any moisture content below Mp from the tures, although visible signs of degrade may species data given. For example, suppose the not be present. modulus of rupture of white ash at 8 percent Further information is included in chapter 14. -300 200 + 100 +200 + 300 + 400 + 500 Temperatur« ( F) M 141 134 Figure 4-10.—The immediate effect of temperature on strength properHes, expressed as percent of value at 68° F. Trends illustrated are composites from studies on three strength properties—modulus of rupture in bending, tensile strength perpendicular to grain, and compressive strength parallel to grain—as examined by several investigators. Variability in reported results is illustrated by the width of the bands. 4-33 400 -300 200 -100 O ^100 +200 Temperature (""F) M 141 135 Figure 4-11.—The immediate effect of temperature on the proportional limit in compression perpendicular to grain at approximately 12 percent moisture content relative to the value at 68° F. Variability in the reported results of several investigators is illustrated by the width of the band. Temperature 4-12 illustrates the immediate effect of tempera- ture on the modulus of elasticity as a composite In general, the mechanical properties of wood of measurements made in bending, in tension decrease when heated and increase when parallel to grain, and in compression parallel cooled. This effect is immediate, but pro- to grain. Figures 4-10 through 4-12 represent longed exposure at high temperature causes an an interpretation of data from a limited number irreversible decrease in properties. of investigators. The width of the band il- At a constant moisture content and below lustrates variability between and within re- about 400° F. mechanical properties are es- ported results. The influence of moisture con- sentially linearly related to temperature. The tent is illustrated where data are available. change in properties that occurs when wood In addition to the reversible effect of tempera- is quickly heated or cooled and then tested at ture on wood, there is an irreversible effect at that condition is termed an "immediate effect." elevated temperature. This permanent effect is At temperatures below 200° F. the immediate one of degradation of wood substance, which effect is essentially reversible ; that is, the prop- results in loss of weight and strength. Quanti- erty will return to the value at the original tatively, the loss depends on factors which temperature if the temperature change is rapid. include moisture content, heating medium, Figure 4-10 illustrates the immediate ef- temperature, exposure period, and, to some fect of temperature on strength, based on a extent, species and size of piece involved. composite of tests for modulus of rupture in The decrease of modulus of rupture due to bending, tensile strength perpendicular to the heating in steam and in water is shown as grain, and compressive strength parallel to the a function of temperature and heating time grain relative to 68° F. Figure 4-11 gives in figure 4-13, based on tests of Douglas-fir similar information for proportional limit in and Sitka spruce. From the same studies work compression perpendicular to grain. Figure to maximum load was more greatly affected 4-34 than modulus of rupture by heating in water portant in analyzing the influence of tempera- (fig. 4-14). The effect of oven heating (wood ture. If the exposure is for only a short time, at 0 pet. moisture content) on the modulus of so that the inner parts of a large piece do not rupture and modulus of elasticity is shown in reach the temperature of the surrounding figures 4-15 and 4-16, respectively, as derived medium, the immediate effect on strength of from tests on four softwoods and two hard- inner parts will be less than for outer parts. woods. Note that the permanent property losses The type of loading must be considered how- discussed above are based on tests conducted ever. If the member is to be stressed in bending, after the specimens have been cooled to near the outer fibers of a piece are subjected to the 75° F. and conditioned to the range of 7 to 12 greatest load and will ordinarily govern the percent moisture content. If tested hot, presum- ultimate strength of the piece; hence, under ably immediate and permanent effects would this loading condition, the fact that the inner be additive. The extent of property loss is con- part is at a lower temperature may be of little sidered greater for hardwoods than for soft- significance. woods. For extended, noncyclic exposures, it can be Repeated exposure to elevated temperature assumed that the entire piece reaches the tem- has a cumulative effect on wood properties. perature of the heating medium and will, For example, at a given temperature the therefore, be subject to permanent strength property loss will be about the same after six losses throughout the volume of the piece, re- exposure periods of 1 month each as it would gardless of size and mode of stress applica- after a single 6-month exposure period. tion. However, wood often will not reach the The shape and size of wood pieces are im- daily extremes in temperature of the air around 180 160 12% MC 3 'S 120 c 100 e -300 -200 + 100 + 200 Temperature (°F) M 141 136 Figure 4-12. The Immediate effect of temperature on the modulus of elasticity, relative to the value at 68° F. The plot Is a composite of studies on the modulus as measured in bending, in tension parallel to the grain, and in compression parallel to grain by several investigators. Variability in reported results is illustrated by the width of the bands. 4-35 100 'K' a_^___^ 1 1 1 1 ^. ^¡¡^r-^^---^^^^___^^ 90 ^ — j!fA)CLqAp ^ -"^—~——^5Lai2__ 80 \ " ""^ _^^ _ \ \ BOOT. ■ \ \ 70 N _ 60 - i 50 - - I 40 - - 30 1 1 1 1 1 50 100 150 200 300 s HEATING PERIOD (DAYS) M 140 732 Figure 4-14.—Permanent effect of heating in water on work to maximum load and on modulus of rupture. Data based on tests i of Douglas-Ar and Sitka spruce. 8 16 24 32 HEATING PERIOD (HOURS) M 140 731 Figure 4-13.—Permanent effect of heating in water (solid line) and in steam (dashed line) on the modulus of rupture. Data based on tests of Douglas-fir and Sitka spruce. it in ordinary construction; thus, long-term effects should be based on the accumulated temperature experience of critical structural parts. 7/me Time—Creep/ Relaxation When first loaded, a wood member deforms elastically. If the load is maintained, additional time-dependent deformation occurs. This is called creep. Even at very low stresses, creep takes place and can continue over a period of years. For suitably high loads, failure will eventually occur. This failure phenomenon, termed ''duration of load," is discussed in the 100 150 200 next section. TIME OF EXPOSURE (DAYS) At typical design levels the additional de- formation due to creep may approximately M 140 726 Figure 4-15.—Permanent effect of oven heating at four tempera- equal the initial, instantaneous elastic deforma- tures on the modulus of rupture, based on four softwood and tion if the environmental conditions are not two hardwood species. 4-36 laxes at a decreasing rate to about 60 to 70 percent of its original value within a few months. This reduction of stress with time is commonly termed '^relaxation." In limited bending tests carried out between approximately 65° F. and 120° F. over 2 to 3 months, the curve of stress vs. time that expresses relaxation is approximately the niir- ror image of the creep curve (deformation vs. time). These tests were carried out at stresses up to about 50 percent of the bending strength of the wood. As with creep, relaxa- tion is markedly affected by ñuctuations in temperature and humidity. Time—Duration of Stress The duration of stress, or the time during which a load acts on a wood member, is an important factor in determining the load that a member can safely carry. For members that continuously carry loads for long periods 100 150 200 250 300 TIME OF EXPOSURE (DAYS) of time, the load required to produce failure is much less than that determined from the M 140 727 strength properties in tables 4-2, 4-3, and 4- Figure 4-16.—Permanent effect of oven heating at four tempera- 4. For example, a wood member under the tures on modulus of elasticity, based on four softwood and two continuous action of bending stress for 10 hardwood species. years will carry only about 60 percent of the load required to produce failure in the same changed. For illustration, a creep curve based specimen loaded in a standard bending strength on one species at several stress levels is shown test of only a few minutes' duration. ... , , in figure 4-17. It suggests that creep is greater 1 1 1 under higher stresses than lower ones. STRESS, RS.I. Ordinary climatic variations in temperature ^4,000 and humidity will cause creep to increase. An ^^2,000 ^S^'-" ^^^—lyOOO increase of about 50° F. in temperature can Q. ^ cause a two- to three-fold increase in creep. '^"^^^SOO ^ Ï 0 ^ 1 1 1 1 J Green wood may creep four to six times the 0 100 200 300 400 500 initial deformation as it dries under load. TIME UNDER LOAD (DAYS) M 140 725 Unloading the member results in an immedi- Figure 4-17.- -An illustration of creep as influenced by four levels ate and complete disappearance of the original of stress. (Adapted from Kingston.) elastic deformation as well as a delayed re- covery of approximately one half of the creep Conversely, if the duration of stress is very deformation. Fluctuations in temperature and short, the load-carrying capacity may be con- humidity increase the magnitude of the re- siderably higher than that determined from covered deformation. strength properties given in the tables. The Creep at low stress levels is similar m load required to produce failure in a wood bending, tension, or compression parallel to member in 1 second is approximately 25 per- grain. It is reported to be somewhat less in cent higher than that obtained in ASTM tension than in bending or compression under standard strength tests. As an approximate in- varying moisture conditions. Creep across the dication of relation of strength to duration of grain is qualitatively similar to, but likely to stress, the strength may be said to increase be greater than, creep parallel to the grain. The or decrease 7 to 8 percent as the duration of creep behavior of all species studied for creep stress is respectively decreased or increased by properties is approximately the same. a factor of 10. The duration of stress is one of If, instead of controlling load or stress, a the factors used in establishing safe allowable constant deformation is imposed and main- stresses for structural timbers; this aspect is tained on a wood member, the initial stress re- discussed in chapter 6. 4-37 Time—Fatigue direction. They may be partially or completely Fatigue in engineering material is defined reversed. Partially reversed stresses occur as the progressive damage and failure that oc- where repeated stresses are not of the same curs when a structure or part is subjected to magnitude in the two directions; fully reversed repeated loads of a magnitude smaller than the stresses are of equal magnitude, as in compres- static strength. sion and tension or as in positive and negative Fatigue should be considered in wood design shear. Fully reversed stressing is the most when repetitions of design stress or near- severe loading condition. The range ratio is design stress are expected to be more than expressed as -1 for fully reversed loading, as 100,000 cycles during the normal life of a a negative decimal for partially reversed structure. In many design considerations, the loading, and as a positive decimal for re- fatigue criteria specified will be: peated loading. Fatigue strength, fatigue life, (1) Fatigue life (the number of stress cycles and range ratio are reported for several types to be sustained), (2) range ratio (the ratio of of loading in table 4-8. minimum to maximum stress), and (3) the Tests demonstrate that specimens of clear, type of loading expected (tension parallel, straight-grained wood subjected to 2 million tension perpendicular, or flexure). The problem cycles of bending will have 60 percent of the will be to determine the greatest stress that strength of similar specimens tested under can be sustained (proportioned to fatigue static conditions. In similar fatigue tests, strength). If an indefinite fatigue life is speci- specimens with small knots (ranging from 50 fied, the fatigue limit stress should not be ex- to 90 pet. in estimated strength ratio) had 50 ceeded. This is the stress below which a ma- percent of the static strength of clear, terial can be presumed to endure an infinite straight-grained wood; specimens with 1:12 number of stress cycles. slope of grain had 45 percent of the static The repetition of fatigue stresses can take strength value. When knots and slope of grain different forms of range ratio, as from zero were both present, the specimens had approxi- to some specified stress, or from some speci- mately 30 percent of the static strength figure. fied stress value to a higher stress in the same This can be illustrated as follows: Strength Specimen Index of Strength (Pet.) I«Heilen" (h~~ Vne" " Y - ^ ^^®^^» straight grained Fatigue (2 x 10« cycles) _ _ _ _ Clear, straight grained _ _ _ _ 100 60 zP Small knots, straight grained 50 ^. Clear, 1:12 slope of grain 45 ^" Small knots, 1:12 slope of grain 30 Time—Age and creosote, have no appreciable effect on In relatively dry and moderate temperature properties. Properties are lowered in the pres- conditions where wood is protected from de- ence of water, alcohol, or other wood-swelling teriorating influences such as decay, the me- organic liquids even though these liquids do not chanical properties of wood show little change chemically degrade the wood substance. The with time. Test results for very old timbers loss in properties largely depends on amount suggest that significant losses in strength only of swelling and this loss is regained upon re- occur after several centuries of normal aging moval of the swelling liquid. Liquid ammonia conditions. The soundness of centuries-old markedly reduces the strength and stiffness of wood in some standing trees (redwood, for wood, but most of the reduction is regained example) also attests to the durability of wood. upon removal of the ammonia. Chemical solutions that decompose wood Cfiem/ccr/s substance have a permanent effect on strength. The following generalizations summarize the The effect of chemicals on mechanical prop- effect of chemicals: (1) Some species are erties depends on the specific type of chemical. quite resistant to attack by dilute mineral and Nonswelling liquids, such as petroleum oils organic acids, (2) oxidizing acids such as 4-38 nitric acid degrade wood more than nonoxidiz- of 300 megarads, tensile strength is reduced ing acids, (3) alkaline solutions are more de- about 90 percent. Gamma rays also affect com- structive than acidic solutions, and (4) hard- pressive strength parallel to grain above 1 woods are more susceptible to attack by both megarad, but strength losses with further dos- acids and alkalies than are softwoods. Because age are less than for tensile strength. Only both species and application are extremely about one-third of the compressive strength is important, reference to industrial sources with lost when the total dose is 300 megarads. Ef- a specific history of use is recommended where fects of gamma rays on bending and shear possible. For example, large cypress tanks have strength are intermediate between the effects survived long continuous use where exposure on tensile and compressive strength. conditions involved mixed acids at the boiling point. Molding and Staining Fungi Wood products sometimes are treated with preservative or fire-retarding salts, usually in Molding and staining fungi do not seriously water solution, to impart resistance to decay or affect most mechanical properties of wood fire. Such products generally are kiln dried after because they feed upon substance within the treatment. Mechanical properties are essenti- structural cell wall rather than on the struc- ally unchanged by preservative treatment. tural wall itself. Specific gravity may be re- Properties are, however, affected to some duced by from 1 to 2 percent, while most of extent by the combined effects of fire-retardant the strength properties are reduced by a com- chemicals, treatment methods, and kiln drying. parable or only slightly greater extent. A variety of fire-retardant treatments have Toughness or shock resistance, however, may been studied. Collectively the studies indicate be reduced by up to 30 percent. The duration of modulus of rupture, work to maximum load, infection and the species of fungi involved are and toughness are reduced by varying amounts important factors in determining the extent of depending on species and type of fire retardant. weakening. Work to maximum load and toughness are Although molds and stains themselves often most affected, with reductions of as much as do not have a major effect on the strength of 45 percent. A reduction in modulus of rupture wood products, conditions that favor the de- of as much as 20 percent has been observed; velopment of these organisms are likewise ideal a design reduction of 10 percent is frequently for the growth of wood-destroying (decay) used. Stiffness is not appreciably affected by fungi, which can greatly reduce mechanical fire-retardant treatments. properties (see ch. 17). Wood is also sometimes impregnated with monomers, such as methyl methacrylate, which Decay are subsequently polymerized. Many of the properties of the resulting composite are Unlike the molding and staining fungi, the higher than those of the original wood, gen- wood-destroying (decay) fungi seriously re- erally as a result of filling the void spaces in duce strength. Even apparently sound wood ad- the wood structure with plastic. The poly- jacent to obviously decayed parts may contain merization process and both the chemical hard-to-detect, early (incipient) decay that is decidedly weakening, especially in shock re- nature and quantity of monomers are vari- sistance. ables that influence composite properties. All wood-destroying fungi do not affect wood A general discussion of the resistance of in the same way. The fungi that cause an wood to chemical degradation is given in easily recognized pitting of the wood, for chapter 3. example, may be less injurious to strength than those that, in the early stages, give a slight Nuclear Radiation discoloration of the wood as the only visible effect. Very large doses of gamma rays or neutrons No method is known for estimating the can cause substantial degradation of wood. In amount of reduction in strength from the general, irradiation with gamma rays in doses appearance of decayed wood. Therefore, when up to about 1 megarad has little effect on the strength is an important consideration, the strength properties of wood. As dosage in- safe procedure is to discard every piece that creases above 1 megarad, tensile strength paral- contains even a small amount of decay. An lel to grain and toughness decrease. At a dosage exception may be pieces in which decay occurs 4-39 in a knot but does not extend into the surround- ing wood. powderpost larvae, by their irregular burrows, may destroy most of the interior of a piece, Insect Damage while the surface shows only small holes, and the strength of the piece may be reduced virtu- Insect damage may occur in standing trees, ally to zero. logs, and unseasoned or seasoned lumber. Dam- No method is known for estimating the age in the standing tree is difficult to con- amount of reduction in strength from the ap- trol, but otherwise insect damage can be pearance of insect-damaged wood, and, when largely eliminated by proper control methods. strength is an important consideration, the Insect holes are generally classified as pin- safe procedure is to eliminate pieces contain- holes, grub holes, and powderpost holes. The ing insect holes. BIBLIOGRAPHY American Society for Testing and Materials Kukachka, B. F. Standard methods for testing small clear specimens 2i.,^i?^ber. D 143. (See current edition.) 1970. Properties of imported tropical woods. Philadelphia, Pa. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 125. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. ^^n^^tsen, B A., Preese, Frank, and Ethington, R. L. Little, E. L. Jr. 1970. Methods for sampling clear, straight-grained 1953. Checklist of native and naturalized trees of wood from the forest. Forest Prod. J the United States. USDA Agr. Handbook 20(11) : 38-47. 41. 472 pp. Boiler, K. H. MacLean, J. D. 1954. Wood at low temperatures. Modern Packag- ing 27(9). ^ 1953. Effect of steaming on the strength of wood. Coffey,D.J. Amer. Wood-Preservers Assoc. 49: 88-112. 1962. EflPects of knots and holes on the fatigue 1954. Effect of heating in water on the strength strength of quarter-scale timber bridge stringers. M.S. Thesis, Civil Eng., Univ. of properties of wood. Amer. Wood-Pre- Wisconsin. servers Assoc. 50: 253-281. Comben, A. J. Millett, M. A., and Gerhards, C. C. 1972. Accelerated aging: Residual weight and 1964. The effect of low temperatures on the flexural properties of wood heated in air strength and elastic properties of timber. ,, , at 115° to 175° C. Wood Sei. 4(4). r.n J T. ,J^^^- Inst- Wood Sei. 13: 44-55. (Nov.) Ellwood, E. L. Munthe, B. P., and Ethington, R. L. 1968. Method for evaluating shear properties of 1954. Properties of American beech in tension and wood. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Note compression perpendicular to the grain FPL-0195. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, and their relation to drying. Yale Univ. Wis. Bull. 61. Pillow, M. Y. Fukuyama, M., and Takemura, T. 1949. Studies of compression failures and their 1962. The effects of temperature on compressive detection in ladder rails. Forest Prod. Lab. properties perpendicular to grain of wood. Rep. D 1733. Jour. Jap. Wood Res. Soc. 8(4). Schaffer, E. L. , and Takemura, T. 1970. Elevated temperature effect on the longitudi- 1962. The effect of temperature on tensile proper- nal mechanical properties of wood. Ph.D. ties perpendicular to grain of wood. Jour. thesis. Univ. of Wis. Jap. Wood Res. Soc. 8(5). Sulzberger, P. H. Gerhards, C. C. 1953. The effect of temperature on the strength 1968. Effects of type of testing equipment and of wood, plywood and glued joints. Asst. specimen size on toughness of wood. TT r. ^ ^^^^' ^^s- Co^s- Comm. Rep. ACA-46. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 97. U.S. Department of Defense Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. 1951. Design of wood aircraft structures. ANC-18 Hearmon, R. F. S. Bull. (Issued by Subcommittee) on Air- n.d. Applied anisotropic elasticity. Pergamon Force-Navy-Civil Aircraft. Design Cri- Press, London. teria Aircraft Comm.) 2nd ed. Munitions Kingston, R. S. T. , ^^^- Aircraft Comm. 234 pp., illus. Wangaard, F. F. 1962. Creep, relaxation, and failure of wood. Res. App. in Ind. 15(4). 1966. Resistance of wood to chemical degradation. Forest Prod. J. 16(2) : 53-64. Kollmann, Franz F. P., and Côté, Wilfred A. Jr. Youngs, R. L. 1968. Principles of wood science and technology. 1957. Mechanical properties of red oak related to Springer Verlag, New York. drying. Forest Prod. J. 7(10): 315-324. APPENDIX In this appendix, tables 4-2, 4-3, and 4-4 Practice Guide, E 380-72, where the newton is have been rewritten in SI or metric units, and the basic measure of force, the pascal that of thus appear as tables A-4-2, A-4-3, and A-4-4. stress, the meter that of length, and the The units used follow the ASTM Metric joule that of energy. 4-40 0 0 ô 0 00 00 00 OQ 00 00 0 ô 00 00 00 00 00 ÇO 0 0 0 0 §§ : 10 (M CO Ci co«r> THOO 0000 loocoLoißco as o 0 CD CO 00 ,900 ,300 r^ r-H rH>-r CO^O W^ '<*C£> COlO s&i (M (N (N CO ' CO LO CO LÍ5 Tí< lÄ CO 0 0 0 HO 0 0 0 0 o Ô o ó O o 0 0 00 00 0 0 0 0 §g 0 0 0 0 o o 0 0 ,600 e M Ö e,.S Ö W p¡ rH 00 ^ O CO 00 Ci ^ ,000 il l> OS ^ 00 so tí Q> g OJ a Ö O) (M CO CO CO 0 CO rt^ «r> y-{ iH iH (M LO t- »^ P4 so o ó 00 00 o o 00 00 00 00 00 00 OÔ 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 o o 00^ CO LO "^ ^ '^ CO rJH^ 05 00 <£> <0> tr- C TjTio -«^co ooco LO 00 00 LO t> 00 SO »^ g W 03 00 00 00 O o 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 o ó 00 o Ô o o o Tf ó o o o o o o o 00 00 00 72 o o O o ç> o CD CO Ci -^ Tt CO (M Ci (MO Q ÍD TH Tí< C5 Ci iH Ci Tji t- Ci Ci 00 Ci o LO LO T}^ (M 00 (M rH (M "«!j< P^ LO LO 00 00 00 00 TH T-i i-i r-i I O P (M -^ CO -^í LO 00 CO CO i-{ a i-\ (M •^ Ci Tf rH Ci CO rí< (M t- O o pH LO LO 00 o o Ci 00 Ci 00 Ci TH (M CO LO Tfl LO CO LO 00 O o CO 00 00 00 o o 00 00 00 O O 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 O O 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 o o 00^ Tj^ Ci^ O t- Ci Ci TH C^ rH LO Ci rH O^ '^^ O^ <^^Cl •^ t» CO iH LO C 00 oo oo 00 00 00 00 O O 00 00 OÓ 00 ÔO ô O 00 00 O O oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 o^ o^ o^ o^ o^ o^ o^ o oo 00 o^"^ ^"^ *~^*~l 00 ooooo^o^ TjT LO LO t- l> Tj< LO 00 rHt-^ COLÓ COt-^ (NOO COCO t>co LOOO TjTo Cico ^1 TfOO COCi COCi LOOO coo coco COLÓ coco LOO Tt 00 CO rH LO rH so CO Ti< 0 LO LO (M CO 00 CO CO 0 LO LO o CO Ci LO 00 (M t- 00 LO t t- ^ LO Ci -^ LO CO CO LO CO CO -^ Tí< ^ LO LO LO LO LO LO 10 CO CO CO CO CO CO CO LO CO so 'H 1 SS Ö o B < be 73 0 O o 4-> ^ o 0 QJ 0 ft CD J3 f5 0) g.I C/2 Ä cq 3 O O» a >^ < PQ pq m 4-41 C> O o o O o o o o o o o O o o o o o :H s iö ë s'iö o o o o o o o o o o o2 o^ 1-H CD 00 t> Cl 00 Cvf 00 C^f CO o o o o o o o o O O o o o igt.S g o O o o o o o o o o o o ^ o>^ ^ ^ o p o o § fti5 2 >< 03 i=! o o o o o Ô o o o o o o o o o o o o Oo oo oo oo o o o o ó o oo oo oo oo C^ TH 00 I> ^ '^ o^-^ oocg t^íN "^o W 00 l> iH LO t> 00 lO Tjí^ !>" "^ ÇfiT <0 o oo" CO" t> rH l> TH •^ ^ g M IQ ^a o o o o o o o o o Ô o o o o o o o o o o o o o o SS 22 ®<=' oo o o o o lO (N ^00 rH CO oo oo oo oo o o o o o TH TH ^ "^ ^ W^OO o o O O O O ¿8 o o O Ô o o O O 22 20 oo oo o o o o O O O O o o o o o o Oo oo oo oo t> l> (MO o o o o '~ÍTH ^^ ^^ COiO lO 00 Tj< CO lO TH LO 00 ooo cooo cqco 00t> Sis r-l 00 (N rt< TH CO (M 00 ^ g CJ w 00 «Neo (MTí< (Mrí< rHCO 00 o o o o o o o o .p o o o o o o o o o TH 00 T-i 00 Oi 00 LO Ci Tí< rí< CO O T-i TH O l> C IÄ lO 00 t- ^ Tt (N CO CO rf^ LO LO 2 00 00 líi t> CO 00 Ci CO 00 o ^ o 00 00 w lO I> 2 o o o f^ o o o o o o o oo oo oo oo o o o o ^ o o o o o o o o o o po oo Oo oo l> TH o CO -^ LÖ (M TjH^ 00 ó '^ o o o o 1> CO O O O O o o o o o o o o Oo oo oo Oo r2§ o o o o o o o o o o o o oo oo oo oo o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o oo oo oo oo o o o o t- CO lo LO a^ c^ o o o o 00 LO lO 00 CO LO OrH COC^Í LOO liOCO tH 00 00 rí' OH 55 00 t> o o 00 rH "Tí< TH LO t- o 00 00 Tf lO CO o t- 00 00 00 a CO o CO CO o 00 CO 00 00 00 "^ Tf LO ^ i£> Tj< lo Tf lO Q. 03 CO CO lO CO «H csi o r/3 » >) s 8 B f-i ;H be o i* Co CJ K 0, ^ S o M o ÍJ a; PQ ü !3 43 Ä 1 3 Ü cí Ü U w 4-42 o o o o o o OÔ ÔO oo oo Q$ o o o o So o o o o o o o2 2o oo oo oo oo oo o o o o o CO r-J^ CO lO 0000 i>^ ^^ ^^ ^"^ 00 TH c t> r> o o o o o o o o o o o o ' 2 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o CO Tji O^ ÇO 1-i t- o ^^ ' ' s 2 la^ 00 CO Tt rlT CO LO TjT ' CO 00 o o oo oo oo oo oo o o O o o o o 1 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o oo oo oo oo oo o o o 1 s s t-cft oo»Ä cj^oq^ ^^ '^^ TJJ^ C^ tH 00 Cví CO (Ä 1 gs IÄ 00^ 00 C o o O O o o o o o o o o oo oo oo oo oo o o O O O O O O o o oo oo oo oo oo o o o o O O O O o o s§ o o o o o o o o ÇO Oi^ CO l> 00 rH CO Oi (N o THC^ T"!*^ 00*^ ^'"l '^'^ "^ o CO ií5 COk« Ttt^ c^'ço C^llO Tí<0 LO 00 IÍ5 rH «O O lO TH íO CO IÄ (>Í t^ Cvf 00 CÍ N co" o o o o o o o o o o oo oo oo oo oO o o o o o o o o o o o o o o oo oo oo oo oo o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o <í>^ LO ^ ^ Oi O^ Oi^ 00 LO TH^ iH 00 o C<1 ^ ^ ^ ^ coo ^'^ ^^ ^*-l '^^^t TH Cí CD (N LO CO LO TH o cT TH CO 00 T-í CO t> LO o TH ÇD O rH CO 00 l> (N t> 5g ^ !^ N T}< TH 00 (MTí< C O O O o OO OO OO oo O o O O O o O o O O O o O O o o o o (N rí< O CD 05 O CD CO t- o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o O O o o o o o o o o §§ §8 o o §g o o es (N o o o o o o o o O O O O O O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o^ o o o^ o o o o o o o o o o o o C Ci Tt< CD 00 CD rH rH 00 o CD iH (N Tj< (M CD LO TÎ< (M (M es O CD es rf< 00 Tf 00 çq O TJ4 "^ 5£Tj^ ^LO LO LO ri< LO LO CD ïii ^ CD CD CD CD CD CD ÇO t-. çD t> ^ t-: ^ CD CD ■S Xi 15 ^ 0 ^ «H d a ^ as g ^ •s 0) ai % I Ä S" S ^ ^ PU CO zn W « ■ W o 4-43 ó o C> O O O QO OO OÓ OO o o o o O o o o O o o o O O O O OO OO OO OO o o o o o o o o o o COCNJ^ ^^ '^^ Tí^iO 05^ TH O ó CO 00^ o o Oi^ ^ LOCO COTJT TíTLO TÍ'^O TjT ;© TÍ' LO rf LO LO CO rjT LO •f O O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o CO -^ ÎCO íS iS LCT LO LO t> TjT ;D CO CO LO CO LO LO rí' LO CO LO LO Tí< Tf SO CO o o o o o o OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO gl3 q.S S*^ §) o o o o o o OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO ï:: X 0 5 "^^ '^^ "^^ ^'^ COLO COCO^ ^<^ '^^ OOt- t-t- 00 (N 00 o o o O o O o o o o o o o o OO OO OO OO OO OO r <ü 2 W f^'S o o o O o o o o o o o o o o OO OO OO OO OO OO Oi CO O o o t> t> o^ CO o 00 *^r^r 00 «i l>CO t>00 TH^ ^^ Oi Qi Oil> co" I> t> LO l> LO" l> CO CO TjT t> T}< l> ^00 COLO '^Ci COLO LíT cT CO l> I & .2 5 .-2 OO OO OO OO o o O o o o OO OO OO OO OO OO S3 OO OO OO OO O o o o o o OO OO OO OO OO OO i ill ^^ t>CO '^O (N*^ ftg 05^ o 00 t> ^ ^ l>00 COrH '^'^ <^..t-^ '^'^ "^^ THOO COCO LOI> oot> o (N LO CO o 00 (Mr-Í "<^t> l>iH COC^ TJÍ'LO TJTO (N^t C OO OO OO OO o o o o o o o o O O 1 1 O o O O O O Oi Ö Ô oO -Soli's l> TH TH O t> (M CO iH LO LO b- 00 rí^ 00 LO O t- 00 CO TH 00 CO ^.: l> 00 05 O OS o o rí< LO CO t> '^ i> CO 00 CO 00 o t> os 00 00 ^ •o» OO OO OO OO o o o o o o o o o o OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO o o o o o o o o o o OO OO OO OO COl> <^^ "^^ ^^ OS^ CO t> os^ ^ ^ o^t> OS^OOLOTí* cooa c« OTTH OTCNT OTTH OCO t> o o CO 00 CO côt> OSTH CTCO t-^oT t-^o oTc^r OO OO OO OO o o o o o o OO OO OO OO Oo OO OO OO OO OO o o o o o o OO OO OO OO Oo OO P< OO OO ÓO OO o o o o o o O^O OO oo^ ^^ ^"^ OO TjT i> t> oT i> i> coco coco OOCO Ot> C ^ no 3 tí T3 o 3 V ö O) 3 o O) u ^ ex 00 t> "^ 00 «>^ o o o o o o o o o o o o O O O o o o O o o O O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o O o o O O rH 00 O^ 00 LO l> iH Ci CO LO (M LO 00 os 05 t> t- LO lO LO LO CO LO -^ LO CO CO '^ ^ CO '^" OO OO OO ÔO oo O o O o o o o o o o O O O O o o o o Ä o o OO OO OO OO OO o o o o o o o o o o O O o o o o o o o o o OOO ^^00 «©^ Q^'^l ^^ ÇO (N C^^ O^ CO Oi 00 00 00 LO o t> y-i CO Ci oTcO OOCO o o o o o o o o ^ o o o o o o o o o o o o o oo OO OO OO oo o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o OO OO OO OO OO çq o^ ^ co^ "^ °^ CO "^ CO o T^ o c<¡^ o 00 o^ Tf^CO t^oo^ ÛO*^ ^^ ^^ LO 00 rf t> C OO OO OO OO OO o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o O O o o o o OO OO OO OO OO o o o o o o o o o o o o o 0 O o o o o o o o o THCO ^CO 0000 050 ^^ ^ o TH o o O O 1 . o o o o O O o o o o O o o o OO OO OO OO OO t- Tj< t> Tí< 1 1 "iH TH O C 00 TH Tl< ÇO TH (M TH 50 l> 00 oí rH 00 CO ï> rJH t- 0> 00 o 00 00 o t- 00 LO LO 05 LO rt LO n^ O t> t- OO LO CO Tí< LO 50 t- '"^ OÍ O LO "^ 00 00 CO o o OO OO OO OO o o o o o o o o o o o O O o o o o o o o o o o OO OO OO OO o 8§ o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o TH ^ "^ *^'^ "^ *^ ^ °^ ^ rH 00 (M I> 00 ÇO -^ o "^05^ Oi^ 00 Ol^ Tj^^ LO rH 00 Ol^ «^ LO 00 C o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 00 00 00 00 O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 2 •=> o o o o o o o o 00 00 00 00 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o^ o o^ o o o o ^. <^. o^ o^ 00 00 00 00 0 o 00 (N t^ LO " (N oT ÇO LO oT oí" 00 «o o ÇO Til S ^ IS < ^ ft ^ fto o Qí I ft % o'^ '^o 4S B o 'oj cí oí & o tí I 12; a &s ^ O) ^ Xfl H PQ o 4-45 o o o o OO OO OO OO O o o o o o O o o o o o O O PÖ ^ S ^ ;3 o o o o OO OO OO OO o o o o o o o o o o o o o o t- 00 (M CO CO 00 CO 00 '^ Ci C t- l> <£> iO l> »^ «^ •V «^ {^ TH a (N iH iH (N(N (N(N (NÍN r-TíN TH rH o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o •o o Ö o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o ::2 5^ 00 -^ CO 00 (N 00 (N Oi^ CO (N TH CO 00 Tj^ (N CO •V »v •» ^v» I IÄ a^ líi <¿) «o l> CO 00 «o oT CO o Tji" TjT lO t> IÄ ÇO iO t> UO 00 1—4 C3 O o o o OO OO OO ÔO o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o OO OO OO OO o o o o o o o o o o o o o o í¡la lis «OiO oc^i^ '^'^ ^^ CSl^ rH CO C^ ^ "^ a «o ^ r-l CO t> ^ t^ (N lO TH CO C^LO C^flO oí LO C^Tl« rH C O So Ä 555 go Ö o o o o OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO o o o o OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO «o TH T-i T^ 4l ^^ ^^ ^^ "^^^ LOC^ '^'^ "^^ ^^ ^*^ *^^ '-l'^ Ï- Î-I tj 2 p >-l rH CO OT rH COCT COrH COÏ> rHCN CO iH oTt^ OCO 0 T3 I .spj 4^ 1 ^^ -Il i O O O o OO OO OO OO o O O O o O o O o 1 ' o O CO rH CO CO <£> a> COrH coco OOrH rH CO iH CO T-t 00 00 CO y-i 1 1 ÇO r-i la t- "^ Tí^ COC- COOO LOCO COlO LO lO «O la l> Tj< lA LO CO 1 1 LO iO ?ss f Q Ô I «o -s O T-i CO rí< O o o O O OO OOOO OO o o o o o o O O o o o o o o O O OO OO OO OO o o o o §§ o o O O o o o o o t> lO t> 00-^ TfLO i>co oco CO IC rH CO CO 00 lo a 00 0^ (N Ci o CO O CO •v •* *K »» •» •» CO ce a^ rH ÍO l> o CO o (M" OT C CO o o o o OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO o o o o O o o o o o OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO o o o o o o o o 05^ l> OO OO OO OO OO OO OO OO ó o o o o o CO 00 LO" rH COLO COt> rHO t^(>í "^C I cë^ 05 CO ::i, 53 i2 22 CO o W 00 CO CO "^ CO CO 00 lO) t- t- a o CO iH CM tr- C5 CO Tf CO 00 TJJ TJH Tdi liO T}H T^ TJH Tj^ CO CO OO CO CO CO CO CO Tj^ "^^ CO CO CO CO ¿ ^ ce 1 ce O O O o O o O o OOÔO oo oo o o o o ô o O o O O o o o o o o oooo oo oo o o o o o o o o fO CO 1 o CO CO o t- TH lO O^ 00 (M^ ^ *^ CO^ (N es '^ r-i (N ' (>î (N (N CO ^ (N (>Í(NTHCO TH(N OÍCO" (N C^í (N CO oo oo oo oo oo oooo oo oo o o o o o o o o o O O O o o O oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo o o o o o o o o o O O o o o o CS^CO '^'^ O^«^ '^^'^ *^^^ (N^iH^ CS^CD t-^"^ ^^'^ os -^ io lo 00 00 00 -«í^ a CO CO CO ;o Ci. CO o 00 lOt> CDO lOOO ^ (^ "T^ oo oo oo oo oo oooo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oooo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo lolo ^<^ *^°^ ^^"^^ iO o TH o t-^ TJH^ ^ ^^ "^ ^ oco "^"^ ^^ ^^ '^'^ ^^ ^"-l '^"^ C^TTJT c^Tirf THCO (Neo THCO (N'^CvflA THTt coco COÇD THTJT r-TTjí' COiO (NIO COl> rHLO THCO oo oo oo oo oo oooo oo oo o o Oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oooo oo oo o o oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo CO o ^•^ '^'^ ^^ ^"^ OOT-H "^^CVI^^ *-l^ °^"^ (NO <^t^ ^"^ ^^^ '^^►> "^^ '^'^ *^^ r-ít^ oT^jT COCT LO(>Í coco oaTnTor oot> oToo o iH ioc oo oo oo oo OÔ oooo oo o o o o o o o o o o coco ^TH ÍOOO TíHCS coco COOSCO^O THTH os CO CO 00 CO t- CO (N 00 tr- TH t- CO t- o t- r> eq Oi t- ,HrH COCO oo oo oo oo oo o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o oo oo oo oo oo o o o o §g o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o rJi^CO C^J^CN^OCOTH^OS^ ^^ -«^l^^ CO t>^ co^ CO as^ 00 TH 00 (N o l> CO r-¡^ 05^ IÄ TH (N t>00 t-^oT C^ r-^ 0(>i COOO t> cT oT c o o o o o o o o o o oooo o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o O O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o §g o o o o O o o^ o2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o^ o^ o o o o o o o o ó o o o o o o o o o o o o o TJH' rH CO oT CO oó' CO o TjT oT rH 00 o" oo" 00 LO 05 o t> Tj< y-i o LO LO o CO (N o tH o o (N y-i (N T}< t- r}< CO rf t- CO LO Tt^ CO lO 00 00 CO LO o T}^ t> LO 00 CO CO r}< l> LO 00 LO Gi CO TH Tí< l> CO LO 00 o (M LO (M LO 00 (M TJH LO O CO 00 TH CO o iH CO CO 00 Tj< CO CO "* Tí< r}< -^ LO CO CO Til ^ CO LO LO Tf LO LO LO Tí< "* CO CO u Ä ^ ^ .£ a 4-47 A és tí PS 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 O ô 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 "^ CO -tí ^r2 /-N c ?3*t1 OJO Ô O ô o 00 00 ôo 00 00 00 00 00 Pi 00 00 00 ÔO 00 00 00 00 00 00 CD Qj 00 00 00 ÓO 00 00 00 00 00 00 t>00 0OC ® 2 0 0 0 Ô oo 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 §S 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 «D 00 00 t> 0^ -^ ^. R I>l> 005^ "^"^ "^^ '^^ OTîH CO CD ^ ^ C5 (M" TH CD t>ÇO LOO 000 0000 t>t> "^oT (M -^ TH CO (M Tt (M CO THOO THOO THTf THOO THCO (NT}< 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ô 0 00 00 00 00 i-i 00 TH 00 iH oo ço Tf TH ^ <£> r-\ TH 00 10 Tf ^ 00 ço 10 TJH Tf '«^ Ç£, CD CO 10 10 t- 10 OhH aS<í oü '^ Sá rH 00 Oï CD TH (M 00 00 00 10 TH 00 O os & U5 T}< CO 00 10 t> 10 Tt ^ ^ O c3 I ^•^ ^ o ^ be 00 o 00 10 00 iH t- o Oi 00 t, M CÖ VI * CO 00 CO -^ 00 00 00 Tí< 00 Tí< 00 Tí« "^ LO o f3 o tí tíi^ ^TH cu C3 ?-< O) "^ ■rt o ^ Ö §5 g «.2 K Ä •-• t> tJ Tn «. (U ^ c ..1 03 bO G c3 î3 o 3 rrt o ^ -S II 0 ÏI Ä "SO >H ^s w « ^ S « W be ^0) 4-48 Table A-4-3.—Mechanical properties of some commercially important woods grown in Canada and imported into the United States ^ Static bending Compres- Compres- Shear DoTTunon "names Specific sion sion parallel of species gravity Modulus of Modulus of parallel perpen- to grain— rupture elasticity to grain— dicular maximum maximum to grain— shearing crushing fiber strength strength stress at pro- por- tional limit Kilo- Mega- Kilo- Kilo- Kilo- pascals pascals pascals pascals pascals HARDWOODS Aspen: Quaking f 0.37 38,000 9,000 16,200 1,400 5,000 68,000 11,200 36,300 3,500 6,800 Big-toothed Í .39 36,000 7,400 16,500 1,400 5,400 66,000 8,700 32,800 3,200 7,600 Cottonwood : Black Í .30 28,000 6,700 12,800 700 3,900 49,000 8,800 27,700 1,800 5,900 Eastern / .35 32,000 6,000 13,600 1,400 5,300 52,000 7,800 26,500 3,200 8,000 Balsam, poplar / «37 34,000 7,900 14,600 1,200 4,600 70,000 11,500 34,600 2,900 6,100 SOFTWOODS Cedar : Alaska- Í -42 46,000 9,200 22,300 2,400 6,100 80,000 11,000 45,800 4,800 9,200 Northern white- Í .30 27,000 3,600 13,000 1,400 4,600 42,000 4,300 24,800 2,700 6,900 Western redcedar Í «31 36,000 7,200 19,200 1,900 4,800 54,000 8,200 29,600 3,400 5,600 Douglas-fir f -45 52,000 11,100 24,900 3,200 6,300 88,000 13,600 50,000 6,000 9,500 Fir: Subalpine Í .33 36,000 8,700 17,200 1,800 4,700 56,000 10,200 36,400 3,700 6,800 Pacific silver Í .36 38,000 9,300 19,100 1,600 4,900 69,000 11,300 40,900 3,600 7,500 Balsam Í -34 36,000 7,800 16,800 1,600 4,700 59,000 9,600 34,300 3,200 6,300 Hemlock : Eastern f -40 47,000 8,800 23,600 2,800 6,300 67,000 9,700 41,200 4,300 8,700 Western f .41 48,000 10,200 24,700 2,600 5,200 81,000 12,300 46,700 4,600 6,500 Larch, western / «^^ 60,000 11,400 30,500 3,600 6,300 107,000 14,300 61,000 7,300 9,200 4-49 Table A-4-3.—Mechanical properties of some commercially/ important woods grown in Canada and imported into the United States ^—continued Static bending Compres- Compres- Shear Common names Specific sion sion parallel of species gravity Modulus of Modulus of parallel perpen- to grain— rupture elasticity to grain— dicular maximum maximum to grain— shearing crushing fiber strength strength stress at pro- por- tional limit Kilo- Mega- Kilo- Kilo- Kilo- pascals pascals pascals pascals pascals SOFTWOODS—continued Pine: Eastern white f »^^ 35,000 8,100 17,900 1,600 4,400 66,000 9,400 36,000 3,400 6,100 Jack r .42 43,000 8,100 20,300 2,300 5,600 78,000 10,200 40,500 5,700 8,200 Lodgepole / '40 39,000 8,800 19,700 1,900 5,000 76,000 10,900 43,200 3,600 8,500 Ponderosa f -44 39,000 7,800 19,600 2,400 5,000 73,000 9,500 42,300 5,200 7,000 Red r .39 34,000 7,400 Í6,300 1,900 4,900 70,000 9,500 37,900 5,000 7,500 Western white f .36 33,000 8,200 17,400 1,600 4,500 64,100 10,100 36,100 3,200 6,300 Spruce: Black I .41 41,000 9,100 19,000 2,100 5,500 79,000 10,500 41,600 4,300 8,600 Engelmann f -38 39,000 8,600 19,400 1,900 4,800 70,000 10,700 42,400 3,700 7,600 Red I .38 41,000 9,100 19,400 1,900 5,600 71,000 11,000 38,500 3,800 9,200 Sitka I .35 37,000 9,400 17,600 2,000 4,300 70,000 11,200 37,800 4,100 6,800 White ^ I .35 35,000 7,900 17,000 1,600 4,600 63,000 10,000 37,000 3,400 6,800 Tamarack Í .48 47,000 8,600 21,600 2,800 6,300 76,000 9,400 44,900 6,200 9,000 ^Results of tests on small, clear, straight-grained ^ The values in the first line for each species are from specimens. Property values based on American Society tests of green material; those in the second line are for Testing and Materials Standard D 2555-70, "Stand- adjusted from the green condition to 12 pet. moisture ard methods for establishing clear wood values." content using dry to green clear wood property ratios Information on additional properties can be obtained as reported in ASTM D 2555-70. Specific gravity is from Department of Forestry, Canada, Publication No. based on weight when ovendry and volume when green. 1104. 4-50 ww fo Q << <Î « « Piq » » < < CQ CO P^ CZ2 CZ2 (Il PH > P^ PHPM Ü Ü 0 u 04 o s o Cd t- CO CO 00 00 C^ C es 0) |T3;^'g T3 H o o o o o o o o o o o o o Ô o O o o o o O o 2S o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o t> Tt lO 05 C- o CO o CO 00 "^ o». 00 »» <^•« CO *. CO ÍO CO>« o l> o Oi^ u ^ lÄ IÄ Tí< IÄ Tí Tf CO IÄ Tjî' o o O o O O 2 ^ O o O O o o o o 1 O O O o g^ o.S S'Cg^ o o o o O O o o O o O o o o o o 1 O O o o w "^ U5 O TH CO o o 00 rj^ o CQ o •» >« ' ^ ^ •k •« Oi rH 00 o (N Tt ^ lo ;o r^ rf ' »Ä ï> oa ï> o O (^ o o o o o o (^ o o o o o o o o o o o o o Su ß O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o LO ó lo ÇO T}< 05 lO I> o "^ lO "^ l> l> o o^ o I> TH -^ -^ CO 00 o -^ o o 00 oT iH TH <:R ÇO lO ci CD rf t^ TH o co N CO io "^ CO í£) CO io 00 iß Tf yH (M CO TH co Tí< CO «o iH co ^ co co , 05 (N CO IÄ t> «o IÄ t- o 00 Oi CO t- o 00 TH b- 05 ' 00 o t- 00 ' 1 ÍO 1 co LO (N CO s 00 1 co \a o (M ' o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 1 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 00 00 1 t> rH TH O co (M^ (N 00 rH Oi co y-\ 00 l> co ^. LO o W o o o o o o o O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o §1co t> "^ o co 00 00 00 t> LO co lO lO 00 00 00 \a co i> co in co rH 00 lO 00 co o P Oi 00 LO Î^ i> o CO rH 00 00 l> OJ LO T|< CO 00 00 rH LO co UO 00 co tí i ; U ^ l^ 3 O o O O O O i Î § ^ íCi I CO e í i £ I 03 3 cd c3 § 03 Î 'S cd tí Ö 03 o O < < < < pq ü o 4-51 a % fe fa fa fa fa fa < < < < < < m m O 00 00 CO CO CO CO O) 0 a s 0 Ö ■o 1 g o o O O o O o o o o o O O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o C5 Oi I> t> CO l> LO lO t- TJH^ lO TH O 05 2? ^3 ¿I o o O o o o O O o o o o o o o o o o o o >.5 *^ ^ fi o o o o o o o o o o o o o o (N CD (N 00^ §§ o o o o o o ,100 ,100 o '«^^ LO ï> LO "^ 00 t> iH^ CO Si O (N os LO LO LO ï> TH c^ -^ 00 oT l> TH TH (M o (M 05 "^ 00 t> CO (N CO 00 t- t> Tí^ 00 00 Oi l> Od LO 1 1 1 1 t> 05 LO CO Tt< 00 o ÇD Oi <û «o LO LO CO (M 00 t> t- LO to 5^ o o o o o o o o o o O o o o o o o o o o o o o Q o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o Q T-K o «o LO (M o t> Ci co^ o TH Î3«H o Ö5 ;:> 05 rH tr- o «o CN '^ CO o TH 00 o LO oo" oo" TjT oT o 00 os 00 oT (>í CO '^ ÇO TH c o o O o o o o o o o o o o O O o o o o o o o o o o I 2 o o o o o o o o o o o o o O o o o o o o o o o o o 00 00 ;D CO TH "^ 00 o 00 05 00^ o o^ 00 (M iH "^ o LO T^ o »s «^ CO 00 o CO o CO (N CO Oi r-T co" w t> 00 ÇO o TH O 5^ ^ CO LO 00 (N t- CO LO I> LO l> o , 1 , , ; CO CO Tí< ÇO 00 o t- Oi l> CO CO o (N 00 Oi Tí< CO CO "^ 1 Tjí 1 «o 1 X 1 os 1 fí fi Ö Ö 0^ tí 5t tí tí %0^ (M % (M S ^ 1—1 u ^ u ^ u ^ l^ u ^ |?í l'^ u ^ •s« o o o o O O o O O o o I a g ft i ÖS ft Ö I ►«í "^ o I o 555- •o OS O o »o O a cq ^ í^ a be tí o o o tí C3 c3 í3 2 ü ft ft ft c3 oí O) o O V^ >-5 1^ 4-52 m m W W W W m m m xfi m m < < ; f^ w CO CO CO m tó PH fe fe fe CO m SS tí Pi < < Ç^ PH PL^ pu, << << << o Ü \ < PH o ü < < O ü < < <í << w w p:; pq LO Iß 05 t- "^ (>a oi 00 CO CO 00 (N O o o O o o O O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o §§ o o 00 (M CO ;0 TH^ o CO lO 00^ o lO LO 00 c o o ^ o o ^ o o o o o o o o o o o o o O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o lO C5^ 00 lO 00 o CO lO CO CO 00 o o Ci o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 1 o o o o o o o o o o o o §§ o o o o , o o §§ ¡ ¡ o o o o o o o lO T^ CO o o o o o lO oi LO TH LO lO lO o" o" t>" CO 00 lO TH CO 00 ' iH LO o" oo" ÇO ÇO LO t> oí oí ÇO OÍ oq oq CO CO '«* OÍ CO OÍ -^ OÍ CO CO -^ CO Tj^ TH Oí OÍ OÍ "^ OÍ LO Tí^ LO , CO "^ iH TH CO CO 00 1 ÇO LO CO 00 o o o o o o o o o o o o O O 1 o 1 o o O O O o o o o o o ô o o o o o o o o o o o o o O O 1 o 1 o o O O o o o o LO Ol^ LO o o o o o O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o O O o o o o o o o OÍ 05 o o o o o Ô o o o o o o o o o o o o t^ 05^ "^ "^ "^ ^ <=l 0\ CO o CO CO OÍ T-i tH ^ t^ t-^ T-i r-{ Ol^ TH co co CO t- TH t> o ÇO o CO TH O T}< LO l> TH CO" o Oi CO y-H CO LO TH o oí oo" oT co c^ o LO t- ÇO 00 LO t> iO 00 ^ 00 CO 00 LO 00 OÍ TH CO LO ir:) LO 00 ^ Ci C5 co 1 , Ci LO CO 1 00 LO CO 1 t- TH «o co 1 ^ ^ ' Tí^ 1 CO t> CO 1 co LO 1 "* 1 t> 1 tí tí tí tí tí R tí tí tí 83 S3 ^ 01 ss £2 í^ 2 2 o 0 0 0 0 0 o O o 0 I i 5^ Ö Sí ft o go ^ ;^ ge 0 0 ^ a 5- Ö o s^ ■+i s o5- 2Í I 1 c .0 w 1 •i o Sí 03 (D tí Ä •• tí ..i ÖS 5§ ?: TS a ;3 '^ tí i ^ 2 ^ be £ § S-< Í^ '^ Ö ••riíí 0) CÎ 03 O» H ÇQ S atí o ^0 OJ a H:; o O o o 4-53 tí oo o o W CO m m ü <í <í < < 'S w w w w H ü ü m pq 'u < < < < 04 o S CO OS 1-S Oi Tí< lÄlO (M(M coco THIHIH COLO iHCO oí 1 g o O o o o o o o o o o O O O O O O O O O ooo ooo o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o O O O o ooo OOO TH CD^TH CD o C5 iH 00 00 CD l> (M LO -^ LO t> o LO Tí< t- CDOOIM 00 05^ CD t> CO LO (N Tl^" (N CO (N LO LO TH (N T^ LO ^ CD (N (M c^" oí r-r(>í(N ^TT^TJT Pi i^ a» o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o OOO O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o OOO CO o^ (M 0> (N 00 CD 00 Tjl CO 00 CD o a50(N -^ Ê S >^ S Si ^ <>1 •x »v •N »V »» •» 00 c^í t£ o 05 '^ oo" CO 00 iO lO 00 CD t- LO o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o O I O ooo o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o O o o lO ooo -^ o o CO (M lO CD CD lO CO (N 00 o il> t>05^0 TH CO lO LÄ C^ CO c CO \fí> 00 lO 00 o o CO TH N 00 iH CD Oi LO LOr-IO 00 o CO 00 os l> Ci i> o LO 00 Tj< CD ICO t-f t- o o o o o o o o o o o O O O O O O o O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o O o o iH t- o o lO 00 "^^ 00 o (N 00 00 LO ^. rH o^ 6,000 CD 00 o lO oo" cg o" o o o o o o o o o o o O O o o o ooo ooo o o o o o o o o o o o §§ o O o o o ooo ooo (N 00 o o CD (N (M^ LO TH^ (N 00 rH LO LO O^LO T^ 1 O 00 TfíCOCD t-(MCO LO 1 CD ¡ CO ; ; 00 ^ CO LO CD CD pj P3 Ö c Pí c C tí ES ^ ^ ^ tí (Ñ 11'^ O o o O o o o O o o o oo O S" '3 ^ cá c3 •o 111 tíce tíos ^tí^ e ^ ^OO ^g'-stínS tí •O —V ^ 1 i S^ I i^ ^ r—' ¡^ ^ SS g ^^ i 5SS oî ►sí 4J q ^ O í ■I 1 Xi I ^Ö Ö ÎS5 g i ci Öi C C3 cô O) í5 'S I u u Pî £ So C3 CÖ O IO 'o T3 ^ O) 9. c:> 03 o V V ^ Ä ^ o m m ^ Î 'S 'tí M oí oí es u as ft ft ft .-o e3 03 rt .2 SM« o o o o o 00 CO CO o o o o c o O o o l> lO l> o w lO i:í JS ÛU íi (M 00 t' ÇO CO CQ oigo g..2 .-^is »'S o o ^^^^ U'^ uu TH o o o CO 00 0> S ;3 oí o o o ^ ce (D«H rH CO o" O CD 05 ÖS •oÖ o ^ í3 P3 1 Cl« Ou oO gjd5 "tic8 Ö Wa; yuxí i¿ tíS-^ o gw è 4-55 FS-355 Chapter 5 COMMERCIAL LUMBER Page Hardwood Lumber 5-2 Factory Grades 5-2 Cutting Grades 5-2 Dimension Parts 5-5 Finished Market Products 5-5 Hardwood Lumber Species 5-8 Softwood Lumber 5-9 Softwood Lumber Grades 5-9 Softwood Lumber Manufacture 5-11 Softwood Lumber Species 5-15 Softwood Lumber Grading 5-16 Purchasing Lumber 5-16 Lumber Distribution 5-16 Retail Yard Inventory 5-16 Important Purchase Considerations 5-19 Standard Lumber Abbreviations 5-20 Bibliography 5-21 5-1 COMMERCIAL LUMBER A log when sawed yields lumber of varying Factory Grades quality. The objective of grading is to enable a user to buy the quality that best suits his The rules adopted by the National Hardwood purpose. This is accomplished by dividing the Lumber Association are considered standard in lumber from the log into use categories, each grading hardwood lumber for cutting into having an appropriate range in quality. smaller pieces to make furniture or other fab- Except as noted later, the grade of a piece ricated products. In these rules the grade of a of lumber is based on the number, character, piece of hardwood lumber is determined by and location of features that may lower the the proportion of a piece that can be cut strength, durability, or utility value of the into a certain number of smaller pieces of ma- lumber. Among the more common visual fea- terial generally clear on one side and not tures are knots, checks, pitch pockets, shake, smaller than a specified size. In other words, and stain, some of which are a natural part the grade classification is based upon the of the tree. Some grades are free or practically amount of usable lumber in the piece rather free from these features. Other grades com- than upon the number or size of growth fea- prising the great bulk of lumber contain fairly tures that characterize softwood grades. This numerous knots and other features that may usable material, commonly termed 'cuttings," affect quality. With proper grading, lumber con- must have one face clear and the reverse face taining these features is entirely satisfactory sound, which means free from such things as for many uses. wane, rot, pith, and shake that materially im- The principal grading operation for most pair the strength of the cutting. The lowest lumber takes place at the sawmill. Establish- cutting grades require only that the cuttings be ment of grading pirocedures is largely the sound. responsibility of manufacturing associations. Because of the wide variety of wood species, Cutting Grades industrial practices, and customer needs, dif- ferent lumber grading practices coexist. The The highest cutting grade is termed "Firsts" grading practices of most interest are con- and the next grade ''Seconds." First and Sec- sidered in the sections that follow, under the onds are nearly always combined in one grade major categories of Hardwood Lumber and and referred to as "FAS." The third grade Softwood Lumber. is termed "Selects" followed by No. 1 Common, No. 2 Common, Sound Wormy, No. 3A Com- mon, and No. 3B Common. A description of the HARDWOOD LUMBER standard hardwood cutting grades is given in table 5-1. This table illustrates, for example, Hardwood lumber is graded according to that Firsts call for pieces that will allow 91% three basic marketing categories: Factory percent of their surface measure to be cut Lumber, Dimension Parts, and Finished Mar- into clear face material. Not more than 8% per- ket Products. Both factory lumber and dimen- cent of each piece can be wasted in making the sion parts are intended to serve the industrial required cuttings. In general the minimum ac- customer; the important difference is that ceptable length, width surface measure, and the factory lumber grades reflect the propor- percent of piece that must work into a cut- tion of a piece that can be cut into useful ting decreases with decreasing grade. The smaller pieces while the dimension grades are grade of hardwood lumber called "Sound based on use of the entire piece. Finished Wormy" has the same requirements as No. 1 market products are graded for their unique Common and Better except that wormholes and end use with little or no remanufacture. Ex- limited sound knots and other imperfections amples of finished products include molding, are allowed in the cuttings. Figure 5-1 is an stair treads, and hardwood flooring. illustration of grading for cuttings. 5-2 Table 5-1.—Standard hardwood cutting grades Amount of each piece Grade and lengths allowed Widths Surface measure that must Maximum Minimum size of (feet) allowed of pieces work into cuttings cuttings required clear-face allowed cuttings In. Sqjt. Pet Number Firsts:' 8 to 16 (will admit 30 per- 4 to 9 __ 1 cent of 8- to 11-foot, Vz of 91 % 4 inches by 5 feet, or 6 + 10 to 14 91% 2 which may be 8- and 9- 15+ ___- 3 inches by 7 feet foot.) ^ 91% 3 4 and 5 _ 83% 1 Seconds : * 6 and 7 _ 831/3 1 8 to 16 (will admit 30 per- 6 and 7 . 91% 2 cent of 8- to 11-foot, Vz of 6-f 8 to 11 _ 83% 2 which may be 8- and 9- 8 to 11 _ 91% 3 Do. foot). 12 to 15 83 Vs 3 12 to 15 91% 4 16+ _--_ 831/3 4 Selects : 6 to 16 (will admit 30 per- 2 and 3 cent of 6- to 11-foot, % of 91% Do. which may be 6-» and 7- 4 + 4+ ____ (3) } foot). 1 100 0 2 75 1 No. 1 Common: 3 and 4 _ 1 4 to 16 (will admit 10 per- 3 and 4 _ 75 2 cent of 4- to 7-foot, Vz of 3 + 5 to 7 _ 2 4 inches by 2 feet, or which may be 4- and 6- 5 to 7 ._ 75 3 3 inches by 3 feet foot). 8 to 10 __ 66% 3 11 to 13 66% 4 14+ ____ 66% 5 66% 1 2 and 3 _-- 50 1 2 and 3 _. 66% 2 No. 2 Common : 4 and 5 _. 50 2 4 to 16 (will admit 30 per- 4 and 5 _. m% 3 cent of 4- to 7-foot, % of 6 and 7 _ 50 3 3 inches by 2 feet which may be 4- and 5- 3 + 6 and 7 _. 66% 4 foot). J 8 and 9 _. 50 4 10 and 11 50 5 12 and 13 . 50 6 14+ 50 7 No. 3 A Common : 4 to 16 (will admit 50 per- cent of 4- to 7-foot, l^ of which may be 4- and 5- ^ + 1 + ^331/3 (5) Do. foot). No. 3B Common : 4 to 16 (will admit 50 per- cent of 4- to 7-foot, V2 of 1 % inches by 2 feet which may be 4- and 5- 3 + 1 + '25 (5) foot). J ^ Inspection to be made on the poorer side of the ' Same as Seconds with reverse side of board not be- piece, except in Selects. low No. 1 Common or reverse side of cuttings sound. ' Firsts and Seconds are combined as 1 grade (FAS). * This grade also admits pieces that grade not below The percentage of Firsts required in the combined No. 2 Common on the good face and have the reverse grade varies from 20 to 40 percent, depending on the face sound. species. ^ Unlimited. * The cuttings must be sound ; clear face not required. 5-3 ^-^ CUTTING NO. 1-3 1/2" X 4 1/2'= 15 3/4 UNITS CUTTING NO. 3-4 l/2"X4 l/2'= 20 1/4 UNITS CUTTING NO. 2-8 1/2' X4 1/2 =38 1/4 UNITS <9 CUTTING NO. 4-6" X 5 2/3' = 34 UNITS 1. Determine Surface Measure (S.M.) using lumber 5. Determine clear-face cutting units needed. scale stick or from formula: For No. 1 Common grade S.M. x 8 = 12 x 8 « 96 units. Width in inches x length in feet ^ 12" x 12' 12 " 12 = 12 sq. ft. S.M. Determine total area of permitted clear-face cutting in units. 2. No. 1 Common is assumed grade pf board. Width in inches and fractions of inches Percent of clear-cutting area required for x length in feet and fractions of feet. No. 1 Common—66-2/3% or 8/12. Cutting //I—3-1/2" X 4-1/2' = 15-3/4 units Cutting //2—8-1/2" X 4-1/2' = 38 units 3. Determine maximum number of cuttings Cutting //3~4-l/2" X 4-1/2' = 20-1/4 units permitted. Cutting /'4—6" X 5-2/3' = 34 units For No. 1 Common grade (S.M. + 1) v 3 Total Units 108 - (12 +1) = 13 = 4, cuttings. Units required for No. 1 Common—96. Determine minimum size of cuttings. 7. Conclusion: Board meets requirements for No. 1 Common grade. For No. 1 Common grade 4" x 2' or 3" X 3'. M 139 690 Figure 5-1.—An example of hardwood grading for cuttings using a No. 1 Common factory grade. This brief summary of the factory grades grades do specify minimum widths for each should not be regarded as a complete set of grade as follows: grading rules, as numerous details, exceptions, Firsts 6 inches and special rules for certain species are not Seconds _ 6 inches included. The complete official rules of the Na- Selects _ 4 inches tional Hardwood Lumber Association should be Nos. 3, 2, 3A, 3B Common 3 inches followed as the only full description of exist- If width is specified by purchase agreement, ing grades. SIE or S2E lumber is % inch scant of nominal in lumber less than 8 inches wide and % inch Cutting Sizes scant in lumber 8 inches and wider. Standard lengths Standard lengths are 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, Table 5-2.—Standard thickness for rough and 12, 13, 14, 15, and 16 feet, but not more than surfaced (S2S) hardwood lumber 50 percent of odd lengths are allowed in any single shipment. Rough Surfaced Rough Surfaced Standard thickness In. In. In. In. Standard thicknesses for hardwood lumber, % •Tie 2% 21/4 rough and surfaced (S2S), are given in table 1/2 S/lR 3 2% % %fi 31/2 31/+ 5-2. The thickness of SIS lumber is subject to % %6 4 3 % contract agreement. 1 13/16 4% (') 1% IVie 5 (') Standard widths ly. l¥l6 51/2 (') 1 % 1% 6 D Hardwood lumber is usually manufactured 2 1% to random width. The hardwood factory grades ^ Finished size not specified in rules. Thickness sub- do not specify standard widths; however, the ject to special contract. 5-4 Species Graded by Hardwood Factory Grades' Other examples are lath, siding, ties, planks, carstock, construction boards, timbers, trim, Alder, red Hardwoods (Tropical Ash American other than molding, stair treads, and risers. Grading rules Aspen mahogany and Spanish promulgated for flooring anticipate final con- Basswood cedar) sumer use and are summarized in this section. Beech Hickory Birch Locust Details on grades of other finished products Boxelder Magnolia are found in appropriate association grading Buckeye Mahogany Butternut African rules. Cedar, aromatic red Cuban and San Hardwood flooring generally is graded un- Cedar, Spanish- Dominican der the rules of the Maple Flooring Manufac- Cherry Philippine Chestnut Maple : turers Association and the rules of the Cottonwood Hard (or sugar) National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Associa- Cypress Soft tion. Tongued-and-grooved and end-matched Elm: Pacific Coast Rock (or cork) Oak: hardwood flooring is commonly furnished. Soft Red Square edge and square end strip flooring is Gum: White also available as well as parquet flooring suit- Black Pecan Red and sap Poplar able for laying on a mastic base or on an or- Tupelo Sycamore dinary subfloor. Hackberry Walnut Hardwoods (Philippine) Willow The Maple Flooring Manufacturers Associa- tion grading rules cover flooring manufactured from hard maple, beech, and birch. Each spe- cies is graded into four categories—First Dimension Parts grade, Second grade. Third grade, and Hardwood dimension parts are generally Fourth grade. Combination grades of Second graded under the rules of the Hardwood and Better and Third and Better are sometimes Dimension Manufacturers Association. Dimen- specified. There are also three special grades— sion signifies primarily that the stock is proc- Selected First grade light northern hard maple. essed so it can be used virtually in the sizes Selected First grade amber northern hard maple. Selected First grade red (produced from provided. Hardwood dimension rules encompass three northern beech or birch) which are made up of classes of material: Solid dimension flat stock, special stock selected for color. kiln-dried dimension flat stock, and solid di- First grade flooring must have one face prac- mension squares. Each class may be rough, tically free from all imperfections. Variations semifabricated, or fabricated. Rough dimension in the natural color of the wood are allowed. blanks are usually kiln dried and are supplied Second grade flooring admits tight, sound sawn and ripped to size. Surfaced or semi- knots and other slight imperfections but must fabricated stock has been further processed by lay without waste. Third grade flooring has gluing, surfacing, tenoning, etc. Fabricated few restrictions as to imperfections in the stock has been completely processed for the grain but must permit proper laying and pro- end use. Solid dimension flat stock has five vide a good, serviceable floor. grades: Clear—two faces, clear—one face, The standard thickness of maple, beech, and paint, core, and sound. Squares have three birch flooring is ^%2 inch. Face widths are 1%, grades if rough (clear, select, sound) and four 2, 2%, and 3^4 inches. Standard lengths are 2 if surfaced (clear, select, paint, second). feet and longer in First and Second grade flooring and IV^ feet and longer in Third grade Finished Market Products flooring. Some hardwood lumber products are graded The grading rules of the National Oak Floor- in relatively finished form, with little or no ing Manufacturers Association mainly cover further processing anticipated. Flooring is quartersawed and plain-sawed oak flooring. probably the highest volume finished product. Quartersawed flooring has two grades—Clear and Select. Plainsawed flooring has four grades—Clear, Select, No. 1 Common, and No. ^ Species names are those used in grading rules of the National Hardwood Lumber Association. Two 2 Common. The Clear grade in both plain- woods—cedar (eastern redcedar, known as aromatic sawed and quartersawed flooring must have the red) and cypress (baldcypress)—are not hardwoods. face free from surface imperfections except for Cypress lumber has a different set of grading rules from those used for the hardwoods. three-eighths inch of bright sap. Color is not 5-5 Table 5-3.—Nomenclature for some types of hardwood lumber Commercial name Official common Botanical name for lumber tree name Alder, red Red alder A Inns rubra Ash: Black Black ash Fraxintis nigra Oregon Oregon ash F, latifolia r Blue ash F. quadrangulata White s Green ash F. pennsylvanica I White ash F. americana Aspen (popple) _ / Bigtooth aspen Populus grandidentata ^ Quaking aspen P. tremuloides Basswood _ _/ American basswood Tilia americanxi __<^ White basswood T. heterophylla Beech Beech Fagus gravdifolia Gray birch Betula populifolia Paper birch B. papyrifera Birch River birch B, nigra Sweet birch B, lenta Yellow birch B, alleghaniensis Box elder Boxelder Acer negundo Buckeye __/ Ohio buckeye Aesculus glabra ^ Yellow buckeye A, octandra Butternut _ Butternut Juglans cinérea Cherry Black cherry _ _ Prunus serótina Chestnut Chestnut Castanea dentata f Balsam poplar Populus balsamifera Cottonwood < Eastern cottonwood P. deltoides I Plains cottonwood F. sargentii Cucumber Cucumbertree Magnolia acuminata Dogwood _ / Flowering dogwood Cornue florida I Pacific dogwood C. nuttallii Elm: {Cedar elm . Ulnvus crassifolia Rock elm U. thomasii September elm U. serótina Winged elm C7. alata Soft American elm JJ, americana Slippery elm U, rubra Gum _ _ _ Sweetgmn _ Liquidambar styracifltm Hackberry _ _ / Hackberry Celtis ocddentalis \ Sugarberry C. laevigata I Mockernut hickory Carya tomentosa Hickory \ Pignut hickory _ C. glabra I Shagbark hickory C. ovata I Shellbark hickory C. laciniosa Holly American holly Ilex opaca Ironwood Eastern hophornbeam Ostrya virginiana Locust / Black locust Robinia pseudoacacia Honeylocust _ Gleditsia triacanthos Madrone Pacific madrone Arbutus menziesii Magnolia / Southern magnolia Magnolia grangrandiflora Sweetbay M, virginiana 5-6 Table 5-3.—Nomenclature for some types of hardwood lumber—continued Commercial name Official common Botanical name for lumber tree name Maple : Black maple Acer nigrum Hard | Sugar maple A. saccharum Oregon Big leaf maple A. macrophyllum Red maple A, rubrum Soft I Silver maple A, saccharinum Oak: Black oak Quercus velutina Blackjack oak _-_ Q. marilandica California black oak Q. kelloggi Cherrybark oak Q. falcata var. pagodaefolia Laurel oak Q. laurifolia Northern pin oak Q. ellipsoidalis Northern red oak Q. rubra Red Nuttall oak Q. nuttallii Pin oak Q. palustris Scarlet oak Q. coccínea Shumard oak Q. shumardii Southern red oak Q. falcata Turkey oak Q. laevis Willow oak Q. phellos Arizona white oak Q. arizonica Blue oak Q. douglasii Bur oak Q. macrocarpa California white oak Q. lobata Chestnut oak Q. primus Chinkapin oak Q. muehlenbergii Emory oak Q. emoryi White Gambel oak Q. gambelii Mexican blue oak Q. oblongifolia Live oak Q. virginiana Oregon white oak Q. garryana Overcup oak Q. lyrata Post oak Q. stellata Swamp chestnut oak Q. michauxii Swamp white oak _ Q. bicolor White oak Q. alba Oregon myrtle California-laurel Umbellularia califomica Osage orange (bois d'arc) Osage-orange Madura pomifera Bittemut hickory Gary a cordiformis Nutmeg hickory C. myristicaeformis Pecan Water hickory C. aquatica Pecan C illinoensis Persimmon Common persimmon Diospyros virginiana Poplar Yellow-poplar Liriodendron tulipifera Sassafras Sassafras Sassafras albidum Sycamore American sycamore Platanv^ ocddentalis Black túpelo Nyssa sylvatica Tupelo Ogeechee túpelo N. ogeche Water túpelo N, aquatica Walnut Black walnut Juglans nigra Black willow Salix nigra Willow Peachleaf willow S. amygdaloides 5-7 considered in the Clear grade. Select flooring practically clear with an all-bright sapwood (plain-sawed or quartersawed) may contain face; Second grade, admits sound tight knots, sap and will admit a few features such as pin pm wormholes, streak, and slight machining wormholes and small tight knots. No. 1 Com- imperfections; Second grade red, similar to mon plain-sawed flooring must contain mate- Second grade but must have a heartwood face ; rial that will make a sound floor without cut- Third grade, must make a sound floor without ting. No. 2 Common may contain grain and cutting; and Fourth grade, must provide a serv- surface imperfections of all kinds but must pro- iceable floor. The standard sizes for pecan floor- vide a serviceable floor. ing are the same as those for oak flooring. Standard thicknesses of oak flooring are 25/32, The National Oak Flooring Manufacturers 1/2, and % inch. Standard face widths are l^i, Association rules for hard maple, beech, and 2, 214, and 314 inches. lengths in upper grades birch flooring are the same as those of the are 2 feet and up with a required average of Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association. 414 feet in a shipment. In the lower grades lengths are m feet and up with a required average of 21/2 or 3 feet per shipment. Hardwood Lumber Species A voluntary commercial standard (CS 56) has been in effect for oak flooring since 1936, The names used by the trade to describe being revised periodically. commercial lumber in the United States are The rules of the National Oak Flooring Man- not always the same as the names of trees ufacturers Association also include specifica- adopted as official by the USDA Forest Service. tions for flooring of pecan, hard maple, beech, Table 5-3 shows the common trade name, the and birch. The grades of pecan flooring are: USDA Forest Service tree name, and the botan- First grade, practically clear but unselected ical name. Table 5-4 lists United States agen- for color; First grade red, practically clear cies and associations that prepare rules for and with an all-heartwood face ; First grade white. supervise grading of hardwoods. Table 5-4.—Hardwood grading associations in United States Name and Address Species Covered by Grading Rules National Hardwood Lumber Association Hardwoods (furniture cuttings, construction 59 East Van Buren Street lumber, siding, panels) Chicago, Illinois 60605 Hardwood Dimension Manufacturers Hardwoods (hardwood furniture dimension, squares, Association laminated stock, interior trim, stair treads and 3813 Hillsboro Road risers) Nashville, Tennessee 37215 Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association Maple, beech, birch (flooring) 424 Washington Avenue, Suite 104 Oshkosh, Wisconsin 54901 National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Oak, pecan, beech, birch, and hard maple Association (flooring) 814 Sterick Building Memphis, Tennessee 38103 Northern Hardwood and Pine Manufacturers Aspen (construction lumber—see discussion Association Softwood Lumber Grading) Suite 207, Northern Building Green Bay, Wisconsin 54301 5-8 SOFTWOOD LUMBER after primary processing (sawing and plan- ing) . Remanufacture refers to lumber that will undergo a number of further manufacturing Softwood lumber for many years has demon- steps and reach the consumer in a significantly strated the versatility of wood by serving as a different form. primary raw material for construction and manufacture. In this role it has been produced in a wide variety of products from many differ- ent species. The first industry-sponsored grad- Lumber for Construction ing rules (product descriptions) for softwoods were established before 1900 and were com- The grading requirements of construction paratively simple because the sawmills mar- lumber are related specifically to the major keted their lumber locally and grades had only construction uses intended and little or no local significance. As new timber sources were further grading occurs once the piece leaves developed and lumber was transported to dis- the sawmill. Construction lumber can be placed tant points, each producing region continued in three general categories—stress-graded, to establish its own grading rules, so lum- nonstress-graded, and appearance lumber. ber from various regions differed in size, grade Stress-graded and nonstress-graded lumber are name, and permitted grade characteristics. employed where the structural integrity of the When different species were graded under dif- piece is the primary requirement. Appearance ferent rules and competed in the chief consum- lumber, as categorized here, encompasses ing areas, confusion and dissatisfaction were those lumber products in which appearance is inevitable. of primary importance; structural integrity, To eliminate unnecessary differences in the while sometimes important, is a secondary fea- grading rules of softwood lumber and to im- ture. prove and simplify these rules, a number of conferences were organized from 1919 to 1925 Stress-graded lumber by the U.S. Department of Commerce. These were attended by representatives of lumber Almost all softwood lumber nominally 2 to 4 manufacturers, distributors, wholesalers, re- inches thick is stress graded under the na- tailers, engineers, architects, and contractors. tional grading rules promulgated within the The result was a relative standardization of American Softwood Lumber Standard. For sizes, definitions, and procedures for deriving lumber of this kind there is a single set of properties, formulated as a voluntary American grade names and descriptions used through- Lumber Standard. This standard has been mod- out the United States. Other stress-graded ified several times since. The current edition of products include timbers, posts, stringers, the standard is issued in pamphlet form as the beams, decking, and some boards. Stress grades American Softwood Lumber Standard PS 20- and the National Grading Rule are discussed 70. in chapter 6. Softwood lumber is classified for market use by form of manufacture, species, and grade. Nonstress-graded lumber For many products the American Softwood Lumber Standard serves as a basic reference. Traditionally, much of the lumber intended For specific information on other products, for general building purposes with little or no reference must be made to industry marketing remanufacture has not been assigned allowable aids, trade journals, and grade rules. The fol- properties (stress graded). This category of lowing sections outline general classifications lumber has been referred to as yard lumber; of softwood lumber. however, the assignment of allowable proper- ties to an increasing number of former "yard" items has diluted the meaning of the term yard lumber. Soffwood Lumber Grades In nonstress-graded structural lumber, the section properties (shape, size) of the pieces Softwood lumber grades can be considered combine with the visual grade requirements to in the context of two major categories of provide the degree of structural integrity in- use: (1) Construction and (2) remanufac- tended. Typical nonstress-graded items include ture. Construction relates principally to lum- boards, lath, battens, crossarms, planks, and ber expected to function as graded and sized foundation stock. 5-9 Boards, sometimes referred to as "commons," definitions of letter grades.) Appearance are one of the more important nonstress-graded grades are also often known as "Select" products. Common grades of boards are suit- grades. Descriptive terms such as "prime" and able for construction and general utility pur- "clear" are applied to a limited number of spe- poses. They are separated into three to five cies. The specification FG (flat grain), VG different grades depending upon the species (vertical grain), or MG (mixed grain) is of- and lumber manufacturing association in- fered as a purchase option for some appear- volved. Grades may be described by number ance lumber products. In cedar and redwood, (No. 1, No. 2) or by descriptive terms (Con- where there is a pronounced difference in color struction, Standard). between heartwood and sapwood and heart- Since there are differences in the inherent wood has high natural resistance to decay, properties of the various species and in corre- grades of heartwood are denoted as "heart." sponding names, the grades for different spe- In some species and products two, or at most cies are not always interchangeable in use. three, grades are available. A typical example First-grade boards are usually graded primar- is casing and base in the grades of C&BTR ily for serviceability, but appearance is also and D in some species and in B&BTR, considered. This grade is used for such pur- C,C&BTR, and D in other species. Although poses as siding, cornice, shelving, and panel- several grades may be described in grade ing. Features such as knots and knotholes are rules, often fewer are offered on the retail mar- permitted to be larger and more frequent as ket. the grade level becomes lower. Second- and Grade B&BTR allows a few small imperfec- third-grade boards are often used together for tions, mainly in the form of minor skips in such purposes as subfloors, roof and wall manufacture, small checks or stains due to sheathing, and rough concrete work. Fourth- seasoning, and, depending on the species, small grade boards are not selected for appearance pitch areas, pin knots, or the like. Since ap- but for adequate strength. They are used for pearance grades emphasize the quality of one roof and wall sheathing, subfloor, and rough face, the reverse side may be lower in quality. concrete form work. In construction, grade C&BTR is the grade Grading provisions for other nonstress- combination most commonly available. It is graded products vary by species, product, and used for high-quality interior and exterior grading association. Lath, for example, is avail- trim, paneling, and cabinetwork, especially able generally in two grades. No. 1 and No. where these are to receive a natural finish. It 2; one grade of batten is listed in one grade is the principal grade used for flooring in rule and six in another. For detailed descrip- homes, offices, and public buildings. In indus- tions it is necessary to consult the appropriate trial uses it meets the special requirements for grade rule for these products. large sized, practically clear stock. The number and size of imperfections per- Appearance lumber mitted increases as the grades drop from B&BTR to D and E. Appearance grades are not Appearance lumber often is nonstress-graded uniform across species and products, however, but forms a separate category because of the and official grade rules must be used for de- distinct importance of appearance in the grad- tailed reference. C is used for many of the ing process. This category of construction lum- same purposes as B&BTR, often where the ber includes most lumber worked to a pattern. best paint finish is desired. Grade D allows Secondary manufacture on these items is usu- larger and more numerous surface imperfec- ally restricted to onsite fitting such as cutting tions that do not detract from the appearance to length and mitering. There is an increas- ing trend toward prefinishing many items. The of the finish when painted. Grade D is used in appearance category of lumber includes trim, finish construction for many of the same uses siding, flooring, ceiling, paneling, casing, base, as C. It is also adaptable to industrial uses stepping, and finish boards. Finish boards are requiring short-length clear lumber. commonly used for shelving and built-in cabi- network. Lumber for Remanufacture Most appearance lumber grades are de- scribed by letters and combinations of letters A wide variety of species, grades, and sizes (B&BTR, C&BTR, D). (See Standard Lumber of softwood lumber is supplied to industrial Abbreviations at the end of this chapter for accounts for cutting to specific smaller sizes 5-10 which become integral parts of other products. tics are important. The principal grades are In this secondary manufacturing process, grade B&BTR, C, and D. Grading is based primarily descriptions, sizes, and often the entire ap- on the best face, although the influence of edge pearance of the wood piece are changed. Thus characteristics is important and varies depend- the role of the grading process for these re- ing upon piece width and thickness. In red- manufacture items is to describe as accurately wood this grade may include an "all heart" as possible the yield to be obtained in the sub- requirement for decay resistance in manufac- sequent cutting operation. Typical of lumber ture of cooling towers, tanks, pipe, and simi- for secondary manufacture are the factory lar products. grades, industrial clears, box lumber, mold- ing stock, and ladder stock. The variety of spe- Molding, ladder, pole, tank, and pencil stock cies available for these purposes has led to a variety of grade names and grade definitions. Within producing regions, grading rules de- The following section briefly outlines some of lineate the requirements for a variety of lum- the more common classifications. For details, ber items oriented to specific consumer prod- reference must be made to industry sources. ucts. Custom and the characteristics of the Availability and grade designation often vary wood supply lead to different grade descrip- by region and species. tions and terminology. For example, in West Coast species, the ladder industry can choose Factory (Shop) grades. from one "ladder and pole stock" grade plus two ladder rail grades and one ladder rail Traditionally softwood lumber used for cut- stock grade. In southern pine, ladder stock is tings has been termed Factory or Shop. This available as Select and Industrial. Molding lumber forms the basic raw material for many stock, tank stock, pole stock, stave stock, sta- secondary manufacturing operations. Some dium seat stock, box lumber, and pencil stock grading associations refer to cutting grades as are other typical industrial grades oriented to Factory while others refer to Shop. All impose the final product. Some have only one grade a somewhat similar nomenclature in the grade level; a few offer two or three levels. Special structure. Factory Select and Select Shop are features of these grades may include a restric- typical high grades, followed by No. 1, No. 2, tion on sapwood related to desired decay resist- and No. 3 Shop. Door cuttings and sash cut- ance, specific requirements for slope of grain tings are specialized grade categories under and growth ring orientation for high-stress use which grade levels of No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3 such as ladders, and particular cutting require- Cuttings and No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3 Shop ments as in pencil stock. All references to these are applied. grades should be made directly to current lum- Grade characteristics of cuttings are in- ber association grading rules. fluenced by the width, length, and thickness of the basic piece and are based on the amount Structural laminations of high-quality material that can be removed by cutting. Typically, a Select Shop would be Structural laminating grades describe the required to contain either (a) 70 percent of characteristics used to segregate lumber for cuttings of specified size, clear on both sides structural glued-laminated timbers. Three typi- or (b) 70 percent cuttings of different size cal basic categories, LI, L2, and L3, exist with equal to a B&BTR Finish grade on one side. additional provisions for "Dense.*' The grade No. 1 Shop would be required to have 50 per- characteristics permitted are based on anti- cent of (a) or (b) ; No. 2 Shop would be re- cipated performance as a portion of the lam- quired to have 331/3 percent. Because of differ- inated product; however, allowable properties ent characteristics assigned to grades with are not assigned separately to the laminating similar nomenclature, grades labeled Factory or grades. Shop must be referenced to the appropriate in- dustry source. Softwood Lumber Manufacture Industrial clears Size These grades are used for cabinet stock, Lumber length is recorded in actual dimen- door stock, and other product components sions while width and thickness are tradition- where excellent appearance, mechanical and ally recorded in ''nominal" dimensions—the physical properties, and finishing characteris- actual dimension being somewhat less. 5-11 Softwood lumber is manufactured in length faced green or dry at the prerogative of the multiples of 1 foot as specified in various manufacturer; therefore, both green and dry grading rules. In practice, 2-foot multiples (in standard sizes are given. The sizes are such even numbers) are the rule for most construc- that a piece of green lumber, surfaced to the tion lumber. Width of softwood lumber varies, standard green size, will shrink to approxi- commonly from 2 to 16 inch nominal. The mately the standard dry size as it dries down thickness of lumber can be generally catego- to about 15 percent moisture content. The rized as follows: American Lumber Standard definition of dry Boards,—lumber less than 2 inches in is a moisture content of 19 percent or less. nominal thickness. Many types of lumber are dried before surfac- Dimension.—lumber from 2 inches to, but ing and only dry sizes for these products are not including, 5 inches in nominal thick- given in the standard. ness. Lumber for remanufacture is offered in Timbers,—lumber 5 or more inches in specified sizes to fit end product requirements. nominal thickness in the least di- Factory grades for general cuttings (Shop) mension. are offered in thicknesses from less than 1 inch To standardize and clarify nominal-actual to over 3 inches depending on species. Thick- sizes the American Lumber Standard specifies nesses of door and sash cuttings start at 1% thickness and width for lumber that falls un- inches. Cuttings are various lengths and widths. der the standard. Laminating stock sometimes is offered over- The standard sizes for stress-graded and size, compared to standard dimension sizes, to nonstress-graded construction lumber are permit resurfacing prior to laminating. Indus- given in table 5-5. Timbers are usually sur- trial Clears can be offered rough or surfaced faced while green and only green sizes are in a variety of sizes starting from less than 2 given. Dimension and boards may be sur- inches thick and as narrow as 3 inches. Sizes Table 5-5.—American Standard lumber sizes for stress-graded and non- stress-graded lumber for construction ^ Item Thickness Face width Nominal Minimum dressed Nominal Minimum dressed Dry Green Dry Green In. In. In. In. In. In. Boards 1 % 2%2 2 11/2 1%6 1% 1 11/32 3 21/2 2%6 11/2 11/4 1%2 4 31/2 3%6 5 41/2 4% 6 5V2 5% 7 6I/2 6% 8 71/4 9 8I/4 8y2 10 9% 9V2 11 101/4 10 Vs 12 111/4 11 ¥2 14 131/4 13% 16 151/4 15% Dimension 2 11/2 1%6 2 11/2 1%6 21/2 2 2I/16 3 21/2 2%6 3 21/2 2%6 4 31/2 3%6 31/2 3 3I/16 5 41/2 4% 4 31/2 3%6 6 51/2 5% 41/2 4 4^16 8 71/4 7% 10 91/4 91/2 12 111/4 11% 14 131/4 13 y2 16 151/4 15% Timbers 5 and V2 less 5 and % less greater than greater than nominal nominal ' Nominal sizes in the table are used for convenience. No inference should be drawn that they represent actual sizes. 5-12 for special product grades such as molding stock and ladder stock are specified in appro- priate grading rules or handled by purchase agreements. Surfacing BEVEL SIDING STANDARD ''A'' admits very light torn grain, occasional slight chip marks, and very slight knife marks. These classifications are used as part of the grade description of some lumber 5 products to specify the allowable surfacing quality. DRESSED AND MATCHED (CENTER MATCHED) Patterns Lumber which, in addition to being surfaced, has been matched, shiplapped, or otherwise pat- SHIPLAP terned is often classed as ''worked lumber." Figure 5-2 shows typical patterns of lumber. Figure 5-2.—Typical patterns of lumber. 5-13 Table 5-ß.—Nomenclature of commercial softwood lumber Standards this handbook Cedar: Alaska Alaska-cedar Eastern' red F.?f»^; "^^"^  Chamaecyparis nootkatemis ÎÏ,cfn ™ Eastern redcedar Juniperus virginiana NnrZr„" ~r.MV. M''Tvf ^"''^*'\^.. " " .5 Libocedrus demtTens Port Orfo^ PÄ"? ^l^ite-cedar Thuja ocddentalis pÄite-::::-;r:--.: KñÍAAar Westernred Western redcedar !:: - ThuHplZta Cypress, red (coast type), yellow (inland type), white (inland type) Baldcypress Taxodium distichum Douglas-fir Douglas-fir . _ _ _ Psevdotsuga menziesn £ ir : Balsam / Balsam fir Abies balsamea \ Fraser fir A. frasen Noble Noblei>iuDie firnr A.A procera California red fir A, magnifica Grand fir __ A, grandis White Pacific silver fir A, amabilis wu-^^'^^ ^^ A' lasiocarpa „ , , White fir A,concolor Hemlock : Mountain M^'^T« ^l'^^'',''\ Tsuga canadensis West Coast Mountain hemlock T, mertensiana west Coast Western hemlock _ . T. heterophylla [ ^"'P\°i juniper _ _ Juniperus deppeana Juniper, western _ _ i Kocky Mountain jumper J. scopulorum Utah jumper _ _ _ /. osteosperma , , '^ Western jumper j, ocddentalis Larch, western Western larch _ Larix ocddentalis Pine: l^^ÎJ^ ^^^^^ Western white pine Pinus monticola Lodgepole Lodgepole pme P, contorta Longleaf yellow^ / Longleaf pine P. palustris XT ., ,.^ 1 Slash pme P, elliottii NorwayNorwaT Redg^'^'^^ pme ^^'^^__ ^^^ P.R resinosastrobus Longleaf pme P. palustHs Shortleaf pme P, echinata Southern yellow Loblolly pine P.taeda Slash pme P, elliottii Pitch pine P.rigida Virginia pine P, virginiana ReSod l^'f^''^'''^ P. lambertiana Spruce: Keawood Sequoia sempervirens li^asternEastern ^/ ^^^""^Red spruce ^^"""^^ P.^^'^^^ rub mariana ens L White spruce _ _ p, glauca Engelmann J Blue spruce [ p. pungens Sitka ^ Engelmann spruce P. engelmannii Tamarack".::::::::::::: lamarfcr' P^sitchensis Yew,Pacific :::::::::: gS^w:::::::::::::::::::: f^::;:^^::^^,, piAm^erAltrttur^^^^ l"^ '"^^ 6 annual rings per inch and not less than % the species Pinus eluTtUilr^P mlMs hit P7P^ H^^'^^'^r^- Longleaf yellow pine lumber is sometime! piece must average either ofl en^oTthe^tferTot ^^''^^'^^ ^' P^^^h pme in the export trade. 5-14 With softwood flooring, "standard match" and groove in the center, making the pieces means that the upper Up of the groove center matched. Dressed and matched boards is thicker than the lower. The thickness of the are considered preferable to shiplap boards for lower lip is the same for all standard thick- some uses. nesses of flooring and hence the difference be- tween upper and lower lips becomes more pro- Soffwood Lumber Species nounced in the greater thicknesses. Ceiling is The names of lumber as adopted by the usually machined with a "V" while partition trade as American Standard may vary from usually has a bead and '*V" but may be pat- the names of trees adopted as official by the terned on both sides. Decking is available in a USDA Forest Service. Table 5-6 shows the variety of patterns including grooved V-joint American Lumber Standard commercial name and striated. It is available in panel form as for lumber, the USDA Forest Service tree well as in single pieces. Drop siding probably name, and the botanical name. Some softwood is made in more patterns than any other prod- species are marketed primarily in combina- uct except molding. Some siding patterns are tions. Designations such as Southern Pine and shiplapped, others are tongued-and-grooved. Hem-Fir represent typical combinations. The Bevel siding is made by resawing %- or %- grading organizations listed in table 5-7 inch lumber on an angle. Square-edged lumber should be contacted for questions regarding in boards, timbers, or dimension forms only combination names and species not listed in rectangles of different dimensions. Dressed table 5-6. Further discussion of species group- and matched (D&M) boards have the tongue ing is contained in chapter 6. Table 5-7.—Organizations promulgating softwood grades Name and Address Species Covered by Grading Rules National Hardwood Lumber Association Baldcypress, eastern redcedar 59 East Van Buren Street Chicago, Illinois 60605 Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association, Inc. Balsam fir, eastern white pine, red pine, eastern hemlock, black spruce, white spruce, red spruce, 13 South Street pitch pine, tamarack, jack pine, northern white cedar Glens Falls, New York 12801 Bigtooth aspen, quaking aspen, eastern white pine, red Northern Hardwood and Pine Manufacturers pine, jack pine, black spruce, white spruce, red Association Suite 207, Northern Building spruce, balsam fir, eastern hemlock, tamarack Green Bay, Wisconsin 54301 Red Cedar Shingle & Handsplit Shake Bureau Western redcedar (shingles and shakes) 5510 White Building Seattle, Washington 98101 Redwood Inspection Service Redwood 617 Montgomery Street San Francisco, California 94111 Southern Cypress Manufacturers Association Baldcypress P.O. Box 5816 Jacksonville, Florida 32207 Southern Pine Inspection Bureau Longleaf pine, slash pine, shortleaf pine, loblolly pine, Box 846 Virginia pine, pond pine, pitch pine Pensacola, Florida 32502 Douglas-fir, western hemlock, western redcedar, in- West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau cense-cedar, Port-Orford-cedar, Alaska-cedar, west- Box 25406 1750 SW. Skyline Boulevard ern true firs, mountain hemlock, Sitka spruce Portland, Oregon 97225 Ponderosa pine, western white pine, Douglas-fir, sugar Western Wood Products Association pine, western true firs, western larch, Engelmann 700 Yeon Building spruce, incense-cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole Portland, Oregon 97204 pine, western redcedar, mountain hemlock, red alder 5-15 Softwood Lumber Grading range of grades and species suggested by the grade rules. Most lumber is graded under the supervision Transportation is a vital factor in lumber of inspection bureaus and grading agencies. distribution. On the eastern seaboard of the These organizations supervise lumber mill United States, lumber from the Pacific Coast grading, and provide reinspection services to is readily available because of low-cost water resolve disputes concerning lumber shipments. transportation via the Panama Canal. Often Some of the agencies also author grading rules the lumber shipped by water is green because which reflect the species and products in the weight is not a major factor in this type of geographic regions they represent.^ Many of shipping. On the other hand, lumber reaching the grading rules and procedures fall under the East Coast from the Pacific Coast by the American Softwood Lumber Standard. rail is largely kiln dried because rail shipping This can be an important consideration be- rates are based on weight. A shorter rail haul cause it provides for recognized uniform grad- places southern and northeastern species in a ing procedures. Names and addresses of rules- favorable shipping cost position in this same writing organizations in the United States, market. and the species for which they are concerned, Changing transportation costs have in- are given in table 5-7. Canadian softwood lum- fluenced shifts in market distribution of spe- ber imported into the United States is graded cies and products. Trucks have become a major by inspection agencies in Canada. Names and factor in lumber transport for regional reman- addresses of Canadian grading agencies may ufacture plants, for retail supply from distri- be obtained from the Canadian Lumber Stand- bution yards, and for much construction lum- ards Administration Board, 1460-1055 West ber distribution where the distance from Hastings Street, Vancouver 1, B.C., Canada. primary manufacture to customer is within an approximate 1,500-mile radius. The develop- ment of foreign hardwood and softwood manu- PURCHASING LUMBER facturing and the availability of water trans- port has brought foreign lumber products to the United States market, particularly in After primary manufacture, most lumber coastal areas. products are marketed through wholesalers to remanufacture plants or to retail outlets. Be- cause of the extremely wide variety of lumber products, wholesaling is very specialized with Retail Yard Inventory some organizations dealing only with a limited number of species or products. Where the pri- The small retail yards throughout the United mary manufacturer can readily identify the States carry softwoods required for ordinary customers, direct sales may be made. Examples construction purposes and often small stocks of are manufacturer sales to large retail chains, one or two hardwoods in the grades suitable for contractors, and to truss rafter fabricators. finishing or cabinetwork. Special orders must There is an increasing trend to direct sales, be made for other hardwoods. Trim items such particularly for mobile and modular housing. as molding in either softwood or hardwood are available cut to size and standard pattern. Cabinets are usually made by millwork plants Lumber Distribution ready for installation and many common styles and sizes are carried or cataloged by the mod- Large primary manufacturers and wholesale ern retail yard. Hardwood flooring is available organizations set up distribution yards in to the buyer only in standard patterns. Some lumber-consuming areas to more effectively dis- retail yards may carry specialty stress grades tribute both hardwood and softwood products. of lumber such as structural light framing for Retail yards draw inventory from distribution truss rafter fabrication. yards and, in wood-producing areas, from local The assortment of species in general con- lumber producers. Few lumber products are struction items carried by retail yards de- readily available at the retail level in the wide pends largely upon geographic location, and both transportation costs and tradition are im- 'A limited number of hardwoods are also being graded under the provisions of the standards used for portant factors. Retail yards within, or close to, grading softwoods. These hardwoods include aspen and a major lumber-producing region may therefore red alder. emphasize the local timber. For example, a 5-16 local retail yard on the coast in the Pacific clears, finish, and decking. The effect of these Northwest may stock only green Douglas- variable retail practices is that the grades, fir and cedar in dimension grades, dry pine sizes, and species outlined in the grade rules and hemlock in boards and molding, plus as- must be examined to determine what actually sorted specialty items such as redwood posts, is available. A brief description of lumber prod- cedar shingles and shakes, and rough cedar sid- ucts commonly carried by retail yards follows : ing. The only hardwoods carried may be walnut and "Philippine mahogany."' Retail Stress-Graded Lumber for Construction yards farther from a major softwood supply, such as in the Midwest on the other hand, Dimension is the principal stress-graded may draw from several species-growing areas lumber item available in a retail yard. It is and may stock spruce or southern pine. Being primarily framing lumber for joists, rafters, located in a major hardwood production area, and studs. Strength, stiffness, and uniformity these yards will stock, or have available to of size are essential requirements. Dimension is them, a different and wider variety of hard- stocked in all yards, frequently in only one or woods. two of the general purpose construction woods Geography has less influence where con- such as pine, fir, hemlock, or spruce. Two by sumer demands are more specific. For example, six, 2 by 8, and 2 by 10 dimension are found where long length construction lumber (20 to in grades of Select Structural, No. 1, No. 2, 26 ft.) is required, west coast species often and No. 3 ; often in combinations of No. 2&BTR are marketed because the size of the trees in or possibly No. 3&BTR. In 2 by 4, the grades several of the species makes long lengths a prac- available would normally be Construction and tical market item. As another example, ease Standard, sold as Standard and Better of treatability makes treated southern pine (STD&BTR), Utility and Better (UTIL& construction lumber available in a wide geo- BTR), or Stud, in lengths of 10 feet and graphic area. shorter. Some lumber grades and sizes serve a vari- Dimension is often found in nominal 2-, 4-, ety of construction needs. Some species or 6-, 8-, 10-, or 12-inch widths and 8- to 18-foot species groups are available at the retail level lengths in multiples of 2 feet. Dimension only in grade groups. Typical are house fram- formed by structural end-jointing procedures ing grades such as joist and plank which are may be found. Dimension thicker than 2 inches often sold as No. 2 and Better (2&BTR). The and longer than 18 feet is not available in percentage of each grade in a grouping is part large quantity. of the purchase agreement between the pri- Other stress-graded products generally mary lumber manufacturer and the whole- present are posts and timbers, with some beams saler; however, this ratio may be altered at and stringers also possibly in stock. Typical the retail level by sorting. Where grade group- stress grades in these products are Select ing is the practice, a requirement for a spe- Structural and No. 1 Structural in Douglas-fir cific grade such as No. 1 at the retail level will and No. ISR and No. 2SR in southern pine. require sorting or special purchase. Grade grouping occurs for reasons of tradition and of efficiency in distribution. Nonstress-Graded Lumber for Construction Another important factor in retail yard in- ventory is that not all grades, sizes, and species Boards are the most common nonstress- described by the grade rules are produced and graded general purpose construction lumber in not all those produced are distributed uni- the retail yard. Boards are stocked in one or formly to all marketing areas. Regional con- more species, usually in nominal 1-inch thick- sumer interest, building code requirements, ness. Standard nominal widths are 2, 3, 4, 6, and transportation costs influence distribution 8, 10, and 12 inches. Grades most generally patterns. Often small retail yards will stock available in retail yards are No. 1, No. 2, and only a limited number of species and grades. No. 3 (or Construction, Standard, and Utility). Large yards, on the other hand, may cater to These will often be combined in grade groups. particular construction industry needs and Boards are sold square edged, dressed and carry more dry dimension grades along with matched (tongued and grooved) or with a ship- lapped joint. Boards formed by end-jointing of shorter sections may form an appreciable por- 'Common market name encompassing many species including tanguile, red lauan, and white lauan. tion of the inventory. 5-17 Appearance Lumber Softwood flooring is usually available in B Completion of a construction project usually and Better grade, C Select, or D Select. The depends on a variety of lumber items avail- chief grades in maple are Clear No. 1 and No. able in finished or semifinished form. The fol- 2. The grades in quartersawed oak are Clear lowing- items often may be stocked in only a and Select, and in plain-sawed Clear, Select, few species, finishes, or in limited sizes depend- and No. 1 Common. Quartersawed hardwood mg on the yards. flooring has the same advantages as vertical- grained softwood flooring. In addition, the sil- Finish ver or flaked grain of quartersawed flooring is Finish boards usually are available in a lo- frequently preferred to the figure of plain- cal yard in one or two species principally in sawed flooring. Beech, birch, and walnut and grade C&BTR. Redwood and cedar have dif- mahogany (for fancy parquet flooring) are ferent grade designations. Grades such as also occasionally used. Clear Heart, A, or B are used in cedar; Clear Casing and base All Heart, Clear, and Select are typical red- wood grades. Finish boards are usually a nom- Casing and base are standard items in the mai 1 inch thick, dressed two sides to % inch more important softwoods and are stocked by The widths usually stocked are nominal 2 to most yards in at least one species. The chief 12 inches in even-numbered inches. grade, B and Better, is designed to meet the requirements of interior trim for dwellings. Siding Many casing and base patterns are dressed to Siding, as the name implies, is intended "/i6 by 214 ; other sizes used include %Q by 3, specifically to cover exterior walls. Beveled sid- 314, and 31/^. Hardwoods for the same pur- ing is ordinarily stocked only in white pine, poses, such as oak and birch, may be carried ponderosa pine, western redcedar, cypress, or in stock in the retail yard or may be obtained redwood. Drop siding, also known as rustic on special order. sidmg or barn siding, is usually stocked in the same species as beveled siding. Siding may be Shingles and shakes stocked as B&BTR or C&BTR except in cedar Shingles usually available are sawn from where Clear, A, and B may be available and western redcedar, northern white-cedar, and redwood where Clear All Heart and Clear will redwood. The shingle grades are: Western red- be found. Vertical grain (VG) is sometimes cedar. No. 1, No. 2, No. 3; northern white- a part of the grade designation. Drop siding cedar. Extra, Clear, 2nd Clear, Clear Wall, sometimes is stocked also in sound knotted C Utility; redwood. No. 1, No. 2 VG, and No 2 and p grades of southern pine, Douglas-fir MG. and hemlock. Drop siding may be dressed! Shingles that are all heartwood give greater matched, or shiplapped. resistance to decay than do shingles that con- Flooring tain sapwood. Edge-grained shingles are less likely to warp than flat-grained shingles; Flooring is made chiefly from hardwoods thick-butted shingles less likely than thin such as oak and maple, and the harder soft- shingles; and narrow shingles less likely than wood species, such as Douglas-fir, western wide shingles. The standard thicknesses of larch, and southern pine. Often at least one shingles are described as %, %, V^, and % (four softwood and one hardwood are stocked. Floor- shingles to 2 in. of butt thickness, five shingles ing is usually nominal 1 inch thick dressed to to 214 in. of butt thickness, and five shingles to ^2 inch, and 3- and 4-inch nominal width. 2 in. of butt thickness). Lengths may be 16, Thicker flooring is available for heavy-duty 18, or 24 inches. Random widths and specified floors both in hardwoods and softwoods. Thin- widths (''dimension" shingles) are available ner flooring is available in hardwoods, especi- in western redcedar, redwood, and cypress. ally for recovering old floors. Vertical and flat Shingles are usually packed four bundles to grain (also called quartersawed and plain- the square. A square of shingles will cover sawed) flooring is manufactured from both 100 square feet of roof area when the shingles softwoods and hardwoods. Vertical-grained are applied at standard weather exposures. flooring shrinks and swells less than flat- Shakes are handsplit or handsplit and re- grained flooring, is more uniform in texture sawn from western redcedar. Shakes are of a wears more uniformly, and the joints do not open as much. single grade and must be 100 percent clear, graded from the split face in the case of hand- 5-18 split and resawn material. Handsplit shakes chase specification should be clear regarding regrading or acceptance of worked lumber. In are graded from the best face. Shakes must be softwood lumber, grades for dry lumber gen- 100 percent heartwood free of bark and sap- erally are determined after kiln drying and wood. The standard thickness of shakes ranges surfacing. This practice is not general for hard- from % to 114 inches. Lengths are 18 and 24 wood factory lumber, however, where the grade inches, and a 15-inch "Starter-Finish Course" is generally based on grade and size prior to length. kiln drying. 4. Species or groupings of wood.—Douglas- Imporfanf Purchase Consicferaf/ons fir, cypress, Hem-Fir, etc. Some species have been grouped for marketing convenience; The following outline lists some of the points others are traded under a variety of names. to consider when ordering lumber or timbers. Be sure the species or species group is correctly 1. Quœntity.—Feet, board measure, number and clearly depicted on the purchase specifi- cation. of pieces of definite size and length. Consider 5. Product—Flooring, siding, timbers, that the board measure depends on the thick- boards, etc. Nomenclature varies by species, ness and width nomenclature used and that region, and grading association. To be certain the interpretation of this must be clearly de- the nomenclature is correct for the product, lineated. In other words, nominal or actual, refer to the grading rule by number and para- pattern size, etc., must be considered. graph. 2. Si;2;6.—Thickness in inches—nominal and 6. Condition of seasoning.—Air dry, kiln actual if surfaced on faces. Width in inches- dry, etc. Softwood lumber dried to 19 percent nominal and also actual if surfaced on edges. moisture content or less (S-DRY) is defined Length in feet—may be nominal average length, as dry by the American Lumber Standard. hmiting length, or a single uniform length. Other degrees of dryness are partially air dried Often a trade designation, '^random" length, (PAD), green (S-GRN), and 15 percent max. is used to denote a nonspecified assortment (KD in southern pine). There are several of lengths. Note that such an assortment specified levels of moisture content for red- sTiould contain critical lengths as well as a wood. If the moisture requirement is critical, range. The limits allowed in making the as- the levels and determination of moisture con- sortment "random" can be established at the tent must be specified. time of purchase. 7. Surfacing and working.—Rough (un- 3. Grade.—As indicated in grading rules of planed), dressed (surfaced), or patterned lumber manufacturing associations. Some stock. Specify condition. If surfaced, indicate grade combinations (B&BTR) are official S4S, SISIE, etc. If patterned, Ust pattern num- grades; other [Standard and Better ber with reference to the appropriate grade (STD&BTR) light framing, for example] are rules. grade combinations and subject to purchase 8. Grading rules.—Officisil grading agency agreement. A typical assortment is 75 percent name, product identification, paragraph number Construction and 25 percent Standard, sold un- or page number or both, date of rules or official der the label STD&BTR. In softwood, each rule volume (rule No. 16, for example). piece of such lumber typically is stamped with 9. Manufacturer.—Nsiine of manufacturer its grade, a name or number identifying the or trade name of specific product or both. Most producing mill, the dryness at the time of sur- lumber products are sold without reference to facing, and a symbol identifying the inspec- a specific manufacturer. If proprietary names tion agency supervising the grading inspection. or quality features of a manufacturer are re- The grade designation stamped on a piece in- quired, this must be stipulated clearly on the dicates the quality at the time the piece was purchase agreement. graded. Subsequent exposure to unfavorable 10. Reinspection.—Procedures for resolu- storage conditions, improper drying, or careless tion of purchase disputes. The American Lum- handling may cause the material to fall below ber Standard (ALS) provides for procedures its original grade. to be followed in resolution of manufacturer- Note that working or rerunning a graded wholesaler-consumer conflicts over quality or product to a pattern may result in changing quantity of softwood lumber graded under ALS or invalidating the original grade. The pur- jurisdiction. The dispute may be resolved by 5-19 reinspecting the shipment. Time limits, liabil- hardwood agencies under which the disputed ity, costs, and complaint procedures are out- shipment was graded and purchased. lined in the grade rules of both softwood and STANDARD LUMBER ABBREVIATIONS The following standard lumber abbrevia- EG edge (vertical or rift) grain tions are commonly used in contracts and other EM end matched EVIS, edge V one side documents for purchase and sale of lumber. SVIS EV2S, edge V two sides AAR Association of American Railroads SV2S AD air dried E&CBIS ADF edge and center bead one side after deducting freight E&CB2S, edge and center bead two sides ALS American Lumber Standard DB2S, AST antistain treated. At ship tackle (western BC&2S softwoods) E&CVIS, edge and center V one side AV or avg average DVIS, AW&L all widths and lengths V&CVIS BIS see EBIS, CBIS, and E&CBIS E&CV2S, edge and center V two sides B2S see EB2S, CB2S, and E&CB2S DV2S, B&B, B and Better V&CV2S B&BTR allowable stress in bending in pounds per B&S beams and stringers square inch BD board FA facial area BDFT board feet Fac factory BDL bundle FAS free alongside (vessel) BEV bevel or beveled FAS Firsts and Seconds BH boxed heart FBM, feet board measure B/L, BL bill of lading Ft. BM BM board measure FG BSND bright sapwood no defect flat or slash grain BTR better FJ finger joint. End-jointed lumber using a finger joint configuration allowable stress in compression in pounds FLG, Fig flooring per square inch FOB free on board (named point) CB center beaded FOHC free of heart center CBIS center bead on one side FOK free of knots CB2S center bead on two sides FRT, Frt freight CC cubical content FT, ft foot or feet eft or cu. ft. cubic foot or feet FT. SM feet surface measure CF cost and freight GIF G girth cost, insurance, and freight GM grade marked CIFE cost, insurance, freight, and exchange G/R CG^E center groove on two edges grooved roofing C/L carload HB, H. B. hollow back CLG ceiling HEM hemlock CLR clear Hrt heart CM center matched H&M hit and miss Com common H or M hit or miss CS calking seam IN, in. inch or inches CSG casing Ind industrial CV center V J&P joists and planks CVIS center V on one side JTD jointed CV2S center V on two sides KD kiln dried DBClg double beaded ceiling (E&CBlS) LBR, Lbr DB Part lumber double beaded partition (E&CB2S) LCL less than carload DET double end trimmed DF LGR longer Douglas-fir LGTH length DIM dimension Lft, Lf DKG lineal foot or feet decking LIN, Lin lineal D/S, DS, drop siding LL D/SdR longleaf LNG, Lng lining DIS, D2S See SIS and S2S D&M dressed and matched M thousand D&CM dressed and center matched MBM, MBF, thousand (feet) board measure D&SM dressed and standard matched M. BM D2S&CM dressed two sides and center matched MC, M.C. moisture content D2S&SM dressed two sides and standard matched MERCH, merchantable E Merch edge MG medium grain or mixed grain EBIS edge bead one side MLDG, molding EB2S, edge bead on two sides Mldg SB2S Mft EE thousand feet eased edges MSR machine stress rated 5-20 N nosed S M surface measure NBM net board measure Specs specifications No. number SQ square SQRS squares NIE or nosed one or two edges SR stress rated N2E STD, Std standard Ord order Std. Igths. standard lengths PAD partially air dry SSND sap stain no defect (stained) PAR, Par paragraph STK stock PART, Part partition STPG stepping PAT, Pat pattern STR, structural Pcs. pieces STRUCT PE plain end SYP southern yellow pme PET precision end trimmed S&E side and edge (surfaced on) p&T posts and timbers SIE surfaced one edge PIS, P2S see SIS and S2S S2E surfaced two edges RDM random SIS surfaced one side S2S surfaced two sides REG, Reg regular S4S surfaced four sides Rfg. roofing SIS&CM surfaced one side and center matched RGH, Rgh rough S2S&CM surfaced two sides and center matched R/L, RL random lengths S4S&CS surfaced four sides and calking seam R/W, RW random widths SISIE surfaced one side, one edge RES resawn S1S2E surfaced one side, two edges SBIS single bead one side S2S1E surfaced two sides, one edge SDG, Sdg siding . , .^ ^ • S2S&SL surfaced two sides and shiplapped S-DRY surfaced dry. Lumber 19 percent mois- S2S&SM surfaced two sides and standard matched ture content or less per American Lumber Standard for softwood t allowable stress in tension in pounds per SE square edge square inch SEL, Sel select or select grade TBR timber SE&S square edge and sound T&G tongued and grooved S G slash or flat grain , VG vertical (edge) grain S-GRN surfaced green. Lumber unseasoned, m VIS see EVIS, CVIS, and E&CVIS excess of 19 percent moisture content V2S see EV2S, CV2S, and E&CV2S per American Lumber Standard for WCH west coast hemlock softwood WDR, wdr wider SGSSND Sapwood, gum spots and streaks, no WHAD ~ worm holes a defect defect WHND worm holes no defect SIT. SPR Sitka spruce WT weight S/L, SL, shiplap WTH width S/Lap , , WRD western redcedar STD. M standard matched YP yellow pine BIBLIOGRAPHY U.S. Department of Commerce Strip oak flooring. Comm. Stand. CS 56. (See cur- rent edition.) American softwood lumber standard. Prod. Stand. PS 20. (See current edition.) 5-21 FS-356 Chapter 6 LUMBER STRESS GRADES AND ALLOWABLE PROPERTIES Page Developing Visual Grades 6-2 Visual Sorting Criteria 6-2 Deriving Properties for Visually Graded Lum- ber 6-3 Developing Mechanical Grades 6-5 Mechanical Sorting Criteria 6-6 Deriving Properties for Mechanically Graded Lumber 6-6 Adjusting Properties for Design Use 6-7 Size Factor 6-8 Moisture Adjustments 6-8 Duration of Load 6-8 Practice of Stress Grading 6-10 National Grading Rule 6-10 Grouping of Species 6-11 Bibliography 6-11 6-1 LUMBER STRESS GRADES AND ALLOWABLE PROPERTIES Lumber of any species and size, as it is sawed sort the lumber into stress grades. The fol- from the log, is quite variable in its mechani- lowing are major visual sorting criteria: cal properties. Pieces may differ in strength by several hundred percent. For simplicity and Density economy in use, pieces of lumber of similar me- chanical properties can be placed in a single Strength is related to the weight or the den- class called a stress grade. sity of clear wood. Properties assigned to lum- A stress grade is characterized by: ber are sometimes modified by using the rate of growth and the percentage of latewood as 1. One or more sorting criteria measures of density. Selection for rate of 2. A set of allov^able properties for en- gineering design growth required that the number of annual rings per inch be within a specified range. It 3. A unique grade name is possible to eliminate some very low strength This chapter discusses sorting criteria for two pieces from a grade by excluding those that stress grading methods, along with the philo- are exceptionally light in weight. sophy of how allowable properties are derived. The allowable properties depend upon the par- Decay ticular sorting criteria and on additional fac- tors that are independent of the sorting criteria. Decay in most forms should be severely re- Allowable properties are different from, and stricted or prohibited in stress grades because usually much lower than, the properties of its extent is difficult to determine and its effect clear, straight-grained wood tabulated in chap- on strength is often greater than visual ob- ter 4. servation would indicate. Limited decay of the From one to six allowable properties are as- pocket type (e.g., Fomes pini) can be permit- sociated with a stress grade—modulus of elas- ted to some degree in stress grades, as can de- ticity and stresses in tension and compression cay that occurs in knots but does not extend parallel to the grain, in compression perpen- into the surrounding wood. dicular to the grain, in shear parallel to the grain, and in extreme fiber in bending. As with Heartwood and Sapwood any structural material, the strength proper- ties used to derive the five allowable stresses Heartwood and sapwood of the same species must be inferred or measured nondestructively have equal mechanical properties, and no heart- to avoid damage to pieces of lumber. Any non- wood requirement need be made in stress grad- destructive test provides both sorting criteria ing. Since heartwood of some species is more and a means of calculating appropriate me- resistant to decay than sapwood, heartwood chanical properties. may be required if the untreated wood is to be The philosophies contained in this chapter exposed to a decay hazard. On the other hand, are used by a number of organizations to de- sapwood takes preservative treatment more velop commercial stress grades. The exact pro- readily and should not be limited in lumber cedures they use and the resulting allowable that is to be treated. stresses are not detailed in the Wood Handbook, but reference to them is given. Slope of Grain In zones of cross grain, the direction of the DEVELOPING VISUAL GRADES wood fibers is not parallel to the edges of the lumber. Cross grain reduces the mechanical Visual Sorting Criteria properties of lumber. Severely cross-grained pieces are also undesirable because they tend Visual grading is the oldest stress grading to warp with changes in moisture content. method. It is based on the premise that me- Stresses caused by shrinkage during drying are chanical properties of lumber differ from me- greater in structural lumber than in small, clear chanical properties of clear wood because of specimens and are increased in zones of slop- characteristics that can be seen and judged by ing or distorted grain. To provide a margin of eye. These visual characteristics are used to safety, the reduction of strength due to cross 6-2 grain in visually graded structural lumber member where shear stresses are highest. In should be about twice the reduction observed members subjected only to tension or compres- in tests of small, clear specimens that contain sion, shake does not greatly affect strength; it similar cross grain. may be limited because of appearance and be- cause it permits entrance of moisture that re- Knots sults in decay. Knots interrupt the direction of grain Checks and Splits and cause localized cross grain with steep slopes. Intergrown or live knots resist some While shake indicates a weakness of fiber kinds of stress, but encased knots or knotholes bond that is presumed to extend lengthwise transmit little or no stress. On the other hand, without limit, checks and splits are rated only distortion of grain is greater around an inter- by the area of actual opening. An end split is grown knot than around an encased or dead considered equal to an end check that extends knot. As a result, overall strength effects are through the full thickness of the piece. The ef- roughly equalized, and often no distinction fects of checks and splits upon strength and the is made in stress grading between live knots, principles of their limitation are the same as dead knots, and knotholes. for shake. The zone of distorted grain (cross grain) around a knot has less "parallel to piece" stiff- Wane ness than straight-grained wood; thus, locali- zed areas of low stiffness are often associated Requirements of appearance, fabrication, or with knots. Such zones generally comprise only the need for ample bearing or nailing surfaces a minor part of the total volume of a piece of generally impose stricter limitations on wane lumber, however, and overall piece stiffness re- than does strength. Wane is therefore limited flects the character of all parts. in structural lumber on those bases. The presence of a knot in a piece modifies some of the clear wood strength properties more Pitch Pockets than it affects the overall stiffness. The effect of Pitch pockets ordinarily have so little effect a knot on strength depends approximately on on structural lumber that they can be disre- the proportion of the cross section of the piece garded in stress grading if they are small and of lumber occupied by the knot, upon knot loca- limited in number. The presence of a large tion, and upon the distribution of stress in the number of pitch pockets, however, may indicate piece. Limits on knot sizes are therefore made shake or weakness of bond between annual in relation to the width of and location on the rings. face in which the knot appears. Compression members are stressed about equally throughout, Deriving Properties for Visually Graded and no limitation related to location of knots is imposed. In tension, knots along the edge of Lumber a member produce an eccentricity that induces The derivation of mechanical properties of bending stresses, and should therefore be more visually graded lumber is based on clear wood restricted than knots away from the edge. In properties and on the lumber characteristics structural members subjected to bending, allowed by the visual sorting criteria. The in- stresses are greater in the middle part of the fluence of the sorting criteria is handled with length and are greater at the top and bottom "strength ratios'* for the strength properties edges than at midheight. These facts can be of wood and with "quality factors" for the recognized in differing limitations on the sizes modulus of elasticity. of knots in different locations. From piece to piece, there is variation both Knots in glued-laminated structural mem- in the clear wood properties and in the oc- bers are not continuous as in sawed structural currence of the property-modifying character- lumber, and different methods are used for istics. The influence of this variability on lum- evaluating their effect on strength (see ch. 10). ber properites is handled differently for strength than for modulus of elasticity. Shake Once the clear wood properties have been Shake in members subjected to bending re- modified for the influence of sorting criteria duces the resistance to shear and therefore is and variability, additional modifications for limited most closely in those parts of a bending size, moisture content, and load duration are 6-3 applied. The composite of these adjustments is an "allowable property," to be discussed in more detail later in the chapter. /OO Strength Properties Each strength property of a piece of lumber is derived from the product of the clear wood strength for the species and the limiting strength ratio. The strength ratio is the hypo- thetical ratio of the strength of a piece of lum- ber with visible strength-reducing characteris- tics to its strength if those characteristics were absent. The true strength ratio of a piece of lumber is never known and must be estimated. The strength ratio assigned to a lumber character- istic, therefore, serves as a predictor of lumber strength. Strength ratio usually is expressed in percent, ranging from zero to 100, although it may be greater than 100 when related to growth rate and percentage of latewood. Estimated strength ratios for cross grain and density have been obtained empirically; /' M 139 t20 strength ratios for other wood characteristics Figure 6-2.—A relation between strength ratio and size of edge have been derived theoretically. For example, knot expressed as a fraction of face width. to account for the weakening effect of knots, the assumption is made that the knot is ef- Strength ratios for all knots, shakes, checks, and splits are derived using similar concepts. fectively a hole through the piece, reducing the Strength ratio formulas are given in American cross section as shown in figure 6-1. The ratio Society for Testing and Materials Designation of the moment a beam with the reduced cross D 245. The same reference contains rules for section will carry to the moment of the beam without the knot is measuring the various growth characteristics. An individual piece of lumber often will have several characteristics that can affect any par- SR= ticular strength property. Only the characteris- 'HÏ tic that gives the lowest strength ratio is used to derive the estimated piece strength. A visual where SR is strength ratio, k is the knot size, stress grade contains lumber ranging from and h is the width of the face containing the pieces having the minimum strength ratio per- knot. This is the basic expression for the effect mitted in the grade to pieces having the mini- of a knot at the edge of the vertical face of a mum for the next higher grade. beam that is deflected vertically. Figure 6-2 The range of strength ratios in a grade, and shows how strength ratio changes with knot the natural variation in clear wood strength, size in the formula. give rise to variation in strength betweeii pieces in the grade. To account for this variation, and provide for safety in design, it is intended that any strength property associated with a grade be less than the actual strength of at least 95 percent of the pieces in the grade. In visual grading according to ASTM Designation D 245, this is handled by using a near-minimum clear wood strength value, and multiplying it by the minimum strength ratio permitted in the grade to obtain the grade strength property. M 139 125 The near-minimum value is called the 5 per- Figure 6-1.—An edge knot in lumber, A, and the assumed loss cent exclusion limit. ASTM Designation D 2555 of cross section, B. provides clear wood strength data and gives a 6-4 method for estimating the 5 percent exclusion limit. 20 1 1 1 1 Suppose a typical 5 percent exclusion limit for the clear wood bending strength for a species in the green condition is 7,000 p.s.i. Suppose also that among the characteristics 16 allowed in a grade of lumber, one character- istic (a knot, for example) provides the lowest strength ratio in bending—assumed in this I example as 40 percent. Using these numbers, the bending strength for the grade can be ob- tained by multiplying the strength ratio (0.40) by 7,000 p.s.i., equalling 2,800 p.s.i. This is s 8 shown in figure 6-3. The bending strength in the green condition of 95 percent of the pieces in I this species that have a strength ratio of 40 percent is expected to be 2,800 p.s.i. or more. Similar procedures are followed for other strength properties, using the appropriate clear wood property value and strength ratio. 1 1II, , 1,1 n As noted, additional multiplying factors then 600 1000 /j400 IßOO 2,200 2,600 are applied to produce allowable properties for MODULUS OF ELASTICITY IN EDGEWISE BENDING design, as summarized later in this chapter. (1,000 P.S.I,) M 139 780 Figure 6-4.—Histogram of modulus of elasticity observed in a single visual grade. From pieces selected over a broad geo- graphical range. by lumber grade. This procedure is outlined in ASTM D 245. For example, assume a clear wood average modulus of elasticity of 1.8 million p.s.i. for the example shown earlier. The limiting bend- ing strength ratio was 40 percent. ASTM D 245 assigns a quality multiplying factor of 0.80 for lumber with this bending strength ratio. The modulus of elasticity for that grade would be the product of the clear wood modulus and the quality factor; i.e., 1.44 million p.s.i. Actual modulus of elasticity of individual pieces of the grade varies from the mean as- sumed for design. Figure 6-4 shows a typical histogram of the modulus of elasticity, meas- ured within a single visual grade, sampled '20 40 60 80 100 from a wide selection of sources. Small in- STRENGTH RATIO (PERCENT) M 139 119 dividual lots of lumber can be expected to de- Figure 6-3.- -An example of the relation between strength and viate from the distribution shown by the his- strength ratio. togram. The additional multiplying factors used to derive final design values of modulus of Modulus of Elasticity elasticity are discussed later in this chapter. In visual grading, the modulus of elasticity assigned is an estimate of the mean modulus DEVELOPING MECHANICAL GRADES of the lumber grade. The average modulus of elasticity for clear wood of the species, as re- Mechanical stress grading is based on an corded in ASTM D 2555, is used as a base. observed relation between modulus of elasticity The clear wood average is multiplied by empiri- and bending strength, tensile strength, or com- cally derived ^'quality factors" to represent the pressive strength parallel to the grain. The reduction in modulus of elasticity that occurs modulus of elasticity of lumber thus is the sort- 6-5 ing criterion used in this method of grading. strength property. Most grading machines in Mechanical devices operating up to relatively the United States are designed to detect the high rates of speed measure the modulus of lov^est flatv^ise bending stiffness that occurs elasticity or stiffness for a series of stress in any approximate 4-foot span. grades. Deriving Properties of Mechanically Mechanical Sorting Criteria Gradee! Lumber The modulus of elasticity used as a sorting A stress grade derived for mechanically criterion for mechanical properties of lumber graded lumber relates allov^able strength in can be measured in a variety of v^ays. Usually bending and in compression and tension paral- the apparent modulus or a stiffness-related lel to grain to the modulus of elasticity levels deflection is the actual measurement made. by v^hich the grade is identified. This relation- Because lumber is heterogeneous, the apparent ship betv^een properties is chosen so that 95 modulus of elasticity depends upon span, percent of the pieces encountered will be at orientation (edgev^ise or flatv^ise in bending), least as strong as indicated by the grading mode of test (static or dynamic), and method process. Figure 6-5 shov^^s an example of a of loading (tension, bending, concentrated, relation betv^een bending strength, and the uniform, etc.). Any of the apparent moduli modulus of elasticity measured in flatwise can be used, so long as the grading machine is bending over an 84-inch span. properly calibrated to give the appropriate As in visual grading, the modulus of elastic- /6.0 14.0 12,0 I k Ci 1.2 L4 1.6 l.ß 2,0 2.2 2.4 2,6 2.6 3.0 MODULUS OF ELASTICITY (MILLION P.SJJ Figure 6-5.-ModyIüs of elasticity as a predictor of modulus of rupture. The line is a 5 percent exclusion line; the points'" are les't results. 6-6 ity assigned to a grade is intended to be an strength ratio concept with the modulus of average value for the grade. However, because elasticity as a predictor of grade properties. the basis for mechanical stress grading is the Emphasis is placed on edge defects when de- sorting of lumber by modulus of elasticity riving the limitations to visual characteristics classes, machines can be adjusted so the of the grade. It has been shown that strength modulus for a grade varies less in a mechani- ratio and modulus of elasticity used together cal stress grade than in a visual stress grade. provide a somewhat more efficient strength Figure 6-6 presents a typical histogram of the prediction than either by itself. dispersion of modulus of elasticity within a In a fashion similar to visual grading, the single grade, obtained by mechanical stress properties derived from mechanical sorting rating. The characteristics of small lots of criteria may be further modified for design lumber can be expected to deviate from such a use by consideration of moisture content and histogram. load duration. 40 I 1 1 ADJUSTING PROPERTIES FOR DESIGN USE The mechanical properties associated with lumber quality, for the stress grading meth- ods, are adjusted to give allowable unit stresses 32 - and an allowable modulus of elasticity suitable for most engineering uses. A composite adjustment factor is applied to each strength property to adjust for an as- sumed 10-year duration of full design load. ä The composite factor includes a safety factor 24 - /.32 \ \ \ \ ^ /.28 \ \ 16 - \ Or \ \ \ \ a - \1 \ X. Zli \ 3 is /./2 \ /,000 1,400 1,800 \ MODULUS OF ELASTICITY \ (1,000 P.S.U \ Ni M 139 !2I \ Figure 6-6.—Histogram of modulus of elasticity observed in a \ single machine stress grade. \ /.04 \ Strengths in shear parallel to the grain and \ in compression perpendicular to the grain have \ not been shown to be well related to modulus \ of elasticity. Therefore, in mechanical stress I.OO grading these properties are handled in re- 10 14 18 22 26 lationship to clear wood properties and lumber MOiSTURE CONTENT (PERCENT) visual characteristics. M 139 118 Figure 6-7.—Modulus of elasticity as a function of moisture con- Most commercial mechanical grading prac- tent for lumber. Solid line represents range of experimental data tice in the United States combines a modified on which graph is based. 6-7 ^.t/ 0.50 L9 - \ _ 0.53 ^ Ci 1.8 \ - 0.56 g i 1.7 «o - - 0.59 Cfc: K Ci 1.6 - - 0.62 kj ^ 1.5 - - 0.67 ?^ 1.4 - ~ 0.71 Co ^ 1.3 - V - 0.77 1.2 - ^\ - 0.83 k l.l - "x^ - 0.91 i:: 1.0 - 1.00 ^ ^ n Q l.ll I § Í Co I 5 s «0 ^ Ci DURATION OF LOAD M 139 123 Figure 6-8.—Relation of strength to duration of load. of about 1.3. Additional adjustments are often For lumber thicker than 4 inches, often no made for size and moisture content. Discus- adjustment for moisture content is made; most sion of these adjustment factors follows; spe- allowable properties are assigned on the basis cific adjustments are given in ASTM Designa- of wood in the green condition. Lumber in tion D 245. large sizes is usually put in place without drying. S\ZQ Factor Duration of Load In bending, a size effect causes small mem- bers to have a greater unit strength than large If loading will not be for a 10-year period members. If bending strength is known for (called normal loading), allowable stress can one size of lumber, it can be approximated be adjusted using figure 6-8. There is some for another size by using formulas given in evidence that an intermittent load causes a chapter 8. These formulas are used in the cumulative effect on strength, and ,that the development of visual grades to convert from total duration should be considered in estab- the sizes of standard small, clear specimens lishing the duration of load effect. to lumber sizes. In many design circumstances there are sev- eral loads on the structure, some acting simul- Moisture Adjustments taneously and each with a different duration. Each increment of time during which the total For lumber 4 inches thick or less that has load is constant should be treated separately, been dried, properties are related to moisture and the most severe condition governs the content. As an example, the relationship for design. Either the allowable stress or the total modulus of elasticity is shown in figure 6-7, design load (but not both) can be adjusted where the modulus at any moisture content is using figure 6-8. expressed as an increase above the modulus For example, suppose a structure is ex- for green lumber. pected to support a load of 100 pounds per 6-8 square foot (p.s.f.) off and on for a cumulative size. In this case, it was convenient to adjust duration of 1 year. Also, it is expected to the loads on the structure, although the same support its own dead load of 20 p.s.f. for the result can be obtained by adjusting the allow- anticipated 50-year life of the structure. The able stress. adjustments to be made to arrive at a design Load Design load are listed below. The more critical design Time Total load adjustment load load is 112 p.s.f., and this load and the allow- (Yr,) (P.s.f.) (P.s.f.) able stress for lumber based on normal loading 1 100 + 20 = 120 0.93 112 would be used to pick members of suitable 50 20 1.04 21 (1) FORMULATION OF STRESS GRADING PRINCIPLES University Staff Members Government Researchers Industry R&D Staff Consumer Representatives (2) PRODUCT STANDARDS American Lumber Standards Committee and its Board of Review National Grading Rule Committee National Bureau of Standards (4) GRADING AGENCY c CERTIFICATION o •H (3) FOPÜULATION AND PUBLICATION Ua The American Lumber OF STRESS-GRADE RULES T3 o Standards Committee Associations if Review Manufacturers (5) GRADE MARK SUPERVISION AND REINSPECTION Associations of Manufacturers Independent Inspection Agencies (6) MAÎWFACTURE AND Î^RKETING OF AMERICAN STANDARD STRESS-GRADED LUMBER Sawmills Figure 6-9.—Voluntary system of responsibilities for stress grading under the American Softwood Lumber Standard. 6-9 Cumulative effects of repeated loads of the grade marking supervision and reinspection very short durations shown in figure 6-8 are services to individual lumber manufacturers. called fatigue. For comments on fatigue, see The performance of these organizations is then chapter 4. under the scrutiny of the Board of Review of the ALSC. PRACTICE OF STRESS GRADING Most commercial softwoods are stress graded under standard practice in the United States. An orderly, voluntary, but circuitous, sys- The principles of stress grading also can be ap- tem of responsibilities has evolved in the plied to hardwoods; several are graded under United States for the development, manufac- provisions of the ALS. ture, and merchandising of most stress-graded Lumber found in the marketplace may be lumber. The system is shown schematically in stress graded by methods approved by the figure 6-9. Stress-grading principles are de- American Lumber Standards Committee, by veloped from research findings and engineer- some other grading rule, or it may not be ing concepts, often within committees and stress graded. Stress grades that meet the subcommittees of the American Society for requirements of the voluntary American Lum- Testing and Materials. ber Standard are developed by the principles The National Bureau of Standards cooper- that have been described in this chapter, and ates with lumber producers, distributors, and only these stress grades are discussed here. users through an American Lumber Stand- Stress grading under the auspices of the ards Committee (ALSC) to assemble a volun- American Lumber Standards Committee is tary softwood standard of manufacture, called applied to many of the sizes and several of the the American Softwood Lumber Standard patterns of lumber meeting the provisions of (see ch. 5). The American Lumber Stand- the American Lumber Standard. A majority ard and the related National Grading Rule of stress-graded lumber is dimension, how- prescribe the ways in which stress-grading ever, and a uniform procedure, the National principles can be used to formulate grading Grading Rule, is used for writing grading rules said to be American Standard. rules for this size lumber. Grade rules for Organizations of lumber manufacturers pub- other sizes may vary by grading agencies or lish grading rule books containing stress-grade species. descriptions. If an organization wants its pub- lished rules to be American Standard, it sub- National Grading Rule mits them to the ALSC's Board of Review for review of conformance with the American The American Softwood Lumber Standard, Softwood Lumber Standard (ALS). PS 20-70, provides for a National Grading Organizations that write grading rules, as Rule for lumber from 2 up to, but not includ- well as independent agencies, can be certified ing, 5 inches in nominal thickness (dimension by ALSC to issue grade marks corresponding lumber). All American Standard lumber in to published stress-grade rules and provide that size range is required to conform to the Table 6-1.—Visual grades described in the National Grading Rule ^ Bending strength Lumber classification Grade name ratio Pet. Light framing (2 to 4 in. thick, 4 in. wide)' Construction 34 Standard 19 Utility 9 Structural light framing (2 to 4 in. thick, 2 to 4 in. wide) Select structural 67 1 55 2 45 3 26 Studs (2 to 4 in. thick, 2 to 4 in. wide) Stud 26 Structural joists and planks (2 to 4 in. thick, 6 in. and wider) Select structural 65 1 55 2 45 26 Appearance framing (2 to 4 in. thick, 2 to 4 in. wide) Appearance 55 ^ Sizes shown are nominal. strength ratio than shown. Contact rules-writing agen- '^ Widths narrower than 4 in. may have different cies for additional information. 6-10 National Grading Rule, except for special prod- BIBLIOGRAPHY ucts such as scaffold planks. The National Grading Rule establishes the American Society for Testing and Materials Standard methods for establishing structural lumber classifications and grade names for grades for visually graded lumber. D 245. (See visually stress-graded lumber shown in table current edition.) Philadelphia, Pa. 6-1. The approximate minimum bending Standard methods for establishing clear wood strength ratio is also shown to provide a com- strength values. D 2555. (See current edition.) parative index of quality. The corresponding Philadelphia, Pa. visual descriptions of the grades can be found Galligan, W. L., and Snodgrass, D. V. 1970. Machine stress rated lumber: Challenge to in the grading rule books of most of the soft- design. Forest Prod. J. 20(9): 63-69. wood rule-writing agencies listed in chapter National Forest Products Association 5. Grades of lumber that meet these require- National design specification for stress-grade lum- ber and its fastenings. (See current edition.) ments should have about the same appearance Washington, D.C. regardless of species. They will not have the U.S. Department of Commerce American softwood lumber standard. Prod. Stand. same allowable properties. The allowable prop- PS 20. (See current edition.) erties for each species and grade are given in the appropriate rule books and in the National Design Specification. The National Grading Rule also establishes some limitations on sizes of permissible edge knots and other visual characteristics for American Standard lumber that is graded by a combination of mechanical and visual meth- ods. Grouping of Species Some species have alv^ays been grouped to- gether and the lumber from them treated as equivalent. This usually has been done for species that have about the same mechanical properties, for the wood of tv^o or more spe- cies very similar in appearance, or for market- ing convenience. For visual stress grades, ASTM D 2555 contains some rules for calculat- ing clear v^ood properties for groups of species. The properties assigned to a group by such a procedure often v^ill not be identical v^ith any of the species that make up the group. The group v^ill display a unique identity v^^ith no- menclature approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee. The grading association under whose auspices the lumber was graded should be contacted if the identities, prop- erties, and characteristics of individual spe- cies of the group are desired. In the case of mechanical stress grading, the inspection agency that supervises the grad- ing certifies by test that the allowable prop- erties in the grading rule are appropriate for the species or species group and the grading process. 6-11 FS-357 Chapter 7 FASTENINGS Page Nails 7-2 Withdrawal Resistance 7-2 Lateral Resistance 7-6 Spikes - — 7-8 Staples 7-8 Drift Bolts 7-8 Wood Screws 7-9 Withdrawal Resistance 7-9 Lateral Resistance 7-10 Lag Screws 7-10 Withdrawal Resistance 7-11 Lateral Resistance 7-11 Bolts 7-13 Bearing Stress of Wood Under Bolts 7-13 Effect of Bolt Quality on Joint Strength 7-14 Design Details ^ 7-14 Effect of Bolt Holes 7-15 Multiple-Bolt Joints 7-15 Connector Joints 7-15 Connector Joints Under Permanent Load 7-16 Modifications 7-18 Net Section - - 7-20 End Distance and Spacing 7-21 Placement of Multiple Connectors 7-21 Cross Bolts 7-22 Examples of Connector-Joint Design 7-22 Fastener Head Embedment 7-23 Bibliography 7-24 7-1 FASTENINGS The strength and stability of any structure (perpendicular to the shank or direction of depend heavily on the fastenings that hold its driving) rather than being loaded in direct parts together. One prime advantage of wood withdrawal. as a structural material is the ease with which wood structural parts can be joined together Withdrawal Resistance with a wide variety of fastenings—nails, spikes, screws, bolts, lag screws, drift pins, The resistance of a nail shank to direct with- staples, and metal connectors of various types. drawal from a piece of wood depends on the For utmost rigidity, strength, and service, density of the wood, the diameter of the nail, each type of fastening requires joint designs and the depth of penetration. The surface con- adapted to the strength properties of wood dition of the nail at the time of driving also along and across the grain, and to dimensional influences the initial withdrawal resistance. changes that may occur with changes in mois- For bright, common wire nails driven into ture content. the side grain of seasoned wood or unseasoned wood that remained wet, the results of many NAILS tests have shown that the maximum with- drawal load is given by the empirical formula: Nails are the most common mechanical p = 7,850G'/'DL fastenings used in construction. There are (7-1) many types, sizes, and forms of nails (fig. where ¡p is the maximum load in pounds ; L, 7-1). The formulas presented in this chapter the depth, in inches, of penetration of the nail for loads apply for bright, smooth, common in the member holding the nail point; G, the steel wire nails driven into wood when there specific gravity of the wood based on ovendry is no visible splitting. For nails other than weight and volume at 12 percent moisture common wire nails, the loads can be adjusted content (see table 4-2, ch. 4) ; and D, the by factors given later in the chapter. diameter of the nail in inches. The diameters of various penny or gage Nails in use resist either withdrawal loads sizes of bright common nails are given in table or lateral loads, or a combination of the two. 7-1. Bright box nails are generally of the same Both withdrawal and lateral resistance are length but slightly smaller diameter (table affected by the wood, the nail, and the condi- 7-2), while cement-coated nails such as cool- tion of use. In general, however, any variation ers, sinkers, and coated box nails are slightly in these factors has a more pronounced effect shorter (% in.) and of smaller diameter for on withdrawal resistance than on lateral re- the same penny size than common nails. An- sistance. The serviceability of joints with nails nularly and helically threaded nails generally laterally loaded is not greatly dependent upon have smaller diameters than common nails for withdrawal resistance unless large joint dis- the same penny size (table 7-3). The loads tortion can be tolerated. Nails, as well as such expressed by equation 7-1 represent average other driven fasteners as staples and T-nails, should be used so that they are loaded laterally B H ZM 57232 F Figure 7-1.—Various types of nails: A, bright, smooth wire nail; B, cement-coated; C, zinc-coated; D, chemically etched; £, an- DISPLACEMENT (IN.) M t39 045 nulariy threaded; F, helically threaded; G, helically threaded and Figure 7-2.—Typical load-displacement curve for direct withdrawal barbed; and H, barbed. of a nail. 7-2 data. A typical load-displacement curve for The withdrawal resistance of nail shanks is nail withdrawal (fig. 7-2) shows that maxi- greatly affected by such factors as type of mum load occurs at relatively small values of nail point, type of shank, time the nail re- displacement. mains in the wood, surface coatings, and mois- Although the formula for nail-withdrawal ture content changes in the wood. resistance indicates that the dense, heavy woods offer greater resistance to nail with- drawal than the lighter weight ones, lighter Effect of Seasoning species should not be disqualified for uses With practically all species, nails driven requiring high resistance to withdrawal. As a rule, the less dense species do not split so into green wood and pulled before any season- readily as the denser ones and thus offer an ing takes place offer about the same with- opportunity for increasing the diameter, drawal resistance as nails driven into seasoned wood and pulled soon after driving. If, how- length, and number of the nails to compensate ever, common smooth-shank nails are driven for the wood's lower resistance to nail with- drawal. into green wood that is allowed to season, or into seasoned wood that is subjected to cycles of wetting and drying before the nails are Table 7-1.—Sizes of bright, common wire nails pulled, they lose a major part of their initial withdrawal resistance. The withdrawal resist- Size Gage Length Diameter ance for nails driven into wood that is sub- In. In. jected to changes in moisture content may be 6d - -- 111/2 2 0.113 as low as 25 percent of the values for nails 8d -- 101/4 21/2 .131 lOd ___^ 9 3 .148 tested soon after driving. On the other hand 12d ____ 9 31/4 .148 if the wood fibers are affected or the nail cor- 16d 8 31/2 .162 20d ---- 6 4 192 rodes under some conditions of moisture varia- 30d ____ 5 41/2 .207 tion and time, withdrawal resistance is erratic ; 40d _.__ 4 5 .225 resistance may be regained or even increased 50d -_- 3 51/2 .244 60d 2 6 .262 over the immediate withdrawal resistance. However, such sustained performance should not be relied on in the design of a nailed Table 7-2.—Sizes of smooth box nails joint. Size Gage Length Diameter In seasoned wood that is not subjected to appreciable moisture content changes, the In. In. withdrawal resistance of nails may also dimi- 3d _ _ - 141/2 IVé 0.076 4d _-_- 14 11/2 .080 nish with lapse of time. Under all these condi- 5d ______14 1% .080 tions of use, the withdrawal resistance of nails 6d _--_ -- 121/2 2 .098 differs among species as well as within in- 7d _ _ -- 121/2 21/4 .098 8d _.-_ -- 111/2 21/2 113 dividual species, making it difficult to evaluate LOd ___ -- 101/2 3 .128 their behavior. i6d __ _ 10 31/2 .135 ÎOd ---- 9 4 .148 Effect of Nail Form Table 7-3. -Sizes of helically and anmdarly threaded nails The surface condition of nails is frequently modified during the manufacturing process to Size Length Diameter improve withdrawal resistance. Such modifi- In. In. cation is usually done by surface coating, sur- 6d 2 0.120 face roughening, or mechanical deformation 8d 2V2 .120 lOd ^ _ 3 .135 of the shank. Other factors that affect the 12d 314 .135 surface condition of the nail are the oil film 16d 31/2 .148 20d 4 .177 remaining on the shank after manufacture or 30d 41/2 .177 corrosion resulting from storage under adverse 40d . - 5 177 conditions; but these factors are so variable 50d 51/2 .177 60d 6 .177 that their influence on withdrawal resistance 70d 7 .207 cannot be adequately evaluated. 80d 8 .207 A common surface treatment for nails is 90d .. ^ 9 .207 the so-called cement coating. Cement coatings. 7-3 contrary to what the name implies, do not which exhibit a marked decrease in with- include cement as an ingredient; they gener- drawal resistance within the first month after ally are a composition of resin applied to the driving. nail to increase the resistance to withdrawal A chemically etched nail has somewhat by increasing the friction between the nail higher withdrawal resistance than some coated and the wood. If properly applied, they in- nails, as the minutely pitted surface is an crease the resistance of nails to withdrawal integral part of the nail shank. Under impact immediately after the nails are driven into loading, however, the withdrawal resistance the softer woods. In the denser woods (such of etched nails is little different from that of as hard maple, birch, or oak), however, plain or cement-coated nails under various cement-coated nails have practically no ad- moisture conditions. vantage over plain nails, because most of the Sand-blasted nails perform in much the coating is removed in driving. Some of the same manner as do chemically etched nails. coating may also be removed in the cleat or Nail shanks may be varied from a smooth, facing member before the nail penetrates the circular form to give an increase in surface foundation member. area without an increase in nail weight. Spe- Good-quality cement coatings are uniform, cial nails with barbed, helically or annularly not sticky to the touch, and cannot be rubbed threaded, and other irregular shanks (fig. 7- off easily. Different techniques of applying the 1) are offered commercially. cement coating and variations in its ingredi- The form and magnitude of the deforma- ents may cause large differences in the relative tions along the shank influence the perform- resistance to withdrawal of different lots of ance of the nails in the various wood species. cement-coated nails. Some nails may show The withdrawal resistance of these nails, ex- only a slight initial advantage over plain nails. cept some types of barbed nails, is generally The increase in withdrawal resistance of somewhat greater than that of common wire cement-coated nails is not permanent but nails of the same diameter, in wood remaining drops off about one-half after a month or so at a uniform moisture content. For instance, for the softer woods. Cement-coated nails are annular shank nails have about 40 percent used primarily in construction of boxes, crates, greater withdrawal resistance. Under condi- and other containers usually built for rough tions involving changes in the moisture con- handling and relatively short service. tent of the wood, however, some special nail Nails that have special coatings, such as forms provide considerably greater withdrawal zinc, are intended primarily for uses where resistance than the common wire nail—about corrosion and staining are important factors four times greater for annular and helical in permanence and appearance. If the zinc shank nails of the same diameter. This is es- coating is evenly applied, withdrawal resist- pecially true of nails driven into green wood ance may be increased, but extreme irreg- that subsequently dries. In general, annularly ularities of the coating may actually reduce threaded nails sustain larger withdrawal loads, it. The advantage that zinc-coated nails with and helically threaded nails sustain greater a uniform coating may have over plain nails impact withdrawal work values than the other in resistance to initial withdrawal is usually nail forms. reduced by repeated cycles of wetting and A smooth, round shank nail with a long, drying. sharp point will usually have a higher with- Nails have also been made with plastic coat- drawal resistance, particularly in the softer ings. The usefulness and characteristics of woods, than the common wire nail (which these coatings are influenced by the quality usually has a diamond point). Sharp points, and type of coating, the effectiveness of the however, accentuate splitting of certain spe- bond between the coating and base fastener, cies, which may reduce withdrawal resistance. and the effectiveness of the bond between the A blunt or flat point without taper reduces coating and wood fibers. Some plastic coat- splitting, but its destruction of the wood fibers ings appear to resist corrosion or improve re- when driven reduces withdrawal resistance to sistance to withdrawal, while others offer little less than that of the common wire nail. A nail improvement. tapered at the end and terminating in a blunt Fasteners with properly applied nylon coat- point will cause less splitting. In the heavier ing tend to retain their initial resistance to woods, such a tapered, blunt-pointed nail will withdrawal, as compared to other coatings provide about the same withdrawal resistance. 7-4 but in the less dense woods, its resistance to interval, or after moisture content changes withdrawal is lower than the common nail. have occurred, is usually somewhat higher Nailhead classifications include flat, oval, than that of nails pulled immediately after countersunk, deep-countersunk, and brad. Nails driving. with all types of heads, except the deep-counter- Toenailing, a common method of joining sunk, brad, and some of the thin flathead nails, wood framework, involves slant driving a nail are sufficiently strong to withstand the force or group of nails through the end or edge of required to pull them from most woods in direct an attached member and into a main member. withdrawal. The deep-countersunk and brad Toenailing requires greater skill in assembly nails are usually driven below the wood surface than does ordinary end nailing but provides and are not intended to carry large withdrawal joints of greater strength and stability. Tests loads. In general, the thickness and diameter show that the maximum strength of toenailed of the heads of the common wire nails in- joints under lateral and uplift loads is obtained crease as the size of the nail increases. by (1) using the largest nail that will not The development of some pneumatically op- cause excessive splitting, (2) allowing an end erated portable nailers has introduced special distance (distance from the end of the at- headed nails such as T-nails and nails with tached member to the point of initial nail a segment of the head cut off. Although the entry) of approximately one-third the length resistance of these heads to pulling through of the nail, (3) driving the nail at a slope of the wood might be less than for conventional 30° with the attached member, and (4) bury- nailheads, the performance of the modified ing the full shank of the nail but avoiding heads appears adequate. It is preferable that excessive mutilation of the wood from ham- the T-head be oriented so that the head is mer blows. perpendicular to the grain of the adjoining In tests of stud-to-sill assemblies with the wood. number and size of nails frequently used in Nails of copper alloys, aluminum alloys, toenailed and end-nailed joints, a joint toe- stainless steel, and other alloys are used mainly nailed with four eightpenny common nails where corrosion or staining is an important was superior to a joint end nailed with two factor for appearance or permanence. Specially sixteenpenny common nails. With such woods hardened nails are also frequently used where as Douglas-fir, toenailing with tenpenny com- driving conditions are difficult, or to obtain mon nails gave greater joint strength than improved performance, such as in pallet as- the commonly used eightpenny nails. sembly. Sometimes even the mechanically de- The results of withdrawal tests with mul- formed shank nails are given heat treatments. tiple nail joints in which the piece attached Hardened nails are brittle and care should is pulled directly away from the main member be exercised to avoid injuries from fragments show that slant driving is usually superior of nails broken during driving. to straight driving when nails are driven into In general, the withdrawal resistance of dry wood and pulled immediately, and de- copper and other alloy nails is somewhat cidedly superior when nails are driven into comparable to that of common steel wire nails green or partially dry wood that is allowed when pulled soon after driving. to season for a month or more. However, the loss in depth of penetration due to slant driv- Driving and Clinching ing may, in some types of joints, offset the advantages of slant nailing. Cross slant driv- The resistance of nails to withdrawal is generally greatest when they are driven per- ing of groups of nails is usually somewhat pendicular to the grain of the wood. WTien more effective than parallel slant driving. the nail is driven parallel to the wood fibers— Nails driven into lead holes with a diameter that is, into the end of the piece—withdrawal slightly smaller than the nail have somewhat resistance in the softer woods drops to 75 or higher withdrawal resistance than nails driven even 50 percent of the resistance obtained without lead holes. Lead holes also prevent or when the nail is driven perpendicular to the reduce splitting of the wood, particularly for grain. The difference between side- and end- dense species. grain withdrawal loads is less for dense woods The withdrawal resistance of smooth-shank, than for softer woods. With most species, clinched nails is considerably higher than that the ratio between the end- and side-grain with- of unclinched nails. The ratio between the drawal loads of nails pulled after a time loads for clinched and unclinched nails varies 7-5 enormously, depending upon the moisture con- maximum withdrawal loads obtained in short- tent of the wood when the nail is driven and time test conditions. For design, these loads withdrawn, the species of wood, the size of must be reduced to account for variability and nail, and the direction of clinch with respect duration of load effects. A value of one-sixth to the grain of the wood. the maximum load has usually been accepted In dry or green wood, a clinched nail pro- as the allowable load for longtime loading vides from 45 to 170 percent more withdrawal conditions. For normal duration of load, this resistance than an unclinched nail when with- value may be increased by 10 percent. drawn soon after driving. In green wood that seasons after a nail is driven, a clinched nail Lateral Resistance gives from 250 to 460 percent greater with- drawal resistance than an unclinched nail. Test loads at joint slips of 0.015 inch for However, this improved strength of the clin- bright, common wire nails in lateral resistance ched- over the unclinched-nail joint does not driven into the side grain (perpendicular to justify the use of green lumber, because the the wood fibers) of seasoned wood were found joints may loosen as the lumber seasons. Fur- to be expressed by the following empirical thermore, laboratory tests were made with formula: single nails, and the effects of drying, such as warping, twisting, and splitting, may re- p = KD^/^ (7-2) duce the efficiency of a joint that has more than one nail. Clinching of nails is generally where p is the lateral load in pounds per nail confined to such construction as boxes and at a joint slip of 0.015 inch (approximately crates and other container applications. proportional limit load); if is a coefficient; Nails clinched across the grain have ap- and D is the diameter of the nail in inches. proximately 20 percent more resistance to Values of the coefficient K are listed in table withdrawal than nails clinched along the 7-4 for ranges of specific gravity of hardwoods grain. and softwoods. The ultimate lateral nail loads for softwoods Plywood may approach 3^4 times the loads expressed by the formula, and for hardwoods they may The nailing characteristics of plywood are be seven times as great. The joint slip at not greatly different from those of solid wood maximum load, however, is over 20 times except for plywood's greater resistance to split- 0.015 inch. This is demonstrated by the typical ting when nails are driven near an edge. The load-slip curve shown in figure 7-3. nail shank withdrawal resistance of plywood The loads obtained by the formula apply is from 15 to 30 percent less than that of solid only for conditions where the side member wood of the same thickness. The reason is and the member holding the nail point are of that fiber distortion is less uniform in ply- approximately the same density and where wood than in solid wood. For plywood less the nail penetrates into the member holding than one-half inch thick, the high splitting the point by not less than 10 times the nail resistance tends to offset the lower withdrawal resistance as compared to solid wood. The Table 7-4.—Coefficients for computing loads for withdrawal resistance per inch of penetration fasteners in seasoned wood ^ decreases with increase in the number of plies. Specific gravity Lateral load coefficient (K) The direction of the grain of the face ply range■ has little influence on the withdrawal resist- Nails ^ Screws Lag screws ance along the end or edge of a piece of ply- HARDWOODS wood. The direction of the grain of the face 0.33-0.47 -^ 1,440 3,360 3,820 ply may influence the pullthrough resistance .48- .56 2,000 4,640 4,280 of staples or nails with severely modified heads, .57- .74 ^ 2,720 6,400 4,950 such as T-heads. Fastener design information SOFTWOODS for plywood is available from the American .29- .42 1,440 3,360 3^3^ Plywood Association. •43- .47 1,800 4,320 3,820 .48- .52 2,200 5,280 4,280 Allowable Loads ' Wood with a moisture content of 15 pet, ' Specific gravity based on ovendry weight and volume at 12 pet. moisture content. The preceding discussion has dealt with ' Coefficients based on load at joint slip of 0.015 in. 7-6 of elasticity of the nail, / is the moment of 1 inertia of the nail cross section, D is the nail size (cross-section dimension), and ]S is the joint slip. For a nail of circular cross section [. ^8J C OMMON t ^AIL of diameter D, this formula reduces to ko^/^E^/^D'/^S v^ F= (7-4) This equation has been shown, experimentally, ^ / to account for the different properties of the nail. The elastic bearing constant, fco, is re- / lated to the average species specific gravity by / the formula: o 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.20 0.24 0.28 0.32 0.36 Ä:o = 3,200,000iG (7-5) SLIP IN JOINT (IN) M 125 339 where G is the specific gravity based on volume Figure 7-3.—Typical relation between lateral load and slip in at the moisture content at which the wood is the ¡oint. used. This value of the elastic bearing constant diameter for dense woods and 14 times the is for smooth shank nails driven in prebored diameter for lightweight woods. The thickness lead holes and loaded parallel to the grain. of the side member should be about one-half the depth of penetration of the nail in the Research Results member holding the point. End distance should be no less than 15 times the nail diameter if The lateral load for side-grain nailing given the end is stressed or 12 times the nail dia- by the empirical formula p=KD^^^ applies meter if unstressed. Edge distance should be whether the load is in a direction parallel to no less than 10 times the nail diameter. When the grain of the pieces joined or at right angles the side member is steel, an increase of about to it. When nails are driven into the end grain 25 percent can be applied to the lateral nail (parallel with the wood fibers), limited data load because initiation of failure is forced to on softwood species indicate that their maxi- occur in the wood member holding the nail mum resistance to lateral displacement is about point. two-thirds that for nails driven into the side grain. Although the average proportional limit Theoretical Analysis loads appear to be about the same for end- and side-grain nailing, the individual results are A considerable amount of work has been more erratic for end-grain nailing, and the done to evaluate the lateral resistance of nailed minimum loads approach only 75 percent of joints. For the interested designer a theoreti- corresponding values for side-grain nailing. cal approach is available for determining the Nails driven into the side grain of unsea- lateral load of a joint having a single nail soned wood give maximum lateral resistance or bolt.^ loads approximately equal to those obtained Results of the theoretical ai alysis, which in seasoned wood, but the lateral resistance considers the nail to be a beam supported on an loads at 0.015-inch joint slip are somewhat elastic foundation (the wood), show that the less. To prevent excessive deformation, lateral lateral load up to the proportional limit for a loads obtained by the formula for seasoned two-member joint with one nail bearing paral- wood should be reduced 25 percent for unsea- lel to the grain is given approximately by the soned wood that will remain wet or be loaded formula: before seasoning takes place. When nails are driven into green wood, their P = 0.354 (A^o^/^) (£7^/^ (I'^') (D'^')S (7-3) lateral proportional limit loads after the wood has seasoned are also less than when they are where P is the lateral load, ko is the elastic driven into seasoned wood and loaded. The er- bearing constant of the wood, E is the modulus ratic behavior of a nailed joint that has under- ' In Bibliography at the end of this chapter see re- gone one or more moisture content changes ports by Kuenzi and by Wilkinson. makes it difficult to establish a lateral load for a 7-7 nailed joint under these conditions. Structural Table 7-5.—Sizes of common wire spikes joints should be inspected at intervals, and if it is apparent that a loosening of the joint has Dia- Dia- ocurred during drying, the joint should be re- Size Length meter Size Length meter inforced with additional nails. In. In. In. In. Deformed-shank nails carry somewhat lOd -__ - 3 0.192 40d 5 0.263 higher maximum lateral loads than common 12d _ _ - 31/4 .192 50d 51/2 .283 16d --- 31/2 .207 60d 6 .283 wire nails, but both perform similarly at small 20d _._. 4 .225 %6 inch _ 7 .312 distortions in the joint. 30d ___. -- 41/2 .244 % inch . _ 81/2 .375 Allowable Loads The load in lateral resistance varies about as The value of the lateral load at proportional the % power of the diameter when other fac- limit obtained from tests must be reduced (to tors, such as quality of metal, type of shank, account for variability and duration of load and depth of penetration, are similar. The di- effects) to arrive at allowable values (see eq. ameter of each leg of a two-legged staple must 7-2). A reduction factor of 1.6 has been used therefore be about two-thirds the diameter of to arrive at a value for longtime loading. For a nail to provide a comparable load. Equation normal loading, this value may be increased by 10 percent. (7-2) may be used to predict the lateral resist- ance of staples and the same factors for nails may be used to arrive at allowable loads. SPIKES In addition to the immediate performance capability of staples and nails as determined Common wire spikes are manufactured in by test, such factors as corrosion, sustained the same manner as common wire nails. They performance under service conditions, and dur- have either a chisel point or a diamond point ability in various uses should be considered in and are made in lengths of 3 to 12 inches. evaluating the relative usefulness of a connec- For corresponding lengths (3 to 6 in.), they tion. have larger diameters (table 7-5) than the common wire nails, and beyond the sixtypenny size they are usually designated by inches of DRIFT BOLTS length. The withdrawal and lateral resistance for- The ultimate withdrawal load of a round mulas and limitations given for common wire drift bolt or pin from the side grain of seasoned nails are also applicable to spikes, except that wood is given by the formula: in calculating the withdrawal load for spikes, p = 6,600G2Z)L the depth of penetration should be reduced by (7-6) two-thirds the length of the point. where p is the ultimate withdrawal load in pounds, G is the specific gravity based on the STAPLES ovendry weight and volume at 12 percent mois- ture content of the wood, D is the diameter Different types of staples have been devel- of the drift bolt in inches, and L is the length oped with various modifications in points, of penetration of the bolt in inches. shank treatment and coatings, gage, crown This formula provides an average relation- width, and length. These fasteners are avail- ship for all species, and the withdrawal load of able in clips or magazines to permit their use some species may be above or below the equa- in pneumatically operated portable staplers. tion values. It also presumes that the bolts Most of the factors that affect the withdrawal are driven into prebored holes having a diam- and lateral loads of nails similarly affect the eter one-eighth inch less than the bolt diam- loads on staples. The withdrawal resistances, eter. for example, vary almost directly with the cir- In lateral resistance, the load for a drift cumference and depth of penetration when the bolt driven into the side grain of wood should type of point and shank are similar. Thus, not exceed, and ordinarily should be taken as equation (7-1) may be used to predict the less than, that for a machine bolt of the same withdrawal load for staples, and the same fac- diameter. The drift bolt should normally be of tors used for nails may be used to arrive at an greater length than the common bolt to com- allowable load. pensate for the lack of washers and nut. 7-8 WOOD SCREWS in general about 10 percent higher than for wood screws of comparable diameter and The common types of wood screws have flat, length of threaded portion. The ratio between oval, or round heads. The flathead screw is the withdrawal resistance of tapping screws most commonly used if a flush surface is de- and wood screws is somewhat higher in the sired. Ovalhead and roundhead screws are used denser woods than in the lighter woods. for appearance, and roundhead screws are used Ultimate test values for withdrawal loads of when countersinking is objectionable. Besides wood screws inserted into the side grain of the head, the principal parts of a screw are seasoned wood may be expressed as: the shank, thread, and core (fig. 7-4). Wood screws are usually made of steel or brass or p = 15J00G'DL (7-7) other metals, alloys, or with specific finishes such as nickel, blued, chromium, or cadmium. where p is the maximum withdrawal load in They are classified according to material, type, pounds, G is the specific gravity based on oven- finish, shape of head, and diameter of the dry weight and volume at 12 percent moisture shank or gage. content, D is the shank diameter of the screw in inches, and L is the length of penetration (ff?^ of the threaded part of the screw in inches. GAGE OR This formula is applicable when screw lead h- DIAMETER holes in softwoods have a diameter of about OF SHANK 70 percent of the root diameter of the threads, and in hardwoods about 90 percent. The root diameter for most sizes of screws averages about two-thirds of the shank diameter. ^ CORE OR ROOT The equation values are applicable to the DIAMETER following sizes of screws: Screw length Gage limits B Inches M 139 044 1 to 6 Figure 7-4.—Common types of wood screws: A, flathead; B, % 2 to 11 roundhead; and C, ovalhead. 1 3 to 12 IV2 5 to 14 2 7 to 16 Current trends in fastenings for wood also 21/2 9 to 18 include tapping screws. Tapping screws have 3 12 to 20 threads the full length of the shank and thus may have some advantage for certain specific For lengths and gages outside these limits, uses. the actual values are likely to be less than the equation values. The withdrawal loads of screws inserted into the end grain/ of wood Withdrawal Resistance are somewhat erratic; but, when splitting is avoided, they should average 75 percent of the Experimental Loads load sustained by screws inserted into the side grain. The resistance of wood screw shanks to Lubricating the surface of a screw^ is recom- withdrawal from the side grain of seasoned mended to facilitate insertion, especially in the wood varies directly with the square of the dense woods. It will have little effect on ulti- specific gravity of the wood. Within limits, mate withdrawal resistance. the withdrawal load varies directly with the depth of penetration of the threaded portion and the diameter of the screw, provided the Allowable Loads screw does not fail in tension. The limiting length to cause screw failure decreases as the For allowable values, the practice has been density of the wood increases. The longer to use one-sixth the ultimate load for longtime lengths of standard screws are therefore super- loading conditions. This also accounts for var- fluous in dense hardwoods. iability in test data. For normal duration of The withdrawal resistance of type A tapping load, the allowable load may be increased 10 screws, commonly called sheet metal screws, is percent. 7-9 Lateral Resistance penetration and the load at the proportional limit is reduced somewhat less rapidly. When Experimental Loads the depth of penetration of the screw in the The test proportional limit loads in lateral holding block is four times the shank diameter, resistance for wood screws in the side grain the maximum load will be less than three times of seasoned wood is given by the empirical the load expressed by the formula, and the pro- formula: portional limit load will be approximately equal to that given by the formula. When the p = KD^ screw holds metal to wood, the load can be (7-8) increased by about 25 percent. where p is the lateral load in pounds, D is the For these lateral loads, the part of the lead hole receiving the shank should be the same diameter of the screw shank in inches, and K diameter or slightly smaller than the shank, is a coefficient depending on the inherent char- and that receiving the threaded part the same acteristics of the wood species. Values of screw diameter or slightly smaller than the root of shank diameters for various screw gages are: the thread. The size of the lead hole may have to be varied with the density of the wood, Screw number or gage the smaller lead holes being used with the Diameter lower density species. Inches Screws should always be turned in. They 4 0.112 should never be started or driven with a ham- 5 .125 6 .138 mer because this practice tears the wood 7 .151 fibers and injures the screw threads, seriously 8 .164 9 .177 reducing the loadcarrying capacity of the screw. 10 .190 11 .203 Allowable Loads 12 .216 14 .242 16 .268 For allowable values, the practice has been 18 .294 to reduce the proportional limit load by a factor 20 .320 24 of 1.6 to account for variability in test data .372 and reduce the load to a longtime loading Values of K are based on ranges of specific condition. For normal duration of load, the gravity of hardwoods and softwoods and are allowable load may be increased by 10 percent. given in table 7-4. They apply to wood at about 15 percent moisture content. Loads computed by substituting these constants in the equa- LAG SCREWS tion are expected to allow a slip of 0.007 to Lag screws are commonly used because of 0.010 inch, depending somewhat on the species their convenience, particularly where it would and density of the wood. be difficult to fasten a bolt or where a nut on Formula (7-8) applies when the depth of the surface would be objectionable. Commonly penetration of the screw into the block receiv- available lag screws range from about 0.2 to 1 ing the point is not less than seven times the inch in diameter and from 1 to 16 inches in shank diameter and when the cleat (member length. The length of the threaded part varies not receiving point) and the block holding the with the length of the screw and ranges from point are approximately of the same density. three-fourths inch with the 1- and li/4-inch The thickness of the side member should be screws to half the length for all lengths greater about one-half the depth of penetration of the than 10 inches. The equations given here for screw in the member holding the point. The withdrawal and lateral loads are based on lag end distance should be no less than the side screws having a base metal average tensile member thickness, and the edge distances no yield strength of about 45,000 pounds per less than one-half the side member thickness. square inch (p.s.i.) and an average ultimate This depth of penetration (seven times shank tensile strength of 77,000 p.s.i. For metal lag diameter) gives an ultimate load of about four screws having greater or lower yield and ten- times the load obtained by the formula. For sile strengths, the withdrawal loads should be a depth of penetration of less than seven times adjusted in proportion to the tensile strength the shank diameter, the ultimate load is re- and the lateral loads in proportion to the square duced about in proportion to the reduction in root of the yield-point stresses. 7-10 Withdrawal Resistance those recommended for maximum efficiency should be used with lag screws of excessive Experimental Loads length. In determining the withdrawal resistance, The results of withdrawal tests have shown the allowable tensile strength of the lag that the maximum load in direct withdrawal screw at the net (root) section should not be of lag screws from seasoned wood may be exceeded. Penetration of the threaded part to computed from the equation : a distance about seven times the shank di- p = S,100G'^'D^^*L (7-9) ameter in the denser species and 10 to 12 times the shank diameter in the less dense species where p is the maximum withdrawal load in will develop approximately the ultimate tensile pounds, D is the shank diameter in inches, strength of the lag screw. G is the specific gravity of the wood based on The resistance to withdrawal of a lag screw ovendry weight and volume at 12 percent from the end-grain surface of a piece of wood moisture content, and L is the length, in inches, is about three-fourths as great as its resist- of penetration of the threaded part. ance to withdrawal from the side-grain sur- Lag screws, like wood screws, require pre- face of the same piece. bored holes of the proper size (fig. 7-5). The lead hole for the shank should be the same di- ameter as the shank. The diameter of the lead Allowable Loads hole for the threaded part varies with the For allowable values, the practice has been density of the wood : For the lightweight soft- to use one-fifth the ultimate load to account for woods, such as the cedars and white pines, 40 variability in test data and reduce the load to to 70 percent of the shank diameter; for a longtime loading condition. For normal dura- Douglas-fir and southern pine, 60 to 75 percent; tion of load, the allowable load may be in- and for dense hardwoods, such as the oaks, 65 to 85 percent. The smaller percentage in each creased by 10 percent. range applies to lag screws of the smaller di- ameters, and the larger percentage to lag screws of larger diameters. Soap or similar lub- Lateral Resistance ricants should be used on the screws to facili- tate turning, and lead holes slightly larger than Experimental Loads The experimentally determined lateral loads for lag screws inserted in the side grain and loaded parallel to the grain of a piece of sea- soned wood can be computed from the equation : p=KD' (7-10) where p is the proportional limit lateral load in pounds parallel to the grain, X is a coefficient depending on the species specific gravity, and D is the shank diameter of the lag screw m inches. Values for K for a number of specific gravity ranges can be found in table 7-4. These coefficients are based on average results for several ranges of specific gravity for hard- woods and softwoods. The loads given by this formula apply when the thickness of the at- tached member is 3.5 times the shank diameter of the lag screw, and the depth of penetra- tion in the main member is seven times the diameter in the harder woods and 11 times Figure 7-5.—A, clean-cuf, deep penetration of thread made by the diameter in the softer woods. For other lag screw turned Into a lead hole of proper siie, and B, rough, thicknesses, the computed loads should be multi- shallow penetration of thread made by lag screw turned into plied by the following factors : over-sized lead hole. 7-11 Ratio of thickness of attached 2,000 lb. The point where this line (ab) inter- member to shank sects the line representing the given angle 40° diameter of is directly above the load, 3,285 lb. lag screw Factor 2 0.62 Values for lateral resistance as computed by 21/2 .77 the preceding methods are based on complete 3 .93 penetration of the shank into the attached 31/2 1.00 4 1.07 member but not into the foundation member. 41/2 1.13 When the unthreaded portion of the shank pene- 5 1.18 trates the foundation member, the following 51/2 1.21 6 1.22 increases in loads are permitted: 61/2 1.22 Ratio of penetration of The thickness of a solid wood side member shank into should be about one-half the depth of penetra- foundation member Increase tion in the member holding the point. to shank diameter in load When the lag screw is inserted into the side Percent grain of wood and the load is applied perpen- 8 dicular to the grain, the load given by the 17 lateral resistance formula should be multi- 26 33 plied by the following factors : 36 38 Shank diameter 39 of lag screw Factor Inches When lag screws are used with metal plates, %6 1.00 the lateral loads parallel to the grain may be V4 .97 increased 25 percent, but no increase should %6 .85 be made in the loads when the applied load is % .76 perpendicular to the grain. yi6 .70 y2 .65 Lag screws should not be used in end grain, % .60 because splitting may develop under lateral % .55 % .52 load. If lag screws are so used, however, the .50 loads should be taken as two-thirds those for lateral resistance when lag screws are inserted For other angles of loading, the loads may into side grain and the loads act perpendicular be computed from the parallel and perpendic- to the grain. ular values by the use of the Schölten nomo- The spacings, end and edge distances, and net graph for determining the bearing strength of section for lag screw joints should be the same wood at various angles to the grain (fig. 7- as those for joints with bolts of a diameter 6). The nomograph provides values compar- equal to the shank diameter of the lag screw. able to those given by the Hankinson formula : Lag screws should always be inserted by turning with a wrench, not by driving with a PQ iV = (7-11) hammer. Soap, beeswax, or other lubricants Psin^^+Qcos^ö applied to the screw, particularly with the denser wood species, will facilitate insertion where P represents the load or stress paral- and prevent damage to the threads but will lel to the grain. Q, the load or stress perpen- not affect the lag screw's performance. dicular to the grain ; and AT, the load or stress at an inclination 0 with the direction of the grain. Allowable Loads Example: P, the load parallel to grain is For allowable loads, the accepted practice has 6,000 pounds (lb.), and Q, the load perpendic- been to reduce the proportional limit load by ular to the grain is 2,000 lb. |N, the load at a factor of 2.25 to account for variability in an angle of 40° to grain is found as follows : test data and reduce the load to a longtime (Connect with a straight line 6,000 lb. (a) on loading condition. For normal duration of load, line OZ of the nomograph with the intersec- the allowable load may be increased by 10 tion (b) on line OY of a vertical line through percent. 7-12 P = LOAD OR STRESS PARALLEL TO GRAIN. ONLOAD OR STRESS PERPENDICULAR TO GRAIN. N=LOAD OR STRESS AT INCLINATION 9 WITH THE DIRECTION OF GRAIN. O 12345678 9 10 ALLOWABLE LOAD (IN POUNDS) OR STRESS (IN RSI.) FOR P, 0 AND N IN UNITS, TENS, HUNDREDS OR THOUSANDS M Ï39 043 Figure 7-6. Schölten nomograph for determining the bearing stress of wood at various angles to the grain. The dotted line oh refers to the example given in the text. BOLTS For bearing stresses perpendicular to the grain in seasoned wood, the stresses for short ^^ot\f\Q %\x^%% of Wood Under Bolts bolts (small L/D ratios) depend upon bolt diameter. Small bolts had higher proportional The bearing stress under a bolt, computed limit values than large bolts. The ef- by dividing the load by the product LD where fect is presented in figure 7-8, wherein the L is length of bolt in main member and D is ratio of proportional limit bearing stress to bolt diameter, is largest when the bolt does not compression perpendicular to the grain pro- bend, i.e. for joints with small L/D values. The results of many tests of joints having a seasoned wood member and two steel splice plates show that bearing stress parallel to the grain at proportional limit loads approached 60 percent of the crushing strength of conifers and 80 percent of the crushing strength of hardwoods, where the crushing strengths are those obtained for clear, straight-grained speci- mens (table 4-2, ch. 4). The curve of figure 7-7 shows the reduction in bearing stress as L/D ratio increases. Thus the bolt-bearing stress parallel to the grain can be obtained for the crushing strength of small clear speci- mens, which is reduced by the above- mentioned factor for conifers or hardwoods, and an additional factor for L/D ratio. When wood splice plates were used, each splice plate half as thick as the center member, the bear- M 139 046 ing stresses were about 80 percent of those Figure 7-7.—Variation in the proportional limit bolt-bearing stress obtained with steel splice plates. with L/D ratio. 7-13 portional limit stress is plotted as a function Effecf of Bo/f Quality on Joint Strength of bolt diameter. The variation with bolt len^h {L/D ratio) is given by the appropriate curve Both the properties of the wood and the in figure 7-7. Thus, the bolt-bearing stress per- quality of the bolt are factors in determining pendicular to the grain can be obtained from the proportional limit strength of a bolted joint. the proportional limit stress perpendicular to The percentages of stresses given in figure 7-7 grain of small clear specimens (table 4-2, ch. for calculating bearing stresses apply to steel 4), this is increased by the factor given in figure machine bolts used in building construction. 7-8 and then reduced by the factor given in For high-strength bolts, such as aircraft bolts, figure 7-7. The same data were obtained with the factors given in figure 7-7 would be con- steel splice plates and wood splice plates, each servative for the larger L/D ratios. half as thick as the main center member. Bear- ing was parallel to the grain in the splice plates. Design Details The details of design required in the applica- tion of the loads for bolts may be summarized as follows : (1) A load applied to only one end of a bolt, perpendicular to its axis, may be taken as one- half the symmetrical two-end load. (2) The center-to-center distance along the grain between bolts acting parallel to the grain should be at least four times the bolt diameter. When a joint is in tension, the bolt nearest the end of a timber should be at a distance from the end of at least seven times the bolt diameter for softwoods and five times for hardwoods. When the joint is in compression, the end margin may be four times the bolt diameter for both softwoods and hardwoods. Any decrease in these spacings and margins will decrease the load in about the same ratio. (3) For bolts bearing parallel to the grain, the distance from the edge of a timber to the center of a bolt should be at least 1.5 times the bolt diameter. This margin, however, will usually be controlled by (a) the common prac- tice of having an edge margin equal to one- half the distance between bolt rows and (b) the area requirements at the critical section. (The critical section is that section of the member taken at right angles to the direction of load, which gives the maximum stress in the member based on the net area remaining after reductions are made for bolt holes at that section.) For parallel-to-grain loading in soft- 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 woods, the net area remaining at the critical BOLT DIAMETER (IN.) section should be at least 80 percent of the M 139 050 Figure 7-8.—Bearing stress perpendicular to tlie grain as affected total area in bearing under all the bolts in by bolt diameter. the particular joint under consideration; in hardwoods it should be 100 percent. For loads applied at an angle intermediate (4) For bolts bearing perpendicular to the between those parallel to the grain and per- grain, the margin between the edge toward pendicular to the grain, the bolt bearing stress which the bolt pressure is acting and the cen- may be obtained from the nomograph in figure ter of the bolt or bolts nearest this edge should 7-6. be at least four times the bolt diameter. The 7-14 margin at the opposite edge is relatively unim- portant. The minimum center-to-center spacing 4,500 of bolts in the across-the-grain direction for loads acting through metal side plates need 4,000 only be sufficient to permit the tightening of / .A the nuts. For wood side plates, the spacing is / controlled by the rules applying to loads act- SLOW FEED^ / ing parallel to grain if the design load ap- y f proaches the bolt-bearing capacity of the side / plates. When the design load is less than the / bolt-bearing capacity of the side plates, the / ; spacing may be reduced below that required to a f 1 / develop their maximum capacity. â S,000 / Effecf of Bolt Holes 1 / / FAST FSD,.,, -^ y 1 1 —^-^ The bearing strength of wood under bolts is / ^ affected considerably by the size and type of / bolt hole into which the bolts are inserted. A / -^ " bolt hole that is too large causes nonuniform ~/ ^^^ bearing of the bolt; if the bolt hole is too p^ small, the wood will split when the bolt is 0 0.010 0.0Í0 0.0- driven. Normally, bolts should fit neatly, so OEFOKUATION IINCHES) that they can be inserted by tapping lightly M 139 042 with a wood mallet. In general, the smoother Figure 7-10. Typical load-deformation curves showing the effect« the hole, the higher the bearing values will be of surface condition of bolt holes, resulting from a slow feed (fig. 7-9). Deformations accompanying the rate and a fast feed rate, on the deformation in a joint when subjected to loading under bolts. The surface conditions of th« load also increase with increase in the un- bolt holes were similar to those illustrated in figure 7-9. evenness of the bolt-hole surface (fig. 7-10). Mu/f/p/e-Bo/f Jo/nfs ■^it Joints containing six or more bolts in a row have an uneven distribution of bolt loads. The two end bolts together usually carry over 50 percent of the load. More than six bolts in a 10 11 row do not substantially increase the elastic strength of the joint, in that the additional bolts only tend to reduce the load on the less heavily loaded interior bolts. A small misalinement of bolt holes may cause M 92351 F large shifts in bolt loads. Therefore, in field- Figure 7-9.—Effect of rate of feed and drill speed on the surface fabricated joints, the exact distribution of bolt condition of bolt holes drilled in Sitkc spruce. The hole on the loads would be difficult to predict. The most left was bored with a twist drill rotating at a peripheral speed even distribution of bolt loads occurs in a joint of 300 inches per minute; the feed rate was 60 inches per minute. The hole on the right was bored with the same drill at a in which the extensional stiffness of the main peripheral speed of 1,250 inches per minute; the feed rate was member is equal to that of both splice plates. 2 inches per minute. A simplified method of analysis that closely predicts the load distribution among the bolts Rough holes are caused by using dull bits in a timber tension joint has been developed and improper rates of feed and drill speed. A by Cramer (see Bibliography). twist drill operated at a peripheral speed of ap- proximately 1,500 inches per minute pro- CONNECTOR JOINTS duces uniform smooth holes at moderate feed rates. The rate of feed depends upon the diam- Several types of connectors have been de- eter of the drill and the speed of rotation vised that increase joint bearing and shear but should enable the drill to cut rather than areas by utilizing rings or plates around bolts tear the wood. The drill should produce shav- holding joint members together. The primary ings, not chips. load-carrying portions of these joints are the 7-15 connectors; the bolts usually serve to prevent sideways separation of the members, but do contribute some load-carrying capacity. The strength of the connector joint de- pends on the type and size of the connector, the species of wood, the thickness and width of the member, the distance of the connector from the end of the member, the spacing of the connectors, the direction of application of the load with respect to the direction of the grain of the wood, and other factors. Loads for wood joints with steel connectors—split- ring (fig. 7-11), toothed-ring (fig. 7-12), and shear-plate (fig. 7-13)—are discussed in this section. The split-ring and shear-plate con- nectors require closely fitting machined por- tions in the wood members. The toothed-ring connector is pressed into the wood. M 32690 F Connector Joints Under Permanent Load Figure 7-12.—Joint with toothed-ring connector. sidered, the relation between the load at failure Allowable loads for the split-ring, shear- in a standard bending test of a few minutes' plate, and toothed-ring connectors provided in duration and the load that will cause failure table 7-6 were derived from the results of tests under longtime loading was assumed to apply. of joints made from several wood species. The Under constant load a beam will fail at a load species were classified into four groups in ac- only about nine-sixteenths as great as the cordance with their strength in connector breaking load found in the standard bending joints. In establishing the loads, particular con- test (see ch. 6). sideration was given to (1) the effect of long- continued loading as against the brief loading period involved in the test of joints and (2) allowance for variability in timber quality (ASTM 1761). Since adequate data are not available on the effect of duration of stress on the strength of connector joints, insofar as the wood is con- M 93396 F M 9235S F Figure 7-11.—Joint with spiit-ring connector showing connector, Figure 7-13.—Joints with shear-plate connectors with A, wood precut groove, bolt, washer, and nut. side plates; and B, steel side plates. 7-16 0) 'O , lO IÄ lO lÄ O o o .S 00 lo (M CO o t- CO r}< w •^ t- c^. 00 CO o a I o c<3 4J 0 , lA o o Iß o O Ä t- 00 Oi CO CO 00 CO CO 0) ce c3 bJO »^ 00 lO O O o ci ïS CO I O ^«^ a) o 05 IÄ o »Ä lie s^ CO IC ¡Ä CO XI*' 73 ^.. o O O .SB lß CO Sí ^ Bo o Ô O o •au (y O 00 00 o CO u g c3 So 00 CO o 0) i ^C o JS -•^ 73 LO lÄ o o o o o la h típtí «« O 00 00 Ci C5 tr- lO Ci o »H I> TH^ CO CÖ 7â ^ o 05 Ci CO oc .s O ci ci ci CO 2 g«Ö di -M CO f5 CJ Iß LO o ÇO o o -^ g 2 Iß as t> o CP5 Iß Ci CO Lß O O tí tí 5 ft lß lß O o lß lß o tí O 00 Tí< ÇO CO Lß 00 Ci o ï> '^ 00 "^ o^ CO 00^ T-T ci ■PH ^•^^ & ^o3 rH CO ci 73tí tí 2 ^ 9J '•5 2 2 Sai =3^ ;:?? O ^o CO lß CO T}H lß CO lß O B Mo 03 I .Il ^ ;:?5 ;^ ;^ ï^ c3 ^8 5 ñn ^ D*^ C4^ <ü ^ O) 55* > Gi 03 g«H "^ g .S ' '^ O .s .s O 1-in. O rH_SÍ OH . bolt %-in. , bolt _ ¿ ! ^*¿ >» tí cö_w 0.94 in. o.S í^ rH h %-in. ■^ c .^ Q) -.2 O) Ö 73 73 73^ o tí ^ o OS ^ d Si. ^ diameter, 073 P< ft ü wide wit -% diameter, I .'^ ing: de, with %-in n. diamet n. diameter, de with V2- de with l^-in. d Ring : ¿í.SIt ÛH.S .^ O) tí £ ü o tí o H ^ s. ^ tí O Ä tí '^ tí >¿ i.r^¿-si I %IH'-(M rt §cg eg CO CO ^ Co 8 ^^ 7-17 Table 7-7.—Species groupings for connector loads Connector load group Species or species group Group 1 Aspen Basswood Cottonwood Western redcedar Balsam fir White fir Eastern hemlock Eastern white pine Sugar pine Ponderosa pine Western white pine Engelmann spruce Group 2 Chestnut Yellow-poplar Baldcypress Alaska-cedar Port-Orford-cedar Western hemlock Red pine Redwood Red spruce Sitka spruce White spruce Group 3 Elm, American Elm, slippery Maple, soft Sweetgum Sycamore Tupelo Douglas-fir Larch, western Southern pine Group 4 Ash, white Beech Birch Elm, rock Hickory Oak Maple, hard Tests have demonstrated that the density of lowances for duration of stress and for vari- the wood is a controlling factor in determin- ability as well as a margin for safety. Thus, ing the strength of a joint. Consequently, the after the values from test are multiplied by load carried by a connector in the laboratory a factor of %Q as an allowance for a long- test employing wood of average quality for a continued load and by % to cover variability of species was adjusted to allow for the lower than the wood, the actual factor of safety for a average material that might be in service. connector joint is on the order of 1% (4 x %Q X The values listed in table 7-6 for connectors % = 111/16) if the load acts over a long period. loaded parallel to the grain were derived by The tests from which loads were derived were applying a reduction factor to the ultimate on specimens carefully made from seasoned test load. For split-ring and shear-plate con- material, under favorable conditions, and by nectors, a reduction factor of 4 gave values that experienced workmen. would not exceed five-eighths of the proportion- For any joint assembly in which more than al limit test load. Because load-slip curves for one connector is used in the contact faces with joints with toothed connectors do not exhibit the same bolt axis, the total load is the sum of a well-defined proportional limit, a reduction the loads of each connector. For example, in factor of 414 was applied to their ultimate loads. table 7-6 minimum actual thickness of the members is given for a joint assembly of Tests of connector joints under loads bear- three members employing two connectors in ing perpendicular to grain, although less ex- opposite faces with a common bolt; this as- tensive than those for parallel bearing, have sembly is equivalent to two connectors; been sufficient to establish a generally applic- therefore, the load will be twice the correspond- able relationship between the two directions. ing value shown for a one-connector assembly. This relationship was used in deriving loads for The loads given apply only when the joints are perpendicular bearing. Ultimate load was given properly designed with respect to such features less consideration for perpendicular than for as centering of connectors on the member axis, parallel bearing, and greater dependence was adequate end distances, and suitable spacing placed on other factors, such as the load at of connectors. proportional limit and at given slips of the joirt. The figures quoted as the ratios between Modifications tabulated loads and the loads found in tests Some of the factors that affect the loads of are in no instance true factors of safety. For connectors were taken into account in deriving example, the reduction factor of 4 for split- the tabular values. Other varied and extreme ring and shear-plate connectors includes al- conditions require modification of the values. 7-18 Wind or Earthquake Loads Exposure and Moisture Condition of Wood In designing for wind or earthquake forces The loads listed in table 7-6 apply to sea- acting alone, or acting in conjunction with soned members used where they will remain dead and live loads, the loads for the various dry. If the wood will be more or less con- connectors may be increased by the following tinuously damp or wet in use, two-thirds of percentages, provided the number and size of the tabulated values should be used. The connectors are not less than required for the amount by which the loads should be reduced combination of dead and live loads alone : to adapt them to other conditions of use de- Increase pends upon the extent to which the exposure favors decay, the required life of the structure Percent - Split-ring connector, any size, bearing in or part, the frequency and thoroughness of any direction 50 inspection, the original cost and the cost of re- Shear-plate connector, any size, bearing par- placements, the proportion of sapwood and the allel to grain 33 ^/^ Shear-plate connector, any size, bearing durability of the heartwood of the species, if perpendicular to grain 50 untreated, and the character and efficiency of Toothed-ring connector, 2-inch, bearing in any treatment. These factors should be evalu- any direction 50 Tooth-ring connector, 4-inch, bearing in any ated for each individual design. Industry rec- direction 25 ommendations for the use of connectors when the condition of the lumber is other than ^ Percentages for shear-plate connectors bearing at intermediate angles and for toothed-ring connectors of continuously wet or continuously dry are given other sizes can be obtained by interpolation. in the National Design Specification for Stress- Grade Lumber and Its Fastenings. Impact Forces Ordinarily, before fabrication of connector joints, members should be seasoned to a mois- Impact may be disregarded up to the fol- ture content corresponding as nearly as lowing percentage of the static effect of the live practical to that which they will attain in ser- load producing the impact : vice. This is particularly desirable for lumber for roof trusses and other structural units used Impact in dry locations and in which shrinkage is an allowances important factor. Urgent construction needs Percent ^ sometimes result in the erection of structures Split-ring connector, any size, bearing in and structural units employing green or inade- any direction 100 Shear-plate connector, any size, bearing quately sesoned lumber with connectors. Since parallel to grain 66% such lumber subsequently dries out in most Shear-plate connector, any size, bearing buildings, causing shrinkage and opening the perpendicular to grain 100 Toothed-ring connector, 2-inch, bearing in joints, it is essential that adequate mainten- any direction 100 ance measures be adopted. The maintenance for Toothed-ring connector, 4-inch, bearing in connector joints in green lumber should in- any direction 50 clude inspection of the structural units and ^ One-half of any impact load that remains after dis- tightening of all bolts as needed during the regarding the percentages indicated should be included with the other dead and live loads in obtaining the time the units are coming to moisture equili- total force to be considered in designing the joint. brium, which is normally during the first year. Factor of Safety Not Reduced Grade and Quality of Lumber The procedures described for increasing the The lumber for which the loads for connec- loads on connectors for forces suddenly applied tors are applicable should conform to the gen- and forces of short duration do not reduce the eral requirements in regard to the quality of actual factor of safety of the joint but are structural lumber given in the grading rule realistic because of the favorable behavior of books of lumber manufacturers' associations wood under suddenly applied forces. The dif- for the various commercial species. ferentiation among types and sizes of con- The loads for connectors were obtained for nector and directions of bearing is due to varia- wood at the joints that were clear and free tions in the extent to which distortion of the from checks, shakes, and splits. Cross grain metal, as well as the strength of the wood, af- at the joint should not be steeper than a slope fects the ultimate strength of the joint. of 1 in 10, and knots in the connector area 7-19 should be accounted for as explained under type and size of connector are the maximum "Net Section." loads to be used for all thicker lumber. The loads for wood members of thicknesses less Loads at Angle With Grain than those listed can be obtained by the per- centage reductions indicated in figure 7-14. The loads for the split-ring and shear-plate Thicknesses below those indicated by the connectors for angles of 0° to 90° between curves should not be used. direction of load and grain may be obtained Thicknesses of members containing one con- by Hankinson's formula (eq. 7-11) or by the nector only are equal to half the thickness of a nomograph in figure 7-6. With the toothed member containing one connector in each face connectors, the load at an inclination to the plus one-eighth inch for split-ring and toothed- grain of 0° to 45° may be obtained with the ring connectors. For split-ring connectors, the previously mentioned formula, but from 45° reduction in load for other thicknesses of mem- to 90° it is equal to the load perpendicular to bers containing one connector only may be ob- the grain. tained by following the same rules as for shear plate and toothed-ring connectors. Thickness of Member The relationship between the loads for the Width of Member different thicknesses of lumber is based on test results for connector joints. The least thick- The width of member listed for each type ness of member given in table 7-6 for the and size of connector is the minimum that various sizes of connectors is the minimum to should be used. When the connectors are bear- obtain optimum load. The loads listed for each ing parallel to the grain, no increase in load occurs with an increase in width. When they are bearing perpendicular to the grain, the load increases about 10 percent for each 1-inch increase in width of member over the mini- mum widths required for each type and size of connector, up to twice the diameter of the / „ Ï connectors. When the connector is placed off A -4-/I center and the load is applied continuously in SPLIT Rl NG / ,A -2Í- INCH DIAMETER, j-INCH BOLT / . one direction only, the proper load can be 1 /r determined by considering the width of mem- 1 ber as equal to twice the edge distance (the distance between the center of the connector and the edge of the member toward which the load is acting). But the distance between the center of the connector and the opposite edge INCH DIAMETER, j -INCH BOLT should not be less than one-half the permis- TOOTHED RING 2Í-INCH DIAMETER, f-INCH BOLT__ sible minimum width of the member. 4-INCH DIAMETER, }-INCH BOLT 3 i-INCH DIAMETER, i-INCH BOLT- H^\ Secf/on The net section is the area remaining at the critical section after subtracting the projected area of the connectors and bolt from ihe full 1 / cross-sectional area of the member. For SHIzAR F'LATE / sawed timbers, the stress in the net area / A -4-11VCH DlAMET ER,§ ORI-/NCH BOLT / / (whether in tension or compression) should ' / ^^8 >4 / not exceed the stress for clear wood in com- pression parallel to the grain. In using this 0 12 3 4 5 6 stress, it is assumed that knots do not occur THICKNESS OF WOOD MEMBER WITH CONNECTOR IN EACH FACE (IN) within a length of one-half the diameter of the connector from the net section. If knots are M 139 049 Figure 7-14.—Effect of thickness of wood member on the optimum present in the longitudinal projection of the load capacity of a timber connector. net section within a length from the critical 7-20 section of one-half the diameter of the connec- not factors affecting the strength of the joint tor, the area of the knots should be subtracted (fig. 7-15, A). When the end distance or spac- from the area of the critical section. ing for connectors bearing parallel to the grain In laminated timbers, knots may occur in the is less than that required to develop the full inner laminations at the connector location load, the proper reduced load may be obtained without being apparent from the outside of the by multiplying the loads in table 7-6 by the member. It is impractical to assure that there appropriate strength ratio given in table 7-8. are no knots at or near the connector. In lam- For example, the load for a 4-inch split-ring inated construction, therefore, the stress at the connector bearing parallel to the grain, when net section is limited to the compressive stress placed 7 or more inches from the end of a for the member, accounting for the effect of Douglas-fir tension member that is V^k inches knots. thick, is 4,780 pounds. When the end distance is only 5^/4 inches, the strength ratio obtained End Distance and Spacing by direct interpolation from the values given The load values in table 7-6 apply when in table 7-8 is 0.81, and the load equals 0.81 the distance of the connector from the end of times 4,780 or 3,870 pounds. the member (end distance e) and the spacing (s) between connectors in multiple joints are Placement of Multiple Connectors Preliminary investigations of the placement of connectors in a multiple joint, together with the observed behavior of single connector joints 1 tested with variables that simulate those in a multiple joint, furnish a basis for some sug- gested design practices. When two or more connectors in the same to face of a member are in a line at right angles e to the grain of the member and are bearing k parallel to the grain (fig. 7-15, C), the clear yj distance (c) between the connectors should e: not be less than one-half inch. r T-t When two or more connectors are acting B perpendicular to the grain and are spaced on a line at right angles to the length of the mem- ber (fig. 7-15, B), the rules for the width of member and edge distances used with one con- nector are applicable to the edge distances for multiple connectors. The clear distance be- tween the connectors (c) should be equal to the clear distance from the edge of the mem- ber toward which the load is acting to the con- nector nearest this edge (c). In a joint with two or more connectors spaced on a line parallel to the grain and with the load acting perpendicular to the grain (fig. LEGEND: 7-15, D), the available data indicate that the e - END DISTANCE load for multiple connectors is not equal to the S - SPACING PARALLEL TO GRAIN sum of the loads for individual connectors. O- EDGE DISTANCE Somewhat more favorable results can be ob- C - CLEAR DISTANCE tained if the connectors are staggered so that M 392S3 F they do not act along the same line with re- Figure 7—1 5.—Types of multiple-connector joints: A, joint strength spect to the grain of the transverse member. dependent on end distance e and connector spacing s; B, joint Industry recommendations for various angle- strength dependent on end e, clear c, and edge a distances; C, joint strength dependent on end e and clear c distances; D, to-grain loadings and spacings are given in joint strength dependent on end e, clear c, and edge a distances. National Design Specifications. 7-21 Table 7-8.—Strength ratio for connectors for various longitudinal spacings and end distances ' End distance ^ Spacing —— End Connector . ^ strength distance diameter bpacmg ^.^^j^ Tension Compression strength member member ratio ^^ I^ Pet. In. In. Pet. SPLIT-RING ^2 6%+ IÖÖ 51/2+ 4+ ÏÔÔ 2V2 3% 50 23/, 2y2 62 A U ^2S ^+ 51/2+ 100 ^ f% 50 S^ 31/4 62 SHEAR-PLATE 2% 33/8 50 2% 2V2 62 A ^A^ ^25 ^+ ö'/2+ 100 4 ^ 50 S^ 3^4 62 TOOTHED-RING 2 4+ ÏÔÔ S^ ^ Wo 2 2 50 2 67 2% 514-f 100 4%+ 2%+ 100 2% 2% 50 2% 67 3% 6%+ 100 5%+ "33/S+ 100 3% 33/8 50 33/g Qrj 4 8+ 100 7+ 4+ 100 f 4 50 4 67 'Strength ratio for spacings and end distances inter- end distances. The spacings and end distances should mediate to those listed may be obtained by interpola- not be less than the minimum shown tion, and multiplied by the loads in table 7-6 to obtain ' Spacing is distance from center to center of con- design load. The strength ratio applies only to those nectors (fig. 7-15, A). connector units affected by the respective spacings or ' End distance is distance from center of connector to end of member (fig. 7-15, A). Cross Bolts Douglas-fir member I1/2 inches thick or as one n^ u 14. 4--X 1. u 14. 1 j ^ ^^ ^^^ connectors used in opposite faces of a Cross bolts or stitch bolts placed at or near member 3 inches thick, is 4,780 lb. The load the end of members jomed with connectors or of the joint for two connectors is twice 4,780 at points between connectors will provide addi- or 9 560 lb tional safety. They may also be used to rein- (2) Calculate the load of the joint in ex- force members that have, through change m ample (1) when the side plates aíe 16 inches moisture content m service, developed splits instead of 28 inches long. By placing the con- to an undesirable degree. sectors halfway between the ends of the skie plates and the butt joint, the end distance is Examples of Connecfor-Joinf Design 4 inches. The strength ratio as interpolated ,,, ^ ,,,,,,, ^ . . . from values given in table 7-8 for a 4-inch end (1) Calculate the load of a tension joint of distance is 0.68, and the load accordingly equals seasoned Douglas-fir in which two pieces 31/2 0.68 times 9,560 or 6,500 lb inches thick and 51/2 inches wide are joined (3) Calculate the load of a joint of seasoned end to end by side plates 11/2 inches thick, southern pine in which two tension side mem- 51/2 inches wide, and 28 inches long, when bers I1/2 inches thick and 51/2 inches wide are four 4-inch split-rmg connectors and two %- joined at right angles to opposite faces of a inch bolts are used. In this arrangement, center timber 31/2 inches thick and 51/2 inches two connectors and a concentric bolt are placed wide by means of two 4-inch split-ring connec- symmetrically on either side of the butt joint tors and a %-inch bolt. at a distance of 7 inches from the ends of the The load for one of two 4-inch split-ring members and side plates. This end distance, as connectors used in opposite faces of a member shown m table 7-8, is adequate to develop the 3 inches thick and 51/2 inches wide and bear- rriT. 1 -, . . ^^^ perpendicular to the grain is 2,775 lb. The load given m table 7-6 for one 4-inch (table 7-6). The load for one connector bear- split-rmg connector, when used in one face of a ing parallel to the grain in one face of a side 7-22 member 1% inches thick and with an end dis- tance of 7 inches is .4,780 lb. (table 7-6). The load of the joint, which is governed by the center member, is twice 2,775 or 5,550 lb. (4) Calculate the load of the joint in ex- / ample (3) when the distance from the end of / the side plates overlapping the center member to the center of the bolt hole is 31/^ instead of 7 inches. iß' The strength ratio for an end distance of 3^/2 i/ ^ inches is 0.62 (table 7-8). The load for one 4- s« i/ inch split-ring connector in the side member, / hence, equals 0.62 times 4,780 or 2,964 lb. This >/ is larger than the load for one connector in the center member. The strength of the joint, therefore, is still governed by the center mem- ñ V ber and, as before, is 5,550 lb. y ^ FASTENER HEAD EMBEDMENT / i. / y The bearing strength of wood under fastener ^ heads is important in such applications as the / ^/ / ^ ^ ^ / i4 ^ / /^ í;:^^ 12 ^ So / 0 I 2 3 -J 10 FASTENER BEARING AREA (IN?) Ci Ci M 139 047 Ci 0/ <^ Figure 7-17.—Relation between load at 0.05 inch embedment and j-y fastener bearing area for several species. anchorage of building framework to founda- / tion structures. When pressure tends to pull the framing member away from the founda- ^ tion, the fastening loads could cause tensile failure of the fastenings, withdrawal of the // fastenings from the framing member, or em- bedment of the fastener heads into the mem- ^ ber. Possibly the fastener head could even be /A y^.^y''^ ^ pulled completely through. y^^ The maximum resistance to fastener head embedment is related to the fastener perime- ^ ter, while loads of low embedments (0.05 in.) O á / 2 3 4 5 6 are related to the fastener bearing area. These FASTENER PERIMETER (IN.) M 139 046 relations for several species at 10 percent mois- Figure 7-16.—Relation between maximum embedment load and ture content are shown in figures 7-16 and fastener perimeter for several species of wood. 7-17. 7-23 BIBLIOGRAPHY American Society for Testing and Materials National Forest Products Association Tentative methods of testing metal fasteners in National design specification for stress-grade lum- wood. ASTM D 1761. (See current edition.) ber and its fastenings. (See current edition.) Philadelphia, Pa. Washington, D.C. Anderson, L. O. Newlin, J. A., and Gahagan, J. M. 1959. Nailing better wood boxes and crates. U.S. 1938. Lag screw joints: Their behavior and design. Dep. Agr., Handb. 160. 40 pp. U.S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 597. Perkins, N. S., Landsem, P., and Trayer, G. W. 1970. Wood-frame house construction. U.S. Dep. 1933. Modern connectors for timber construction. Agr., Agr. Handb. 73, rev. 223 pp. U.S. Dep. Com., Nat. Com. Wood Util., Cramer, C. O. and U.S. Dep. Agr, Forest Serv. 1968. Load distribution in multiple-bolt tension Schölten, J. A. joints. Jour. Struct. Div., Amer. Soc. Civil 1938. Modern connectors in wood construction. Eng. 94(ST5): 1101-1117. (Proc. Pap. Agr. Eng. 19(5): 201-203. 5939.) Doyle, D. V., and Schölten, J. A. 1940. Connector joints in wood construction. Rail- 1963. Performance of bolted joints in Douglas-fir. way Purchases and Stores 33(9) : 431-435. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 2. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. 1944. Timber-connector joints, their strength and Fairchild, L J. designs. U.S. Dep. Agr. Tech. Bull. 865. 1926. Holding power of wood screws. U.S. Nat. Bur. Stand. Technol. Pap. 319. 1946. Strength of bolted timber joints. Forest Prod. Giese, H., and Henderson, S. M. Lab. Rep. R1202. 1947. Effectiveness of roofing nails for application of metal building sheets. Iowa Agr. Exp. 1950. Nail-holding properties of southern hard- Sta. Res. Bull. 355: 525-592. woods. Southern Lumberman 181(2273) : , Body, L. L., and Dale, A. C. 208-210. 1950. Effect of moisture content of wood on with- drawal resistance of roofing nails. Agr. 1965. Strength of wood joints made with nails, Eng. 31(4): 178-181,183. staples, and screws. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Goodell, H. R., and Philipps, R. S. Note FPL-0100. Forest Prod. Lab., Madi- 1944. Bolt-bearing strength of wood and modified son, Wis. wood : Effect of different methods of drill- -, and Molander, E. G. ing bolt holes in wood and plywood. Forest 1950. Strength of nailed joints in frame walls. Agr. Prod. Lab. Rep. 1523. Eng. 31(11): 551-555. Heebink, T. B. Stern, E. G. 1962. Performance comparison of slender and 1940. A study of lumber and plywood joints with standard spirally grooved pallet nails. metal split-ring connectors. Pennsylvania Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 2238. Eng. Exp. Sta. Bull. 53. Jordan, C. A. 1963. Response of timber joints with metal fast- 1950. Improved nails for building construction. eners to lateral impact loads. Forest Virginia Polytech. Inst. Eng. Exp. Sta. Prod. Lab. Rep. 2263. Bull. 76. Kuenzi, E. W. 1955. Theoretical design of a nailed or bolted joint 1950. Nails in end-grain lumber. Timber News and under lateral load. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. Machine Woodworker 58(2138): 490-492. 1951. Trayer, G. W. Kurtenacker, R.S. 1932. Bearing strength of wood under bolts. U.S. 1965. Performance of container fasteners subjected Dep. Agr. Tech. Bull. 332. to static and dynamic withdrawal. U.S. U.S. Forest Products Laboratory. Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 29. Forest 1962. General observations on the nailing of wood. Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. Markwardt, L. J. Forest Prod. Lab. Tech. Note 243. 1952. How surface condition of nails affects their 1964. Nailing dense hardwoods. U.S. Forest Serv. holding power in wood. Forest Prod. Lab. Res. Note FPL-037. Madison, Wis. Rep. D1927. , and Gahagan, J. M. 1965. Nail withdrawal resistance of American 1929. The grooved nail. Packing and Shipping woods. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Note FPL-- 56(1): 12-14. 093. Madison, Wis. , and Gahagan, J. M. Wilkinson, T. L. 1930. Effect of nail points on resistance to with- 1971. Theoretical lateral resistance of nailed joints. drawal. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1226. Jour. Struct. Div., Proc. Amer. Soc. Civil , and Gahagan, J. M. Eng., ST5(97): (Pap. 8121) 1381-1398. 1931. Mechanism of nail holding. Barrel and Box and Packages 36(8) : 26-27. 1971. Bearing strength of wood under embedment , and Gahagan, J. M. loading of fasteners. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 163. Forest Prod. Lab., 1952. Slant driving of nails. Does it pay? Packing Madison, Wis. and shipping 56(10) : 7-9, 23, 25. , and Laatsch, T. R. Martin, T. J., and Van Kleeck, A. 1970. Lateral and withdrawal resistance of tapping 1941. Fastening. U.S. Patent No. 2,268,323. U.S. screws in three densities of wood. Forest Pat. Office, Offic. Gaz. 533: 1226. Prod. J. 20(7): 34-41. 7-24 FS-358 Chapter 8 WOOD STRUCTURAL MEMBERS Page Beams 8-2 Beam Deflections 8-2 Beam Strength 8-5 Lateral Buckling 8-8 Columns ~ 8-9 Concentrically Loaded Columns 8-9 Eccentrically Loaded Columns 8-11 Columns with Flanges 8-11 Built-up Columns 8-11 Bibliography 8-12 8-1 WOOD STRUCTURAL MEMBERS This chapter deals with fundamental consid- Beam Defíecfions erations related to the simpler structural mem- bers, such as beams and columns. Members of The deflection of beams is often limited to several parts assembled with mechanical fas- %6o of the span of framing over plastered ceil- tenings are included but details regarding glued ings and 1/^40 of the span over unplastered ceil- structural members are discussed in chapter ings. Deflection of highway bridge stringers 10. is often limited to i4oo of the span and stringers for railroad bridges and trestles to Vsoo of the BEAMS span. Wood beams are usually of rectangular cross Straight Beam Deflection section and of constant depth and width throughout their span. They should be large The deflection of straight beams (or long, enough so that their deflection under load will slightly curved beams with the radius of curva- not exceed the limit fixed by the intended use ture in the plane of bending), elasticially of the structure. Beams should also be large stressed, and having a constant cross section enough so that the following stresses do not throughout their length is given by the for- exceed allowable values: Flexural stresses of mula : compression on the concave portion and ten- sion on the convex portion caused by bending hWL' . ksWL moment, shear stresses caused by shear load, ?/ = - El GA' (8-1) and compression across the grain at the end bearings. The actual, not nominal, sizes of the where y is deflection, W is total beam load act- lumber must be used when computing the de- ing perpendicular to beam neutral axis, L is flections and stresses. beam span, k^ and ks are constants dependent Formulas for determining deflections and upon beam loading and location of point whose stresses in beams of sawn timber, of glued or deflection is to be calculated, / is beam moment mechanically fastened laminations at right of inertia, A' is a modified beam area, E is angles to the neutral plane, or of glued lamina- beam modulus of elasticity (for beams having tions parallel to the neutral plane are given straight grain parallel to their axis E = in this chapter. The property values, modulus E L), and G is beam shear modulus (for beams of elasticity, and stresses for various wood spe- with flat-grained vertical faces G = GLT and cies are given in chapter 4. Values of coeffi- for beams with edge-grained vertical faces G cients of variation are included in chapter 4 to = GLR). Elastic property values are given in indicate the variability and reliability of the chapter 4. data as an aid in selection of allowable prop- The first term on the right side of formula erty values. (8-1) gives the bending deflection and the Table 8-1.—Values of kh and ks for several beam loadings Deflection Loading Beam ends at— k. Uniformly distributed Both simply supported Midspan %84 Both clamped _ _ T _ _ _ do %84 Concentrated at midspan Both simply supported do Ms Both clamped _ do 1/4 Concentrated at outer quarter span yio'2 1/4 points Both simply supported do Vs ... .- , ,. , ., , , 3o Load point Vs Uniformly distributed Cantilever, 1 free, 1 clamped Free end 1/2 Concentrated at free end Cantilever, 1 free, 1 clamped do 1 8-2 second term the shear deflection. Values of h and kg for several beam loadings are given in table 8-1. The moment of inertia, /, of the beams is given by the formulas : I = -To-for beam of rectangular cross section 0.9 1 1 (8-2) 1 'SJNGLE TAPER / = -TTT- for beam of circular cross section 0.8 64 where b is beam width, h is beam depth, and d ho r / is beam diameter. The modified area A' is given 0.7 - T L J^ L. Ai7 / by the formulas : 2 T 2 LEGEND: / A' = -Trbh for beam of rectangular cross section 0.6 W=TnTÛI 1 DAD DN RFAM 6 (UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED) / (8-3) AB= MAXIMUM BENDING DEFLECTION / E -- ELASTIC MODULUS OF BEAM / A' = -TKTrcP for beam of circular cross section b = BEAM WIDTH / 40 0.5 ^ _. he -ho ^ ho /SINGLE he-ho ho - y / TAPER Tapered Beam Deflection 0.4 1 The bending deflection of beams tapering / ^ in depth but of constant width throughout 0.3 DOUBLE their length can be determined from the non- (EXA^âPLE) TAPERy dimensional ordinates of the graphs given in ^ figures 8-1 and 8-2. The graph axes are / 1 chosen so that the ordinate contains data us- 0.2 \ . ually known in a design such as elastic proper- ties, deflection, span, and difference in beam height (he-ho)y as required by roof slope or 0.1 / > architectural effect. Then the value of the ab- \ scissa y can be determined as shown by the example line on the graph to thus eventu- O > ally compute the smallest beam depth, K. The 0 graphs can also be used to determine maxi- mum bending deflections if the abscissa is M 126 982 Figure 8-1 raph for determining tapered beam size based on known. Tapered beams deflect due to shear dis- deflection under uniformly distributed load. tortion in addition to bending deflections and this shear deflection A^ can be closely approx- imated by the formulas: Effects of Notches and Holes The deflection of beams is increased if reduc- ZWL A« = for load uniformly distributed tions in cross section dimensions occur such as 20Gbho are caused by holes or notches. The deflection (8-4) of such beams can be determined by considering SPL them of variable cross section along their length A. = for midspan concentrated load lOGbho and appropriately solving the general difïeren- tial equations of the elastic curves, El —-^ =M, The final beam design should include shear as well as bending deflection and it may be to obtain deflection expressions or by the often necessary to iterate to arrive at final beam di- simpler theorem of least work implicity in mensions. Castigliano's theorem. (These procedures are 8-3 given in most texts on strength of materials.) flection is approximately equal to the length of If notches occur, their effective dimension along the notch plus tv^ice the depth of the notch. the beam axis for use in determining beam de- M 128 978 Figure 8-2.—Graph for determining tapered beam size based on deflection under concentrated midspan load. 8-4 Effect of Ponding Water Deflection With Time Ponding of water on roofs already deflected In addition to the elastic deflections pre- under normal loads can cause large increases viously discussed, wood beams usually sag in in deflection. The deflection of a simply sup- time; that is, the deflection increases beyond ported, uniformly loaded beam under ponding what it was immediately after the load was water can be estimated closely by multiplying first applied. Green timbers, especially, will deflection under design loading without pond- sag if allowed to dry under load, although ing, by the following magnification factor : partially dried material will also sag to some extent. In thoroughly dried beams, there are 1 (8-5) small changes in deflection with changes in moisture content but little permanent increase in deflection. If deflection under longtime load where W is total load of 1 inch depth of water is to be limited, it has been customary to de- sign for an initial deflection of about one-half on the roof area supported by the beam; L is beam span; E is beam modulus of elasticity; the value permitted for longtime deflection. and / is beam moment of inertia. As the second This can be done by doubling the longtime load value when calculating deflection, by us- term in the denominator of formula (8-5) be- ing one-half of the usual value for modulus of comes unity, the magnification becomes infi- elasticity or any equivalent method. nite, thus denoting complete collapse of the beam. The deflections of a beam with fixed ends Beam Strength under concentrated midspan load P plus pond- The strength of beams is determined by flex- ing water can be estimated closely by multi- ural stresses caused by bending moment, shear plying deflection under design load without stresses caused by shear load, and compres- ponding, by the following magniflcation factor : sion across the grain at the end bearings. 1 (8-6) Bending Moment 3WL' UTT'EI The bending moment capacity of a beam is given by the formula : Effect of End Loading M^fS (8-8) Addition of end loading (in a direction par- where M is bending moment, S is beam section allel to the beam length) to a beam under modulus (for a beam of rectangular cross sec- loads acting perpendicular to the beam neutral bh' axis causes increase in deflection for added end tion S = and for a circular cross section compression and decrease in deflection for added end tension. The deflection under com- S = ), and / is stress. The signiflcance bined loading can be estimated closely by the 32 formula : of M in denoting allowable moment or maxi- A = (8-7) mum moment is dependent upon choice of the stress / at an allowable value or a modulus of 1 ± rupture value. Per where the plus sign is chosen if the end load Size Effect is tension and the minus sign is chosen if the It has been found that the modulus of rup- end load is compression; A is deflection under ture (maximum bending stress) of wood beams combined loading; Ao is beam deflection with- depends on beam size and method of loading out end load; P is end load; and Per is buck- and that the strength of clear, straight-grained ling load of beam under end compressive beams decreases as size increases.^ These effects load only (see section on Columns), based on were found to be describable by statistical beam stiffness about the neutral axis perpendic- strength theory involving "weakest link*' hy- ular to the direction of bending loads. P must be less than Per in order to avoid collapse if P ^ For further information see report by Bohannan is compression. in Bibliography. 8-5 potheses and can be summarized as: For two Effects of Notches and Holes beams under two equal concentrated loads ap- plied symmetrical to the midspan points, the In beams having changes in cross sectional ratio oí the modulus of rupture of beam 1 to dimensions because of holes or notches, bending the modulus of rupture of beam 2 is given by stresses can be calculated at the hole or notch the formula: by dividing the bending moment there by the section modulus of the material remaining. 1/W Values of this bending stress are not useful ^^-('-^)' in design because the change in cross section /?2 (8-9) also causes sheer stresses and stresses per- _«.(i.i^) pendicular to the beam neutral axis ; the com- bination of these stresses with the bending where subscripts 1 and 2 refer to beam 1 and stress can cause failure at low load. It is not beam 2; i2 is modulus of rupture; h is beam known how to compute these stresses and depth; L is beam span; a is distance between therefore it would be wise to avoid notches in beams. loads placed -g- each side of midspan ; and m is a constant. For clear, straight-grained Doug- Effect of Ponding Water las-fir beams m ^ 18. If formula (8-9) is used Ponding of water on roofs can cause in- for beam 2 of standard size (see ch. 4), creases in bending stresses that can be com- loaded at midspan then Ä2 = 2 inches, L2 = 28 puted by using the same magnification factors, inches, and «-2 = 0 and formula (8-9) becomes formulas (8-5 and 8-6), as determined for 1/W deflection. 56 I. r I 1 , WlO-i \ (8-10) Compressîve End Loading R2 Addition of compressive end loading to a beam under loads acting perpendicular to the Example: Determine modulus of rupture for beam's neutral axis increases compressive stress a beam 10 inches deep, spanning 18 feet, and and decreases tensile stress; the stress due to loaded at one-third span points compared with combined loading can be estimated closely a beam 2 inches deep, spanning 28 inches, and by the formulas : loaded at midspan that had a modulus of rup- ture of 10,000 pounds per square inch. As- Compressive stress, /c = fo + -^(8-12) /c p sume m = 18. Substitution of the dimensions i into formula (8-10) produces: Per Tensile stress, = fo - ^(8-13) ''■-^"■'""'L 2.160 (1+6)]"' ft P 1 — - 71 = 7,340 pounds per square inch Extrapolation of the theory of reference to where fo is bending stress without end load, P beams under uniformly distributed load re- is compressive end load, A is area of beam cross sulted in the following relationship between section ; and P,, is buckling load of beam under modulus of rupture of beams under uniformly end compressive load only, based on beam stiff- distributed load and modulus of rupture of ness about the neutral axis perpendicular to beams under concentrated loads : the direction of bending loads. P must be less than Per in order to avoid collapse. 1/18 Ru Tensile End Loading Re (8-11) 3,876huLu Addition of tensile end loading to a beam under loads acting perpendicular to the beam's where subscripts u and c refer to beams under neutral axis increases tensile stress and de- uniformly distributed and concentrated loads, creases compressive stress; the stress due to respectively, and other symbols are as pre- combined loading can be estimated closely by viously defined. the formulas : 8-6 f P' tribution for a beam of rectangular cross sec- Compressive stress,/c = -^, ^(8-14) tion, of constant width, tapering in depth lin- 1 + Per early with spanwise distance, and loaded with concentrated loads to produce a reaction F, is Tensile stress, A = ^^-p- + -^,(8-15) shown in figure 8-3. For other loadings, the 1 + basic theory derived by Maki and Kuenzi can be used to determine shear stress distributions. where P' is the tensile end load and the other The shear stress at the tapered edge can reach symbols are as previously defined. a maximum value as great as that at the neu- tral axis at a reaction. For the beam shown in Shear Capacity figure 8-3, this maximum stress occurs at the cross section which is double the depth of the The shear capacity of a beam is given by the beam at the reaction. For other loadings, the formula : location of the cross section with maximum V = fsA (8-16) shear stress at the tapered edge will be some- what different. where V is shear load perpendicular to beam For the beam shown in figure 8-3, the bend- neutral axis, A is effective beam shear area (for ing stress is also a maximum at the same cross a beam of rectangular cross section A = section where the shear stress is maximum at Q a,nd for a beam of circular cross section the tapered edge. This stress situation also causes a stress in the direction perpendicular to the neutral axis that is maximum at the ta- A = ^'^Tä)y ^^d /s is shear stress at the neutral pered edge. The effect of combined stresses at a axis. The significance of V in denoting allow- point can be approximately accounted for by able shear or maximum shear depends on choice an interaction formula based on the Henky- of the stress fs at an allowable value or a von Mises theory of energy due to the change strength value. of shape. This theory applied to wood by Norris Increases in shear stresses caused by pond- results in the formula : ing of water on roofs can be computed by using / 2 the same magnification factors, formulas (8- fl_ Jf xy '^ Jy _ P 2 + P 2 = 1 (8-17) 5) and (8-6), as determined for deflection. -» xy For beams that taper in depth but are of constant width, the shear stress can be a maxi- where fx is the bending stress, fy is the stress mum at the tapered edge as well as at the perpendicular to the neutral axis, and fxy is the neutral axis of the beam. The shear stress dis- shear stress. Values of F^, Fy, and F^y are cor- VALUES OF ^ n /l'HfiT^ PARTICULAR TAPERED BEAM WHERE: M= Vx h = hoi- X TAN e ¿r-- -^ ^ 2bho M 128 904 Figure 8-3.—Shear stress distributions for a tapered beam. 8-7 responding stresses chosen at design allowable and substitution of these expressions into values or maximum values in accordance with formula (8-17) and solving for M results allowable or maximum values being determined finally in : for the tapered beam. Maximum stresses in the beam shown in figure 8-3 are given by the M =- 10^ formulas : 10^ 10^ 1/2 3M F/ F.,»xy F,/ •'^ "" ohh 2 (8-18) 2bho where appropriate allowable or maximum fxu = fxtsLnO (8-19) values of the F stresses are chosen. fy = ^tan^^ (8-20) End Bearing Area Substitution of these formulas into the inter- The end bearing area of all beams as well as action formula (8-17) will result in an expres- bearing areas of concentrated loads along the sion for the moment capacity M of the beam. beam should be large enough to prevent stresses If the taper is on the beam tension edge, the perpendicular to the grain in the beam from values of f^ and fy are tensile stresses. reaching chosen allowable or maximum values. Example: Determine the moment capacity of a tapered beam of width 6 = 5 inches, depth Lateral Buckling The lateral buckling of beams can occur at feo = 10 inches, and taper tan 0 =-rx-. Substitu- low bending stresses and result in beam col- tion of these dimensions into formulas (8-18), lapse if the flexural rigidity of the beam in the (8-19), and (8-20) results in : plane of bending is very large in comparison with its lateral rigidity and the beam is fairly 3M long. Thus beam strength may be governed by 1,000 lateral buckling rather than material strength SM per se. Lateral buckling depends on beam tor- Txy 10,000 sional rigidity as well as lateral rigidity, beam length, and manner of loading. The critical 3M bending moment or load for beams of rec- fy 100,000 tangular cross section have been derived for 0.045 0.040 ^^ \ 0.035 A / h 0.030 1 t 3EAM C ROSS ,SECT 101^\J 0,025 10 h b M 139 02 9 Figure 8-4.—Constant 7 for determining lateral buckling and twist of wood beams of rectangular cross section. 8-8 several loadings by Tray er and March and COLUMNS Zahn. The results are summarized in the fol- lowing formula: Columns should be designed so that stresses do not exceed allowable values and that buck- (hb') ling does not occur. This section contains for- Per or War or ^. (8-21) L~ '^ ßy^^ ~D mulas and graphs for determining buckling loads and stresses in wood columns of sawn where Per is total concentrated load; Wer is timber, of glued or mechanically fastened lam- total uniformly distributed load ; Mcr is bending inations at right angles to the neutral plane moment; EL is beam modulus of elasticity; h is having the smaller moment of inertia, or of beam depth ; b is beam width ; L is beam span glued laminations parallel to the neutral plane length; y is beam torsion rigidity coefficient having the smaller moment of inertia. The determined from the curve of figure 8-4 for a property values for use in the formulas— beam of rectangular cross section (assuming modulus of elasticity and stresses for various beam shear modulus is one-sixteenth of beam wood species—are given in chapter 4. Values of modulus of elasticity) ; and ß is lateral buckling coefficients of variation are included in chapter coeflicient given in the following : 4 to indicate the variability and reliability of the data as an aid in selecting allowable prop- For a beam simply supported at the ends and erty values. under constant bending moment, ß = w. For a beam simply supported at the ends and Concentrically Loaded Colunins under concentrated midspan load, ß = 16.9. A concentrically loaded column is stressed For a beam simply supported at the ends and primarily in compression and, if this column under uniformly distributed load, ß = 28.3. is long, buckling can occur. The critical elas- For a cantilever beam under concentrated end load, ß = 4. /80 For a cantilever beam under uniformly dis- tributed load, ß = 12.9. For beams laterally supported by sheathing, 160 / values of the coefiicient ß also depend on the parameter : jUUUUU / 1 12CSL' 140 / (8-22) Er^hb^ where S is beam spacing and C is effective in- 120 plane shearing rigidity of the sheathing and its connections to the beams. This rigidity is determined as the ratio of a shearing force per 100 unit length of sheathing edge to angular shear- ing distortion of the sheathing-beam dia- ^ phragm. Curves giving values of ß for several 80 beam loadings are given in figure 8-5. Twisf 60 w The twist of wood beams of rectangular cross section can be computed by the formula : 40 I y/^ TL 0 = (8-23) 12y^hb^EL r 20 1 where ß is angle of twist in radians; T is ap- Í /^ U_¿- —J - V-— \ plied twisting torque; L is beam length; h M{\ \)M is beam depth (larger cross section dimen- 1 sion) ; b is beam width (smaller cross section 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 dimension) ; E^ is beam modulus of elasticity; I2CSL^ and y is a coefficient determined from figure E,_hb^ 8-4. In computing values of y it was assumed M 139 030 that the beam shear modulus was one-sixteenth Figure 8-5.—-Coefficients for determining lateral buckling loads of the beam modulus of elasticity. of beams. 8-9 tic buckling stress is closely predictable by Short wood columns will not buckle elastically the Euler column formula for a hinge-ended as predicted by formula (8-24) because they column of uniform cross section throughout its can be stressed beyond proportional limit length: values. Usually the short column range is ex- plored empirically and appropriate formulas derived to extend for compressive strength (8-24) values to the long column range; Material of this nature is presented in USDA Technical Bulletin 167. The final formula is a fourth- where EL is the modulus of elasticity of the power parabolic function which can be written as: column,i-—j is the column slenderness ratio determined by the unsupported length L and the lesser radius of gyration (for a rectangular cross section with h as its smaller dimension r = 1 - (8-25) ('■).- = and for a circular cross section r = 2/3 --I) /.o ~^ ^ -\ ^ ^N: 0.9 ^ \ \ \ ^ \ \v \ \ \ \ v« V: \? 0.7 o v\fe\ 1 -§o p V ^- \^ ^- £1 0.6 1 0.004 0.003 ^\y^ 0.002 0.001 M 139 028 Figure 8-6.—Graphs for determining «rtîîcal stresses of wood columns. Top, FPL fourth-power parabolic formula for short wood col- umns; bottom, hinged Euler column formula. 8-10 where Fe is compressive strength; (^ j is f^max. ==—-■ 1 . ^^ AEA \r)j (8-26) column slenderness ratio; and (—) is the slenderness ratio at which the Euler column where P is end load; e is eccentricity (distance bucklmg stress is two-thirds of F^. A graphical from neutral axis to point of application of presentation of formulas (8-24) and (8-25) load) ; c is distance from neutral axis to extreme is given in figure 8-6. These graphs may be fiber nearest the point of load application ; r is used for any wood species by introducing the radius of gyration of section about neutral appropriate property values for modulus of axis; L is column length; A is area of cross elasticity and compressive stress. After enter- section; and E is modulus of elasticity. For a ing the column slenderness ratio on the graphs column of circular cross section, c = ~- and of figure 8-6, the lesser values of fcr as deter- d mined from the graphs is the critical stress. r = -j- and for a rectangular cross section The curves in the top graph do not extend below 2/3. c = ^and r =--^or o =-J" and r = -^ WC)B 2 2/3 2 2/3 for eccentricities about axes parallel to side h Example: Determine critical stresses for and b, respectively. F columns of a wood species for which ^ = 0.002. Stresses and deflections of columns with side loads are included in the previous section as beams with end loads. For a column of slenderness ratio (—) = 100, the bottom graph gives a value of Columns With Flanges Columns with thin, outstanding flanges can \W)A "^ ^-^^^ ^^^ *he top graph has no fail by elastic instability of the outstanding flange, causing wrinkling of the flange and solution at T—j = 100 ; therefore/e. = O.OOli; twisting of the column at stresses less than those for general column instability as given for (^) = 100. by formulas (8-24) and (8-25). For outstand- ing flanges of sections such as I, H, +, and For a column of slenderness ratio — = 60, L the flange instability stress can be estimated r by the formula: the bottom graph gives a value of ( 4^ ) fcr = 0.044Í7 ~ (8-27) 0^ = 0.00276 and top graph gives / f \ where E is the column modulus of elasticity; KWs = '-'^ t is the thickness of the outstanding flange; and & is the width of the outstanding flange. which, for E = 0.002, can be written as If the joints between the column members are glued and reinforced with glued fillets, the = 0.00184. Thus the lesser value of /er instability stress increases to as much as 1.6 (#), times that given by formula (8-27). is given by the top graph as fcr = 0.00184£'. Built-Up Columns Eccentrkally Loaded Columns Build-up columns of nearly square cross sec- An eccentrically loaded column is stressed tion will not support as high loads if the lum- in compression and bending. The eccentricity ber is nailed together as if it were glued to- and end load determine the amount of bending gether. The reason is that shear distortions stress induced and this must be added to the can occur in the nailed joints. The shearing compressive stress caused by direct compres- resistance of the column can be improved, sion. The eccentrically loaded column does not so that previously presented formulas may be buckle but continues to bend from the onset used, by nailing cover plates of lumber to the of loading. The maximum stress produced in edges of the built-up layers. If the built-up a hinge-ended column is given by the formula: column is of several spaced pieces, the spacer 8-11 blocks should be placed close enough together, Maki, A. C, and Kuenzi, E. W. 1965. Deflection and stresses of tapered wood lengthwise in the column, so the unsupported beams. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL portion of the spaced member will not buckle 34. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. at the same or lower stress tlian that of the Newlin, J. A., and Gahagan, J. M. complete member. "Spaced columns" are de- 1930. Tests of large timber columns and presen- signed with previously presented column for- tation of the Forest Products Laboratory column formula. U.S. Dep. Agr. Tech. mulas, considering each compression member as Bull. 167. an unsupported simple column; the sum of -, and Trayer, G. W. column loads for all the members is taken as 1924. Deflection of beams with special reference the column load for the spaced column. Suffi- to shear deformations. U.S. Nat. Adv. cient net area should be provided in short col- Comm. Aeron. Rep. 180. umns so that compression failure does not Norris, C. B. 1950. Strength of orthotropic materials subjected occur. The net area is, of course, that area to combined stresses. Forest Prod. Lab. remaining after subtracting portions for con- Rep. 1816. nectors or bolts used to fasten the members Trayer, G. W. together at the spacer blocks. 1930. The torsion of members having sections common in aircraft construction. U.S. BIBLIOGRAPHY Nat. Adv. Comm. Aeron. Rep. 180. , and March, H. W. Bohannan, Billy 1931. Elastic instability of members having sec- 1966. Effect of size on bending strength of wood tions common in aircraft construction. U.S. members. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL Nat. Adv. Comm. Aeron. Rep. 382. 56. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. Kuenzi, E. W., and Bohannan, Billy Zahn, J. J. 1964. Increases in deflection and stresses caused 1965. Lateral stability of deep beams with shear- by ponding of water on roofs. Forest Prod. beam support. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Pap. J. 14(9): 421-424. FPL 43. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. 8-12 FS-359 Chapter 9 GLUING OF WOOD Page Gluing Properties of Different Woods 9-2 Adhesives 9-3 For Bonding Wood 9-3 For Bonding Wood to Metal 9-7 For Special Purposes 9-8 Preparations for Gluing 9-8 Drying and Conditioning Wood for Gluing 9-8 Machining Lumber for Gluing 9-9 Preparing Veneer for Gluing 9-9 Proper Gluing Conditions 9-9 Gluing Treated Wood 9-10 Types of Glued Joints 9-11 Side-Grain Surfaces 9-11 End-Grain Surfaces 9-11 End-to-Side-Grain Surfaces 9-12 Conditioning Glued Joints 9-12 Durability of Glued Products 9-13 Bibliography 9-14 9-1 GLUING OF WOOD More and more gluing is done with wood in GLUING PROPERTIES OF DIFFERENT producing laminated wood and other built-up WOODS wood products, plywood, and sandwich mate- rials. Modern adhesives, processes, and tech- Table 9-1 broadly classifies the gluing prop- niques vary as widely as the glued-wood prod- erties of the woods most widely used for ucts made with them, and many developments glued products. The classifications are based have been made in recent years. In general, on the average quality of side-grain joints of however, the quality and serviceability of a lumber that is approximately average in den- glued-wood joint depends upon (1) kind of sity for the species, when glued with animal, wood and its preparation for use, (2) kind casein, starch, urea-resin, and resorcinolresin and quality of the adhesive, (3) control exer- adhesives at normal room temperatures. cised over the gluing process, (4) types of A species is considered to be bonded satis- joints or construction, and (5) moisture- factorily when the strength of side-grain to side-grain joints is approximately equal to the excluding effectiveness of the finish or protec- strength of the wood. This criterion is con- tive treatment applied to the glued prod- sidered reasonable for the conventional rigid uct. Besides these factors, conditions in use wood adhesives. Whether it will be easy or affect the performance of the joint. diflficult to obtain a satisfactory joint by this Table 9-1.—Classification of variotts hardwood and softwood species according to gluing prop- erties Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 (Glue very easily with (Glue well with glues of (Glue satisfactorily with (Require very close control glues of wide range fairly wide range in good quality glue, of glue and gluing in properties and under properties under a under well-controlled conditions, or special wide range of gluing moderately wide range gluing conditions) treatment to obtain best conditions) of gluing conditions) results) HARDWOODS Aspen Alder, red Ash, white ^ Beech, American Chestnut, American Basswood ' Cherry, black * ^ Birch, sweet and yellow - Cottonwood Butternut ^ Dogwood ^ Hickory ^ Willow, black Elm: Maple, soft * ' Maple, hard Yellow-poplar American Oak: 0 sage-orange Rock ' ' Red^ Persimmon Hackberry White Magnolia * ^ Pecan Mahogany ^ Sycamore * " Sweetgum * Tupelo: Black * Water ' ' Walnut, black SOFTWOODS Baldcypress Douglas-fir Alaska-cedar ^ Fir: Hemlock White Western ' Grand Pine: Noble Eastern white ' Pacific silver Southern * California red Ponderosa Larch, western Redcedar, eastern ^ Redcedar, western ' Redwood Spruce, Sitka ^ Species is more subject to starved joints, partic- ^ Bonds more easily with resin adhesives than with ularly with animal glue, than the classification would nonresins. otherwise indicate. ^ Bonds more easily with nonresin adhesives than with resin. 9-2 criterion depends on the density of the wood, with small amounts of phenol resins for mak- its structure, moisture content during gluing, ing interior-type softwood plywood. Some the presence of extractives or infiltrated ma- ready-to-use liquid glues, based on either terials, and the kind and quality of the adhe- animal glue or fish glue, are still sold for use sive. in home repair or small shop fabrication work. In general, heavy woods require adhesives Casein glues, to be used after mixing with of superior quality and better control of bond- water, are also available for shop fabrication. ing conditions than lightweight woods; hard- Synthetic resin adhesives were introduced woods—particularly the denser ones—are before World War II, and now surpass most generally more difficult to glue than softwoods, of the older glues in importance for wood and heartwood is usually more difficult to glue bonding. Phenol-resin adhesives are widely than sapwood. Several species vary considera- used to produce softwood plywood for severe bly in their gluing characteristics with diff- service conditions. Urea-resin adhesives are erent glues (table 9-1). used extensively in producing hardwood ply- As a general rule, the gluability of tropical wood for furniture and interior paneling and species can be estimated by comparison with for furniture assembly. Resorcinol and phenol- a domestic species of similar density. Species resorcinol resin adhesives are used mainly for high in resinous or oily extractives can be gluing lumber into products that must with- glued satisfactorily by freshly machining the stand exposure to the weather. Polyvinyl-resin- surfaces just before gluing and carefully con- emulsion adhesives are used in assembly joints trolling the conditions used for bonding. of furniture. They are sometimes combined with urea resins to provide faster setting at normal shop temperatures. Thermosetting or modified polyvinyl-resin-emulsion adhesives are used for assembly of interior woodwork, ADHESIVES doors, furniture, and nonstructural finger joints, bonding decorative wall paneling to framing in mobile homes, and are being con- For Bonding Wood sidered for applying cellulosic overlays to lum- ber and plywood. The term "glue'' was first applied to bond- Melamine resins are used primarily to im- ing materials of natural origin, while "ad- prove the durability of urea-resin adhesives. hesive" has been used to describe those of Synthetic resin adhesives available for shop synthetic composition. Today the terms are use include a moisture-resistant type based on often used interchangeably, but adhesive bet- urea resins and a waterproof type based on ter covers all types of materials. resorcinol resins. Table 9-2 describes briefly the character- istics, preparation and application, and uses Use of epoxy adhesives for bonding wood of the adhesives most commonly used for bond- products has evolved slowly because of the ing wood. The choice of the proper adhesive high cost of materials when epoxies were first for a job will depend mainly on (1) species developed. Their potential properties, espe- and type of joint (particularly on the kind cially for gap filling, have led to specialty ap- and amount of stress likely to be encountered plications. Thus the epoxies find uses such in service), (2) working properties of the as filling voids and cracks in timbers and adhesive (as dictated by the conditions under panels, and for bonding other materials to which gluing must be done), (3) degree of wood. permanence required in service, and (4) cost. Contact adhesives are essentially emulsions Animal glues were long used extensively or solutions of natural or synthetic rubbers in wood bonding. Casein glue and vegetable that are applied to both mating surfaces, part- protein glues, of which soybean is the most tially dried either at room temperature or widely used, gained commercial importance during World War I for gluing lumber and under forced-air heating, and then assembled veneer into products that required moderate carefully (because the joined pieces cannot be water resistance. Glues of natural origin con- realined after they have come in contact) and tinue to hold an important place in bonding pressed momentarily. These are used mainly wood. Blood proteins are used by themselves, for on-the-job bonding of plastic laminates or or in combination with soybean protein, or metal sheets to wood bases, or for continuous 9-3 ^4 i§.s O «H >» o &1 ^TÎ -0 «tí2 «Ho §^o 3 bC 73 'S a o 0)73 4J .► -e w ^ tí «H tí o .S ^ CÖ s tí ^cö o W ^ œ 'S CQ 0) ^ 4^ O M CO ci o W M i^ tí 0" § .S «5 S*, s. .§ "" S Si ft ft ^ O 03 g 4Í o CQ Ö S .23 Ä .-Se 2 s SS O 02 o'-g 2 t^ 03 tí tí o O) CQ ^2; >»B,tí3 2 tí 6 CQ TJ fe C«_tí 2 ^T33^3 ^ 0 .2" »3 c ggT3:§«H 1F-H CQ ..^ "" ^,tí«H C3'^ g ^ ■s .^ CÖ tí ^ g . 03 1 ! tí^-P 03 5'5 >» ft í^ ¿^ ►>,tí.íí i5 o ^ tí 2 1 m "'S tí^ O >»>» 05^ ^tí^"'C tí 1) tí u tí S ^ fe S^ c« 03'O 'bí) .tí^ÜA-^ C^TÍ O tí ? O PL, o O a)"tí¿ Ö ft s O 1> ti tí ?? O '03 3 O 9-4 CQ PÎ CÎ 'QJ O ft be ^ >) a tí O) .-H ^ rr »r- ft S § ü ó) 5 W 3 T3 T) tí w " I ÎH O O '•Ö 03 C3 ¿ ^ -M ■6 ft g-^ o c^ fH tí «H C3 2 bo 4J ft S «'S« S i ' Sií tí •S .^ «H -g tí oí ^ O TU 1 'Stí b^ ft W tí tí tí "^ Ç tí «3 ^ ^ bo >» fa ö ü 4-> tí 4-^ ?3 O tí t:.2gë O ^^rs >=! 03 _ &03fe3 tí M cö;:^ 'o 02 ^ ■ ^ Qío -M W faO tí O) M tí ft O) 43 >» tí cu .5 *? tí .-S ft-2 bC ^ w tí M tí ,„ tí bß w -^ ftS X 03^ ai tí w C pj tí03 03 . .2 g ¿ ío^ . S 0.2-^ 2 X ..22 03 .tí "& o tí ft^^'^.S -P 03 W tí ÍHT-í.tí bb^ 2 tí betí tí o íi -+J •- tí > 03 ««Ä o bß2 2 ^ ^ tí -^J 03 W o 03 O ^ tí •*-^ .tí 03 .g o; ü i^ 2 ^^oí Ö.M T3 ^-tí M .^^ tí ?^ «2 . O) 03 tí tí -^ o O —, O) 03 tí 2-2--IÍ be O ^ 03 ..bß tí O'-^ s ^.5 ^^tí •2.-5 CJS $00 ;H ■—1 ^ (D rT< ^ ?H rs 4J -p 03 '^ 03 _^ 03 03.2 03 5 03 03 o o bC+J r-l FÍ2 C rj í^ O O be Oí {? a> tí ^ tí 03 tí cJ •tí *t:! 2^2 tí 0>-H O) -M 03 > JJ^^ ft^H sa ,x3 o ft ^^ .Sf^s s:s 5^:=; 03 -p 03 tí ft tí 03 ^ ,.- 02 . tí § '5$ 03 ^tí il=ï^ 4.3 <>V tí t!^ 03 ¡"i «H ^ o; c8 tí 03 «H 03'^ 03 oS >j^ ft.S 4J rH 03 > • 02 ., 03 g|s 03 03 i2 m T3 tí 8 03 I g 03 S g tí 03 o 03 03 ^ "T^ J-"í T" ttí ÍH 03 ^ ci C3 ^ 03 ^ 03 tí ^^^ S.2^ 5-tí tí ow c3 tí S-S 2 tí-^ 03 03 ^ OS r^ 03 tí 03 ^A S bug -^^ "^ tí ^ c« S 03--J 03^ 03 ^ ^ 2'-2 11 s s 03 § O -M S be '^ 03 Ci Ortí 03 ^ S o ^ 03 o ft ^ >»> -•^ ^ tí C!^ 3l'o O > Ci «H ftw V ft ^ > ci^ ftr^íH o oO 03 03 -gco d.S O -^ ft ÍM «3 O) >>^ C/2 O! m .2 tí 03 S 9-5 o o-p a; wo p 11 1^ ^13.2 o1 S O .^ O ^o il>-! pO C3 M fi tí W ^«H i 3« •S CÖ OJ § Oí Ä -tí i g-M fi -MPQ 02 : OS 0) & ■s ■73 2 •3 r5TJ «-3 CO a *^-^ ^nS Qí'^ ^ CO CÔ fi O tí Ö I I be c> fi "^ <ü O ^ O fi 0) 2 T3^t^|8.§ fta N^ O >»c3 ^ SB ^^ 4 c3 ^ fi o3 o ¿§.S g S^? g M O w -r O 'U ccí ^ o S25a3o.S§ 1 S fi CÖ 9 CQK. .5^ O) > íM o 1-I.s 00 cS CQ Pi cSXi o oxi "^ ft^ ta .^c3 «A ^ e Ä Ü oÖ Stí P.S$á C «3 "^ tí §^ 0 >>ft -S frH ^ o i>_tí íH >■< —X o fi <ü $û N^ .tí £ >. «3 es •43:73 o^ CÖ "^ o J Ö' fi ss-v « . ^ •^ o 73'bo •v CO 1:2 s !-§ •^o 03 bo -to ^ g S^ ^tí &§ so^ g g o ÍS o fi -p fi ^ o »>» 8 ü c3 8 M ^S|ft^ a bo.£: 1 'IS -. ta i Ci •S otí o ^«S g w o TJ W.S fi § g «3 fi,C3 ^ H rH .. »tí 3 O fi«H ñ C •43« o^ § -S ÎÎ ^ ^ o'öj X P.S2 ^ ÖS*^ 5> ta'S r^S^S ^ M s ««A g >»>Hnö S fe S 3 . •**^ti ß JHtí oS r—^^1^.2I c3 'r^Ö c^» ü o 9-6 bonding of such materials with a roller press. tially variations of systems originally devel- Their relatively low strength, and the creep oped for bonding metal to metal in aircraft. and deformability of the glueline, make these Of the two types, one-stage systems are the contact adhesives suitable for nonstructural most convenient. These involve applying a joints, but generally inadequate for highly single adhesive to both metal and wood sur- stressed joints. faces, force drying to remove solvent, and The elastomeric construction adhesives, ex- assembling and pressing the joint, usually at trudable from calking guns, are used in build- platen temperatures of 300° F. or higher. ing construction to bond plywood to floor Typical adhesives used are combinations of joists, a decorative wall paneling to studs, and phenol resins with thermoplastic resins or in a variety of sealing and calking applications. synthetic rubbers. More recently, adhesives They add strength, stiffness, and resiliency to curing at 200° to 250° F. have been ofliered. the structure, and reduce the number of nails Some special epoxy formulations will cure and required. The adhesive fills the gaps between develop strength adequately at normal room the members being joined. Construction ad- temperatures, while others require hot-press- hesives are used in both factory and on-site ing at temperatures of 180° F. or more. A building construction. Polyurethane adhesive system can be used to The thermoplastic synthetic resin adhesives, bond metal to wood in a one-stage process known as hot melts, are used for high-speed with room-temperature cure. bonding in automatic production machines for Two-stage systems are useful in bonding dis- edge-banding panels with lumber, veneer, similar materials where differences in material plastic laminates, or film. Close control of melt properties limit the bonding conditions or the temperature, amount spread, and time of as- adhesive formulations that may be used. For sembly is essential, for bonding depends upon example, a two-stage system has advantages cooling and solidification of the melted ad- in bonding a metal-to-wood panel with metal hesive after application and assembly of the on only one face. When this type of panel is joint. The adhesives are based upon various bonded at high temperatures, the metal will polymers such as polyolefins, vinyl acetate- contract far more than the wood as the panel olefin copolymers, polyamides, and polyurie- cools; the result is an unbalanced panel. The thanes. two-stage system minimizes this effect. First, Generally, the same adhesives that are suita- an adhesive primer, often an adhesive used ble for wood-to-wood gluing may also be used for one-stage bonding, is applied to the metal for gluing wood-base materials, such as parti- surface. This primer is cured with heat and cleboard, hardboard, or fiberboard, to them- the primed material cooled to room tempera- selves or to wood. When such wood-base mate- ture. Second, the primed metal surface is rials are produced in a hot press, as is much glued to the wood with a conventional room- of the plywood, the heated surfaces are modi- temperature-setting wood glue, such as a re- fied and adhesion is often impaired. This can sorcinol resin. usually be corrected by light sanding of such In bonding metal the surface must be spe- surfaces before bonding. Only a small amount cially prepared. Such surface preparation in- of surface material need be removed. volves primarily the removal of rust and sur- face contamination to provide the necessary For Bonding Wood to Metal initial adhesion, but may also provide cor- Adhesives capable of producing bonds of rosion resistance or otherwise modify the sur- high strength and durability between wood face so the resultant bond will be more and metal are comparatively new. durable in service. Instructions for cleaning The contact-pressure adhesives mentioned metal surfaces are usually supplied by the previously may be used for moderate-strength adhesive manufacturer, and should be fol- joints between metal and wood, as in metal- lowed. faced plywood. Casein-latex adhesives are still Because metal is impervious to moisture and used for this purpose, but to a lesser extent. solvent vapors, more care must be taken to When higher strength joints are required in structural applications, at least two types of remove volatile solvents from the adhesive adhesive systems are available- -one-stage and layer before assembly and pressing of metal- two-stage. Neither type is yet highly developed to-wood joints than is necessary for wood-to- for wood-to-metal bonding. They are essen- wood joints. Failure to remove solvents may 9-7 result in excessive blisters or low-quality, at room temperature. In gluing 1-inch boards frothy gluelines. or thicker pieces at room temperature, the desired relationship can be attained by proper For Special Purposes seasoning. In gluing veneer or other thin pieces pressed at room temperature, however, Various wood-base facing materials may be the moisture added by the glue frequently bonded to paper honeycomb and other types of exceeds the moisture content of the wood in cores for sandwich panels with conventional service. Under these conditions, the wood can- wood glues. Metal facings can usually be bonded not be dried enough before gluing to achieve to paper and other woodbase cores with some of the desired moisture content and thus avoid the same adhesives described for metal-to-wood redrying after gluing. The amount of moisture bonding. added to wood in room-temperature gluing A variety of plastic sheets and films may varies from less than 1 percent in some lumber be bonded to wood or wood-base materials gluing to 45 percent or more in gluing plywood with specially selected adhesives. In some having thin veneers. Thickness of the wood, cases, such as with melamine- and phenol- number of plies, density of the wood, glue resin-based paper laminates, conventional urea- mixture, quantity of glue spread, and gluing resin, phenol-resin, polyvinyl-resin emulsion, or procedure (hot-pressing or cold-pressing) all contact-setting adhesives may be used, depend- affect the change in moisture content of the ing upon the levels of strength and durability wood. In hot-pressing a significant proportion required. Other plastics, such as polyvinyl of water is volatilized, thus reducing the mois- ñuoride or polyvinyl chloride films, may require specially formulated adhesives to provide the ture content of the product when removed necessary adhesion to the plastic surfaces, as from the press. well as to the wood. In practice, adjustments cannot be made for all these widely varying factors, and it is seldom necessary to dry lumber to a moisture content below the 6 to 12 percent range. Lum- ber with a moisture content of 6 to 7 percent PREPARATIONS FOR GLUING is generally satisfactory for cold-press gluing into furniture, interior millwork, and similar items. Lumber for outside use should gener- Drymg and Condifianing Wood for Gluing ally contain 10 to 12 percent moisture before gluing. A moisture content of 3 to 5 percent The moisture content of wood at the time in veneer at the time of gluing by hot pressing of gluing has much to do with the final is satisfactory for thin plywood to be used in strength of joints, the development of checks furniture, interior millwork, softwood plywood in the wood, and the dimensional stability of the glued members. Large changes in the for construction and industrial uses, and simi- moisture content of the wood after gluing lar products. For such uses as plywood for cause shrinking or swelling stresses that may boxes, veneer at a moisture content of about 8 seriously weaken both the wood and the joints to 10 percent is acceptable for cold pressing. and cause warping, twisting, and other unde- Lumber that has been dried to the approxi- sirable effects. It is generally impractical to mate average moisture content desired for glue green wood or wood at high moisture gluing may still show moisture content dif- content, particularly the higher density hard- ferences between various boards and between woods that have high coefficients of shrinkage the interior and the surfaces of individual due to changes in moisture content. pieces. Large differences in the moisture con- Essentially, the wood should be dry enough so that, even after some moisture is added in tent of pieces that are glued together result gluing, the moisture content is at about the eventually in considerable stress on glue joints level desired for service. and may result in delamination and warping The choice of moisture content conditions of the product. Lumber that is to be glued for gluing according to this principle depends should also be free from casehardening, warp, heavily on whether the gluing process involves checks, and splits, to produce the highest heating, as in hot-pressing, or merely pressing quality bonded product. 9-8 Machining Lumber for Gluing strips by moving a flitch or block against a heavy knife. Because the veneer is forced Wood surfaces that are to be glued should abruptly away from the flitch by the knife, it be smooth and true, free from machine marks, tends to have fine checks or breaks on the and have no chipped or loosened grain or knife side. This checked surface is likely to other surface irregularities. Preferably, ma- show imperfections in finishing and therefore chining should be done just before gluing, so should be the glue side whenever possible. For moisture changes cannot induce distortions matching face stock, where the checked side in the surfaces before they are bonded. For of part of the sheets must be the finish side, uniform distribution of gluing pressure, each the veneer must be well cut. Fancy hardwood lamination or ply should be uniformly thick. face veneers are generally sliced. A small variation in thickness in each lamina- The rotary process produces continuous tion or ply may cause a considerable variation sheets of flat-grained veneer by revolving a log in the thickness of the assembly. against a knife. When rotary-cut veneer is used Surfaces made by sav^s are usually rougher for faces, the knife or checked side should be than those made by planers, jointers, and other the glue side. machines equipped v^ith cutterheads. Some Because veneer usually is not resurfaced sav^s, however, produce a smoother cut than before it is glued, it must be carefully cut other types. Such saws save both labor and and dried. Well-cut veneer from any of the material by making it possible to glue sawed three processes will yield products with no lumber for certain products. Joints approxi- appreciable difference in any property except imately equal in strength to those between appearance. Veneer selected to be glued should planed surfaces can be made between smoothly be (1) uniform in thickness, (2) smooth and sawed surfaces. Joint quality in panels pro- flat, (3) free from large checks, decay, or duced by edge gluing lumber direct from a other quality-reducing features, and (4) have straight-line ripsaw is considered quite satis- grain suitable for the intended product. For factory when properly controlled. Unless the plywood of the lower grades, however, some saws are very well maintained, however, joints of these requirements may be modified. between sawed surfaces are generally weaker Veneers are normally dried rapidly after and less uniform in quality than those between cutting, using continuous high-temperature well-planed or jointed surfaces. dryers, heated either with steam or with hot Abrasive planing can also produce surfaces air from oil- or gas-fired burners. Drying tem- satisfactory for gluing when fine grit sizes peratures are usually from 340° to 400° F. are used, abrasive belts are kept clean and for limited periods of time. Prolonged use of well maintained, and sander dust is thoroughly high drying temperatures is known to change removed. the characteristics of the wood surfaces and In the past, wood surfaces were intention- interfere with subsequent gluing. ally roughened by some operators by tooth planing, scratching, or sanding with coarse sandpaper in the belief that rough surfaces were better for gluing. Tests of joints made using good gluing practices, however, gener- PROPER GLUING CONDITIONS ally show no benefit from roughening the sur- faces. To produce a strong joint in wood with liquid glue, the glue must wet the wood sur- faces completely and give a film of uniform Preparing Veneer for Gluing thickness, free of foreign matter. Because dif- ferent wood species vary in their absorptivity, Veneer is cut by rotary processes, slicing, a given glue mixture may penetrate into one or sawing. Sawed veneer is produced in long wood more than into another under the same narrow strips, usually from flitches selected gluing conditions. A moderate amount of such for figure and grain. The two sides of the penetration is not objectionable, and may sawn sheet are equally firm and strong, and even be desirable, if the wood surfaces tend to either surface may be glued or exposed to view be somewhat torn and damaged. Excessive with the same results. penetration, however, wastes glue and may Sliced veneer is also cut in the form of long result in starved gluelines. 9-9 Making strong joints with glues applied as ately high pressures (100 to 250 p.s.i.) to liquids depends primarily upon a proper cor- bring mating surfaces into close contact. Small relation between gluing pressure and glue con- areas with flat well-planed surfaces can be sistency during pressing. Consistency of the bonded satisfactorily at much lower pressures. glue mixture, once it is spread on wood, may Lumber joints should be kept under pressure vary appreciably. It depends upon such fac- at least until they have enough strength to tors as the kind of glue; glue-water propor- withstand the interior stresses that tend to tion of the mixture; age of the mixed glue; separate the wood pieces. In cold-pressing op- quantity of glue spread; moisture content and erations, under favorable gluing conditions, species of the wood; temperature of the glue, this stage will be reached in 1 to 7 hours; room, and wood; time elapsed after spreading; time depends upon temperature of the glue and the extent to which the glue-coated sur- room and the wood, upon curing character- faces are exposed to the air. Room-tempera- istics of the glue, and upon the thickness, ture-setting glues usually thicken and harden density, and absorptive characteristics of the steadily after spreading until they are fully wood. A longer pressing period is advisable, cured. Hot-press glues often thin out during as a precautionary measure, when operating the initial heating period and then thicken and conditions permit. Cold-pressed softwood ply- harden as curing progresses. wood, however, is usually kept under pressure With dense species that are difficult to glue for only 15 minutes. satisfactorily, a viscous glue generally gives In hot-pressing operations the time required the best results, as viscosity influences pene- varies with temperature of platens, thickness tration of glue into the cell structure of the and kind of material being pressed, and glue wood. Because glues are generally formulated formulation. In actual practice the variation for a variety of species, longer assembly peri- is from about 2 minutes to as much as 30 ods (time between spreading and pressing) minutes. The time under pressure may be are usually required with dense than with reduced to a few seconds by heating the glue light woods to allow the glue to thicken more joint with high-frequency electrical energy, before pressure is applied. Dense woods may because it is possible to raise the glueline tem- also require longer assembly periods because perature very rapidly. High-frequency gluing they are less absorptive than light woods. is often used when bonding lumber joints Optimum penetration of glue for a specific but not in the production of softwood plywood. species can also be influenced by proper selec- Adhesives are sometimes supplied as dry tion of adhesive and its formulation. films, which eliminates mixing and spreading Pressure is used to squeeze the glue into a operations. Because they add no moisture to thin continuous film between the wood layers, the glueline and do not ''bleed" through ve- to force air from the joint, to bring the wood neers, film glues are particularly suitable for surfaces into intimate contact with the glue, gluing thin, figured, fragile veneers. Bonding and to hold them in this position during the these veneers requires special conditions that setting or curing of the glue. Conversion of vary somewhat with the glue and the product, liquid to a strong solid film is achieved by particularly as far as the moisture content of physical action, by drying out of solvent, or the wood is concerned. by chemical action. During chemical action the individual molecules in the glue film be- come larger and more completely joined to- gether. Chemical action is accelerated by GLUING TREATED WOOD increases in glueline temperature. This may be accomplished by applying external heat The advent of durable adhesives that will through use of hot air or hot platens or by outlast wood itself under severe conditions has high-frequency dielectric heating. made it possible to glue wood treated with Light pressure should be used with a thin wood preservatives and fire retardants. Per- (low viscosity) glue or one that becomes thin haps the most important applications have during curing, heavy pressure with a thick been in laminated beams in which the lumber glue, and corresponding variations in pressure was treated with preservatives before gluing, with glues of intermediate consistency. The and in gluing fire-retardant-treated veneers «tronirest joints usually result when the con- and lumber for fire doors. Experience has shown that many types of preservative-treated eicf^Tioy of the glue permits the use of moder- lumber can be glued successfully with phenol- 9-10 resorcinol-, resorcinol-, and melamine-resin cipal advantage of the tongued-and-grooved adhesives under properly controlled gluing con- and other shaped joints is that the parts can ditions. Generally, the preservative-treated be more quickly alined in the clamps or press. wood surfaces should be resurfaced just be- A shallow tongue-and groove is usually as fore gluing to reduce interferences by oily useful in this respect as a deeper cut and is solvents or other exudation of preservative less wasteful of wood. material. Fire-retardant-treated material should also be resurfaced just before bonding to reduce interference by treating chemicals Erid-Gram Surfaces on the wood surfaces. It is usually necessary It is practically impossible with present to control the gluing conditions more care- water-based glues and techniques to make end- fully in gluing treated wood than untreated butt joints (fig. 9-2, A) sufficiently strong or wood of the same species; it may also be de- permanent to meet the requirements of ordi- sirable to use a somewhat higher curing tem- nary service. With the most careful gluing perature, or a longer curing period, with the possible, not more than about 25 percent of the treated wood. tensile strength of the wood parallel with the grain can be obtained in butt joints using conventional water-based adhesives. To ap- TYPES OF GLUED JOINTS proximate the tensile strength of various species, a scarf, finger, or other type of joint Side-Grain Surfaces that approaches a side grain surface must be used. This side-grain area should be at least With most species of wood, straight, plain 10 times as large as the cross sectional area joints between side-grain surfaces (fig. 9-1, of the piece, because wood is approximately A) can be made substantially as strong as the 10 times stronger in tension than in shear. wood itself in shear parallel to the grain, In plywood scarfs and finger joints, a slope tension across the grain, and cleavage. The of 1 in 8 has been found adequate. For non- tongued-and-grooved joint (fig. 9-1, B) and structural, low-strength joints these require- other shaped joints have the theoretical ad- ments need not necessarily be met. Finger joints may be cut with the profile showing either on the edge (horizontal joint) M 93137 Figure 9-1.—Side-to-side-grain ¡oints: A, plain; B, tongued-and- grooved. vantage of larger gluing surfaces than the straight joints, but in practice they do not give higher strength with most woods. The theoretical advantage is often lost, wholly or partly, because the shaped joints are difficult to machine to obtain a perfect fit of the parts. M 92377 F Because of poor contact, the effective bonding Figure 9-2.— End-to-end-grain joints: A, end butt ; B, piain scarf; area and strength may actually be less on a C, vertical structural finger joint; D, horizontal structural finger shaped joint than on a flat surface. The prin- joint; E, nonstructural finger joint. 9-11 (fig. 9-2, D) or on the wide face (vertical joint) (fig. 9-2, C) of boards. There is greater leeway in design of a finger joint when a verti- cal joint is used, but a longer cutting head with more knives is needed. When the curing is done by high-frequency electrical energy, it can generally be done more rapidly with the vertical joint than with the horizontal joint. The efficiencies of scarf joints of different slopes are discussed in chapter 10. Slopes 1:12 or flatter generally give the highest strength. ß This also holds true for finger joints, but in these the tip thickness also has to be as small as practical. A well-manufactured glue joint (scarf, finger, or lap joint) exhibits fatigue behavior much like the wood that is joined. Curves show- ing stress versus cycles to failures are similar to those for unjointed wood when repeated stresses are expressed as a percent of static strength. End'tO'Side-Grain Surfaces Plain end-to-side-grain glued joints (fig. 9- 3, A) are difficult to design so they can carry an appreciable load. Also, joints in service ^ face severe internal stresses in the members fa from unequal dimensional changes as moisture content changes; such stresses may be high 1 enough to cause failure. It is therefore neces- M 92376 F sary to use joints of irregular shapes, dowels, Figure 9-3.—End-to-side-grain ¡oints; A, plain, B, miter; C, dowels; tenons, rabbets, or other devices to reinforce D, mortise and tenon; £, dado tongue and rabbet; F, slip or lock a plain jointi and bring side grain into con- corner; G, dovetail; H, blocked; /, tongued-and-grooved. tact with side grain or to secure larger gluing surfaces (fig. 9-3). All end-to-side-grain joints should be carefully protected from appreciable distribute itself uniformly throughout the changes in moisture content in service. wood. Approximately uniform distribution of such moisture can usually be obtained by con- ditioning the stock after gluing for 24 hours at 160° F.,; 4 days at 120° F., or at least 7 CONDITIONING GLUED JOINTS days at room temperature; in each case the relative humidity must be adjusted to prevent When boards are glued edge to edge, the significant drying. wood at the joint absorbs moisture from the In plywood, veneered panels, and other glue and swells. If the glued assembly is sur- constructions made by gluing together thin faced before this excess moisture is dried out layers of wood, it is advisable to condition or distributed, more wood is removed along the the panels to the average moisture content they swollen joints than elsewhere. Later, when are likely to encounter in service. In rooni- the joints dry and shrink, permanent depres- temperature gluing operations, it is frequently sions are formed that may be very conspicuous necessary to dry out at least a part of the in a finished product. This is particularly moisture added in gluing. The drying is most important when using glues that contain large advantageously done under controlled condi- amounts of water, such as casein. tions and time schedules. Drying room- As pieces of lumber are glued edge to edge temperature-glued products to excessively low or face to face, the moisture added by the glue moisture content materially increases warping, need not be dried out but simply allowed to opening of joints, and checking. Panels will 9-12 often be very dry after hot-press operations. to water and to wetting and drying at room In such instances, it may be desirable to re- temperatures. Significant decreases in joint place moisture by spraying the panels lightly quality have been noted with some urea-resin with water and tightly stacking them to allow adhesives exposed at 140° and 158° F. even moisture to distribute uniformly. However, this when the relative humidity of the atmosphere is not common practice in softwood plywood is as low as 20 to 26 percent. Joints with casein plants. and soybeam glue will withstand short exposure to dampness or water without permanent loss in strength, but if the moisture content of the wood continuously or repeatedly exceeds DURABILITY OF GLUED PRODUCTS about 18 percent, they will lose strength and eventually fail. The rate of strength loss may vary, depending on species and construction as The durability of glued joints in wood mem- well as the glue formulation; strength loss is bers depends upon the type of glue, gluing tech- generally more rapid with denser species, nique, service conditions, finish or surface coat- and more rapid with soybean than with casein ing, and design and construction of the joints. glues. Moisture conditions are particularly import- Joints made with polyvinyl-resin-emulsion ant, not only because of the effect of moisture adhesives have moderate resistance to damp- on the glue itself, but because changes in ness, but low resistance to water ; the tendency moisture content affect the internal stresses of the joints to yield under stress generally developed on the glue joint. These internal increases as the temperature and moisture con- stresses, and consequently the behavior of the tent increase. Joints made with animal glue joints in service, also depend upon the design are not suited to damp service conditions. No of the joint, the thickness of the plies or lam- general pattern has yet been established for inations, and the density and shrinkage char- the durability characteristics of epoxy resin acteristics of the species used. and contact-pressure adhesives in wood joints, Available evidence indicates that joints well partly because of the wide variety of formula- designed and well made with any of the com- tions available. At present it appears that at monly used woodworking glues will retain their least some epoxy resin joints might be durable strength indefinitely if the moisture content of enough to use on lower density species even the wood does not exceed approximately 15 per- under exterior conditions. Joints made with cent and the temperature remains within the contact adhesives tend to creep when subjected range of human comfort. to dimensional movement of the wood, but at Low temperatures seem to have no significant present seem promising for nonstructural serv- effect on strength of glued joints, but some ice conditions. glues have shown evidence of deterioration Treatments that can be used to increase the when exposed either intermittently or contin- durability of glued products include: (1) Coat- uously to temperatures much above 100° F. ings that reduce the moisture content changes for long periods. Joints that were well made in the wood, and (2) impregnation of the wood with phenol resin, resorcinol resin, or phenol- with preservatives. Moisture-excluding coat- resorcinol resin adhesives have proved more ings reduce the shrinking and swelling stresses durable than the normal unglued wood when that occur during varying exposure conditions ; exposed to water, to warmth and dampness, to the coatings do not protect wood effectively, alternate wetting and drying, and to tempera- however, during prolonged exposure to damp tures sufficiently high to char the wood. These conditions. By impregnating glued members glues are entirely adequate for use in products with preservatives, particularly those that will that are exposed indefinitely to the weather. also prevent rapid moisture changes, the de- High-temperature-setting, uncatalyzed mela- teriorating effects of prolonged exposure to out- mine-resin adhesives have shown excellent door or damp conditions can be greatly re- durability for two decades in Douglas-fir lum- duced. Preservatives can reduce the rate of ber joints. Tests have shown that joints made moisture exchange with the atmosphere and with urea-resin adhesives are highly resistant protect against attack by micro-organisms. 9-13 BIBLIOGRAPHY Blomquist, R. F., and Olson, W. Z. Seibo, M. L. 1955. Durability of fortified urea-resin glues in 1952. Effectiveness of different conditioning sched- plywood joints. Forest Prod. J. 5(1) : 50- ules in reducing sunken joints in edge- 56. glued lumber panels. Forest Prod. Res. -, and Olson, W. Z. Soc. 2(1): 8. 1960. An evaluation of 21 rubber-base adhesives for wood. Forest Prod. J. 10(10) : 494-502. 1963. Effect of joint geometry on tensile strength -, and Olson, W. Z. of finger joints. Forest Prod. J. 13(9): 1964. Durability of fortified urea-resin glues ex- 390-400. posed to exterior weathering. Forest Prod. J. 14(10): 461-466. 1964. Ten-year exposure of laminated beams treated with oilborne and waterborne pre- Eickner, H. W. servatives. Forest Prod. J. 14(11) :517-520. 1960. Adhesive-bonding properties of various met- als as affected by chemical and anodizing 1965. Performance of melamine-resin adhesives in treatments of the surfaces. Forest Prod. various exposures. Forest Prod. J. 15(12) : Lab. Rep. 1842. 475-483. Fleischer, H. 0. —, Knauss, A. C, and Worth, H. E. 1949. Experiments in rotary veneer cutting. Forest 1965. After two decades of service, glulam timbers Prod. Res. Soc. Proc. 3: 20. show good performance. Forest Prod. J. Gillespie, R. H., Olson, W. Z., and Blomquist, R. F. 15(11): 466-472. 1964. Durability of urea-resin glues modified with -, and Olson, W. Z. polyvinyl acetate and blood. Forest Prod. 1953. Durability of woodworking glues in different J. 14(8): 343-349. types of assembly joints. Forest Prod. J. Olson, W. Z., and Blomquist, R. F. 3(5): 50-60. 1953. Gluing techniques for beech. Northeastern U.S. Forest Products Laboratory Forest Exp. Sta. Beech Util. Ser. No. 5. 1956. Durability of water-resistant woodworking Upper Darby, Pa. glues. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1530. , and Blomquist, R. F. 1955. Polyvinyl-resin emulsion woodworking glues. 1966. Synthetic-resin glues. USDA Forest Serv. Forest Prod. J. 5(4): 219-226. Res. Note FPL-0141. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. -, and Blomquist, R. F. 1962. Epoxy-resin adhesives for gluing wood. For- est Prod. J. 12(2): 74-80. 1967. Casein glues: Their manufacture, prepara- tion, and application. U.S. Forest Serv. Peck, E. C. Res. Note FPL-0158. Forest Prod. Lab., 1961. Moisture content of wood in use. Forest Madison, Wis. Prod. Lab. Rep. 1655. Wood, Andrew D., and Linn, T. C. Perry, T. D. 1942. Plywoods, their development, manufacture, 1948. Modern plywood. Pitman Publ. Co., New and application. Johnston Ltd., Edinburgh York City. and London. 9-14 FS-360 Chapter 10 GLUED STRUCTURAL MEMBERS Page Glued-Laminated Timbers 10-2 Advantages of Glued-Laminated Timbers 10-3 Avoiding Internal Stresses 10-3 Preservative Treatment 10-4 Species for Laminating 10-4 Quality of Glue Joints 10-4 Strength and Stiffness 10-4 Vertically Laminated Timbers 10-8 Design of Glued-Laminated Timbers 10-8 Wood-Plywood Glued Structural Members 10-10 Beams with Plywood Webs 10-10 Stressed-Skin Panels 10-13 Bibliography 10-14 10-1 GLUED STRUCTURAL MEMBERS Glued structural members are of two types— The first use of glued-laminated timbers was glued-laminated timbers and glued wood- in Europe, where as early as 1893 laminated plywood members of built-up cross sections. arches (probably glued with casein glue) were Both types offer certain advantages. erected for an auditorium in Basel, Switzer- land. Improvements in casein glue during GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBERS World War I aroused further interest in the manufacture of glued-laminated structural Glued-laminated timbers in this chapter (fig. members, at first for aircraft and later as fram- 10-1) refer to two or more layers of wood ing members of buildings. In the United States glued together with the grain of all layers or one of the early examples of glued-laminated laminations approximately parallel. The lami- arches designed according to engineering prin- nations may vary as to species, number, size, ciples is in a building erected in 1934 at the shape, and thickness. Laminated wood was first Forest Products Laboratory. This installation used in the United States for furniture parts, was followed by many others in gymnasiums, cores of veneered panels, and sporting goods, churches, halls, factories, hangars, and barns. but is now widely used for structural timbers The development of very durable synthetic- in building. resin glues during World War II permitted the M 117 204 Figur« 10-1.—Heavy laminated limber, glued from 44 nominal 2-inch laminations. 10-2 use of glued-laminated members in bridges, Certain factors involved in the production of trucks, and marine construction where a high laminated timbers are not encountered, how- degree of resistance to severe service condi- ever, in producing solid timbers : tions is required. With growing public accept- 1. Preparation of lumber for gluing and the ance of glued-laminated construction, laminat- gluing operation usually raise the cost of the ing has increased steadily until it now forms final laminated product above that of solid an important segment of the woodworking in- sawn timbers in sizes that are reasonably dustry. available. Glued structural timbers may be straight 2. As the strength of a laminated product or curved. Curved arches have been used to depends upon the quality of the glue joints, the span more than 300 feet in structures. Straight laminating process requires special equipment, members spanning up to 100 feet are not un- plant facilities, and manufacturing skills not common, and some span up to 130 feet. Sec- needed to produce solid sawn timbers. tions deeper than 7 feet have been used. 3. Because several extra manufacturing op- Straight beams can be designed and manufac- erations are involved in manufacturing lam- tured with horizontal laminations (lamination inated members, as compared with solid mem- parallel to neutral plane) or vertical lamina- bers, greater care must be exercised in each tions (laminations perpendicular to neutral operation to insure a product of high quality. plane). The horizontally laminated timbers are 4. Large curved members are awkward to the most widely used. Curved members are hor- handle and ship by the usual carriers. izontally laminated to permit bending of lam- inations during gluing. Avoiding Internal Stresses Advantages of Glued-Laminated Timbers For best results in manufacturing glued- laminated timbers, it is important to avoid the The advantages of glued-laminated wood development of appreciable internal stresses construction are many and significant. They when the member is exposed to conditions that include the following: change its moisture content. Differences in 1. Ease of manufacturing large structural shrinking and swelling are the fundamental elements from standard commercial sizes of causes of internal stresses. Therefore lamina- lumber. tions should be of such character that they 2. Achievement of excellent architectural ef- shrink or swell similar amounts in the same fects and the possibility of individualistic dec- direction. If laminations are of the same spe- orative styling in interiors, as nearly unlimited cies or of species with similar shrinkage char- curved shapes are possible. acteristics, if they are all flat-grained or all 3. Minimization of checking or other season- edge-grained material, and if they are of the ing defects associated with large one-piece same moisture content, the assembly will be wood members, in that the laminations are reasonably free from internal stresses and have thin enough to be readily seasoned before man- little tendency to change shape or to check. ufacture of members. Laminations that have an abnormal tendency 4. The opportunity of designing on the basis to shrink longitudinally because they have of the strength of seasoned wood, for dry serv- excessive cross grain or compression wood ice conditions, inasmuch as the individual lam- should not be included. inations can be dried to provide members thor- While observance of these principles is de- oughly seasoned throughout. sirable, practical considerations may prevent 5. The opportunity to design structural ele- exact conformance. In softwood structural tim- ments that vary in cross section along their bers for interior use, for example, segregation length in accordance with strength require- of flat-grained from edge-grained material is ments. generally unnecessary, and a range in moisture 6. The possible use of lower grade material content of no greater than 5 percent among the for less highly stressed laminations, without laminations in the same assembly may be adversely affecting the structural integrity of permitted without significant effect on service- the member. ability. The average moisture content, how- 7. The manufacture of large laminated ever, should be the same or slightly lower than structural members from smaller pieces is in- that which the timber will attain in service. creasingly adaptable to future timber economy, A slight increase in moisture content generally as more lumber comes in smaller sizes and in causes no harm but rapid drying could result lower grades. in checking. 10-3 Preservative Treatment quate evaluation. To serve satisfactorily under severe conditions, the glue joints should be ca- If the laminated timber is to be used under pable of withstanding, without significant de- conditions that raise its moisture content to lamination, high internal stresses that develop more than 20 percent, either the heartwood as a result of rapid wetting and drying. Stand- of durable species should be used or the wood ards covering the design and manufacture of should be treated with approved preservative glued structural laminated wood are available chemicals and only waterproof glues should (see Bibliography) and at least two military be used. Experience has shown that some oil- specifications cover structural glued-laminated borne preservatives, besides providing protec- items for specific uses. tion from fungi and insects, also retard mois- ture changes at the surface of the wood, and thus inhibit checking. If the size and shape of Strengtti and Stiffness the timbers permit, laminated timbers can be treated with preservatives after gluing, but The bending strength of horizontally lam- penetration perpendicular to the planes of the inated timbers depends on the position of var- glue joints will be distinctly retarded at the ious grades of laminations. High-grade lamina- first glueline. tions may be placed in the outer portions of the Laminated timbers treated with preserva- member, where their high strength may be tives after gluing and fabrication have given effectively used, and lower grade laminations excellent service in bridges and similar instal- in the inner portion, where their low strength lations. Laminations also can be treated and will not greatly affect the overall strength of then glued if suitable precautions are observed. the member. By selective placement of the The treated laminations should be conditioned laminations, the knots can be scattered and and must be resurfaced just before gluing. Not improved strength can be obtained. Even with all preservative-treated wood can be glued with random assembly of laminations, studies have all glues, but, if suitable glues and treat- indicated that knots are unlikely to occur one ments are selected and the gluing is carefully above another in several adjacent laminations, done, laminated timbers can be produced that by a careful selection of quality tension lami- are entirely serviceable under moist, warm con- nations. ditions that favor decay. Aside from the beneficial effect of dispers- ing imperfections, available test data do not indicate that laminating improves strength Species for Lammatir^g properties over those of a comparable solid Softwoods, principally Douglas-fir and south- piece. That is, gluing together pieces of wood ern pine, are most commonly used for lami- does not, of itself, improve strength properties, nated timbers. Other softwoods used include unless the laminations are so thin that the glue western hemlock, larch, and redwood. Boat bonds significantly affect the strength of the timbers, on the other hand, are often made of member. In laminating material of lumber white oak because it is moderately durable un- thicknesses, that would not occur. der wet conditions. Red oak, treated with pre- Most of the criteria relating strength to servative, has also been laminated for ship characteristics of the wood were developed in and boat use. Other species can also be used, the 1940's from data on a large number of rela- of course, when their mechanical and physical tively small beams—12 inches in depth. Very properties are suited for the purpose. large beams are now being manufactured. Cur- rent research is reevaluating the criteria for deriving design stresses for glued-laminated Quality of Glue Joints timbers. Specific research relates to the tensile strength of structural lumber. Significant im- The quality of glue joints in laminated tim- provement in beam strength can be obtained. bers intended for service under dry conditions Criteria in the following sections are given is usually evaluated by the block shear test. only as general guides to factors that affect Acceptance criteria are often based on unit the strength of glued-laminated construction. shear strength and percentage of wood failure The most current specific information on the considered satisfactory for the species being strength of glued-laminated construction used. For laminated members that must with- should be obtained from the Forest Products stand severe service conditions, however, the Laboratory or from the American Institute of block shear test alone does not provide an ade- Timber Construction. 10-4 The principal determinants of stren^h are occupied by all knots within 6 inches of either knots, cross grain, and end-joint eíRciency. side of the critical section. This sum may be The effects of these three factors are not cumu- represented by the symbol 1^^. The moment of lative; that is, the lowest of the three con- inertia of the full cross section of the member trols the strength. Where other effects, such is represented by I^. The relations between as those of curvature or beam depth, are ap- bending strength and stiffness and the ratio plicable, they should be applied in addition to IK/1G are shown in figures 10-2 and 10-3. Pro- those for knots, cross grain, and end joints. cedures for calculating the ratio IK/IG are given The deflection characteristics of glued- in USDA Technical Bulletin 1069. laminated timbers can be computed with for- The curves shown in figures 10-2 and 10-3 mulas given in chapter 8. were empirically derived from tests of lami- nated timbers containing knots in various con- Effect of Knots on Bending Strength and Stiffness centrations. The IK/1G strength relationship yields reliable The effect of knots on the bending strength results for relatively small members; however, and stiffness of laminated timbers depends for large members modifications are recom- upon the number, size, and position, with re- mended. For large members, the effect of knots spect to the neutral axis of the member, of in tension laminations is not adequately de- the knots close to the critical section. Specif- fined by the IK/1G concept. A selected grade of ically, the bending properties depend upon the tension laminations must be used for the higher sum of the moments of inertia, about the grav- strength large glued-laminated timbers. The ity axis of the full cross section, of the areas current recommended grades of tension lam- ^ ^ 90 \ ^ 80 \, \ - ^ F'O \ \ ^(I+3X ')(I-X )^(l-'/2 X) \/ \ 5(0 \ 1 \ § 40 \ kj N , ou S \ ^ ki /O ^ ^ 0 ^c) a / a 2 0. 3 0. 4 0. 5 0. 6 0., '¡G M 132 342 Figure 10-2.—Curve relating allowable flexural stress to moment of inertia of areas occupied by knots in laminations of laminated timbers. 10-5 available. Figure 10-5, however, represents a \ relation between tensile strength and K/h de- to 'S! 90 V rived from figure 10-4. -y^Ü-d ,/ui-l N Effect of Cross Grain on Strength The effect of cross grain on strength is ^ \ given in table 4-10, chapter 4. For laminated timbers, it is possible to vary the cross-grain limitations at different points in the depth of \ ^ the beam in accordance with the stress re- quirements. That is, steeper cross grain may \ be permitted in laminations in the interior of the timber than in the laminations at and near 0.3 0.4 0.5 the outside. The permitted variation should be M 132 337 Figure 10-3.—Curve relating allowable modulus of elasticity to /oo moment of inertia of areas occupied by knots jn laminations of laminated timbers. § 90 \ ¡nations should be obtained from the American \ Institute of Timber Construction. \ 80 Effect of Knots on Compressive Strength \ The compressive stren^h of laminated tim- 70 bers depends upon the proportion of the cross- sectional area of each lamination occupied by the largest knot in the lamination. Figure 10- Y^ 60 4 shows an empirically derived relationship between compressive strength and K/h, where 6 is the lamination width and K is the aver- 50 age of the largest knot sizes in each of the laminations. 40 Effect of Knots on Tensile Strength \ Test data relating knot size to tensile S 30 strength of glued-laminated timbers are not \ 100 Í3 =[/-(K/b y-C '-2.5 ff'] \ to 90 ^ fO \ ^ \ 80 O 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 X-K/b ^ M 132 336 70 \ Figure 10-5.—Curve relating allowable tensile stress to size of \ knots in laminations of tension members. \ based on the assumption of linear variation i 60 of stress across the depth. \ Effect of End Joints on Strength 50 0.! 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 X= K/b For a large proportion of laminated timbers, M 132 336 because of their size, pieces of wood must be Figure 10-4.—Design curve relating allowable compressive stress joined end-to-end to provide laminations of suf- to size of knots in laminations of laminated short columns. ficient length. In most cases, the strength of 10-6 timbers is reduced by the presence of end as well as being possible sources of stress con- joints. centration. As a result, the strength of even the The highest strength values are obtained best production finger joint developed to with well-made plain scarf joints (ch. 9) ; date has approached but not equaled the the lowest values are with butt joints. This is strength of a well-made plain scarf joint. because scarf joints with flat slopes have es- When the joint factor for a specific finger sentially side grain surfaces that can be well joint is adequately determined, allowable bonded and develop high strength while butt stresses may be calculated on the same basis joints are end grain surfaces that cannot be as discussed for scarf joints. bonded effectively. Finger joints are a com- The slope of scarf joints in compression promise between scarf and butt joints and members or in the compression portion of strength varies with joint design. bending members should not be steeper than 1 in 5; a limitation of 1 in 10 is suggested for Structural end joints tension members and the tension portion of Both plain scarf joints and finger joints bending members. Because there is some ques- can be manufactured with adequate strength tion as to the durability of steep scarf joints for structural glued-laminated timbers. The for exterior use or other severe exposure, scarf adequacy is determined by joint efficiency prin- joints with a slope steeper than 1 in 8 should ciples in USD A Technical Bulletin 1069 or by not be used under such conditions. physical testing procedures in Voluntary Prod- Joints should be well scattered in portions of uct Standard PS 56. The physical testing pro- structural glued-laminated timbers highly cedures are more commonly used. stressed in tension. Where end joints in adja- The joint efficiency or joint factor is the cent laminations are closely spaced, test results joint strength as a percentage of the strength indicate that failure progresses more or less of clear straight-grain material. The joint fac- instantaneously from the joint in the outer tor of scarf joints in the tension portion of lamination through the others. Adequate lon- bending members or in tension members is: gitudinal separation of end joints in areas of Joint factor high stress is, therefore, desirable. Scarf slope Percent No data are available by which to substan- 1 in 12 or flatter 90 tiate any proposed spacing requirements. Spac- 1 in 10 85 ing requirements depend on joint quality and 1 in 8 80 1 in 5 65 stress level. No spacing requirement should be necessary for well-made, high-strength joints These factors apply to interior laminations or for joints stressed well below their strength. as well as to the lamination on the tension Suggested spacings of end joints are given face. In a beam of 40 equal laminations, for in Voluntary Product Standard PS 56. example, the outer lamination should be stressed no higher than 90 percent of the clear Butt joints wood stress value if a scarf joint sloping 1 in 12 Butt joints generally can transmit no ten- is used. The stress at the outer face of the sec- sile stress and can transmit compressive stress ond lamination is 95 percent of the outer fiber only after considerable deformation or if a stress, so a scarf joint of about 1 in 10 would metal bearing plate is tightly fitted between be satisfactory. Usually, however, laminators the abutting ends. In normal assembly opera- use the same joint throughout the members for tions, such fitting would not be done, and it is ease in manufacture. therefore necessary to assume that butt joints Working stresses need not be reduced if lam- are ineffective in transmitting both tensile and inations containing scarf joints sloping 1 in 5 compressive stresses. Because of this ineffec- or flatter are used in the compression portion of tiveness, and because butt joints cause con- bending members or in compression members. centration of both shear stress and longitudinal No general statement can be made regard- stress, they are not recommended for use in ing the joint factor of finger joints because horizontally laminated structural glued-lami- finger joint strengths vary depending upon the nated timbers. type and configuration of joint and the manu- facturing process. High-strength finger joints Other types of end joints can be made when the design is such that the In addition to scarf, finger, and butt joints, fingers have relatively flat slopes and sharp other types of end joints may be used in lam- tips. Tips are essentially a series of butt joints inated members. In general, however, few data and therefore reduce the effective sloping area are available on their effect on strength. When 10-7 data are not available for establishing spacing the radius to which the lamination is bent (see requirements, strength, and like factors for preceding section). these joints, they may be treated as butt joints. If thin laminations of moderate or low grade are used, somewhat stronger straight mem- Effect of Edge Joints on Strength bers may be obtained than from 1-inch or 2-inch laminations of the same grade. This in- It is sometimes necessary to join pieces crease perhaps is due to the greater interac- edge-to-edge to provide laminations of suffi- tion between thinner laminations, but data do cient width. For tension members, compression not yet permit design recommendations. members, and horizontally laminated bending members, the strength of such joints is of little Effect of Shake, Checks, and Splits on Shear importance to the overall strength of the mem- Strength ber. Therefore, from the standpoint of strength alone, it is unnecessary that edge joints be In general, shake, checks, and splits have glued if they are not in the same location in little effect on the shear strength of laminated adjacent laminations. Edge joints should be timbers. Shake generally occurs infrequently glued, however, where torsional loading is in- but should be excluded from material for lam- volved or where the load is applied parallel to inations. Most laminated timbers are made the wide face of the lamination. Other con- from laminations that are thin enough to sea- siderations, such as the appearance of face son readily without developing checks and laminations or the possibility that water will splits. enter the unglued joints and promote decay, also may dictate that edge joints should be Effect of Size on Bending Strength glued. In vertically laminated beams (laminations The bending strength of wood beams has at right angles to the neutral plane) sufficient been shown to decrease as the size of beams laminations must be edge glued to provide ade- increases. Laminated members can be of con- quate shear resistance in the beam. Not only is siderable size and the effect of size on strength adequate initial strength required of such should be considered in design. Design infor- joints, but they must be durable enough to re- mation is given in chapter 8. tain that strength under the conditions to which the beam is exposed in service. Vertically Laminated Timl^ers Data on vertically laminated timbers are Effect of Curvature on Bending Strength limited because, until recently, there was rel- Stress is induced when laminations are bent atively little commercial interest in their use. to curved forms, such as arches and curved Evaluations were made of timbers laminated rafters. While much of this stress is quickly from dimension lumber of high strength ratios. relieved, some remains and tends to reduce the The results indicated that the effect of knots strength of a curved member. The ratio of the may be taken into account by determining the allowable design stress in curved members to strength ratio of each lamination (by the that in straight members is method described in the section on stress grades) and averaging these ratios to deter- 2,000 mine the strength ratio for the timber. Com- 1.00 (R/tr (10^1) mon practice is to increase the average stress 15 percent to account for the interaction of where t is the thickness of a lamination and R three or more members glued together. The is the radius of the curve to which it is bent, effects of cross grain on strength and limita- both R and t being in the same units. tions on end joints are as described in preced- ing paragraphs. Effect of Lamination Thickness on Strength Design of Glued-Laminated Timl^ers Laminated timbers are typically made from nominal 1-inch and 2-inch lumber, and tests Engineering formulas such as those given have indicated that this difference has no ef- in chapter 8 for solid wood structures are fect on the strength of straight timbers. Lam- applicable also to structures of laminated wood. ination thickness does, however, affect the The fact that laminated timbers can be made strength of curved members, depending upon in curved form, however, introduces some cir- 10-8 cumstances not ordinarily met in the design of depth is over 12 inches, this calculated stress wood structures. is reduced further by the effect of size as The application of ordinary engineering given in chapter 8. For curved members, the formulas to deep, sharply curved bending mem- reduced value is multiplied by the curvature bers may introduce appreciable error in the factor. calculated stresses. For such cases, the methods applicable to curved timbers, as described in Moment of inertia standard text books on mechanics, should be The full cross section of the beam may be used. considered effective in design if there are no When bending moments are applied to end joints or if end joints have been qualified curved timbers, stresses are set up in a direc- by procedures given in PS-56. If butt joints tion parallel to the radius of curvature (per- are present, the moment of inertia should be pendicular to grain). Stresses so induced reduced as described for them. should be appropriately limited. Procedures for establishing design stresses Deflections and factors affecting the design of glued- Experience with figure 10-3 and statistically laminated structural members are discussed derived values of IK/IG indicates that, for in detail by USDA Technical Bulletin 1069. timbers with relatively high grade lamina- Voluntary Product Standard PS 56 for tions, the reduction of modulus of elasticity structural glued-laminated timber is widely below the basic value will be less than 5 per- used throughout the United States. It involves cent. However, there is a reduction in modulus industry specifications that have been de- of elasticity for lower grades of laminations veloped for several species and which recom- (lASTM D 245). With known modulus of mend working stresses for members laminated elasticity properties of each lamination, the from these species. modulus of elasticity of a completed glued-lami- Many design details have been devised and nated beam can be calculated with trans- presented by the American Institute of Timber formed-section criteria. Construction. The defiection calculated with modulus of elasticity values derived by any of the above Allowable Unit Stresses For Clear Wood methods will be only immediate values. Where Allowable unit stresses for clear wood for defection is critical, consideration must be use in determining working stresses for the given to the added defection that occurs under design of glued-laminated timbers are de- long-time loading and that due to shear (see veloped by principles given in ASTM stand- ch. 6 and 8). ards and in other sections of this handbook. The average clear wood strength properties Radial stresses and variability of properties are given in When curved members are subjected to ASTM Designation D 2555. These properties bending moments, stresses are set up in a form the basis for allowable unit stresses for direction parallel to the radius of curvature clear wood by considering appropriate adjust- (perpendicular to grain). If the moment ments for variability, duration of load, size, increases the radius (makes the member moisture content, density and rate of growth, straighter), the stress is tension; if it de- and factor of safety. Discussions of these fac- creases the radius (makes the member more tors are given in ASTM Designation D 2555 sharply curved), the stress is compression. and D 245 and in chapter 6 of this volume. For members of constant depth, the stress is a maximum at the neutral axis and is ap- Bending Members proximately In designing bending members, a number 3 M (10-2) of factors are involved in choosing an appro- Sn = 2 Rbh priate working stress—^the effects of knots, cross grain, end joints, height or depth of the where M is the bending moment, R is the beam, and curvature of the laminations. radius of curvature of the centerline, and b The basic allowable unit stress for clear and h are, respectively, the width and height wood is multiplied by the lowest of the first of the cross section. three factors to obtain a working stress for Values of SR should be limited to those rec- straight timbers up to 12 inches deep. If the ommended by accepted industry standards. 10-9 Deep, Curved Members as possible to that which it will attain in serv- ice. If moisture content is hihger than the equi- It is known from the principles of mechanics that the stresses in sharply curved members librium moisture content in service, considera- subjected to bending are in error when com- ble shrinkage may occur between widely sepa- puted by the ordinary formulas for straight rated bolts ; if the bolts are held in position by timbers. The amount of the error depends metal shoes or angles, large splitting forces upon the relation of the depth of the member may be set up. Slotting of the bolt holes in the to the centerline radius. Limitations on the metal fitting will tend to relieve the splotting sharpness to which laminations can be bent stresses. Cross bolts will assist in preventing will limit the curvature of deep beams or separation if splitting does occur; they will not, arches. The analytical methods applicable to however, prevent splits. curved beams should be used, however, to de- termine whether or not the usual engineering formulas may be applied without significant WOOD-PLYWOOD GLUED STRUCTURAL error to deep, sharply curved members of MEMBERS glued-laminated wood. Highly efficient structural components or Axially Stressed Members members can be produced by combining wood and plywood through gluing. The plywood is Three factors must be considered in choos- utilized quite fully in load-carrying capacity ing working stresses for axially stressed mem- while also filling large opening spaces. These bers—^the effects of knots, cross grain, and components, including box beams, I-beams, end joints. The factor giving the lowest "stressed-skin'' panels, and folded plate roofs, strength ratio is the one that determines the are discussed in detail and completed designs working stress ; the three factors are not to be are also available in the many technical pub- combined. lications of the American Plywood Associa- Effective cross-sectional area tion. Details on structural design will be given in the following portion of this chapter for The full cross section may be considered beams with plywood webs and for stressed- effective in design if there are no end joints tskin panels wherein the parts are glued of if end joints are scarf joints of 1 in 5 together with a rigid, durable adhesive. slope or natter. For finger joints that have These highly efficient designs, while ade- been qualified by procedures given in PS-56 or quate structurally, may suffer from lack of with a tensile joint ratio of 50 percent or resistance to fire and decay unless treatment or greater, it is probable that the full cross sec- protection is provided. The rather thin por- tion could likewise be considered fully effec- tions of plywood, as compared with heavy, tive. If butt joints are present, the cross-sec- solid cross sections, are quite vulnerable to tional area should be reduced as was described fire. for these joints. Columns of different classes Beams With Plywood Webs The formulas for determining the load- Box beams and I-beams with lumber or carrying capacities of wood columns as given laminated fianges and glued plywood webs can in chapter 8 should be used for laminated be designed to provide desired stiffness, bend- columns. For all classes of columns, the effect ing moment resistance, and shear resistance. of joints should be considered in arriving at The flanges resist bending moment, and the the proper value of the effective area. webs provide primary shear resistance. Either Fastenings type of beam must not buckle laterally under design loads; thus, if lateral stability is a Design loads or stresses for fastenings that problem, the box beam design should be chosen are applicable to solid wood members (ch. 7) because it is stiffer in lateral bending and in are also applicable to laminated timbers. Since torsion than the I-beam. On the other hand, greater depths are practical with laminated the I-beam should be chosen if buckling of timbers than with solid timbers, however, de- the plywood web is of concern because its sign of fastenings for deep laminated timbers single web, double the thickness of that of a requires special consideration. It is desirable to box beam, will offer greater buckling resist- have the moisture content of the timber as near ance. 10-10 Details of design are given for beams shown in chapter 11 on shear modulus given by for- in cross section in figure 10-6. These beams mulas (11-9) to (11-12) should be used. have both ñanges of the same thickness be- cause a construction symmetrical about the neutral plane provides the greatest moment of Flange Compression and Tension Stresses inertia for the amount of material employed. The formulas given were derived by basic Flange compression and tension stresses at principles of engineering mechanics which can outer beam fibers are given by the formula be extended to derive designs for unsymmetri- 6M cal constructions if necessary. /. = (10-5) d hi / ^FLANGE where M is bending moment and other sym- bols are as defined previously in this chapter. Web Shear Stress X— -X c d f Web shear stress at the beam neutral plane is given by the formula __ ZYVE{d? - cVb + 2EwWd'^. f^y 4.w[_E{d'-c^)h-\-2EwWd' y ^ iv-A -b— 2W where V is shear load and other symbols are BOX BEAM as defined previously in this chapter. The shear I BEAM stress must not exceed values given by formulas M 132 343 in chapter 11 for plywood shear strength or Figure 10-6.—Beams with plywood webs. the critical shear buckling stress, Fscr, given by formula (11-18) of chapter 11. To avoid Beam Deflections web buckling, the web should be increased in thickness or the clear length of web should be Beam defections can be computed with broken by stiflFeners glued to the webs. formula (8-1) (ch. 8). The bending stiffness Web edgewise bending stresses at the inside (Ê'/)x and shear stiffness (GA') are given by of the flanges can be computed by the formula the following formula for the box and I-beam shown in figure 10-6. &M txW — (10-7) d^ + 2 —W {El), ^ -^E{d' - c^)b + 2í7,^W^d^1 tjw C c (10-3) where the symbols are as previously defined in the chapter. It may be possible, but not very where E is flange modulus of elasticity and likely, for the web to buckle due to bending Ev^ is web modulus of elasticity. Values of stresses. Thus the stresses given by formula í7TF for the appropriate plywood cpnstruction (10-7) should not exceed those given by Fj^cr and grain direction can be computed from of chapter 11, formula (11-19). Should buck- formulas (11-2), (11-3), and (11-4) for ling due to edgewise bending appear possible, edgewise compression modulus of elasticity of the interaction of shear and edgewise bending plywood (ch. 11). buckling can be checked approximately by Dimensions are as noted by symbols of fig- means of an interaction formula such as ure 10-6. (GAO = 2WcG (approx.) (10-4) {Tí)'^{-k;)'-' <"-«> where G is plywood shear modulus for appro- priate grain direction (see ch. 11). An Web-to-flange glue shear stresses, fgi, can be improvement in shear stiffness can be made computed by the approximate formula if the grain direction of the plywood webs is f = 3Fr Eh{d + c) placed at 45° to the beam neutral plane rather ''^ 2 \_E{d^ - c^)b + 2E„Wd^ (10-9) than at 0° or 90° to the neutral plane. Data 0 10-11 where the symbols are as previously defined webs have plywood grain at 45° to the neutral in this chapter. The stresses computed by axis. The lateral buckling of I-beams will also formula (10-9) should be less than those given be slightly conservative because bending for glued joints. They should also be less than rigidity of the flange has been neglected in the rolling shear stresses for solid wood, be- writing the formulas given here. If buckling of cause the thin plies of the plywood web allow the I-beam seems possible at design loads, the glue shear stresses to be transmitted to the more accurate analysis of Forest Products adjacent plies and could cause rolling shear Laboratory Report R1687 should be used be- failure in the wood. fore redesigning. Possible Lateral Buckling Stiffeners and Load Blocks Possible lateral buckling of the entire beam A determination of the number and sizes should be checked. The lateral buckling load is of stiffeners and load blocks needed in a partic- given by the formula ular construction does not lend itself to a rational procedure, but certain general rules Per or Wer or Mcr/L = -j^^(EI)y (JG) can be given that will help the designer of a wood-plywood structure obtain a satisfactory (10-10) structural member. where Per is total concentrated load. Wer is total Stiffeners serve a dual purpose in a struc- uniformly distributed load ; Mcr is bending mo- tural member of this type. One function is to ment; L is beam span length; ß is a lateral limit the size of the unsupported panel in the buckling coefficient given in figure 8-5 (ch. 8) plywood web, and the other is to restrain the for various loadings; (El)y is lateral stiffness of beam; and (JG) is beam torsional rigidity. flanges from moving toward each other as the Formulas for (EI)y and (JG) are as follows: beam is stressed. Stiffeners should be glued to the webs and For box beams: should be in contact with both flanges. No rational way of determining how thick the (EI)y = -^\ E(d - c)b^ -f- E^ 12 stiffener in contact with the web should be is available, but it appears, from tests of box (b + 2W)' - b'~\ d I (10-11) beams made at the Forest Products Labora- tory, that a thickness of at least six times the thickness of the plywood web is sufficient. (JG) - r(^ + g) (d' - c') (b + W)'W' Because stiffeners must also resist the tendency -[ (d^ c') + Mb + W)W of the flanges to move toward each other, the (10-12) stiffeners should be as wide as (extend to the edge of) the flanges. For I-beams: The spacing of the stiffeners is relatively unimportant for the shear stresses that are (EI)y = ^^ £; r (b + 2W)^^ (2W)' allowed in plywood webs in which the grain of the wood in some plies is parallel and the (d c) + EfA2W)'d I (10-13) grain of the wood in other plies is perpendic- ular to the axis of the member. Maximum where Ef^o is flexural elastic modulus of the ply- allowable stresses are below those which will wood web as computed by formulas (11-20) or produce buckling. Stiffeners placed with a (11-21) of chapter 11. clear distance between stiffeners equal to or less than two times the clear distance between flanges are adequate. (JG) = yf-^id - c)'b -h dr2W^)3l G Load blocks are special stiffeners placed (10-14) along a wood-plywood structural member at points of concentrated load. Load blocks should In formulas (10-12) and (10-14) the shear be designed so that stresses caused by a load modulus G can be assumed without great error that bears against the side-grain material in to be about one-sixteenth of the flange mod- the flanges do not exceed the design allowables ulus of elasticity, EL. The resultant torsional for the flange material in compression per- stiffness (JG) will be slightly low if beam pendicular to grain. 10-12 Sfressed'Skin Panels Skin Stresses Constructions consisting of plywood "skins" Skin tension and compression stresses are glued to wood stringers are often called stres- given by the formulas sed-skin panels. These panels offer efficient structural constructions for building floor, wall, and roof components. They can be de- J^^ - (El) signed to provide desired stiffness, bending (10-17) moment resistance, and shear resistance. The plywood skins resist bending moment, and the _ ME2y2 wood stringers provide shear resistance. J^^ - (El) Details of design are given for a panel cross section shown in ñgure 10-7. The formulas where {El) is given by formula (10-15) ; M is given were derived by basic principles of en- bending moment; other symbols are as defined gineering mechanics. previously in this chapter; and STRINGERS £^2*2 [(Í1 + tc) + (Í2 + ic)] + Etc^{t, + tc) 2 (Eiii + E2t2 + Et, -) 2/2 = M 132 340 ^ltl[(íl + te) + (Í2 + ío)] + Etc^it, + tc) Figure 10-7.—Stressed-skin panel cross section. 2 ( EA + £'2*2 + Et, Panel deflections can be computed with ( x) formula (8-1) chapter 8. The bending stiff- The skins should be thick enough or the string- ness {[El) and shear stiffness (GA') are ers spaced closely enough so that buckling does given by the following formulas for the stres- not occur in the compression skin. The buckling sed-skin panel shown in figure 10-7. stress is given by Fccr (formula (11-7), in ch. 11). The plywood tensile and compres- (El) = {£^líl^2Í2[(í] sive strength (see ch. 11) should not be ex- {Eiti + ^2^2 + Etc ceeded. + tc) + (Í2 + io)]' + E^t^Eto Stringer Bending Stress ^(i, + t,y + E,UEtc^{t The stringer bending stress is the larger value given by the formulas ME Eftti + £7/2¿2 "^ Etc -^112 T] Jsxi "~ {ED (10-15) (10-18) where E^ and E2 are modulus of elasticity val- ues for skins 1 and 2 (compression values for plywood—see ch. 11) ; Ef^ and Efz are flex- 78X2 ~~ {ED ural modulus of elasticity values for skins 1 and 2 (also see ch. 11) ; E is stringer modulus and these should not exceed appropriate values of elasticity ; and s is total width of all stringers for the species. in a panel. Other dimensions are as noted by The stringer shear stress is given by the symbols of figure 10-7. formula (GA') = Gstc (approx.) (10-16) _ V{EQ) where G is stringer shear modulus. f"' - s {ED ^ ^ ^ 10-13 where (EQ) ^{EAh + Es^Vi and this should skins that can be computed by formulas for plywood panels given in chapter 11. not exceed appropriate values for the species. Racking loads on panels shear the skins, and buckling of the plywood should not occur Glue Shear Stress due to the shear stress caused by racking. The buckling stress can be computed as Y^cr from Glue shear stress in the joint between the formula (11-18) of chapter 11. skins and stringers is given by the formula f » V(EQ) (10-20) BIBLIOGRAPHY ''' s {El) American Institute of Timber Construction where {EQ) = E{b^hy^ and this should not ex- 1966. Timber construction manual. John Wiley & ceed values for the glue and species. It should Son, New York. not exceed the wood stress, ÍTR ("rolling" 1970. Standard specifications for structural glued- shear) for solid wood because the thin plywood laminated timber of Douglas-fir, western plies allow the glue shear stresses to be trans- larch, southern pine, and California red- mitted to adjacent plies to cause rolling shear wood. AITC 203-70. Englewood, Colo. failure in the wood. American Plywood Association 1966-70. Plywood design specification Supp. 1, Design of plywood curved panels Supp. 2, Design of plywood beams Buckling Supp. 3, Design of flat plywood stressed- skin panels Buckling of the stressed-skin panel of un- Supp. 4, Design of flat plywood sandwich supported length, L, under end load applied in panels a direction parallel to the length of the string- Tacoma, Wash. ers can be computed with the formula 1971. Technical literature on plywood. Tacoma, Wash. 7r^{EI) American Society for Testing and Materials Par = (10-21) Method of test for integrity of glue joints in laminated wood products for exterior use. ASTM Designation D 1101. (See current edi- where L is unsupported panel length and {El) tion.) Philadelphia, Pa. is bending stiffness given by formula (10-15). Standard methods of testing veneer, plywood, and Compressive stress in the skins as given by other glued veneer constructions. ASTM Desig- the formula nation D 805. (See current edition.) Philadel- phia, Pa. Jxci — (EA) Standard methods for establishing structural grades and related allowable properties for (10-22) visually graded lumber. ASTM Designation D 245. (See current edition.) Philadelphia, Pa. PEj_ (EA) Standard methods for establishing clear wood strength values. ASTM Designation D 2555. (See current edition.) Philadelphia, Pa. and in the stringers as given by the formula Bohannan, Billy 1966. Effect of size on bending strength of wood PE members. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL Jsxc — {EA) (10-23) 56. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. 1966. Flexural behavior of large glued-laminated where {EA) = E{tJ) + ¿72^20 + EtcS, should beams. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL not exceed stress values for plywood or stringer 72. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. material. The plywood stress should also be and Moody, R. C. lower than the buckling stress given by Fccr 1969. Large glued-laminated timber beams with two grades of tension laminations. USD A (formula (11-7), ch. 11). Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 113. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. Douglas-fir Plywood Association Loadings 1948. Technical data on plywood. Sec. 7: 1-4, Sec. 9: 1-15. Tacoma, Wash. Normally directed loads, uniformly distri- Freas, A. D., and Seibo, M. L. buted or concentrated, on the panel skins pro- 1954. Fabrication and design of glued laminated wood structural members. U.S. Dep. Agr. duce deflections and stresses in the plywood Tech. Bull. 1069. 220 pp. 10-14 Lewis, W. C, and Dawley, E. R. 301A-69 grade tension laminations. USDA 1943. Stiffeners in box beams and details of design. Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 146. Forest Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1318-A. Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. , Heebink, T. B., and Cottingham, W. S. Newlin, J. A., and Trayer, G. W. 1944. Buckling and ultimate strengths of shear 1941. Deflection of beams with special reference webs of box beams having plywood face to shear deformations. Forest Prod. Lab. grain direction parallel or perpendicular Rep. 1309. to the axis of the beams. Forest Prod. Lab. Seibo, M. L. Rep. 1318-D. 1963. Effect of joint geometry on tensile strength , Heebink, T. B., and Cottingham, W. S. of finger joints. Forest Prod. J. 13(9): 1944. Effects of certain defects and stress concen- 390-400. trating factors on the strength of tension , and Knauss, A. C. flanges of box beams. Forest Prod. Lab. 1958. Glued laminated wood construction in Eu- Rep. 1513. rope. Jour. Struct. Div., Amer. Soc. Civil , Heebink, T. B., and Cottingham, W. S. Eng. Nov. 1945. Effect of increased moisture content on the Timoshenko, S. shear strength at glue lines of box beams 1936. Theory of elastic stability. McGraw-Hill, and on the glue-shear and glue-tension New York. strengths of small specimens. Forest Prod. Trayer, G. W., and March, H. W. Lab. Rep. 1551. 1930. The torsion of members having sections -, Heebink, T. B., Cottingham, W. S., and Dawley, common in aircraft construction. Nat. Adv. E. R. Comm. Aeron. Rep. 334. 1943. Buckling in shear webs of box and I-beams , and March, H. W. and the effect upon design criteria. Forest 1931. Elastic instability of members having sec- Prod. Lab. Rep. 1318-B. tions common in aircraft construction. , Heebink, T. B., Cottingham, W. S., and Dawley, Nat. Adv. Comm. Aeron. Rep. 382, 42 pp. E. R. U.S. Department of Commerce 1944. Additional tests of box and I-beams to substantiate further the design curves for Structural glued laminated timber. Voluntary Prod- plywood webs in box beams. Forest Prod. uct Standard PS 56. (See current edition.) Lab. Rep. 1318-C. U.S. Forest Products Laboratory Markwardt, L. J., and Freas, A. D. 1943. Design of plywood webs for box beams. 1950. Approximate methods of calculating the Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1318. strength of plywood Forest Prod. Lab. Wilson, T.R.C., and Cottingham, W. S. Rep. 1630. 1947. Tests of glued laminated wood beams and Moody, R. C, and Bohannan, Billy columns and development of principles of 1970. Large glued-laminated beams with AITC design. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. R1687. lQ-15 FS-361 Chapter 11 PLYWOOD Page Grades and Types of Plywood 11-2 Specifications for Plywood 11-3 Special Plywood 11-3 Factors Affecting Dimensional Stability of Plywood 11-3 Arrangement of Plies 11-3 Quality of Plies 11-4 Moisture Content 11-4 Expansion or Contraction 11-5 Structural Design of Plywood 11-5 Properties in Edgewise Compression 11-6 Properties in Edgewise Tension 11-7 Properties in Edgewise Shear 11-7 Properties in Edgewise Bending 11-9 Properties in Flexure 11-9 Other Design Considerations 11-11 Bibliography 11-11 11-1 PLYWOOD Plywood is a glued wood panel made up of The plywood industry expands and develops relatively thin layers, or plies, with the grain new products with each passing year. Hence, of adjacent layers at an angle, usually 90°. the reader should always refer directly to cur- The usual constructions have an odd number rent specifications on plywood and its use for of plies. If rather thick layers of wood are specific details. used as plies, these are often of two layers with the grain directions of each layer paral- GRADES AND TYPES OF PLYWOOD lel. The plywood produced then is often called four-ply or six-ply. The outside plies are called Broadly speaking, two classes of plywood faces or face and back pUes, the inner plies are available—hardwood and softwood. In gen- are called cores or centers, and the plies im- eral, softwood plywood is intended for con- mediately below the face and back are called struction use and hardwood plywood for uses crossbands. The core may be veneer, lumber, where appearance is important. or particleboard, with the total panel thick- Originally, most softwood plywood was made ness typically not less than VIQ inch or more of Douglas-fir, but western hemlock, larch, than 3 inches. The plies may vary as to num- white fir, ponderosa pine, redwood, southern ber, thickness, species, and grade of wood. pine, and other species are now used. As compared with solid wood, the chief Most softwood plywood used in the United advantages of plywood are its approach to States is produced domestically, and U.S. man- having properties along the length nearly ufacturers export some material. Generally equal to properties along the width of the speaking, the bulk of softwood plywood is used panel, its greater resistance to splitting, and where strength, stiffness, and construction con- its form, which permits many useful applica- venience are more important than appearance. tions where large sheets are desirable. Use of Some grades of softwood plywood are made plywood may result in improved utilization of with faces selected primarily for appearance wood, because it covers large areas with a and are used either with clear natural finishes mimimum amount of wood fiber. This is be- or with pigmented finishes. cause it is permissible to use plywood thinner Hardwood plywood is made of many differ- than sawn lumber in some applications. ent species, both in the United States and over- The properties of plywood depend on the seas. Well over half of all hardwood panels quality of the different layers of veneer, the used in the United States is imported. Hard- order of layer placement in the panel, the glue wood plywood is normally used where appear- used, and the control of gluing conditions in ance is more important than strength. Most the gluing process. The grade of the panel de- of the production is intended for interior or pends upon the quality of the veneers used, protected uses, although a very small propor- particularly of the face and back. The type of tion is made with glues suitable for exterior the panel depends upon the glue joint, partic- service. A significant portion of all hardwood ularly its water resistance. Generally, face plywood is available completely finished. veneers with figured grain that are used in The product standard for softwood plywood, panels where appearance is important have construction and industrial, lists some hard- numerous short, or otherwise deformed, wood woods as qualifying for use in plywood made fibers. These may significantly reduce strength to the standard. Similarly, the product stand- and stiffness of the panels. On the other hand, ard for hardwood and decorative plywood face veneers and other plies may contain cer- lists some softwoods. tain sizes and distributions of knots, splits, or The glues used in the hardwood and soft- growth characteristics that have no undesira- wood plywood industries are quite different, ble effects on strength properties for specific but each type is selected to provide the neces- uses. Such uses include structural applications sary performance required by the appropriate such as sheathing for walls, roofs, or floors. specifications. 11-2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLYWOOD Prefinished plywood, particularly hardwood plywood, is available in wide variety. The The most commonly used specifications for finishes are normally applied in the plywood plywood are the product standards established plants as clear or pigmented liquid finishes. by the industry with the assistance of the U.S. Various printed film patterns are sometimes Department of Commerce. The specifications applied to plywood. Printed panels are also are available from the National Bureau of available using liquid finishing systems, and Standards. Separate standards apply to soft- three-dimensional finishes can be achieved by wood plywood and hardwood plywood. These passing the panels under an embossing roller. specifications cover such items as the grading By these techniques, the appearance for such of veneer, the construction of panels, the glue- uses as furniture and wall paneling is im- line performance requirements, and recommen- proved. Some use is also made of clear, printed, dations for use. and pigmented plastic films bonded to ply- Imported plywood is generally not produced wood for the same purpose. in conformance with United States product Plywood may be purchased that has been specifications. However, some countries have specially treated for protection against fire or their own specifications for plywood manu- decay. It is technically feasible to treat the factured for export to the United States, and veneers with chemical solutions and then glue these follow the requirements of the domestic them into plywood. A more general practice is product standards. to treat the plywood after gluing, with either fire-retardant or wood-preservative solutions, and then redry the panels. Panels must be SPECIAL PLYWOOD glued with durable glues of the exterior type to withstand such treatment. In addition to the all-wood panels, a variety Large-size panels for special purposes are of special plywood panels are made. Paper, made by end jointing standard-size panels with plastic, and metal layers are combined with scarf joints or finger joints. This is done wood veneers, usually as the face layer, to mainly with softwood panels for structural use provide special panel characteristics such as as in boats or trailers. Requirements for jomts improved surface properties. are given in the product standards for con- Special resin-treated papers called "over- ventional plywood. lays" can be bonded to plywood panels, either Curved plywood is sometimes used, partic- on one or both sides. These overlays are either ularly in certain furniture items as a spe- of the *'high density" or "medium density" cialty product. Much curved plywood is made types, and are intended to provide improved by gluing the individual veneers to the desired resistance to abrasion or wearing, better sur- shape and curvature in special jigs or presses. faces when appearance is important or for Flat plywood can also be bent to simple curva- concrete-form use, or better paint-holding prop- tures after gluing using techniques similar to erties. Some panels are also overlaid, usually those for bending solid wood (see ch. 13). on the face only, with high-density paper-base decorative laminates, hardboards, or metal sheets. A backing sheet having the same prop- erties (modulus of elasticity, dimensional sta- FACTORS AFFECTING DIMENSIONAL bility, and vapor transmission rate) as the STABILITY OF PLYWOOD decorative face sheet must be used to provide a panel free from warp and twist as moisture Arrangement of Plies changes occur. Overlays may be applied in the original layup or they may be applied to The tendency of crossbanded products to plywood after the panels have been surfaced. warp, as the result of uneven shrinking and The two-step method permits a closer thick- swelling caused by moisture changes, is largely ness tolerance. Requirements for certain types eliminated by balanced construction. Bal- of overlaid softwood panels are included in the anced construction involves plies arranged in aforementioned product standards. similar pairs, a ply on each side of the core. Other special products are embossed, Similar plies have the same thickness, kind of grooved, and other textured panels. Texturing wood with particular reference to shrinkage may be achieved by wire brushing or sand and density, moisture content at the time of blasting. Such products are used primarily as gluing, and grain direction. The importance of interior paneling and exterior siding. having the grain direction of similar plies 11-3 parallel cannot be overemphasized. A face ply In many hardwood plywood uses, both ap- with its grain at a slight angle to the grain pearance and dimensional stability are im- of the back ply may result in a panel that portant. The best woods for cores of high- will twist excessively with moisture content grade hardwood panels are those of low density changes. and low shrinkage, of slight contrast between An odd number of plies permits an arrange- earlywood and latewood, and of species that ment that gives a substantially balanced effect; are easily glued. Edge-grained cores are better that is, when three plies are glued together than flat-grained cores because they shrink with the grain of the outer two identical plies less in width. In softwoods with pronounced at right angles to the grain of the core, the latewood, moreover, edge-grained cores are panel is balanced and tends to remain flat better because the hard bands of latewood are through moisture content changes. With five, less likely to show through thin veneer, and seven, or some other uneven number of plies, the panels show fewer irregularities in the panels may be similarly balanced. Four- or surfaces. In most species, a core made en- six-ply panels made with the two center plies tirely of either quartersawed or plainsawed having grain parallel may also be balanced material remains more uniform in thickness panels. through moisture content changes than one Balanced construction is highly important in which the two types of material are com- in panels that must remain flat. Conversely, bined. in certain curved members, the natural cup- Distinct distortion of surfaces has been ping tendency of an even number of plies may noted, particularly in softwoods, when the core be used to advantage. boards were neither distinctly flat-grained nor Because the outer or face plies of a cross- edge-grained. banded construction are restrained on only For many uses of softwood plywood, as in one side, changes in moisture content induce sheathing, the appearance, moderate tenden- relatively large stresses on the outer glue joints. cies to warp, and small dimensional changes The magnitude of stresses depends upon such are of minor importance compared to the factors as thickness of outer plies, density of strength characteristics of the panel. Strength the veneer involved, and the rate and amount and stiffness in bending are particularly im- of change in moisture content. In general, the portant. In such panels, veneers are selected thinner the face veneer the less problem with mainly to provide strength properties. This face checking. selection often permits controlled amounts of knots, splits, and other irregularities that might be considered objectionable from an Quality of Plies appearance standpoint. In thin plywood where dimensional sta- bility is important, all the plies aifect the Moisture Content shape and permanence of form of the panel. All plies should be straight grained, smoothly The tendency of plywood panels to warp is cut, and of sound wood. affected by changes in moisture content as a In thick flve-ply lumber-core panels the result of changes in atmospheric moisture con- crossbands, in particular, affect the quality ditions or is due to wetting of the surface by and stability of the panel. In such panels thin free water. Surface appearance may also be and dissimilar face and back plies can be used affected. without upsetting the stability of the panel. Most plywood is made in hot presses, but Imperfections in the crossbands, such as other panels are cold-pressed. marked differences in the texture of the wood Hot-pressed panels come out of the press or irregularities in the surface, are easily seen quite dry. The original moisture content of the through thin surface veneers. Cross grain that veneer and the amount of water added by the runs sharply through the crossband veneer glue must be kept low to avoid blister prob- from one face to the other causes the panels lems in hot-pressing the panels. In addition, to cup. Cross grain that runs diagonally across water is lost from the glue and the wood the face of the crossband veneer causes the during heating. panel to twist unless the two crossbands are Cold-pressed panels are generally fairly high laid with their grain parallel. Failure to ob- in moisture content when removed from the serve this simple precaution accounts for much press, the actual values depending on the origi- warping in crossbanded construction. nal moisture content of the veneer, the amount 11-4 of water in the glue, and the amount of glue STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF PLYWOOD spread. Such panels may lose considerable moisture while reaching- equilibrium in serv- The stiffness and strength of plywood can ice. be computed by formulas relating the plywood Differences in the stability and appearance properties to the construction of the plywood of plywood under service conditions may oc- and properties of particular wood species in cur if a change is made from panels produced the component plies. Testing all of the many by one process to those made by the other. possible combinations of ply thickness, spe- However, either type of panel may be used cies, number of plies, and variety of struc- satisfactorily if it is properly designed for the tural components is impractical. The various service condition. formulas developed mathematically and pre- sented here were checked by tests to verify their applicability. Plywood may be used under loading condi- tions that require the addition of stiffeners Expansion or Contraction to prevent it from buckling. It may also be used in the form of cylinders or curved plates. Such uses are beyond the scope of this The dimensional stability of plywood, asso- handbook, but they are discussed in ANC-18 ciated with moisture and thermal changes, Bulletin. involves not only cupping, twisting, and bow- It is obvious from its construction that a ing but includes expansion or contraction. The strip of plywood cannot be so strong in ten- usual swelling and shrinking of the wood is sion, compression, or bending as a strip of effectively reduced because grain directions solid wood of the same size. Those plies having of adjacent plies are placed at right angles. their grain direction oriented at 90° to the The low dimensional change parallel to the direction of stress can contribute only a frac- grain in one ply restrains the normal swelling tion of the strength contributed by the cor- and shrinking across the grain in the ply responding areas of a solid strip, since they glued to it. An additional restraint results from a modulus of elasticity value parallel are stressed perpendicular to the grain. to the grain of about 20 times that across the Strength properties in the directions parallel grain (see ch. 4). The expansion or contrac- and perpendicular to the face grain tend to tion of plywood can be closely approximated be equalized in plywood, since in some interior by the formula plies the grain direction is parallel to the face grain and in others it is perpendicular. The formulas given in this handbook may ^Eiti (11-1) be used, in general, for calculating the stiffness of plywood, stresses at proportional limit or ultimate, or for estimating working stresses, where e is the expansion or contraction of the plywood, m¿ is the coefficient of expansion of depending upon the veneer or wood species the i*^ ply over the range of moisture or ther- property that is substituted in the formulas. mal increase desired, Ei is the modulus of elas- Values of the wood properties are given in ticity of the i*^ ply, and ti is the thickness of the tables in chapter 4. Chapter 4 also gives values i*^' ply. The units of e correspond to the units of of property coefficients of variation to indicate m. If m is percent, € is percent; if m is total the variability and reliability of the data as expansion, e is total expansion. Values of m can an aid in selection of allowable property values. be obtained from data given in chapter 3 in the Modulus of elasticity values given in table sections on Shrinkage and Thermal Properties. 4-2 (ch. 4) should be increased by 10 percent Values of E are obtainable from data given in before being used to predict plywood proper- chapter 4. Plywood expansion or contraction as given by formula (11-1) will be about equal ties; values in table 4-2 represent test data to the parallel-to-grain movement of the ve- wherein the measured deflection was attributed neers. to bending stiffness and did not consider shear For all practical purposes, the dimensional deflection, which effectively increases by about change of plywood in thickness does not differ 10 percent the deflection of wood beams having from that of solid wood. a span-depth ratio of 14:1 as tested. 11-5 Properties in Edgewise Compression angles to the facegrain direction other than 0° or 90° is given approximately by: Modulus of Elasticity The modulus of elasticity of plywood in com- pression parallel to or perpendicular to the face-grain direction is equal to the weighted j^— sin^ e cos^ e (11-4) average of the moduli of elasticity of all plies parallel to the applied load. That is, where Ee is the modulus of elasticity of a ply- wood strip in compression at an angle 6 to the face grain ; Gwx is the modulus of rigidity asso- Í7^ or Í7^ = ^ ^ Eihi ciated with plywood distortion under edgewise (11-2) shearing forces along axes w (parallel to face i = l grain) and x (perpendicular to face grain) ; and the other terms are as defined in the formula where E^ is the modulus of elasticity of ply- (11-3). Formulas for computing values of G^^; wood in compression parallel to the face grain ; are given under '^Properties in Edgewise £7^, the modulus of elasticity of plywood in com- Shear." pression perpendicular to the face grain; Ei, the modulus of elasticity parallel to the applied Strength load of the veneer in ply i; hi, the thickness of the veneer in ply i; h, the thickness of the ply- The compressive strength of plywood sub- wood ; and n, the number of plies. jected to edgewise forces is given by: When all plies are of the same thickness and Ew jp wood species, the formula reduces to Ect ^FT^ ^ cL J^CL (11-5) Eto = -¿[(^^ + ET)n H- (Er. - ET)! Ex jp (11-3) where Few is the compressive strength of ply- wood parallel to the face grain; Fc^, the com- pressive strength of plywood perpendicular to where n is the number of plies (n is odd), E^ is the face grain ; FCL, the compressive strength of the modulus of elasticity of the veneer parallel the veneer parallel to the grain; and ECL, the to the grain, and ET is the modulus of elasticity modulus of elasticity of the veneer parallel to of the veneer perpendicular to the grain (see the grain. If more than one species is used in ch. 4). If the veneer is rotary cut, the value of the longitudinal plies, values for the species ET is the modulus of elasticity in the tangential having the lowest ratio of FCL/ECL should be direction. For quarter-sliced veneer, the mod- used in the formulas given. ulus of elasticity in the radial direction, ER, When plywood is loaded at an angle to the should be substituted for ET. face grain, its compressive strength may be The modulus of elasticity in compression at computed from : F. /cogcos^ 0 . sin* 0 sin= (9 cos^ (9 (11-6) V~F \ f swx ^ cw^ ex) 11-6 where FcO is the compressive strength of ply- plywood panel loaded edge ; a is plywood panel wood at an angle 0 to the face grain, and Fswx length ; Efa and £7/& are flexural moduli of elas- is the shear strength of plywood under edge- ticity of the plywood in the a and b directions, wise shearing forces along axes w (parallel to respectively ; and EL is the modulus of elasticity face grain) and x (perpendicular to face grain) of the plywood species. Formulas for computing (eq. 11-13) ; and the other terms are as pre- Ef values are elsewhere in this section. viously defined. If the plywood is a thin panel, compressive edge loads can cause buckling and subsequent Properties in Edgewise rens/on reduction of load-carrying capacity. Plywood panels in stressed-skin constructions must be Modulus of Elasticity designed so as to preclude buckling under edge Values of modulus of elasticity in tension compression loads or bending loads causing are the same as those in compression. edgewise compression on one facing. The criti- cal compressive buckling stress for a plywood Strength panel with face grain parallel to edges and simply supported at four edges is given ap- The strength of a plywood strip in tension proximately by the formula : parallel or perpendicular to the face grain may be taken as the sum of the strength values of the plies having their grain direction parallel to the applied load. For this purpose, the ten- = f(y¡EfaEf, + O.llE,)^ (11-7) sile strength may be taken as equal to the mod- ulus of rupture. 1/4 The tensile strength parallel to the face grain for a > b- will be designated as Ftw and the tensile strength perpendicular to the face grain as Ftx- where Fccr is the critical compressive buckling The tensile strength at an angle to the face stress; h is plywood thickness; b is width of grain may be computed from : Fte = (11-8) ^^.^.(^-^).in...o., where Fte is the tensile strength of plywood at an angle 0 to the face grain. Properties in Edgewise Shear where G^^x is the modulus of rigidity of ply- wood under edgewise shear ; Gi is the modulus Modulus of Rigidity of rigidity of the i^^ ply; h is the thickness of the i*^ ply; and h is the plywood thickness. The modulus of rigidity of plywood may be When the plywood is made of a single spe- calculated from : cies of wood: i=n G^^x = GLT for rotary-cut veneers (11-9) 1 = 1 G^,x = GLR for quarter-sliced veneer 11-7 Values of GLT and GLR are given in terms of perpendicular to the face-grain direction, IS the modulus of elasticity parallel to grain given by the empirical formula : (EL) in table 4-2 of chapter 4. The modulus of rigidity at an angle to the face grain may be computed from : i = n co&^20 + n - 1 9 Ge = 55 ifei (11-13) [é^-k]'^'^' h Uh (11-10) i = 1 This formula gives a maximum value for Ge when (9 = 45°; thus shear deflections of con- structions such as box- and I-beams, wherein where n is the number of plies and Fswxi is the /plywood webs oiïer principal resistance to shear strength of the i^^ ply. shear, can be reduced by orienting the plywood In using this formula, the factor (n -l)/h face grain at 45° to the beam axis. The formula should not be assigned a value greater than 35. for the special case of 0 = 45° reduces to In some commercial grades of plywood, gaps in the core or crossbands are permitted. These Gé5° = (11-11) gaps reduce the shear strength of plywood, and E^ + E. the formula just given should be corrected to This formula has a maximum value for ply- account for this effect. This may be done ap- wood arranged to have the same area of paral- proximately by subtracting from the number lel grain plies in the two principal directions to of plies (n) in the ñrst term twice the number of plies containing openings at any one section, produce Í7^ = £7, = y (^^ + ET)^ This max- and omitting from the summation in the sec- ond term all plies containing openings at any imum 45° shear modulus is then one section. Since the first term represents the contribution of the glue layers to shear, twice max G450 =\{EL + ET) (11-12) the number of plies containing openings at any one section is subtracted to account for the For quarter-sliced veneer, ER is to be substi- lack of glue on each side of the opening. The tuted for ET. modification for the effect of core gaps just outlined represents a logically derived proce- dure not confirmed by test. Strength When the plywood is stressed in shear at an angle to the face grain, ultimate shear strength The ultimate strength of plywood elements with face grain in tension or compression is in shear, with the shearing forces parallel and given by the following formulas: F set = (11-14) cos= 20 yl\Ftu,' "^ Ftjr,, + F,/) sin^ 2ê + Fsec = (11-15) sin^ 2$ + cos^ 2(9 yjyF,^^ ^ Fe^F,, "^ F*/)^' 11-8 These formulas have maximum values for 0 = 45"* as did the modulus of rigidity formula. For ¿-4 - 0 = 45°, the formulas reduce to : / // 1 20 (11-16) // 1 1 / + + 18 s F tu,' FíKFCX Fe/ y/ y 1 / / (11-17) ^y 14 r^ . ^ / ^^^^^^.--^ ^^^ FcwP^tx Ftx —^ 12 If the plywood is a thin panel, edgewise -:zi ^--^ ^ lO shearing loads can cause buckling and subse- ——■ quent reduction of load-carrying capacity. Ply- ^^ wood panels in structures, such as webs of I- or box-beams or walls subjected to racking, must c be so designed as to preclude buckling due to O 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 shearing loads. The critical shear buckling stress for a plywood panel with face grain M 13S 060 parallel to edges and simply supported at four Figure 11-1.—Shear buckling coefRcient for plywood panels liaving edges is given approximately by the formula: face grain parallel to panel edges. 1/4 Fscr = (EfaEf,') (11-18) critical buckling stress for a simply supported 3 plywood panel under pure edgewise bending is approximately equal to six times the compres- where Fscr is the critical shear buckling stress ; h is plywood thickness; £'/« and Ef^ are flex- sion buckling stress ; thus ural moduli of elasticity of the plywood in the (11-19) a and b directions, respectively; Ks is a buck- Eher ^ 6Fc ling coefficient given by figure 11-1; and a 1/4 and b panel dimensions are chosen so that the for a > 0.7& (-§^) abscissa quantity in figure 11-1 is < 1.0. If the shear buckling stress is too low for the intended use, the buckling stress can be in- creased considerably by placing the plywood Properties in Flexure in shear so that the face grain is in compres- sion and at 45° to the panel edge. Details of The following material pertains to ñexure of design for grain directions other than parallel plywood that causes curvature of the plane of or perpendicular to panel edges are given in the plywood sheet. ANC-18 Bulletin. Modulus of Elasticity Properties in Edgewise Ber^diiig The modulus of elasticity in flexure is equal For the occasional use where plywood is sub- to the average of the moduli of elasticity jected to edgewise bending, such as in plywood parallel to the span of the various plies weighted box- and I-beam webs, the values of modulus according to their moment of inertia about of elasticity, modulus of rigidity, and strength the neutral plane. That is. are the same as those for plywood in compres- sion, tension, or shear, whichever loading is I = n appropriate in the design. If the plywood is a thin panel, edgewise bending can cause buck- E fw orí7,. = y YJ ^*^' ^^^"^^^ ling, which reduces load-carrying capacity. The i = 1 11-9 where Ef^ is the modulus of elasticity of ply- wood in bending when the face grain is parallel »,-o.252i.(f)"-0,xi.as, to the span; E¡„ the modulus of elasticity of plywood m bending when the face grain is per- pendicular to the span; E^, the modulus of where K is given in figure 11-2. elasticity of the ¿«* ply in the span direction; li, the moment of inertia of the ¿** ply about the neutral plane of the plywood; and /, the Strength moment of inertia of the total cross section about Its centerline. When all plies are of the The resisting moment of plywood strips hav- same thickness and wood species, the formula ing face grain parallel to the span is given by : reduces to M = 0.85-^E7 ^^^- ^^^-24)(11.2 Efu, " 2i5'[ ^^^ "^ ^'■^^' + (^^ - ET) (3n= - 2)1 For face grain perpendicular to the span, (11-21) M = 1.15 -^ ~-^ for three-ply plywood ^" ' 2;?[^^^ "^ ^^^^' ~ <^^ - ET) (3n= - 2)1 (11-25) where n is the number of plies (n is odd), EL IS the modulus of elasticity of the veneer par- allel to the grain, and ET is the modulus of elasticity of the veneer perpendicular to the gram (see ch. 4). If the veneer is rotary cut, the value of ET is the modulus of elasticity in the tangential direction. For quarter-sliced veneer, the modulus of elasticity in the radial direction, £;«, should be substituted for ET. The effective moduli of elasticity Ef^ and E^, are useful in computing the deflections of ply- wood strips that are subjected primarily to bending on a long span. Deflections due to shear are low for strips on long spans but become important for short spans; they can be com- puted by analyses given in references by March m the Bibliography for this chapter. The deflection of a plywood plate simply sup- ported on all four edges also depends on ply- wood bending stiffness and plate aspect ratio. The center deflection of a plywood plate of width 6 and length a under a uniformly dis- tributed load of intensity p is given by : 0.2 w = 0.155ür Efih (11-22) where K is given in figure 11-2 and h is ply- wood thickness. The center deflection of a ply- wood plate of width [h and length a under a M !35 059 center concentrated load P is given by : Figure 11-2.—Deflection coefficients for simply supported ply- wood plates under normal load. 11-10 Highly efficient, rigid joints can, of course, M = ^J^EÄ. for plywood having (11-26) be obtained by gluing plywood to itself or to heavier wood members such as needed in box- five or more plies beams and stressed-skin panels. Glued joints where M is the resisting moment of the ply- should not be designed primarily to transmit wood ; Fft, the strength of the outermost longi- load in tension normal to the plane of the ply- tudinal ply; ,c, the distance from the neutral wood sheet because of the rather low tensile plane to the outer fiber of the outermost longi- strength of wood in a direction perpendicular tudinal ply ; and í¡"/a? is the same as Efx, except to the grain. Glued joints should be arranged that the outermost ply in tension is neglected, to transmit loads through shear. It must be and the other terms are as defined previously. recognized that shear strength across the For plywood having five or more plies, the use grain of wood (often called rolling shear of Ef:, in place of £"/ar in calculating the resisting strength because of the tendency to roll the moment will result in negligible error. It should wood fibers) is considerably less than parallel be noted that E'fj. is used only in strength calcu- to the grain (see ch. 4). Thus suflfiicient area lations and is not to be used in deflection calcu- must be provided between plywood and flange lations. members of box-beams and plywood and string- ers of stressed-skin construction to avoid Other Design Considerations shearing failure perpendicular to the grain Plywood of thin, crossbanded veneers is very in the face veneer, in the crossband veneer resistant to splitting and therefore nails and next to the face veneer, or in the wood mem- screws can be placed close together and close ber. Various details of design are given in to the edges of panels. chapter 10. BIBLIOGRAPHY American Society for Testing and Materials Perry, T. D. Definitions of terms relating to veneer and plywood. 1942. Modern plywood. 366 pp. Pitman Pub., New ASTM Designation D 1038. (See current edi- York. tion.) Philadelphia, Pa. U.S. Department of Commerce Heebink, B. G. Softwood plywood—^construction and industrial. 1959. Fluid-pressure molding of plywood. Forest U.S. Product Standard PS 1-66. (See current Prod. Lab. Rep. 1624. edition.) 1963. Importance of balanced construction in plas- Hardwood and decorative plywood. Voluntary Prod- tic-faced wood panels. U.S. Forest Serv. uct Standard PS 51-71. Res. Note FPL-021. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. U.S. Department of Defense -, Kuenzi, E. W., and Maki, A. C. 1951. Design of wood aircraft structures. ANC-18 1964. Linear movement of plywood and ñakeboards Bull. (Issued by Subcommittee on Air as related to the longitudinal movement of Force-Navy-Civil Aircraft Design Crite- wood. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Note FPL- ria, Aircraft Comm.) 2nd ed. Munitions 073. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. Board. 234 pp. Liska, J. A. U.S. Forest Products Laboratory 1955. Methods of calculating the strength and 1964. Manufacture and general characteristics of modulus of elasticity of plywood in com- flat plywood. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Note pression. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1315 rev. FPL-064. Madison, Wis. March, H. W. 1936. Bending of a centrally-loaded rectangular 1964. Bending strength and stiffness of plywood. strip of plywood. Phys. 7(1) : 32-41. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Note FPL-059. , and Smith, C. B. Madison, Wis. 1945. Buckling of flat sandwich panels in com- pression. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1525. Norris, C. B. 1966. Some causes of warping in plywood and 1950. Strength of orthotropic materials subjected veneered products. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. to combined stresses. Forest Prod. Lab. Note FPL-0136. Madison, Wis. Rep. 1816. Zahn, J. J., and Romstad, K. M. , Werren, F., and McKinnon, P. F. 1965. Buckling of simply supported plywood plates 1948. The effect of veneer thickness and grain under combined edgewise bending and direction on the shear strength of plywood. compression. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Pap. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1801. FPL 50. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. 11-11 FS_362 Chapter 12 STRUCTURAL SANDWICH CONSTRUCTION Page Fabrication of Sandwich Panels 12-2 Facing Materials 12-2 Core Materials 12-2 Manufacturing Operations 12-3 Structural Design of Sandwich Construction 12-4 Dimensional Stability, Durability, and Bowing of Sandwich Panels 12-7 Thermal Insulation of Sandwich Panels 12-7 Fire Resistance of Sandwich Panels 12-8 Bibliography 12-9 12-1 STRUCTURAL SANDWICH CONSTRUCTION structural sandwich construction is a lay- ered construction formed by bonding two thin facings to a thick core (fig. 12-1). In this construction the facings resist nearly all the applied edgewise loads and flatwise bending moments. The thin, spaced facings provide nearly all the bending rigidity to the construc- tion. The core spaces the facings and transmits shear between them so they are effective about a common neutral axis. The core also provides most of the shear rigidity of the sandwich con- struction. By proper choice of materials for fac- ings and core, constructions with high ratios of stiffness to weight can be achieved. Sandwich construction is also economical, for only small amounts of the relatively expensive facing ma- terials are used and the core materials are usu- ally inexpensive. The materials are posi- tioned so that each is used to its best advantage. M 93157 F Specific nonstructural advantages can be in- Figure 12-1.—A cutaway section of sandwich construction with corporated in a sandwich construction by plywood facings and a paper honeycomb core. proper selection of facing and core materials. An impeiTOeable facing can be employed to act as a moisture barrier for a wall or roof panel in FABRICATION OF SANDWICH PANELS a house; an abrasion-resistant facing can be used for the top facing of a floor panel; and Facing Materials decorative effects can be obtained by using One of the advantages of sandwich construc- panels with plywood or plastic facings for walls, tion is the great latitude it provides in choice doors, tables, and other furnishings. Core ma- of facings and the opp^itunity to use thin terial can be chosen to provide thermal insula- sheet materials because of the nearly contin- tion, fire resistance, and decay resistance. uous support by the core. The stiffness, stabil- ity, and, to a large extent, the strength of the Care must be used in choice of sandwich sandwich are determined by the characteristics components to avoid problems in sound trans- of the facings. Some of the different facing mission from room to room because of the light materials used include plywood, single veneers weight of the construction. Methods of joining or plywood overlaid with a resin-treated paper, panels to each other and to other structures hardboard, asbestos cement board, particle- must be planned so that the joints function board, fiber-reinforced plastics or laminates, properly and allow for possible dimension veneer bonded to metal, and such metals as change due to temperature and moisture aluminum, enameled steel, stainless steel, or change. magnesium. The components of the sandwich construc- Core Mater'ials tion should be compatible with service require- ments. Moisture-resistant facings, cores, and Many lightweight materials, such as balsa adhesives should be employed if the construc- wood, rubber or plastic foams, and formed tion is to be exposed to adverse moisture sheets of cloth, metal, or paper, have been used conditions. Similarly, heat-resistant or decay- as core for sandwich construction. Cores of resistant facings, cores, and adhesives should formed sheet materials are often called honey- comb cores. By varying the sheet material, be used if exposure to elevated temperatures or sheet thickness, cell size, and cell shape, cores decay organisms is expected. of a wide range in density can be produced. 12-2 Various core configurations are shown in fig- ures 12-2 and 12-3. The core cell configura- tions shown in figure 12-2 can be formed to moderate amounts of single curvature, but cores shown in figure 12-3 of configurations A, By and C can be formed to severe single curvature and mild compound curvature (spherical). Four types of readily formable cores are B shown as configurations D, E, E, and G in fig- ure 12-3. The type D and F cores form to cylindrical shape, the type D and E cores to spherical shape, and the type D and G cores to various compound curvatures. If the sandwich panels are likely to be sub- jected to damp or wet conditions, a core of paper honeycomb should contain a synthetic resin. Paper with 15 percent phenolic resin provides good strength when wet, decay resist- ance, and desirable handling characteristics during fabrication. Resin amounts in excess of about 15 percent do not seem to produce a gain ^ M 134 085 Figure 12-3.—Cell configurations for formable paper lioneycomb U cores. in strength commensurate with the increased quantity of resin required. Smaller amounts of resin may be combined with fungicides to offer primary protection against decay. Manufacturing Operations The principal operation in the manufacture of sandwich panels is bonding the facings to the core. Special presses are needed for sand- wich panel manufacture to avoid crushing lightweight cores; pressures required are usu- ally lower than can be obtained in the range of good pressure control on presses ordinarily used for plywood or plastic manufacture. Be- cause pressure requirements are low, however, simple and perhaps less costly presses could be ^ M 134 OS6 used. Continuous roller presses or fiuid pres- Figure 12-2.—Honeycomb core cell configurations. sure equipment may also be suitable. Certain 12-3 special problems arise in the pressing of sand- great as the core modulus of elasticity. The wich panels, but their manufacture is basically core material may also have a small shear mod- not complicated. ulus. This small shear modulus causes increased Adhesives must be selected to provide the deflections of sandwich constructions subjected necessary joint strength and permanence, as to bending and decreased buckling loads of well as the working properties needed for fab- columns and edge-loaded panels, compared to rication of the panels. The facing materials, constructions in which the core shear modu- especially if metallic, may need special surface lus is large. The effect of this low shear modu- preparation before the adhesive is applied. lus is greater for short beams and columns In certain sandwich panels, loading rails or and small panels than it is for long beams and edgings are placed between the facings at the columns and large panels. time of assembly. Special fittings or equip- The bending stiffness of sandwich construc- ment, such as heating coils, plumbing, or elec- tion having facings of equal or unequal thick- trical wiring conduit, can be placed more eas- ness is given by: ily in the panel during manufacture than after it is completed. Some of the most persistent difficulties in D = (12-1) the use of sandwich panels are caused by the necessity for edges, inserts, and connectors for where D is the stiffness per unit width of sand- panels. In some cases, the problem involves wich construction (product of modulus of tying together thin facing materials without elasticity and moment of inertia of the cross sec- causing severe stress concentrations; in other tion) ; Eu E2 are the moduli of elasticity of fac- cases, such as furniture manufacture, the prob- ings 1 and 2; ti, is are the facing thicknesses; lem is ''showthrough" of core or inserts and h is the distance between facing centroids. through decorative facings. These difficulties The shear stiffness of sandwich, per unit are minimized by a choice of materials in width, is given by: which the rate and degree of differential di- mensional movement between core and insert U = hGc (12-2) are at a minimum. where Gc is the core shear modulus associated with distortion of the plane perpendicular to STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF SANDWICH sandwich facings and parallel to the sandwich CONSTRUCTION length. The bending stiffness, D, and shear stiff- The structural design of sandwich construc- ness, Uy of sandwich construction are used to tion may be compared to the design of an I- compute deflections and buckling loads of sand- beam; the facings of the sandwich represent wich panels. the flanges of the I-beam, and the sandwich The general expression for the deflection of core represents the I-beam web. The core of flat sandwich beams is given by : the sandwich, through the bonding adhesive, carries shearing loads and supports the thin d'y 1 dS, facings against lateral wrinkling caused by Ml. (12-3) compressive loads in the facings. D U dx In general, the procedure is to provide fac- ings thick enough to carry the compression where y is deflection; x is distance along the and tension stresses, and then to space the beam, M^ is bending moment at point x (per facings with a core thick enough to impart unit beam width) ; S^ is shearing force at point stiffness and bending strength to the construc- X (per unit beam width) ; D is flexural stiff- tion. The core should be strong enough to carry ness; and U is shear stiffness. Integration of the shearing loads specified for the design. The this formula leads to the following general construction should be checked for possible expression for deflection of a sandwich beam: buckling, as for a column or panel in compres- sion, and for possible wrinkling of the facings. hPa' ksPa y (12-4) The core material itself is assumed to con- D U tribute nothing to the stiffness of the sand- wich construction, because it usually has a low where y is deflection, P is total beam load per modulus of elasticity. The facing moduli of unit beam width, a is span, and h and fc, are elasticity are usually at least 100 times as constants dependent upon beam loading. The 12-4 Table 12-1.—Values of ki and ks for several beam loadings Loading Beam ends Deflection kh at— Uniformly distributed / ^^^^ «^"^P^^ supported Midspan %84 I Both clamped Midspan Vssá Concentrated at midspan / ^^^^ «^"^P^^ supported Midspan V^s Vé 1 Both clamped Midspan I/Í92 1/4 Concentrated at outer quarter points __/ ^^^^ simply supported Midspan i%68 Vs I Both simply supported Load point %6 Vs Uniformly distributed Cantilever, 1 free, 1 clamped Free end Vs V2 Concentrated at free end Cantilever, 1 free, 1 clamped Free end Vs first term in the right side of this formula The appearance of this buckling failure re- gives the bending deñection and the second sembles a crimp as illustrated in sketch B of term the shear deñection. Values of h and ks figure 12-4. **Shear instability" or ''crimping" for several loadings are given in table 12-1. failure is always possible for edge-loaded If the sandwich panel is supported on all sandwich and is a limit for general instability four edges instead of two ends, the deñections and not a localized failure. and stresses are decreased. For a complete If the sandwich panel under edge load has treatment of sandwich plates under loads nor- edge members, inserts perhaps, the edge mem- mal to the plane of the plate see the Bibli- bers will carry a load proportional to their ography at the end of this chapter. transformed area (area multiplied by ratio of The buckling load, per unit width, of a sand- wich panel with no edge members and loaded as a simply supported column is given by the formula : Mil i \ \ TT^n^D N = (12-5) -(1^^) \ \ where N is the buckling load per unit panel width, a is panel length, D is flexural stiffness, f t t t t t U is shear stiffness, and n is number of half  - GENERAL BUCKLING ■SHEAR CRIMPING waves into which the panel buckles. A mini- mum of N is obtained for n = 1 and this minimum is then \ \ \ TT'D Ncr = (n = 1) (12-6) HONEYCOMB -C^w) " CORE This buckling form is often called "general buckling" and is illustrated in sketch A of figure 12-4. An upper limit is also obtainable t t t t t t t t t t t from the formula for N' and this is given for C-DIMPLING D-WRINKLING OF FACINGS n = 00. This limit is often called the ''shear in- OF FACINGS stability" limit because the formula for N be- M 1 17 844 comes Figure 12-4.—Modes of failure of sandwich construction under edgewise loads, k, general buckling; 6, shear crimping; C, dimpling of facings; D, wrinkling of facings either away from Ns = U (n= 00) (12-7) or into core. 12-5 edge member modulus of elasticity to the fac- M (12-9) ing modulus of elasticity). Edge members will JC8 — ti,2h also raise the overall panel buckling load be- cause of restraints at edges. Estimates of the where /i,2 is the mean compression or tension effects of edge members can be obtained from stress in facing 1 or 2; ii,2 is the thickness of Zahn and Cheng. If the edge members are facing 1 or 2; and M is the bending moment rigid enough to provide simple support but do per unit width of sandwich. The shear stress not clamp the panel edge, an increase in buck- in the core is given by ling load per unit panel width is obtained. For a sandwich of isotropic facings on an isotropic core, the buckling load for a panel with a length (12-10) greater than its width (loaded edge) is given by " h the formula : where fcs is core shear stress and S is applied shear load per unit width of sandwich. 4^'D TTW No. = for < 1 Localized failure of sandwich must be avoided. Such failure is shown as dimpling of the facings in sketch C and as wrinkling of the facings in sketch \D of figure 12-4. The (12-8) stress at which dimpling of the facings into a honeycomb core begins is given approximately D by the formula : Nar = U for ""' > 1 b'U fä = 2E (12-11) where Ncr is buckling load per unit panel width m- and b is panel width. More complete formulas including sandwich with both facings ortho- where fd is facing stress at beginning of dim- tropic, one facing isotropic and one orthotropic, pling, E is facing modulus of elasticity, t is fac- and with orthotropic cores, are given by Kuenzi, ing thickness, and s is cell size of honeycomb Norris, and Jenkinson. core (radius of inscribed circle). Increase in Buckling criteria for flat rectangular sand- dimpling stress can be attained by decreasing wich panels under loads other than compres- the cell size. Wrinkling of the sandwich facings sion have also been derived. Details for panels can occur because of instability of the thin in edgewise shear are given by Kuenzi, Erick- facing supported by a lightweight core which sen, and Zahn, and for panels in edgewise bend- acts as the facing elastic foundation. Wrin- ing and under combined loading by Kimel. kling can occur because of poor facing-to-core Buckling of sandwich walls of cylinders has bond, resulting in a separation of facing from been derived for axial compression loading by the core (fig. 12-4, D). Increase in bond Kimel and Stein and Mayers, for torsion load- strength should produce wrinkling by core ing by March and Kuenzi, and for external crushing. Thus a convenient rule of thumb is to pressure by Kuenzi, Bohannan, and Stevens. require that the sandwich flatwise tensile All are covered in Military Handbook 23A. strength (bond strength) is no less than flat- Buckling of sandwich components has been wise compressive core strength. Approximate emphasized because buckling causes complete wrinkling stress for a fairly flat facing (pre- failure, usually producing severe shear crimp- cluding bond failure) is given by: ing at the edges of the buckles. Another im- portant factor is the necessity that facing stresses be no more than allowable values Tw — (EEcGcV^' (12-12) at design loads. Facing stresses are obtained by dividing the load by the facing area under where f«, is facing wrinkling stress, Ec is core load. (Thus for sandwich in compression, the modulus of elasticity in a direction perpendic- facing stress / = öT •) cular to facing, and Gc is core shear modulus. Localized failure is not accurately predictable and designs should be checked by ASTM tests In a strip of sandwich construction sub- of small specimens. jected to both bending moments and shear Because sandwich constructions are com- loads, the mean facing stresses are given by : posed of several materials, it is often of inter- 12-6 est to attempt to design a minimum weight cent expansion of each facing is known. The of the construction for a particular compon- maximum deflection is given approximately by: ent. Several components and a general analy- sis for stiffness are discussed by Kuenzi. For ka' A = (12-14) a sandwich with similar facings having a re- SOOh quired bending stiffness, D, the dimensions to produce the minimum weight sandwich are where k is the percent expansion of one facing given by: as compared to the opposite facing; a, the length of the panel; and h, the total sand- wich thickness. In conventional construction, vapor barriers are often installed to block migration of vapor t = h to the cold side of a wall. Various methods 4w have been tried or suggested for reducing vapor movement through sandwich panels, which where h is distance between facing centroids, causes a moisture differential with resultant t is facing thickness, E is facing modulus of bowing of the panels. These include bonding elasticity, tv is facing density, and Wc is core metal foil within the sandwich construction; density. The resulting construction will have blending aluminum flakes with the resin bond- very thin facings on a very thick core and will ing adhesives ; and using plastic vapor barriers be proportioned so that the total core weight between veneers, overlay papers, special fin- is two-thirds the total sandwich weight minus ishes, or metal or plastic facings. Because bond weight. It may be a most impractical added cost is likely, some of these methods construction because the required exceedingly should not be resorted to unless need for them thin facings may not be available. has been demonstrated. Many detailed design procedures necessary A large test unit simulating use of sand- for rapid design of sandwich components for wich panels in houses was constructed at the aircraft are summarized in Military Handbook Forest Products Laboratory in 1947. The pan- 23A. Although the design of aircraft sand- els used, comprising various facings on paper wich has many details not needed for other honeycomb cores, were observed for bowing applications, the principles are broad and can and general performance. The experimental be applied to components of structures other assembly shown in figure 12-5 represents the than aircraft. type of construction used in the test unit. De- tails of observed behavior of various sandwich panel constructions after exposure in the test DIMENSIONAL STABILITY, DURABILITY, unit for 20 years are given by Sherwood. The AND BOWING OF SANDWICH PANELS major conclusions were that with proper com- binations of facings, core, and adhesives, satis- In a sandwich panel any dimensional move- factory sandwich panels can be assured by ment of one facing with respect to the other careful fabrication techniques. This was indi- due to changes in moisture content and tem- cated by results of strength tests conducted perature causes bowing of an unrestrained on panels exposed for up to 20 years in the unit. panel. Thus, although the use of dissimilar fac- ings is often desirable from an economic or dec- orative standpoint, the dimensional instability of the facings during panel manufacture or ex- THERMAL INSULATION OF SANDWICH posure may rule out possible benefits. If di- PANELS mensional change of both facings is equal, the length and width of the panel will increase or Satisfactory thermal insulation can best be decrease but bowing will not result. obtained with sandwich panels by using cores The problem of dimensional stability is having low thermal conductivity, although the chiefly related to the facings, because the core use of reflective layers on the facings is of some does not have enough stiffness to cause bowing value. Paper honeycomb cores have thermal of the panel or to cause it to remain flat. The conductivity values (k values) ranging from magnitude of the bowing effect, however, de- 0.30 to 0.65 British thermal units per hour per pends on the thickness of the core. 1° F. per square foot per inch of thickness, It is possible to calculate mathematically the depending on the particular core construction. bowing of a sandwich construction if the per- The k value does not vary linearly with core 12-7 thickness for a true honeycomb core because of direct radiation through the core cell open- ing from one facing to the other. Honeycomb with open cells can also have greater conduc- tivity if cells are large enough (larger than about % inch) to allow convection currents to develop. An improvement in the insulation value can be realized by filling the honeycomb core with fill insulation or a foamed-in-place resin. FIRE RESISTANCE OF SANDWICH PANELS In tests at the Forest Products Laboratory, the fire resistance of wood-faced sandwich pan- els was appreciably higher than that of hol- low panels faced with the same thickness of plywood. Fire resistance was greatly in- creased when coatings that intumesce on ex- posure to heat were applied to the core mate- rial. The spread of fire through the honeycomb core depended to a large extent on the aline- ment of the flutes in the core. In panels having flutes perpendicular to the facings, only slight spread of flame occurred. In cores in which flutes were parallel to the length of the panel, the spread of flame occurred in the vertical di- rection along open channels. Resistance to flame spread could be improved by placing a barrier sheet at the top of the panel or at in- tervals in the panel height, or, if strength re- M 76939 F quirements permit, by simply turning the Figure 12-5.—Experimental assembly used to investigate tlie length of the core blocks at 90° to the vertical performance of sandwich panels for house construction. direction. 12-8 BIBLIOGRAPHY American Society for Testing and Materials -, Norris, C. B., and Jenkinson, P. M. Methods of test for structural sandwich construc- 1964. Buckling coefficients for simply supported tions. ASTM Designation. (See current edi- and clamped flat, rectangular sandwich tions.) Philadelphia, Pa. panels under edgewise compression. U.S. Baird, P. K., Seidl, R. J., and Fahey, D. J. Forest Serv. Res. Note FPL-070. Forest 1949. Effect of phenolic resins on physical prop- Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. erties of kraft paper. Forest Prod. Lab. Lewis, W. C. Rep. R1750. 1968. Thermal insulation from wood for buildings : Ericksen, W. S. Effects of moisture control. USDA Forest 1950. Effects of shear deformation in the core of a Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 86. Forest Prod. flat rectangular sandwich panel—deflec- Lab., Madison, Wis. tion under uniform load of sandwich March, H. W., and Kuenzi, E. W. panels having facings of unequal thick- 1958. Buckling of sandwich cylinders in torsion. ness. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1583-C. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1840, rev. Norris, C. B. 1951. Effects of shear deformation in the core of a 1964. Short-column compressive strength of sand- flat rectangular sandwich panel—deflec- wich constructions as affected by size of tion under uniform load of sandwich cells of honeycomb core materials. U.S. panels having facings of moderate thick- Forest Serv. Res. Note FPL-026. Forest ness. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1583-D. Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. Fahey, D. J., Dunlap, M. E., and Seidl, R. J. Raville, M. E. 1953. Thermal conductivity of paper honeycomb 1955. Deflection and stresses in a uniformly loaded, cores and sound absorption of sandwich simply supported, rectangular sandwich panels. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1952. plate. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1847. Jenkinson, P. M. Seidl, R. J. 1965. Effect of core thickness and moisture content 1952. Paper honeycomb cores for structural sand- on mechanical properties of two resin- wich panels. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. R1918. treated paper honeycomb cores. U.S. For- , Kuenzi, E. W., and Fahey, D. J. est Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 35. Forest Prod. 1951. Paper honeycomb cores for structural build- Lab., Madison, Wis. ing panels: Effect of resins, adhesives, Kimel, W. R. fungicide, and weight of paper on strength 1956. Elastic buckling of a simply supported rec- and resistance to decay. Forest Prod. Lab. tangular sandwich panel subjected to com- Rep. R1796. Sherwood, G. E. bined edgewise bending, compression, and 1970. Longtime performance of sandwich panels in shear. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1857. Forest Products Laboratory experimental unit. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 1956. Elastic buckling of a simply supported rec- 144. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. tangular sandwich panel subjected to com- Stein, M., and Mayers, J. bined edgewise bending and compression— 1952. Compressive buckling of simply supported results for panels with facings of either curved plates and cylinders of sandwich equal or unequal thickness and with construction. Nat. Adv. Comm. Aeron. orthotropic cores. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. Tech. Note 2601. 1857-A. U.S. Department of Defense Kuenzi, E. W. 1968. Structural sandwich composites. Military 1970. Minimum weight structural sandwich. U.S. Handbook 23A. Superintendent of Docu- Forest Serv. Res. Note FPL-086, rev. ments, Washington, D.C. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. Zahn, J. J., and Cheng, S. , Bohannan, B., and Stevens, G. H. 1964. Edgewise compressive buckling of flat sand- 1965. Buckling coefficients for sandwich cylinders wich panels: Loaded ends simply sup- of finite length under uniform external ported and sides supported by beams. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Note FPL-019. Forest lateral pressure. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. Note FPL-0104. Forest Prod. Lab., Madi- , and Kuenzi, E. W. son, Wis. 1963. Classical buckling of cylinders of sandwich , Ericksen, W. S., and Zahn, J. J. construction in axial compression—ortho- 1962. Shear stability of flat panels of sandwich tropic cores. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Note construction. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1560, FPL-018. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, rev. Wis. 12-9 FS-363 Chapter 13 BENT WOOD MEMBERS Page Laminated Members 13-2 Curved Plywood 13-2 Plywood Bent and Glued Simultaneously 13-2 Molded Plywood 13-3 Plywood Bent After Gluing 13-3 Veneered Curved Members 13-4 Solid Wood Members 13-4 Bending Process 13-4 Bending Stock 13-5 Plasticizing Bending Stock 13-5 Bibliography 13-6 13-1 BENT WOOD MEMBERS Bending can provide a variety of functional Straight laminated members also can be and esthetically pleasing wood members, rang- steamed and bent after they are glued. How- ing from large curved arches to small furni- ever, this type of procedure requires an ad- ture components. Bent wood may be formed hesive that will not be affected by the steam- with or without softening or plasticizing treat- ing or boiling treatment and complicates ments and with or without end pressure. The conditioning of the finished product. curvature of the bend, size of the member, and intended use of the product determine the production method. CURVED PLYWOOD LAMINATED MEMBERS Curved plywood is produced (1) by bending and gluing the plies in one operation, or (2) In the United States, curved pieces of wood by bending previously glued flat plywood. were once laminated chiefly to produce such Curved plywood made by method (1) is more small items as parts for furniture and pianos. stable in curvature than plywood curved by However, the principle was extended to the method (2). manufacture of arches for roof supports in farm, industrial, and public buildings (fig. 13- Plywood Bent and Glued Simultaneously 1) and other types of structural members. Both softwoods and hardwoods are suitable In bending and gluing plywood in a single for laminated bent structural members, and operation, glue-coated pieces of veneer are as- thin material of any species can be bent satis- sembled and pressed over or between curved factorily for such purposes. The choice of spe- forms; pressure and sometimes heat are ap- cies and adhesive depends primarily on the plied through steam or electrically heated cost, required strength, and demands of the forms until the glue sets and holds the as- application (see ch. 9 and 10). sembly to the desired curvature. Some of the Laminated curved members are produced laminations are at an angle, usually 90°, to from dry stock in a single bending and glu- other laminations, as in the manufacture of ing operation. This process has several advan- flat plywood. The grain direction of the thicker tages over bending single-piece members : laminations is normally parallel to the axis of (1) Bending thin laminations to the re- the bend to facilitate bending. quired radius involves only moderate stress A high degree of compound curvature can and deformation of the wood fibers, eliminat- be obtained in an assembly comprising a con- ing the need for treatment with steam or hot siderable number of thin veneers. First, for water and associated drying and conditioning both the face and back of the assembly, the of the finished product. two outer plies are bonded at 90° to each (2) Because of the moderate stress in- other in a flat press. The remaining veneers duced in bending, stronger members are pro- are then glue-coated and assembled at any duced. desired angle to each other. The entire as- (3) The tendency of laminated members sembly is hot pressed to the desired curvature. to change shape with changes in moisture con- Bonding the two outer plies before molding tent is less than that of single-piece bent mem- allows a higher degree of compound curvature bers. without cracking the face plies than could otherwise be obtained. Where a high degree of (4) Ratios of thickness of member to compound curvature is required, the veneer radius of curvature that are impossible to ob- should be relatively thin, V32 inch or less, with tain by bending single pieces can be attained a moisture content of about 12 percent. readily by laminating. The advantages of bending and gluing ply- (5) Curved members of any desired length wood simultaneously to form a curved shape can be produced by staggering the joints in the are similar to those for curved laminated mem- laminations. bers, and in addition, the cross plies give the Design criteria for glued-laminated timbers curved members properties characteristic of are discussed in chapter 10. cross-banded plywood. Curved plywood shells 13-2 for furniture manufacture are examples of "bled." Or the veneer may be inserted inside these bent veneer and glued products. a metal form and, after the ends have been attached and sealed, pressure applied by in- Molded Plywood flating a rubber bag. The form may be heated electrically or by steam. Although any piece of curved plywood may properly be considered to be molded, the term Plywood Bent After Gluing "molded" is usually reserved for plywood that is glued to the desired shape, either between After the plies are glued together, flat ply- curved forms or with fluid pressure. The mold- wood is often bent by methods that are some- ing of plywood with fluid pressure applied by what similar to those used in bending solid flexible bags of some impermeable material wood. To bend plywood properly to shape, it produces plywood parts of various degrees of must be plasticized by some means, usually compound curvature. In "bag molding" fluid moisture or heat, or a combination of both. pressure is applied through a rubber bag by The amount of curvature that can be intro- air, steam, or water. The veneer may be wrap- duced into a flat piece of plywood depends on ped around a form and the whole assembly numerous variables, such as moisture content, enclosed in a bag and subjected to pressure in direction of grain, thickness and number of an autoclave, the pressure in the bag being plies, species and quality of veneer, and the M 139 409 Figure 13-1.—Curved laminated arch provides pleasing lines in this building. The laminotiont ore bent without end pressure against a form and glued together. 13-3 technique applied in producing the bend. Ply- wood is normally bent over a form or a bending mandrel. Flat plywood glued with a waterproof ad- hesive can be bent to compound curvatures after gluing. No simple criterion, however, is available for predetermining whether a spe- cific compound curvature can be imparted to flat plywood. Soaking the plywood and the use of heat during forming are aids in manipula- tion. Normally the plywood to be postformed is first thoroughly soaked in hot water and then dried between heated male and female dies attached to a hydraulic press. If the use of postforming for bending flat plywood to com- pound curvatures is contemplated, exploratory trials to determine the practicability and the best procedure are recommended. It should be remembered that in postforming plywood to compound curvatures, all of the deformation must be by compression or shear, as plywood cannot be stretched. Hardwood species, such as birch, poplar, and gum, are normally used in plywood that is to be postformed. VENEERED CURVED MEMBERS M I2S 0S2 Figure 13-2.—A chair with bent solid wood parts. Veneered curved members are usually pro- duced by gluing veneer to one or both faces In general, hardwoods possess better bend- of a curved solid wood base. The bases are ing quality than softwoods for this type of ordinarily bandsawed to the desired shape or member. The species commonly used to produce bent from a piece grooved with saw kerfs on solid bent members are white oak, red oak, the concave side at right angles to the direc- elm, hickory, ash, beech, birch, maple, walnut, tions of bend. Pieces bent by making saw sweetgum, and mahogany. Some softwoods can kerfs on the concave side are commonly rein- be used, however, including yew and Alaska- forced and kept to the required curvature by cedar, and Douglas-fir, southern pine, northern gluing splines, veneer, or other pieces to the and Atlantic white-cedar, and redwood are curved base. used for boat planking. Solid lumber for boat Veneering over curved solid wood finds use planks is often bent to moderate curvature mainly in furniture. The grain of the veneer after being steamed or soaked. is commonly laid in the same general direction as the grain of the curved wood base. The use Bending Process of crossband veneers, that is, veneers laid with the grain at right angles to the grain of the When a piece of wood is bent along its base and face veneer, reduces the tendency of length, it is stretched in tension along the the member to split. convex side of the bend and compressed along the concave side. If bending involves severe deformation, most of the deformation should SOLID WOOD MEMBERS be forced to take place as compression. Wood softened with moisture and heat or by With material thicker than veneer, some plasticizing with chemicals can be compressed type of softening or plasticizing treatment considerably but stretched very little. In bend- normally is required to bend solid wood to ing, therefore, the wood must be compressed sharp curvatures. Bent solid wood members lengthwise while restraining it from sti-etch- are used primarily as furniture parts (fig. 13- ing along the convex side. Various devices have 2), boat frames, implement handles, and in been developed to accomplish this, the most manufacture of sporting goods. efficient being a tension strap complete with 13-4 end blocks or clamps or a tension strap with pressive deformation and supports the inner a reversed lever and end blocks. In hot-plate face of the wood. Wood treated with preserva- pressing operations a metal pan is fitted with tives can be bent satisfactorily. end bars to provide needed end pressure. Other devices have been developed for bending solid Plasfkizing Bending Stock wood, and most involve forcing the wood mem- ber against a form. Steaming at atmospheric or low gage pres- Hand- and machine-bent members restrained sure or soaking in boiling or nearly boiling by end pressure are cooled and dried while water are satisfactory methods of plasticizing held in their curved shapes. When the bent many wood species for bending. Heat and member has dried to a moisture content suited moisture are added to wood below 20 percent for its application, the restraining devices are moisture content, and wood at moisture con- removed and the piece will hold its curved tents of 20 to 25 percent is heated while the shape. moisture is retained. Steaming at high pres- sures causes wood to become plastic, but wood Bending Stock treated with high-pressure steam generally does does not bend as well as wood treated at low Bending stock should be free from serious or atmospheric pressure. cross grain and distorted grain, such as may Wood can be plasticized by a great variety occur near knots. The slope of grain should of chemicals. Such chemicals behave like not be greater than about 1 to 15. Knots, decay, water, in that they are adsorbed and cause surface checks, shake, pith, and exceptionally swelling. Common chemicals that plasticize light or brashy wood should be avoided. wood include urea, dimethylol urea, low-molec- Although green wood can be bent to produce most curved members, difficulties are intro- ular weight phenol-formaldehyde resin, di- duced in drying and fixing the bent piece and methylol urea, low-molecular weight phenol- reducing the moisture content to a level suited formaldehyde resin, dimethyl sulfoxide, and for the end use. Bending stock that has been liquid ammonia. Urea and dimethylol urea dried to a low moisture content (12 to 20 have received limited commercial attention, pet.) requires steaming or soaking to increase and a free-bending process using liquid am- its moisture content to the point where it is monia has been patented. Wood members after sufficiently plastic for successful bending. immersion in liquid ammonia or treatment Wood of poor bending quality can be im- under pressure with ammonia in the gas proved by gluing veneer of good bending qual- phase can be readily molded or shaped. As the ity to the surface that is to be concave. The ammonia evaporates, the wood stiffens and re- veneer assumes the maximum amount of com- tains its new shape. 13-5 BIBLIOGRAPHY Clark, W. M. Jorgensen, R. N. 1965. Veneering and wood bending in the furniture 1965. Furniture wood bending, Part I. Furniture industry. Pergamon Press, New York. 120 Design and Manufacturing. Dec. pp. Davidson, R. W. 1966. Furniture wood bending. Part II. Furniture n.d. Plasticizing wood with anhydrous ammonia. Design and Manufacturing. Jan. New York State College of Forestry, McKean, H. B., Blumenstein, R. R., and Finnorm, W. F. 1952. Laminating and steam bending of treated Syracuse. 4 pp. and untreated oak for ship timbers. South- Dean, A. R. ern Lumberman 185: 2321. 1967. Precompressed and flexible wood. Furniture Peck, E. C. Ind. Res. Assoc. (England). Bull. 20. Dec. 1957. Bending solid wood to form. U.S. Dep. Agr. de Bat, A. Handbook 125, 37 pp. 1965. Bent wood best for curved components. Fur- Perry, T. D. niture Design and Manufacturing. Aug. 1951. Curves from flat plywood. Wood Prod. 56(4). Fessel, F. Schuerch, C. 1951. Problems in wood bending. Holz als Roh -und 1964. Principles and potential of wood plasticiza- Werkstoff 9(4): 151-158. tion. Forest Prod. J. 14(9): 377-381. Forest Products Research Laboratory Stevens, W. C, and Turner, N. 1958. The steam bending properties of various 1948. Solid and laminated wood bending. Her timbers. FPRL Leafl. 45, Princes Risbor- Majesty's Stationery Office, London. 67 ough, England. pp. , and Turner, N. 1950. A method of improving the steam bending 1959. The bending of solid timber. FPRL Leafl. 33, properties of certain timbers. Wood 15(3). Princes Risborough, England. -, and Turner, N. Heebink, B. G. 1964. Preservative-treated beech for bent work. 1959. Fluid-pressure molding of plywood. Forest Ship and Boat Builder Int. Oct. Prod. Lab. Rep. 1624. Turner, N. Hurst, K. 1965. New and improved solid and laminated wood 1962. Plywood bending. Australian Timber J. bending techniques developed at the FPRL. June. Timber and Plywood Annu. (England). 13-6 FS-364 Chapter 14 CONTROL OF MOISTURE CONTENT AND DIMENSIONAL CHANGES Page Determination of Moisture Content 14-2 Ovendrying Method 14-2 Electrical Method 14-3 Recommended Moisture Content 14-3 Timbers 14-3 Lumber 14-4 Glued Wood Products 14-4 Seasoning of Wood 14-4 Sawmill Practice _ 14-6 Air Drying 14-6 Kiln Drying 14-6 Special Drying Methods 14-6 Seasoning Degrade 14-7 Moisture Content of Seasoned Lumber 14-7 Moisture Control During Transit and Storage 14-8 Sheathing and Structural Items 14-8 Finish and Factory Items 14-8 Dimensional Changes in Wood Items 14-9 Estimate Using Dimensional Change Coefficient 14-9 Calculation Based on Green Dimensions 14-11 Design Factors Affecting Dimensional Change in a Structure 14-11 Framing Lumber in House Construction 14-11 Heavy Timber Construction 14-12 Interior Finish 14-12 Flooring 14-12 Wood Care and Scheduling During Construction 14-12 Lumber and Sheathing 14-12 Exterior Trim and Millwork 14-13 Finish Floor 14-13 Interior Finish 14-13 Plastering 14-14 Bibliography 14-14 14-1 CONTROL OF MOISTURE CONTENT AND DIMENSIONAL CHANGES Correct seasoning, handling, and storage of Ovendrying has been the most universally wood will minimize moisture content changes accepted method for determining moisture con- that might occur in service. If moisture con- tent, but it is slow and necessitates cutting tent is controlled within reasonable limits by the wood. In addition it gives values slightly such methods, major problems from dimen- higher than true moisture content with woods sional changes will be avoided. Wood is subject containing volatile extractives. The electri- naturally to dimensional changes. In the liv- cal method is rapid, does not require cutting ing tree, wood contains large quantities of the wood, and can be used on wood in place in water. As green wood dries, most of this water a structure. However, considerable care must is removed. The moisture remaining in the be taken to use and interpret the results cor- wood tends to come to equilibrium with the rectly. Generally, use of the electrical method relative humidity of the air. Also, when the is limited to moisture content values below 30 moisture content is reduced below the fiber percent. saturation point, shrinkage starts to occur. This discussion is concerned with moisture Ovendrying Method content determination, recommended moisture content values, seasoning methods, methods In the ovendrying method, specimens are of calculating dimensional changes, design fac- taken from representative boards or pieces of tors affecting such changes in structures, and a quantity of lumber or other wood units. moisture content control during transit, stor- With lumber, the specimens should be obtained age, and construction. Data on green mois- at least 20 inches from the ends of the pieces. ture content, fiber saturation point, shrinkage, They should be free from knots and other ir- and equilibrium moisture content are given regularities, such as bark and pitch pockets. with information on other physical properties Specimens from lumber should be full cross in chapter 3. sections 1 inch along the grain. Specimens from larger items may be representative sec- Wood in service is virtually always under- tors of such sections or subdivided increment going at least slight changes in moisture con- borer or auger chip samples. Convenient tent. The changes in response to daily humidity amounts of chips and particles can be selected changes are small and usually of no con- at random from larger batches, with care being sequence. Changes due to seasonal variation, taken to insure that the sample is representa- although gradual, tend to be of more concern. tive of the batch. Samples of veneer should be Protective coatings retard changes but do not selected from four or five locations in a sheet prevent them. to insure that the sample average will accu- Generally, no significant dimensional changes rately indicate the average of the sheet. will occur if wood is fabricated or installed at a Each specimen should be weighed immedi- moisture content corresponding to the average ately, before any drying or reabsorption of atmospheric conditions to which it will be ex- moisture has taken place. If the specimen can- posed. When incompletely seasoned material is not be weighed immediately after it is taken, used in construction, some minor changes can it should be placed in a plastic bag or tightly be tolerated if the proper design is used. wrapped in metal foil to protect it from mois- ture change until it can be weighed. After DETERMINATION OF MOISTURE CONTENT weighing, the specimen is placed in an oven heated to 214° to 221° F. (101° to 105° C.) The amount of moisture in wood is ordinar- and kept there until constant weight is ily expressed as a percentage of the weight reached. A lumber section will reach a con- of the wood when ovendry. Four methods of stant weight in 12 to 48 hours. Smaller spec- determining moisture content are covered by imens will take less time. Designation D 2016 of the American Society The constant or ovendry weight and the for Testing and Materials. Two of these, the weight of the specimen when cut are used to ovendrying and the electrical method, are de- determine the percentage moisture content scribed here. with the following formula : 14->2 Percent moisture content = Although some meters have scales that go Weight when cut -- Ovendry weight up to 120 percent, the range of moisture con- X 100 Ovendry weight tent that can be measured reliably is 0 to about 30 percent for radiofrequency meters (14-1) and about 6 to 30 percent for resistance me- ters. The precision of the individual meter Electrical Method readings decreases near the limits of these ranges. Any readings above 30 percent must be considered only qualitative. When the The electrical method for determining mois- meter is properly used on a quantity of lumber ture content makes use of such properties of dried below fiber saturation, the average mois- wood as its resistance, dielectric constant, and ture content from the corrected meter readings power-loss factor. Accurate moisture meters should be within 1 percent of the true average. for solid wood items are commercially availa- To obtain accurate moisture content values, able. The instruments determine the moisture each instrument should be used in accordance content through its effect upon the direct- with its manufacturer's instructions. The elec- current electrical resistance of wood (resist- trodes should be appropriate for the material ance-type meters) or its effect on a capacitor being tested and properly oriented. The read- in a high-frequency circuit in which the wood ings should be carefully taken as soon as pos- serves as the dielectric material (power-loss sible after inserting the electrode. A species and capacitive admittance meters). correction supplied with the instrument The principal advantages of the electrical should be applied when appropriate. Tempera- method over the ovendrying method are its ture corrections then should be made for re- speed and convenience. Only a few seconds are sistance-type meters if the temperature of the required, and the piece of wood being tested wood differs considerably from the tempera- is not cut or damaged, except for driving a ture of calibration used by the manufacturer. few electrode needle points into the wood when Approximate corrections are to add or sub- using the resistance-type meters. Thus, the tract about 0.5 percent for each 10° F. the electrical method is adaptable to rapid sorting wood differs from the calibration temperature ; of lumber on the basis of moisture content, the correction factors are added to the read- measuring the moisture content of wood in- ings for temperatures below the calibration stalled in a building, or, when used in accord- temperature and subtracted from the readings ance with the ASTM Designation D 2016, estab- for temperatures above this temperature. lishing the moisture content of a quantity of lumber or other wood items. For resistance meters, the %6- to 7i6-inch RECOMMENDED MOISTURE CONTENT needle electrodes ordinarily supplied are ap- propriate for wood that has been in use for 6 months or longer, or for lumber up to 1% Installation of wood at the moisture content inches thick with a normal drying moisture percentages recommended here for different gradient. For wood with normal moisture environments will reduce future changes in gradients, the pins should be driven to a depth moisture content, thus minimizing dimen- of one-fifth to one-fourth of the wood thick- sional changes after the wood is placed in ness. If other than normal drying gradients service. The service condition to which the wood are present, best accuracy can be obtained will be exposed—outdoors, in unheated build- by exploring the gradient through readings ings, or in heated and air-conditioned build- made at various penetration depths. ings—should be considered in determining Radiofrequency power loss meters are sup- moisture content requirements. plied with electrodes appropriate to the type and size of material to be tested. The field Timbers from the electrodes should penetrate roughly to the middle of the specimen. Ideally, solid timbers should be seasoned to Ordinarily, moisture meters should not be the average moisture content they will reach in used on lumber with wet or damp surfaces, service. While this optimum is possible with because the wet surface will cause inaccurate lumber less than 3 inches thick, it is seldom readings. A resistance meter with insulated- practical to obtain fully seasoned timbers, thick pin electrodes can be used, with caution, on joists, and planks. When thick solid members such stock. are used, some shrinkage of the assembly should 14-3 be expected. In the case of builtup assemblies interior service should be dried to the moisture such as roof trusses, it may be necessary to content values given in table 14-1. tighten the bolts or other fastenings from time Hot-pressed plywood and other board prod- to time as the members shrink. ucts, such as particleboard and hardboard, often do not arrive at the same equilibrium Lumber moisture content values given for lumber. The high temperatures used in hot presses cause The moisture content requirements are more these products to assume a lower moisture exacting for finish lumber and wood products content for a given relative humidity. Since used inside heated and air-conditioned build- this lower equilibrium moisture content var- ings than those for lumber used outdoors or in ies widely, depending on the specific type of unheated buildings. For general areas of the hot-pressed product, it is recommended that United States, the recommended moisture con- such products be conditioned at 40 to 50 per- tent values for wood used inside heated build- cent relative humidity for interior use and 65 ings are shown in figure 14-1. Values and percent for exterior use. tolerances both for interior and exterior use Lumber used in the manufacture of large of wood in various forms are given in table laminated members should be dried to a mois- 14-1. If the average moisture content value is ture content slightly below the moisture con- within 1 percent of that recommended and tent expected in service; thus, moisture ab- all pieces fall within the individual limits, the sorbed from the glue will not cause the entire lot is probably satisfactory. moisture content of the product to exceed the General commercial practice is to kiln-dry service value. The range of moisture content wood for some products, such as flooring and among laminations assembled into a single furniture, to a slightly lower moisture content member should not exceed 5 percent. Although than service conditions demand, anticipating laminated members are often massive and a moderate increase in moisture content dur- respond rather slowly to changes in environ- ing processing and construction. The practice mental conditions, it is desirable to follow the is intended to assure uniform distribution of recommendations in table 14-1 for moisture moisture among the individual pieces. Com- content at time of installation. mon grades of softwood lumber and softwood dimension are not normally seasoned to the moisture content values indicated in table SEASONING OF WOOD 14-1. When they are not, shrinkage effects should be considered in the structural design Well-developed techniques have been estab- and construction methods. lished for removing the large amounts of mois- The American Softwood Lumber Standard ture normally present in green wood (ch. 3). requires that, to be classified as dry lumber, Seasoning is essentially a drying process moisture content shall not exceed 19 percent. but, for uses that require them, seasoning in- Much softwood dimension lumber meets this cludes equalizing and conditioning treatments requirement. Some industry grading rules pro- to improve moisture uniformity and relieve vide for even lower maximums. For example, residual stresses and sets. Careful techniques to be grademarked KD (kiln dry) the maxi- are necessary, especially during the drying mum moisture content permitted is generally phase, to protect the wood from stain and 15 percent. decay and from excessive drying stresses that cause defects and degrade. The established Glued Wood Products seasoning methods are air drying, accelerated air drying, and kiln drying. Other methods, When veneers are bonded together with cold- such as high-frequency dielectric heating, setting glues to make plywood, they absorb vapor drying, and solvent seasoning have been comparatively large quantities of moisture. To developed for special uses. keep the final moisture content low and to Drying reduces the weight of wood, with a minimize redrying of the plywood, the initial resulting decrease in shipping costs; reduces moisture content of the veneer should be as or eliminates shrinkage, checking, and warp- low as practical. Very dry veneer, however, ing in service; increases strength and nail- is difficult to handle without damage, so the holding power; decreases susceptibility to in- minimum practical moisture content is about fection by blue stain and other fungi ; reduces 4 percent. Freshly glued plywood intended for chance of attack by insects; and improves the 14-4 M ISO 773 Hgure 14-1 .—»•commended average moisture content for interior use of wood products in various areas of the United States. Table 14-1. Recommended moisture content values for various wood items at tim^e of installation Use of wood Moisture content for— Most areas of Dry southwestern Damp, warm United States area* coastal areas * Average ' Indi- Average ^ Indi- Average * Indi- vidual vidual vidual pieces pieces pieces Pet, Pet, Pet, Pet, Pet, Pet, Interior: Woodwork, flooring, furniture, 8-13 wood trim, laminated timbers, 8 6-10 6 4-9 11 cold-press pljrwood Exterior: Siding, wood trim, framing, 7-12 12 9-14 sheathing, laminated timbers 12 9-14 ^ Major areas are indicated in fig. 14-1. several tests should be made. For example, in an ^ To obtain a realistic average, test at least 10 pet. of ordinary dwelling having about 60 floor joists, at least each item. If the amount of a given item is small, 10 tests should be made on joists selected at random. 14-5 capacity of wood to take preservative and increase temperature. Accelerated air drying to fire-retardant treatment and to hold paint. moisture content levels between 20 and 30 per- cent may take only one-half to one-fourth as Sawmill Practice long as ordinary air drying. Moisture content in the stock dried with such acceleration may It is common practice at most softwood saw- vary somewhat more than that of stock air mills to kiln dry all upper grade lumber in- dried under natural conditions to the same tended for finish, ñooring, and cut stock. Lower average moisture level. grade boards are often air dried. Dimension lumber is air dried or kiln dried, although Kiln Drying some mills ship certain species without season- ing. Timbers are generally not held long In kiln drying, higher temperatures and fast enough to be considered seasoned, but some air circulation are used to increase the drying drying may take place between sawing and rate considerably. Average moisture content shipment or while they are held at a whole- can be reduced to any desired value. Specific sale or distributing yard. Sawmills cutting schedules are used to control the temperature hardwoods commonly classify the lumber for and humidity in accordance with the moisture size and grade at the time of sawing. Some and stress situation within the wood, thus min- mills send all freshly sawed stock to the air- imizing shrinkage-caused defects. For some drying yard or an accelerated air-drying opera- purposes, equalizing and conditioning treat- tion. Others kiln dry directly from the green ments are used to improve moisture content uni- condition. Air-dried stock is kiln dried at the formity and relieve stresses and set at the end sawmill, at a custom drying operation during of drying, so the material will not warp when transit, or at the remanufacturing plant be- resawed or machined to smaller sizes or ir- fore being made up into such finished products regular shapes. Further advantages of kiln dry- as furniture, cabinet work, interior finish, and ing are the setting of pitch in resinous woods, flooring. the killing of staining or decay fungi or insects in the wood, and reductions in weight greater Air Drying than those achieved by air-drying. At the end of kiln-drying, moisture-monitoring equipment Air drying is not a complete drying process, is sometimes used to sort out moist stock for except as preparation for uses for which the redrying and to insure that the material ready recommended moisture content is not more for shipment meets moisture content specifica- than 5 percent below that of the air-dry stock. tions. Even when air-drying conditions are mild, air- Temperatures of ordinary kiln drying dry stock used without kiln drying may have generally are between 110° and ISO"* F. Ele- some residual stress and set that can cause vated-temperature (180° to 212° F.) and high- distortions after nonuniform surfacing or ma- temperature (above 212° F.) kilns are be- chining. On the other hand, rapid air drying coming increasingly common, although some accomplished by low relative humidities pro- strength loss is possible with higher tempera- duces a large amount of set that will assist tures (see ch. 4). in reducing warp during final kiln drying. Rapid surface drying also greatly decreases the inci- dence of chemical and sticker stain, blue strain, Special Drying Methods and decay. Air drying is an economical seasoning me- Wood has been dried for construction use by thod when carried out (1) in a well-designed boiling in oily liquids, and vapor drying is yard or shed, (2) with proper piling practices, being used for the partial drying of crossties and (3) in favorable drying weather. In cold prior to preservative treatment. Neither proc- or humid weather, air drying is slow and can- ess can yet be considered a complete drying not readily reduce wood moisture to levels suit- method, and each leaves some drying medium able for rapid kiln drying or for use. in the wood. Drying by high-frequency elec- Accelerated air drying involves the use of trical energy is being used commercially for fans to force the air through the lumber piles short blocks of permeable sapwood. Solvent in a shed or under other protection from the seasoning, involving water-miscible chemicals weather. Sometimes small amounts of heat are that replace water as a first step in the proc- used to reduce relative humidity and slightly ess, has been technically developed for some 14-6 western softwoods but has not been adopted Rapid surface drying decreases the incidence commercially. High-frequency drying and of mold, stain, and decay but sometimes ad- solvent seasoning, properly carried out to dry ditional measures are required (ch. 17). the wood to low average moisture content Too-rapid surface drying, however, may cause values, may give as good results as kiln drying. checking and splitting. Honeycombing and col- Such other special drying methods as vacuum lapse are more likely to occur in hardwoods and infrared drying have been found unsuit- than in softwoods. These defects are more able for commercial use. likely to occur under improper kiln-drying than under air drying, although very severe air- drying conditions can cause them to occur. Seasoning Degrade Moisture-resistant coatings are sometimes applied to the end-grain surfaces of green lum- ber to retard end drying and minimize the The grading rules of the lumber associa- formation of end checks and end splits. To be tions specify the types and amounts of defects effective, the coatings must be applied to the permitted in the various grades of dimension freshly trimmed green lumber before any stock. Seasoning defects and other degrading checking has started. Sprayable wax emulsions factors are considered. The higher grades are are sometimes used on the ends of 1-inch lum- practically free of defects, but high-quality ber subject to considerable loss by end check- material may not be needed for all uses. The ing. defects permitted in the other approved grades have no detrimental effect on the wood's util- ity in many applications. Seasoning defects that cause degrade may Moisture Content of Seasoned Lumber be classified into three main groups: (1) Those caused by unequal shrinkage (checks, honey- The trade terms "shipping dry,*' "air dry," comb, warp, loosening of knots, and collapse) ; and "kiln dry," although widely used, may (2) those associated with the action of fungi not have identical meanings as to moisture con- (molds and stains) ; and (3) those associated tent in the different producing regions. De- with soluble wood constituents (brown stain spite the wide variations in the use of these and sticker stain). Collapse and warp affect terms, they are sometimes used to describe sea- appearance and ease of application. Checking soned lumber. The following statements, and honeycombing may, in addition, reduce which are not exact definitions, outline the cate- strength. Defects caused by fungi may affect gories : both appearance and strength (see ch. 17). Shipping-dry Lumber. Brown stain occurs in softwoods. It is a yel- low to dark-brown discoloration apparently Lumber that is partially dried to prevent caused by concentration or chemical trans- stain or mold in brief periods of transit, prefer- formation of water-soluble materials in the ably with the outer Vs inch dried to 25 percent wood. Sticker stain may occur in the air dry- moisture content or below. ing of both softwoods and hardwoods. It is Air-dry lumber. caused by color changes of water-soluble ma- terials in the wood under the stickers. Con- Lumber that has been dried by exposure to versely, the chemicals through the rest of the the air outdoors or in a shed, or by forced board may undergo color changes while those circulation of unhumidified air that has not under the stickers do not, causing light-colored been heated above 120° F. Commercial air- "sticker marking." General blue-gray or gray- dry stock generally will have an average mois- brown chemical stain of hardwoods may also ture content low enough for rapid kiln dry- be a problem. Although chemical stains cause ing or for rough construction use. These values considerable degrade because of appearance, generally would be in the range of 20 to 25 none of them lower the strength. percent for dense hardwoods and 15 to 20 per- Seasoning defects can be largely eliminated cent for softwoods and low-density hardwoods. by good practice in either air drying or kiln Extended exposure can bring 1- and 2-inch drying. The period immediately after sawing is lumber within a percentage point or two of the the most critical. Lumber subject to chemical average exterior equilibrium moisture content or brown stain should not be solid piled. It of the region. For much of the United States, should be piled on stickers under good drying the minimum moisture content of thoroughly conditions within 2 or 3 days after sawing. air-dried lumber is 12 to 15 percent. 14-7 Kiln-dry lumber. instead of evaporating. The extent to which ad- Lumber that has been dried in a kiln or ditional control of the storage environment is by some special drying method to an average required depends upon the use to which the moisture content specified or understood to be wood will be put and the corresponding mois- suitable for a certain use. The average should ture content recommendations. The moisture have upper and lov^er tolerance limits, and all content and stress condition of all stock should values should fall within the limits. Kiln-dry be determined when it is received. If mois- lumber generally has an average moisture con- ture content and stress condition are not as tent of 12 percent or below and can be specified specified or required, stickered storage in an to be free of drying stresses. appropriate condition could ultimately bring The importance of suitable moisture con- the stock within the desired moisture content tent values is recognized, and provisions cov- range. Such storage may also be helpful in ering them are now incorporated in some relieving stresses in softwoods. If the degree standards and grading rules. Moisture content of moisture change required is large, or the values in the general grading rules may or may material is a hardwood with stress not appro- not be suitable for a specific use ; if not, a special priately relieved, the stock must be redried. moisture content specification should be made. Sheathing and Structural Items MOISTURE CONTROL DURING TRANSIT Green or only partially seasoned lumber and AND STORAGE timbers should be open piled on stickers and protected from sunshine and precipitation by a tight roof. Framing lumber and plywood with Lumber and other wood items may change 20 percent or less moisture content can be in moisture content and dimension while await- ing shipment, fabrication, or in transit, as solid piled in a shed, which affords good pro- tection against sunshine and direct or wind- well as when stored in a wholesale or retail yard. driven precipitation. Preferably, stock above 12 percent moisture content should be sticker When 1-inch dry softwood lumber is shipped piled to bring its moisture content more in line in tightly closed boxcars or trucks, or in pack- with the moisture content in use. Dry lumber ages with complete and intact wrappers, av- can be piled solid in the open for relatively erage moisture content changes for a package short periods, but at least a minimum pile cover can generally be held to 0.2 percent per month of waterproofed paper should be used when- or less. In holds or between decks of ships, dry ever possible. Protective treatments containing material absorbs usually about 1.5 percent a fungicide and water repellents reduce mois- moisture during normal shipping periods. If ture absorption about 50 percent under expo- green material is included in the cargo, the sure to intermittent short-term wetting, but do moisture regain of the dry lumber may be not protect against absorption when exposure doubled. On the top deck, the moisture regain to water is prolonged. Because it is diflScult to may be as much as 7 percent. keep rain out completely, long storage of solid- When 1-inch softwood lumber, kiln-dried to piled lumber in the open is not recommended. 8 percent or less, is piled solid under a good pile If framing lumber must be stored in the open roof in a yard in humid weather, average for a long time, the lumber should be piled moisture content of a pile can increase at the on stickers over good supports, and the piles rate of about 2 percent per month during the should be roofed. Solid-piled material that has first 45 days. An absorption rate of about 1 become wet again should be treated the same percent per month then may be sustained way. throughout a humid season. Comparable ini- tial and sustaining absorption rates are about Finish and Factory Items 1 percent per month in open sheds and 0.3 per- cent per month in closed sheds. Stock piled in Such kiln-dried items as exterior finish, sid- an open shed in a western location increased ing, and exterior millwork can be stored in a 2.7 percent on the inside of solid piles and 3.5 closed but unheated shed. They should be percent on the outside of the pile in a year. placed on supports raised above the floor, 6 All stock on which any manufacturing has inches if the floor is paved, 12 inches if not been done should be protected from precipita- paved. tion and spray, because water that gets into Interior trim, flooring, cabinet work, and a solid pile tends to be absorbed by the wood material for processing into furniture should 14-8 be stored in a room or closed shed that is to cover piles of partially manufactured items heated or dehumidified. Kiln-dried and ma- with plastic film and to use properly lowered chined hardwood dimension or softwood cut shop temperatures during nonwork hours. stock also should be stored under controlled More precise control can be obtained in criti- humidity conditions. Under uncontrolled condi- cal shop and storage areas by humidification. tions, the ends of such stock may come to a In warm weather, cooling may increase rela- higher moisture content than the balance of the tive humidity, and dehumidification may be length ; then when the stock is straight-line rip- necessary. ped or jointed before edge gluing, subsequent shrinkage will cause splitting or open glue joints. The simplest way to reduce relative humid- DIMENSIONAL CHANGES IN WOOD ITEMS ity in storage areas of all sizes is to heat the space to a temperature slightly above that of Dry wood undergoes small changes in di- the outside air. Dehumidifiers can be used in mension with normal changes in relative hu- small, well-enclosed spaces. If the heating midity. More humid air will cause slight swell- method is used, and there is no source of mois- ing, and drier air will cause slight shrinkage. ture except that contained in the air, the equili- These changes are considerably smaller than brium moisture content can be maintained by those involved with shrinkage from the green using the data in the following tabulation : condition. Approximate changes in dimension can be estimated by a simple formula involving Desired Equilibrium Degrees Fahrenheit a dimensional change coefficient when mois- Moisture Content Above Outside Temperature ture content remains within the range of nor- Percent mal use. 6 25 7 19 8 15 Estimate Using Dimensional Change 9 12 10 8 Coefficient 11 5 12 3 The change in dimension within the moisture content limits of 6 to 14 percent can be esti- Good control can be obtained by using data mated satisfactorily by using a dimensional from the Weather Bureau on the average tem- change coefficient based on the dimension at 10 perature to be expected for the next 15 or 30 percent moisture content: days and setting an ordinary thermostat to control at the desired temperature. Adjust- AD = Dj [CTÍMJT - Mj)] (14-2) ments should be made when actual weather conditions differ considerably from those an- where : AJD = change in dimension, ticipated. Precise control can be maintained Di = dimension in inches or other by use of a wood-element hygrostat or rela- units at start of change, tive humidity sensor. Oy — dimensional change coefficient, When a dehumidifier is used, the average tangential direction (for rad- temperature in the storage space should be ial direction, use CR), known or controlled and table 3-4 should be Mr = moisture content (percent) at used to select the proper relative humidity to end of change, give the desired average moisture content. Mj = moisture content (percent) at Wood in a factory awaiting or following start of change. manufacture can become too dry if the area is Values for CT and ¡CR, derived from total heated to 70° F. or higher when there is a low shrinkage values, are given in table 14-2. When outdoor temperature. Under such circum- M F is less than Mi, the quantity (Mp - Mi) will stances, exposed ends and surfaces of boards or be negative, indicating a decrease in dimension ; cut pieces will tend to dry to the equilibrium when greater, it will be positive, showing an in- moisture content condition, causing shrinkage crease in dimension. and warping. Also an equilibrium moisture con- As an example, assuming the width of a tent of 4 percent or more below the moisture flat-grained white fir board is 9.15 inches at content of the core of freshly crosscut boards 8 percent moisture content, its change in width may cause end checking. Simple remedies are at 11 percent moisture content is estimated as: 14-9 Table U-2.—Coefficients for dimensional change due to shrinkage or swell- ing within moisture content limits of 6 to H percent Species Dimensional change coefficient ^ Species Dimensional change coefficient * Radial Tangential Radial Tangential CR Cr CE CT HARDWOODS Alder, red 0.00151 0.00256 Locust, black .00158 Apple .00205 .00252 .00376 Madrone, Pacific .00194 .00451 Ash: Magnolia : * Black .00172 .00274 Cucumbertree _ _ .00180 Oregon .00141 .00312 .00285 Southern .00187 .00230 Pumpkin .00126 .00219 Sweetbay . .00162 White, green .00169 .00293 .00274 Maple : Aspen, quaking .00119 .00234 Bigleaf 00126 .00248 Basswood, American .00230 .00330 Red .00137 .00289 Beech, American .00190 .00431 Silver .00102 .00252 Birch : Sugar, black .00165 .00353 Paper .00219 .00304 Red oak : River .00162 .00327 Commercial red _ .00158 .00369 Yellow, sweet .00256 .00338 California black .00123 .00230 Buckeye, yellow .00123 .00285 Water, laurel, Butternut .00116 .00223 willow .00151 .00350 Catalpa, northern .00085 .00169 White oak : Commercial white _ .00180 Cherry, black .00126 .00248 .00365 Live .00230 .00338 Chestnut, American __ .00116 .00234 Oregon white .00144 .00327 Cottonwood : Overcup .00183 .00462 Black .00123 .00304 Persimmon, common . _ .00278 .00403 Eastern, southern _. .00133 .00327 Sassafras .00137 .00216 Elm: Sweetgum .00183 .00365 American .00144 .00338 Sycamore, American .00172 .00296 Rock .00165 .00285 Tanoak .00169 .00423 Slippery .00169 .00315 Tupelo: Winged, cedar .00183 .00419 Black _. .00176 .00308 Hackberry .00165 .00315 Water _ .00144 .00267 Hickory : Walnut, black _ . .00190 .00274 Pecan .00169 .00315 Willow: True hickory .00259 .00411 Black .00112 .00308 Holly, American .00165 .00353 Pacific .00099 .00319 Honeylocust .00144 .00230 Yellow-poplar . _ _ _ .00158 .00289 SOFTWOODS Baldcypress .00130 .00216 Larch, western . .00155 .00323 Cedar: Pine: Alaska- .00095 .00208 Eastern white .00071 .00212 Atlantic white- .00099 .00187 Jack .00126 .00230 Eastern redcedar _ _ .00106 .00162 Loblolly, pond .00165 .00259 Incense- .00112 .00180 Lodgepole, Jeffrey _ .00148 .00234 Northern white- = _ _ _ .00101 .00229 Longleaf .00176 .00263 Port-Orford- .00158 .00241 Ponderosa, Coulter .00133 .00216 Western redcedar "^ ., .00111 .00234 Red .00130 .00252 Douglas-fir : Shortleaf .00158 .00271 Coast-type .00165 .00267 Slash .00187 .00267 Interior north .00130 .00241 Sugar _ .00099 .00194 Interior west _ .00165 .00263 Virginia, pitch .00144 .00252 Fir: Western white .00141 .00259 Balsam .00099 .00241 Redwood : California red .00155 .00278 Old-growth =^ .00120 .00205 Noble .00148 .00293 Second-growth ^^ _^ .00101 .00229 Pacific silver .00151 .00327 Spruce: Subalpine, corkbark .00088 .00259 Black .00141 .00237 White, grand .00112 .00245 Engelmann .00130 .00248 Hemlock : Red, white .00130 .00274 Eastern .00102 .00237 Sitka .00148 .00263 Western .00144 .00274 Tamarack .00126 .00259 14-10 Table 14-2.—Coefficients for dimensional change due to shrinkage or swell- ing within moisture content limits of 6 to 1 i percent—continued Species Dimensional change coefficient * Species Dimensional change coefficient ^ Radial Tangential Radial Tangential CE CT CB CT IMPORTED WOODS Andiroba, crabwood __ .00137 .00274 Light red "Philip- Angélique .00180 .00312 pine mahogany" _ _ .00126 .00241 Apitong, keruing^ Limba .00151 .00187 (All Dipterocarpus Lupuna .00126 .00230 spp.) .00243 .00527 Mahogany' .00172 .00238 Avodire .00126 .00226 Meranti _-_ .00126 .00289 Balsa .00102 .00267 Nogal' .00129 .00258 Banak .00158 .00312 Obeche .00106 .00183 Cativo .00078 .00183 Okoume .00194 .00212 Emeri .00106 .00169 Parana pine .00137 .00278 Greenheart^ .00390 .00430 Pau marfim .00158 .00312 Iroko^ .00153 .00205 Primavera _ .00106 .00180 Ishpingo^ .00125 .00205 Ramin .00133 .00308 Khaya .00141 .00201 Santa Maria .00187 .00278 Kokrodua^ .00148 .00297 Spanish-cedar .00141 .00219 Lauans: Teak ' .00101 .00186 Dark red "Philip- Virola - .00183 .00342 pine mahogany" _ _ .00133 .00267 Walnut, European .00148 .00223 ^ Per 1 pet. change in moisture content, based on dimension at 10 pet. moisture content and a straightline relation- ship between the moisture content at which shrinkage starts and total shrinkage. (Shrinkage assumed to start at 30 pet. for all species except those indicated by footnote 2.) ' Shrinkage assumed to start at 22 pet. moisture content. AD = 9.15[0.00245(ll-8)] where : AJD = change in dimension, Dj = dimen- = 9.15 [0.00735] sion in inches or other units at start of change, = 0.06725 or 0.067 inch M F = moisture content (percent) at end of Then dimension at end of change = Z)/ + AZ) change, Mj = moisture content (percent) at = 9.15 + 0.067 start of change, ST = tangential shrinkage (per- = 9.217 inches cent) from green to ovendry (tables 3-5 and 3-6) (use radial shrinkage SR when appropri- The thickness at 11 percent moisture content ate). of the same board can be estimated by using Neither Mi nor MF should exceed 30, the as- the coefficient CR = 0.00112. sumed moisture content value when shrinkage The tangential coefficient, Cr, can be used starts for most species. for both width and thickness if a maximum estimate for dimensional change is desired. DESIGN FACTORS AFFECTING DIMENSIONAL The dimension change for boards that are not truly flat- or quartersawn is most easily esti- CHANGE IN A STRUCTURE mated by using the tangential coefficient, C/. Framing Lumber in House Construction Calculation Based on Green Dimensions Ideally, house framing lumber should be sea- soned to the moisture content it will reach in Approximate dimensional changes associ- use, thus minimizing future dimensional ated with moisture content changes larger than changes due to frame shrinkage. This ideal 6 to 14 percent, or when one moisture value is condition is difficult to achieve, but some outside of those limits, can be calculated by: shrinkage of the frame may take place with- out being visible or causing serious defects Dj (Mt^ - Mj) after the house is completed. If, at the time AD = 30(100) (14-3) the wall and ceiling finish is applied, the mois- - 30 + M, ture content of the framing lumber is not more 14-11 than about 5 percent above that which it will inch joists are nailed together to provide a reach in service (table 14-1), there will be laminated floor of greater depth for heavy de- little or no evidence of defects caused by sign loads, the joist material should be some- shrinkage of the frame. In heated houses in what below 12 percent moisture content if the cold climates, joists over heated basements, building is to be heated. studs, and ceiling joists may reach a moisture content as low as 6 to 7 percent. In mild cli- Interior Firiish mates the minimum moisture content will be higher. The normal seasonal changes in the moisture The most common evidences of excessive content of interior finish are not enough to shrinkage are cracks in plastered walls, open cause serious dimensional change if the wood- joints and nail pops in dry-wall construction, work is carefully designed. Large members, distortion of door openings, uneven floors, or such as ornamental beams, cornices, newel loosening of joints and fastenings. The extent posts, stair stringers, and handrails, should be of vertical shrinkage after the house is com- built up from comparatively small pieces. Wide pleted is proportional to the depths of wood door and window trim and base should be used as supports in a horizontal position, such hollow-backed. Backband trim, if mitered at as girders, floor joists, and plates. After all, the corners, should be glued and splined before shrinkage occurs primarily in the width of erection; otherwise butt joints should be used members, not the length. for the wide faces. Large, solid pieces, such as Thorough consideration should be given to wood paneling, should be so designed and in- the type of framing best suited to the whole stalled that the panels are free to move across building structure. Methods should be selected the grain. Narrow widths are preferable. that will minimize or balance the use of wood across the grain in vertical supports. These Flooring involve variations in floor, wall, and ceiling framing. The factors involved and details of Flooring is usually dried to a suitable mois- construction are covered extensively in ture content so that special design considera- "Wood-Frame House Construction," USDA tions are not necessary for installation in or- Agriculture Handbook 73. dinary rooms. When used in basement, large hall, or gymnasium floors, however, enough space should be left around the edges to al- Heavy Timber Consfrucfion low for some expansion. In heavy timber construction, a certain amount of shrinkage is to be expected. If not WOOD CARE AND SCHEDULING DURING provided for in the design, it may cause weak- CONSTRUCTION ening of the joints or uneven floors or both. One means of eliminating part of the shrink- age in mill buildings and similar structures is Lumber and Sheathing with metal post caps, separating the upper col- Lumber and sheathing received at the build- umn from the lower column only by the metal ing site should be protected from wetting and in the post cap. This eliminates the shrinkage other damage. Construction lumber in place that would occur if the upper column bears in a structure before it is enclosed may be wet directly on the wood girder. The same thing is during a storm, but the wetting is mostly on accomplished by supporting the upper col- the exposed surface, and the lumber can dry umn on the lower column with wood corbels out quickly. Dry lumber may be solid piled at bolted to the side of the lower column to sup- the site, but the piles should be at least 6 port the girders. inches off the ground and covered with canvas Where joist hangers are used, the top of or waterproof paper laid to shed water from the joist, when installed, should be above the the top, sides, and ends of the pile. top of the girder; otherwise, when the joist Lumber that is green or nearly green, and shrinks in the stirrup, the floor over the girder lumber or plywood that has been used for con- will be higher than that bearing upon the joist. crete forms, should be piled on stickers under a Heavy planking used for flooring should be roof for more thorough drying before it is built near 12 percent in moisture content to mini- into the structure. The same procedure is re- mize openings between boards as they ap- quired for preservative-treated lumber that has proach moisture equilibrium. When 2- or 3- not been fully redried. 14-12 If framing lumber has higher moisture aged form and can ordinarily remain in the content when installed than that recommended package until it is applied. in table 14-1, some shrinkage may be expected. Framing lumber, even thoroughly air-dried Fmish Floor stock, will generally have a moisture content higher than that recommended when it is de- Cracks develop in flooring if it absorbs mois- livered to the building site. If carelessly ture either before or after it is laid and then handled in storage at the site, it may take up shrinks when the building is heated. Such more moisture. Builders may schedule their cracks can be greatly reduced by observing the work so an appreciable amount of seasoning following practices: (1) Specify flooring man- can take place during the early stages of con- ufactured according to association rules and struction. This minimizes the effects of further sold by dealers that protect it properly during drying and shrinkage after completion. storage and delivery; (2) do not allow the When the house has been framed, sheathed, flooring to be delivered before the masonry and roofed, the framing is so exposed that in and plastering are completed and fully dry, time it can dry to a lower moisture content unless a dry storage space is available; (3) than would ordinarily be expected in yard- have the heating plant installed before the dried lumber. The application of the wall and flooring is delivered; (4) break open the floor- ceiling finish is delayed while wiring and ing bundles and expose all sides of the flooring plumbing are installed. If the delay is for to the atmosphere inside the structure; (5) about 30 days in warm, dry weather, framing close up the house at night and raise the tem- lumber should lose enough moisture so that perature about 15° F. above the outdoor tem- any further drying in place will be relatively perature for about 3 days before laying the unimportant. In cool, damp weather, or if un- floor; (6) if the house is not occupied immedi- seasoned lumber is used, the period of exposure ately after the floor is laid, keep the house should be extended. Checking moisture content closed at night or during damp weather and of door and window headers and floor and ceil- supply some heat if necessary. ing joists at this time with an electric mois- Better and smoother sanding and finishing ture meter is good practice. When these mem- can be done when the house is warm and the bers approach an average of 12 percent wood has been kept dry. moisture content, interior finish and trim can normally be installed. Closing the house and Inferior Finish using the heating system will hasten the rate of drying. In a building under construction, the rela- Before wall finish is applied, the frame tive humidity will average higher than it will should be examined and any defects that may in an occupied house because of the moisture have developed during drying, such as warped that evaporates from wet concrete, brickwork, or distorted studs, shrinkage of lintels over and plaster, and even from the structural wood openings, or loosened joints, should be cor- members. The average temperature will be rected. lower, because workmen prefer a lower tem- perature than is common in an occupied house. Exterior Trim and Millwork Under such conditions the finish tends to have a higher moisture content during construction Exterior trim such as cornice and rake than it will have during occupancy. moldings, fascia boards, and soffit material is Before any interior finish is delivered, the normally installed before the shingles are outside doors and windows should be hung in laid. Trim, siding, and window and door place so that they may be kept closed at night ; frames should be protected on the site by stor- in this way conditions of the interior can be ing in the house or garage if they are received held as close as possible to the higher tempera- some time before the contractor can use them. ture and lower humidity that ordinarily pre- While items such as window frames and sash vail during the day. Such protection may be are usually treated with some type of water- sufficient during dry summer weather, but dur- repellent preservative to resist absorption of ing damp or cool weather it is highly desirable water, they should be stored in a protected that some heat be maintained in the house, area if they cannot be installed soon after de- particularly at night. Whenever possible, the livery. Wood siding is often received in pack- heating plant should be placed in the house 14-13 before the interior trim goes in, to be available pounds of water are used, all of which must be for supplying the necessary heat. Portable dissipated before the house is ready for the heaters also may be used. The temperatures interior finish. Adequate ventilation to remove during the night should be maintained about the evaporated moisture will avoid that mois- IS"* F. above outside temperatures and not ture being adsorbed by the framework. In be allowed to drop below about 70° F. during houses plastered in cold weather the excess the summer or 62° F. when outside tempera- tures are below freezing. moisture may also cause paint to blister on ex- terior finish and siding. During warm, dry, After buildings have thoroughly dried, there is less need for heat, but unoccupied houses, summer weather with the windows wide open, new or old, should not be allowed to stand the moisture will be gone within a week after without some heat during the winter. A tem- the final coat of plaster is applied. During perature of about 15° F. above outside tem- damp, cold weather, the heating system or port- peratures and above freezing at all times will able heaters are used to prevent freezing of keep the woodwork, finish, and other parts of plaster and to hasten its drying. Adequate the house from being affected by dampness or ventilation should be provided at all times of frost. the year, because a large volume of air is re- quired to carry away the amount of water in- Plastering volved. Even in the coldest weather, the win- dows on the side of the house away from the During a plastering operation in a moderate- prevailing winds should be opened 2 or 3 sized six-room house approximately 1,000 inches, preferably from the top. BIBLIOGRAPHY American Society for Testing and Materials McMillen, J. M. Standard methods of test for moisture content of 1958. Stresses in wood during drying. Forest wood. ASTM Designation D 2016. (See current Prod. Lab. Rep. 1652. edition.) Philadelphia, Pa. Rasmussen, E. F. Anderson, L. O. 1961. Dry kiln operator's manual. U.S. Dep. Agr., 1970. Wood-frame house construction. U.S. Dep. Agr. Handb. 188, 197 pp. Agr., Agr. Handb. 73, rev. 223 pp. Rietz, R. C, and Page, R. H. Comstock, G. L. 1971. Air drying of lumber: A guide to industry 1965. Shrinkage of coast-type Douglas-fir and practices. U.S. Dep. Agr., Agr. Handb. old-growth redwood boards. U.S. Forest 402,110 pp. Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 30. Forest Prod. U.S. Department of Commerce Lab., Madison, Wis. 1970. American softwood lumber standard. NBS James, W. L. Voluntary Product Stand. PS 20-70. 26 pp. 1963. Electric moisture meters for wood. U.S. U.S. Forest Products Laboratory Forest Serv. Res. Note FPL-08. Forest 1961. Wood ñoors for dwellings. U.S. Dep. Agr., Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. Agr. Handb. 204, 44 pp. 1968. Effect of temperature on readings of electric 1972. Methods of controlling humidity in wood- moisture meters. Forest Prod. J. 18(10): working plants. USDA Forest Serv. Res. 23-31. Note FPL-0218. Madison, Wis. 14-14 FS-365 Chapter 15 FIRE RESISTANCE OF WOOD CONSTRUCTION Page Heavy Timber Construction 15-2 Ordinary Construction - 15-5 Light-Frame Construction 15-5 Height and Area Limitations 15-5 Improving Fire Resistance Through Design 15-6 Firestops - 15~" Around Chimneys and Fireplaces 15-6 Partitions 1^"'^ Basement Ceilings _- - - — 15-'^ Floors - ^^"'^ Doors and Stairways — 15-'^ Wood Roof Coverings 15-8 Interior Finishes - 15-° Fire-Retardant Treatments 15-9 Chemical Impregnation 15-9 Fire-Retardant Coatings 15-12 Bibliography 1^-^^ 15-1 FIRE RESISTANCE OF WOOD CONSTRUCTION Wood construction for many years has been (figs. 15-1 and 15-2) and given the architect classified in building codes under three stand- a wood product that he can use in ways never ard types—heavy timber, ordinary, and light- before possible. frame. Heavy timber and ordinary types have Heavy timber construction is generally de- been used widely in educational, recreational, fined in building codes and standards by the religious, industrial, commercial, and assembly buildings. However, light frame accounts for following minimum sizes for the various mem- about 80 percent of the Nation's dwellings and bers or portions of a building: some of the smaller commercial, educational, and industrial buildings. General principles of Inches y nominal design of these types of construction, partic- Columns : Supporting floor loads 8x8 ularly as they affect fire prevention and con- Supporting roof and ceiling trol, are presented here. loads only _ 6x8 The self-insulating qualities of wood, partic- Floor framing: ularly in the large wood sections used in Beams and girders 6 wide X 10 deep heavy timber construction, are an important Arches and trusses 8 in any dimension Roof framing—not supporting factor in providing a good degree of fire resist- floor loads : ance in wood construction. Good structural Arches springing from grade _ 6x8 lower half details, such as elimination of concealed spaces, Arches, trusses, other framing QxQ upper half sprmging from top of walls, also assure improved fire durability. etc. 4x6 Light wood-frame construction can be pro- Floor (covered with 1-inch nominal tected to provide a high degree of fire perform- flooring, %-inch plywood, or ance through use of conventional gypsum board other approved surfacing) : mterior finish. Fire-resistance ratings of 1 Splined or tongue-and-groove plank _ 3 hour or 2 hours are readily attained for such Planks set on edge 4 walls. Roof decks : Treatment of wood with fire-retardant chem- Splined or tongue-and-groove icals or fire-retardant coatings is also an effec- plank 2 Plank set on edge 3 tive means of preventing flame spread. Parti- Tongue-and-groove plywood 1V» tions and roof assemblies constructed of fire-retardant chemically treated wood framing are being accepted in "fire resistive'' and "non- Roof arches and truss members may be combustible" types of buildings. spaced members—3 inches thick when blocked solidly throughout the intervening spaces, or when spaces are tightly closed by a continuous wood cover plate 2 inches thick secured to the HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION underside of the members. Although building code requirements vary Before the advent of glued-laminated con- somewhat for walls in heavy timber construc- struction, the sizes of solid sawn timbers that tion, they generally require that exterior and were available limited heavy timber construc- interior bearing walls be of 2-hour fire- tion. Even so, heavy timber construction was resistive noncombustible construction. Also, used extensively in multistory buildings. These use of fire-retardant-treated wood in exterior have exterior walls of masonry, and interior 2-hour fire-resistive bearing walls is permitted columns, beams, and floors of wood in solid in some codes. However, 3-hour fire-resistive masses, with straight members of relatively noncombustible construction is required for ex- short span and a minimum of surface or pro- terior walls when the distance from other jections exposed to fire. buildings or the property line is 3 feet or less. Glue-laminating techniques have since pro- This also applies to nonbearing walls, except vided the means of manufacturing solid wood that for a building or property line separa- structural members with extremely long spans tion between 20 and 30 feet the fire resistance and of a variety of shapes. Thus, laminating may be 1 hour and beyond 30 feet there is no has permitted the construction of heavy tim- fire resistance requirement. Consequently, to- ber buildings with larger unobstructed areas day there is much heavy timber construction 15-2 Figure 15-1—Use of glued-laminafed beam construction provicJes large unobstructed floor orea In school gymnosluir,. in combination with glass or other nonrated rate is about '^o inch per minute (or 11/2 m. exterior wall material when there is adequate per hr.) for wood species of about 0.48 specific separation from other buildings. Such construc- gravity at a moisture content of 7 percent. The tion is widely used for educational, religious, rate of char penetration is inversely related to supermarket, and other buildings not built the wood's density and moisture content. The close to property lines. temperatures at the inner zone of char are Heavy timber construction is fire resistant approximately 550° F., and Vt inch inward because of the slow rate of burning of wood in from that a maximum of 360° F. Therefore, massive form. The average rate of penetration when the surfaces of large wood members are of char under ASTM Designation E 119 time- directly exposed to fire for periods as long as 1 temperature fire conditions is about V^ inches hour, the low thermal conductivity and slow per hour. When wood is first exposed to fire, penetration of fire by charring allow the mem- there is some delay as it chars and eventually bers to maintain a high percentage of their flames. Heating to ignition takes about 2 min- original strength. utes under the ASTM standard fire test condi- The overall fire resistance of heavy timber tions, and then charring proceeds at a rate construction obviously varies depending on the of approximately ^m inch per minute for the sizes of timber used. Most building codes, how- next 8 minutes. Thereafter, the char layer has ever, recognize that heavy timber construction an insulative effect, and the rate decreases to performs similarly to noncombustible construc- 1/40 inch per minute. tion with a 1-hour fire resistance, and permit Considering the initial ignition delay, fast its use in all fire districts for all types of occu- initial charring, and then slowing down to a pancy. This acceptance is based on experience constant rate, the average constant charring with the performance of heavy timber con- 15-3 struction in actual fires, the lack of concealed members glued with phenol, resorcinol, or mela- spaces, and the high fire resistance of walls mine adhesives are at least equal in fire resist- in this type of construction. ance to a one-piece member of the same size, Fire-fighting operations at buildings of and laminated members glued with casein have heavy timber construction are facilitated by only slightly less fire resistance. the fact that the structural integrity of wood In tests at the Forest Products Laboratory, is well understood by firemen. Through long when the edges of the laminations in sections experience of observing wood under fire condi- of laminated members bonded with casein glue tions, they can approximate the time wood were exposed to a gas fire, slightly deeper will carry its load without the fear of sudden charring resulted at the glue joints than be- collapse and are familiar with the warning it tween the glue joints. When the broad face of gives before it loses its structural integrity. a lamination was exposed to the fire, the outer In addition, heavy timber construction simpli- lamination adhered to the rest of the member fies fire-fighting operations because concealed until the zone of char penetrated to the depth spaces in which fire can begin and spread of the glueline. Available data indicate that a unnoticed are kept to a minimum. casein-glued member with %-inch-thick lam- The fire resistance of glued-laminated struc- inations will be penetrated by the char zone tural members, such as arches, beams, and col- as much as 10 percent deeper than a solid beam umns, is approximately equal to the fire resis- of the same size after exposure to ASTM E 119 tance of solid members of similar sizes. fire for 1 hour. The appearance of the casein- Available information indicates that laminated glued joints and the results of shear tests indi- M 139 767 Figure 15-2.—Heavy timber construction in a warehouse. 15-4 cated, however, that little if any weakening building with stud walls, joisted floors and ceil- of the glue joints occurred beyond the charred ings, and raftered roofs, light-frame construc- depth as a result of the fire exposure. Also, tion has been diversified by the introduction the performance of casein-glued-laminated of prefabricated, panelized, or stressed-skin members in actual fires is reported to demon- structural elements. strate the integrity of casein-glued joints be- A type of wood construction known as "pro- yond the zone of char. tected light frame," in which elements are de- When the fire endurance required of a wood signed to have a fire resistance of 1 hour, is member is less than the time required for the commonly used. Based on the areas allowed, zone of char to penetrate through the outer codes rate the fire performance of this type laminations, the type of adhesive is unimpor- as intermediate between ordinary and heavy tant. At 114 inches per hour penetration, lam- timber construction. There are many recog- inated material with outer laminations not nized assemblies involving wood framed walls, less than 1% inches thick (such as nominal floors, and roofs that provide a 1-hour, and 2-in. lumber laminations) would be equivalent even a 2-hour, fire resistance. in fire resistance to solid members of the same Unprotected light-frame wood buildings do actual size with a fire resistance up to 1 hour. not have the natural fire resistance of the heav- Thus, for use in the heavy-timber-construc- ier wood frames. In these, as in all buildings, tion classification, laminated members glued attention to good construction details is impor- with phenol, resorcinol, or melamine adhesives tant to minimize fire hazards. Of particular im- or laminated members glued with casein and portance are firestops, separation of wood having nominal 2-inch outer laminations are from masonry around chimneys and fireplaces, considered equivalent to solid sawn members and design of walls, ceilings, floors, roofs, stair- of the same actual size. ways, and doors. ORDINARY CONSTRUCTION HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS The term "ordinary construction" defines The model codes develop some fire safety in buildings with exterior walls of masonry and structures by limiting building areas and interior wood-joist frames with members not heights, dependent primarily upon the type of less than 2 inches (nominal) thick. This type building construction. The occupancy, fire zone, of construction has been widely employed in sprinkler protection, fire-retardant treatment, commercial or public buildings up to five or distance to other structures, and availability to six stories high. Ordinary construction differs fronting on streets also are considered in es- from heavy timber construction in that exte- tablishing the height and area limitations. The rior walls generally are not as heavy and inte- National Building Code, which is fairly repre- rior framing is less massive. These differences sentative in this respect, establishes a maxi- are reflected in smaller heights and areas al- mum limit on height of 65 feet for heavy tim- lowed. Ordinary construction differs from ber, 45 feet for ordinary construction, and 35 light-frame construction in its larger allow- feet for wood frame. Maximum floor areas per able heights and areas, its self-supporting story are 12,000 square feet (one story) and masonry walls, and in a number of interior re- quirements appropriate to the occupancy. 8,000 square feet (multistory) for heavy tim- There are detailed code requirements for fire- ber; 9,000 and 6,000 square feet, respectively, stops (nominal 2-inch-thick wood or the equiv- for ordinary ; and 6,000 and 4,000 square feet, alent) in concealed spaces in walls or ceilings respectively, for wood frame. This compares through which fire might spread. Large attic to 35 feet, 9,000 and 6,000 square feet, for un- spaces are divided by "draft stops," partitions protected noncombustible construction. made of i/2-inch plywood or gypsum board, Some modiflcations include floor areas in- or the equivalent. creased by 200 percent when the building is equipped with automatic sprinkler protection; LIGHT-FRAME CONSTRUCTION an increase of 100 percent when all sides face toward public streets; and an increase of 50 Most residential and some commercial, insti- percent for one-story heavy timber and or- tutional, industrial, and assembly buildings of dinary construction located outside fire limits wood are of light-frame construction. Origin- and with fire-retardant treatment. For wood- ally restricted to the conventional type of frame construction outside fire limits with fire- 15-5 retardant treatment, the increase is 331/3 per- cent. There are many variations of these limi- tations among the model codes, and careful consideration should be given to the specific code requirements. IMPROVING FIRE RESISTANCE THROUGH DESIGN The fire resistance of wood constructions, particularly that of light-frame construction, may be considerably improved by good design and construction details. Some of the more im- portant details are covered in the following sections. FfVesfops Firestops are obstructions provided in con- cealed air spaces and are designed to interfere 2xA FIRESTOP with the passage of flames up or across a building. Fire in buildings spreads by the move- ment of high-temperature air and gases M 137 450 through open channels. In addition to halls, Figure 15-3.—Ftrestops in balloon frome construction. stairways, and other large spaces, heated gases also follow the concealed spaces between floor joists, between studs in partitions and walls of 1. If smoke pipes from furnaces pass through frame construction, and between the plaster walls, they are protected by thimbles at least 8 and the wall where the plaster is carried on inches larger in diameter than the pipe. furring strips. Obstruction of these hidden 2. Smoke pipes do not pass through floors or channels provides an effective means of restrict- ceilings, but join the chimney on the same floor ing fire from spreading to other parts of the where they originate. structure. 3. Wood beams, joists, or rafters are sepa- Wood of 2-inch nominal thickness or some rated from any chimney by a 2-inch space. noncombustible insulating material not less 4. Wood furring strips placed around chim- than 1 inch thick are effective firestops. Plat- neys to support base or other trim are insulated form frame construction, which is commonly from the masonry by asbestos paper at least used in single family house construction, pro- Vs inch thick, and metal wall plugs or approved vides the firestopping. For balloon frame con- noncombustible nail-holding devices attached struction, good practice includes the use of: to the wall surface are used for nailing. Firestops in exterior walls at each floor level, 5. Wood construction is separated at least and at the level where the roof connects with 4 inches from the back wall of any fireplace the wall; firestops at each floor level in parti- and at least 2 inches from the sides. The space tions that are continuous through two or more between the walls of the fireplace and the stories; headers at the top and bottom of the wood construction should be filled with loose space between stair carriages; mineral wool noncombustible material and suitably fire- asbestos, or an equivalent material, packed stopped. Supporting wood header beams are tightly around pipes or ducts that pass through placed at least 20 inches away from the face a floor or a firestop; and self-closing doors on of the fireplace. A wood mantel or other wood- vertical shafts, such as clothes chutes. Figure work is placed not less than 6 inches from 15-3 shows applications of firestops in an exte- either side nor less than 12 inches from the rior wall in balloon frame construction. top of any fireplace opening. Fireplace hearths are of noncombustible material, not less than Around Chimneys and Fireplaces 18 inches wide measured from the face of the opening. Good practice in the protection of wood from 6. All spaces between the masonry of chim- ignition by heat conducted through chimneys neys and wood joists, beams, headers, or trim- and fireplaces includes the following details: mers are filled with noncombustible material. 15-6 Partitions Basement Ceilings A fire starting in one room of a building will Since fires may start from heating plants lo- be confined to that room for a variable period cated in basements, a fire-resistant separation of time, depending on the amount and distribu- of the furnace from the remainder of the build- tion of combustible contents in the room, and ing is desirable. Gypsum board, plaster on the fire resistance of the walls, partitions, and metal or gypsum lath placed on the basement doors, as well as the ceilings and floors. The joists affords an effective means of increasing fire resistance of wood frame walls and parti- the fire resistance of the basement ceiling and tions depends to a considerable extent upon the of retarding the rapid spread of flames. Partic- materials used for faces, method of fasten- ular attention should be given to the wood ing facings to frame, the method of joining floor members directly above and near the fur- wall and partition units, the quality of work- nace. With current improvements in furnace manship, the type and quantity of any insula- fuels, design, and control, the importance of tion that may be used, and the structural load ceiling protection has been reduced. that the element is supporting. If, as is common, a basement stairway is di- The following tabulation gives the fire resist- rectly under the stairway leading from the ance under ASTM Designation E 119 condi- first to the second floor, it is good practice to tions of some typical bearing or nonbearing protect the underside of the upper stairway built-up wood partitions: with fire-resistant coverings, as suggested for basement ceilings, and to place firestops be- Fire-resistance tween the wood carriages at the top and bot- rating (Min.) tom. Hollow 2- by 4-inch wood stud wall panels, 16 inches on center, fire- stopped, with faces of : Mr-inch plywood, exterior glue ^ 10 Floors %-inch plywood, exterior glue ^ 20 ^^-inch plywood, exterior glue ^ 25 The conventional floor construction of joists, %-inch plywood, exterior glue ^ 35 subfloor, and finish floor offers considerable re- % -inch tongue-and-groove sheathing boards 20 sistance to the penetration of fire and will re- % -inch tongue-and-groove sheathing tain its load-carrying capacity in severe fire boards plus mineral wool filling _ - 35 exposures up to 15 minutes. Prefabricated floor %-inch gypsum wallboard 25 %-inch gypsum wallboard (two panels, in which the load-carrying capacity layers) 60 depends upon stressed covers, and floor sys- i/^-inch gypsum wallboard 40 tems supported by box girders with thin ply- i/^-inch gypsum wallboard (two layers) 90 wood webs may have more or less fire resis- %-inch gypsum (type X) wall- tance depending on the dimensions of the board 60 %-inch gypsum sand plaster 1:2, elements, presence or absence of protective on metal lath 60 coverings, and other details. %-inch gypsum sand plaster 1:2, on metal lath, plus mineral wool filling 90 i/^-inch gypsum sand plaster 1:2 Doors oncf Stairways on %-inch perforated gypsum lath 60 If a fire-resistant ceiling is placed on the Solid nonbearing partitions of 2- by 4- inch tongue-and-groove wood boards basement joists, it is also desirable to have a placed vertically - 10 self-closing door leading to the basement with Solid nonbearing partitions of %-inch fire resistance equal to the combined resistance boards, 2^/^ to 6 inches wide, grooved, joined together with wood splines, of the ceiling and floor over the basement. nailed : Enclosed stairways retard rapid spread of Two board layers 15 fire from floor to floor. If the interior design Same, with 30-pound asbestos paper between layers 25 calls for an open stairway below, it can often Three board layers _ 40 be closed at the top with a solid-core wood flush Solid nonbearing partitions of %6-inch door. Solid wood core or particleboard core plywood glued to 2-inch-thick wood core of glued tongue-and-groove wood flush doors provide up to 30 minutes en- construction 60 durance to fire penetration. Hollow-core flush doors offer less resistance to the penetration of ^ Values obtained on walls with 1- by 3-inch wood fire unless the hollow spaces in the door are studs. packed with an insulating material. 15-7 Wood Rooí Coverings tained in tests by the 25-foot tunnel furnace method (ASTM Designation E 84). This The better grades of wood shingles are edge method involves the use of a 20-inch by 25- grained and thick butted with five butts meas- foot-long specimen exposed horizontally as the uring at least 2 inches. Edge-grained shingles cover to a tunnel furnace operated under a warp or curl less than ñat-grained ones, thick- forced-draft condition. A gas flame is intro- butted shingles less than thin ones, and nar- duced against the test surface at one end of row shingles less than wide ones. The use of the furnace. The time for the flames to reach good quality products and the accepted rules of the other end of the specimen or the distance good practice in laying shingles and shakes traveled in 10 minutes of exposure is recorded. not only provides a long-lived economical roof This flame spread is then compared to the but markedly reduces fire hazards. For im- flame travel over a red oak lumber specimen, proved fire performance, shingles or shakes which requires about 5% minutes for travel treated with leach-resistant fire-retardants can over the entire length of the specimen. The be used. Installation of the shingles or shakes red oak specimen is arbitrarily assigned a with asbestos paper interlay, underlay, or both, flame-spread index value of 100, and asbestos- or gypsum between rafters and sheathing will cement board an index of 0. The values for further improve fire-resistance. other materials are then determined relative In modern building construction with effi- to the time or distances of the flame travel as cient heating systems, better separation of compared to the red oak standard. For example, structures, and improved fire protection, only if flames reach the end of the specimen in one- 0.5 percent of all fires are attributed to sparks half the time required on red oak, the flame- on roof covering of all types. Therefore, insur- spread index is 200. ance penalties against the use of wood shin- Materials are usually classified into groups gles and shakes have been eliminated in most based on their flame-spread index values—in states. For structures in frequently dry bushy Class A from 0 to 25, Class B from 26 to 75, areas, crowded areas, areas where it is diffi- Class C from 76 to 200, Class D from 201 to cult to supply fire protection, or within cer- 500, and Class E over 500. tain fire zones, restrictions are sometimes im- The requirements for surface flammability of posed requiring fire-retardant treatments of interior finish generally prescribe Class A in wood shingles and shakes. A limited number the exitways of unsprinklered buildings in- of leach-resistant fire-retardant treatments are tended for large assembly and institutional available for this purpose. purposes, and Class B for school, small assem- bly, mercantile, and hotel buildings. In general, the next higher class (greater flammability) Infenor Finishes is permitted for the interior finish used in other areas of the building which are not con- The interior finish commonly referred to for sidered exitways. Also, the next higher flame- building constructions includes the exposed in- spread classification is permitted for materials terior surfaces where the surface is an integral when they are protected by automatic sprin- part of the building or affixed thereto; exam- kler devices, except that Class C finish is usually ples are the materials for walls and ceilings, the highest permitted in any area. interior partitions, interior trim, paint, and These requirements frequently exempt inte- wallpaper. Decorations and furnishings which rior trim or permit up to 10 perecent of the are not affixed to the structure are not consid- total wall and ceiling surface areas in any use ered interior finish, and are not limited by area or occupancy group to be materials with building codes, even though they may furnish flame-spread classiflcation as high as Class C. the primary source of fuel to an incipient fire. The exposed portions of structural members The model building codes and the National of heavy timber construction are also exempt Fire Protection Association Life Safety Code from these flame-spread requirements in sev- generally specify maximum fiame-spread char- eral types of occupancies. Furthermore, wall- acteristics for interior finish, based on the paper, paint, and floor coverings may be exempt building occupancy, location within building, from these requirements, unless they are and whether or not automatic sprinkler protec- judged to be unusual flre hazards. Generally, tion is available. the common paints and varnishes have only a The fiame-spread characteristics specified by slight effect on the flame-spread ratings of these codes are generally based on results ob- wood, usually lowering the values. 15-8 Most of the wood species have flame-spread Some typical formulations as given in the index values of 90 to 160 by the ASTM E 84 American Wood-Preservers' Association Stand- method, and therefore are accepted for interior ard PIO are: finish only for those applications requiring Class C interior finish. A few species have Type B flame-spread index values of slightly less than Percent 75, and these can be used for Class B applica- Zinc chloride 65.2 Ammonium sulfate 10.0 tions. The Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Boric acid 10.0 Card Data Service C60, U.L. 527, lists the Sodium dichromate 14.8 flamespread index for various wood species. Type C Diammonium phosphate 10.0 Therefore, fire-retardant treatments are us- Ammonium sulfate 60.0 ually necessary for wood interior finish when Sodium tetraborate (anhydrous) 10.0 Class A, and sometimes Class B, flame-spread Boric acid 20.0 Type D performance is required. Zinc chloride 35.0 Ammoniimi sulfate 35.0 Boric acid 25.0 FIRE-RETARDANT TREATMENTS Sodium dichromate 5.0 Two general methods are available for im- Other commercial formulations of undisclosed proving the fire performance of wood by the composition are also available. use of fire-retardant chemicals. One method These formulations in water solutions at 10 consists of impregnating the wood with water- to 18 percent concentration are impregnated borne salts, using conventional vacuum- into the wood under full-cell pressure treat- pressure methods, such as used in the wood- ment. American Wood-Preservers' Association preserving industry. The second method Standards C20 and C27 prescribe recommended involves the application of fire-retardant chemi- treating conditions for lumber and plywood. cal paint coatings on the wood surface. The The wood is usually treated in the air- dried or impregnation methods are usually the more kiln-dried condition, but certain species may effective and lasting and are intended for use be treated green if the wood is first given a on new wood construction. For wood in exist- steam treatment foi" periods up to 4 hours. ing constructions, the surface application of The treating characteristics of wood species the fire-retardant paints offers the principal vary considerably, as do sapwood and heart- means for increasing fire-retardant character- wood. Complete impregnation of the wood is istics. necessary to obtain classification by some codes as being equivalent to "noncombustible." How- Chemical Impregnation ever, to reduce the surface flammability of thicker members, partial impregnation is the In the impregnation treatments, wood is more common practice. For large wood mem- pressure impregnated with water-soluble bers, impregnations of at least 0.5 inch are chemical solutions using full cell pressure proc- usually recommended. For some wood species, esses similar to those used for chemical pre- it is necessary to incise prior to treatment to servative treatments. Retentions of the fire- consistently obtain this depth of treatment. retardant salts must be fairly high (2% to 5 Plywood sheets are treated without any need lb. of dry salt per cubic foot of wood) to be for incising as the knife checks and end-grain effective. at panel edges improve the ease of impregna- The salts used in the current fire-retardant tion. However, care should be taken that only formulations are principally the same ones exterior plywood is used so the plies will not which have been known for their fire- delaminate as a result of the water penetra- retardant characteristics for over 50 years— tion. monoammonium and diammonium phosphate, After the treated wood is removed from the ammonium sulfate, zinc chloride, sodium tet- treating solution, the wood must be carefully raborate, and boric acid. These salts are com- dried. Proper quality control may be obtained bined in formulations to develop optimum fire by following AWPA Standards C20 and C27, performance characteristics and still have procuring under Military Specification MILr- acceptable characteristics with regard to hy- Lr-19140C, or by obtaining a product evalu- groscopicity, strength, corrosivity, machina- ated, listed, and labeled by a rating laboratory bility, surface appearance, gluability, painta- such as the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. bility, and cost. The recent wider acceptance of fire-retardant- 15-9 treated wood by code and insurance authorities frame constructions when the structural wood has been largely atttributed to the fact that a members have been given fire-retardant treat- quality product is insured, based on the inspec- ment. tion and labeling service of a recognized inspec- tion agency. Durability The proper fire-retardant treatment of wood improves fire performance by greatly reducing The chemicals used as fire retardants are the amount of flammable products released, inorganic salts, generally thermally stable at thus reducing the rate at which flames spread temperatures up to 330° F. Therefore, under over the surfaces. Treatment also reduces the normal interior conditions, the fire-retardant- amount of heat available or released in the vola- treated wood remains durable and effective. tiles during the initial stages of fire, and also This has been proven in fire tests of treated results in the wood being self-extinguishing wood which has been in service for over 40 once the primary source of heat and fire is re- years. moved or exhausted. The salts generally used as fire retardants The fire-retardant treatment of wood does are water soluble, and therefore, if exposed to not prevent the wood from decomposing and exterior conditions or repeated washing, the charring under fire exposure, and the rate of effectiveness of the treatment will be dimin- ished. Further, the treated wood is more hygro- fire penetration through treated wood is ap- scopic than untreated wood; under prolonged proximately the same as for untreated wood. exposure at relative humidities higher than 80 Slight improvement is obtained in the fire en- percent, the treated wood may actually exude durance of doors and walls where fire- moisture and chemical, thus slowly reducing retardant-treated wood is used. Most of this the effectiveness. The use of a sealer topcoat improvement is associated with the reduction can improve the resistance of leaching and in surface flammability, rather than any the durability when treated wood is subjected changes in charring rates. However, when to adverse moisture conditions. walls or doors are improperly constructed or New types of fire-retardant treatments have faulty, the use of fire-retardant wood can re- been developed for wood shingles and shakes duce the effect of the faults on fire endurance. and other exterior uses. These treatments have For most rating purposes, the surface flame- improved leach-resistance and do not add to spread characteristics of interior finish mate- the hygroscopic properties of the wood. Ply- rials are evaluated by ASTM Designation E 84 wood sidings treated with such exterior fire- (25-ft. tunnel furnace method). Effective fire- retardants have been recognized by code tardant treatment can reduce the flame- bodies for wall constructions where only non- spread index of lumber and most wood prod- combustible materials have been previously ucts to 25 or less by this method as compared accepted. to 100 for untreated red oak lumber. Fire-retardant-treated wood and plywood is Strength currently being used for interior finish and trim in rooms, auditoriums, and corridors Fire-retardant treatment results in some where codes require materials with low surface reduction of the strength properties of wood, flammability. In addition, many codes, includ- but the reductions are not great. Current treat- ing the model building codes, have accepted ments have been observed, in tests at the the use of fire-retardant-treated wood and ply- Forest Products Laboratory, to decrease the wood in fire-resistive and noncombustible con- modulus of elasticity values by 5 to 10 percent and modulus of rupture values by 10 to 20 structions for the framing of nonload-bearing percent as compared to untreated, matched walls and roof assemblies, including decking. controls. These values were obtained when Fire-retardant-treated wood is also used for both treated and untreated samples were con- such special purposes as wood scaffolding, and ditioned at the same relative humidity condi- for the framing and rails used in wooden tions. As the hygroscopic characteristics of fire doors. The use of fire-retardant treatment the treated wood are slightly greater, the wood for all wood used in buildings over 150 feet density of equivalent cross sections of the high is also prescribed in New York City. Some treated sample was slightly less. This could building codes also permit increased floor area account for an appreciable amount of the re- limits in heavy timber, ordinary, and wood- duction in strength properties. Fire-retardant- 15-10 treated wood is more brash than untreated life can be obtained by using cutting and wood. While this reduced resistance to impact shaping tools tipped with tungsten carbide or is not usually considered in design, the work- similar abrasion-resistant alloys. When it is to-maximum load, which measures brashness, necessary to use regular high-speed steel tools, may be decreased 30 percent or more. economy of cutting is practical only when a There is no evidence that fire-retardant few hundred feet of the fire-retardant-treated treatment will cause any further or progres- wood is involved. The usual practice in pre- sive decrease in strength under temperature paring fire-retardant-treated wood for use in and humidity conditions in normal use. trim and moldings is to cut the material to As evidence indicates that there is some approximate finish size before treatment so a reduction in the strength properties of fire- minimum of machining after treatment is retardant-treated wood, the national design necessary. specification for wood has reduced the allow- able unit stress for design by 10 percent as Gluing Characteristics compared to untreated wood. Certain phases of the gluing of fire-re- Hygroscopicity tardant-treated woods still remain a problem. However, untreated veneer facings can be Wood treated with the inorganic fire- satisfactorily glued over treated plywood cores retardant salts is usually more hygroscopic than with the conventional hot-press phenolic ad- untreated wood, particularly at high relative hesives. For assembly gluing of fire-retardant- humidities. For treated wood, increases in treated wood for nonstructural purposes, ad- equilibrium moisture content will also depend hesives such as casein, urea, and resorcinol upon the type of chemical, level of chemical types can be used. The major problem is in retention, and size and species of wood in- the structural bonding of fire-retardant- volved. For wood treated with most fire-retard- treated wood to provide bonds, in both interior ant formulations, the increase in equilibrium and exterior performance tests, which are moisture content at 80° F. and 30 to 50 per- equivalent to those obtainable for the untreated cent relative humidity is negligible. At 80° wood. Special resorcinol-resin adhesives, which F. and 65 percent relative humidity, increases employ a high formaldehyde content hardener, in moisture content for fire-retardant-treated have been developed for gluing fire-retardant- wood are 2 to 8 percent. At 80° F. and 80 treated wood. Improved bonding can be ob- percent relative humidity, increases in mois- tained with this type of adhesive, when curing ture content range from 5 to 15 percent and is done at temperatures of 150° F. or higher. may result in the exuding of chemical solution from the wood. Most current fire-retardant formulations are developed to be used at con- Paintability ditions up to 80 percent relative humidity without significant exuding of chemical solu- The fire-retardant treatment of wood does tion. However, some of the new leach-resistant not generally interfere with the adhesion of fire-retardant treatments are nonhygroscopic. decorative paint coatings, unless the treated wood has extremely high moisture content Corrosivity because of its increased hygroscopicity. Mois- ture content of the treated wood should be Individually, some fire-retardant salts are at 12 percent or less at the time of the applica- quite corrosive to metals. However, combina- tion of the paint coating. Natural finishes are tions of these chemicals result in more neutral not generally used for fire-retardant-treated formulations. The addition of corrosion inhibi- wood as the treatment and subsequent drying tors, such as sodium dichromate, has generally often causes darkening and irregular staining. reduced the corrosive action of the current Decorative fire-retardant plywoods are usually types of fire-retardants for wood to an in- prepared by treating the plywood core and significant level. then bonding a thin, untreated decorative veneer facing to these cores. This eliminates Machinability the stained surfaces, which may be diflficult to finish properly to a natural wood finish. The presence of salt crystals in wood has an Crystals may appear on the surface of paint abrasive effect on cutting tools. Increased tool coatings applied over wood having high salt 15-11 retentions, but only when the wood is exposed used. A limited number of clear fire-retard- to high relative humidity for prolonged pe- ant finishes are available. Generally they do riods. not have the effectiveness of the fire-retardant paints, as pigmentation and opaque chemical Fire-Retardant Coatings additives are usually necessary to gain greater effectiveness. Many commercial paint coating products Many of the commercial formulations have are available to provide varying degrees of been evaluated by ASTM Designation E 84 protection of wood against fire. These paint (25-ft. tunnel furnace) when applied over a coatings generally have low surface flamma- substrate of Douglas-fir lumber. These coat- bility characteristics and "intumesce" to form ings, when properly applied to lumber and an expanded low-density film upon exposure wood products, can reduce the surface flame- to fire, thus insulating the wood surface below spread index to 25 or less. To obtain this from pyrolysis reactions. They have added reduction in surface flammability, it is nec- ingredients to restrict the flaming of any re- essary to apply these coatings to much greater leased combustible vapors. Chemicals may also thicknesses (100 to 175 sq. ft. per gal.) than be present in these paints to promote the rapid decomposition of the wood surface to charcoal for conventional decorative coatings. Also, be- and water rather than forming intermediate cause of the added ingredients in these paints, volatile flammable products. many of them do not have as good brushing Fire-retardant paints include those based on characteristics as the decorative paints. water-soluble silicates, urea resins, carbohy- Most of the fire-retardant coatings are in- drates and alginates, polyrinyl emulsions and tended for interior use, although some products oil-base alkyd, and pigmented types. In many on the market can be used on the exterior of of the water-soluble paints, ammonium phos- a structure. The application of thin coatings phate or sodium borate is used in the formula- of conventional paint products over the fire- tion to obtain fire-retardant characteristics. retardant coatings has been one method to The oil-base paints frequently make use of improve their durability. Most conventional chlorinated paraffins and alkyds plus antimony decorative paint coating products will in them- trioxide to limit the flammability of any pyrol- selves slightly reduce the flammability of wood ysis products produced. Inert materials, such products when applied in conventional film as zinc borate, mica, kaolin, and inorganic thicknesses. pigments are also used in these formulations. More and more, fire-retardant coatings are Intumescence is obtained by the natural char- being applied to panel products at the factory. acteristics of some of the organic ingredients Such application has been common for ceiling or special materials, such as isano oil, may be tile made of fiberboard. BIBLIOGRAPHY American Institute of Timber Construction American Wood-Preservers' Association 1966. Timber construction manual. Wiley & Sons, Standards for fire-retardant formulations. Stand. New York. PIO. (See current edition.) Washington, D.C. 1962. What about fire? 12 pp., illus. Englewood, Structural lumber, fire-retardant treatment by Colo. pressure processes. Stand. C20. (See current American Insurance Association edition.) Washington, D.C. National Building Code. New York. (See current edition.) Plywood, fire-retardant treatment by pressure American Plywood Association processes. Stand. C27. (See current edition.) 1965. Treated plywood roof system. Concepts No. Washington, D.C. 111. Tacoma, Wash. Anderson, L. O. 1970. Wood-frame house construction. U.S. Dep. 1965. Fire-resistive plywood floors and roofs. Con- Agr., Agr. Handb. 73, rev. 223 pp. cepts No. 112. Tacoma, Wash. Browne, F. L. American Society for Testing and Materials 1958. Theories of the combustion of wood and its Standard method of tests for surface burning control. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 2136. characteristics of building materials. Designa- Bruce, H. D., and Fassnacht, D. tion E 84. (See current edition.) Philadelphia, 1958. Wood houses can be fire-safe houses. Forests Pa. and People. Fourth Quart. Building Officials and Code Administrators Interna- Standard methods of fire tests of building con- tional, Inc. struction and material. Designation E 119. 1970. The BOCA basic building code. 483 pp. (See current edition.) Philadelphia, Pa. Chicago. 15-12 Serv. Res. Note FPL-0175. Forest Prod. 1971. One and two family dwelling code. 228 pp. Lab., Madison, Wis. Chicago. Degenkolb, J. G. 1967. Charring rate of selected wood—transverse 1965. Fire-retardant-treated wood framing 24-inch to grain. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Pap. centers, nonbearing partition passes ASTM FPL 69. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. 1-hour fire test. Wood Preserving News, Dec, pp. 14-17. 1966. Review of information related to the char- Eickner, H. W. ring rate of wood. USDA Forest Serv. 1966. Fire-retardant-treated wood. ASTM Jour. Res. Note FPL-0145. Forest Prod. Lab., Mater. 1(3): 625-644. Madison, Wis. , and Peters, C. C. -, and Eickner, H. W. 1963. Surface flammability of various decorative 1965. Effect of wall linings on fire performance and fire-retardant coatings for wood as within a partially ventilated corridor. evaluated in FPL 8-foot tunnel furnace. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 49. Official Dig. Fed. and Soc. of Paint Tech. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. 35 (Aug.) pp. 800-813. Southern Building Code Congress , and Schaff er, E. L. 1969. Southern standard building code. Birming- 1967. Fire-retardant effects of individual chemi- ham, Ala. cals on Douglas-fir plywood. Fire Tech. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 3(2) : 90-104. Building Materials List. (Revised annually) Chi- Holmes, C. A. cago, 111. 1971. Evaluation of fire-retardant treatments for wood shingles. USD A Forest Serv. Res. 1971. Card Data Service C60. Wood-fire hazard Pap. FPL 158. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, classification. Chicago, 111. Wis. U.S. Department of Defense International Conference of Building Officials 1964. Military specification, lumber and plywood, 1970. Uniform building code. 651 pp. fire-retardant treated. MIL-L-19140C. Miniutti, V. P. U.S. Forest Products Laboratory 1958. Fire-resistance tests of solid wood flush 1940. Fire resistance tests of plywood covered doors. Forest Prod. J. 8(4): 141-144. wall panels. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1257. National Fire Protection Association 1969. Fire protection handbook. 13th ed., 2100 pp., 1959. Fire-test methods used in research at the illus. Boston. Forest Products Laboratory. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1443. 1970. Code for safety to life from fire in buildings and structures. NFPA No. 101. 222 pp. 1968. Surface flammability of various wood-base National Forest Products Association building materials. USDA Forest Serv. National design specification for stress-grade lum- Res. Note FPL-0186. ber and its fastenings. (See current edition.) U.S. National Bureau of Standards Washington, D.C. 1942. Fire resistance of building constructions. National Safety Council Build. Mater, and Struc. Rep. 92. 1960. Fire-retarding treatments for wood. Data Yuill, C. H. Sheet 372, rev., Chicago, 111. 1963. An evaluation of performance of glued- Schaffer, E. L. laminated timber and steel structural 1968. A simple test for adhesive behavior in wood members under equivalent fire exposure. sections exposed to fire. USDA Forest Southwest Res. Inst. Rep. 1-923-3B. 15-13 FS-366 Chapter 16 PAINTING AND FINISHING Page Factors Affecting Finish Performance 16-2 Wood Properties 16-2 Construction Details 16-4 Extractives and Impregnated Preservatives 16-5 Moisture-Excluding Effectiveness of Finishes __ 16-5 Finishing Exterior Wood 16-6 Weathering 16-6 Water-Repellent Preservatives 16-6 Pigmented Penetrating Stains 16-7 Transparent Coatings 16-7 Painting Systems 16-8 Renewing Exterior Paint Systems 16-9 Avoiding Intercoat Peeling 16-9 Blistering and Peeling 16-10 Finishing Interior Wood 16-10 Opaque Finishes 16-10 Transparent Finishes 16-11 Finishes for Floors 16-12 Bibliography 16-13 16-1 PAINTING AND FINISHING^ Wood and wood products in a variety of terior plywood and lumber) to provide ex- species, grain patterns, textures, and colors cellent surfaces for painting. Medium-density, can be finished effectively by several different stabilized fiberboard products with a uniform, methods. Painting, which totally obscures the low-density surface or paper overlay are also wood grain with a coating, achieves a partic- a good substrate for exterior use. Vertical- ular color decor. Penetrating preservatives grained western redcedar and redwood, how- and pigmented stains permit some or all of ever, are probably the species most widely the wood grain and texture to show and pro- used as exterior siding to be painted. These vide a special color effect as well as natural species are classified in group I, those woods or rustic appearance. Selection of a type of easiest to keep painted (table 16-1). Vertical- finish, painted or penetrating, depends on the grain surfaces of all species actually are con- appearance desired and substrate employed. sidered excellent for painting, but most species are generally available only as flat-grain lum- ber. FACTORS AFFECTING FINISH Species that are normally cut as flat-grained PERFORMANCE lumber, are high in density and swelling, or have defects such as knots or pitch, are classified in groups II through V, depending Satisfactory performance of finishes is upon their general paint-holding character- achieved when full consideration is given to the istics. Many species in groups II through IV many factors that affect finishes. These fac- are commonly painted, particularly the pines, tors include the effect of the wood substrate, Douglas-fir, and spruce. These species gener- the properties of the finishing material, de- ally require more care and attention than the tails of application, and severity of exposure group I species with vertical-grain surfaces. to elements of the weather. This chapter re- Exterior paint will be more durable on verti- views some of the more important considera- cal-grain boards than on flat-grain boards for tions. Sources of more detailed information are given in the Bibliography at the end of any species with marked differences in density this chapter. between earlywood and latewood, even if the species is rated in group I. Flat-grain boards Wood Properties that are to be painted should be installed in areas protected from rain and sun. Wood surfaces that shrink and swell the Plywood for exterior use nearly always has least are best for painting. For this reason, a flat-grain surface. In addition, cycles of swell- vertical- or edge-grained surfaces are far bet- ing and shrinking tend to check the face ter than flat-grained surfaces of any species, veneer of plywood much more than lumber. especially for exterior use where wide ranges This checking extends through paint coatings in relative humidity and periodic wetting can to detract from their appearance and dura- produce wide ranges in swelling and shrink- bility. Plywood with a resin-treated paper over- ing. lay, however, has excellent paintability and Also, because the swelling of wood is di- would be equal to or better than vertical-grain rectly proportional to density, low-density spe- lumber surfaces of group I. cies are preferred over high-density species. Before painting, resinous species should be However, even high-swelling and dense wood surfaces with flat grain can be stabilized with thoroughly kiln dried at temperatures that will a resin-treated paper overlay (overlaid ex- effectively set the pitch to reduce problems of resin exudation. Such wood properties as high density, flat ^ Mention of a chemical in this chapter does not constitute a recommendation; only those chemicals reg- grain, and tight knots detract from painta- istered by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency bility of boards but do not necessarily affect may be recommended, and then only for uses as their finishing with penetrating preservatives prescribed in the registration and in the manner and at the concentration prescribed. The list of registered and stains. These finishes penetrate into wood chemicals varies from time to time; prospective users, without forming a continuous film on the sur- therefore, should get current information on registra- tion status from the Environmental Protection Agency, face. Therefore, they will not blister or peel Washington, D.C. even if excessive moisture penetrates into wood. 16-2 Table 16-1.-Characterístics of moods for painting and finishing (omissions in the table indicate inadequate data for classification) Wood Ease of keeping Weathering well painted ; Appearance I—easiest, Resistance Conspicuousness Color of Degree of V—most exacting ^ to cupping; of checking; heartwood figure on 1—best, 1—least, (sap wood fiat-grained 4—worst 2—most is always surface light) SOFTWOODS Cedar: Alaska- California incense- _ Yellow Faint Port-Orford- Brown Do. Western redcedar Cream Do. White- iiimiiy" Brown Distinct Cypress Light brown Do. Redwood do __ . Strong Products'' overlaid with resin- Dark brown Distinct treated paper Pine: Eastern white II Cream Sugar I II Faint Western white -- do __ Do. II do _. Ponderosa III Do. Fir, commercial white ['_. do _ Distinct III White Hemlock III Faint Spruce ~ Pale brown Do. III White Douglas-fir (lumber and plywood). IV Do. Larch Pale red Strong IV Brown Lauan (plywood) IV Do. Pine: do __ Faint Norway IV Light brown Southern (lumber and plywood) " IV Distinct Tamarack do __ Strong IV Brown Do. HARDWOODS Alder _. III Pale brown Faint Aspen III 2 Basswood do __ Do. III 2 Cream Do. Cottonwood III 4 Magnolia White Do. III 2 Pale brown Do. Yellow-poplar III 2 Beech do ___ Do. IV 4 do ___ Do. Birch I IV 4 Gum Light brown Do. IV 4 Brown Do. Maple . IV 4 Sycamore IV Light brown Do. Ash y/__ Pale brown Do. V or III Light brown Butternut V or III Distinct Cherry [ do Faint V or III Brown Do. Chestnut V or III 3 Walnut Light brown Distinct V or III 3 Dark brown Do. Elm Vor IV 4 Hickory Brown Do. Vor IV 4 Light brown Do. Oak, white Vor IV 4 Oak, red Brown Do. Vor IV 4 do _ _ _ _ Do. Woods ranked in group V for ease of keeping well ' Plywood, lumber, and fiberboard with overlay or low- painted are hardwoods with large pores that need filling density surface. with wood filler for durable painting. When so filled before painting, the second classification recorded in the table applies. 16-3 Many wood products of lumber, plywood, pattern, siding boards should be fastened so shingles, and fiberboard are prepared with a boards are free to shrink and swell, thereby roughsawn and absorptive surface that en- reducing the tensile stresses that develop at hances the durability of stains by providing fasteners. for better penetration. Exterior siding and millwork should be in- stalled with corrosion-resistant nails. Alumi- Construction Details num, hot-dipped galvanized, or stainless steel nails should be used for this purpose. Common House construction features that will mini- iron nails or poor-quality galvanized nails cor- mize water damage of outside paint are: (a) rode easily and will cause unsightly staining Wide roof overhang, (b) wide flashing under of the wood and paint. When the wood is to shingles at roof edges, (c) effective vapor bar- be left unfinished to weather or finished natu- riers, (d) adequate eave troughs and properly rally with light-colored penetrating stains or hung downspouts, (e) exhaust fans to remove water-repellent preservatives, only aluminum excessive moisture, and (f ) adequate insulation or stainless steel nails should be used. and ventilation of the attic. If these features Nails should be long enough to penetrate into are lacking in a new house, persistent paint blistering and peeling may occur and the struc- studs and sheathing at least IV2 inches. ture then would best be finished with penetrat- Threaded nails should be used when nailing ing pigmented stains. into plywood or lumber sheathing. When nails The proper application and nailing of wood are near the end or edge of a board, nail holes siding does much to improve the appearance should be predrilled or the tips of the nails and durability of both wood and paint by re- blunted slightly to prevent splitting. ducing the tendency of the siding to split, Recommended nailing practices for siding crack, and cup with changes in moisture con- vary with the type of siding pattern and thick- tent. When possible, depending on the siding ness and width of siding (fig. 16-1). SHIPLAP PLAIN RABBETED AND BEVEL BEVEL ANZAC RUSTIC P^i^ ^ ::^ ^ BLI NAI ^^ EXPANSION CLEARANCE ^ c^ 1=: ■ ■ .-- GAGE GROOVE ^ Figure 16-1.—^Recommended nailing metliods for various types of wood siding. 16-4 For plain bevel patterns, the siding should When the water dries from the wood, the be face nailed, one nail per bearing, so that extractives are brought to the surface of the the nail clears the edge of the under course. paint. Discoloration of paint by this process Eightpenny or tenpenny nails are recom- forms a diffused pattern which coincides with mended for 1-inch-thick siding and sixpenny the dew and rain pattern of wetting. to eightpenny nails for thinner material. On rough surfaces, such as shingles, ma- Shiplap siding in 4- and 6-inch widths is chine-grooved shakes, and rough-sawn lumber face nailed with one nail per bearing a dis- sidings, it is diflScult to obtain a uniformly tance of 1 inch from the overlapping edge. thick coating on ridges and high points in the Siding boards 8 inches or more in width should surface. Therefore, extractive staining is more be nailed with two nails. Again, eightpenny likely to occur on such surfaces by water pene- nails should be used for siding 1 inch thick. trating through defects in the coating. Tongued-and-grooved siding, 6 inches or less Wood pressure-treated with waterborne in width, is either face nailed with one eight- chemicals, such as copper, chromium, and penny nail per bearing or blind nailed with arsenic salts which react with the wood or one sixpenny finish nail through the tongue. form an insoluble residue, presents no major Boards 6 inches or more in width are face problems in painting if the wood is redried nailed with two eightpenny nails. after treating. However, certain chemicals, In board-and-batten patterns, the under which are not fixed in the wood but remain boards are spaced % inch apart and nailed soluble, will diffuse to the surface under moist with one eightpenny or ninepenny siding nail conditions to discolor paint. at the center of the board. The batten strip, Wood treated with solvent or oilborne pre- 2% inches wide, is nailed at the center with servative chemicals, such as pentachlorophe- one tenpenny or twelvepenny nail. In board- nol, is not considered paintable until all the on-board siding (fig. 16-1, Santa Rosa), the solvents have been removed. When heavy oil under board also is nailed with one nail at solvents with low volatility are used to treat the center of the board. The outer boards, wood under pressure, successful painting is positioned to lap the under boards by 1 inch, usually impossible. Even special drying pro- are face nailed with two tenpenny or twelve- cedures for wood pressure-treated with the penny nails 1^4 inches from the edges. water-repellent preservative formulas that em- ploy highly volatile solvents do not restore complete paintability. Extractives and Impregnated Preservatives Water-repellent preservatives introduced Water-soluble color extractives occur natu- into wood by a vacuum-pressure process (NWMA Industry Standard 4-70) are paint- rally in western redcedar and redwood. It is able. to these substances that the heartwood of these species owes its attractive color, good Coal-tar creosote or other dark oily preserv- stability, and natural decay resistance. Dis- atives tend to stain through paint, espe- coloration of paint occurs when the extractives cially light-colored paint, unless the treated wood has weathered for many years before are dissolved and leached from the wood by painting. water. When the solution of extractives reaches the painted surface, the water evaporates, When it is necessary to finish pressure- leaving 1jhe extractives as a reddish-brown treated wood, a dark-colored pigmented stain stain. The water that gets behind the paint which penetrates the wood surface and forms no coating is recommended. and causes moisture blisters also causes migra- tion of extractives. The discoloration produced by water wetting siding from the back fre- Moisture-Excluding Effectiveness of Finishes quently forms a rundown or streaked pattern. The protection afforded by coatings in ex- The latex paints and the so-called "breather*' cluding moisture from wood depends on a or low-luster oil paints are more porous than great number of variables. Among them are conventional oil paints. If these porous paint film thickness, absence of defects and voids in systems are used on new wood without a non- the film, type of pigment, chemical composi- porous primer or a primer specifically designed tion of the vehicle, volume ratio of pigment to resist staining, or if any paint is applied too to vehicle, vapor-pressure gradient across the thinly on new wood (a skimpy two-coat paint film, and length of exposure period. job, for example), rain or even heavy dew The relative effectiveness of several typical can penetrate the coating and reach the wood. treating and finishing systems for wood in 16-5 retarding adsorption of water vapor at 97 per- Table 16-2.—Some typical values of moisture- cent relative humidity is compared in table excluding effectiveness of finishes. Wood wa^ 16-2. Perfect protection, or no adsorption of initially conditioned to 80° F, and 65 percent water, would be represented by 100 percent relative humidity and then exposed for 2 effectiveness; complete lack of protection (as weeks to 80° F. and 97 percent relative with unfinished wood) by 0 percent. humidity Values in table 16-2 are only representative and indicate the range in protection against Coatings Effectiveness moisture for some conventional finish systems. The degree of protection provided also depends INTERIOR FINISHES Peí! on the kind of exposure. For example, the Uncoated wood _ 0 3 coats of phenolic varnish _ - 73 water-repellent preservative treatment, which 2 coats of phenolic varnish 49 may have 0 percent effectiveness after 2 hours 1 coat of phenolic varnish (sealer) 5 at 80° F. and 97 percent relative humidity, 3 coats of shellac 87 would have an effectiveness of over 60 percent 3 coats of cellulose lacquer 73 3 coats of lacquer enamel _ _ 76 when tested after immersion in water for 30 3 coats of furniture wax 8 minutes. The high degree of protection provided 3 coats of linseed oil _ 21 by a water-repellent preservative to short pe- 2 coats of linseed oil 5 riods of wetting by water is the major reason 1 coat of linseed oil (sealer) _ 1 they are recommended for exterior finishing. 2 coats of latex paint 0 2 coats of semigloss enamel 52 Paints which are porous, such as the latex 2 coats of floor seal . 0 paints and low-luster or breather-type oil-base 2 coats of floor seal plus wax 10 paints formulated at a pigment volume con- centration usually above 40 percent, afford EXTERIOR FINISHES little protection against moisture. These paints 1 coat water-repellent preservative ^ 0 1 coat of FPL natural finish (penetrating permit rapid entry of water and so provide stain) 0 little protection against dew and rain unless 1 coat house paint primer 20 applied over a nonporous primer. 1 coat of house primer plus 2 coats of latex paint 22 1 coat of house primer plus 1 coat of TZ ^ linseed oil paint, 30 percent FINISHING EXTERIOR WOOD PVC ' 60 1 coat of house primer plus 1 coat of TL ' linseed oil paint, 30 percent PVC 65 Weathering 1 coat of T-alkyd-oil, 30 percent PVC 45 1 coat of T-alkyd-oil, 40 percent PVC 3 1 coat of T-alkyd-oil, 50 percent PVC 0 The simplest of natural finishes for wood is 2 coats of exterior latex paint 3 weathering. Without paint or treatment of 1 coat aluminum powder in long oil any kind, wood surfaces gradually change in phenolic varnish 39 color and texture and then may stay almost 2 coats aluminum powder in long oil unaltered for a long time if the wood does phenolic varnish 88 3 coats aluminum powder in long oil not decay. Generally, the dark-colored woods phenolic varnish 95 become lighter and the light-colored woods be- come darker. As weathering continues, all ^ The same product measured by immersing in water woods become gray, accompanied by photodeg- for 30 min. would have a water-repellency effectiveness of over 60 pet. radation of the wood cells at the surface. ^ The letters T, L, and Z denote paint*s pigment with Exposed unfinished wood will wear away at titanium dioxide, basic carbonated white lead, and zinc the rate of about % inch in 100 years. oxide, respectively. ^ PVC denotes pigment volume concentration which is The appearance of weathered wood exposed the volume percent of pigment in the nonvolatile outdoors is usually affected by dark-colored portion of the paint. spores and mycelia of fungi or mildew on the surface, which give the wood a dark gray, blotchy, and unsightly appearance. Highly Water-Repellent Preservatives colored wood extractives in such species as western redcedar and redwood also influence The natural weathering of wood may be the color of weathered wood. The dark brown modified by treatment with water-repellent color may persist for a long time in areas finishes that contain a fungicide (usually pen- not exposed to the sun and where the extrac- tachlorophenol), a small amount of resin, and tives are not removed by rain. a very small amount of water repellent which 16-6 frequently is wax or waxlike in nature. The pattern to show through, and penetrate into treatment, which penetrates the wood surface, the wood without forming a continuous film retards the growth of fungi (mildew), reduces on the surface. Therefore, they will not blister water staining of the ends of boards to a or peel even if excessive moisture enters the minimum, reduces warping, and protects spe- wood. Stains are made from both solvent resin cies that have a low natural resistance to decay. and latex systems. Latex stains are a relatively A clear, golden tan color can be achieved on new product. such sidings as smooth or rough-sawn western Penetrating stains are suitable for both redcedar and redwood. smooth and rough-textured surfaces; however, The preservative solution can be easily ap- their performance is markedly improved if plied by dipping, brushing, or spraying. All applied to rough-sawn, weathered, or rough- lap and butt joints, edges, and ends of boards textured wood. They are especially effective and panels should be liberally treated. Rough on lumber and plywood that does not hold surfaces will absorb more solution than paint well, such as flat-grained surfaces of smoothly planed surfaces and the treatment dense species. One coat of penetrating stain will be more durable on them. Repeated brush applied to smooth surfaces may last only 2 and spray applications to the point of refusal to 4 years; but the second application, after will enhance durability and performance. the surface has roughened by weathering, Because of the toxicity of pentachlorophenol, will last 8 to 10 years. A finish life of close the commonly used fungicide in water-repel- to 10 years can be achieved initially on rough lent preservative solutions, care should be ex- surfaces by applying two coats of stain. Two- ercised to avoid excessive contact with the coat staining also minimizes problems related solution or vapor, especially when spraying. to uneven stain application and lap marks. In Shrubs and plants should also be protected two-coat staining, the second coat should al- from contamination. ways be applied before the first dries, usually The initial application to smooth surfaces within 30 to 60 minutes, so that both coats is usually short-lived. When a surface starts will penetrate. to show a blotchy discoloration due to extrac- Pigmented penetrating stains can be used tives or mildew, it should be cleaned with de- effectively to finish such exterior surfaces as tergent solution and retreated after drying. siding, trim, exposed decking, and fences. During the first few years, the finish may have One stain of this type is the Forest Products to be applied every year or so. After suflScient Laboratory natural finish. The finish has a time has elapsed so that the wood has linseed oil vehicle; a fungicide, pentachloro- weathered to a uniform color, however, the phenol, to protect the oil from mildew; and treatments are more durable and need refinish- a water repellent, paraflSn, wax, to protect the ing only when the surface starts to become wood from excessive penetration of water. unevenly colored by fungi. Durable red and brown iron oxide pigments Inorganic pigments also can be added to the simulate the natural colors of redwood and water-repellent preservative solutions to pro- cedar. A variety of other colors also can be vide special color effects, and the mixture is achieved with this type of finish; however, then classified as a pigmented penetrating a pure white is not possible. Durability de- stain. Two to six fluid ounces of colors-in-oil pends primarily on how much pigment pene- or tinting colors can be added to each gallon trates into the wood surface. of treating solution. Colors which match the Commercial finishes known as heavy-bodied natural color of the wood and extractives are or opaque stains are really considered to be usually preferred. The addition of pigment to more like a paint because of their film-forming the finish helps to stabilize the color and in- characteristics. Such stains are finding wide creases the durability of the finish. success on textured surfaces and panel prod- Inorganic preservative chemicals which are ucts. They should not be confused with the soluble in water show promise as natural ex- typical shake and shingle paints that are prone terior finishes for wood. Such treatments re- to check and peel. tard the growth of fungi and also inhibit photodegradation of the surface fibers. Transparent Coatings Clean coatings of conventional spar or ma- Pigmented Penetrating Stains rine varnishes, which are film-forming finishes, The pigmented penetrating stains are semi- are not generally recommended for exterior transparent, permitting much of the grain use. Such coatings, embrittled by exposure to 16-7 sunlight, develop severe cracking and peeling paintability and performance. It is therefore of the finish in less than 2 years. Areas that are advisable to paint the surface promptly after protected from direct sunlight by overhang installation. or are on the north side of the structure can Exterior wood surfaces can be very effec- be finished with exterior-grade varnishes. tively painted by following a simple three-step Even in protected areas, a minimum of three procedure : coats of varnish is recommended and the wood Step 1, Water-repellent-preservative treat- should be treated with water-repellent pre- ment,—Wood siding and trim should be servative before finishing. The use of pig- treated with water-repellent preservative to mented stains and sealers as undercoats also protect them against the entrance of rain and will contribute to the life of the clear finish. dew at joints. If treated exterior wood was Expected major breakthroughs in polymer not installed, the wood can be treated in place research will greatly enhance the longevity by brushing, dipping, or spraying. Care should and use of exterior clear coatings. These de- be taken to brush well into lap and butt joints, velopments will likely involve the use of new especially treating ends of boards and panels. polymers which do not absorb ultraviolet light, Two warm, sunny days should be allowed for such as certain vinyl fluoride, silicone, and adequate drying of the treatment before paint- acrylic polymers. Without the absorption of ing. ultraviolet, the coating will undergo little Care should be exercised in applying water- photodegradation, and presumably could re- repellent preservatives, especially by spraying. main serviceable for many years. The use of The common fungicide used in these products coatings which are transparent to ultraviolet is pentachlorophenol, which is toxic to both light will necessitate, however, the treating of people and plants. The volatile solvents that wood surfaces with ultraviolet absorbers or are used are also toxic. the use of improved stable absorbers in the Step 2. Primer,—New wood should be clear coating to protect the wood substrate given three coats of paint. The first, or prime, from photodegradation. Treating the wood coat is the most important. It should be free surface with salts of copper and chromium of zinc-oxide pigment to reduce the tendency has been effective in protecting against photo- of the paint to blister, nonporous to prevent degradation of the wood surface. excessive entry of rain and dew, and flexible and thick enough to cover the wood grain so Painting Systems swelling stresses which develop on the wood surface are uniformly distributed. The primer Of all the finishes, paints provide the most should be applied soon after the wood is in protection for wood against surface erosion place and treated; topcoats should be applied and offer the widest selection of colors. A non- within 2 days to 2 weeks after the primer. porous paint film retards penetration of mois- Enough primer should be applied to obscure ture and reduces the problem of discoloration the wood grain. Many painters tend to spread by wood extractives, paint peeling, and check- primer too thinly. For best results, the spread- ing and warping of the wood. Paint, however, ing rates recommended by the manufacturer is not a preservative ; it will not prevent decay should be followed, or approximately 400 to if conditions are favorable for fungal growth. 450 square feet should be covered per gallon Original and maintenance costs are usually with a paint that is about 85 percent solids higher for a paint finish than for a water- by weight. A properly applied coat of a non- repellent preservative or penetrating stain porous house paint primer will greatly reduce finish. moisture blistering, peeling, and staining of The durability of paint coatings on exterior paint by wood extractives. wood is affected both by variables in the wood For woods such as redwood and cedar, which surface and the type of paint. contain water-soluble extractives, the best primers are good quality oil and alkyd-oil Application of Paint paints. For species free of extractives, such Wood to be painted should be handled like as the pines and Douglas-fir, high-quality other building and finishing material to pre- acrylic latex paints (used for both primer and vent contamination of surfaces from dirt, oil, topcoat) hold great promise. and other foreign substances, and to avoid Primers effective on wood are not considered excessive wetting. Weathering of the wood best for galvanized iron. Galvanized surfaces surface before painting can detract from should be allowed to weather for several 16-8 months and then primed with an appropriate borious surface preparation as when painted primer, such as a linseed oil or resin-oil vehicle surfaces start to peel. pigmented with metallic zinc dust (about 80 pet.) and zinc oxide (about 20 pet.) RENEWING EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS Step 3, Finish coats,—^Two coats of a good- quality latex, alkyd, or oil-base house paint Exterior wood surfaces need be repainted should be applied over the nonporous primer. only when the old paint has worn thin and Two finish coats are particularly important for no longer protects the wood. In repainting areas on east, south, and west sides of a struc- with oil paint, one coat may be adequate if ture that are exposed to maximum weather the old paint is in good condition. Dirty paint conditions, and not protected by overhang. One can often be freshened by washing with deter- coat of a good house paint over a properly gent. Paint in protected areas also should be applied primer (a conventional two-coat paint washed well before repainting. Wood surfaces system) will last only 4 or 5 years, but two exposed by weathering, sanding, or scraping coats should last 8 to 10 years. should be spot primed with a zinc-free oil-base High-quality acrylic latex paints and heavy- primer before the finish coat is applied. Too- bodied stains are currently considered the best frequent repainting with oil-base systems pro- film-forming type finish for plywood panel duces an excessively thick film that is likely products. These finishes are generally used to crack abnormally across the grain of the without a primer. wood. Complete paint removal is the only cure To avoid future separation between coats of for cross-grain cracking. Latex films, based on oil-base paint, or intercoat peeling, the first either vinyl or acrylic polymers, have not been topcoat should be applied within 2 weeks after known to fail by cross-grain cracking. the primer and the second within 2 weeks of When repainting with water-emulsion or the first. latex paint, good adhesion of the latex to the To avoid temperature blistering, oil-base badly chalked oil paint, is most important in paints should not be applied on a cool surface preventing peeling. Vinyl and acrylic latexes that will be heated by the sun within a few are best for exterior exposure on wood. hours. Temperature blistering is most com- This can be accomplished in several ways. mon with thickly applied paints of dark colors The chalk layer can be removed by thorough applied in cool weather. The blisters usually washing and scrubbing with detergent solu- show up in the last coat of paint and occur tion. Or after mild steel wooling, the surface within a few hours to 1 or 2 days after paint- can be coated with a good oil-base primer. If ing. They do not contain water. the chalk layer is not excessively thick, certain To avoid wrinkling, fading, or loss of gloss latex paints can have adequate adhesion be- of oil-base paints, and streaking of latex cause of their modification with oil or alkyd- paints, paint should not be applied in the even- oil resins. ings of cool spring and fall days when heavy Porous latex paints, like porous low-luster dews form before the surface of the paint has oil-base paints, allow rain and dew to readily thoroughly dried. pass through the coating film. This can lead to problems of discoloration of the paint by Porches and Decks wood extractives and peeling of old paint un- less these paints are applied over a nonporous Exposed flooring on porches and decks is oil-base primer paint. commonly painted. The recommended proce- dure of treating with water-repellent preserva- Avoiding fnfercoaf Peeling tive and primer is the same as for wood siding. After the primer, an undercoat and matching To avoid intercoat peeling of oil-base paint, coat of porch and deck enamel should be ap- which indicates a weak bond between coats of plied. paint, the old painted surface should be well Many fully exposed rustic-type decks are cleaned and no more than 2 weeks allowed effectively finished with only water-repellent between coats in two-coat repainting. Shel- preservative or a penetrating-type pigmented tered areas, such as eaves and porch ceilings, stain. Because these finishes penetrate and need not be repainted every time the weathered form no film on the surface, they do not crack body of the house is painted. Before repainting and peel. They may need more frequent re- the sheltered areas where intercoat peeling finishing than painted surfaces, but this is frequently develops, the old paint surface easily done because there is no need for la- should be washed with trisodium phosphate or 16-9 detergent solution to remove surface contami- FINISHING INTERIOR WOOD nants that interfere with adhesion of the new coat of paint. After washing, the sheltered Interior finishing differs from exterior chiefly areas should be rinsed with large amounts of in that interior woodwork usually requires water and allowed to dry thoroughly before much less protection against moisture but more repainting. When intercoat peeling does occur, exacting standards of appearance and clean- complete paint removal is the only satisfactory ability. Good finishes used indoors should last procedure to avoid future problems. Latex much longer than paint coatings on exterior paints are less likely to fail by intercoat peel- surfaces. Veneered panels and plywood, how- ing than oil-base paints. ever, present special finishing problems because of the tendency of these wood constructions to Blistering and Peeling surface check. When too much water gets into paint or Opaque Finishes into the wood beneath the paint, the paint may either blister or peel. Interior surfaces may be easily painted by Moisture blistering usually includes all of procedures similar to those for exterior sur- the paint down to the wood surface and in- faces. As a rule, however, smoother surfaces, dicates that the wood behind the paint is ex- better color, and a more lasting sheen are de- cessively wet. Blistering occurs in early spring manded for interior woodwork, especially wood and will occur first on only specific areas in trim; therefore, enamels or semigloss enamels heated buildings. These are areas that may rather than paints are used. enclose rooms with a high relative humidity Before enameling, the wood surface should in the winter or are areas wet because of ice be sanded extremely smooth. Imperfections dams and plugged gutters. If the blistering is such as planer marks, hammer marks, and severe, the paint may peel. raised grain are accentuated by enamel finish. Moisture blistering is more likely in new, Raised grain is especially troublesome on flat- thin coatings of oil-base paint containing zinc- grained surfaces of the denser softwoods. It oxide pigment than in flat-alkyd or latex may occur because the hard bands of latewood paints pigmented with titanium dioxide. Older have been crushed into the soft earlywood in and thicker coatings also are usually too rigid planing, and later are pushed up again when to swell enough to form blisters; instead, they the wood changes in moisture content. Before are more prone to crack and peel after ex- enameling, sponge softwoods with water, al- cessive wetting. low them to dry thoroughly, and then rub them Peeling is a common type of water damage lightly with new sandpaper. In new buildings, to paint and does not necessarily involve the woodwork should be allowed adequate time to formation of distinct blisters. Failure can oc- come to its equilibrium moisture content be- cur both from interior and exterior source of fore finishing. moisture. Both heated and unheated buildings To effectively finish hardwoods with large can peel where rain and dew wet the paint. pores, such as oak and ash, the pores must be Such failures are frequently associated with filled with wood filler (see section on Fillers). porous, flat, oil-alkyd, and latex paint systems After filling and sanding, successive applica- which hold water on the surface, and so pro- tions of interior primer and sealer, undercoat, vide time for water to penetrate into the layers and enamel are used. Knots in the white pines, of paint. Peeling can occur at the wood inter- ponderosa pine, or southern pine should be face or at some weak bond between layers of sealed with shellac or a special knot sealer be- paint. fore priming. A coat of pigmented shellac or Cracking failures, followed by peeling at the special knot sealer is also sometimes necessary ends of boards and the lower portion of hori- over white pines and ponderosa pine to retard zontal siding, also indicate that rain and dew discoloration of light-colored enamels by have been penetrating through paint or colored matter present in the resin of the through cracks in paint. Such failures will oc- heartwood of these species. cur on all sides of houses and also on unheated One or two coats of enamel undercoat are buildings. On the other hand, peeling failure applied; this should completely hide the wood or paint discoloration at localized areas, such and also present a surface that easily can be as gable ends of heated buildings, indicates sandpapered smooth. For best results, the sur- that the moisture is coming from within the face should be sandpapered before applying the building. finishing enamel; however, this step is some- 16-10 times omitted. After the finishing enamel has or it may be colored to contrast with the sur- been applied, it may be left with its natural rounding wood. gloss, or rubbed to a dull finish. When wood For finishing purposes, the hardwoods may trim and paneling are finished with a flat be classified as follows : paint, the surface preparation is not nearly as exacting. Hardwoods with Hardwoods with large pores small pores Ash Alder, red Transparent Finishes Butternut Aspen Chestnut Basswood Transparent finishes are used on most hard- Elm Beech Hackberry Cherry wood and some softwood trim and paneling, Hickory Cottonwood according to personal preference. Most finish- Khaya (African Gum ing consists of some combination of the funda- mahogany) Magnolia Lauans Maple mental operations of staining, filling, sealing, Mahogany Sycamore surface coating, or waxing. Before finishing, Oak Yellow-poplar planer marks and other blemishes on the wood Sugarberry surface that would be accentuated by the finish Walnut should be removed. Birch has pores large enough to take wood filler effectively when desired, but small Stains enough as a rule to be finished satisfactorily without filling. Both softwoods and hardwoods are often fin- Hardwoods with small pores may be fin- ished without staining, especially if the wood ished with paints, enamels, and varnishes in has a pleasing and characteristic color. When exactly the same manner as softwoods. used, however, stain often provides much more A filler may be paste or liquid, natural or than color alone because it is absorbed un- colored. It is applied by brushing first across equally by different parts of the wood; there- the grain and then by brushing with the grain. fore, it accentuates the natural variations in Surplus filler must be removed immediately af- grain. With hardwoods, such emphasis of the ter the glossy wet appearance disappears. Wipe grain is usually desirable; the best stains for first across the grain to pack the filler into the the purpose are dyes dissolved either in water pores; then complete the wiping with a few or solvent. The water stains give the most light strokes with the grain. Filler should be pleasing results but raise the grain of the wood allowed to dry thoroughly and sanded lightly and require an extra sanding operation after before the finish coats are applied. the stain is dry. The most commonly used stains are the Sealers "non-grain-raising" ones in solvents which dry quickly, and often approach the water stains Sealers are thinned varnish or lacquer and in clearness and uniformity of color. Stains are used to prevent absorption of surface coat- on softwoods color the earlywood more strongly ings and prevent the bleeding of some stains than the latewood, reversing the natural and fillers into surface coatings, especially gradation in color unless the wood has been lacquer coatings. Lacquer sealers have the sealed with a wash coat. Pigment-oil stains advantage of being very fast drying. (essentially, thin paints) are less subject to this variation, and are therefore more suitable Surface Coats for softwoods. Alternatively, the softwood may be coated with clear sealer before applying Transparent surface coatings over the sealer the pigment-oil stain to give more nearly uni- may be gloss varnish, semigloss varnish, nitro- form coloring. cellulose lacquer, or wax. Wax provides protec- tion without forming a thick coating and Fillers without greatly enhancing the natural luster of the wood. Coatings of a more resinous na- If a smooth coating is desired in hardwoods ture, especially lacquer and varnish, accentuate with large pores, the pores must be filled the natural luster of some hardwoods and seem (usually after staining) before varnish or lac- to permit the observer to look down into the quer is applied. The filler may be transparent wood. Shellac applied by the laborious process and without effect on the color of the finish, of French polishing probably achieves this im- 16-11 pression of depth most fully, but the coating will be magnified by the finish. Development is expensive and easily marred by water. Rub- of a top-quality surface requires sanding in bing varnishes made with resins of high re- several steps with progressively finer sandpa- fractive index for light (ability to bend light per, usually with a machine unless the area is rays) are nearly as effective as shellac. Lac- small. The final sanding is usually done with quers have the advantages of drying rapidly a 2/0 grade paper. When sanding is complete, and forming a hard surface, but require more all dust must be removed with a vacuum applications than varnish to build up a lustrous cleaner or tack rag. Steel wool should not be coating. used on floors unprotected by finish because Varnish and lacquer usually dry with a minute steel particles left in the wood may highly glossy surface. To reduce the gloss, the later cause staining or discoloration. surfaces may be rubbed with pumice stone and A filler is required for wood with large pores, water or polishing oil. Waterproof sandpaper such as oak and walnut, if a smooth, glossy, and water may be used instead of pumice stone. varnish finish is desired. The final sheen varies with the fineness of the Stains are sometimes used to obtain a more powdered pumice stone, coarse powders mak- nearly uniform color when individual boards ing a dull surface and fine powders a bright vary too much in their natural color. Stains sheen. For very smooth surfaces with high may also be used to accent the grain pattern. polish, the final rubbing is done with rotten- If the natural color of the wood is acceptable, stone and oil. Varnish and lacquer made to staining is omitted. The stain should be an dry to semigloss are also available. oil-base or a non-grain-raising stain. Stains Flat oil finishes commonly called Danish penetrate wood only slightly; therefore, the oils are currently very popular. This type of finish should be carefully maintained to pre- finish penetrates the wood and forms no no- vent wearing through the stained layer. It is ticeable film on the surface. Two coats of oil difficult to renew the stain at worn spots in are usually applied, which may be followed a way that will match the color of the sur- with a paste wax. Such finishes are easily rounding area. applied and maintained but are more subject Finishes commonly used for wood floors are to soiling than a film-forming type of finish. classified either as sealers or varnishes. Sealers, which are usually thinned varnishes, are Finishes for Floors widely used in residential flooring. They pene- trate the wood just enough to avoid formation Wood possesses a variety of properties that of a surface coating of appreciable thickness. make it a highly desirable flooring material for Wax is usually applied over the sealer; how- homes and industrial and public structures. A ever, if greater gloss is desired, the sealed floor variety of wood flooring products permits a makes an excellent base for varnish. The thin wide selection of attractive and serviceable surface coat of sealer and wax needs more wood floors. Selection is available not only frequent attention than varnished surfaces. from a variety of different wood species and However, rewaxing or resealing and waxing of grain characteristics, but also from a consider- high-traffic areas is a relatively simple main- able number of distinctive flooring types and tenance procedure. patterns. Varnish may be based on phenolic, alkyd, The natural color and grain of wood floors epoxy, or Polyurethane resins. Varnish forms make them inherently attractive and beautiful. a distinct coating over the wood and gives a Floor finishes enhance the natural beauty of lustrous finish. The kind of service expected wood, protect it from excessive wear and abra- usually determines the type of varnish. Var- sion, and make the floors easier to clean. A nishes especially designed for homes, schools, complete finishing process may consist of four gymnasiums, or other public buildings are steps: Sanding the surface, applying a filler available. Information on types of floor finishes for certain woods, applying a stain to achieve can be obtained from the flooring associations a desired color effect, and applying a finish. or the individual flooring manufacturers. Detailed procedures and specified materials de- Durability of floor finishes can be improved pend largely on the species of wood used and by keeping them waxed. Paste waxes generally individual preference in type of finish. give the best appearance and durability. Two Careful sanding to provide a smooth surface coats are recommended and, if a liquid wax is is essential for a good finish because any ir- used, additional coats may be necessary to get regularities or roughness in the wood surface an adequate film for good performance. 16-12 BIBLIOGRAPHY Allyn, Gerould Michaels, A. C. 1971. Acrylic latex paint systems give improved 1965. Water and the barrier film. Ofiic. Digest, J. performance on southern pine. Amer. Paint Technol. & Eng. 37(485): 638-653. Paint J. 55(56): 54-75. Miniutti, V. P. Anderson, L. 0. 1963. Properties of softwoods that affect the 1970. Wood-frame house construction. U.S. Dep. performance of exterior paints. Official Agr., Agr. Handb. 73, rev. Digest, J. Paint Technol. & Eng. 35: 451- 471. 1972. Selection and use of wood products for home and farm building. U.S. Dep. Agr., Agr. 1964. Microscale changes in cell structure at soft- Inf. Bull. 311, rev. 44 pp. wood surfaces during weathering. Forest Browne, F. L. Prod. J. 15(12): 571-576. 1959. Moisture content of wood as related to National Woodwork Manufacturers Association finishing of furniture. Forest Prod. Lab. 1970. NWMA standard for water repellent pre- Rep. 1722. servatives, non-pressure treatment for , and Rietz, R. C. millwork. Industry Standard 4-70. Chi- 1959. Exudation of pitch and oils in wood. Forest cago, 111. Prod. Lab. Rep. 1735. Newall, A. C, and Holtrop, W. F. Cooper, G. A., and Barham, S. H. 1961. Coloring, finishing, and painting wood. Chas. A. Bennett Co., Peoria, 111. 1971. The performance of a house paint on two Panek, Edward overlays on cottonwood siding. Forest 1968. Study of paintability and cleanliness of wood Prod. J. 21(3): 53-56. pressure-treated with water-repellent pre- Dost, W. A. servative. Proc. Amer. Wood Preserv. 1959. Attempts to modify the weathering of Assoc. 64: 178-188. redwood. Forest Prod. J. 9(3): 18a-20a. Payne, H. F. Kalnins, M. A. 1961. Organic coating technology. John Wiley & 1966. Surface characteristics of wood as they Sons. Vol. I and II. affect durability of finishes. Part IL Sinclair, R. M. Photochemical degradation of wood. U.S. 1962. Comparison of the effect of wood preserva- Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 57. Forest tive on paint durability. Jour. Oil & Color Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. Chem. Assoc. 47(7): 491-523. Keith, C. T. U.S. Forest Products Laboratory 1964. Surface checking in veneered panels. Forest 1961. Wood floors for dwellings. U.S. Dep. Agr., Prod. J. 14(10): 481. Agr. Handb. 204. 44 pp. Maass, W. B. 1973. Wood siding: Installing, finishing, maintain- 1965. Coatings for galvanized steel. Amer. Paint ing. U.S. Dep. Agr. Home and Garden J. 49(44): 37. Bull. 203. 13 pp. Marchessault, R. H., and Skaar, C. Yan, M. M., and Lang, W. G. 1967. Surfaces and coatings related to pulp and 1960. What causes veneer checking and warping? wood. Syracuse Univ. Press. Wood and Wood Prod. 65(8): 80. 16-13 FS-367 Chapter 17 PROTECTION FROM ORGANISMS THAT DEGRADE WOOD Page Fungus Damage and Control 17-2 Molds and Fungus Stains 17-2 Chemical Stains 17-3 Decay 17-3 Control of Mold, Stain, and Decay 17-4 Bacteria 17-6 Insect Damage and Control 17-6 Beetles 17-8 Termites 17-9 Naturally Termite-Resistant Woods 17-11 Carpenter Ants 17-11 Marine Borer Damage and Control 17-11 Shipworms 17-11 Pholads 17-12 Limnoria and Sphaeroma 17-12 Resistance to Marine Borers 17-12 Protection of Permanent Structures 17-13 Protection of Boats 17-13 Bibliography 17-14 17-1 PROTECTION FROM ORGANISMS THAT DEGRADE WOOD^ Under proper conditions, wood will give cen- (2) improper seasoning, storing, or handling turies of service. Where conditions permit of the raw material produced after storage; development of organisms that can degrade and (3) failure to take ordinary simple pre- wood, however, protection must be provided cautions in using the final product. The inci- in milling, merchandising, and building to in- dence and development of molds, decay, and sure maximum service life. stains caused by fungi depend heavily on The principal organisms that can degrade temperature and moisture conditions. wood are fungi, insects, bacteria, and marine borers. Molds, most sapwood stains, and decay are Molds and Fungus Stains caused by fungi, which are microscopic, thread- like plants that must have organic material Molds and fungus stains are confined largely to live. For some of them, wood offers the to sapwood and are of various colors. The prin- required food supply. The growth of fungi de- cipal fungus stains are usually referred to as pends on suitably mild temperatures, damp- '*sap stain" or "blue stain." The distinction be- ness, and air (oxygen). Chemical stains, tween molding and staining is made largely on although they are not caused by organisms, the basis of the depth of discoloration; with are mentioned in this chapter because they some molds and the lesser fungus stains there resemble stains caused by fungi. is no clear-cut differentiation. Typical sap Insects also may damage wood, and in many stain or blue stain penetrates into the sapwood situations must be considered in protective and cannot be removed by surfacing. Also, the measures. Termites are the major insect enemy discoloration as seen on a cross section of the of wood, but, on a national scale, they are a wood often tends to exhibit some radial aline- less serious threat than fungi. ment corresponding to the direction of the Bacteria in wood ordinarily are of little wood rays. The discoloration may completely consequence, but some may make the wood cover the sapwood or may occur as specks, excessively absorptive. Additionally, some may spots, streaks, or patches of varying intensities cause strength losses. of color. The so-called **blue" stains, which Marine borers are a fourth general type of vary from bluish to bluish-black and gray to wood-degrading organism. They can attack brown, are the most common, although various susceptible wood rapidly, and in salt-water shades of yellow, orange, purple, and red are harbors are the principal cause of damage to sometimes encountered. The exact color of the piles and other wood marine structures. stain depends on the infecting organisms and Wood degradation by organisms has been studied extensively and many preventive the species and moisture condition of the wood. measures are well known and widely practiced. The brown stain mentioned here should not be By taking ordinary precautions with the fin- confused with chemical brown stain. ished product, the user can contribute substan- Mold discolorations usually first become no- tially to insuring a long service life. ticeable as largely fuzzy or powdery surface growths, with colors ranging from light shades to black. Among the brighter colors, green and FUNGUS DAMAGE AND CONTROL yellowish hues are common. On softwoods— Fungus damage to wood may be traced to through the fungus may penetrate deeply— three general causes: (1) Lack of suitable the discoloring surface growth often can easily protective measures when storing logs or bolts ; be brushed or surfaced off. On hardwoods, how- ever, the wood beneath the surface growth is commonly stained too deeply to be surfaced * Mention of a chemical in this chapter does not con- off. The staining tends to occur in spots of stitute a recommendation; only those chemicals reg- istered by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency varying concentration and size, depending on may be recommended, and then only for uses as pre- the kind and pattern of the superficial growth. scribed in the registration and in the manner and at the concentration prescribed. The list of registered chemi- Under favorable moisture and temperature cals varies from time to time; prospective users, there- conditions, staining and molding fungi may fore, should get current information on registration become established and develop rapidly in the status from the Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C. sapwood of logs shortly after they are cut. In 17-2 addition, lumber and such products as veneer, The fungus, in the form of microscopic, thread- furniture stock, and millwork may become in- like strands, permeates the wood and uses parts fected at any stage of manufacture or use if of it as food. Some fungi live largely on the they become sufficiently moist. Freshly cut or cellulose; others use the lignin as well as the unseasoned stock that is piled during warm, cellulose. humid weather may be noticeably discolored Certain decay fungi attack the heartwood within 5 or 6 days. Recommended moisture (causing ^^heartrot"), and rarely the sapwood control measures are given in chapter 14. of living trees, whereas others confine their ac- Stains and molds should not be considered tivities to logs or manufactured products, such stages of decay as the causal fungi ordinarily as sawed lumber, structural timbers, poles, and do not attack the wood substance appreciably. ties. Most of the tree-attacking groups cease Ordinarily, they affect the strength of the their activities after the trees have been cut, wood only slightly; their greatest effect is as do the fungi causing brown pocket (peck) usually confined to strength properties that de- in baldcypress or white pocket in Douglas-fir. termine shock resistance or toughness (ch. 4). Relatively few continue their destruction after Stain- and mold-infected stock is practically the trees have been cut and worked into prod- unimpaired for many uses in which appearance ucts, and then only if conditions remain is not a limiting factor and a small amount of favorable for their growth. stain may be permitted by standard grading Most decay can progress rapidly at tem- rules. Stock with stain and mold may not be peratures that favor growth of plant life in entirely satisfactory for siding, trim, and general. For the most part decay is relatively other exterior millwork because the infected slow at temperatures below 50° F. and much wood has greater water absorptiveness. Also, above 90° F. Decay essentially ceases when the incipient decay may be present—^though incon- temperature drops as low as 35° F. or rises spicuous—in the discolored areas. Both of as high as 100° F. these factors increase the possibility of decay Serious decay occurs only when the moisture in wood that is rained on unless the wood has content of the wood is above the fiber satura- been treated with a suitable preservative. tion point (average 30 pet). Only when pre- viously dried wood is contacted by water, such Chemical Sfains as provided by rain, condensation, or contact with wet ground, will the fiber saturation One type of stain in unseasoned sapwood point be reached. The water vapor in humid may resemble blue stain but is not caused by air alone will not wet wood sufiiciently to sup- a fungus. This is called chemical stain or some- port significant decay, but it will permit de- times oxidation stain because it is brought velopment of some mold. Fully air-dry wood about by a reaction between oxygen in the air usually will have a moisture content not ex- and certain constituents of the exposed wood. exceeding 20 percent, and should provide a rea- Chemical brown stain is the only one of this sonable margin of safety against fungus type that is particularly serious in softwoods ; damage. Thus wood will not decay if it is kept however, many hardwoods are degraded by air dry—and decay already present from in- such stain. Chemical staining is largely a fection incurred earlier will not progress. problem of seasoning; it can usually be pre- Wood can be too wet for decay as well as vented by rapid drying at low temperatures too dry. If it is water-soaked, there may be (ch. 14). insuflficient access of air to the interior of a piece to support development of typical decay fungi. For this reason, foundation piles buried Decay beneath the water table and logs stored in a Decay-producing fungi may, under condi- pond or under a suitable system of water tions that favor their growth, attack either sprays are not subject to decay by typical heartwood or sapwood ; the result is a condition wood-decay fungi. variously designated as decay, rot, dote, or The early or incipient stages of decay are doze. Fresh surface growths of decay fungi often accompanied by a discoloration of the may appear as fan-shaped patches, strands, or wood, which is more evident on freshly ex- rootlike structures, usually white or brown. posed surfaces of unseasoned wood than on dry Sometimes fruiting bodies are produced that wood. Abnormal mottling of the wood color— take the form of toadstools, brackets, or crusts. with either unnatural brown or "bleached'' 17-3 areas—is often evidence of decay infection. the heartwood has significant resistance, be- Many fungi that cause heartrot in the standing cause the natural preservative chemicals in tree produce incipient decay that differs only wood that retard the growth of fungi are es- shghtly from the normal color of the wood sentially restricted to the heartwood. Natural or gives a somewhat water-soaked appearance resistance of species to fungi is important only to the wood. where conditions conducive to decay exist or Typical or late stages of decay are easily may develop. recognized, because the wood has undergone definite changes in color and properties, the Effect of Decay on Strength of Wood character of the changes depending on the or- ganism and the substances it removes. Incipient decay induced by some fungi is Two kinds of major decay are recognized— refiected immediately in pronounced weaken- ''brown rot'' and ''white rot.'' With brown rot, ing of the wood, whereas other fungi reduce only the cellulose is extensively removed, the strength much less. For example, white pocket wood takes on a browner color, and it tends to (produced by Fomes pini) results in little or crack across the grain and to shrink and col- no loss in strength in its incipient stages. On lapse. With white rot, both lignin and cellulose the other hand, another cause of heartrot in usually are removed ; the wood may lose color standing softwoods, Polyporus schweinitzii, and appear ''whiter" than normal, it does not greatly reduces the strength of wood at a very crack across the grain, and until severely de- early stage. In the later stages of decay any graded it retains its outward dimensions and wood-damaging fungus will seriously reduce does not shrink or collapse. the strength of wood. Brown, crumbly rot, in the dry condition, is sometimes called "dry rot," but the term is in- correct because wood must be damp to decay, Control of Mold, Stain, and Decay although it may become dry later. A few fungi, however, have water-conducting strands; such Logs, Poles, Piles, and Ties fungi are capable of carrying water (usually The wood species, section of the country, from the soil) into buildings or lumber piles, and time of the year determine what precau- where they moisten and rot wood that would tions must be taken to avoid serious damage otherwise be dry. They are sometimes referred from fungi in poles, piles, ties, and similar to technically as "dry rot fungi" or "water- thick products during seasoning or storage. In conducting fungi." The latter term better de- dry climates, rapid surface seasoning of poles scribes the true situation as these fungi, like and piles will retard development of mold, the others, must have water. stains, and decay. First the bark is peeled from A third and generally less important kind the pole and the peeled product is decked on of decay is known as soft rot. Soft rot is caused high skids or piled on high, well-drained by fungi related to the molds rather than those ground in the open to dry. In humid regions, responsible for brown and white rot. Soft rot such as the Gulf States, these products often typically is relatively shallow; the affected do not air dry fast enough to avoid losses from wood is greatly degraded and often soft when fungi. Preseasoning treatments with approved wet, but immediately beneath the zone of rot preservative solutions can be helpful in these the wood may be firm. Because soft rot usually circumstances. is rather shallow it is most likely to damage For logs, rapid conversion into lumber, or relatively thin pieces such as slats in cooling storage in water or under a water spray is the towers. It is favored by wet situations but is surest way to avoid fungus damage. Preserva- also prevalent on surfaces that have been al- tive sprays promptly applied in the woods will ternately wet and dry over a substantial period. protect most timber species during storage for Heavily fissured surfaces—-familiar to many 2 to 3 months. For longer storage, an end coat- as "weathered" wood—generally have been ing is needed to prevent seasoning checks, considerably degraded by soft rot fungi. through which infection can enter the log. Decay Resistance of Wood Lumber For a discussion of the natural resistance of Growth of decay fungi can be prevented in wood to fungi and a grouping of species ac- lumber and other wood products by rapidly cording to decay resistance, see chapter 3. drying them to a moisture content of 20 per- Among decay-resistant domestic species, only cent or less and keeping them dry. Standard 17-4 air-drying practices will usually dry the wood dry and accelerate rain runoff; (3) for parts fast enough to protect it, particularly if the exposed to above-ground decay hazards, use protection afforded by drying is supplemented wood treated with a preservative or heartwood by surface treatment of the stock with an ap- of a decay-resistant species; and (4) for the proved fungicidal solution. However, kiln dry- high-hazard situation associated with ground ing is the most reliable method of rapidly contact, use pressure-treated wood. reducing moisture content. A building site that is dry or for which Dip or spray treatment of freshly cut lum- drainage is provided will reduce the possibility ber with suitable preservative solutions will of decay. Stumps, wood debris, stakes, or wood prevent fungus infection during air drying. concrete forms frequently lead to decay if left Successful control by this method depends not under or near a building. only upon immediate and adequate treatment Unseasoned or infected wood should not be but also upon the proper handling of the lum- enclosed until it is thoroughly dried. Un- ber after treatment. seasoned wood may be infected because of im- Air drying yards should be kept as sanitary proper handling at the sawmill or retail yard, and as open as possible to air circulation. Rec- or after delivery on the job. ommended practice includes locating yards and Untreated wood parts of substructures sheds on well-drained ground; removing should not be permitted to contact the soil. debris, which serves as a source of infection, A minimum of 8 inches clearance between soil and weeds, which reduce air circulation; and and framing and 6 inches between soil and employing piling methods that permit rapid siding is recommended. An exception may be drying of the lumber and protect against wet- made for certain temporary constructions. If ting. Storage sheds should be constructed and contact with soil is necessary, the wood should maintained to prevent significant wetting of be pressure treated (ch. 18). the stock; an ample roof overhang on open Sill plates and other wood resting on a sheds is desirable. In areas where termites or concrete-slab foundation generally should be water-conducting fungi may be troublesome, pressure treated, and additionally protected by stock to be held for long periods should be set installing beneath the slab a moisture-resistant on foundations high enough so it can be in- membrane of heavy asphalt roll roofing or spected from beneath. polyethylene. Girder and joist openings in ma- The user's best assurance of receiving lum- sonry walls should be big enough to assure an ber free from decay or other than light stain air space around the ends of these wood meni- is to buy stock marked by a lumber association bers ; if the members are below the outside soil in a grade that eliminates or limits such level, moistureproofing of the outer face of the quality-reducing features. Surface treatment wall is essential. for protection at the drying yard is only tem- In the crawl space of basementless buildings porarily effective. Except for temporary struc- on damp ground, wetting of the wood by con- tures, lumber to be used under conditions densation during cold weather may result in conductive to decay should be all heartwood of serious decay damage. However, séricas con- a naturally durable species or should be ade- densation leading to decay can be prevented by quately treated with a wood preservative (ch. providing openings on opposite sides of the 18). foundation walls for cross ventilation or by laying heavy roll roofing or polyethylene on the soil; both provisions may be helpful in very Buildings wet situations. To facilitate inspection and The lasting qualities of properly constructed ventilation of the crawl space, at least an 18- wood buildings are apparent in all parts of inch clearance should be left under wood joists. the country. Serious decay problems are al- Porches, exterior steps, and platforms pre- most always a sign of faulty design or con- sent a decay hazard that cannot be fully struction or of lack of reasonable care in the avoided by construction practices. Therefore, handling of the wood. in the wetter climates the use of preservative- Construction principles that assure long serv- treated wood (ch. 18) or heartwood of a dur- ice and avoid decay in buildings include: able species usually is advisable for such items. (1) Build with dry lumber, free of incipient Protection from entrance or retention of decay and not exceeding the amounts of mold rainwater or condensation in walls and roofs and blue stain permitted by standard grading will prevent the development of decay in these rules; (2) use designs that will keep the wood areas. A fairly wide roof overhang (2 ft.) with 17-5 gutters and downspouts that are never per- faces are more liable to decay than exposed sur- mitted to clog is very desirable. Sheathing faces, and in salt-water service hull members papers under the siding should be of a "breath- just below the weather deck are more vulner- ing" or vapor-permeable type (asphalt paper able than those below the waterline. Recom- not exceeding 15-lb. v^eight). Vapor barriers mendations for avoiding decay include: (1) should be near the warm face of walls and Use only heartwood of durable species, free ceilings. Roofs must be kept tight, and cross of infection, and preferably below 20 percent ventilation in attics is desirable. The use of in moisture content; (2) provide and maintain sound, dry lumber is important in all parts of ventilation in the hull and all compartments; buildings. (3) keep water out as much as is practicable, Where service conditions in a building are especially fresh water; and (4) where it is such that the wood cannot be kept dry, as in necessary to use sapwood or nondurable heart- textile mills, pulp and paper mills, and cold- wood, impregnate the wood with an approved storage plants, lumber properly treated with preservative or treat the fully cut, shaped, and an approved preservative or lumber containing bored wood before installation by soaking it all heartwood of a naturally decay-resistant for a short time in preservative solution. species should be used. Where such mild soaking treatment is used, In making repairs necessitated by decay, the wood most subject to decay should also be every effort should be made to correct the flooded with an approved preservative at in- moisture condition leading to the damage. If tervals of 2 or 3 years. When retreating, the the condition cannot be corrected, all infected wood should be dry so that joints are relatively parts should be replaced with treated wood or loose. with all-heartwood lumber of a naturally decay-resistant wood species. If the sources of BACTERIA moisture that caused the decay are entirely eliminated, it is necessary only to replace the Most wood that has been wet for any con- weakened wood with dry lumber. siderable length of time probably will contain bacteria. The sour smell of logs that have been held under water for several months—or of Other Structures and Products lumber cut from them—manifests bacterial ac- In general, the principles underlying the pre- tion. Usually bacteria have little effect on wood vention of mold, stain, or decay damage to properties, except over long periods of time, but veneer, plywood, containers, boats, and other some may make the wood excessively absorp- wood products and structures are similar to tive. This effect has been a problem in the sap- those described for buildings—dry the wood wood of millwork cut from pine logs that have rapidly and keep it dry or treat it with ap- been stored in ponds. There also is evidence proved protective and preservative solutions. that bacteria developing in pine veneer bolts Interior grades of plywood should not be used held under water or water spray may cause where the plywood will be exposed to moisture ; noticeable changes in the physical character the adhesives, as well as the wood, may be of the veneer—including some strength loss. damaged by fungi and bacteria as well as be- Additionally, mixtures of different bacteria, ing degraded by moisture. With either plywood and probably fungi also, were found capable of accelerating decay of treated cooling tower or fiberboard of the exterior type, joint con- slats and mine timbers. struction should be carefully designed to pre- vent the entrance of rainwater. Wood boats present certain problems that INSECT DAMAGE AND CONTROL are not encountered in other uses of wood. The The more common types of degrade caused parts especially subject to decay are the stem, by wood-attacking insects are shown in table knighthead, transom, and frameheads; these 17-1. Methods of controlling and preventing are reached by rainwater from above or con- insect attack of wood are described in the densation moisture from below. Faying sur- following paragraphs. 17-6 Table 17-1.—Common types of degrade caused by wood-attacking insects Type of Description How and where made Condition of degrade degraded timber Pinholes Holes with dark streak in surrounding wood, Vioo to l^ inch in diameter, usually circular and open (not grouped in given space) : Hardwoods : Stained area 1 inch or more long By ambrosia beetles in Wormholes, no living trees. living worms. Stained area less than 1 inch long By ambrosia beetles in re- Do. cently felled trees and green logs. Softwoods : Stained area less than 1 inch long By ambrosia beetles in Do. sapwood of peeled trees, green logs, and green lumber. Holes usually without streak in surrounding wood of both softwoods and hardwoods (usually grouped in given space) : Holes darkly stained, less than Vs inch By ambrosia beetles in Do. in diameter. felled trees, green logs, Holes unstained, open, and variable in diame- and green lumber. ter: Lined with a substance the color of By timberworms in living Do. wood: from Hoo to % inch in diame- and felled trees and ter (hardwoods rarely with streaks in green logs. surrounding wood). Unlined, less than Vs inch in diameter By ambrosia beetles in Do. (not grouped in given space). green logs and green lumber. Grub holes Holes % to 1 inch in diameter, variable in shape, open or with boring dust: Holes stained, usually open _ _ _ By wood-boring grubs in Do. living trees. Holes unstained, usually with boring dust present: do _. Do. Borings fine, granular, or fibrous _ Do. Borings variable in character, some- By adults and larvae of times absent. beetles and other wood- boring insects in re- cently felled softwoods and hardwoods. Powder-post Holes mostly Vie to ^A inch in diameter, circu- lar to broadly oval, filled with granular or powdery boring dust, and unstained : By roundheaded borers Wormholes. Hardwoods and powder-post beetles in green or seasoned wood. By flathead borers in liv- Do. Softwoods ing, recently felled, and dead trees. By roundheaded borers. Do. weevils, and Anobium powder-post beetles in seasoned wood. Pitch pocket By various insects in liv- Wormholes, no ing trees. living worms. Black check By the grubs of various Do. insects in living trees. Bluing - - Stained area over 1 inch long By fungus following in- Do, sect wounds in living trees and recently felled sawlogs. Pith fleck By the maggots of flies or Do. adult weevils in living trees. Gum spot _ By the grubs of various Do. insects in living trees. Ring distortions By defoliating larvae Do. or flathead cambium miners in living trees. 17-7 Beetles of the wood by the winged adults as they emerge and by the fine powder that may fall Bark beetles may damage the components from the wood. of log- and other rustic structures on which the Susceptible hardwood lumber used for manu- bark is left. They are reddish-brown to black facturing purposes should be protected from and vary in length from about Vie to 1/4 inch. powder-post beetle attack as soon as it is sawed They bore through the outer bark to the soft and also when it arrives at the plant. An ap- inner part, where they make tunnels in which proved insecticide applied in water emulsion to they lay their eggs. In making tunnels, bark the green lumber will provide protection. Such beetles push out fine brownish-white sawdust- treatment may be effective even after the lum- like particles. If many beetles are present, their ber is kiln dried—until it is surfaced. extensive tunneling will loosen the bark and Good plant sanitation is extremely impor- permit it to fall off in large patches, making the tant in alleviating the problem of infestations. structure unsightly. Proper sanitation measures can often eliminate To avoid bark beetle damage, logs may be the necessity for other preventative steps. stored in water or under a water spray, or cut Damage to manufactured items frequently is during the dormant season (October or No- traceable to infestations that occur before the vember, for instance). If cut during this products are placed on the market, particularly period, logs should immediately be piled off if a finish is not applied to the surface of the the ground where there will be good air move- items until they are sold. Once wood is ment, to promote rapid drying of the inner infested, the larvae will continue to work, even bark before the beetles begin to ñy in the though the surface is subsequently painted, spring. Drying the bark will almost always oiled, waxed, or varnished. prevent damage by insects that prefer freshly When selecting hardwood lumber for build- cut wood. Another protective measure is to ing or manufacturing purposes, any evidence thoroughly spray the logs with an approved of powder-post infestation should not be over- insecticidal solution. looked, for the beetles may continue to be Ambrosia beetles, roundheaded and flat- active long after the wood is put to use. Sterili- headed borers, and some powder-post beetles zation of green wood with steam at 130° F. or that get into freshly cut timber can cause con- sterilization of wood with a lower moisture siderable damage to wood in rustic structures content at 180° F. under controlled conditions and some manufactured products. Certain bee- of relative humidity for about 2 hours is effec- tles may complete development and emerge a tive for checking infestation or preventing year or more after the wood is dry, often attack of 1-inch lumber. Thicker material re- raising a question as to the origin of the in- quires a longer time. A 3-minute soaking in a festation. Proper cutting practices and spray- petroleum oil solution containing an insecticide ing the material with an approved chemical is also effective for checking infestation or solution, as recommended for bark beetles, will preventing attack of lumber up to 1 inch thick. control these insects. Damage by ambrosia Small dimension stock also can be protected beetles can be prevented in freshly sawed lum- by brushing or spraying with approved chemi- ber by dipping the product in a chemical solu- cals. For infested furniture or finished wood- tion. The addition of one of the sap-stain pre- work in a building, the same insecticides may ventives approved for controlling molds, stains, be used but they should be dissolved in a re- and decay will keep the lumber bright. fined petroleum oil, like mineral spirits. Powder-post beetles attack both hardwoods As the Lyctus beetles lay their eggs in the and softwoods, and both freshly cut and sea- open pores of wood, infestation can be pre- soned lumber and timber. The powder-post vented by covering the entire surface of each beetles that cause most damage to dry hard- piece of wood with a suitable finish. wood lumber belong to the Lyctus species. They A roundheaded powder-post beetle, com- attack the sapwood of ash, hickory, oak, and monly known as the **old house borer," causes other hardwoods as it begins to season. Eggs damage to seasoned pine floor joists. The larvae are laid in pores of the wood, and the larvae reduce the sapwood to a powdery or granular burrow through the wood, making tunnels consistency and make a ticking sound while at from i/ie to yi2 inch in diameter, which they leave work. When mature, the beetles make an oval packed with a fine powder. Powder-post dam- hole about 14 inch in diameter in the surface age is indicated by holes left in the surface of the wood and emerge. Anobiid powder-post 17-8 beetles, which make holes Vie to Vs inch in diame- ter, also cause damage to pine joists. Infested wood should be drenched with a solution of one of the currently recommended insecticides in a highly penetrating solvent. Beetles work- ing in wood behind plastered or paneled walls can be eliminated by having a licensed opera- tor fumigate the building. Termites Termites superficially resemble ants in size, general appearance, and habit of living in col- onies. About 56 species are known in the A B United States. From the standpoint of their M 137 348 methods of attack on wood, they can be Figure 17-2.—A, Winged termite; B, winged ant (both greatly grouped into two main classes: (1) The enlarged). The wasp waist of the ant and the long wings of ground-inhabiting or subterranean termites ; the termite are distinguishing characteristics. and (2) the wood-inhabiting or nonsubterra- nean termites. the ground. They build their tunnels through earth and around obstructions to get at the Subterranean Termites wood they need for food. They also must have a constant source of moisture. The worker Subterranean termites are responsible for members of the colony cause destruction of most of the termite damage done to wood wood. At certain seasons of the year male structures in the United States. This damage and female winged forms swarm from the can be prevented. Subterranean termites are colony, fiy a short time, lose their wings, mate, more prevalent in the southern states than and, if successful in locating a suitable home, in the northern states, where low tempera- start new colonies. The appearance of "flying tures do not favor their development (fig. 17- ants,'' or their shed wings, is an indication 1). The hazard of infestation is greatest (1) that a termite colony may be near and causing beneath basementless buildings erected on a serious damage. Not all "flying ants" are ter- concrete-slab foundation or over a crawl space mites; therefore suspicious insects should be that is poorly drained and ventilated, and (2) identified before money is spent for their erad- in any substructure wood close to the ground ication (fig. 17-2). or an earth fill (e.g. an earth-filled porch). Subterranean termites do not establish them- The subterranean termites develop their selves in buildings by being carried there in colonies and maintain their headquarters in lumber, but enter from ground nests after the building has been constructed. Telltale signs of their presence are the earthern tubes or run- ways built by these insects over the surfaces of foundation walls to reach the wood above. Another sign is the swarming of winged adults early in the spring or fall. In the wood itself, the termites make galleries that generally follow the grain, leaving a shell of sound wood to conceal their activities. As the galleries seldom show on the wood surfaces, probing with an ice pick or knife is advisable if the presence of termites is suspected. The best protection where subterranean termites are prevalent is to prevent them from gaining access to the building. The founda- tions should be of concrete or other solid ma- terial through which the termites cannot pene- M 134 686 trate. With brick, stone, or concrete blocks, Figure 17~1.—A, The northern limit of recorded damage done by subterranean termites in the United States; B, the northern limit cement mortar should be used, for termites of damage done by dry-wood or nonsubterranean termites. can work through some other kinds of mortar. 17-9 Also, it is a good precaution to cap the founda- Nonsubterranean Termites tion with about 4 inches of reinforced con- crete. Posts supporting first-floor girders Nonsubterranean termites have been found should, if they bear directly on the ground, only in a narrow strip of territory extending be of concrete. If there is a basement, it should from central California around the southern be floored with concrete. Untreated posts in edge of continental United States to Virginia such a basement should rest on concrete piers (fig. 17-1) and also in the West Indies and extending a few inches above the basement Hawaii. Their principal damage is confined floor. However, pressure-treated posts can rest to an area in southern California, to parts of directly on the basement floor. With the crawl- southern Florida, notably Key West, and to the space type of foundation, wood floor joists islands of Hawaii. should be kept at least 18 inches and girders The nonsubterranean termites, especially 12 inches from the earth and good ventilation the dry-wood type, do not multiply as rapidly provided beneath the floor. as the subterranean termites, and have some- Moisture condensation on the floor joists what different colony life and habits. The total and subflooring, which may cause conditions amount of destruction they cause in the United favorable to decay and contribute to infesta- States is much less than that caused by the tion by termites, can be avoided by covering subterranean termites. The ability of dry-wood the soil below with a moisture barrier. When termites to live in dry wood without outside concrete-slab floors are laid directly on the moisture or contact with the ground, however, ground, all soil under the slab should be treated makes them a definite menace in the regions with an approved insecticide before the con- where they occur. Their depredations are not crete is poured. Furthermore, insulation con- rapid, but they can thoroughly riddle timbers taining cellulose that is used as a flller in ex- with their tunnelings if allowed to work un- pansion joints should be impregnated with an molested for a few years. approved chemical toxic to termites. Sealing In constructing a building in localities the top % inch of the expansion joint with where the dry-wood type of nonsubterranean roofing-grade coal-tar pitch also provides ef- termite is prevalent, it is good practice to fective protection from ground-nesting ter- inspect the lumber carefully to see that it was mites. not infested before arrival at the building site. All concrete forms, stakes, stumps, and If the building is constructed during the waste wood should be removed from the build- swarming season, the lumber should be watched ing site, for they are possible sources of in- during the course of construction, because in- festation. In the main, the precautions effec- festation by colonizing pairs can easily take tive against subterranean termites are also place. Because paint is a good protection helpful against decay. against the entrance of dry-wood termites, The principal method of protecting build- ings in high termite hazard areas is to exposed wood (except that which is preserva- throughly treat the soil adjacent to the founda- tive treated) should be kept adequately painted. tion walls and piers beneath the building with Fine screen should be placed over any open- a soil insecticide. New modifications in soil ings through which access might be gained treatment are currently under investigation to the interior unpainted parts of the build- and appear promising. Current references to ings. As in the case of ground-nesting ter- termite control should be consulted. mites, old stumps, posts, or wood debris of To control termites already in a building, any kind that could serve as sources of infes- break any contact between the termite colony tation should be removed from the premises. in the soil and the woodwork. This can be done If a building is infested with dry-wood by blocking the runways from soil to wood, by termites, badly damaged wood should be re- treating the soil, or both. Guard against pos- placed. If the wood is only slightly damaged sible reinfestations by frequent inspections or difficult to replace, further termite activity for telltale signs that were listed previously. can be arrested by forcing a teaspoonful of Recently, the Formosan termite has become an approved pesticide dust into each nest. established in the United States. It is more Also effective are approved liquid insecticides. active and voracious than the subterranean Current recommendations for such formula- termites native to the United States. However, tions should be consulted.^ Detached houses the conventional methods of protection seem to be effective. " See footnote, p. 17-2. 17-10 heavily infested with nonsubterranean ter- When carpenter ants are found in a struc- mites have been fumigated with success. This ture, any badly damaged timbers should be method is quicker and often cheaper than the replaced. Because the ant needs high humidity use of poisonous liquids and dusts, but it does in its immature stages, alterations in the con- not prevent the termites from returning be- struction may also be required to eliminate cause no poisonous residue is left in the tun- moisture from rain or condensation. In wood nels. Fumigation is very dangerous and should not sufRcently damaged to require replace- be conducted only by licensed professional ment, the ants can be killed by dusting with fumigators. an approved insecticide. In localities where dry-wood termites do serious damage to posts and poles, the best protection for these and similar forms af out- MARINE BORER DAMAGE AND CONTROL door timbers is full-length pressure treatment Damage by marine-boring organisms to with a preservative. wood structures in salt or brackish waters is practically worldwide. Slight attack is some- Naturally Termite-Resisfanf Woods times found in rivers even above the region of brackishness. The rapidity of attack de- Only a limited number of woods grown in pends upon local conditions and the kinds of the United States offer any marked degree of borers present. Along the Pacific, Gulf, and natural resistance to termite attack. The close- South Atlantic coasts of the United States at- grained heartwood of California redwood has tack is rapid, and untreated piling may be some resistance, especially when used above completely destroyed in a year or less. Along ground. Very resinous heartwood of southern the coast of the New England States the rate pine is practically immune, but wood of this of attack is slower but still sufficiently rapid, type is not available in large quantities or generally, to require protection of wood where suitable for many uses. long life is desired. The principal marine borers from the stand- Carpenter Ants point of wood damage in the United States are described here. Control measures discussed Carpenter ants are black or brown. They in this section are those in use at the time occur usually in stumps, trees, or logs but this handbook was prepared. Regulations sometimes damage poles, structural timbers, should be reviewed at the time control treat- or buildings. One form is easily recognized ments are being considered so that approved by its giant size relative to other ants. Car- practices will be followed.^ penter ants use wood for shelter rather than for food, usually preferring wood that is Shipworms naturally soft or has been made soft by decay. They may enter a building directly, by crawl- Shipworms are the most destructive of the ing, or may be carried there in fuel wood. If marine borers. They are mollusks of various left undisturbed they can, in a few years, en- species that superficially are wormlike in large their tunnels to the point where replace- form. The group includes several species of ment or extensive repairs are necessary. The Teredo and several species of Bankia, which parts of dwellings they frequent most often are especially damaging. These are readily are porch columns, porch roofs, window sills, distinguishable on close observation but are all and sometimes the wood plates in foundation very similar in several respects. In the early walls. The logs of rustic cabins are also at- stages of their life they are minute, free- tacked. swimming organisms. Upon finding suitable Precautions that prevent attack by decay lodgement on wood they quickly develop into and termites are usually effective against car- a new form and bury themselves in the wood. penter ants. Decaying or infested wood, such A pair of boring shells on the head grows as logs or stumps, should be removed from rapidly in size as the boring progresses, while the premises, and crevices present in the foun- the tail part or siphon remains at the original dation or woodwork of the building should be entrance. Thus, the animal grows in length sealed. Particularly, leaks in porch roofs and diameter within the wood but remains a should be repaired, because the decay that may prisoner in its burrow, which it lines with result makes the wood more desirable to the ants. ' See footnote, p. 17-2. 17-11 a shell-like deposit. It lives on the wood borings greatest between tide levels, piles heavily at- and the organic matter extracted from the tacked by Limnoria characteristically wear sea water that is continuously being pumped within such levels to an hourglass shape. Un- through its system. The entrance holes never treated piling can be destroyed by Limnoria grow large, and the interior of a pile may be within a year in heavily infested harbors. completely honeycombed and ruined while the Sphaeroma are somewhat larger, sometimes surface shows only slight perforations. When reaching a length of 1/2 inch and a width of present in great numbers, the borers grow % inch. They resemble in general appearance only a few inches before the wood is so com- and size the common sow bug or pill bug that pletely occupied that grovrth is stopped, but inhabits damp places. Sphaeroma are widely when not crowded they can grow to lengths distributed but not as plentiful as Limnoria of 1 to 4 feet according to species. and do much less damage. Nevertheless piles in some structures have been ruined by them. Occasionally they have been found working in Pholads fresh water. In types of damage, Sphaeroma action resembles that of Limnoria, Another group of wood-boring mollusks is The average life of well-creosoted structures pholads, which clearly resemble clams and is many times the average life that could be therefore are not included with the shipworms. obtained from untreated structures. However, These are entirely encased in their double even thorough creosote treatment will not al- shells. The Martesia are the best-known spe- ways stop Martesia, Sphaeroma, and especially cies, but a second group is the Xylophaga. Limnoria, Like the shipworms, the Martesia enter the wood when very small, leaving a small en- Shallow or erratic creosote penetration af- trance hole, and grow larger as they burrow fords but slight protection. The spots with into the wood. They generally do not exceed poor protection are attacked, and from them 21/2 inches in length and 1 inch in diameter, the borers spread inward and destroy the un- but are capable of doing considerable damage. treated interior of the pile. Low retention Their activities in the United States appear to fails to provide a reservoir of surplus preserv- be confined to the Gulf of Mexico. ative to compensate for depletion by evapora- tion and leaching. When wood is to be used in salt water, avoid- ance of cutting or injuring the surface after Limnoria and Sphaeroma treatment is even more important than when Another distinct group of marine borers are wood is to be used on land. No cutting or crustaceans, which are related to lobsters and injury of any kind for any purpose should shrimp. The principal ones are species of be permitted in the underwater part of the Limnoria and Sphaeroma, Their attack differs pile. Where piles are cut to grade above the from that of the shipworms and the Martesia waterline, the exposed surfaces should, of in that it is quite shallow; the result is that course, be protected from decay. the wood gradually is thinned through erosion by the combined action of the borers and water. Also, the Limnoria and Sphaeroma do not become imprisoned in the wood but may Resistance to Marine Borers move freely from place to place. Limnoria are small, about % to % inch No wood is immune to marine-borer attack, long, and bore small burrows in the surface and no commercially important wood of the of piles. Although they can change their loca- United States has sufficient marine-borer re- tion, they usually continue to bore in one place. sistance to justify its use untreated in any When great numbers are present, their bur- important structure in areas where borers are rows are separated by very thin walls of wood active. The heartwood of several foreign spe- that are easily eroded by the motion of the cies, such as turpentine, greenheart, jarrah, water or damaged by objects floating upon it. azobe, totara, kasikasi, manbarklak, and sev- This erosion causes the Limnoria to burrow eral others, has shown resistance to marine- continually deeper; otherwise the burrows borer attack. Service records on these woods, would probably not become more than 2 inches however, do not always show uniform results long or more than % inch deep. As erosion is and are affected by local conditions. 17-12 Protection of Permanent Structures or later let in the borers, and in only a few cases has long life been reported. Attempts The best practical protection for piles in during World War II to electroplate wood piles sea water where borer hazard is moderate is with copper were not successful. Concrete cas- heavy treatment with coal-tar creosote or creo- ings are now in greater use than metal armor sote-coal tar solution. Where severe borer and appear to provide better protection when hazard exists, dual treatment (copper arse- high-quality materials are used and are care- nate * containing waterborne preservatives fol- fully applied. Unfortunately, they are readily lowed by coal-tar creosote) is recommended. damaged by ship impact. For this reason, The treatment must be thorough, the penetra- concrete casings are less practical for fender tion as deep as possible, and the retention piles than for foundation piles that are pro- high to give satisfactory results in heavily tected from mechanical damage. infested waters. It is best to treat such piles Jacketing piles by wrapping them with by the full-cell process "to refusal;" that is, heavy polyvinyl plastic is one of the most re- to force in all the preservative the piles can cent forms of supplementary protection. If hold without using treatments that cause seri- properly applied, it will kill any borers thai ous damage to the wood. The retentions rec- may have already become established, by rend- ommended in chapter 18 are minimum values; ering stagnant the water in contact with the when maximum protection against marine piles. Like other materials, the plastic jacket borers is desired, as much more preservative is subject to mechanical damage. as is practicable should be injected. For high- est retentions it is necessary to air dry the piling before treatment. Details of treatments Protection of Boats are discussed in chapter 18. The life of treated piles is influenced by Wood barges and lighters have been con- the thoroughness of the treatment, the care and structed with planking or sheathing pressure intelligence used in avoiding damage to the treated with creosote to provide hull protec- treated shell during handling and installation, tion from marine borers, and the results have and the severity of borer attack. Differences been favorable. Although coal-tar creosote is in exposure conditions, such as water temper- an effective preservative for protecting wood ature, salinity, dissolved oxygen, water depth, against marine borers in areas of moderate and currents, tend to cause wide variations in borer hazard, it has disadvantages in many the severity of borer attack even within types of boats. Creosote adds considerably to limited areas. The San Francisco Bay Marine the weight of the boat hull, and its odor is Piling Committee has estimated a range of 15 to 30 years for the life of creosoted piles on objectionable to boat crews. In addition, anti- the Pacific Coast. More recent service records fouling paints are difficult to apply over creo- show average-life figures of from 22 to 48 soted wood. years on well-treated Douglas-fir piles in San Some copper bottom paints protect boat Francisco Bay waters. In South Atlantic and hulls against marine-borer attack, but the pro- Gulf of Mexico waters, creosoted piles are es- tection continues only while the coating re- timated to last 10 to 12 years, and frequently mains unbroken. As it is difficult to maintain much longer. On the North Atlantic Coast, an unbroken coating of antifouling paint, the even longer life is to be expected. U.S. Navy has found it desirable to impreg- Metal armor and concrete jacketing have nate the hull planking of some wood boats been used with varying degrees of success for with certain copper-containing preservatives.* the protection of marine piles. The metal Such preservatives, when applied with high armor may be in the form of sheets, wire, or retentions (1.5 to 2.0 p.c.f.), have some ef- nails. Scupper-nailing with iron or steel fur- fectiveness against marine borers and should nishes some protection, particularly against help to protect the hull of a boat during in- Limnoria. Sheathing of piles with copper or tervals between renewals of the antifouling muntz metal has been only partially successful, coating. These copper preservatives do not owing to diflSculty in maintaining a continuous provide protection equivalent to that fur- armor. Theft, damage in driving, damage by nished by coal-tar creosote; their effectiveness storm or driftwood, and corrosion have sooner in protecting boats is therefore best assured if the boats are dry docked at regular and ' See footnote, p. 17-2. frequent intervals and the antifouling coating 17-13 maintained. However, the leach-resistant wood treatment. The plywood hull presents a surface preservatives containing copper arsenates ^ that can be covered successfully with a pro- have shown superior performance (at a reten- tion of 2.5 p.c.f.) to creosote in tests conducted tective membrane of reinforced plastic lami- in areas of severe borer hazard. nate. Such coverings should not be attempted Plywood as well as plank hulls can be pro- on wood that has been treated with a preserva- tected against marine borers by preservative tive carried in oil, because the bond will be ' See footnote, p. 17-2. unsatisfactory. BIBLIOGRAPHY Anderson, L. O. Lewis, W. C. 1970. Wood-frame house construction. U.S. Dep. 1968. Thermal insulation from wood for buildings : Agr., Agr. Handbook 73, rev. 223 pp. Effects of moisture and its control. USDA Atwood, W. G., and Johnson, A. A. Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 86. Forest 1924. Marine structures, their deterioration, and Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. preservation. Nat. Res. Counc. Rep. Comm. Light, S. F. on Marine Piling Invest., 534 pp., illus. 1929. Termites and termite damage. Calif. Agr. Baechler, R. H., and Roth, H. G. Exp. Sta. Cir. 314, 28 pp. 1961. Further data on the extraction of creosote MacLean, J. D. from marine piles. Proc. Amer. Wood 1950. Results of experiments on the effectiveness Preserv. Assoc. 57: 120-129. of various preservatives in protecting wood Beal, J. A., and Massey, G. L. against marine-borer attack. Forest Prod. 1945. Bark beetles and ambrosia beetles. Duke Lab. Rep. D1773. Univ. Forest. Bull. 10, 178 pp., illus. Panek, Edward Beal, R. H. 1963. Pretreatments for the protection of southern 1967. Formosan invader. Pest Control 35(2): 13- yellow pine poles during air seasoning. 17. Proc. Amer. Wood Près. Assoc. 59: 182- Chellis, R. D. 202. 1948. Finding and fighting marine borers. Eng. Richards, A. P. News Rec. 140(12): 422-424, illus.; (14): 1965. Marine biology handbook. U.S. Navy Depart- ment, NAVDOCKS MO-311. 493-496, illus. , and Clapp, W. F. Federal Housing Administration 1946. Control of marine borers in plywood. Amer. 1965. Minimum property standards for one and Soc. Mech. Eng. Wood Ind. Div. Pap. two living units. Pub. 300, 315 pp. 46-A-43, 6 pp. Furniss, R. L. Scheffer, T. C, and Verrall, A. F. 1944. Carpenter ant control in Oregon. Oreg. Agr. 1973. Principles of protecting wood buildings from Exp. Sta. Cir. 158, 12 pp. decay. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL Greaves, H. 190. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. 1969. Wood-inhabiting bacteria: General consider- , Wilson, T.R.C., Luxford, R. F., and Hartley, C. ations. Commonwealth Sei. Ind. Res. Org. 1941. Effect of certain heartrot fungi on the Forest Prod. Newsletter 359. specific gravity and strength of Sitka Hartley, C, and May, C. spruce and Douglas-fir. U.S. Dep. Agr. Tech. Bull. 779, 24 pp. 1943. Decay of wood in boats. U.S. Dep. Agr. St. George, R. A. Forest Path. Spec. Release 8, 12 pp. 1970. Protecting log cabins, rustic work, and Hill, C. L., and Kofoid, C. A. unseasoned wood from injurious insects 1927. Marine borers and their relation to marine in the Eastern United States. U.S. Dep. construction on the Pacific Coast. San Agr. Farmers' Bull. 2104, rev. 18 pp. Francisco Bay Marine Piling Comm. Final Snyder, T. E. Rep., 357 pp. 1927. Defects in timber caused by insects. U.S. Hochman, H., Vind, H., Roe, T., Jr., Muraoka, J., and Dep. Agr. Bull. 1490, 46 pp. Casey, J. 1956. The role of Limnoria tripunctata in promot- 1966. Control of nonsubterranean termites. U.S. ing early failure of creosoted piling. Tech. Dep. Agr. Farmers' Bull. 2018, rev. 16 pp. Memorandum M-109, U.S. Naval Civil U.S. Department of Agriculture Eng. Res. and Evaluation Lab., 43 pp. 1972. Subterranean termites, their prevention and control in buildings. U.S. Dep. Agr. Home Johnston, H. R. & Garden Bull. 64, rev. 16 pp. 1952. Control of insects attacking green logs and lumber. Southern Lumberman 184(2307): 1969. Wood decay in houses, how to prevent and 37-39. control it. U.S. Dep. Agr. Home & Garden Bull. 73, rev. 17 pp. 1960. Soil treatments for subterranean termites. U.S. Forest Products Laboratory U.S. Dep. Agr. Occasional Pap. 152, rev. 1960. Making log cabins endure. Forest Prod. Lab. 6 pp. Rep. 982. -, Smith, R. H., and St. George, R. A. Verrall, A. F. 1955. Prevention and control of Lyctus powder- 1952. Control of wood decay in buildings. Agr. Eng. 33(4): 217-219. post beetles. Southern Lumberman. Mar. , and Scheffer, T. C. Knuth, D. T., and McCoy, Elizabeth 1949. Control of stain, mold, and decay in green 1962. Bacterial deterioration of pine logs in pond lumber and other wood products. Forest storage. Forest Prod. J. 12(9): 437-442. Prod. Res. Soc. Proc. 3, 9 pp. 17-14 FS-368 Chapter 18 WOOD PRESERVATION Paßfö Wood Preservatives 18-2 Preservative Oils 18-2 Waterborne Preservatives 18-5 Preservative Effectiveness 18-7 Penetrability of Different Species 18-7 Preparing Timber for Treatment 18-12 Peeling 18-12 Drying 18-12 Conditioning Green Products for Pressure Treat- ment 18-13 Incising 18-13 Cutting and Framing 18-13 Applying Preservatives 18-15 Pressure Processes 18-15 Nonpressure Processes 18-18 Effect of Treatment on Strength 18-21 Handling and Seasoning Timber After Treatment 18-21 Quality Assurance for Treated Wood 18-22 Treating Conditions and Specifications 18-22 Inspection 18-22 How to Purchase Treated Wood 18-23 Bibliography 18-24 18-1 WOOD PRESERVATION' Wood can be protected from the attack of cleanliness, odor, color, paintability, and fire decay fungi, harmful insects, or marine borers resistance in use. Preservative oils sometimes by applying selected chemicals as wood pre- travel from treated studs or subflooring along servatives. The degree of protection obtained nails and discolor adjacent plaster or finish depends on the kind of preservative used and flooring. Volatile oils or solvents with oil-borne on achieving proper penetration and retention preservatives, if removed after treatment, of the chemicals. Some preservatives are more leave the wood somewhat cleaner than the effective than others, and some are more adapt- heavier oils but may not provide as much pro- able to certain use requirements. The wood can tection. Wood treated with preservative oils be well protected only when the preservative can be glued satisfactorily, although special substantially penetrates it, and some methods processing or cleaning may be required to re- of treatment assure better penetration than move surplus oils from surfaces before spread- others. There is also a difference in the treat- ing the adhesive. ability of various species of wood, particularly of their heartwood, which generally resists preservative treatment more than sapwood. Coal-Tar Creosote Good wood preservatives, applied with stand- ard retentions and with the wood satisfac- Coal-tar creosote, a black or brownish oil torily penetrated, substantially increase the made by distilling coal tar, is one of the more life of wood structures, often by five or more important and useful wood preservatives. Its times. On this basis the annual cost of treated advantages are: (1) High toxicity to wood- wood in service is greatly reduced below that destroying organisms; (2) relative insolubility of similar wood without treatment. In consid- in water and low volatility, which impart to ering preservative treatment processes and it a great degree of permanence under the wood species, the combination must provide most varied use conditions; (3) ease of ap- the required protection for the conditions of plication; (4) ease with which its depth of exposure and life of the structure. penetration can be determined; (5) general availability and relative low cost (when pur- chased in wholesale quantities) ; and (6) long record of satisfactory use. WOOD PRESERVATIVES The character of the tar used, the method of distillation, and the temperature range in Wood preservatives fall into two general which the creosote fraction is collected all classes: Oils, such as creosote and petroleum influence the composition of the creosote. The solutions of pentachlorophenol ; and water- composition of the various coal-tar creosotes borne salts that are applied as water solutions. available, therefore, may vary to a considera- ble extent. Small differences in composition, however, do not prevent creosotes from giving Preservative OUs good service; satisfactory results in prevent- ing decay may generally be expected from any The wood does not swell from the preserva- coal-tar creosote that complies with the re- tive oils, but it may shrink if it loses moisture quirements of standard specifications. during the treating process. Creosote and solu- Although coal-tar creosote or creosote-coal tions with the heavier, less volatile petroleum tar solutions are well qualified for general oils often help protect the wood from weather- outdoor service in structural timbers, they ing outdoors, but may adversely influence its have properties that are disadvantageous for some purposes. ^ Mention of a chemical in this chapter does not The color of creosote and the fact that constitute a recommendation; only those chemicals reg- creosote-treated wood usually cannot be istered by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency painted satisfactorily make this preservative may be recommended, and then only for uses as prescribed in the registration and in the manner and at unsuitable for finish lumber or other lumber the concentration prescribed. The list of registered used where appearance and paintability are chemicals varies from time to time; prospective users, important. therefore, should get current information on registra- tion status from the Environmental Protection Agency, The odor of creosoted wood is unpleasant Washington, D.C. to some persons. Also, creosote vapors are 18-2 harmful to growing plants, and foodstuffs that Coal-Tar Creosotes for Nonpressure Treatments are sensitive to odors should not be stored where creosote odors are present. Workmen Special coal-tar creosotes are available for sometimes object to creosoted wood because it nonpressure treatments. They differ somewhat soils their clothes and because it burns the from regular commercial coal-tar creosote in skin of the face and hands of some individ- (1) being crystal-free to flow freely at ordi- uals. With normal precautions to avoid direct nary temperatures and (2) having low-boiling dermal contact with creosote, there appears to distillation fractions removed to reduce evap- be no danger to the health of workmen han- oration in thermal (hot-and-cold) treatments dhng or working near the treated wood or on in open tanks. Federal Specification TT-C-655 the health of the occupants of buildings in covers coal-tar creosote for brush, spray, or which the treated wood is used. open-tank treatments. Freshly creosoted timber can be ignited easily and will burn readily, producing a dense smoke. However, after the timber has seasoned Other Creosotes some months, the more volatile parts of the oil disappear from near the surface, and the Creosotes distilled from tars other than coal creosoted wood usually is little, if any, easier tar are used to some extent for wood preserva- to ignite than untreated wood. Until this vola- tion, although they are not included in current tile oil has evaporated, ordinary precautions Federal or AWPA specifications. These include should be taken to prevent fires. On the other wood-tar creosote, oil-tar creosote, and water- hand, timber that has been kept sound by gas-tar creosote. These creosotes protect wood from decay and insect attack but are generally creosote treatment is harder to ignite than un- less effective than coal-tar creosote. treated wood that has started to decay. A preservative other than creosote should be used where fire hazard is highly important, unless Tars the treated wood is also protected from fire. A number of specifications prepared by dif- Coal tars are seldom used alone for preserv- ferent organizations are available for creosote ing wood because good penetration is usually oils of different kinds. Although the oil ob- difficult to obtain and because they are less tained under most of these specifications will poisonous to wood-destroying fungi than the probably be effective in preventing decay, the coal-tar creosotes. Service tests have demon- requirements of some organizations are more strated that surface coatings of tar are of exacting than others. Federal Specification little value. Coal tar has been used in the TT-C-645 for coal-tar creosote, adopted for pressure treatment of crossties, but it has been difficult to get the highly viscous tar to use by the U.S. Government, will generally penetrate wood satisfactorily. When good ab- prove satisfactory; under normal conditions, sorptions and deep penetrations are obtained, this specification can be met without difficulty however, it is reasonable to expect a satis- by most creosote producers. The requirements factory degree of effectiveness from treatment of this specification are similar to those of the with coal tar. The tar has been particularly American Wood-Preservers' Association effective in reducing checking in crossties in (AWPA) Standard PI for creosote, which is service. equally acceptable. Water-gas-tar is used less extensively than Federal Specification TT-C-645 provides for coal tar, but, in certain cases where the wood three classes of coal-tar creosote. Class I is for was thoroughly impregnated, the results were poles; class II is for ties, lumber, structural good. timbers, land or fresh water piles, and posts; and class III is for piles, lumber, and struc- Creosote Solution tural timbers for use in coastal waters. Some pole users, to reduce bleeding in poles For many years, either coal tar or petroleum with high retentions of creosote, have speci- oil has been mixed with coal-tar creosote, in fied lower retentions of coal-tar creosote forti- various proportions, to lower preservative fied with 2 percent pentachlorophenol. Corro- costs. These creosote solutions have a satis- sion problems to treating plant equipment have factory record of performance, particularly accompanied the use of this preservative and for crossties where they have been most com- are under investigation. monly used. 18-3 Federal Specification TT-C-650, "Creosote- in solvents of the mineral spirits type, were Coal-Tar Solution," covers five classes of creo- first used in commercial treatments of wood sote-coal-tar solution. These classes contain not by the millwork industry about 1931. Commer- less than 80, 70, 60, 50, and 65 percent coal-tar cial pressure treatment with pentachlorophenol distillate (creosote) (by volume), for classes in heavy petroleum oils started on poles about I, II, III, IV, and V, respectively. Classes I 1941, and considerable quantities of various and II are for land and fresh-v^ater piles, products were soon pressure treated. AWPA posts, lumber, structural timber, and bridge Standard P8 and Federal Specification TT-W- ties. Classes III and IV are for crossties and 570 define the properties of pentachlorophenol switch ties. Class V, which has a 60 to 75 and AWPA Standard P9 covers solvents for percent level of distillate, is for piles, lumber, oil-borne preservatives. A commercial process and structural timber used in coastal waters. using pentachlorophenol dissolved in liquid pe- AWPA Standard P2 includes four creosote- troleum gas was introduced in 1961. coal-tar solutions that must contain, respec- Pentachlorophenol solutions for wood pres- tively, not less than 80, 70, 60, or 50 percent ervation generally contain 5 percent (by by volume of coal-tar distillate and must also weight) of this chemical although solutions meet requirements as to physical and chemical with volatile solvents may contain lower or properties. AWPA Standard P12 covers a higher concentrations. The performance of creosote-coal-tar solution for the treatment of pentachlorophenol and the properties of the marine (coastal waters) piles and timbers. treated wood are influenced by the properties Federal Specification TT-W-568 and AWPA of the solvent used. The heavy petroleum sol- Standard P3 stipulate that creosote-petro- vent included in AWPA Standard P9A is pref- leum oil solutions shall contain not less than erable for maximum protection, particularly 50 percent (by volume) of coal-tar creosote where the wood treated with pentachlorophenol and the petroleum oil shall meet the require- is used in contact with the ground, but further ments of AWPA's Standard P4. evaluation of newer volatile solvents is needed. Creosote-coal-tar solutions, compared to The heavy oils remain in the wood for a straight creosote, tend to reduce weathering long time and do not usually provide a clean and checking of the treated wood. The solu- or paintable surface. The volatile solvents, such tions may have a greater tendency to accumu- as liquefied petroleum gas and méthylène late on the surface of the treated wood (bleed) chloride, are used with pentachlorophenol and may penetrate the wood with greater dif- when the natural appearance of the wood must ficulty, particularly because they generally are be retained and the treated wood requires a more viscous than straight creosote. Higher paint coating or other finish. Because of the tempeiatures and pressures during treatment, toxicity of pentachlorophenol, care is necessary when they can safely be used, will often im- to avoid excessive personal contact with the prove jDenetration of solutions of high viscosity. solution or vapor in handling and using it. Even though petroleum oil and coal tar are A *'bloom" preventive, such as ester gum or less toxic to wood-destroying organisms than oil-soluble glycol, is generally required with straight creosote, and their mixtures with volatile solvents to prevent crystals of penta- creosote are also less toxic in laboratory tests, chlorophenol from forming on the surface of a reduction in toxicity does not imply less the treated wood. Brushing or washing the sur- preser^^ative protection. Creosote-petroleum face with hot water or an alkaline solution solutions and creosote coal-tar solutions help has been used to remove the crystalline de- to reduce checking and weathering of the posits. treated wood. Frequently posts and ties treated The results of pole service and field tests on with tliiese solutions of standard formulation wood treated with 5 percent pentachlorophe- have shown better service than those similarly nol in a heavy petroleum oil are similar to treated with straight coal-tar creosote. those with coal-tar creosote. This similarity has been recognized in the preservative reten- tion requirements of treatment specifications. Pentachlorophenol Solutions Pentachlorophenol is ineffective against ma- rine borers and is not recommended for the Water-repellent solutions containing chlori- treatment of marine piling or timbers used in nated phenols, principally pentachlorophenol, coastal waters. 18-4 Water-Repellent Preservatives posed above ground. They therefore help re- duce dimensional changes in the wood due Preservative systems containing water- to moisture changes when the wood is exposed repellent components are sold under various to rainwater or dampness for short periods. As trade names, principally for the dip or equiva- with any wood preservative, their eflfectiveness lent treatment of window sash and other mill- in protecting wood against decay and insects work. Federal Specification TT-W-572 stipu- depends upon the retention and penetration lates that such preservatives consist of volatile obtained in application. solvents, such as mineral spirits, that do not cause appreciable swelling of the wood, and that the treated wood be paintable and meet a Waferborne Preservatives performance test on water repellency. In pres- sure treatment with water-repellent preserva- Standard wood preservatives used in water tive, however, considerable diflficulty has been solution include acid copper chromate, ammoni- experienced in removing residual solvents and acal copper arsenite, chromated copper arse- obtaining acceptable paintability. nate (types I, II, and III), chromated zinc The preservative chemicals in Federal Spec- chloride, and fluor chrome arsenate phenol. ification TT-W-572 may be not less than 5 These preservatives are often employed when percent of pentachlorophenol, not less than cleanliness and paintability of the treated either 1 or 2 percent (for tropical conditions) wood are required. The chromated zinc chloride of copper in the form of copper naphthenate, and fluor chrome arsenate phenol formulations br not less than 0.045 percent copper in the resist leaching less than preservative oils, and form of copper-8-quinolinolate (for uses where are seldom used where a high degree of pro- foodstuffs will be in contact with the treated tection is required for wood in ground contact wood). Commercial Standard CS 262-63, cov- or for other wet installations. Several formula- ering the water-repellent preservative, non- tions involving combinations of copper, chro- pressure treatment for millwork, permits other mium, and arsenic have shown high resistance preservatives provided their toxicity proper- to leaching and very good performance in serv- ties are as high as those of 5 percent (by ice. The ammoniacal copper arsenite and chro- weight) pentachlorophenol solution. Mixtures mated copper arsenate are now included in of other chlorinated phenols with pentachloro- specifications for such items as building foun- phenol meet this requirement according to tests dations, building poles, utility poles, marine by the National Woodwork Manufacturer's As- piling, and piling for land and fresh water use. sociation. Test results based on sea water exposure Water-repellent preservative containing have shown that dual treatment (waterborne copper-8-quinolinolate has been used in non- copper-containing salt preservatives followed pressure treatment of wood containers, pallets, by coal-tar-creosote) is possibly the most ef- and other products for use in contact with fective method of protecting wood against all foods. That preservative is also included in types of marine borers. The AWPA standards AWPA Standard P8. Here it is intended for have recognized this process as well as the use in volatile solvents to pressure-treat lum- treatment of marine piling with high reten- ber for decking of trucks and cars or for re- tions of ammoniacal copper arsenite or chro- lated uses involving harvesting, storage, and mated copper arsenate. The recommended transportation of foods. treatment and retention in pounds per cubic Effective water-repellent preservatives will foot (p.c.f.) for round timber piles exposed to retard the ingress of water when wood is ex- severe marine borer hazard are : Southern pine, Coastal AWPA red pine Douglas-fir standard (P.c.f.) Severe borer hazard : (P-c.f.) Limnoria tripunctata only : Ammoniacal copper arsenite 2.5 2.5 Chromated copper arsenate C3 C18 2.5 2.5 C3 C18 Limnoria tripunctata and Pholads (dual treatment) : First treatment : Ammoniacal copper arsenite 1.0 1.0 C3 C18 Chromated copper arsenate 1.0 1.0 C3 CIS Second treatment : Creosote 20.0 20.0 C3 C18 Creosote-coal-tar 20.0 Not C3 C18 recommended 18-5 Waterborne preservatives leave the wood vative will provide extended service life to surface comparatively clean, paintable, and wood exposed to the marine environment, pro- free from objectionable odor. With several vided pholad-type borers are not present. exceptions, they must be used at low treating temperatures (100° to 150° F.) because they Chromated Copper Arsenate are unstable at the higher temperatures. This Types I, II, and III of chromated copper ar- may involve some difficulty when higher tem- sentate are covered in Federal Specification peratures are needed to obtain good treating TT-W-550 and AWPA Standard P5. The results in such woods as Douglas-fir. Because compositions of the three types according to water is added during treatment, the wood that Federal specification are : must be dried afterward to the moisture con- tent required for use. Type Type Type Waterborne preservatives, in the retentions I II III Parts by normally specified for wood preservation, de- weight crease the danger of ignition and rapid spread Chromium trioxide 61 35.3 47 of flame, although formulations with copper Copper oxide 17 19.6 19 and chromium stimulate and prolong glowing Arsenic pentoxide _ 22 45.1 34 combustion in carbonized wood. The above types permit substitution of potas- sium or sodium dichromate for chromium tri- Acid Copper Chromate oxide; copper sulfate, basic copper carbonate, Acid copper chromate (Celcure) contains, or copper hydroxide for copper oxide; and ar- according to Federal Specification TT-W-546 senic acid or sodium arsenate for arsenic pen- and AWPA Standard P5, 31.8 percent copper toxide. oxide and 68.2 percent chromic acid. Equiva- Type I (Erdalith, Greensalt, Tanalith, CCA) lent amounts of copper sulfate, potassium di- Service data on treated poles, posts, and chromate, or sodium dichromate may be used stakes installed in the United States since 1938 in place of copper oxide. Tests on stakes and have shown excellent protection against decay posts exposed to decay and termite attack indi- fungi and termites. High retentions of copper cate that wood well impregnated with Celcure chrome arsenate-treated v^ood have shown good gives good service. Tests by the Forest Prod- resistance to marine borer attack when only ucts Laboratory and the U.S. Navy showed Limnoria and teredo borers are present. that wood thoroughly impregnated with at least 0.5 p.c.f. of Celcure has some resistance Type II (Boliden K-33) to marine borer attack. The protection against This preservative has been used commercially marine borers, however, is much less than that in Sweden since 1950 and now throughout the provided by a standard treatment with creo- world. It was included in stake tests in the sote. United States in 1949 and commercial use in the United States started in 1964. Ammoniacal Copper Arsenite Type III (Wolman CCA) According to Federal Specification TT-W- Composition of this preservative was arrived 549 and AWPA Standard P5, ammoniacal cop- at by AWPA technical committees in encour- per arsenite (Chemonite) should contain ap- aging a single standard for chromated copper proximately 49.8 percent copper oxide or an arsenate preservatives. Commercial preserva- tives of similar composition have been tested equivalent amount of copper hydroxide, 50.2 and used in England since 1954 and more percent of arsenic pentoxide or an equivalent recently in Australia, New Zealand, Malaysia, amount of arsenic trioxide, and 1.7 percent of and in various countries of Africa and Central acetic acid. The net retention of preservative is Europe and are performing very well. calculated as pounds of copper oxide plus ar- senic pentoxide per cubic foot of wood treated Chromated Zinc Chloride within the proportions in the specification. Service records on structures treated with Chromated zinc chloride is covered in Fed- eral Specification TT-W-551 and in AWPA ammoniacal copper arsenite show that this pre- Standard P5. Chromated zinc chloride (FR)^ servative provides very good protection against decay and termites. High retentions of preser- ■ Designation for fire retardant. 18-6 is included, as a fire-retarding chemical, in penetration and substandard retentions. The AWPA Standard PIO. species of wood, proportion of heartwood and Chromated zinc chloride was developed sapwood, heartwood penetrability, and mois- about 1934. The specifications require that it ture content are among the important variables contain 80 percent of zinc oxide and 20 percent influencing the results of treatment. For var- of chromium trioxide. Zinc chloride may be ious wood products, the preservatives and re- substituted for the zinc oxide and sodium di- tentions listed in Federal Specification TT-W- chromate for the chromium trioxide. The pre- 571 are given in table 18-1. servative is only moderately effective in con- Results of service tests on various treated tact with the ground or in wet installations products that show the effectiveness of differ- but has performed well under somewhat drier ent wood preservatives are published periodi- conditions. Its principal advantages are its cally in the proceedings of the American Wood- low cost and ease of handling at treating Preservers' Association and elsewhere. Few plants. service tests, however, include a variety of pre- Chromated zinc chloride (FR) contains 80 servatives under comparable conditions of ex- percent of chromated zinc chloride, 10 per- posure. Furthermore, service tests may not cent of boric acid, and 10 percent of ammo- show a good comparison between different pre- nium sulfate. Retentions of from 1% to 3 servatives due to the difficulty in controlling p.c.f. of wood provide combined protection the above-mentioned variables. Such compara- from fire, decay, and insect attack. tive data under similar exposure conditions, with various preservatives and retentions, are Fluor Chrome Arsenate Phenol included in Forest Products Laboratory stake tests on southern pine sapwood. A summary The composition of fluor chrome arsenate of these FPL results is included in table 18-2. phenol (FCAP) is included in Federal Specifi- cation TT-W-535 and the AWPA Standard PENETRABILITY OF DIFFERENT SPECIES P5. The active ingredients of this preservative are: The effectiveness of preservative treatment is influenced by the penetration and distribu- Percent tion of the preservative in the wood. For maxi- Fluoride „ 22 mum protection it is desirable to select species Chromium trioxide 37 for which good penetration is best assured. Arsenic pentoxide ^ ^ 25 The heartwood is commonly difficult to treat. Dinitrophenol 16 With round members such as poles, posts, To avoid objectionable staining of building and piling, the penetrability of the sapwood is materials, ¿"odium pentachlorophenate is some- important in achieving a protective outer zone times substituted in equal amounts for the di- around the heartwood. nitrophenol. Sodium or potassium fluoride may be used as a source of fluoride. Sodium chromate or di- chromate may be used in place of chromium trioxide. Sodium arsenate may be used in place of arsenic pentoxide. FCAP type I (Wolman salts) and FCAP type II (Osmosalts) have performed well in above-ground wood structures and given mod- erate protection when used in contact with the ground. PRESERVATIVE EFFECTIVENESS Preservative effectiveness is influenced not only by the protective value of the preserva- tive chemical itself, but also by the method of application and extent of penetration and re- tention of the preservative in the treated wood. Even with an effective preservative, good protection cannot be expected with poor 18-7 CO ^ Seo ü oo «o CD LO Ö oo (M IÄ LO o (NC<Í o o S d ci HO o i5 o CO S B CX) «s '%m fí.S w Oí Í2 tí m o'« la '■+3 m O m s s CÖ O be . o O ü fe m 03 CO ^ m ü 18-8 to TH O 1^^ CO ^ CO I o I O o oo ICO tC> OOO I OO ooo LO I CX) LO CO 00 lO lO LO CO 00 CO I CO Tj^ LO ;0 00 tr-t-00 I cot- ■ ■ ■ ' '^ '<% ■ ■ ÇOÇO o* o *lrt £^ T2i.ë •-* Í2=* Sr £CJ o o C lO LO o o t~^ o c4 CN Í5 ° ¿ S II I O) CO rrj TíC ^, (M -? ß O) .5 .s s ^ PH as 18-9 Table 18-2.—Results of Forest Products Laboratory studies on stakes pressure-treated with com- monly used wood preservatives—stakes 2 by i by 18 inches of southern pine sapwood, installed at Harrison Experimental Forest, Miss, Average life or condition Preservative Average retention ^ at last inspection Px.f, Untreated stakes 1.8 to 3.6 years 0.13 11.6 years .14 40 percent failed after 6 years .25 _ 30 percent failed after 5 years Acid copper chromate .26 20 percent failed after 27 years .29 80 percent failed after 6 years .37 30 percent failed after 27 years .50 10 percent failed after 5 years .76 10 percent failed after 5 years Ammoniacal copper arsenite .24 30 percent failed after 28 years .51, 0.97, and 1.25 No failures after 28 years Chromated copper arsenate .15 60 percent failed after 27 years Type I .29 and 0.44 No failures after 27 years Type II .26, 0.37, 0.52, 0.79, and 1.04 No failures after 23 years .30 14.2 years .47 20.2 years Chromated zinc chloride .63 20.1 years .62 30 percent failed after 5 years .92 40 percent failed after 21 years 1.78 and 3.67 No failures after 21 years Copper naphthenate : 0.11 percent copper in No. 2 fuel oil 10.3 solution 15.9 years .29 percent copper in No. 2 fuel oil 10.2 solution 21.8 years .57 percent copper in No. 2 fuel oil 10.6 solution 80 percent failed after 31 years .86 percent copper in No. 2 fuel oil 9.6 solution 50 percent failed after 31 years Copper-8-quinolinolate : 0.1 percent in Stoddard solvent .01 5.3 years .2 percent in Stoddard solvent .02 4.2 years .6 percent in Stoddard solvent .06 5.6 years 1.2 percent in Stoddard solvent .12 7.8 years .15 percent in AWPA P9 heavy oil .01 No failures after 9 years .3 percent in AWPA P9 heavy oil _ .03 No failures after 9 years .6 percent in AWPA P9 heavy oil _ .59 No failures after 9 years 1.2 percent in AWPA P9 heavy oil _ .12 No failures after 9 years 4.2 17.8 years 8.0 40 percent failed after 321^ years 8.3 No failures after 23 years 11.8 10 percent failed after 321/^ years Creosote, coal-tar (regular type) 16.5 No failures after 321^ years 4.6 21.3 years 10.0 60 percent failed after 32 years 14.5 No failures after 32 years 4.1 14.2 years Creosote, coal-tar (special types) : Low residue, straight run 8.0 17.8 years Medium residue, straight run : 8.0 18.8 years High residue, straight run 7.8 20.3 years Medium residue : Low in tar acids 8.1 19.4 years Low in naphthalene 8.2 21.3 years Low in tar acids and naphthalene 8.0 18.9 years Low residue, low in tar acids and naph- thalene 8.0 19.2 years High residue, low in tar acids and naphthalene 20.0 years 18.9 years English vertical retort 60 percent failed after 22 years 20 percent failed after 22 years No failures after 22 years 13.6 years English coke oven 16.3 years 70 percent failed after 22 years 70 percent failed after 22 years 18-10 Table 18-2.—Results of Forest Products Laboratory studies on stakes ^pressure-treated with com- monly u^ed wood preservatives—stakes 2 by i by 18 inches of southern pine sapwood, installed at Harrison Experimental Forest, Miss.—continued. Average life or condition Preservative Average retention * at last inspection Px.f. .16 10.2 years Fluor chrome arsenate phenol type I .24 18.0 years .49 24.1 years .27, 0.88, and 0.57 No failures after 11 years Pentachlorophenol (various solvents) : .14 10 percent failed in lll^ years .19 30 percent failed in 11^/^ years .34 . _ No failures in 11 V2 years Liquefied petroleum gas .34 10 percent failed in 9 years .49 No failures in 9 years .58 No failures in 11 V2 years .65 No failures in 9 years .11 No failures in 11 y2 years .19 No failures in 11 V2 years AWPA P9 (heavy petroleum) .29 No failures in 11 V2 years .53 No failures in 9 years .67 No failures in 11 V2 years 14 30 percent failed in lll^ years .18 10 percent failed in liy2 years .38 No failures in 11 V2 years Stoddard solvent (mineral spirits) .67 No failures in 11 V2 years 2 _ 13.7 years 9.5 years 15.5 years 22 percent failed in 221/^ years Heavy gas oil (Mid-United States) ^ •4 10 percent failed in 221/^ years •6 10 percent failed in 221^ years No. 4 aromatic oil (West Coast) .2 60 percent failed in 21 years •4 20 percent failed in 21 years * All waterborne salt preservative retentions are based on oxides. 18-11 Examples of species with sapwood that is easily penetrated when it is well dried and pres- sure treated are the pines, coast Douglas-fir, western larch, Sitka spruce, western hem- ^!^^m lock, western redcedar, northern white-cedar, and white fir (A. coîtcoZor). Examples of spe- 0^ cies with sapwood and heartwood somewhat resistant to penetration are red and white spruces and Rocky Mountain Douglas-fir. Ce- dar poles are commonly incised to obtain satis- factory preservative penetration. The sapwood and heartwood of several hard- wood species, such as black jack oak, some of the lowland red oaks, and aspen often present a problem in getting uniform preservative pen- etration. M 130 271 The heartwood of most species resists pene- Figure 18-1.—Machine peeling of poles. Here the outer barl< had tration of preservatives although well-dried been removed by hand and the inner bark is being peeled by white fir, western hemlock, northern red oak, machine. Frequently the bark is completely removed by machine. the ashes, and túpelo are examples of species method. In the more thorough processes some with heartwood reasonably easy to penetrate. penetration may take place both lengthwise The southern pines, ponderosa pine, redwood, and tangentially in the wood, and consequently Sitka spruce, coast Douglas-fir, beech, maples, small strips of bark are tolerated in some spec- and birches are examples of species with heart- ifications. Machines of various types have been wood moderately resistant to penetration. developed for peeling round timbers, such as poles, piling, and posts (fig. 18-1). PREPARING TIMBER FOR TREATMENT Drying For satisfactory treatment and good per- formance thereafter, the timber must be sound For treatment with waterborne preserva- and suitably prepared. Except in specialized tives by certain diffusion methods, high mois- treating methods involving unpeeled or green ture content may be permitted. For treatment material, the wood should be well peeled and by other methods, however, drying before either seasoned or similarly conditioned before ti-eatment is essential. Drying the material treatment. It is also highly desirable that all permits adequate penetration and distribution machining be completed before treatment. Ma- of the preservative and reduces the risk of chining may include incising to improve the checking that would expose unpenetrated wood preservative penetration in woods that are re- after treatment. Good penetration of preserva- sistant to treatment, as well as the operations tive is possible with wood at a moisture content of cutting, framing, or boring of holes. as high as 40 to 60 percent, but serious check- ing after treatment can result when wood at Peeling that moisture level dries. Air drying, despite the greater time, la- Peeling round or slabbed products is neces- bor, and storage space required, is a widely sary to enable the wood to dry quickly enough used method of conditioning and is generally to avoid decay and insect damage and to per- the cheapest and most effective, even for pres- mit the preservative to penetrate satisfactor- sure treatment. Under wet, warm climatic con- ily. (Processes in which a preservative is ditions it is difficult to adequately air-dry wood forced or permitted to diflfuse through green without objectionable infection by stain, mold, wood lengthwise do not require peeling of the and decay fungi. Such infected wood is often timber.) Even strips of the thin inner bark highly permeable; in rainy weather it can ab- may prevent penetration. Patches of bark left sorb a large quantity of water, which in turn on during treatment usually fall off in time prevents satisfactory treatment. and expose untreated wood, thus permitting How long the lumber must be air dried be- decay to reach the interior of the member. fore treatment depends on the climate, loca- Careful peeling is especially important for tion, and condition of the seasoning yard, wood that is to be treated by a superficial methods of piling, season of the year, size, 18-12 and species of the timbers. The most satisfac- ting the preservative to penetrate. A suflScient tory seasoning practice for any specific case steaming period will also sterilize the wood. will depend on the individual drying condi- In the Boulton or boiling-under-vacuum tions and the preservative treatment to be method of partial seasoning, the wood is used. Treating specifications therefore are not heated in the oil preservative under vacuum, always specific as to moisture content require- usually at temperatures of about 180° to ments. 220° F. This temperature range, lower than To prevent decay and other forms of fungus that of the steaming process, is a considerable infection during air drying, the wood should advantage in treating woods that are especially be cut and dried when conditions are less favor- susceptible to injury from high temperatures. able for fungus development (see ch. 17). If The Boulton method removes much less mois- this is impossible, chances for infection ture from heartwood than from the sapwood. can be minimized by prompt conditioning of A third method of conditioning known as the green material, careful piling and roofing "vapor drying" has been patented and is used during air drying, and pretreating the green for seasoning railroad ties and other products. wood with preservatives to protect during air In the treating cylinder, the green wood is drying. subjected to the vapors produced by boiling an Lumber, as well as southern pine poles, are organic chemical, such as xylene. The result- often kiln dried before treatment, particularly ing mixed vapors of water and the chemical in the southern United States where proper air are then removed from the drying chamber. A seasoning is difficult. Kiln drying has the im- small quantity of chemical remains in the wood, portant added advantage of quickly reducing but the balance is recovered and reused. The moisture content and thereby reducing trans- wood is treated by standard pressure meth- portation charges on poles. ods after the conditioning is completed. Plants that treat wood by pressure processes can condition green material by means other Incising than air drying and kiln drying. Thus they Wood that is resistant to penetration by pre- avoid a long delay and possible deterioration of servatives is often incised before treatment to the timber before treatment. permit deeper and more uniform penetration. To accomplish this, sawed or hewed timbers Condition'mg Green Products for Pressure are passed through rollers equipped with teeth Treatment that sink into the wood to a predetermined depth, usually % to % inch. The teeth are When green wood is to be treated under pres- spaced to give the desired distribution of pre- sure, one of several methods for conditioning servative with the minimum number of inci- may be selected. The steaming-and-vacuum sions. A machine of different design is required process is employed mainly for southern pine, for deep incising the butts of poles (fig. 18-2). while the Boulton or boiling-under-vacuum The effectiveness of incising depends on the process is used for Douglas-fir and sometimes fact that preservatives usually penetrate into for hardwoods. wood much farther in a longitudinal direction In the steaming process the green wood is than in a direction perpendicular to the faces steamed in the treating cylinder for several of the timber. The incisions expose end-grain hours, usually at a maximum temperature of surfaces and thus permit longitudinal penetra- 245° F. When the steaming is completed, a tion. It is especially effective in improving vacuum is immediately applied. During the penetration in the heartwood areas of sawed steaming period the outer part of the wood is or hewed surfaces. heated to a temperature approaching that of Incising is practiced chiefly on Douglas-fir, the steam; the subsequent vacuum lowers the western hemlock, and western larch ties and boiling point so part of the water is evaporated timbers for pressure treatment and on poles of or is forced out of the wood by the steam pro- cedar and Douglas-fir. duced when the vacuum is applied. The steam- ing and vacuum periods employed depend upon Cutting and Framing the size, species, and moisture content of the wood. The steaming and vacuum usually re- All cutting, framing, and boring of holes duce the moisture content of green wood should be done before treatment. Cutting into slightly, and the heating assists greatly in get- the wood in any way after treatment will fre- 18-13 M 141 288 Figure 18-2.—Deep incising permits better penelralion. quently expose the untreated interior of the Treatment of the wood with preservative timber and permit ready access to decay fungi oils involves little or no dimensional change. or insects. In the case of treatment with water-borne pre- It is much more practical than is commonly servatives, however, some change in the size supposed to design wood structures so all cut- and shape may occur even though wood is re- ting and framing may be done before treat- dried to the moisture content it had before ment. Railroads have followed the practice ex- treatment. If precision fitting is necessary, the tensively and find it not only practical but wood is cut and framed before treatment to economical. Many wood-preserving plants are its approximate final dimensions to allow for equipped to carry on such operations as the slight surfacing, trimming, and reaming of adzing and boring of crossties ; gaining, roof- bolt holes. Grooves and bolt holes for timber ing, and boring of poles; and the framing of connectors are cut before treatment and can material for bridges and for specialized struc- be reamed out if necessary after treatment. tures such as water tanks and barges. 18-14 APPLYING PRESERVATIVES 3. After the cylinder is filled, pressure is applied until the required retention of preserva- Wood-preserving methods are of two gen- tive is obtained. eral types: (1) Pressure processes, in which 4. When the pressure period is completed, the wood is impregnated in closed vessels un- the preservative is withdrawn from the cyl- der pressures considerably above atmospheric, inder. and (2) nonpressure processes, which vary 5. A short final vacuum may be applied to widely as to procedures and equipment used. free the charge from dripping preservative. Pressure processes generally provide a closer control over preservative retentions and pene- When the wood is steamed before treat- trations, and usually provide greater protec- ment, the preservative is admitted at the end tion than nonpressure processes. Some non- of the vacuum period that follows steaming. pressure methods, however, are better than When the timber has received preliminary con- others and are occasionally as effective as pres- ditioning by the Boulton or boiling-under- sure processes in providing good preservative vacuum process, the cylinder can be filled and retentions and penetrations. the pressure applied as soon as the condition- ing period is completed. A pressure treatment referred to commer- Pressure Processes cially as the '*Cellon" process usually employs In commercial practice, wood is most often the full-cell process. It uses a preservative treated by immersing it in preservative in such as pentachlorophenol in highly volatile high-pressure apparatus and applying pressure liquefied petroleum gas, such as butane or pro- to drive the preservative into the wood. Pres- pane, which are gases at atmospheric pressure sure processes differ in details, but the gen- and ordinary temperatures. A cosolvent is em- eral principle is the same. The wood, on cars, ployed to obtain the required concentration of is run into a long steel cylinder (fig. 18-3), preservative in the treating liquid. which is then closed and filled with preserva- For closer control over preservative reten- tive. Pressure forces preservative into the tion during the Cellon process, the empty-cell wood until the desired amount has been ab- process may be used. If so, a noncombustible sorbed. Considerable preservative is absorbed, gas, such as nitrogen, is substituted for air dur- with relatively deep penetration. Two proc- ing the initial air pressure in the conventional esses, the full-cell and empty-cell, are in com- Rueping process. mon use. Empty-Ce 11 Full-Cell The objective of empty-cell treatment is to The full-cell (Bethel) process is used when obtain deep penetration with a relatively low the retention of a maximum quantity of pre- net retention of preservative. For treatment servative is desired. It is a standard procedure with oil preservatives, the empty-cell process for timbers to be treated full-cell with creosote should always be used if it will provide the de- when protection against marine borers is re- sired retention. Two empty-cell processes, the quired. Waterborne preservatives are gener- Rueping and the Lowry, are commonly em- ally applied by the full-cell process, and con- ployed; both use the expansive force of com- pressed air to drive out part of the preservative trol over preservative retention is obtained by regulating the concentration of the treating absorbed during the pressure period. solution. The Rueping empty-cell process has been widely used for many years, in both Europe Steps in the full-cell process are essentially: and the United States. The following general 1. The charge of wood is sealed in the treat- procedure is employed: ing cylinder, and a preliminary vacuum is ap- plied for % hour or more to remove the air 1. Air under pressure is forced into the treat- from the cylinder and as much as possible ing cylinder, which contains the charge of from the wood. wood. The air penetrates some species easily, requiring but a few minutes' application of 2. The preservative, previously heated to pressure. In the treatment of the more resist- somewhat above the desired treating tempera- ant species, common practice is to maintain ture, is admitted to the cylinder without ad- air pressure from % to 1 hour before admit- mission of air. ting the preservative, but the necessity for 18-15 long air-pressure periods does not seem fully an equalizing or Rueping tank, at a rate that established. The air pressures employed gen- keeps the pressure constant within the cylin- erally range between 25 and 100 p.s.i., depend- der. When the treating cylinder is filled with ing on the net retention of preservative de- preservative, the treating pressure is raised sired and the resistance of the wood. above that of the initial air and is maintained 2. After the period of preliminary air pres- until the wood will take no more preservative, sure, preservative is forced into the cylinder. or until enough has been absorbed to leave As the preservative is pumped in, the air es- the required retention of presez'vative in the capes from the treating cylinder into wood after the treatment. M I 13 S59 Figure 18-3.—Interior view of treating cylinder at wood-preserving plant, willi a load about to come in. 18-16 3. At the end of the pressure period the pre- use average temperatures between 190° and servative is drained from the cylinder, and sur- 200° F. with creosote and creosote solutions. plus preservative removed from the wood with With a number of waterborne preservatives, a final vacuum. The amount recovered may be however, especially those containing chrom- from 20 to 60 percent of the gross amount in- ium salts, maximum temperatures are limited jected. to 120° to 150° F. to avoid premature pre- The Lowry is often called the empty-cell cipitation of the preservative. process without initial air pressure. Preserva- tive is admitted to the cylinder without either Preservative Penetration and Retention an initial air pressure or a vacuum, and the air originally in the wood at atmospheric Penetration and retention requirements are pressure is imprisoned during the filling pe- equally important in determining the quality riod. After the cylinder is filled with the pre- of preservative treatment. servative, pressure is applied, and the remain- Penetrations vary widely, even in pressure- der of the treatment is the same as described treated material. In most species, heartwood for the Rueping treatment. is more difficult to penetrate than sapwood. The Lowry process has the advantage that In addition, species differ greatly in the degree equipment for the full-cell process can be used to which their heartwood may be penetrated. without other accessories ; the Rueping process Incising tends to improve penetration of pre- usually requires additional equipment, such as servative in many refractory species, but those an air compressor and an extra cylinder or highly resistant to penetration will not have Rueping tank for the preservative, or a suit- deep or uniform penetration even when in- able pump to force the preservative into the cised. Penetrations in unincised heart faces cylinder against the air pressure. Both proc- of these species may occasionally be as deep esses, however, have advantages, and both as % inch, but often are not more than Vie are widely and successfully used. inch. With poles and other products where bleed- Long experience has shown that even slight ing of preservative oil is objectionable, the penetrations have some value, although deeper empty-cell process is followed by either heat- penetrations are highly desirable to avoid ex- ing in the preservative (expansion bath) at a posing untreated wood when checks occur, maximum temperature of 220° F. or a final particularly for important members of high steaming, for a specified time limit at a maxi- replacement cost. The heartwood of coast-type mum temperature of 240"^ F., prior to the final Douglas-fir, southern pine, and various hard- vacuum. woods, while resistant, will frequently show transverse penetrations of ^4 to % inch and Treating Pressures and PreservaHve Temperatures sometimes considerably more. Complete penetration of the sapwood should The pressures used in treatments vary from be the ideal in all pressure treatments. It can about 50 to 250 p.s.i., depending on the species often be accomplished in small-size timbers of and the ease with which the wood takes the various commercial woods, and with skillful treatment. Most commonly they are about 125 treatment it may often be obtained in piles, to 175 p.s.i. Many woods are sensitive to high ties, and structural timbers. Practically, how- treating pressures, especially when hot. AWPA ever, the operator cannot always insure com- standards, for example, permit a maximum plete penetration of sapwood in every piece pressure of 150 p.s.i. in the treatment of when treating large pieces of round material Douglas-fir, 125 p.s.i. for redwood, and 100 with thick sapwood, for example poles and p.s.i. for western redcedar poles. In commer- piles. Specifications therefore permit some cial practice even lower pressures are fre- tolerance; for instance, AWPA Standard C4 quently used on such woods. on southern pine poles requires that 2.5 inches, AWPA specifications commonly require that or 85 percent of the sapwood thickness, be the temperature of creosote and creosote solu- penetrated in not less than 18 out of 20 poles tions during the pressure period shall not be sampled in a charge. This applies only to the more than 210° F. Pentachlorophenol solu- smaller class of poles. The requirements vary tions may be applied at somewhat lower tem- somewhat depending on the species size class peratures. Since high temperatures are much and specified retentions. more effective than low temperatures for treat- Preservative retentions, until recently, have ing resistant wood, it is common practice to been generally specified in terms of the weight 18-17 of preservative per cubic foot of wood treated, oils by spraying, brushing, or brief dipping; based on total weight of preservative retained (2) soaking in preservative oils or steeping and the total volume of wood treated in a in solutions of waterborne preservatives; (3) charge. Federal specifications for most prod- diffusion processes with waterborne preserva- ucts, however, stipulate a minimum retention tives; (4) various adaptations of the thermal of preservative as determined from chemical or hot-and-cold bath process; (5) vacuum analysis of borings from specified zones of the treatment; and (6) a variety of miscellaneous treated wood. processes. The preservatives and minimum retentions listed in Federal Specification TT-W-571 are Superficial Applications shown in table 18-1. Because the figures given in this table are minimums, it may often The simplest treatment is to apply the pre- be desirable to use higher retentions. Higher servative—creosote or other oils—to the wood preservative retentions are justified in prod- with a brush or a spray nozzle. Oils that are ucts to be installed under severe climatic or throughly liquid when cold should be selected, exposure conditions. Heavy-duty transmission unless it is possible to heat the preservative. poles and items such as structural timbers and The oil should be flooded over the wood, rather house foundations, with a high replacement than merely painted upon it. Every check and cost, are required to be treated to higher re- depression in the wood should be thoroughly tentions. Correspondingly deeper penetration filled with the preservative, because any un- is also necessary for the same reasons. treated wood left exposed provides ready access It may be necessary to increase retentions for fungi. Rough lumber may require as much to assure satisfactory penetration, particularly as 10 gallons of oil per 1,000 square feet of when the sapwood is either unusually thick or surface, but surfaced lumber requires consider- is somewhat resistant to treatment. To reduce ably less. The transverse penetrations obtained bleeding of the preservative, however, it may will usually be less than Vio inch although, in be desirable to use preservative-oil retentions easily penetrated species, end grain (longitu- lower than the stipulated minimum. Treatment dinal) penetration is considerably greater. to refusal is usually specified for woods that Brush and spray treatments should be used are resistant to treatment and will not absorb only when more effective treatments cannot sufficient preservative to meet the minimum be employed. The additional life obtained by retention requirements. However, such a re- such treatments over that of untreated wood quirement does not assure adequate penetration will be affected greatly by the conditions of of preservative and cannot be considered as a service; for wood in contact with the ground, substitute for more thorough treatment. it may be from 1 to 5 years. Dipping for a few seconds to several min- Nonpressure Processes utes in a preservative oil gives greater as- surance (than brushing or spraying) that all The numerous nonpressure processes differ surfaces and checks are thoroughly coated widely in the penetrations and retentions of with the oil; usually it results in slightly preservative attained and consequently in the greater penetrations. It is a common practice degree of protection they provide to the treated to treat window sash, frames, and other mill- wood. When similar retentions and penetra- work, either before or after assembly, by dip- tions are achieved, wood treated by a non- ping for approximately 3 minutes in a water- pressure method should have a service life repellent preservative. Such treatment is comparable to that of wood treated by pres- covered by Commercial Standard CS-262, sure. Nevertheless, results of nonpressure which also provides for equivalent treatment treatments, particularly those involving super- by the vacuum process. The amount of pre- ficial applications, are not generally as satis- servative used may vary from about 6 to 17 factory as pressure treatment. The superficial gallons per thousand board feet (0.5 to 1.5 processes do serve a useful purpose when more p.c.f.) of millwork treated. thorough treatments are either impractical or exposure conditions are such that little The penetration of preservative into end preservative protection is required. surfaces of ponderosa pine sapwood is, in some cases, as much as 1 to 3 inches. End pene- Nonpressure methods, in general, consist of : tration in such woods as southern pine and (1) Superficial applications of preservative Douglas-fir, however, is much less, particularly 18-18 in the heartwood. Transverse penetration of Diffusion Processes the preservative applied by brief dipping is very shallow, usually only a few hundredths In addition to the steeping process, diffusion of an inch. Since the exposed end surfaces at processes are used with green or wet wood. joints are the most vulnerable to decay in These processes employ waterborne preserv- millwork products, good end penetration is atives that will diffuse out of the water of the especially advantageous. Dip applications pro- treating solution or paste into the water of vide very limited protection to wood used in the wood. contact with the ground or under very moist The double-diffusion process developed by conditions, and they provide very limited pro- the Forest Products Laboratory has shown very tection against attack by termites. They do good results in post tests, particularly on full- have value, however, for exterior woodwork length immersion treatments. It consists of and millwork that is painted, that is not in contact with the ground, and that is exposed steeping green or partially seasoned wood first' to moisture only for brief periods at a time. in one chemical and then in another. The two chemicals diffuse into the wood and then react to precipitate an effective preservative with Co!d Soaking and Steeping high resistance to leashing. The process has had commercial application in cooling towers Cold soaking well-seasoned wood for several where preservative protection is needed to hours or days in low-viscosity preservative oils avoid early replacement. or steeping green or seasoned wood for several Other diffusion processes involve applying days in waterborne preservatives have pro- preservatives to the butts or around the vided varying success on fenceposts, lumber, groundline of posts or poles. In standing-pole and timbers. treatments the preservative may be injected Pine posts treated by cold soaking for 24 into the pole at groundline with a special tool, to 48 hours or longer, in a solution containing applied on the pole surface as a paste or 5 percent of pentachlorophenol in No. 2 fuel bandage, poured into holes bored in the pole oil, have shown an average life of 16 to 20 at the groundline, or poured on the surface years or longer. The sapwood in these posts of the pole and into an excavation several was well penetrated and preservative solution inches deep around the groundline of the pole. retentions ranged from 2 to 6 p.c.f. Most spe- These treatments have recognized value for cies do not treat as satisfactorily as the pines application to untreated standing poles and by cold soaking, and test posts of such woods to treated poles where preservative retentions as birch, aspen, and sweetgum treated by this are determined to be inadequate. method have failed in much shorter times. Adaptations of Thermal Process Preservative penetrations and retentions ob- tained by cold soaking lumber for several The hot-and cold bath, referred to commer- hours are considerably better than those ob- cially as thermal treatment, with coal-tar tained by brief dipping of similar species. creosote or pentachlorophenol in heavy petro- Preservative retentions, however, seldom equal leum oil is also an effective nonpressure proc- those obtained in pressure treatment except ess; the thoroughness of treatment obtainable in cases such as sapwood of pines that has in some cases approaches that of the pressure become highly absorptive through mold and processes. The wood is heated in the preserva- stain infection. tive in an open tank for several hours, then Steeping with waterborne preservatives has quickly submerged in cold preservative and very limited use in the United States but has allowed to remain for several hours. been employed for many years in Europe. In During the hot bath, the air in the wood treating seasoned wood both the water and the expands and some is forced out. Heating the preservative salt in the solution soak into the wood also improves the penetration of the wood. With green wood, the preservative enters preservative. In the cooling bath, the air in the water-saturated wood by diffusion. Preserv- the wood contracts and a partial vacuum is ative retentions and penetrations vary over a created, so liquid is forced into the wood by wide range, and the process is not generally atmospheric pressure. Some preservative is recommended when more reliable treatments absorbed by the wood during the hot bath, are practical. but more is taken up during the cooling bath. 18-19 The chief use of the hot-and-cold process is for treating poles of some thin sapwood spe- cies, such as incised western redcedar and lodgepole pine, for utility poles (fig. 18-4). The process is also useful for fenceposts and for lumber or timbers for other purposes when circumstances do not permit the more effective pressure treatments. Coal-tar creosote and pentachlorophenol solutions are the preserva- tives ordinarily chosen for posts and poles. For the preservatives that cannot safely be heated, the process must be modified. With coal-tar creosote, hot-bath tempera- tures up to 235° F. may be employed, but usually a temperature of 210° to 220° F. is sufliicient. In the commercial treatment of cedar poles, temperatures of from 190° to 235° F., for not less than 6 hours, are spec- ified with creosote and pentachlorophenol solutions. In the cold bath or cooling bath the M 130 272 specified temperature is not less than 90° F. Figure 18-4.—A commercial plant for the hot-and-cold-bofh nor more than 150° F. for not less than 2 (thermal) treatment of utility and building poles. hours. tive and obtain retentions and penetrations The immersion time in both baths must be similar to those obtained by dipping for 3 governed by the ease with which the timber minutes. The treatment is included in Com- takes treatment. With well-seasoned timber mercial Standard CS-262 for "Water-Repel- that is moderately easy to treat, a hot bath of lent Preservative Nonpressure Treatment of 2 or 3 hours and a cold bath of like duration Millwork." Here a quick, low initial vacuum is probably suflîcient. Much longer periods are is followed by brief immersion in the preserva- required with resistant woods. With preserva- tive, and then a high final or recovery vacuum. tive oils, the objective is to obtain as deep The treatment is advantageous over the 3- penetration as possible, but with a minimum minute-dip treatment because the surface of amount of oil. wood is quickly dried—^thus expediting the glazing, priming, and painting operations. The Preservative retentions are often very high vacuum treatment is also reported to be less in the hot-and-cold bath treatments of posts likely than dip treatment to leave objectiona- of woods such as southern yellow pine, partic- bly high retentions in bacteria-infected wood ularly if those posts contain molds, blue referred to as "sinker stock." stain, and incipient decay. One method of For buildings, lumber has been treated by reducing preservative retentions is to employ the vacuum process, either with a waterborne a final heating or "expansion" bath with the preservative or a water-repellent pentachloro- creosote at 200° to 220° F. for an hour or two, phenol solution, with preservative retentions and to remove the wood while the oil is hot. usually lower than those required for pressure This second heating expands the oil and air treatment. The process differs from that used in the wood, and some of the oil is thus re- in treating millwork in employing a higher covered. The expansion bath also leaves the initial vacuum and a long immersion or soak- wood cleaner than when it is removed directly ing period. from cold oil. A study of the process by the Forest Prod- ucts Laboratory employed an initial vacuum Vacuum Process of 27.5 inches for 30 minutes, a soaking period of 8 hours, and a final or recovery vacuum of The vacuum process has been used to treat 27.5 inches for 2 hours. The study showed good millwork with water-repellent preservatives penetration of preservative in the sapwood of and construction lumber with waterborne dry lumber of easily penetrated species such and water-repellent preservatives. as the pines; however, in heartwood and In treating millwork, the objective is to use unseasoned sapwood of pine and heartwood of a limited quantity of water-repellent preserva- seasoned and unseasoned coast Douglas-fir, 18-20 penetration was much less than that obtained HANDLING AND SEASONING TIMBER in pressure treatment. Preservative retention AFTER TREATMENT was less controllable in vacuum than in empty- cell pressure treatment. Good control over re- Treated timber should be handled with suf- tentions is possible, in vacuum treatment with ficient care to avoid breaking through the a waterborne preservative, by adjusting con- treated areas. The use of pikes, cant hooks, centration of the treating solution. picks, tongs, or other pointed tools that dig deeply into the wood should be prohibited. Miscellaneous Nonpressure Processes Handling heavy loads of lumber or sawed tim- ber in rope or cable slings may crush the A number of other nonpressure methods of corners or edges of the outside pieces. Break- various types have been used to a limited ex- age or deep abrasions may also result from tent. Several of these involve the application throwing the lumber or dropping it. If dam- of waterborne preservatives to living trees. age results, the exposed places should be re- The Boucherie process for the treatment of treated as thoroughly as conditions permit. green, unpeeled poles has been used for many Long storage of treated wood before installa- years in Europe. The process involves attaching tion should be avoided because such storage liquid-tight caps to the butt ends of the poles. encourages deep and detrimental checking and Then, through a pipeline or hose leading to may also result in significant loss of some pre- the cap, a waterborne preservative is forced servatives. Treated wood that must be stored into the pole under hydrostatic pressure. before use should be covered for protection A tire-tube process is a simple adaptation from the sun and weather. of the Boucherie process used for treating Although cutting wood after treatment is green, unpeeled fenceposts. In this treatment highly undesirable, it cannot always be a section of used inner tube is fastened tightly avoided. When cutting is necessary, the dam- around the butt end of the post to make a bag age may be partly overcome in timber for land that holds a solution of waterborne preserva- or fresh-water use by a thorough application tive. of a grease containing 10 percent penta- chlorophenol. This provides a protective res- Effect of Treatment on Strength ervoir of preservative on the surface, some of which may slowly migrate into the end grain Coal-tar creosote, creosote-coal-tar mixtures, of the wood. Thoroughly brushing the cut sur- creosote-petroleum oil mixtures, and penta- faces with two coats of hot creosote is also chlorophenol dissolved in petroleum oils are helpful, although brush coating cut surfaces practically inert to wood and have no chemical gives little protection against marine borers. influence that would affect its strength. Like- A special device is available for pressure treat- wise, solutions containing standard water- ing bolt holes bored after treatment. For wood borne preservatives, in the concentrations com- treated with waterborne preservatives, where monly used in preservative treatment, have the use of creosote or pentachlorophenol solu- limited or no important effect on the strength tion on the cut surfaces is not practicable, a of wood. 5 percent solution of the waterborne preserva- Although wood preservatives are not harm- tive in use should be substituted. ful in themselves, injecting them into the wood For treating the end surfaces of piles where may result in considerable loss in wood they are cut off after driving, at least two strength if the treatment is unusually severe or generous coats of creosote should be applied. not properly carried out. Factors that in- A coat of asphalt or similar material may well fluence the effect of the treating process on applied over the creosote, followed by some strength include (1) species of wood, (2) size protective sheet material, such as metal, roof- and moisture content of the timbers treated, ing felt, or saturated fabric, fitted over the (3) heating medium used and its temperature, pile head and brought down the sides far (4) length of the heating period in condition- enough to protect against damage to the top ing the wood for treatment and time the wood treatment and against the entrance of storm is in the hot preservative, and (5) amount of water. AWPA standard M4 contains instruc- pressure used. Most important of these factors tions for the care of pressure-treated wood are the severity and duration of the heating after treatment. conditions used. The effect of temperature on the strength of wood is covered in chapter 4. 18-21 Wood treated with preservative oils should generally be installed as soon as practicable ment orders for pressure-treated wood prod- atter treatment but some times cleanliness of ucts; other purchasers have specifications the surface can be improved by exposure to similar to those of AWPA. the weather for a limited time before use. Wa- terborne preservatives or pentachlorophenol in Inspection a volatile solvent, however, are best suited to uses where cleanliness or paintability are of Inspection of timber for quality and grade great importance. before treatment is desirable. Grademarked With waterborne preservatives, seasoning lumber, plywood, and timber graded at the after treatment is important for wood to be producing mill can be obtained in many in- used m buildings or other places where shrink- stances. When inspection prior to treatment age after placement in the structure would be IS impractical, the purchaser can usually in- undesirable. Injecting waterborne preserva- fj^^ij. ^^.^ ^"^lîty and grade after treatment; tives puts large amounts of water into the It this IS to be done, however, it should be wood, and considerable shrinkage is to be ex- made clear in the purchase order. pected as subsequent seasoning takes place. Currently, the inspection of treatment of J^or best results, the wood should be dried to complete charges is generally specified at the approximately the moisture content it will ul- time of treatment at the treating plant; how- timately reach in service. During drying the ever, the option is generally available whereby wood should be carefully piled, and whenever the purchaser could determine the quality of possible, restrained by sufficient weight on the treatment from selected samples of the treated top of the pile to avoid warping. product at destination or within a specified With some waterborne preservatives, sea- time after treatment. The purchaser should soning after treatment is recommended for all recognize, however, that a sample selected treated wood. During this seasoning period, from a charge at the treating plant is likely to volatile chemicals escape and the chemical re- be different than a sample taken at destination actions are completed within the wood; thus, from a few items from a much larger charge. the resistance of the preservative to leaching Furthermore, the nature and quantity of the by water is increased. preservative in the wood change as the period of service increases, so samples of treated QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR TREATED WOOD wood taken at treatment may not be the same as those taken later. Destination inspection re- Treating Conditions and Specifications quires consideration of these questions and the details have not yet been worked out for all Specifications on the treatment of various treated products. wood products by pressure processes and on the hot-and-cold bath (thermal) treatment of The treating industry, with the assistance cedar poles have been developed by AWPA. of the Federal Housing Administration and These specifications limit pressures, tempera- the Forest Products Laboratory, has developed tures, and time during conditioning and treat- a quality-control and grademarking program ment to avoid conditions that will cause serious for treated products, such as lumber, timbers, injury to the wood. They also contain mini- plywood, and marine piling. This quality con- mum requirements as to preservative penetra- trol program, administered through the Amer- tions and retentions and recommendations for ican Wood Preservers' Bureau, promises to handling wood after treatment, to provide a assist the user in securing well-treated ma- quality product. terial; otherwise the purchaser must either accept the statements or certificate of the The specifications are rather broad in some treating-plant operator or have an inspector respects, allowing the purchaser some latitude at the treating plant to inspect the treated in specifying the details of his individual re- products and insure compliance with the quirements. The purchaser should exercise specifications. Railroad companies and other great care, however, not to limit the operator corporations that purchase large quantities of of the treating plant so he cannot do a good treated timber usually maintain their own treating job, and not to require treating con- inspection services. Commercial inspection and ditions so severe that they will damage the consulting service is available for purchasers wood. Federal Specification TT-W-571 lists willing to pay an inspection fee but not using treatment practices for use on U.S. Govern- enough treated timber to justify employing 18-22 inspectors of their own. Experienced, compe- How to Purchase Treated Wood tent, and reliable inspectors can assure com- To receive optimum service from wood when pliance with material and treating standards it is exposed to biological deterioration, it and thus reduce risk of premature failure of should be treated with an effective preserva- the material. Penetration measurements should be made tive. The use of treated wood will reduce the at the treating plant if inspection service is maintenance and replacement costs of wood provided, but can be made by the purchaser components in structures. at any time after the timber has been treated. For the purchaser to obtain a treated wood product of high quality, he must avail himself They give about the best single measure of of the appropriate specifications. Specifica- the thoroughness of the treatment. The depth of penetration of creosote and tions and standards of importance here are: Federal Specification TT-W-571, ^'Wood Pre- other dark-colored preservatives can be deter- servation—Treating Practices;'' F.S. TT-W- mined directly by observing a core removed 572, "Wood Preservation—Water Repellent;" by an increment borer. The core should usually be taken at about midlength of the piece, or Official Quality Control Standards of the at least several feet from the end of the piece, American Wood Preservers' Bureau; and the to avoid the unrepresentative end portion that American Wood-Preservers' Association Book is sometimes completely treated by end pene- of Standards. The inspection of material for tration. Since preservative oils tend to creep conformity to the minimum requirements over cut surfaces, the observation should be listed in the above specifications should be in made promptly after the borer core is taken. accordance with the American Wood Preser- Holes made for penetration measurements vers' Standard M2, "Standard for Inspection should be tightly filled with thoroughly treated of Treated Timber Products." wood plugs. The penetration of preservatives that are practically colorless must be determined by chemical dips or sprays that show the pene- tration by color reactions. 18-23 BIBLIOGRAPHY American Wood-Preservers' Association Annual proceedings. (Reports of Preservations and 1973. Comparison of wood preservatives in stake Treatment Committees contain information on tests. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Note FPL- new wood preservatives considered in the 02. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. development of standards.) (See current issue.) -, Roth, H. G., and Davidson, H. L. 1972. Treatment of Alaskan species by double- Book of Standards. (Includes standards on preserv- diffusion and modified double-diffusion atives, treatments, methods of analysis, and methods. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Pap. inspection.) (American Wood Preservers* Bu- FPL 182. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. reau Official quality control standards.) (See Henry, W. T., and Jeroski, E. B. current issue.) 1967. Relationship of arsenic concentration to the Baechler, R. H., Gjovik, L. R., and Roth, H. G. leachability of chromated copper arsenate 1969. Assay zones for specifying preservative- formulations. Proc. AWPA: 187-196. treated Douglas-fir and southern pine Hochman, Harry timbers. Proc. AWPA: 114-123. 1967. Creosoted wood in the marine environment— , Gjovik, L. R., and Roth, H. G. a summary report. Proc. AWPA : 138-150. 1970. Marine tests on combination-treated round Hunt, George M., and Garratt, George A. and sawed specimens. Proc. AWPA: 249- 1967. Wood preservation. 3d ed. McGraw Hill, 257. New York. , and Roth, H. G. MacLean, J. D. 1964. The double-diffusion method of treating 1960. Preservative treatment of wood by pressure wood : A review of studies. Forest Prod. J. methods. USDA Agr. Handb. No. 40. 14(4): 171-178. National Forest Products Association Best, C. W., and Martin, G. E. The all-weather wood foundation. NFPA Tech. 1969. Deep treatment in Douglas-fir poles. Proc. Rep. No. 7. AWPA: 223-228. (See current issue). Blew, J. 0. Panek, E. 1956. Study on the preservative treatment of 1968. Study of paintability and cleanliness of wood lumber. Proc. AWPA 52: 78-117. pressure treated with water-repellent pre- , and Davidson, H. L. servative. Proc. AWPA : 178-188. 1971. Preservative retentions and penetration in Verrall, A. F. the treatment of white fir. Proc. AWPA: 1965. Preserving wood by brush, dip, and short- 204-221. soak methods. USDA Tech. Bull. No. 1334. , and Kulp, J. W. Weir, T. P. 1964. Service records on treated and untreated 1958. Lumber treatment by the vacuum process. posts. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Note Forest Prod. J. 8(3) : 91-95. FPLr-068. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, U.S. Department of Commerce Wis. Water-repellent preservative nonpressure treatment , and Panek, E. for millwork. Commercial Standard CS-262- 1964. Problems in the production of clean treated 63. (See current revision.) wood. Proc. AWPA 60: 89-97. U.S. Federal Supply Service , Panek, E., and Roth, H. G. Wood preservation treating practices. Fed. Spec. 1970. Vacuum treatment of lumber. Forest Prod. TT-W-571. (See current revision.) J. 20(2): 40-47. Fahlstrom, G. B., Gunning, P. E., and Carlson, J. A. Wood preservatives: Water-repellent. Fed. Spec. 1967. A study of the influence of composition on TT-W-572. leachability. Forest Prod. J. 17(7) : 17-22. (See current revision). Gjovik, L. R., and Baechler, R. H. 1970. Treated wood foundations for buildings. Forest Prod. J. 20(5) : 45-48. , and Davidson, H. L. 1973. Comparison of wood preservatives in Missis- sippi post study. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Note FPL-01. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. 18-24 FS-369 Chapter 19 POLES, PILES, AND TIES Page Poles 19-2 Principal Species Used for Poles 19-2 Weight and Volume of Poles and Piles 19-3 Engineering Properties of Wood Poles 19-3 Life of Poles 19-4 Preservative Treatment of Poles 19-4 Treatment to Retard Decay in Standing Poles __ 19-4 Piles 19-5 Choice of Species for Piles 19-5 Bearing Loads for Piles 19-5 Eccentric Loading and Crooked Columns 19-5 Seasoning Effect on Pile Driving 19-5 Decay Resistance and Preservative Treatment of Piles 19-5 Ties 19-6 Strength and Other Requirements for Ties 19-6 Life of Ties 19-6 Decay Resistance and Preservative Treatment of Ties 19-6 Bibliography 19-'^ 19-1 POLES, PILES, AND TIES Industrial wood products such as railroad ties, poles for transmission and distribution Douglas-Fir lines and buildings, and piles for bridge wharf, and building construction continue to Douglas-fir constitutes approximately 6 per- be important in the United States. Prime fac- ^^^^ of total poles treated, for the most part tors in the selection of particular wood species by pressure, with preservatives listed in Federal ior this type of product are availability in Specification TT-W-571. This species is widely quantity, strength and weight, the natural used in the United States for transmission poles shape of the tree, and the ability of the wood and specifically on the Pacific Coast for distri- to receive and retain commercial preservative treatments. bution and building poles. The sapwood of this species averages about 1.3 inches in thickness in the Interior North Region and from 1.6 to POLES 2.0 inches along the Pacific Coast. Since the heartwood has limited decay and termite re- Principal Species Used for Poles sistance, it is important that the sapwood be well treated and poles adequately seasoned or The principal species used for poles are conditioned before treatment to minimize check- southern pines, Douglas-fir, western redcedar, ing after treatment. With these precautions the and lodgepole pine. Miscellaneous species used poles should compare favorably with treated for poles are ponderosa pine, red pine, jack southern pine poles in serviceability. pme, northern white-cedar, other cedars, and western larch. Most poles are pressure treated Western Redcedar with preservatives although cedar poles are treated principally by the hot-and-cold (ther- mal) process or are used occasionally without About 3 percent of the poles treated in the treatment. United States are of western redcedar, pro- duced mostly in British Columbia. A small Hardwood species can be used for poles number of poles of this species are used with- when the trees are of suitable size and form; out treatment. The poles have comparatively their use is limited, however, by their weight, thin sapwood and the heartwood is naturally excessive checking, and by lack of experience decay resistant, although without treatment in preservative treatment of hardwoods. an average pole life somewhat less than 20 years can be expected. Southern Pines Except when used in dry areas not conduc- The southern pines (principally loblolly, tive to **shellrot" in the tops, western redcedar longleaf, shortleaf, and slash) account for the poles are treated full length. Treatment is gen- highest percentage of poles treated in the erally with the oil type preservatives listed in United States. The thick and easily treated the Federal Specification TT-W-571 by the sapwood of these species, their favorable thermal (hot-and-cold) process, although some strength properties and form, and their avail- poles are pressure treated. The poles are mostly ability in popular pole sizes over a wide area for utility line use, although well-treated west- account for their extensive use. In longer ern redcedar poles could be used effectively in lengths, southern pine poles are in limited sup- pole-type buildings. In the northern and western ply so Douglas-fir, and to some extent western United States, where they are used most, west- redcedar, are used to meet requirements for ern redcedar poles when well treated full length 50-foot and longer transmission poles. compare favorably in service life with poles of Southern pine poles are pressure treated full other species. length generally with preservatives recom- mended in Federal Specification TT-W-571. Lodgepole Pine Well-treated southern pine poles can be ex- pected to have an average service life of 35 Approximately 2 percent of poles treated years or longer. are of lodgepole pine. The majority are full 19-2 length pressure treated or full length thermal Using method 1, the volume can be calculated (hot-and-cold) treated with approved preserv- by the formula atives. The poles are used both for utility lines and for pole-type buildings. Good service can be expected from well-treated lodgepole .3L(^)'„, 001818 (19-1) pine poles. Special attention is necessary, how- ever, to obtain poles with sufficient sapwood where V is volume in cubic feet, L is length in thickness to insure adequate penetration of feet, and C^ is midlength circumference in preservative, because the heartwood is not usu- inches. By method 2, the volume can be calcu- ally pentrated and is not decay resistant. lated by the formula The poles must also be well seasoned before treatment to avoid checking and exposure of V = 0.001818L(D2 + ¿2 + jQ^j (19-2) the unpenetrated heartwood to attack by de- cay fungi. where D is the top diameter (in inches) and d is the butt diameter. V and L definitions are the same as for formula (19-1). If method Other Species 2 is used, a correction factor as indicated be- Western larch, ponderosa pine, Atlantic low must be used for certain species : white-cedar, northern white-cedar, jack pine, Oak piles _ _ _ 0.82 red pine, eastern redcedar, redwood, spruce, Southern pine piles .93 and hemlock are occasionally used for poles. Southern pine and red pine poles . .95 Western larch poles produced in Montana and Idaho came into use following World War Method 1 is the AWPA official method ex- II because of their favorable size, shape, and cept for Douglas-fir, for which either method strength properties. Western larch requires can be used. Volume tables for both methods preservative treatment full length for use in are given in AWPA Standard F3. most areas, must be selected for adequate sap- The volume of a pole shows little difference wood thickness, and must be well seasoned whether green or dry. Drying of poles causes prior to treatment. checks to open, but there is little reduction Ponderosa pine has been used to some extent of the gross diameter of the pole. because of its availability, favorable shape, and thick sapwood that is easily penetrated with preservatives. Engineering Properfies of Wood Poles Redwood, Atlantic white-cedar, jack pine, Round poles used for transmission and dis- red pine, and eastern redcedar are used to a tribution lines and buildings are specified by slight extent, for the most part locally in the species, class, and length. Specifications for areas where they are produced. All of these wood poles for transmission and distribution species generally require preservative treat- lines, adopted by the National Electric Safety ment. Code, are given in the American National Other species having local use include tama- Standards Institute (ANSI) Standard 05.1, rack, baldcypress, black locust, ash, elm, and "Specifications and Dimensions of Wood Poles.'* cottonwood. With the exception of black lo- Specifications for wood poles for farm build- cust, none of these last long without preserva- ings are given in the American Society of Ag- tive treatment. ricultural Engineers Tentative Recommenda- tion R299T, ''Construction Poles—Preservative- Weight and Volume of Poles and Piles Treated Wood." The weight of a pole depends on the species, Species of timber commonly used for poles size, moisture content, and preservative treat- and their fiber stress in bending are given in ment. Weights per cubic foot of the various ANSI Standard 05.1. These values are the species of wood may be calculated from the near ultimate fiber stress in the outer fibers of data described in chapters 3 and 4. Poles may the pole at failure in flexure as a cantilever be green when first produced, but in service beam. It is customary to reduce the stresses for moisture content above ground falls below 30 use in design to provide a factor of safety in percent in most areas. accordance with the type of construction in Volumes of poles and piles may be com- which the poles are used. Recommended reduc- puted by two methods given in American tions are given in the National Electric Safety Wood-Preservers' Association Standard F3. Code. 19-3 Ufe of Poles may come in contact with a bleeding pole. Methods of completely preventing bleeding The life of poles can vary within wide lim- have not been established. The use of lower re- its depending on their growth and use condi- tentions, low-residue creosotes, or selected oil tions, kind and quality of the preservative, to act as preservative carriers, and a final method of treatment, penetration and distribu- heating or expansion bath following treat- tion of preservative, and mechanical damage. ment, however, will help to produce clean poles. Service life, due to line changes and obsoles- There is an increasing use of the waterborne cence, is often somewhat less than the physi- preservatives as covered in TT-W-571 where cal life of poles. cleanliness and paintability of poles are re- It is common to report the "average" life of quired. untreated or treated poles based on observa- In pole-type structures where siding or tions over a period of years. These average other exterior covering is applied, the poles life values are useful as a rough guide to what are generally set with the taper to the interior physical life may be expected from a group of side of the structures to provide a vertical ex- poles. However, it should be kept in mind that, terior surface. Another common practice is to within a given group, 60 percent of the poles modify the round poles by slabbing to provide will have failed before reaching an age equal a continuous flat face. The slabbed face per- to the average life. mits more secure attachment of sheathing and Early or premature failure of treated poles framing members and facilitates the aline- can generally be attributed to one or more of ment and setting of intermediate wall and cor- three factors: (1) Poor penetration and dis- ner poles. The slabbing consists of a minimum tribution of preservative; (2) an inadequate cut to provide a single continuous flat face retention of preservatives; or (3) a substand- from groundlines to top of intermediate wall ard or untried preservative. poles, and two continuous flat faces at right angles to one another from groundline to top Preservative Treatment of Poles of corner poles. It should be recognized that preservative Federal Specification TT-W-571 covers the penetration is generally limited to the sap- preservative treatment of utility and building wood of most species. Thus slabbing, particu- poles and includes the principal requirements larly in the groundline area of poles, with thin of AWPA Standards Cl and C4 for pressure sapwood may result in somewhat less protec- treatment, C8 for full-length thermal (hot- tion than that of an unslabbed pole. All cutting and-cold) treatment of western redcedar, CIO and sawing should be confined to that portion for full-length thermal (hot-and-cold) treat- of the pole above groundline and should be ment for lodgepole pine poles, and C23 for performed before treatment. pressure treatment in pole building construc- tion. Seasoning or conditioning requirements are Treatment to Retard Decay in Standing Poles included in these specifications. For western Preservative applications have been made to redcedar poles to be treated by the thermal the groundline zone of untreated poles to re- process, incising at the groundline is required tard decay. A study in Canada on six different to meet the preservative penetration require- preservative applications to untreated cedar ment. Penetration and retention requirements showed that from 6 to 13 years of additional for pressure treatment vary for different pole service was provided. Studies by the Forest species and service conditions also for group A Products Laboratory indicated that ground- poles (less than 37.5 in. in circumference 6 ft. line treatments had questionable value for from the butt) and group B (larger poles). well-treated poles with a good reserve supply The zones from which borings are to be taken of preservative in the outer zone or for treated for retention by assay also differ for different poles with heartwood decay. For treated poles species treated by pressure. Table 18-1 (ch. with light surface decay or other evidence of 18) includes minimum preservative retention an inadequate supply or quality of preserva- figures for poles of different types. tive in the outer part of the pole, some ground- Some treated poles exude preservative suffi- line treatments showed promise of providing ciently to make the surface oily in spots. This additional pole service. ''bleeding'' is not likely to reduce the life of The untreated above-ground sections of butt- the poles, but it may prove objectionable to treated poles that have started to show sap- men who work on the poles or to anyone who wood decay or "shellrof' are frequently sprayed 19-4 with solutions of preservative containing 5 to gineers prefer to estimate bearing capacity 10 percent active chemical. from experience or observation of the behavior of pile foundations under similar conditions PILES or from the results of static-load tests. Working stresses for piles are governed by Choice of Species for Piles building code requirements by recommendations The properties desirable in piles include suf- of the American Society for Testing and ficient strength and straightness to withstand Materials. driving and to carry the weight of structures built on them, and in some instances to resist Eccentric Loading and Crooked Columns bending stresses. Decay resistance or ease of The reduction in strength of a wood column penetration by preservatives is also important resulting from crooks, eccentric loading, or except in piles for temporary use or piles that any other condition that will result in com- will be in fresh water and entirely below the bined bending and compression is not as great permanent water level. as might be expected. Tests have shown that Southern pine, Douglas-fir, and oak are a timber, when subjected to combined bend- among the principal species used for piles, but ing and compression, develops a higher stress western redcedar and numerous other species at both the proportional limit and maximum also are used. load than when subjected to compression only. Specifications for timber piles covering kinds This does not imply that crooks and eccentric- of wood, general quality, resistance to decay, ity should be without restriction, but it should dimensions, tolerance, manufacture, inspec- relieve anxiety as to the influence of crooks, tion, delivery, and shipment have been pub- such as those found in piles. lished in the American Railway Engineering Design procedures for eccentrically loaded Association (AREA) Manual. Specifications columns are given in chapter 8. for timber piles have also been prepared by the American Association of State Highway Seasoning Eîîect on Pile Driving Officials, the American Society for Testing and Materials, and the Federal Supply Service. Under usual conditions of service, wood piles will be wet, but they may be driven in either Bearing Loads for Piles the green or the seasoned condition. Because of the increased strength resulting from dry- Bearing loads on piles are sustained by ing, seasoned piles either treated or untreated earth friction along the sides of the pile, by are likely to stand driving better than are bearing of the tip on a solid stratum, or by a green or unseasoned ones. This is particularly combination of the two. Wood piles, because true of treated piles; tests have demonstrated of their tapered form, are particularly efficient that, while the strength of green wood may in supporting loads by side friction. Bearing be considerably reduced by pretreatment con values that depend upon side friction are re- ditioning, thoroughly seasoned treated wood lated to the stability of the soil and generally may be nearly as strong as seasoned untreated do not approach the ultimate strength of the wood. Under the same drying conditions, how- pile. Where wood poles sustain foundation ever, untreated wood loses moisture more rap- loads by bearing of the tip on a solid stra- idly than does treated wood. tum, loads may be limited by the compressive strength of the wood parallel to the grain. Decay Resistance and Preservative Treatment If a large proportion of the length of a pile of Piles extends above ground, its bearing value may be limited by its strength as a long column. Species most commonly used for piles gen- Side loads may also be applied to piles extend- erally have rather thick sapwood and conse- ing above ground. In such instances, however, quently low decay resistance. High natural de- bracing is often used to reduce the unsupported cay resistance will be found only when the column length or to resist the side loads. piles have thin sapwood and are of species that There are several ways of determining bear- have decay-resistant heartwood. ing capacity of piles. Engineering formulas Because wood that remains completely sub- can be used for estimating bearing values merged in water does not decay, decay resist- from the penetration under blows of known ance is not necessary in piles so used; resist- energy from the driving hammer. Some en- ance to decay is necessary in any part of the 19-5 piles that may extend above the permanent cate resistance to wear under the rail or the water level. When piles that support the foun- tieplate). dations of bridges or buildings are to be cut Sizes of crossties range from 6 by 7 to 7 off above the permanent water level, they by 9 inches; lengths are usually 8, 8V2, or 9 should be treated to conform to recognized spec- feet. With heavier traflSc and higher speeds ifications (such as Federal Specification TT- of trains, the present tendency is toward in- W-571 and AWPA Standards Cl and C3). creasing use of the larger sizes. The untreated surfaces exposed at the cutoffs should also be protected by thoroughly brush- Specifications for crossties covering general ing the cut surface with coal-tar creosote. A quality, resistance to wear, resistance to de- coat of pitch, asphalt, or similar material may cay, design, manufacture, inspection, delivery, then be applied over the creosote and a protec- and shipment have been published in the tive sheet material, such as metal, roofing AREA Manual and in Federal Specification felt, or saturated fabric, fitted over the pile MM-T-371. head. Piles driven into earth that is not constantly Life of Ties wet are subject to about the same service con- ditions as apply to poles, but are generally ex- The service conditions under which ties are pected to last longer and therefore require exposed are severe. The life of ties in service higher preservative retentions than poles therefore depends on their ability to resist (table 18-1). decay and the extent to which they are pro- tected from mechanical destruction by break- Piles used in salt water are, of course, sub- age, loosening of spikes, and rail or plate wear. ject to destruction by marine borers even Under sufficiently light traffic, heartwood ties though they do not decay below the waterline. of naturally durable wood, even if of low Up to this time the best practical protection strength, may give 10 or 15 years average against marine borers has been a treatment service without preservative treatment; under to refusal with coal-tar creosote or creosote- heavy traflSc without adequate mechanical coal-tar solution. Recent experiments with protection, the same ties might fail through dual treatments (pressure treatment, first with mechanical wear in 2 or 3 years. The life a waterborne preservative followed after sea- of treated ties is affected also by the preserva- soning with a creosote treatment) show prom- tive used and the thoroughness of treatment. ise of providing greater protection. Federal As a result, the life of individual groups of Specification TT-W-571 and AWPA Stand- ties may vary widely from the general aver- ard C3 cover the preservative treatment of age depending on the local circumstances. marine piles (table 18-1). With these limitations, the following rough estimates are given: Ties well treated accord- TIES ing to the specifications cited in this chapter Strength and Other Requirements for Ties should last from 25 to 40 years on an average when protected against mechanical destruc- Many species of wood are used for ties. The tion. Untreated white oak ties have lasted 10 more common are oaks, gums (túpelo and to 12 years on an average in the northern sweetgum), Douglas-fir, mixed hardwoods, United States. hemlock, southern pine, and mixed softwoods. Records on the life of treated and untreated Their relative suitability depends largely upon ties are published from time to time in the their strength, wearing qualities, treatability annual proceedings of AREA and AWPA. with wood preservatives, and to some extent their natural resistance to decay and tendency Decay Resistance and Preservative Treatment to check, although availability and cost must also be considered. of Ties The chief strength properties considered in Although the majority of ties used are given a wood for crossties are (1) bending strength, preservative treatment before installation, a (2) end hardness and strength in compres- few are used untreated and, for these, natural sion parallel to grain (which indicate resist- decay resistance is important. In ties given ance to spike pulling and the lateral thrust preservative treatment, variations in natural of spikes), and (3) side hardness and compres- decay resistance are less important than abil- sion perpendicular to the grain (which indi- ity to accept treatment. 19-6 The majority of ties treated are pressure Blew, J. 0. 1970. Pole groundline preservative treatments treated with coal-tar creosote, creosote-coal- evaluated. Transmission and Distribution, tar solutions, or creosote-petroleum mixtures. Aug. Chellis, R. D. Federal Specification TT-W-571 includes list- 1961. P'le foundations. McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., ings for treatment of crossties, switch ties, and New York. bridge ties (table 18-1). AWPA Standards C2 Chrisholm, T. H., and Suggitt, N. A. 1959. An evaluation of six preservative systems on and C6 and specifications of AREA also cover cedar test stubs after 16 years' field ex- the preservative treatment of crossties and posure. Ontario Hydro Res. News 11(2): 25-28. switch ties. Markwardt, L. J. 1930. Comparative strength properties of woods grown in the United States. U.S. Dep. BIBLIOGRAPHY Agr. Tech. Bull. 158. 39 pp. Newlin, J. A., and Trayer, G. W. American Association of State Highway Officials 1924. Stresses in wood members subjected to Standard specifications for highway bridges. (See combined column and beam action. Nat. current edition.) Washington, D.C. Adv. Comm. Aeron. Rep. 188. 13 pp. American National Standards Institute Panek, Edward ANSI standard specifications and dimensions for 1960. Results of groundline treatments one year wood poles. ANSI Standard 05.1 (See current after application to western redcedar edition.) posts. Amer. Wood-Preserv. Assoc. Proc. American Railway Engineering Association 56: 225-235. Manual of the American Railway Engineering , Blew, J. O., and Baechler, R. H. Association, Chicago, 111. (Looseleaf manual, 1961. Study of groundline treatments applied to revised annually.) five pole species. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. American Society of Agricultural Engineers 2227. Construction poles—Preservative-treated wood. Patterson, Donald ASAE tentative recommendations, ASAE 1969. Pole building design. American Wood Pre- R299T. (See current edition.) serv. Instit. American Society for Testing and Materials U.S. Department of Commerce Standard specification for round timber piles. National electric safety code. Nat. Bur. Stand. ASTM Designation D 25. (See current edi- Handb., Washington, D.C. tion.) Philadelphia, Pa. U.S. Federal Supply Service Piles: Wood. Fed. Specif. MM-P-371. (See current Establishing design stresses for round timber edition.) piles. ASTM Designation D 2899. (See current edition.) Philadelphia, Pa. Ties, railroad, wood (cross and switch). Fed. American Wood-Preservers' Association. Specif. MM-T-371C. (See current edition.) All timber products—Preservative treatments by Wood preservation: Treating practices. Fed. pressure processes. AWPA Stand. Cl. (See Specif. TT-W-571. (See current edition.) current edition.) Wilkinson, Thomas Lee 1968. Strength evaluation of round timber piles. Lumber, timbers, bridge ties and mine ties—Pre- USDA Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 101. servative treatment by pressure processes. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. AWPA Stand. C2. (See current edition.) Wood, Lyman W., Erickson, E.C.O., and Dohr, A. W. 1960. Strength and related properties of wood poles. Piles—Preservative treatment by pressure proc- Amer. Sec. Testing and Mater. esses. AWPA Stand. C3. (See current edition.) and Markwardt, L. J. 1965. Derivation of fiber stress from strength Poles—Preservative treatment by pressure proc- values of wood poles. U.S. Forest Serv. esses. AWPA Stand. C4. (See current edition.) Res. Pap. FPL 39. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. Crossties and switch ties—Preservative treatment by pressure processes. AWPA Stand. C6. (See current edition.) Standard for the full-length thermal process treat- ment of western redcedar poles. AWPA Stand. C8. (See current edition.) Lodgepole pine poles—Preservative treatment by the full-length thermal process. AWPA Stand. CIO. (See current edition.) Pole building construction—Preservative treatment by pressure processes. AWPA Stand. C23. (See current edition.) Standard volumes of round forest products. AWPA Stand. F3. (See current edition.) 1970. Wood preservation statistics 1969. AWPA Proc. 66: 271-303. 19-7 FS-370 Chapter 20 THERMAL INSULATION Page Insulating Materials 20-2 Rigid Insulation 20-2 Flexible Insulation 20-3 Fill Insulation 20-3 Reflective Insulation '. 20-3 Miscellaneous Insulation 20-3 Methods of Heat Transfer 20-4 Heat Loss 20-5 Through Walls 20-5 Through Doors and Windows 20-5 Where to Insulate 20-5 Condensation and Vapor Barriers 20-10 Ventilation 20-12 Bibliography 20-14 20-1 THERMAL ÍNSULATION The contribution of thermal insulation to large panels. When these panels are pressed comfort of occupants and economies of heat- and dried, they have densities ranging from ing and cooling have been recognized and the about 10 to 31 pounds per cubic foot (p.c.f.). ecological implications are being assessed. In They provide thermal insulation while also pro- the future the amount of insulation required viding some strength or other physical prop- in buildings may well be governed by factors erty required for a particular use. other than what is economical and will pro- Structural insulating board is fabricated in vide a desirable level of comfort for occupants. the following forms, which are described in These other considerations include air pollu- more detail, as related to the use, in chapter tion from burning fossil fuels, be it in the 21: building proper or at a power station some Building boards; insulating roof deck; roof distance away, thermal pollution from wasted insulation; wallboard; ceiling tile and lay-in heat, and the need to conserve energy and fuels. panels; plank; sheathing—regular density, in- termediate, nail-base; shingle backer; insulat- The inflow of heat through outside walls ing formboard ; and sound-deadening board. and roofs in hot weather and its outflow dur- Roof insulation primarily provides thermal ing cold weather have important effects upon resistance to heat flow in roof constructions. the comfort of the occupants of a building. It is applied on top of the structural deck During cold weather, heat flow also governs and roofing is applied over it. Although prod- fuel consumption to a great extent. Wood ucts like roof deck, ceiling tile, plank, sheath- itself is a good insulator but commercial insu- ing, shingle backer, insulating formboard, and lating materials are usually incorporated into sound-deadening board (when used in exterior exposed walls, ceilings, and floors to increase constructions) are fabricated primarily to resistance to heat passage. The use of insula- serve other functions, they also help to resist tion in warmer climates is usually justified heat flow. Building board and wallboard are with air conditioning not only to reduce cool- products for remanufacture and are used in ing costs but also to permit use of smaller diverse ways. capacity units. It is common practice for the insulating Commercial insulating materials are manu- board industry to supply sheathing products, factured in a number of forms and types. where the thermal insulation is of importance, Each has advantages for specific uses; some with rated insulating values. are more resistive to heat flow than others, and no one type is best for all applications. Nonstructural (Block) Insulation Nonstructural rigid insulation is often INSULATING MATERIALS called "block insulation." The slabs or blocks For purposes of description, materials com- are small rigid units, sometimes 1 inch thick monly used for insulation may be grouped in but generally thicker, and vary in size usu- five general classes: (1) Rigid insulation, (a) ally up to 24 by 28 inches. The types made structural or (b) nonstructural; (2) flexi- from wood-base materials are cork blocks, ble insulation, (a) blanket or (b) batt; (3) wood fiber blocks, and fiberboard slabs. Cork loose-fill insulation; (4) reflective insulation; blocks are made by bonding small pieces of and (5) miscellaneous types. cork together in blocks or slabs 1 to 6 inches thick. They are used for cold-storage insula- Rigid Insulation tion and for insulating flat roofs of industrial and commercial buildings. Structural Insulating Board Wood-fiber blocks are made by bonding wood fibers with some inorganic bonding agent, such Structural insulating board is made by re- as Portland cement. They are made in thick- ducing wood, cane, or other lignocellulosic ma- nesses of 1 to 3 inches and in various widths terial to a coarse pulp and then felting it into and lengths. Principal uses are for roof-deck 20-2 in industrial buildings, structural floor and Reflecffve Insulation ceiling slabs, and nonbearing partitions. Fiberboard slabs are made by laminating Most materials reflect radiant heat, and insulating board products to produce rigid certain of them have this property to a high blocks. Mineral-wool slabs or blocks are made degree. Some emit less heat than others. For both of rock wool and glass wool with suit- reflective insulation, high reflectivity and able binders for low-temperature insulation low emissivity are required, as provided by and specialty uses. Other types of blocks and aluminum foil, sheet metal coated with an al- slabs include cellular glass, plastic, cellular- loy of lead and tin, and paper products coated rubber products, and vermiculite or expanded with a reflective oxide composition. Alumi- mica with asphalt binder. num foil is available in sheets mounted on paper, in corrugated form supported on paper, Flexible Insulation or mounted on the back of gypsum lath or paper-backed wire lath. Reflective insulation is Flexible insulation is manufactured as blan- installed with the reflective surface facing or ket and batt. Blanket insulation is furnished exposed to an air space. It is generally con- in rolls of convenient length and in various sidered to be effective only when the air space widths suited to standard stud and joist spac- is between % and 4 inches deep. Reflective ing. The usual thicknesses are 1%, 2, and 3 surfaces in contact with other surfaces lose inches. Each roll covers from 70 to 140 square their reflective properties. feet. The body of the blanket is usually made of loosely felted mats of mineral or vegetable Miscellaneous Insulation fibers, such as rock, slag, or glass wool, wood fiber, and cotton. Organic fiber mats are chem- Some insulation does not fit in the classifi- ically treated to make them resistant to fire, cations used here, such as insulation blankets decay, insects, and vermin. Most blanket in- made up of multiple layers of creped or reflec- sulation is provided with a covering sheet of tive paper. Other types, such as lightweight paper on one or both sides and with tabs on vermiculite and perlite aggregates, are some- the edges for fastening the blanket in place. times used in plaster as a means of reducing The covering sheet on one side may be of a heat transmission. Lightweight aggregates type which serves as a vapor barrier. In some made from blast-furnace slag, burned-clay cases the covering sheet is surfaced with alu- products, and cinders are used in concrete and minum foil or other reflective material. concrete blocks. The thermal conductivity of Batt insulation also is made of loosely felted concrete products made of such lightweight fibers, generally of mineral-wool products. It aggregates is substantially lower than that of is also made in widths suitable for fitting be- concrete products made of gravel and stone tween standard framing spaces. Thicknesses aggregates. are usually 4 and 6 inches. Some batts have Other materials are foamed-in-place insula- no covering; others are covered on one side tions, which include sprayed plastic foam with a vapor barrier similar to that used for types. Other sprayed insulation is usually in- blanket insulation. In walls batt insulation is organic fibrous material blown against a clean installed in the same manner as blanket insu- surface to which a coat of adhesive has been lation. In ceilings it is placed between joists applied. Sprayed insulation is usually applied with the vapor barrier facing downward to- up to a thickness of 2 inches and the surface ward the warm side. lightly tamped to obtain uniformity; density is usually 1 to 3% p.c.f. It is often left ex- Fill Insulation posed to serve as an acoustical treatment as well as insulation. Loose-fill insulation is usually composed of Polystyrene and urethane plastic foams may materials used in bulk form, supplied in bags be molded or foamed-in-place. Urethane insu- or bales, and intended to be poured or blown lation may also be applied by spraying. These into place or packed by hand. It is used to fill materials can be used in the field and are ap- stud spaces or to build up any desired thick- plied as roof, wall, and floor insulation. Ex- nesses on horizontal surfaces. Loose-fill insula- panded polystyrene is most commonly used in tion includes rock, glass, and slag wool, wood board form in thicknesses of % to 2 inches. fibers, granulated cork, ground or macerated The methods of applying these materials woodpulp products, vermiculite, perlite, saw- are undergoing rapid changes because of im- dust, and wood shavings. proving technology, and manufacturers' rec- 20-3 ommendations should be consulted before using resents radiant energy. Heat obtained from them as building insulations. the sun is radiant heat. Heat transfer through a structural unit com- METHODS OF HEAT TRANSFER posed of a variety of materials may include Heat seeks to attain a balance with surround- one or more of the three methods described. ing conditions, just as water will flow from a Consider a frame house with an exterior wall higher to a lower level. When occupied build- composed of gypsum lath and plaster, 2- by ings are heated to maintain inside tempera- 4-inch studs, sheathing, sheathing paper, and ture in the comfort range, there is a differ- bevel siding. In such a house, heat is transfer- ence in temperature between inside and red from the room atmosphere to the plaster outside. Heat will therefore be transferred by radiation, conduction, and convection, and through walls, floors, ceilings, windows, and through the lath and plaster by conduction. doors at a rate that bears some relation to the Heat transfer across the stud space is by radia- temperature difference and to the resistance tion and convection. By radiation, it moves from to heat flow of intervening materials. The the back of the gypsum lath to the colder transfer of heat takes place by one or more sheathing; by convection, the air warmed by of three methods—conduction, convection, and the lath moves upward on the warm side of the radiation (fig. 20-1). stud space, and that cooled by the sheathing Conduction is defined as the transmission moves downward on the cold side. Heat transfer of heat through solid materials; for example, through sheathing, sheathing paper, and siding the conduction of heat along a metal rod when is by conduction. Some small air spaces will be one end is heated in a fire. Convection involves found back of the siding, and the heat transfer transfer of heat by air currents ; for example, across these spaces is principally by radiation. air moving across a hot radiator carries heat Through the studs from gypsum lath to sheath- to other parts of the room or space. Heat also ing, heat is transferred by conduction and may be transmitted from a warm body to a from the outer surface of the wall to the at- cold body by wave motion through space, and mosphere, it is transferred by convection and this process is called radiation because it rep- radiation. The thermal conductivity of a material is an inverse measure of the insulating value of that material. The customary measure of heat conductivity is the amount of heat in British thermal units that will flow in 1 hour through 1 square foot of a layer 1 inch thick of a homogeneous material, per 1° F. temper- ature difference between surfaces of the layer. CONVECTION This is usually expressed by the symbol k. THE TRANSFERENCE OF Where a material is not homogenous in HEAT BY AIR CURRENTS structure, such as one containing air spaces FROM A WARM TO A COLDER ZONE like hollow tile, the term conductance is used bevel siding instead of conductivity. The conductance, usu- ally designated by the symbol C, is the amount of heat in British thermal units that will flow in 1 hour through 1 square foot of the mate- CONDUCTION rial or combination of materials per 1*" F. temperature difference between surfaces of the THE TRANSMISSION OF HEAT THROUGH A CONDUCTOR. material, or the equivalent of a surface layer, SUCH AS METAL or a dead air space with or without a re- flective surface. Resistivity and resistance (direct measures RADIATION of the insulating value) are the reciprocals of WAVES DO NOT HEAT SPACE IN transmission (conductivity or conductance) and WHICH THEY MOVE BUT WHEN THEY COME IN CONTACT WITH A are represented by the symbol R. Resistivity, COLDER SURFACE THE WAVES ARE which is unit resistance, is the reciprocal of k CONVERTED TO HEAT M 139 201 and is given the same symbol R as resistance Figure 20-1.—Methods of heat transfer. in the technical literature because resistances 20-4 are added together to calculate the total for any construction. The overall coefficient of heat ¡7 =-^ = -j^ = 0.21 Btu per hour per transmission through a wall or similar unit air to air, including surface resistances, is repre- square foot per °F. difference in temperature sented by the symbol C7. U defines the movement (through the stud space). in British thermal units per hour, per square foot, per 1° F. The total resistance of a con- For the U value through the stud, substi- tute the resistivity of wood based on the depth struction would be jR = -i. of the stud for the resistance value of the air space. For example, a species of wood that has HEAT LOSS a k value of 0.88 has a resistivity of 1.14. The resistance of a nominal 2- by 4-inch stud is: Through Walls 31/2 X 1.14 = 3.99 The heat loss through walls and roofs made of different materials can be found by comput- Substituting the value of 3.99 for the air space ing the overall coefficients of heat transmis- value of 1.16 gives an overall resistance value sion, or U values, of the construction assem- of 7.66 or a Z7 value of 0.13. Assuming the blies. To determine the U value by test would area of the studs, plates, and headers repre- be impractical in most cases, but it is a simple sents 15 percent of the wall area, the corrected matter to calculât? ^his value for most combin- transmission value becomes: ations of materials commonly used in building construction whose thermal properties are 0.21 X 85 + 0.13 X 15 U = = 0.20 known. 100 Table 20-1 gives conductivity and conduct- ance values with corresponding resistivity If 2-inch mineral wool blanket insulation with and resistance values used in calculating the one 1%-inch air space is used in the stud thermal properties of construction units. No space, the resistance contributed by the stud values are included for reflective materials be- space becomes 8.56 instead of the single air cause they depend on the reflectivity and per- space value of 1.16, and the overall resistance manence of the surface brightness, the di- rection of heat flow, and to a lesser extent of the wall through the stud space is 12.23, the depth of the adjoining air space. For in- compared with 4.83 without insulation, and formation on calculating the amount to be the U value becomes 0.08 instead of 0.21. credited to reflective insulations consult the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, Through Doors arid Windows and Air-Conditioning Engineers' ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals. In determining heat loss for houses, the loss To compute the U value: Add the resistance through doors and windows should be included of each material, exposed surface, and air in the computations. Table 20-2 gives heat space in the given section, using values given transmission values for doors and windows. in table 20-1. The sum of these resistances divided into 1 (reciprocal of the sum) gives the coefficient U, WHERE TO INSULATE Example: Calculate the U factor for winter (heating) conditions through the stud space Insulation is used to retard the flow of heat of a conventional wood frame wall consisting through ceilings, walls, and floors if wide tem- of 14-inch gypsum board, air space, %-inch perature differences occur on opposite sides of regular density insulating board sheathing, these structural elements (see fig. 20-2). In and beveled w^ood siding, % by 10 inches dwellings, for example, insulation should be lapped: used in the ceiling of those rooms just below an unheated attic. If the attic is heated, the SUMMARY OF RESISTANCE insulation should be placed in the attic ceiling Interior surface (still air) 0.68 Gypsum board .45 and in the dwarf walls extending from the Air space 1.16 roof to the floor. All exterior walls should be Insulating board sheathing _ 1.32 insulatad. Floors over unheated basements, Siding 1.05 Outside surface (15 m.p.h. air) .17 crawl spaces, porches, or garages should also Overall resistance 4.83 be insulated. 20-5 (MÍO 00 icoc^iÄ iTHt-oaco . oq CO e Oi CO rH|0 ooo THOO TH(M .s a LO 1 , ,1Ä 1 1 > lO I CO 05 C ^ 'CO "& tui13 O g na ns lO ^ 100 Vw üJ5 Oo § o o o o "^ rf< T}< rf 00 00 00 lO t-00 00 IÄ C^ lO lO CO CO CO CO TH iH TH C<í G P3 o • PH II •8 ■3 J ti es »¿ô- ■2 ■2 Ci a; O o -g ti CO ce •S .S ft bc ti O) 0-2 I a» *s ö ^^ 'S es •s ° ^ ^ ^ o o bÛ ¿ 73 -I .tí ^ s I s 73ti s C3 OS S3 o"S bc ft Ö s M EH > W CO 1 w O ¿ ^ ^ 0 OS ^s! ft ©"Ht 20-6 I 00 CO lÄ 00 ÇO 00 <0 CçOt-C0 ^ 'T Tn O (M I (NO Ot>O^ÇO(MOOO CO t> r-J C^ CO CO I r-îrHrjîlAoÔ I r-î c4 Tjî LO CO OCÎ lír- (MO lAÇOLO I (M lO ico (MO it-10 § ; OOOOO I (N 09 ???§ i;o(M C IOC0TíH00(M I CO Oi COCO 0 10 1 OOTH I 00 lOO W)C 0(MOT^l> o o ICO (MO Tf Til 00 1 lio 1 1 11> CO t-oio 10 000 1 1 T^ 1 1 (M (MCO W 1 COrH o OlO c4 TíCO 10 00 lOOlO LO LOO 0000 LO CO t>0(M* COCO Tj< kO LOÍO lOO o TH N oí LO OíTH COTH CO 10 CO 10 Tf (M ,^ ';^íá5:;:?í í^;?? ^^i^î^î^N;^ ;^ ;^ ;^ TH THC^KM CO ft O) i3 O Ö 2 T3 cd be > tí c O c« ^> o i ^ c« '^ 5o T^73 S5 os d cd T5 -M C3 0oj 0 P4P4 o o S": VI o 03 c3 s O O 'S ■ J3 S? i- o, o cr¡ W a o ^ Ö3 PHT3 •lit i^-b'^g.-s- o .5 bO befe p^S o E .S ^^ 2'bß * os g S ¿egs«-o«|2 CÖ C3 ^ w S 2bc- £ g +j O Ç2 !? o O 3§i3 o o SOffi (2 ^ 03 Cí O 'ÔJ^ =«¿?¿¡| ¿ c3 O) lí.S^ o o 0) os Cois c0) § tí OJ ft DJ'g ft Cd 0) 'V ft be+^ ^ tí -o « be be «tí cö C M^ .£ W 0 c« 0 m o o om 20-7 OTH(MIäC<10 IH TH 00 «O tH C<1 Oí t-O O l> OOrHlOOOCNlß t-^rHCNOOrHl^Oq (NIÄOCN 'rHrHTHc4c<î ' vA TA ' TA rA TA r-Í TH C4 C4 OOCO OCOíM 00050 O ó Oí 00 o os ÇO TH CO iHOOO OiH di 3 iOI>0 t^OOC<ÍTHCOt-¡ (N ÍD TH (M-^í« lO 00 TH-^ THO(M iftOÇOrt OI>CO t>0»Ät-Ot- CO LOOO •«:1JC o lOOOOlÄO 00 CO l¿ iß 00 CO 00 'S" s ssssss Q^ OiÄLO lOOOOOO 05 «£> 00 C C COTJi^OOOC^ Tí< 00 (N CO ■'í* 00 (M CO-^ 00 W taj¿ no Ö I« 5 M tí S O .^-v O OJ ® CÔ.S g ^5^ bo bc ^ ■c 'S ^ Q> O be O T3 73^ o Cí o 5^^ ÍH M ÍM JOJ ^ ^ ^ia T3 o •• tí S'I3 coc W T3 g tí o e8 es S & tí «tí S tí CQ_i¿ o o o es 09 20-8 'S Ji W W M M I t-Oi iH CO o TH LO Tf CO lÄ T-l CÖ Oî rt t) cqcoco IOTH 00COTi< lOOíHr-lTíi OíTHTJICOO M -^ es oS cô g 5 2Ë gg«'c«• CÖ r3 bc 0) bo.^ «H 100 I t-OiOO i í£)lO TH "tí M p § tí 0.2 0) P OS § .5 Ü w > o »^^ (MI>CO >ooo COOt-OO CO ÇOOC5 l> CO lJf5 Oi O Oi ICO CO TH^TH O jrHt^lO I>IOC^OO rHOOI> C^ (N 0> »Ä O '^ S S^ . t> 0< i^ P «^ w 0) L. 2? p >» -.^0 í:í § Ö .« •O THOO c3 ÎJ lio o 'O rH 00 2<í ! 05 ?? 0) stí'O ^ ojH iH P3 "^ ^ "' -^ ^ CÖ 2 bc^ iÄlO lOlOlOlOlOLO oooo O CO (M -^ Tt CO p.s *q ioâ-g.22'3 s e^ P^Ä M w ftp 5;^ ;:^;^i^ í^^^í^í^ í^;^ &«"is : S Sil >^M 55* » • *- T3 0) p< 0) 03 o T3 T3 o^ (D CO P (D X $5 p< ;:^ es P< rP os ;^ ft* •Si o Q) ^ -^ w « O « w »^ O Ü O ««^^Jicóg p. g-rt W j^O ¡^ V rt g'-íSns'^ o 3 CO o .. ^ w w^ bo ta Xi (D bc -"^ 3 •S M p-^o'g Sells pu (D .5 ^ 03 5-^ "à ^if? PHS fe 03 g «2 c« 4L> O)j t- M PH P« .2^00 ^ w ^^ CO CO CO g> o"2 ti bo w ci 0) es g >H O) ai p. o g -+J o R ^ .S o 'bc »> ^ «^ bfl •S bO Q) O o o bû bc ^ U VI u -3.1 <ü.ä 2 •••S'a 2 ■O T g 3 .. w'2 3-0 p > 13 fi ¿fis *s§ CÖ "T^ w a> *^ ,« 5á |lS bc 00 1Q c3 CÖ ? 1^1 os 0) Oí a äia 05 oj tí S ft 'CO CO-^ O 0) s m ,2 PHPH g 'www'3^^ i^pß"".8-S^ (D tí O w w O es 1*0 03^ 20-9 CONDENSATION AND VAPOR BARRIERS machinery. "Sweating" walls and windows also are a serious nuisance. Two types of condensation create a problem Condensation may collect on the indoor sur- in buildings during cold weather; that which face of exterior walls of houses, particularly collects on the inner surfaces of windows, ceil- behind furniture, or in outside closets, caus- ings, and walls, and that which collects within ing damage to finish, furniture, and flooring. walls or roof spaces. Surface condensation is It may also collect on windows, particularly quite common in industrial buildings where those unprotected by storm sash. Water run- relative humidity is high. In a factory or ware- ning off the windows may create conditions house, water dripping from a ceiling may se- favorable to decay in wood sash, cause rust in riously damage manufactured materials and steel sash, and damage window finish and STORAGE NO STORAGE /^NHEATED "Ttl'^ SOIL • ^i: v.: ■':»:'>■■ 'imr^ COVER SURFACE ABOVE OUTSIDE GRADE LINE INSULATE SIDE WALLS PORCH AND ATTIC STEPS UNHEATED ATTIC ^ "SOIL COVER M 139 204 Figure 20^2.-—Insulation should be installed in side walls between heated rooms and outdoors, in walls and floors between unheated garages and porches and heated rooms, in floors in basementless houses, in ceilings below unheated attics, in roofs over heated rooms, and in side walls and below stairs leading to unheated attics. 20-10 walls and floors below the windows. Moisture sometimes condenses within the To prevent surface condensation, the rela- walls or roof spaces of buildings if relative tive humidity in the building must be reduced humidity is comparatively high during cold or the surface temperature must be raised above weather (fig. 20-3). In walls, this type of con- the dew point of the atmosphere. Adding insula- densation may result in decay of wood, rusting tion to a wall or roof reduces heat transfer of steel, and damage to exterior paint coatings. through the unit, and the inside surface tem- In roofs and ceilings it may cause stained finish perature is increased accordingly. The amount and loosened plaster and increase the chances of insulation required for given conditions can of decay in structural members. be calculated. Storm sash or double glazing re- When outdoor temperatures are low, water duces condensation on windows. vapor will sometimes pass through permeable inner surface materials and condense within Table 20-2.—Coefficients of transmission (U) a wall or roof space on some cold surface. Key commonly used for doors, windows, and glass to this situation is a surface temperature be- blocks ^ low the dew point of the atmosphere on the warm side. When the condensing surface is con- U value siderably below the dew point, differences in vapor pressure between the cold and warm With glass Item Exposed storm door sides cause vapor to move from the high-vapor- unit or storm pressure zone to the low-pressure zone. The alone window rate of movement is more or less proportional 1%-inch solid wood, door^ 0.55 0.34 to the resistance of interposed materials. The 1%-inch solid wood door^ .48 .31 1%-inch solid wood door^ .43 .28 amount of condensation that collects on the Single glass wood window 1.02 .50 condensing surface depends upon the resist- Single glass metal window _ _ _ 1.13 .56 ance to permeance of intervening materials, Glass block ^ .60 Single glass 1.13 differences in vapor pressure, and time. There Double glass (insulated will also be some difference in vapor pressure 1/4-in. space) .65 .38 between the condensing surface and the outdoor * Table based in part on the data from 1972 atmosphere. Some part of the water vapor ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals. ^ For doors containing thin wood panels or glass, use reaching the condensing surface will therefore the same U value as shown for single windows. escape outside through materials that are per- ' Blocks are 6 by 6 by 4 in. meable. Materials used for side wall coverings preferably should be permeable. Roofing ma- terials are generally highly resistant to vapor transmission. Wood shingles applied over nar- row roof boards are not resistant to vapor transmission. Insulation can cause increased condensation under certain conditions. Heat now is reduced by insulation, and consequently the tempera- ture of those parts of a wall or roof on the cold side of the insulation is lower during cold weather than if no insulation were used. This in turn means a greater difference in vapor pressure between the warm side and the con- densing surface and a greater amount of con- densation if vapor is permitted to move through the construction. Insulation is important, how- ever, as a means of conserving heat and creat- ing comfortable living conditions and its in- fluence on condensation can be largely M 139 205 mitigated. Figure 20^3.—Condensation collecting on the roof sheathing in an The rate of vapor transmission through inner unventilated attic. Ice hos collected on the tip of protruding nail surfaces may be controlled by the use of ma- (arrow). When outdoor temperatures rise after a cold spell or when the sun strikes the roof the ice melts and drips down to terials having high resistance to vapor move- the ceiling below. ment. Such vapor barriers should be located 20-11 on the warm surface of the wall (fig. 20-4) so ditions determine what is required. More de- that the temperature of the barrier will always tailed information than is possible to provide be above the dew point of the heated space. in this handbook is presented in references Broken barriers of poor installation around out- listed in the bibliography. let boxes in exterior walls will cause escape For new construction, the barrier may be of water vapor and often condensation prob- any one of several materials, such as asphalt- lems. The use of a full wall covering with a impregnated and surface-coated paper applied vapor barrier (enveloping) and calking around over the face of the studs, plastic films, gypsum the perimeter of the outlet boxes will minimize lath with aluminum-foil backing, blanket in- these problems. Vapor barrier requirements sulation with vapor-resistive cover, and reflec- differ with geographic climates, so local con- tive insulation. For existing construction, cer- tain types of paint coatings add materially to the resistance to vapor transfer. One coat of aluminum primer followed by two decorative coats of flat paint or lead and oil seems to offer satisfactory resistance. VENTILATION Attics and roof spaces are generally provided with suitable openings for ventilation, partly for summer cooling and partly to prevent win- ter condensation (fig. 20-5). For gable roofs, louvered openings are provided in the gable ends, allowing at least 1 square foot of louver opening (minimum net area) for each 300 square feet of projected ceiling area. For hip roofs, inlet openings are usually provided ^/^V>^M under the over-hanging eaves with a globe or ridge ventilator at or near the peak for an outlet. The inlets should equal 1 square foot to each 900 square feet of projected ceiling area and the outlets 1 square foot (net area) to each 1,600 square feet. Ventilation for flat roofs should be developed to suit the method of con- struction. GROUND COVER VAPOR BARRIER M 140 332 Figure 20^.—To control cold weather condensation, a vapor bar- rier should always be installed on the warm side of the con- struction. 20-12 CONTINUOUS VENT CHIMNEY FLUE VENT OR ROOF outlet ratioieoo ROOF VENTILATOR VENTILATOR outlet ratio inlet ratio ^0 VENT^ ^inlet ratio ^^V outlet ratio jöT V »acOiwjiL.sffeimiiww'ft.if^».;» ■ ratio 300 FLAT ROOF STORAGE inlet ratio' VENT SUSPENDED CEILING 900 ratio ¿To inlet ratio-5^0^*'^*''^*'!l,'';;- ^ FLAT ROOF WITH OVERHANG FLAT ROOF PARAPET WALL M 139 203 Figure 20-5.-—Methods used to ventilate attics and roof spaces. Air inlet openings under tlie eaves of pitched roofs in addition to outlet openings near peak provide air movement independent of the effect of wind. For flat roofs where joists are used to support ceil- ing and roof, continuous vents, open to each joist space, are needed for both inlets and outlets. The dormer has inlets at eave and a roof space opens into attic. All dormers should be carefully framed to assure means of ventilation in the roof space. The sketches show the ratio of free opening in louvers and vents to the area of the ceiling in the rooms below. 20-13 BIBLIOGRAPHY Acoustical and Insulating Materials Association Fundamentals of building insulation. A.I.A. File 37. (Revised annually). Park Ridge, 111. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air- Conditioning Engineers 1972. ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals— Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Condition- ing. 688 pp. New York. Anderson, L. 0. 1970. Wood-frame house construction. U.S. Dep. Agr., Agr. Handbook 73, rev. 223 pp. 1972. Condensation problems : their prevention and solution. USD A Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 132. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. Building Research Advisory Board 1952. Condensation control in buildings. Nat. Res. Counc. 118 pp. Washington, D.C. Close, P. D. 1951. Sound Control and Thermal Insulation. Rheinhold Publishing Corp., New York. Lewis, W. C. 1967. Thermal conductivity of wood-base fiber and particle panel materials. USD A Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 77. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. 1968. Thermal insulation from wood for buildings : effects of moisture and its control. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 86. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. MacLean, J. D. 1941. Thermal conductivity of wood. Trans. Amer. Soc. Heating and Ventil. Eng. 47: 323. Rogers, T. S. 1964. Thermal Design of Buildings. John Wiley & Sons, New York. U.S. Forest Products Laboratory 1973. Wood siding: installing, finishing, maintain- ing. U.S. Dep. Agr. Home and Garden Bull. 203. 13 pp. 20-14 FS-371 Chapter 21 WOOD-BASE FIBER AND PARTICLE PANEL MATERIALS Page Fiber Panel Materials 21-3 Particle Panel Materials 21-3 Properties and Uses 21-4 Semirigid Insulation Board 21-4 Rigid Insulation Board 21-4 Medium-Density Hardboard 21-8 High-Density Hardboard 21-9 Special Densified Hardboard 21-11 Laminated Paperboards 21-11 Particleboard 21-12 Bibliography 21-15 21-1 WOOD-BASE FIBER AND PARTICLE PANEL MATERIALS The group of materials generally classified as References for greater detail on methods of *Vood-base fiber and particle panel materials'' manufacture of building fiberboards are in- includes such familiar products as insulation cluded in the bibliography at the end of this boards, hardboards, particleboards, and lam- chapter. Evaluation procedures for basic prop- inated paperboards. In some instances they are erties are reasonably well standardized. known by such proprietary names as "Mason- Particleboards are manufactured from small ite/' "Celotex," "Insulite," and *'Beaver board'' components of wood that are glued together or, in the instance of particleboards, by the with a thermosetting synthetic resin or equiv- kind of particle used such as flakeboard, chip- alent binder. Wax sizing is added to all com- board, chipcore, or shavings board. mercially produced particleboard to improve These panel materials are all reconstituted water resistance. Other additives may be in- wood (or some other lignocellulose like bagasse) troduced during manufacture to improve some in that the wood is first reduced to small frac- property or provide added resistance to fire, tions and then put back together by special insects such as termites, or decay. Particleboard forms of manufacture into panels of relatively is among the newest of the wood-base panel large size and moderate thickness. These board materials. It has become a successful and or panel materials in final form retain some of economical panel product because of the avail- the properties of the original wood but, be- ability and economy of thermosetting synthetic cause of the manufacturing methods, gain resins, which permit blends of wood particles new and different properties from those of the and the synthetic resin to be consolidated and wood. Because they are manufactured, they the resin set (cured) in a press that is heated. can be and are "tailored" to satisfy a use-need, Thermosetting resins used are primarily urea or a group of needs. formaldehyde and phenol-formaldehyde. Urea- Generally speaking, the wood-base panel formaldehyde is lowest in cost and is the binder materials are manufactured either (1) by con- used in greatest quantity for particleboard in- verting wood substance essentially to fibers and tended for interior or other nonsevere expo- then interfelting them together again into the sures. Where moderate water or heat resist- panel material classed as building fiberboard, or ance is required, melamine-urea-formaldehyde (2) by strictly mechanical means of cutting or resin blends are being used. For severe expo- breaking wood into small discrete particles and sures like exteriors or where some heat re- then, with a synthetic resin adhesive or other sistance is required, phenolics are generally suitable binder, bonding them together again used. in the presence of heat and pressure. These The kinds of wood particles used in the latter products are appropriately called particle- manufacture of particleboard range from boards. specially cut flakes an inch or more in length Building fiberboards, then, are made essen- (parallel to the grain of the wood) and only tially of fiberlike components of wood that are a few hundredths of an inch thick to fine interfelted together in the reconstitution and particles approaching fibers or flour in size. The synthetic resin solids are usually between are characterized by a bond produced by that 5 and 10 percent by weight of the dry wood interfelting. They are frequently classified as furnish. These resins are set by heat as the fibrous-felted board products. At certain den- wood particle-resin blend is compressed sities under controlled conditions of hot- either in flat-platen presses, similar to those pressing, rebonding of the lignin effects a used for hot-pressing hardboard and plywood, further bond in the panel product produced. or in extrusion presses where the wood-resin Binding agents and other materials may be mixture is squeezed through a long, wide, and added during manufacture to increase strength, thin die that is heated to provide the energy resistance to fire, moisture, or decay, or to to set the resin. improve some other property. Among the ma- Particleboards produced by flat-platen terials added are rosin, alum, asphalt, par- presses are called **mat-formed" or "platen- affin, synthetic and natural resins, preservative pressed." Those produced in an extrusion press and fire-resistant chemicals, and drying oils. are called **extruded" particleboards. 21-2 Building fiberboards and particleboards are Laminated paperboards require a special produced from small components of wood, hence classification because the density of these prod- the raw material need not be in log form. Many ucts is slightly greater than the maximum processes for manufacture of board materials for non-hot-pressed, fibrous-felted, wood-base start with wood in the form of pulp chips. panel materials. Also, because these products Coarse residues from other primary forest are made by laminating together plies of paper products manufacture therefore are an im- about Vie inch thick, they have different proper- portant source of raw materials for both kinds ties along the direction of the plies than across of wood-based panel products. Particleboards, the machine direction. The other fibrous-felted and to a lesser extent building fiberboards, use products have nearly equal properties along fine residues as raw material. For instance, and across the panel. planer shavings are significant in manufacture of particleboard. Overall, about 70 percent of PARTICLE PANEL MATERIALS the raw material requirements for wood-base fiber and particle panel materials are satis- Mat-formed particleboards, because of dif- fied by residues. Bagasse, the fiber residue from ferences in properties and uses, are generally sugar cane, and wastepaper are used also as classified by density into low, medium, and raw material for board products. high categories: In total, the wood-base fiber and particle panel materials form an important part of the DENSITY forest products industry in the United States. G. per cc. P.c.f. Not only are they valuable from the stand- Low density Less than 0.59 Less than 37 point of integrated utilization, but the total Medium density 0.59 to 0.80 37 to 50 production of more than 7 billion square feet High density More than 0.80 More than 50 is important in terms of forest products con- All mat-formed particleboards are hot- sumed. Along with softwood plywood they pressed to cure the resins used as binders. are among the fastest growing components These mat-formed particleboards are further of the industry and production has been described as being homogeneous (the same doubling about each 10 years. kind, size, and quality of particle throughout the thickness), graduated (a gradation of part- FIBER PANEL MATERIALS icle size from coarsest in the center of the thickness to finest at each surface), or "three Broadly, the wood-base fiber panel materials layer" (the material on and near each sur- (building fiberboards) are divided into two face is different than that in the core). These groups—insulation board (the lower density boards may be also described by the predomi- products) and hardboard, which requires con- nant kind of particle, as shavings, flakes, solidation under heat and pressure as a sep- slivers, or the combination in the instance of arate step in manufacture. The dividing point layered construction as **flake-faced" or "fines- between an insulation board and a hardboard, surfaced'' boards. on a density basis, is a specific gravity of 0.5 Extruded boards account for less than 5 (about 31 p.c.f.). Practically, because of the percent of total production of particleboard, range of uses and specially developed products and standards have not been developed for within the broad classification, further break- them to any appreciable extent. Most extruded particleboard can be classed as being of downs are necessary to classify the various medium density because the compression ap- products adequately. The following breakdown plied to the wood particles during extruding by density places the building fiberboards in does not increase the density beyond 50 p.c.f. their various groups: Particleboards thicker than about % inch can DENSITY be extruded with hollow core sections similar to those molded in concrete blocks. Because of G. per cc, P.c.f. these hollow core sections the equivalent den- Insulation board 0.02 to 0.50 1.2 to 31 sity may fall below that of medium-density, Semirigid insulation board _ _ .02 to .16 1.2 to 10 mat-formed particleboard. Extruded particle- Rigid insulation board .16 to .5 10 to 31 Hardboard .5 to 1.45 31 to 90 boards of that type, usually called "fluted" par- Medium-density hardboard _ .5 to .8 31 to 50 ticleboards, are commonly classified on the basis High-density hardboard .8 to 1.20 50 to 75 of weight per square foot for a specified Special densified hardboard - 1.35 to 1.45 84 to 90 Laminated paperboard .50 to .59 31 to 37 thickness. 21-3 PROPERTIES AND USES the insulation board industry, is classed as structural insulating board. Structural insula- Properties of the various wood-base panel ting board is manufactured mainly for specific materials to a considerable extent either sug- uses in construction although some is fabri- gest or limit the uses. In the following sec- cated for special padding and blocking in pack- tions the fiber- and particle-based panel ma- aging and a wide variety of other industrial terials are divided into the various categories uses. Insulation board is produced in two suggested by kind of manufacture, properties, general types, interior and sheathing. Interior- and use. quality boards are for uses where high water resistance is not required, but a light-colored Semirigid Insulation Board product is desired. Sheathing-quality boards are used where water resistance is required Semirigid insulation board is the term ap- and are manufactured with added water- plied to fiberboard products manufactured resistant materials (usually asphalt). Density primarily for use as insulation and cushioning. is somewhat greater for sheathing-quality These very low-density fiberboards have about boards than for interior boards. Some sheath- the same heat-flow characteristics as con- ing-quality boards are coated with asphalt as ventional blanket or batt insulation but have well as impregnated. sufficient stiffness and strength to maintain Important strength and related propertie^s their position and form without being attached for insulating board are included in table 21- to the structure. They may be bent around 1 with those for other building fiberboards. curves or corners and, when cemented, me- The two basic insulating board products, with chanically fastened, or placed between framing only minor modification in manufacture as members, will hold their shape and position relates to composition, are fabricated into a even though subjected to considerable vibra- group of products designed to satisfy specific tion. use requirements in construction. These require- The semirigid insulation boards are manu- ments may call for structural strength and factured in sheets from % to 1% inches thick. either high thermal insulation or good acousti- When greater thicknesses are required, two or cal properties, or both. Since individual more sheets are cemented together. Sheet sizes structural insulating board products are use- vary from 1 by 2 feet to 4 by 4 feet. The oriented, the name of the product describes thermal conductivity factors (fe) range from the use. Principal ones are described as fol- 0.24 to 0.27 Btu • in./h • ft^ • deg F (British lows: thermal units per inch of thickness per hour per square foot of surface per degree Fahren- General Purpose Board heit) difference in temperature. Semirigid insulation boards are used for There are two general purpose structural in- heat insulation in truck and bus bodies, auto- sulating boards—"Building Board'' and "Wall- mobiles, refrigerators, railway cars, on the out- board" (sometimes called "Thin Board" in the side of ductwork, and wherever vibrations are trade because it is either %_e or % inch thick so severe that loosefill or batt insulation may while most other insulating board is % inch pack or shift. They are also used as sound or thicker). Both of these general purpose insulation for the walls of telephone booths and boards may be converted for a multiplicity of around speakers in radios, public address sys- uses not specifically covered in the other prod- tems, and phonographs, and as cushioning in ucts. Some material could be classed as in- furniture, mattresses, and special packaging dustrial board because it is used by others in applications. some other article of commerce. The general use boards are usually furnished with a factory- Rigid Insulation Board applied, flame-resistant finish. "Building Board" is % inch thick and may be obtained in Rigid insulation board is the oldest of the panels 4 feet by 8, 9, 10, or 12 feet with wood-base fiber and particle panel materials. square edges. "Wallboard" is furnished regu- It has been produced in the United States larly 4 feet wide in either 8- or 10-foot lengths. for more than a half century and, when pro- Quality limits,are set for these and other regu- duced to the various standards developed by lar products in the standards. 21-4 Table 21-1.—Strength and mechanical properties of wood-base building fiberboards Value for Value for Value for Value for structural medium- high- Value for special insulating density density tempered densified Property board hardboard hardboard hardboard hardboard Unit Density 10-30 33-50 50-80 60-80 85-90 P.cf. Specific gravity 0.16-0.42 0.53-0.80 0.80-1.28 0.93-1.28 1.36-1.44 Modulus of elasticity (bending) _ 25-125 325-700 400-800 650-1,100 1,250 1,000 p.s.i. Modulus of rupture 200-800 1,900-6,000 3,000-7,000 5,600-10,000 10,000-12,500 P.S.Í. Tensile strength parallel to surface 200-500 1,000-4,000 3,000-6,000 3,600-7,800 7,800 Do. Tensile strength perpendicular to surface 10-25 40-200 75-400 160-450 500 Do. Compressive strength parallel to surface 1,000-3,500 1,800-6,000 3,700-6,000 26,500 Do. Shear strength (in plane of board) 100-475 300-600 430-850 Do. Shear strength (across plane of board) 600-2,500 2,000-3,000 2,800-3,400 Do. Pet. by 24-hour water absorption 1-10 volume Pet. by 24-hour water absorption 5-20 3-30 3-20 0.3-1.2 weight Thickness swelling, 24-hour soaking 2-10 10-25 8-15 Pet. Linear expansion from 50 to 90 percent relative humidity ^ _ _ _ 0.2-0.5 0.2-0.4 0.15-0.45 0.15-0.45 Do. Thermal conductivity at mean Btu • in./h temperature of 75 ° F. 0.27-0.45 0.54-0.75 0.75-1.40 0.75-1.50 1.85 •ft'^-degF ^ The data presented are general round-figure values, general laboratory conditions of temperature and accumulated from numerous sources; for more exact humidity. figures on a specific product, individual manufacturers ^ Measurements made on material at equilibrium at should be consulted or actual tests made. Values are for each condition at room temperature. Insulating Roof Deck at 0.24, 0.18, and 0.12 Btu per hour per square foot of area per °F. difference in temperature Insulating roof deck is a laminated struc- for the thickness, respectively, of 1%, 2, and tural insulating board product maufactured of 3 inches. For flat roofs a builtup roof is applied several layers of sheathing-grade board and directly to the top surface of the deck. When one layer of factory-finished interior board pitch of the roof is sufficient, asphalt shingles (either perforated or plain). It is used in may be attached to 2- and 3-inch-thick deck- exposed-beam ceiling constructions where the ing with special annular grooved nails. factory-finished interior board is applied face down. Insulating roof deck is regularly made Roof Insulation in 1%-, 2-, and 3-inch nominal thickness in 2- by 8-foot panels. The l^/^-inch-thick panel Above-deck thermal insulation made of struc- is made to span 24 inches, the 2-inch-thick tural insulating board has been a major product panel to span 32 inches, and the 3-inch-thick for many years. It competes well from the cost material to span 48 inches. Panel ends are and service standpoint with other products square and sides are tongued and grooved. made for that use and is included with them In climates where condensation due to win- in the specifications for such materials. Roof ter cold can be a problem, insulating roof deck insulation is manufactured in blocks 23 by 47 is furnished with a vapor-barrier membrane or 24 by 48 inches in %-inch multiples of thick- installed in the glueline between the layer of ness between % and 3 inches. The blocks are %-inch-thick interior-finish board and the first usually multiple %-inch thicknesses of insula- sheatking-quality layer. In this construction the tion board and may be laminated or stapled roof decking furnishes the structural rigidity together in the greater thicknesses. Thicknes- to support snow and water or wind loads, be- ses are nominal and may be less than or sides providing the interior ceiling finish and greater than nominal by any amount neces- thermal insulation. Thermal conductance fac- sary to give certified conductance values for tors for the various thicknesses are specified the thicknesses: 21-5 Nominal thickness "C" value being used increasingly for surfacing ceiling In. Btu/h ' ft'-deg F tile for applications like kitchens and bath- V2 0.72 rooms where repeated washability and resist- 1 .36 ance to moisture is desired. These products are 11/2 .24 2 .19 especially adaptable for remodeling. 21/2 .15 3 .12 Plank Insulation board roof insulation is applied Structural insulating board plank is instal- above decks, where the final roofing is of the led on side walls, often in remodeling, where builtup variety. It is secured in place by hot it is used in conjunction with ceiling tile in- asphalt or roofing pitch or by mechanical stallations. Plank is manufactured 12 inches fasteners, and has enough internal bond wide with matching long edges and is finished strength to resist uplift forces on the roof struc- with a flame-resistant paint applied at the ture. factory. Because of its low density, it is sub- ject to abrasion when used for the lower part of walls where chairs or other furniture can Ceiling Tile and Lay-In Panels bump it. Frequently it is used in conjunction with wainscoting of wood paneling or one of Ceiling tile, either plain or perforated, is an the other wood-base panel materials like hard- important use for structural insulating board. Such board has a paint finish applied in the board or particleboard. factory to provide resistance to flame spread. Sheathing Interior-finish insulating board, v^hen per- forated or provided with special fissures or Insulation board is used more than any other other sound traps, will also provide a substan- material for sheathing houses in the United tial reduction in noise reflectance. The fissures States (fig. 21-1). Sheathing is regularly manu- and special sound traps are designed to provide factured in three grades: Regular-density, in- improved appearance over that of the con- termediate, and nail-base. Regular-density ventional perforations while satisfying the sheathing is manufactured in both %- and 2%2-in requirements for sound absorption. The manu- thicknesses. Intermediate and nail base are facturers of insulation board long have recog- made only 1/2 inch thick. Regular-density sheath- nized the appeal of esthetically pleasing ceiling ing is furnished in two sizes, 2 by 8 feet finishes. Each of them offers finishes in designs with long edges matched, or 4 by 8, 9, 10, or that blend with either traditional or contem- 12 feet with edges square; the other two porary architecture and furnishings. grades are furnished only in 4-foot widths and Generally ceiling tiles are 12 by 12 and 12 by 8- or 9-foot lengths with square edges. 24 inches in size, % inch thick, and have tongue Regular-density sheathing is usually about and groove or butt and chamfered edges. They are applied to nailing strips with nails, staples, 18 p.c.f. in density and is sold with a thermal or special mechanical fastenings, or directly to resistance (R) rating of 2.06 (deg F • h • ft^ a surface with adhesives. • Btu) for 25/32-inch material and 1.32 for the A panel product similar to tile, but nominally y2-inch thickness. When the 2- by 8-foot material 24 by 24 or 24 by 48 inches, is gaining popu- is used as sheathing, it is applied with long larity. These panels, commonly called "lay-in edges horizontal. The 4-foot-wide material is ceiling panels," are installed in metal tees and recommended for application with long edges angles in suspended ceiling systems. These vertical. When ^s/^^-inch-thick regular-density lay-in panels are usually % inch thick and are sheathing is applied with the long edges ver- supported in place along all four edges. They tical and adequate fastening (either nails or are frequently used in combination with trans- staples) around the perimeter and along inter- lucent plastic panels that conceal light fixtures. mediate framing, requirements for racking re- Finishes and perforation treatments for sound sistance of the wall construction are usually absorption are the same as for regular ceiling satisfied. Horizontal applications with the tile. Producers of insulating board are ex- 2%2-inch material require additional bracing in tending their manufacture to specially em- the wall system to meet code requirements for bossed ceiling panels that can be applied with rigidity, as do some applications of the 14-inch- butt joint edges and ends that present an es- thick regular-density sheathing applied with sentially unbroken surface. Plastic films are long edges vertical. Regular-density sheathing. 21-6 M 139 099 Figur« íl-1. Proper nailing provides racking resistance with insulation board sheathing. because of its resistance to heat flow and air 1.14, respectively. Nail-base sheathing has ade- infiltration, provides sufficient resistance so quate nail-holding strength so that asbestos that added thermal insulation is not required and wood shingles for weather course (siding) to meet minimum standards in many parts of can be attached directly to the nail-base the country. sheathing with special annular grooved nails. Costs of heating and requirements for air- With the other grades of sheathing, siding conditioning from summer heat may justify materials must be nailed directly to framing added thermal insulation over that required members or to nailing strips attached through by minimum standards. When such added ther- the sheathing to framing. Because the method mal insulation is used in construction of walls, and amount of fastening is critical to racking intermediate and nail-base sheathing (with resistance, local building codes should be con- lower thermal resistance) are used. They are sulted for requirements in different areas. applied with long edges vertical. With rec- ommended fastening, such sheathing pro- Shingle Backer vides the racking rigidity and strength for the wall without added bracing. Shingle backer is a specially manufactured Intermediate sheathing is usually about 22 sheathing-grade structural insulating board p.c.f. in density; nail-base is about 25. The 5/i6 or % inch thick, 11%, ISV^, or 15 inches wide, insulation board industry provides interme- and 4 feet long. It is used with coursed wood diate density and nail-base sheathing with shingles on sidewalls. The shingle backer is rated thermal resistance (R) values also. The installed beneath each course of shingles to R values for those materials are 1.22 and provide the deep shadow line so desirable for 21-7 that type of sidewall finish ; by nailing through Medium-density hardboard is also manu- the added thickness of insulation board, as well factured by a newer process that involves as sheathing, adequate nail holding is pro- radio-frequency energy for curing thicker vided to keep the shingles in position. Special panels (usually about % in. although it is pos- long deformed nails (usually annularly sible to make panels as thick as 3 in.) for grooved) are used for the fastening. use mainly in furniture and cabinets as core- stock or panel stock. Properties of medium- Insulating Formboard density hardboard are summarized in table 21- 1. Insulating formboard is a special insulating Panel siding is 4 feet wide and commonly board for permanent in-place forms; light- furnished in 8-, 9-, or 10-foot lengths. Surfaces vv^eight aggregate cement or gypsum roof decks may be grooved 2 inches or more on center are poured on it. The formboard has sufficient parallel to the long dimension to simulate re- stiffness, virhen installed as recommended, to versed board and batten or may be pressed support the wet deck material until it sets. with ridges simulating a raised batten. Lap siding is frequently 12 inches wide with After cure it remains in place to provide ther- lengths to 16 feet and is applied in the same mal insulation; it also shares in carrying roof way as conventional wood lap siding. Some loads because the poured deck and the form- manufacturers offer their lap siding products board act as a composite beam. Standard thick- with special attachment systems that provide nesses of insulating formboard are 1 and 1^/^ either concealed fastening or a wider shadow inches; widths are 24, 32, and 48 inches; and line at the bottom of the lap. lengths are between 4 and 12 feet, as required. Most siding is furnished with some kind of When formboard is to be exposed in the final a factory-applied finish. At least the surface construction, the exposed surface may be fur- and edges are given a prime coat of paint. nished with a factory-applied paint finish. Finishing is completed later by application of at least one coat of paint. Two coats of addi- Sound-Deadening Board tional paint, one of a second primer and one of topcoat, provide for a longer interval before Sound-deadening board is specially manu- factured to provide a meaningful reduction in sound transmission through walls. Standard sizes are ^^ inch thick, 4 feet wide, and 8 or 9 feet long. In light-frame construction, sound- deadening board is usually applied to the wall framing; the final wall finish, such as gypsum board, is then applied to the outside faces of the sound-deadening board. Acoustic efficiency of walls constructed with sound-deadening board depends on tight construction with no air leaks around the edges of panels, and close adherence to prescribed methods of in- stallation. Med'mm-Denslty Hardboard Medium-density hardboard, formerly clas- sified as medium-density building fiberboard, is the newest of the wood-based panel products. Nearly all of the material being manufactured by the conventional methods used for other hardboard is being tailored for use as house siding (fig. 21-2). Medium-density hardboard for house siding use is mostly % and VIQ inch thick and is fabricated for application as either Figure 21-2.—A 16-foot hardboard panel is applied quicldy to a panel or lap siding. sidewall of a two-story building. 21-8 repainting. There is a trend for complete pre- siccative resins (drying oil blends or synthe- finishing of medium-density hardboard siding. tics) after hot-pressing. The resins are stabi- The complete prefinishing ranges from several lized by baking after the board has been im- coats of liquid finishes to cementing various pregnated. Usually about 5 percent solids are films to the surfaces and edges of boards. Sur- required to produce a hardboard of tempered faces of medium-density hardboard for house quality. Tempering improves water resistance, siding range from very smooth to textured; hardness, and strength appreciably, but em- one of the newest ones simulates weathered brittles the board and makes it less shock wood with the latewood grain raised as resistant. though earlywood has been eroded away. A third hardboard, service quality, has be- Small amounts of medium-density hard- come important. This is a product of lower board are being prefinished for interior panel- density than standard, usually 50 to 55 p.c.f., ing along with the high-density hardboards. made to satisfy needs where the higher Siding is the most important use and others strength of standard quality is not required. will not become extensive until that market Because of its lower density, service-quality is fully developed and exploited. The experience hardboard has better dimensional stability with medium-density hardboard has been than the denser products. good. Dimensional movement with moisture When service hardboard is given the temp- change has not produced major problems in ering treatment it is classed as tempered serv- service. When hardboard is properly painted ice, and property limits have been set for with high-quality paints, it has required little specifications. It is used where water resistance paint maintenance. Medium-density hardboard is required but the higher strength of regular siding has been accepted largely on an individ- treatment is not. Underlayment is service- ual manufacturer basis. Code authorities and quality hardboard, nominally % inch thick, others have recognized the evidence sub- that is sanded or planed on the back surface mitted by manufacturers on the performance to provide a thickness of 0.215 ± 0.005 inch. of medium-density hardboard siding. These are the regular qualities of high- The properties of medium-density hardboard density hardboard; because a substantial make it a desirable material for industrial use. amount of this hardboard is manufactured for Since possible uses are many, the American industrial use, special qualities are made with hardboard industry offers this product for in- different properties dictated by the specific use. dustrial use under the name of "Industriante.*' For example, hardboard manufactured for con- A summary of the range in properties for this crete forms is frequently given a double tem- material is included in table 21-1. pering treatment. For some uses where high impact resistance is required, like backs of television cabinets, boards are formulated Higfi-Densffy Hardboard from specially prepared fiber and additives. Manufacture of high-density hardboard has Where special machining properties like die grown rapidly since World War II. Numerous punching or post-forming requirements must older uses are well established and new ones be satisfied, the methods of manufacturing are being developed continually. Properties are and additives used are modified to produce the summarized in table 21-1, but in the trade desired properties. the various qualities are subdivided in smaller High-density and medium-density conven- groups beyond those shown in the table. There tional hardboard are manufactured in several is an overlapping of properties as shown by ways and the result is reflected in the appear- the limiting values in the various standards for ance of the final product. Hardboard is de- hardboard. scribed as being screen-backed or S-2-S Originally there were two basic qualities, (smooth two sides). When the mat from standard and tempered, for high-density hard- which the board is made is formed from a board. These are still the two qualities used water slurry (wet-felted) and the wet mat is in greatest quantity. Standard hardboard is hot-pressed, a screen is required to permit a panel product with a density of about 60 to steam to escape. In the final board the reverse 65 p.c.f., usually unaltered except for humidi- impression of the screen is apparent on the fication as it is produced by hot pressing. back of the board, hence the screen-back des- Tempered hardboard is a standard-quality ignation. A screen is similarly required with hardboard that is treated with a blend of mats formed from an air suspension (air- 21-9 felted) when moisture contents are sufficiently required, it should be determined that it has high going into the hot press so that venting properties required for the use. Canadian prod- is required. ucts are usually produced to the same stand- In some variations of hardboard manufac- ards as United States products. ture, a wet-felted mat is dried before being In addition to the standard smooth-surface hot-pressed. With this variation it is possible hardboards, special products are made using to hot-press without using the screen, and an patterned cauls so the surface is striated or S-2-S board is produced. In air-felting hard- produced with a relief to simulate ceramic tile, board manufacture, it is possible also to press leather, basket weave, etched wood, or other without the screen, if moisture content of mats texture. Hardboards are punched to provide entering the hot press is low. In a new adap- holes for anchoring fittings for shelves and tation of pressing hardboard mats, a caul with fixtures (perforated board) or with holes com- slots or small circular holes is used to vent prising 15 percent or more of the area for steam; the board produced has a series of installation in ceilings with sound-absorbent small ridges or circular nubbins which, when material behind it for acoustical treatments planed or sanded off, yield an S-2-S board. or as air diffusers above plenums. Cutout de- Medium-density hardboard produced by the signs are fabricated in hardboard to produce newer process using radio-frequency curing is "filigree" effects when the hardboard is used produced from relatively dry fiber-resin in screens. blends. The mats are pressed between heated More and more effort is being put forth by platens where the high-frequency heat pro- industry to modify and finish hardboard so it vides additional heat energy to cure the resin can be used in more ways with less "on-the- binder (usually urea-formaldehyde as com- job" cost of installation and finishing and to pared to phenolics when used with the more permit industrial users a saving in final prod- conventional hardboards). This kind of hard- uct. Most important is prefinishing, partic- board is S-2-S. ularly wood graining, where the surface of Commercial thicknesses of high-density the board is finished with lithographic pat- hardboard generally range from % to % inch. terns of popular cabinet woods printed in two Not all thicknesses are produced in all grades. or more colors. The thicknesses of Vto and %£ inch are regu- The uses for hardboard are diverse. It has larly produced only in the standard grade. been claimed that "hardboard is the grainless Tempered hardboards are produced regularly wood of 1,000 uses, and can be used wherever in thicknesses between % and %6 inch. Service a dense, hard panel material in the thicknesses and tempered service are regularly produced as manufactured will satisfy a need better or in fewer thicknesses, none less than % inch more economically than any other material." and not by all manufacturers or in screen- Because of its density it is harder than most back and S-2-S types. The appropriate stand- natural wood, and because of its grainless ard specification or source of material should character it has nearly equal properties in all be consulted for specific thicknesses of each directions in the plane of the board. It is not kind. so stiff nor as strong as natural wood along the High-density hardboards are produced in grain, but is substantially stronger and stiffer 4- and 5-foot widths with the more common than wood across the grain. Specific properties width being 4 feet. Standard commercial in table 21-1 can be compared with similar lengths are 4, 6, 8, 12, and 16 feet with an properties for wood, wood-base, and other ma- 18-foot length being available in the 4-foot terials. Hardboard retains some of the proper- width. Most manufacturers maintain cut-to- ties of wood; it is hygroscopic and shrinks size departments for special orders. Retail and swells with changes in moisture content. lumberyards and warehouses commonly stock Changes in moisture content due to service 8-foot lengths, except for underlayment, which exposures may be a limiting factor in satis- is usually 4 feet square. factory performance. Correct application and About 15 percent of the hardboard used in attachment as well as prior conditioning to a the United States is imported. Foreign-made proper moisture content may permit satis- board may or may not be manufactured to the factory service when improper application or same standards as domestically produced prod- conditioning precludes it. Proper moisture con- ucts. Before substituting a foreign-made prod- ditioning prior to assembly is of particular uct in a use where specific properties are importance in glued assemblies. 21-10 Product development in hardboard has held windows. Molded hardboard also has been used generally to the line of class and type of for three-dimensional-shaped components like board product, in contrast with structural in- door panels and armrests. Ceilings of station sulating board which deals with specific items wagons and truck cabs are often enameled or for particular uses. During the past few years vinyl-covered thin hardboard. much of the success of hardboard resulted Medium-density hardboard corestock about because the industry developed certain prod- % inch thick is used with veneer or other ucts for a specific use and had treatments, overlays in the same way as particleboard, fabrication, and finishes required by the use. but it may not be necessary to edge band be- Typical are prefinished paneling, house siding, cause of the smooth edge. Places in furniture underlayment, and concrete form hardboard. and cabinets where it finds most use are in Many uses for hardboard have been listed tops, doors, drawer fronts, and shelves. but generally they can be subdivided according to uses developed for construction, furniture and furnishings, cabinet and store fixture Special Densified Hardboard work, appliances, and automotive and rolling This special building fiberboard product is stock. manufactured mainly as diestock and electri- In construction, hardboard is used as floor cal panel material. It has a density of 85 to underlayment to provide a smooth undercourse 90 p.c.f. and is produced in thicknesses be- under plastic or linoleum flooring, as a facing tween Ys and 2 inches in panel sizes of 3 by for concrete forms for architectural concrete, 4, 4 by 6, and 4 by 12 feet. facings for flush doors, as insert panels and Special densified hardboard is machined facings for garage doors, and material punched easily with machine tools and its low weight with holes for wall linings in storage walls as compared with metals (aluminum alloys and in built-ins where ventilation is desired. about 170 p.c.f.) makes it a useful material Prefinished hardboard, either with baked fin- for templates and jigs for manufacturing. It ishes or the regular ones like those used gen- is relatively stable dimensionally from mois- erally in wood-grain printing, is used for wall ture change because of low rates of moisture lining in kitchens, bathrooms, family rooms, absorption. It is more stable for changes in and recreation rooms. temperature than the metals generally used In furniture, furnishings, and cabinetwork, for those purposes. The %-inch-thick board conventional hardboard is used extensively for is specially manufactured for use as lofting drawer bottoms, dust dividers, case goods and board. mirror backs, insert panels, television, radio, As diestock, it finds use for stretch- and press-forming and spinning of metal parts, and stereo cabinet sides, backs (die-cut open- particularly when few of the manufactured ings for ventilation), and as crossbands and items are required and where the cost of mak- balancing sheets in laminated or overlay pan- ing the die itself is important in the choice of els. Hardboard also has use as a core material material. for relatively thin panels overlaid with films The electrical properties of the special den- and thin veneers, and as backup material for sified hardboard meet many of the require- metal panels. In appliances other than tele- ments set forth by the National Electrical vision, radio, and stereo cabinets, it is used Manufacturers Association for insulation re- wherever the properties of the dense, hard sistance and dielectric capacity in electrical sheet satisfy a need economically. Because it components so it is used extensively in elec- can be post-formed to single curvature (and tronic and communication equipment. in some instances to mild double curvature) Other uses where its combination of hardness, by the application of heat and moisture, it is abrasion resistance, machinability, stability, used in components of appliances requiring and other properties are important include that kind of forming. cams, gears, wear plates, laboratory work sur- In automobiles, trucks, buses, and railway faces, and welding fixtures. cars, hardboard is commonly used in interior linings. Door and interior sidewall panels of Laminafed Paperboards automobiles are frequently hardboard, post- formed, and covered with cloth or plastic. Laminated paperboards are made in two The base for sun visors is often hardboard, as general qualities, an interior and a weather- are the platforms between seats and rear resistant quality. The main differences be- 21-11 Table 21-2.—Strength and mechanical properties of laminated paperboard • Property Value Unit Density _ _ 32-33 P.cf. Specific gravity "-":":::""::::::::: 0.52-0.53 Modulus of elasticity (compression) : Along the length of the panel ' 300-390 1,000 p.s.i. Across the length of the panel ' 100-140 Do. Modulus of rupture : Span parallel to length of panel ' _ 1,400-1,900 P.s.i. Span perpendicular to length of panel ' 900-1,100 Do. Tensile strength parallel to surface : Along the length of the panel ^ 1,700-2,100 Do. Across the length of the panel ' 600-800 Do. Compressive strength parallel to surface : Along the length of the panel ^ 700-900 Do. Across the length of the panel ^ 500-800 , Do. 24-hour water absorption 10-170 Pet. by weight Linear expansion from 50 to 90 percent relative humidity : ' Along the length of the panel ' 0.2-0.3 Pet. Across the length of the panel ^ 1.1-1.3 Do. Btu ' in./h • ft ' Thermal conductivity at mean temperature of 75 ° F. 0.51 •degF ^ The data presented are general round-figure values, ^ Because of directional properties, values are pre- accumulated from numerous sources; for more exact sented for two principal directions, along the usual figures on a specific product, individual manufacturers length of the panel (machine direction) and across it. should be consulted or actual tests made. Values are for ^ Measurements made on material at equilibrium at general laboratory conditions of temperature and each condition at room temperature. humidity. tween the tv^o qualities are in the kind of in 12-, 14-, 16-foot, and longer lengths for bond used to laminate the layers together and such building applications as sheathing entire in the amount of sizing used in the pulp stock walls. Laminated paperboards for use where a from which the individual layers are made. surface is exposed have the surface ply coated For interior-quality boards, the laminating with a high-quality pulp to improve surface adhesives are commonly of starch origin appearance and performance. Surface finish while for the weather-resistant board syn- may be smooth or textured. thetic resin adhesives are used. Laminated paperboard is regularly manufactured in thick- Particleboard nesses of %6, %, and % inch for construction uses although for such industrial uses as dust Important properties for mat-formed parti- dividers in case goods, furniture, and automo- cleboards are presented in table 21-3. Similar tives liners, %-inch thickness is common. Im- values are not presented for extruded parti- portant properties are presented in table 21-2. cleboards since they are never used without For building use, considerable amounts go facings of some kind glued to them, and the into the prefabricated housing and mobile facings influence the physical and strength home construction industry as interior wall properties. Extruded particleboards have a and ceiling finish. In the more conventional distinct zone of weakness across the length of building construction market, interior-quality the panel as extruded. They also have a strong boards are also used for wall and ceiling tendency to swell in the lengthwise (extruded) finish, often in remodeling to cover cracked direction because of the compression and plaster. orientation of particles from the extrusion Water-resistant grades are manufactured pressures (ram or screw that forces the parti- for use as sheathing, soffit linings, and other cle mass through the extruder). Consequently, "exterior protected" applications like porch extruded particleboards are always used as and carport ceilings. Soffit linings and lap corestock ; mat-formed boards are used both as siding are specially fabricated in widths com- corestock and as panel stock where the only monly used and are prime coated with paint thing added to the surface is finish. at the factory. From the selling standpoint, mat-formed The common width of laminated paperboard particleboards are classified as to class and is 4 feet, although 8-foot widths are available type, as are hardboards. For certain uses 21-12 where special requirements must be satisfied, plywood; most manufacture is in thicknesses additional specifications outline the require- between % and 1 inch, although there are ments for the particleboard. Particleboard is notable use developments for particleboard manufactured in both 4- and 5-foot widths thinner than % inch and thicker than 1 inch. and wider, although for industrial sales much Much extruded particleboard is of the is cut to size for the purchaser. In construc- "fluted" kind in thicknesses that satisfy the tion, the common size panel is 4 by 8 feet, as need for cores for flush doors. Similarly low- for other panel materials. density, mat-formed particleboard is manu- The uses for particleboard are still develop- factured for solid core doors in thicknesses so ing, but the main ones parallel those for lum- that, when facings are applied, final door thick- ber core in veneered or overlaid construction nesses are the standard 1% and 1% inches. and plywood. The two properties of particle- While particleboard manufacturers formerly board that have the greatest positive influence concentrated production in thick boards, there on its selection for a use are (1) uniform sur- has been a decided trend toward thinner prod- face and (2) that the panel stays flat as manu- ucts. Thicknesses of % and % inch are be- factured, particularly in applications where coming more common, both for special and edges are not fastened to a rigid framework. general use in the United States. In other For the majority of uses where exposures countries where alternate thin materials are are interior or equivalent (furniture, cabinet- not available, thicknesses of less than % inch work, interior doors, and most floor underlay- are produced. ment), urea-formaldehyde resins are used. The two uses for particleboard that are Boards with that kind of bond are classed as major in terms of volume are furniture and type 1 in specifications. Where greater resis- cabinet core and floor underlayment (fig. 21- tance to heat, moisture, or a combination of 3). As corestock, particleboard has moved into heat and moisture is required, type 2 boards a market formerly held by lumber core and, generally bonded with phenolic resin are re- to a limited extent, plywood. For example, quired. certain grades of hardwood plywood now per- In general, particleboards are manufactured mit the use of particleboard as the core ply in about the same thicknesses as softwood where formerly lumber core was specified. Table 21-3.—Strength and mechanical properties of mat-formed (platens-pressed) wood particle- hoard ^ Value for Value for Value for Property low-density medium-density high-density particleboard particleboard particleboard Unit Density ^ 25-37 37-50 50-70 P.cf. Specific gravity ' 0.40-0.59 0.59-0.80 0.80-1.12 Modulus of elasticity (bending) '150-250 250-700 350-1,000 i,000 p.s.i. Modulus of rupture ' 800-1,400 1,600-8,000 2,400-7,500 P.s.i. Tensile strength parallel to surface 500-4,000 1,000-5,000 Do. Tensile strength perpendicular to surface "20^30 40-200 125-450 Do. Compression strength parallel to surface 1,400-3,000 3,500-5,200 Do. Shear strength (in the plane of board) 100-450 200-800 Do. Shear strength (across the plane of the board) _ _ 200-1,800 Do. 24-hour water absorption 10-50 15-40 Pet. by weight Thickness swelling from 24-hour soaking ______5-50 15-40 Pet. Linear expansion * from 50 to 90 percent relative humidity ^^0.30 0.2-0.6 0.2-0.85 Do. Thermal conductivity at a mean temperature of 75° F. 0.55-0.75 0.75-1.00 1.00-1.25 Btu • in./h •ft^ -degF ^ The data presented are general round-figure values, lower density products with lower properties may be accumulated from numerous sources; for more exact made. figures on a specific product, individual manufacturers ' Only limited production of low-density particleboard should be consulted or actual tests made. Values are for so values presented are specification limits. general laboratory conditions of temperature and ^ Measurements made on material at equilibrium at humidity. each condition at room temperature. * Lower limit is for boards as generally manufactured ; ^ Maximum permitted by specification. 21-13 In built-up constructions where particleboard is used as the core, both three and five plies are employed. Extruded particleboard nearly always requires five-ply construction because of the board's instability and low strength in the one direction. A relatively thick crossband with the grain direction parallel to the ex- truded direction stiffens, strengthens, and sta- bilizes the core. Thinner face plies are laid with the grain at right angles to the crossband to provide the final finish. With mat-formed particleboard corestock, the use of three- or five-ply construction de- pends on the class and type of particleboard core (stiffness and strength), kind of facings being applied (plastic or veneer), and the re- quirements of the final construction. Balanced construction in lay-ups using particleboard is important; otherwise facings or crossbands M t3S 09B with different properties can cause objection- Figure 21-3.—Jolnfs in particleboard floor underlayment ore filled able warping, cupping, or twisting in service. and sanded smootli before application of resilient finish floor. Edge bonding of wood or the facing material is frequently employed in panelized units using ance of particleboard in exterior exposure particleboard as corestock. depends not only on the manufacture and kind of adhesive used, but on the protection af- As floor underlayment, particleboard pro- forded by finish. Manufacturers recognize the vides (1) the leveling, (2) the thickness of importance by providing both paint-primed construction required to bring the final floor panels and those completely finished with to elevation, and (3) the indentation-resistant liquid paint systems or factory-applied plastic smooth surface necessary as the base for re- films. silient finish floors of linoleum, rubber, vinyl, Mobile home manufacture and factory-build- and vinyl asbestos tile and sheet material. ing of conventional housing are increasing. Particleboard for this use is produced in 4- These industries are important and increas- by 8-foot panels commonly 14, %, or % inch ing users of forest products. Since particle- thick. Separate use specifications cover parti- board is actually manufactured in hot presses cleboard floor underlayment. In addition, all as large as 8 by 40 feet, larger sized panels manufacturers of particleboard floor underlay- are available than those generally used for ment provide individual application instruc- conventional construction. With mechanical tions and guarantees because of the importance handling available in factories, large-sized of proper application and the interaction ef- panels can be attached effectively and eco- fects of joists, subfloor, underlayment, ad- nomically. Two particleboard products have hesives, and finish flooring. Particleboard un- been developed to satisfy these uses. Mobile derlayment is sold under a certified quality home decking is used for combinea subfloor program where established grade marks clearly and underlayment. It is a board with a type identify the use, quality, grade, and originating 1 bond, but is protected from moisture in use mill. by a "bottom board," so is generally regarded as giving satisfactory service for the limited Other uses for particleboard have special life of a mobile home. Particleboard decking requirements, as for phenol-formaldehyde, a for factory-built housing is similar to mobile more durable adhesive, in the board. Particle- home decking but it has a type 2 bond because board for siding, combined siding-sheathing, of the greater durability requirements for and use as soflit linings and ceilings for car- regular housing. The United States industry ports, porches, and the like requires this more has established separate standards for these durable adhesive. For these uses, type 2 med- products. They are marketed under a certified ium-density board is required. In addition, product quality program with each product such agencies as Federal Housing Administra- adequately identified. tion have established requirements for particle- Another use that commonly requires the board for such use. The satisfactory perform- more durable bond of a type 2 quality is a 21-14 special corestock where laminated plastic the specifications, the boards of intermediate sheets are formed on the face and back of a stiffness and bending strength are called the particleboard at the same time as they are class 1 and those of the higher stiffness and bonded to it. Usually a high-density particle- bending strength are called class 2. Class 2 board is used for that purpose. The tempera- particleboards are naturally more expensive tures used in curing the resin-impregnated than those in class 1, but they are usually plastic sheets may reduce the strength of the justified for uses where the greater stiffness bonds in boards made with the urea-formalde- and strength are required. The same applies hyde resins. to those applications where a special surface A special particleboard is fabricated for like "fines surfaced" will provide either a finish flooring. Here a board with a void-free, better base for finishing or less "showthrough" tight surface is required to prevent dirt build- of an overlaid construction. up in service. To simulate service conditions Particleboard in molded, three-dimensional of such flooring, special test procedures have shapes is being found in commerce. At present, been developed. Specifications with limiting relatively high die costs and limited flow of values based on those procedures have been the particle-resin blend during molding re- established for finish flooring of particleboard. strict the kinds of items that can be molded The properties of particleboard depend on profitably. Such items as bowls, trays, and the shape and quality of particle used, as well counter sections with limited relief are pres- as the kinds and amount of resin binder. ently being molded from conventional size While most particleboard is produced using particles. Toilet seats, croquet balls, hamper particles that yield a board of intermediate tops, and similar high-density items are being strength and stiffness, a substantial production compression-molded from small particles ap- uses flakes or other ''engineered'' particles for proaching wood flour in size and synthetic a board of higher strength and stiffness. In resin. BIBLIOGRAPHY Acoustical and Insulating Materials Association American Hardboard Association 1972. Recommended product and application n.d. The wonderful world of hardboard, the en- specification, ^¿-inch fiberboard, nail-base gineered wood. 24 pp. sheathing. AIMA-IB Specif. No. 2, 3 pp. Park Ridge, 111. 1967. What builders should know about hardboard. Nat. Assoc. of Homebuilders, Jour. Home- 1969. Why settle for less—only insulation board building, pp. 50-63. June. sheathing offers this 3-in-l package. A.I.A. File No. 19-D3, 7 pp. Park Ridge, 111. 1970. Hardboard partitions for sound control, 8 pp. Jan. 1972. Recommended product and application speci- fication; 1/4-inch intermediate fiberboard sheathing. AIMA-IB Specif. No. 3, 3 pp. 1971. Hardboard industry standard. AHA IS-71, Park Ridge, 111. 18 pp. American Society for Testing and Materials 1970. Recommended product and application speci- Standard methods of testing structural insulating fication; structural insulating roof deck. board made from vegetable fibers. Designation AIMA-IB Specif. No. 1, 12 pp. Park C 209. (See current issue.) Philadelphia, Pa. Ridge, 111. Standard specifications for structural insulating 1969. Product specification for sound deadening board made from vegetable fibers. Designation board in wall assemblies. AIMA-IB Specif. C 208. (See current issue.) Philadelphia, Pa. No. 4, 2 pp. Park Ridge, 111. Standard specification for fiberboard nail-base Fundamentals of building insulation. A.I.A. File sheathing. Designation D 2277. (See current No. 37, (Revised annually.) Park Ridge, 111. issue.) Philadelphia, Pa. 1967. Noise control with insulation board for Standard specification for structural insulating homes, apartments, motels, and offices. Ed. formboard made from vegetable fibers. Des- 3, A.I.A. File No. 39-B, 20 pp. Park ignation C 532. (See current issue.) Phila- Ridge, 111. delphia, Pa. 21-15 movement of wood. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Standard definitions of terms relating to wood-base Note FPL-073. Forest Prod. Lab., Madi- fiber and particle panel materials. Designation son, Wis. D 1554 (See current issue.) Philadelphia, Pa. , and Lewis, W. C. 1967. Thick particleboards with pulp chip cores— Standard methods of test for evaluating the prop- possibilities as roof decking. U.S. Forest erties of wood-base fiber and particle panel Serv. Res. Note FPL-0174. Forest Prod. materials. Designation D 1037. (See current Lab., Madison, Wis. issue.) Philadelphia, Pa. Lewis, W. C. 1964. Board materials from wood residues. U.S. Standard method of test for structural insulating Forest Serv. Res. Note FPL-045. Forest roof deck. Designation D 2164. (See current Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. issue.) Philadelphia, Pa. 1967. Thermal conductivity of wood-base fiber and Standard methods of test for simulated service particle panel materials. U.S. Forest Serv. testing of wood and wood-base finish flooring. Res. Pap. FPL 77. Forest Prod. Lab., Designation D 2394. (See current issue.) Madison, Wis. Philadelphia, Pa. , and Schwartz, S. L. Gatchell, C. J., Heebink, B. G., and Hefty, F. V. 1965. Insulating board, hardboard, and other 1966. Influence of component variables on prop- structural fiberboards. U.S. Forest Serv. erties of particleboard for exterior use. Res. Note FPL-077. Forest Prod. Lab., Forest Prod. J. 16(4): 46-59. Madison, Wis. Godshall, W. D., and Davis, J. H. Masonite Corporation 1969. Acoustical absorption of wood-base panel Benelex 70. Structural and die-stock grade. 4 pp. materials. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Pap. Chicago, 111. FPL 104. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. McNatt, J. D. Food and Agriculture Organization of United Nations 1969. Rail shear test for evaluating edgewise 1958. Fiberboard and particle board. 180 pp. shear properties of wood-base panel prod- Hann, R. A., Black, J. M., and Blomquist, R. F. ucts. USDA Forest Serv. Res. Pap. FPL 1962. How durable is particle board. Part I. Forest 117. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. Prod. J. 12(12): 577-584. , Black, J. M., and Blomquist, R. F. 1970. Design stresses for hardboard—effect of 1963. How durable is particle board. Part IL rate, duration, and repeated loading. Forest Prod. J. 13(5) : 169-174. Forest Prod. J. 20(1) : 53-60. Heebink, B. G. National Particleboard Association 1960. Exploring molded particle boards. Wood and 1963. Working with particleboard. A.I.A. File No. Wood Prod. 65(5): 36. 19-F-l, 2 pp. June. 1963. Importance of balanced construction in 1965. Particleboard design and use manual. A.I.A. plastic-faced wood panels. U.S. Forest File No. 23-L, 25 pp. July. Serv. Res. Note FPL-021. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. 1970. Standard for particleboard for mobile home decking. NPA 1-70, 2 pp. Oct. 1967. A look at degradation in particleboards for exterior use. Forest Prod. J. 17(1) : 59-66. 1971. Standard for particleboard for decking for —, Hann, R. A., and Haskell, H. H. factory-built housing. NPA 2-70, 2 pp. 1965. Particleboard quality as affected by planer shaving geometry. Forest Prod. J. 14(10) : U.S. Air Force 486-494. 1956. Fiberboard, solid, dunnage, multipurpose —, and Hefty, F. V. cushioning and blocking applications. Mil. 1968. Steam post-treatments to reduce thickness Specif. MIL-F-26862 (USAF), 10 pp. swelling of particleboard. U.S. Forest U.S. Department of Commerce Serv. Res. Note FPL-0187. Forest Prod. 1966. Mat-formed wood particle board. Commercial Lab., Madison, Wis. Stand. CS 236-66, 8 pp. Apr. 15. —, Kuenzi, E. W., and Maki, A. C. U.S. Forest Products Laboratory 1964. Linear movement of plywood and flake- 1964. Particle board. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Note boards as related to the longitudinal FPL-072. Forest Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. 21-16 FS-372 Chapter 22 MODIFIED WOODS AND PAPER-BASE LAMINATES Page Modified Woods 22-2 Resin-Treated Wood (Impreg) 22-2 Resin-Treated Compressed Wood (Compreg) __ 22-3 Untreated Compressed Wood (Staypak) 22-8 Polyethylene-Glycol (PEG) Treated Wood 22-9 Wood-Plastic Combination (WPC) 22-9 Paper-Base Plastic Laminates 22-9 Papreg 22-9 Lignin-Filled Laminates 22-11 Paper-Face Overlays 22-11 Bibliography 22-13 22-1 MODIFIED WOODS AND PAPER-BASE PLASTIC LAMINATES Materials with properties substi .itially dif- water-soluble, thermosetting, phenol-formalde- ferent than the base material are obtained hyde resin-forming systems, with initially low by chemically treating a wood or wood-base molecular weights. No thermoplastic resins material, compressing it under specially con- have been found that effectively stabilize the trolled conditions, or by combining the proc- dimensions of wood. esses of chemical treatment and compression. Wood treated with a thermosetting fiber- Sheets of paper treated with chemicals (plas- penetrating resin and cured without compress- tics) are laminated and hot-pressed into ing is known as impreg. The wood (preferably thicker panels that have the appearance of green veneer to facilitate resin pickup) is plastic rather than paper, and they are used in soaked in the aqeuous resin solution or, if air- special applications because of their struc- dry, is impregnated with the solution under tural properties and on items requiring hard, pressure until the resin content equals 25 to impervious, and decorative surfaces. 35 percent of the weight of dry wood. The Modified woods, modified wood-base mate- treated wood is allowed to stand under non- rials, and paper-base laminates are normally drying conditions for a day or two to permit more expensive than wood because of the cost uniform distribution of the solution through- of the chemicals and the special processing out the wood. The resin-containing wood is required to produce them. Thus, their use is dried at moderate temperatures to remove the generally limited to special applications where water and then heated to higher tempera- the increased cost is justified by the special tures to set the resin. properties needed. Volume manufacture of the Uniform distribution of the resin has been paper-base plastic laminates has made them effectively accomplished with solid wood ^ the most commonly used surfacing for kitchen only in sapwood of readily penetrated species and bathroom countertops and similar appli- in lengths up to 6 feet. Drying resin-treated cations. solid wood may result in checking and honey- combing. For these reasons, treatments should MODIFIED WOODS be confined to veneer and the treated and cured veneer be used to build up the desired Wood is treated with chemicals to increase products. Any species can be used for the its decay, fire, and moisture resistance. Ap- veneer except the resinous pines. The stronger plication of water-resistant chemicals to the the original wood, the stronger will be the surface of wood, or impregnation of the wood product. with such chemicals dissolved in volatile sol- Impreg has a number of properties differing vents, reduces the rate of swelling and shrink- from those of normal wood and ordinary ply- ing of the wood when in contact with water. wood. These are given in table 22-1, together Such treatments may also reduce the rate at with similar generalized findings for other which wood changes dimension because of modified woods. Table 22-2 gives data for the humidity changes, even though they do not strength properties of birch impreg. Table 22- affect the final dimension changes caused by 3 presents information on thermal expansion long-duration exposures. Paints, varnishes, properties of **bone-dry" impreg. lacquers, wood-penetrating water repellents, Dimensional stability as a basic property of and plastic and metallic films retard the rate impreg has been the basis of one use where its of moisture absorption, but have little effect cost was no deterrent to its acceptability. Wood on total dimension change if exposures are dies of all parts of automobile bodies serve as long enough. the master from which the metal forming dies for actual manufacture of parts are made. Resin-Treated Wood (¡mpreg) Small changes in moisture content, even with the most dimensionally stable wood, produce Permanent stabilization of the dimensions of wood is needed for certain specialty uses. This can be accomplished by depositing a bulk- * Veneers with thickness up to ^3 inch have been ing agent within the swollen structure of the successfully treated, although treating times increases rapidly with increases in thickness. Boards of greater wood fibers. The most successful bulking agents thickness and lengths of more than a few inches are that have been commercially applied are highly classified here as "solid" wood. 22-2 changes in dimension and curvature of an un- the resin, but the subsequent cooling sets the modified wood die; such changes create major resin temporarily. These compressed sheets are problems in making the metal forming dies cut to the desired size, and the assembly of plies where close final tolerances are required. The is placed in a split mold of the final desired substitution of impreg, with its high antishrink dimensions. Because the wood was precom- efficiency, almost entirely eliminated the prob- pressed, the filled mold can be closed and locked. lem of dimensional change during the entire When the mold is heated, the wood is again period that the wood master dies were needed. plasticized and tends to recover its uncom- Despite the tendency of the resins to dull cut- pressed dimensions. This exerts an internal ting tools, patternmakers accepted the impreg pressure in all directions against the mold equal readily because it machined more easily than to about half of the original compressing pres- the unmodified wood. sure. On continued heating, the resin is set. Patterns made from impreg also were After cooling, the object may be removed from superior to unmodified wood in resisting heat the mold in finished form. Metal inserts or when used with shell molding techniques metal surfaces can be molded to compreg or where temperatures as high as 400° F. were compreg handles molded onto tools by this required to cure the resin in the molding sand. means. Compreg bands have been molded to the outside of turned wood cylinders without Resin-Treated Compressed Wood (Compreg) compressing the core. Compreg tubes and small airplane propellers have been molded in this Compreg is similar to impreg except that it way. is compressed before the resin is cured within Past uses for compreg once related largely the wood. The resin-forming chemicals (usually to aircraft—such items as adjustable pitch pro- phenol-formaldehyde) act as plasticizers for pellers for training airplanes, antenna masts, the wood so that it can be compressed under and spar and connector plates. Compreg is }v modest pressures (1,000 p.s.i.) to a specific suitable material where bolt-bearing strength gravity of 1.35. Some of its properties are is required, as in connector plates, because oí: similar to those of impreg, and others vary its good specific strength (strength per unit considerably (tables 22-1 and 22-2). Its advan- of weight). Layers of veneer making up the tages over impreg are its natural lustrous finish compreg for such uses are often cross- that can be developed on any cut surface by laminated (alternate plies at right angles to sanding with fine-grit paper and buffing, its each other, as in plywood) to give nearly equal greater strength properties, and the fact that properties in all directions. it can be molded (tables 22-1 and 22-2). Ther- Compreg is useful also as supporting blocks mal expansion coefficients of bone-dry compreg for refrigerators, where the combination of are increased also (table 22-3). load-bearing strength and relatively low ther- Compreg can be molded by: (1) Gluing mal conductivity is advantageous. Compreg is blocks of resin-treated (but still uncured) wood extremely useful for aluminum drawing and with a phenolic glue so that the gluelines and forming dies, drilling jigs, and jigs for hold- resin within the plies are only partially set; ing parts in place while welding, because of (2) cutting to the desired length and width its excellent strength properties, dimensional but two to three times the desired thickness; stability, low thermal conductivity, and ease of and (3) compressing in a split mold at about fabrication. 300° F. Only a small flash squeezeout at the Compreg also can be used in silent gears, parting line between the two halves of the pulleys, water-lubricated bearings, fan blades, mold need be machined off. This technique was shuttles, bobbins and picker sticks for looms, used for molding motor-test "club" propellers instrument bases and cases, clarinets, elec- and airplane antenna masts during World War trical insulators, tool handles, and various II. novelties. Compreg at present finds consider- A more generally satisfactory molding tech- able use in handles for knives and other cut- nique, known as expansion molding, has been lery. Both the expansion molding techniques developed. The method consists of rapidly pre- of forming and curing the compreg around the compressing dry but uncured single sheets of metal parts of the handle and attaching pre- resin-treated veneer in a cold press after pre- viously made compreg with rivets are used. heating them to 200° to 240° F. The heat- Experimental designs with compreg for plasticized wood responds to compression be- bowling alley approaches have proved satis- fore cooling. The heat is insufficient to cure factory. In this instance, the surface sliding 22-3 I bo o tí u p* B o 5 2 O fc4 Ü ^ U '^'^^ o B 1i o.?5 5Í CÖ ^ O O ;=; ^^ tí Ci 3 is ►^ W rH ^ .1^ .S 03 w I bfi il S s Si bCtí tíbe bc 2 B ^ tí tí & S< ^ W JÛ tí bo o S Oí »^ S^ CO H O 22-4 cd .s .s s -M o S ¿g" o bC"*i^o 03 <=> b Ö c3 > O O sa O o OCp S ? be ft 1—1 O -M CÖ ^ W ■M QJ Q) 00 C^ CQ W tí â^ <^ > C« OJ J\> ^CO ë?^ ^ÎH g QJ (U es o o ^H 0^ n ft « -.--'S Oí 73 'o tí ft 05 <—; "-! O B fi CO os o g fi fi Ö 'g^ft I 03 fi O ■ .2 o :.t w na .2 2 0) g'îi? w ft 'o ^* O 2 o bû o o CoW >la oS^TO T" Wi >•' W) d)0) wC3 ^d; ÍH 20) SíOP 2(D S S a^ O) CÖ fi g'*^ 5 ^ h i-< 2 ^;H ft ?H^ ft ?H o .- a bß Ü ft oü w ü w bJO+j fifi fifi o £ Pí o 6 ö> fi Xi ft CÖ 03 fi fi ü O c« tí O O I ^ . oft . I o ;>fi^ o O) OJ g fi gH 03 fi ;-l ft ^ ft ^2 o S: fi o 'S o Ü W oft _x > s^ O) fi Q fi fi ti fi t -g ft a;fi bc o fi fi M »H fi > 73 -MII fi fi m g os 0$ O 0) 0) Ci> ^ ■P bo .,-1 'J3 fi Xi fi es pu 4J 73 TO O c« S SI'S 05 Ä o 03 'S 7i w O EH fe 22-5 Table 22-2.—Strength properties of normal and modified laminates ^ of yellow birch and a lami- nated paper plastic Normal' Impreg' Compreg' Staypak' Papreg' lami- (impreg- (impreg- (unimpreg- (impreg- nated nated, nated, nated, nated, Property wood uncom- highly highly highly pressed) com- com- com- pressed) pressed) pressed) Thickness (t) of laminate in. 0.94 1.03 0.63 0.48 0.126 0.512 Moisture content at time of test _ pet. 9.2 5.0 5.0 4.0 _ _ _ Specific gravity (based on weight and volume at test) _ 0.7 0.8 1.3 1^4 1*4 PARALLEL LAMINATES Flexure—grain parallel to span (ñatwise) : ' ^^ . ^ ^^,^ Proportional limit stress p.s.i. 11,500 15,900 26,700 20,100 15,900 Modulus of rupture p.s.i. 20,400 18,800 36,300 39,400 36,600 Modulus of elasticity 1,000 p.s.i. 2,320 2,380 3,690 4,450 3,010 Flexure—grain perpendicular to span (ñatwise) : ^ Proportional limit stress p.s.i. 1,000 1,300 4,200 3,200 10,500 Modulus of rupture p.s.i. 1,900 1,700 4,600 5,000 24,300 Modulus of elasticity 1,000 p.s.i. 153 220 626 602 1,480 Compression parallel to grain (edgewise) : * Proportional limit stress p.s.i. 6,400 10,200 16,400 9,700 7,200 Ultimate strength p.s.i. 9,500 15,400 26,100 19,100 20,900 Modulus of elasticity 1,000 p.s.i. 2,300 2,470 3,790 4,670 3,120 Compression perpendicular to grain (edgewise) : ® Proportional limit stress p.s.i. 670 1,000 4,800 2,600 4,200 Ultimate strength p.s.i. 2,100 3,600 14,000 9,400 18,200 Modulus of elasticity 1,000 p.si. 162 243 571 583 1,600 Compression perpendicular to grain (flatwise)" maximum crushing strength p.s.i. _ _ _. 4,280 16,700 13,200 42,200 Tension parallel to grain (lengthwise) : Ultimate strength p.s.i. 22,200 15,800 37,000 45,000 35,600 Modulus of elasticity 1,000 p.s.i. 2,300 2,510 3,950 4,610 3,640 Tension perpendicular to grain (crosswise) : ««« ^^ ^^.r. Ultimate strength p.s.i. 1,400 1,400 3,200 3,300 20,000 Modulus of elasticity 1,000 p.s.i. 166 227 622 575 1,710 Shear strength parallel to grain (edgewise) : " Johnson, double shear across laminations _ _ p.s.i. 2,980 3,460 7,370 6,370 17,800 Cylindrical, double shear parallel to lami- nates p.s.i. 3,030 3,560 5,690 3,080 3,000 Shear modulus : Torsion method 1,000 p.s.i. 182 255 454 Plate shear method (FPL test) 1,000 p.s.i. - - _ - 385 909 Toughness (FPL test, edgewise) ' in.-lb. 235 125 145 250 Do in.-lb. per in. of width 250 120 230 515 Impact strength (Izod)—grain lengthwise: Flatwise (notch in face) _ _ ft.-lb. per in. of notch 14.0 2.3 4.3 12.7 4.7 Edgewise (notch in face) _ _ ft.-lb. per in. of notch 11.3 1.9 '3.2 0.67 Hardness (Rockwell, flatwise) ' M-numbers —22 84 110 Load to imbed 0.444-inch steel ball to Vz its diameter lb. 1,600 2,400 .___ Hardness modulus (HM) ' p.s.i. 5,400 9,200 41,300 43,800 35,600 Abrasion-Navy wear-test machine (flatwise)," wear per 1,000 revolutions in. 0.030 0.057 0.018 0.015 0.018 Water absorption (24-hr. immersion), increase in weight pet. 43.6 13.7 2.7 4.3 2.2 Dimensional stability in thickness direction : Equilibrium swelling pet. 9.9 2.8 8.0 29 Recovery from compression pet. 0 0 4 22-6 Table 22-2.—Strength properties of normal and modified laminates ^ of yellow birch and a laminated paper plastic—(cont.) NormaP Impreg^ Compreg' Staypak^ Papreg* lami- (impreg- (impreg- (unimpreg- (impreg- nated nated, nated, nated, nated, Property wood uncom- highly highly highly pressed) com- com- com- pressed) pressed) pressed) CROSSBAND LAMINATES Flexure—face grain parallel to span (flatwise) : ^ Proportional limit stress p.s.i. 6,900 8,100 14,400 11,400 12,600 Modulus of rupture p.s.i. 13,100 11,400 22,800 25,100 31,300 Modulus of elasticity 1,000 p.s.i. 1,310 1,670 2,480 2,900 2,240 Compression parallel to face grain (edgewise) : " Proportional limit stress p.s.i. 3,300 5,200 8,700 5,200 5,000 Ultimate strength p.s.i. 5,800 11,400 23,900 14,000 18,900 Modulus of elasticity 1,000 p.s.i 1,360 1,500 2,300 2,700 2,370 Tension parallel to face grain (lengthwise) : Ultimate strength p.s.i. 12,300 7,900 16,500 24,500 27,200 Modulus of elasticity 1,000 p.s.i. 1,290 1,460 2,190 2,570 2,700 Toughness (FPL test edge- wise) * in.-lb. per in. of width 105 40 115 320 ^ Laminates made from 17 plies of %6-in. rotary-cut ' Load applied to the surface of the original material yellow birch veneer. (parallel to laminating pressure direction). ^Veneer conditioned at 80° F. and 65 pet. relative humidity before assembly with phenol resin film glue. * Load applied to the edge of the laminations (per- ' Impregnation, 25 to 30 pet. of water-soluble phenol- pendicular to laminating pressure direction). formaldehyde resin based on the dry weight of un- 'Values as high as 10.0 ft.-lb per in. of notch have treated veneer. been reported for compreg made with alcohol-soluble '* High-strength paper (0.003-in. thickness) made resins and 7.0 ft.-lb. with water-soluble resins. from commercial unbleached black spruce pulp (Mit- scherlich suinte), phenol resin content 36.3 pet., based ^ Values based on the average slope of load-penetra- on weight of treated paper. Izod impact, abrasion, flat- tion plots, where HM is an expression for load per unit wise compression, and shear specimens, all on ^¿-in.- of spherical area of penetration of the 0.444-in. steel thick papreg. ball expressed in pounds per square inch : HM = -2^ »^ 0.717 X 22-7 Table 22-3.—Coefficients of linear thermal expansion per degree Celsius of wood, hydrolyzed wood, and paper products ^ Material ^ Specific Glue plus Linear expansion per °C. by 10^ Cubical gravity expansion of content ^ Fiber or Perpendicular Pressing per «^C. product machine to fiber or direction by 106 direction machine direction in plane of laminations Pet. Yellow birch laminate - 0.72 3.1 3.254 40.29 36.64 80.18 Yellow birch staypak laminate _-_ - 1.30 4.7 3.406 37.88 65.34 106.63 Yellow birch impreg laminate _ .86 33.2 4.648 35.11 37.05 76.81 Yellow birch compreg laminate _ _ _ - 1.30 24.8 4.251 39.47 59.14 102.86 Do _ 1.31 34.3 4.931 39.32 54.83 99.08 Sitka spruce laminate _ .53 ^6.0 3.837 37.14 27.67 68.65 Parallel-laminated papreg _ 1.40 36.5 5.73 15.14 65.10 85.97 Crossbanded papreg _ 1.40 36.5 10.89 ' 11.00 62.20 84.09 Molded hydrolyzed-wood plastic _ _ - _ 1.33 25 42.69 42.69 42.69 128.07 Hydrolyzed-wood sheet laminate _ _ _ 1.39 18 13.49 24.68 77.41 115.58 * These coefficients refer to bone-dry material. Gen- ^All wood laminates made from rotary-cut veneer, erally, air-dry material has a negative thermal co- annual rings in plane of sheet. efficient of expansion, because the shrinkage resulting ' On basis of dry weight of product. from the loss in moisture is greater than the normal * Approximate. thermal expansion. '^ Calculated value. coefficient so necessary for proper delivery of is more brittle than the original wood. To meet a bowling ball remained more consistent than the demand for a tougher compressed product for conventional approaches, with practically than compreg, a compressed wood containing no maintenance. It was found that surfaces no resin (staypak) was developed. It will not could be maintained with only occasional re- lose its compression under swelling conditions newing by light sanding. No top-dressing was as will ordinary compressed untreated wood. required, and the surface was not sensitive to In making staypak, the compressing conditions humidity changes. It was never "sticky." Other are modified so the lignin cementing material flooring uses show promise where low mainte- between the cellulose fibers flows sufficiently to nance can offset higher initial cost as compared eliminate internal stresses. with more conventional flooring materials. Com- Staypak is not as water resistant as compreg, preg can replace fabric-reinforced plastics in but it is about twice as tough and has higher a number of uses because of its better strength tensile and flexural strength properties, as properties and lower cost. It should be signifi- shown in tables 22-1 and 22-2. The natural cantly less expensive because veneer costs less finish of staypak is almost equal to that of than fabric on a weight basis and about 50 compreg. Under weathering conditions, how- percent less resin is used per unit weight of ever, it is definitely inferior to compreg. For compreg than for fabric laminates. outdoor use a good synthetic resin varnish or Veneer of any nonresinous species can be paint finish should be applied to staypak. used for making compreg. Most properties Staypak can be used in the same way as depend upon the specific gravity to which the compreg where extremely high water resist- wood is compressed rather than the species ance is not needed. It shows promise for use used. Up to the present, however, compreg has in tool handles, forming dies, connector plates, been made almost exclusively from yellow birch propellors, and picker sticks and shuttles for or sugar maple. weaving, where high impact strength is needed. As staypak is not impregnated, it can be made from solid wood as well as from veneer. It Unfreafed Compressed Wood (Sfaypak) should cost less than compreg. Resin-treated wood in both the uncompressed Staypak is not being manufactured at the (impreg) and compressed (compreg) forms present time. Several companies, however, are 22-8 prepared to make it if the demand becomes ap- walls ; the lumens are essentially empty. If wood preciable. Two commercial applications (both is vacuum impregnated with certain liquid patented) of the staypak principle are densifica- vinyl monomers that do not swell wood, and tion of the corners of desk legs (places sub- which are later polymerized by gamma radia- ject to wear and slivering) and of ball-line tion or catalyst heat systems, the resulting areas of bowling pins where major impacts polymer resides almost exclusively in the lu- reduce service life. mens. Methyl methacrylate is a common mono- mer used for a wood-plastic combination. It is Po/yeffiy/ene-G/yco/ (PEG) Treated Wood converted to polymethyl methacrylate. Such wood-plastic combinations (WPG) with resin The dimensional stabilization of wood with contents of 75 to 100 percent (ba^ed on the polyethylene glycol-1000 (PEG) is accom- dry weight of wood) resist moisture move- plished by bulking the fibers to keep the wood ment through them. Moisture movement is in a partially swollen condition. PEG acts in the same manner as does the previously extremely slow so that normal equilibrium described phenolic resin. It cannot be further swelling is reached very slowly. cured. The only reason for heating the wood The main commercial use of this modified after treatment is to drive off water. PEG re- wood at present is as parquet flooring where it mains water soluble. Above 60 percent rela- is produced in squares about 51/2 inches on a side tive humidity it is a strong humectant; and from strips about Vg inch wide and %6 inch unless used with care and properly protected, thick. It has a specific gravity of 1.0. Compara- PEG-treated wood can become sticky at these tive tests with conventional wood flooring indi- high relative humidities. cate WPC material resisted indentation from Treatment with PEG is facilitated by us- rolling, concentrated, and impact loads better ing green wood. Here pressure is without effect. than white oak. This is largely attributed to im- Treating times are such that uniform uptakes proved hardness, which was increased 40 per- of 25 to 30 percent of chemical are achieved cent in regular wood-plastic combination and (based on dry weight). The time necessary for 20 percent in the same material treated with this uptake depends on the thickness of the a fire retardant. Abrasion resistance was no wood and may require weeks. This treatment is better than white oak; but because the finish being effectively used for walnut gunstocks for was built-in (buffing is all that is required for high-quality riñes. The dimensional stability of such gunstocks greatly enhances the con- finishing), finish is easily maintained even tinued accuracy of the guns. Tabletops of high- under severe traffic conditions. quality furniture stay remarkably flat and Wood-plastic combinations are also being dimensionally stable when made from PEG- used in sporting goods. One producer of archery treated wood. equipment is using WPC in bows. Another application of this chemical is to reduce the checking of green wood during dry- ing. For this application a high degree of PAPER-BASE PLASTIC LAMINATES polyethylene glycol penetration is not required. This method of treatment has been used to re- Papreg duce checking during drying of small wood Commercially, papreg has become the most blanks or turnings. important of the resin-impregnated wood-base Cracking and distortion that old, water- logged wood undergoes when it is dried can be materials. In thicknesses of about Via inch, substantially reduced by treating the wood quantities of papreg approaching % billion with polyethylene glycol. The process was used square feet are used as facings for doors, to dry 200-year-old waterlogged wood boats walls, and tops for counters, tables, desks, and raised from Lake George, N.Y. The **Vasa," other furniture. In other instances, thinner a Swedish ship that sunk on its initial trial laminates are formed directly on a core voyage in 1628, has also been treated after material. Here resin-impregnated sheets of it was raised. paper are hot-pressed, cured, and bonded to the core, which is usually of hardboard or par- Wood'Plasfk Combination ÍWPC) ticleboard. Because balanced construction is re- In the modified wood products previously quired if panels are to remain flat in service, discussed, most of the chemical resides in cell a backing is formed at the same time. 22-9 Papreg is more generally known as decora- vanced phenolic resins produce a considerably tive laminate or, technically, as laminated tougher product, but the resins fail to penetrate thermosetting decorative sheets. In the trade, the fibers as well as water-soluble resins and it is often referred to by the brand name of thus impart less water resistance and dimen- the manufacturer. Such names as Consoweld, sional stability to the product. In practice, com- Formica, Micarta, Textolite, and Panelyte are promise alcohol-soluble phenolic resins are gen- typical. These decorative laminates are usually erally used. composed of a combination of phenolic- and Table 22-2 gives the strength properties of melamine-impregnated sheets of paper. The high-strength paper-base laminates. The phenolic-impregnated sheets are brown be- strength properties of paper-base laminates cause of the impregnating resins and comprise compare favorably with those for the wood most of the built-up thickness of the laminate. laminates, compreg and staypak, and are su- The phenolic sheets are overlaid with ones im- perior to those for fabric laminates, except in pregnated with melamine resin, which is water- the edgewise Izod impact test. Fabric lami- white and transparent. One sheet of the overlay nates have one advantage—they can be molded is usually a relatively thick one of high opacity to greater double curvatures. As paper is con- and has the color or design printed on it. Then siderably less expensive than fabric and can one or more tissue-thin sheets, which become be molded at considerably lower pressures, the transparent after the resin is cured, are over- paper-base laminates should have an appreci- laid on the printed sheet to protect it in able price advantage over fabric laminates. ^ service. Physical properties of the paper are im- Paper-base plastic laminates inherit their parted to the paper plastic. Of course, paper final properties from the paper from which will absorb or give off moisture, depending they are made. High-strength papers yield upon conditions of exposure. This moisture higher strength plastics than do low-strength change causes paper to shrink and swell, usu- papers. Papers with definite directional prop- ally more across the machine direction than erties result in plastics with definite directional along it. Likewise, the laminated paper plastics properties unless they are cross-laminate (alter- shrink and swell, although at a much slower nate sheets oriented with the machine direction rate. Cross-laminating minimizes the amount at 90*^ to each other). of this shrinking and swelling. In many uses Strength and some other properties of com- in furniture where laminates are bonded to merical laminates show directional effects in- cores, these changes in dimension due to troduced from the paper. Tables 22-2 and moisture changes in service with the change 22-3 show the properties of parallel- and cross- of seasons are different than those of the core laminated papreg manufactured for the struc- material. To balance the construction, a paper tural aspect alone (not decorative) or for such plastic with similar properties may be glued purposes as electrical insulation, the oldest to the opposite face of the core to prevent bow- use. ing or cupping from the moisture changes. Improving the paper used has helped develop Plastics made from different papers will have paper-base laminates suitable for structural different shrinking and swelling properties, as use. Pulping under milder conditions and oper- shown in table 22-4 for six typical com- ating the paper machines to give optimum ori- mercial products. entation of the fibers in one direction, together Papreg was used during World War II for with the desired absorbency, contribute mark- molding nonstructural and semistructural air- edly to improvements in strength. plane parts, such as gunner's seats and turrets, Phenolic resins are the most suitable resins ammunition boxes, wing tabs, and the surfaces for impregnating the paper from the stand- of cargo aircraft flooring and "catwalks." It point of high water resistance, low swelling was tried to a limited extent for the skin sur- and shrinking, and high-strength properties face of airplane structural parts, such as (except for impact). Phenolics are also lower wing tips. One major objection to its use for in cost than other resins that give comparable such parts is that it is more brittle than properties. Water-soluble resins of the type aluminum and requires special fittings. used for impreg impart the highest water re- Papreg has been used to some extent for sistance and compressive strength properties heavy-duty truck floors and industrial process- to the product, but they unfortunately make ing trays for nonedible materials, and with the product brittle (low impact strength). Ad- melamine-treated papers for decorative table- 22-10 Table 22-4.—Rate of length change of pwpreg specimens exposed at 80"^ F.y 90 percent relative humidity ^ Type of material Position of Time (days) specimen with respect to 1 2 4 7 14 29 56 length of sheet Pet. Pet Pet. Pet. Pet. Pet. Pet. Decorative laminate Parallel _ 0.055 0.075 0.105 0.115 0.100 0.085 0.075 Do Perpendicular .110 .170 .260 .325 .345 .365 .350 Do Parallel _ .030 .035 .035 .045 .025 .015 -.005 Do Perpendicular _ .080 .110 .155 .230 .255 .270 .245 Do Parallel _ .080 .115 .140 .145 .135 .135 .130 Do Perpendicular .170 .265 .360 .410 .410 .435 .420 Do Parallel _ .065 .100 .145 .175 .180 .190 .180 Do Perpendicular _ .135 .210 .310 .400 .420 .515 .500 Average parallel _ .058 .081 .106 .120 .110 .106 .095 Avfiraffft -DfirDfindipTilar .124 .189 .271 .341 .358 .496 .379 Backing sheet Parallel _ .130 .115 .105 .105 .090 .085 .075 Do Perpendicular _ .370 .425 .430 .445 .430 .425 .405 Do Parallel . .110 .090 .080 .075 .065 .045 .030 Do Perpendicular _ .435 .420 .430 .440 .445 .420 .385 Average parallel _ .120 .103 .093 .090 .078 .065 .053 Average perpendicular - .403 .423 .430 .443 .438 .423 .395 * Material at equilibrium at 80° F., 30 pet. relative humidity before exposure began. tops. Papreg also appears suitable for pulleys, than those of papreg. The Izod impact values gears, bobbins, and many other objects for are usually twice those for papreg. In spite of which fabric laminates are used. Because it can the fact that lignin is somewhat thermoplastic, be molded at low pressures and is made from the loss in strength on heating to 200° F. is thin papers, it is advantageous for use where proportionately no more than for papreg. very large single sheets or accurate control of Reduction in costs of phenolic resins has panel thickness are required. virtually eliminated the lignin-filled laminates from American commerce. They have a number of potential applications, however, where a Lignín-Fílled Laminates cheaper laminate with less critical properties The cost of phenolic resins resulted in con- than papreg can be used. siderable effort to find impregnating and bonding agents that were more inexpensive and Paper-Face Overlays yet readily available. Lignin-filled laminates made with lignin recovered from the spent Paper has found considerable use as an liquor of the soda pulping process have been overlay material for veneer or plywood. Over- produced as a result of this search. Lignin is lays can be classified into three different types precipitated from solution within the pulp or according to their use—masking, decorative, added in a pre-precipitated form before the and structural. Masking overlays are used to paper is made. The lignin-filled sheets of paper cover minor defects in plywood, such as face can be laminated without the addition of other checks and patches, minimize grain raising, resins, but their water resistance is considerably and provide a more uniform paintable surface, enhanced when some phenolic resin is used. thus making possible the use of lower grade The water resistance can also be improved by veneer. Paper for this purpose need not be of merely impregnating the surface sheet with high strength, as the overlays need not add phenolic resin. It is also possible to introduce strength to the product. For adequate masking lignin, together with phenolic resin, into un- a single surface sheet with a thickness of 0.015 treated paper sheets with an impregnating to 0.030 inch is desirable. Paper impregnated machine. with phenolic resins to about 25 percent of the The lignin-filled laminates are always dark weight of the paper gives the best all-around brown or black. Their strength properties product. Higher resin contents make the prod- except for toughness are, in general, lower uct too costly and tend to make the overlay 22-11 more transparent. Appreciably lower resin con- consists of a cellulose-fiber sheet in which not tents give a product with low scratch and abra- less than 17 percent resin solids by weight of sion resistance, especially when the panels are the laminate for a beater-loaded sheet (or 22 wet or exposed to high relative humidities. pet. by weight if impregnated) is a thermo- The paper faces can be applied at the same setting resin of either the phenolic or mela- time that the veneer is assembled into plywood mine type. The resin-impregnated material is in a hot press. Undue thermal stresses that at least 0.012 inch thick after application and might result in checking are not set up if the weighs not less than 58 pounds per 1,000 machine direction of the paper overlays is at square feet of single face before hot-pressing right angles to the grain direction of the face (including both resin and fiber). An integral plies of the plywood. phenolic resin is applied to one surface of the Commercially, most of the paper-face over- facing material to bond it to the plywood. lays are applied to softwood plywood ; however, The main difference between the two kinds for masking purposes overlays of paper im- of paper-face overlays for plywood is that the pregnated with resin but only partially cured medium-density overlay face is opaque (of are available to apply to lumber or other wood- solid color) and not translucent like the high- base material like particleboard or hardboard. density one. Some evidence of the underlying The curing of the resin is completed at the grain may appear, but compared to the high- same time the paper is bonded to the wood density surface, there is no consistent show- or wood-base material in a hot press. through. Specific plywood grades with paper-face Special overlays are those surfacing ma- overlays are available commercially. These are terials with special characteristics that do not of three types—^high density, medium density, fit the exact description of high- or medium- and special overlay. Although they are de- density overlay types but otherwise meet the signed for either exterior or interior service, test requirements for overlaid plywood. all commercial overlaid plywood conforming Thin, transparent (when cured) papers im- to the Product Standards is made in the ex- pregnated with melamine resins are used for terior type. covering and providing permanent finishes for By specification, the high-density type is one decorative veneers in furniture and similar in which the surface on the finished product articles of wood. In this use the impregnated is hard, smooth, and of such character that sheet is bonded to the wood surface in hot further finishing by paint or varnish is not re- presses at the same time the resin is cured. quired. It consists of a cellulose fiber sheet or The heat and stain resistance and the strength sheets, in which not less than 45 percent of of this kind of film make it a superior finish. the weight of the laminate is a thermosetting Masking paper-base overlays unimpregnated resin of the phenolic or melamine type. The with resin are used for such applications as resin-impregnated material cannot be less than wood house siding that is painted. Vulcanized 0.012 inch thick before pressing and must fiber is the most important commercially. These weigh not less than 60 pounds per 1,000 overlays mask defects in the wood, prevent square feet of single face before hot-pressing bleedthrough of resins and extractives in the (including both resin and fiber). wood, provide a better substrate for paint, and By specification also, the medium-density improve the across-the-board stability from type must present a smooth, uniform surface changes in dimension due to changes in mois- suitable for high-quality paint finishes. It ture content. 22-12 BIBLIOGRAPHY Anonymous Seidl, R. J. 1962. Besin treated, radiation cured wood. Nu- 1947. Paper and plastic overlays for veneer and cleonics 20(3) : 94. plywood. Forest Prod. Res. Soc. Proc. 1: 23-32. Erickson, E.C.O. 1947. Mechanical properties of laminated modified Siau, J. F., Meyer, J. A., and Skaar, C. woods. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1639. 1965. A review of developments in dimensional stabilization of wood using radiation tech- Heebink, B. G. niques. Forest Prod. J. 15(4): 162-166. 1963. Importance of balanced construction in plastic-faced wood panels. U.S. Forest Stamm, A. J. Serv. Res. Note FPIr-021. Forest Prod. 1948. Modified woods. Mod. Plast. Encycl., 40 pp. Lab., Madison, Wis. New York. , and Haskell, H. H. 1962. Effect of heat and humidity on the properties 1964. Wood and cellulose science. Ronald Press of high-pressure laminates. Forest Prod. Co., New York. J. 12(11): 542-548. 1959. Effect of polyethylene glycol on dimensional Meyer, J. A. stability of wood. Forest Prod. J. 9(10): 1965. Treatment of wood-polymer systems using 375-381. catalyst-heat techniques. Forest Prod. J. —, and Seborg, R. M. 15(9): 362-364. 1962. Forest Products Laboratory resin-treated wood (impreg), rev. Forest Prod. Lab. -, and Loos, W. E. Rep. 1380. 1969. Treating southern pine wood for modification of properties. Forest Prod. J. 19(12) : 32- -, and Seborg, R. M. 38. 1951. Forest Products Laboratory resin-treated, laminated, compressed wood (compreg). Mitchell, H. L. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1381. 1972. How PEG helps the hobbyist who works with U.S. Forest Products Laboratory wood. Forest Prod. Lab. unnumbered pub. 1962. Physical and mechanical properties of lignin- , and Iverson, E. S. filled laminated paper plastic, rev. Forest 1961. Seasoning green wood carvings with poly- Prod. Lab. Rep. 1579. ethylene glycol-1000. Forest Prod. J. 11(1) : 6-7. 1943. Preparation of lignin-filled paper for lami- -, and Wahlgren, H. E. nated plastics. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 1959. New chemical treatment curbs shrink and 1577. swell of walnut gunstocks. Forest Prod. J. 9(12): 437-441. 1966. Basic properties of yellow birch laminates Seborg, R. M., and Inverarity, R. B. modified with phenol and urea resins. U.S. 1962. Preservation of old, waterlogged wood by Forest Serv. Res. Note FPL-0140. Forest treatment with polyethylene glycol. Sci- Prod. Lab., Madison, Wis. ence 136(3516): 649-650. Weatherwax, R. C, and Stamm, A. J. , Millett, M. A., and Stamm, A. J. 1945. Electrical resistivity of resin-treated wood 1945. Heat-stabilized compressed wood (staypak). (impreg and compreg), hydrolyzed-wood Mech. Eng. 67(1): 25-31. sheet (hydroxylin), and laminated resin- treated paper (papreg). Forest Prod. Lab. , Tarkow, Harold, and Stamm, A. J. Rep. 1385. 1962. Modified woods. Forest Prod. Lab. Rep. 2192. , and Stamm, A. J. , and Vallier, A. E. 1946. The coefficients of thermal expansion of 1954. Application of impreg for patterns and die wood and wood products. Trans. Amer. models. Forest Prod. J. 4(5): 305-312. Soc. Mech. Eng. 69(44): 421-432. 22-13 GLOSSARY ADHESIVE. A substance capable of holding materials to- BIRDSEYE. Small localized areas in wood with the fibers gether by surface attachment. It is a general term indented and otherwise contorted to form few to and includes cements, mucilage, and paste, as well as many small circular or elliptical figures remotely re- glue. sembling birds' eyes on the tangential surface. Some- times found in sugar maple and used for decorative AIR-DRIED. (See SEASONING.) purposes; rare in other hardwood species. ALLOWABLE PROPERTY.—The value of a property normally published for design use. Allowable properties are BLOOM. Crystals formed on the surface of treated wood identified with grade descriptions and standards, re- by exudation and evaporation of the solvent in pre- ñect the orthotropic structure of wood, and anticipate servative solutions. certain end uses. BLUE STAIN. (See STAIN.) ALLOWABLE STRESS. {See ALLOWABLE PROPERTY.) BOARD. (See LUMBER.) AMERICAN LUMBER STANDARDS. American lumber stand- ards embody provisions for softwood lumber dealing BOARD FOOT. A unit of measurement of lumber repre- with recognized classifications, nomenclature, basic sented by a board 1 foot long, 12 inches wide, and 1 grades, sizes, description, measurements, tally, ship- inch thick or its cubic equivalent. In practice, the ping provisions, grademarking, and inspection of lum- board foot calculation for lumber 1 inch or more in ber. The primary purpose of these standards is to thickness is based on its nominal thickness and width serve as a guide in the preparation or revision of the and the length. Lumber with a nominal thickness of grading rules of the various lumber manufacturers' less than 1 inch is calculated as 1 inch. associations. A purchaser must, however, make use of association rules as the basic standards are not in BOLE. The main stem of a tree of substantial di- themselves commercial rules. ameter—roughly, capable of yielding sawtimber, ANISOTROPIC. Not Isotropie; that is, not having the same veneer logs, or large poles. Seedlings, saplings, and properties in all directions. In general, fibrous ma- small-diameter trees have stems, not boles. terials such as wood are anisotropic. BOLT. (1) A short section of a tree trunk; (2) in ANNUAL GROWTH RING. The layer of wood growth put veneer production, a short log of a length suitable for on a tree during a single growing season. In the tem- peeling in a lathe. perature zone the annual growth rings of many spe- cies (e.g., oaks and pines) are readily distinguished BOW. The distortion of lumber in which there is a because of differences in the cells formed during the deviation, in a direction perpendicular to the fiat face, early and late parts of the season. In some temperate from a straight line from end-to-end of the piece. zone species (black gum and sweetgum) and many tropical species, annual growth rings are not easily BOX BEAM. A built-up beam with solid wood flanges recognized. and plywood or wood-base panel product webs. BALANCED CONSTRUCTION. A construction such that the BOXED HEART. The term used when the pith falls en- forces induced by uniformly distributed changes in tirely within the four faces of a piece of wood any- moisture content will not cause warping. Symmetrical where in its length. Also called boxed pith. construction of plywood in which the grain direction of each ply is perpendicular to that of adjacent plies BRASHNESS. A condition that causes some pieces of wood is balanced construction. to be relatively low in shock resistance for the species and, when broken in bending, to fail abruptly without BARK POCKET. An opening between annual growth rings splintering at comparatively small deflections. that contains bark. Bark pockets appear as dark streaks on radial surfaces and as rounded areas on BREAKING RADIUS. The limiting radius of curvature to tangential surfaces. which wood or plywood can be bent without breaking. BASTARD SAWN. Lumber (primarily hardwoods) in which the annual rings make angles of 30° to 60° with the BRIGHT. Free from discoloration. surface of the piece. BROAD-LEAVED TREES. (See HARDWOODS.) BEAM. A structural member supporting a load applied BROWN ROT. In wood, any decay in which the attack transversely to it. concentrates on the cellulose and associated carbo- BENDING, STEAM. The process of forming curved wood hydrates rather than on the lignin, producing a light members by steaming or boiling the wood and bend- to dark brown friable residue—hence loosely termed ing it to a form. "dry rot." An advanced stage where the wood splits BENT WOOD. (See BENDING, STEAM.) along rectangular planes, in shrinking, is termed "cubical rot." BIRD PECK. A small hole or patch of distorted grain re- sulting from birds pecking through the growing cells BROWN STAIN. (See STAIN.) in the tree. In shape, bird peck usually resembles a carpet tack with the point towards the bark; BUILT-UP TIMBERS. An assembly made by joining layers bird peck is usually accompanied by discoloration ex- of lumber together with mechanical fastenings so tending for considerable distance along the grain and that the grain of all laminations is essentially to a much lesser extent across the grain. parallel. 23-1 BURL. (1) A hard, woody outgrowth on a tree, more or snow or to internal longitudinal stresses developed or less rounded in form, usually resulting from the in growth, or it may result from stresses imposed entwined growth of a cluster of adventitious buds. after the tree is cut. In surfaced lumber compression Such burls are the source of the highly figured burl failures may appear as fine wrinkles across the face veneers used for purely ornamental purposes. (2) In of the piece. lumber or veneer, a localized severe distortion of the COMPRESSION WOOD. Wood formed on the lower side of grain generally rounded in outline, usually resulting branches and inclined trunks of softwood trees. Com- from overgrowth of dead branch stubs, varying from pression wood is identified by its relatively wide an- V2 inch to several inches in diameter; frequently in- nual rings, usually eccentric, relatively large amount cludes one or more clusters of several small con- of summer wood, sometimes more than 50 percent of tiguous conical protuberances, each usually having a the width of the annual rings in which it occurs, and core or pith but no appreciable amount of end grain its lack of demarcation between springwood and (in tangential view) surrounding it. summerwood in the same annual rings. Compression BUTT JOINT. (See JOINT.) wood shrinks excessively lengthwise, as compared with normal wood. BUHRESS. A ridge of wood developed in the angle be- CONIFER. (See SOFTWOODS.) tween a lateral root and the butt of a tree, which may extend up the stem to a considerable height. CONNECTOR, TIMBER. Metal rings, plates, or grids which are embedded in the wood of adjacent members, as at CAMBIUM. A thin layer of tissue between the bark and the bolted points of a truss, to increase the strength wood that repeatedly subdivides to form new wood of the joint. and bark cells. COOPERAGE. Containers consisting of two round heads CANT. A log that has been slabbed on one or more sides. and a body composed of staves held together with Ordinarily, cants are intended for resawing at right hoops, such as barrels and kegs. angles to their widest sawn face. The term is loosely Slack cooperage. Cooperage used as containers for used. (See FLITCH.) dry, semidry or solid products. The staves are CASEHARDENING. A condition of stress and set in dry usually not closely fitted and are held together lumber characterized by compressive stress in the with beaded steel, wire, or wood hoops. outer layers and tensile stress in the center or core. Tight cooperage. Cooperage used as containers for liquids, semi-solids, and heavy solids. Staves are CELL. A general term for the structural units of plant well fitted and held tightly with cooperage grade tissue, including wood fibers, vessel members, and steel hoops. other elements of diverse structure and function. CORBEL. A projection from the face of a wall or column CELLULOSE. The carbohydrate that is the principal con- supporting a weight. stituent of wood and forms the framework of the wood cells^ CORE STOCK. A solid or discontinuous center ply used in panel-type glued structures (such as furniture panels CHECK. A lengthwise separation of the wood that and solid or hollowcore doors). usually extends across the rings of annual growth and commonly results from stresses set up in wood CROOK. The distortion of lumber in which there is a during seasoning. deviation, in a direction perpendicular to the edge, from a straight line from end-to-end of the piece. CHEMICAL BROWN STAIN. (See STAIN.) CROSSBAND. To place the grain of layers of wood at CHIPBOARD. A paperboard used for many purposes that right angles in order to minimize shrinking and may or may not have specifications for strength, color, swelling; also, in plywood of three or more plies, a or other characteristics. It is normally made from layer of veneer whose grain direction is at right paper stock with a relatively low density in the thick- angles to that of the face plies. ness of 0.006 inch and up. CROSS BREAK. A separation of the wood cells across the CLOSE GRAINED. (See GRAIN.) grain. Such breaks may be due to internal stress re- COARSE GRAIN. (}See GRAIN.) sulting from unequal longitudinal shrinkage or to ex- ternal forces. COLD-PRESS PLYWOOD. (See PLYWOOD.) COLLAPSE. The flattening of single cells or rows of cells CROSS GRAIN. (See GRAIN.) in heartwood during the drying or pressure treatment CUP. A distortion of a board in which there is a devi- of wood. Often characterized by a caved-in or corru- ation flatwise from a straight line across the width gated appearance of the wood surface. of the board. COMPARTMENT KILN. (See KILN.) CURE. To change the properties of an adhesive by chemical reaction (which may be condensation, COMPOUND CURVATURE. Wood bent to a compound curva- polymerization, or vulcanization) and thereby develop ture has curved surfaces, no element of which is a maximum strength. Generally accomplished by the straight line. action of heat or a catalyst, with or without pressure. COMPREG. Wood in which the cell walls have been im- pregnated with synthetic resin and compressed to give CURLY GRAIN. (See GRAIN.) it reduced swelling and shrinking characteristics and CUT STOCK. A term for softwood stock comparable to increased density and strength properties. dimension stock in hardwoods. (See DIMENSION STOCK.) COMPRESSION FAILURE. Deformation of the wood fibers re- CUTTINGS. In hardwoods, a portion of a board or plank sulting from excessive compression along the grain having the quality required by a specific grade or for either in direct end compression or in bending. It a particular use. Obtained from a board by crosscut- may develop in standing trees due to bending by wind ting or ripping. 23-2 DECAY. The decomposition of wood substance by fungi. DURABILITY. A general term for permanence or resist- Advanced (or typical) decay. The older stage of decay ance to deterioration. Frequently used to refer to the in which the destruction is readily recognized degree of resistance of a species of wood to attack by because the wood has become punky, soft and wood-destroying fungi under conditions that favor spongy, stringy, ringshaked, pitted, or crumbly. such attack. In this connection the term "decay re- Decided discoloration or bleaching of the rotted sistance" is more specific. wood is often apparent. EARLYWOOD. The portion of the annual growth ring Incipient decay. The early stage of decay that has that is formed during the early part of the growing not proceeded far enough to soften or otherwise season. It is usually less dense and weaker mechani- perceptibly impair the hardness of the wood. It cally than latewood. is usually accompanied by a slight discoloration EDGE GRAIN. (See GRAIN.) or bleaching of the wood. EDGE JOINT. (See JOINT.) DELAMINATION. The separation of layers in a laminate through failure within the adhesive or at the bond EMPTY-CELL PROCESS. Any process for impregnating wood between the adhesive and the laminae. with preservatives or chemicals in which air, im- prisoned in the wood under pressure, expands when DELIGNIFICATION. Removal of part or all of the lignin pressure is released to drive out part of the injected from wood by chemical treatment. preservative or chemical. The distinguishing charac- DENSITY. As usually applied to wood of normal cellular teristic of the empty-cell process is that no vacuum form, density is the mass of wood substance enclosed is drawn before applying the preservative. The aim within the boundary surfaces of a wood-plus-voids is to obtain good preservative distribution in the complex having unit volume. It is variously expressed wood and leave the cell cavities only partially filled. as pounds per cubic foot, kilograms per cubic meter, or grams per cubic centimeter at a specified moisture ENCASED KNOT. (See KNOT.) content. END GRAIN. (See GRAIN.) DENSITY RULES. A procedure for segregating wood ac- END JOINT. (See JOINT.) cording to density, based on percentage of latewood EQUILIBRIUM MOISTURE CONTENT. The moisture content and number of growth rings per inch of radius. at which wood neither gains nor loses moisture when DEW POINT. The temperature at which a vapor begins surrounded by air at a given relative humidity and to deposit as a liquid. Applies especially to water in temperature. the atmosphere. EXTERIOR PLYWOOD. (See PLYWOOD.) DIAGONAL GRAIN. (See GRAIN.) EXTRACTIVE. Substances in wood, not an integral part DIFFUSE-POROUS WOOD. Certain hardwoods in which the of the cellular structure, that can be removed by pores tend to be uniform in size and distribution solution in hot or cold water, ether, benzene, or other throughout each annual ring or to decrease in size solvents that do not react chemically with wood slightly and gradually toward the outer border of the components. ring. FACTORY AND SHOP LUMBER. (See LUMBER.) DIMENSION. (See LUMBER.) FEED RATE. The distance that the stock being processed DIMENSION STOCK. A term largely superseded by the moves during a given interval of time or operational term "hardwood dimension lumber." It is hardwood cycle. stock processed to a point where the maximum waste FIBER, WOOD. A wood cell comparatively long (%5 or less is left at the mill, and the maximum utility is deliv- to % in.), narrow, tapering, and closed at both ends. ered to the user. It is stock of specified thickness, FIBERBOARD. A broad generic term inclusive of sheet width, and length, or multiples thereof. According to materials of widely varying densities manufactured of specification it may be solid or glued up, rough or refined or partially refined wood (or other vegetable) surfaced, semifabricated or completely fabricated. fibers. Bonding agents and other materials may be DIMENSIONAL STABILIZATION. Special treatment of wood to added to increase strength, resistance to moisture, reduce the swelling and shrinking that is caused by fire, or decay, or to improve some other property. changes in its moisture content with changes in rela- FIBER SATURATION POINT. The stage in the drying or wet- tive humidity. ting of wood at which the cell walls are saturated DOTE. "Dote," "doze," and "rot" are synonymous with and the cell cavities free from water. It applies to "decay" and are any form of decay that may be evi- an individual cell or group of cells, not to whole dent as either a discoloration or a softening of the boards. It is usually taken as approximately 30 wood. percent moisture content, based on ovendry weight. DRESSED LUMBER. (See LUMBER.) FIBRIL. A threadlike component of cell walls, visible DRY-BULB TEMPERATURE. The temperature of air as indi- under a light microscope. cated by a standard thermometer. (See PSYCHROMETER.) FIDDLEBACK. (See GRAIN.) DRY KILN. (See KILN.) FIGURE. The pattern produced in a wood surface by an- nual growth rings, rays, knots, deviations from regu- DRY ROT. A term loosely applied to any dry, crumbly lar grain such as interlocked and wavy grain, and rot but especially to that which, when in an advanced irregular coloration. stage, permits the wood to be crushed easily to a dry powder. The term is actually a misnomer for any de- FILLER. In woodworking, any substance used to fill the cay, since all fungi require considerable moisture for holes and irregularities in planed or sanded sur- growth. faces to decrease the porosity of the surface before applying finish coatings. DRY WALL. Interior covering material, such as gypsum board, hardboard, or plywood, which is applied in FINE GRAIN. (See GRAIN.) large sheets or panels. FINGER JOINT. (See JOINT.) 23.^3 FINISH (FINISHING). Wood products such as doors, stairs, Grain (can't.) and other fine work required to complete a building, Curly-grained wood. Wood in which the fibers are especially the interior. Also, coatings of paint, var- distorted so that they have a curled appearance, nish, lacquer, wax, etc., applied to wood surfaces as in "birdseye" wood. The areas showing curly to protect and enhance their durability or appearance. grain may vary up to several inches in diameter. FIRE ENDURANCE. A measure of the time during which Diagonal-grained wood. Wood in which the annual a material or assembly continues to exhibit ñre rings are at an angle with the axis of a piece resistance under specified conditions of test and per- as a result of sawing at an angle with the bark formance. of the tree or log. A form of cross-grain. FIRE RESISTANCE. The property of a material or assembly Edge-grained lumber. Lumber that has been sawed to withstand fire or to give protection from it. so that the wide surfaces extend approximately FIRE RETARDANT. A chemical or preparation of chemicals at right angles to the annual growth rings. used to reduce flammability or to retard spread of a Lumber is considered edge grained when the rings fire over the surface. form an angle of 45'' to 90° with the wide sur- face of the piece. FLAKE. A small flat wood particle of predetermined End-grained wood. The grain as seen on a cut made dimensions, uniform thickness, with fiber direction at a right angle to the direction of the fibers essentially in the plane of the flake; in overall (e.g., on a cross section of a tree). character resembling a small piece of veneer. Pro- duced by special equipment for use in the manu- Fiddleback-grained wood. Figure produced by a type facture of flakeboard. of fine wavy grain found, for example, in species of maple, such wood being traditionally used FLAKEBOARD. A particleboard composed of flakes. for the backs of violins. FLAT GRAIN. (See GRAIN.) Fine-grained wood. (See Close-grained wood.) FLAT-SAWN. (See GRAIN, FLAT.) Flat-grained wood. Lumber that has been sawed FLECKS. (See RAYS, WOOD.) parallel to the pith and approximately tangent to FLITCH. A portion of a log sawn on two or more faces— the growth rings. Lumber is considered flat commonly on opposite faces, leaving two waney grained when the annual growth rings make an edges. When intended for resawing into lumber, it angle of less than 45° with the surface of the is resawn parallel to its original wide faces. Or, piece. it may be sliced or sawn into veneer, in which case interlocked-grained wood. Grain in which the fibers put the resulting sheets of veneer laid together in the on for several years may slope in a right-handed sequence of cutting are called a flitch. The term is direction, and then for a number of years the loosely used. (See also Cant.) slope reverses to a left-handed direction, and FRAMING. Lumber used for the structural member of a later changes back to a right-handed pitch, and building, such as studs and joists. so on. Such wood is exceedingly difficult to split radially, though tangentially it may split fairly FULL-CELL PROCESS. Any process for impregnating wood easily. with preservatives or chemicals in which a vacuum Open-grained wood. Common classification for woods is drawn to remove air from the wood before ad- with large pores, such as oak, ash, chestnut, and mitting the preservative. This favors heavy adsorption walnut. Also known as "coarse textured." and retention of preservative in the treated portions. Plainsawed lumber. Another term for flat-grained GELATINOUS FIBERS. Modified fibers that are associated lumber. with tension wood in hardwoods. Quartersawed lumber. Another term for edge-grained GIRDER. A large or principal beam of wood or steel lumber. used to support concentrated loads at isolated points Side-grained wood. Another term for flat-grained along its length. lumber. GRADE. The designation of the quality of a manufac- Slash-grained wood. Another term for flat-grained tured piece of wood or of logs. lumber. GRAIN. The direction, size, arrangement, appearance, Spiral-grained wood. Wood in which the fibers take a or quality of the fibers in wood or lumber. To have spiral course about the trunk of a tree instead of a specific meaning the term must be qualified. the normal vertical course. The spiral may extend Close-grained wood. Wood with narrow, inconspicu- in a right-handed or left-handed direction around ous annual rings. The term is sometimes used the tree trunk. Spiral grain is a form of cross to designate wood having small and closely grain. spaced pores, but in this sense the term "fine Straight-grained wood. Wood in which the fibers run textured" is more often used. parallel to the axis of a piece. Coarse-grained wood. Wood with wide conspicuous annual rings in which there is considerable Vertical-grained lumber. Another term for edge- difference between springwood and summerwood. grained lumber. The term is sometimes used to designate wood Wavy-grained wood. Wood in which the fibers col- with large pores, such as oak, ash, chestnut, and lectively take the form of waves or undulations. walnut, but in this sense the term "coarse tex- tured" is more often used. GREEN. Freshly sawed or undried wood. Wood that has Cross-grained wood. Wood in which the fibers deviate become completely wet after immersion in water would not be considered green, but may be said to from a line parallel to the sides of the piece. be in the "green condition." Cross grain may be either diagonal or spiral grain or a combination of the two. GROWTH RING. (See ANNUAL GROWTH RING.) 23-4 GUM. A comprehensive term for nonvolatile viscous Joint (con't.) plant exudates, which either dissolve or swell up in Finger ¡oint. An end joint made up of several mesh- contact with water. Many substances referred to as ing wedges or fingers or wood bonded together gums such as pine and spruce gum are actually with an adhesive. Fingers are sloped and may oleoresins. be cut parallel to either the wide or edge faces HARDBOARD. A generic term for a panel manufactured of the piece. primarily from interfered ligno-cellulosic fibers (us- Lap ¡oint. A joint made by placing one member ually wood), consolidated under heat and pressure partly over another and bonding the overlapped in a hot press to a density of 31 pounds per cubic portions. foot or greater, and to which other materials may Scarf ¡oînt. An end joint formed by joining with have been added during manufacture to improve glue the ends of two pieces that have been ta- certain properties. pered or beveled to form sloping plane surfaces, HARDNESS. A property of wood that enables it to resist usually to a feather edge, and with the same indentation. slope of the plane with respect to the length HARDWOODS. Generally one of the botanical groups of in both pieces. In some cases, a step or hook may trees that have broad leaves in contrast to the coni- be machined into the scarf to facilitate aline- fers or softwoods. The term has no reference to the ment of the two ends, in which case the plane actual hardness of the wood. is discontinuous and the joint is known as a HEART ROT. Any rot characteristically confined to the stepped or hooked scarf joint. heartwood. It generally originates in the living tree. Starved ¡oint. A glue joint that is poorly bonded because an insufficient quantity of glue remained HEARTWOOD. The wood extending from the pith to the in the joint. sapwood, the cells of which no longer participate in the life processes of the tree. Heartwood may JOINT EFFICIENCY OR FACTOR. The strength of a joint ex- contain phenolic compounds, gums, resins, and other pressed as a percentage of the strength of clear materials that usually make it darker and more straight-grained material. decay resistant than sapwood. JOIST. One of a series of parallel beams used to support HEMICELLULOSE. A celluloselike material (in wood) that floor and ceiling loads and supported in turn by larger is easily decomposable as by dilute acid, yielding beams, girders, or bearing walls. several different simple sugars. KILN. A chamber having controlled air-flow, tempera- HOLLOW-CORE CONSTRUCTION. A panel construction with ture, and relative humidity, for drying lumber, faces of plywood, hardboard, or similar material veneer, and other wood products. bonded to a framed-core assembly of wood lattice, Compartment kiln. A kiln in which the total charge paperboard rings, or the like, which support the of lumber is dried as a single unit. It is designed facing at spaced intervals. so that, at any given time, the temperature HONEYCOMB CORE. A sandwich core material constructed and relative humidity are essentially uniform of thin sheet materials or ribbons formed to honey- throughout the kiln. The temperature is in- comblike configurations. creased as drying progresses, and the relative humidity is adjusted to the needs of the lumber. HONEYCOMBING. Checks, often not visible at the sur- Progressive kiln. A kiln in which the total charge face, that occur in the interior of a piece of wood, of lumber is not dried as a single unit but as usually along the wood rays. several units, such as kiln truckloads, that move HORIZONTALLY LAMINATED. (See LAMINATED WOOD.) progressively through the kiln. The kiln is de- IMPREG. Wood in which the cell walls have been im- signed so that the temperature is lower and pregnated with synthetic resin so as to reduce ma- the relative humidity higher at the end where terially its swelling and shrinking. Impreg is not the lumber enters than at the discharge end. compressed. KILN DRIED. (See SEASONING.) INCREMENT BORER. An augerlike instrument with a hol- KNOT. That portion of a branch or limb which has low bit and an extractor, used to extract thin radial been surrounded by subsequent growth of the stem. cylinders of wood from trees to determine age and The shape of the knot as it appears on a cut surface growth rate. Also used in wood preservation to de- depends on the angle of the cut relative to the termine the depth of penetraiton of a preservative. long axis of the knot. INTERGROWN KNOT. (See KNOT.) Encased knot. A knot whose rings of annual growth INTERLOCKED-GRAINED WOOD. (See GRAIN.) are not intergrown with those of the surround- INTUMESCE. To expand with heat to provide a low- ing wood. density film; used in reference to certain fire-retard- Intergrown knot. A knot whose rings of annual ant coatings. growth are completely intergrown with those JOINT. The junction of two pieces of wood or veneer. of the surrounding wood. Butt ¡oint. An end joint formed by abutting the Loose knot. A knot that is not held firmly in place squared ends of two pieces. by growth or position and that cannot be relied Edge ¡oînt. The place where two pieces of wood are upon to remain in place. joined together edge to edge, commonly by Pin knot. A knot that is not more than % inch in gluing. The joints may be made by gluing two diameter. squared edges as in a plain edge joint or by Sound knot. A knot that is solid across its face, using machined joints of various kinds, such at least as hard as the surrounding wood, as tongued-and-grooved joints. and shows no indication of decay. End ¡oînt. The place where two pieces of wood are Spike knot. A knot cut approximately parallel to joined together end to end, commonly by scarf its long axis so that the exposed section is def- or finger jointing. initely elongated. 23-5 LAMINATE. A product made by bonding together two Lumber (con't.) or more layers (laminations) of material or ma- Shiplapped lumber. Lumber that is edge dressed to terials. make a lapped joint. LAMINATE, PAPER-BASE. A multilayered panel made by Shipping-dry lumber. Lumber that is partially dried to compressing sheets of resin-impregnated paper to- prevent stain and mold in transit. gether into a coherent solid mass. Side lumber. A board from the outer portion of the log—ordinarily one produced when squaring off LAMINATED WOOD. An assembly made by bonding layers a log for a tie or timber. of veneer or lumber with an adhesive so that the Structural lumber. Lumber that is intended for use grain of all laminations is essentially parallel. (See where allowable properties are required. The Built-up timbers.) grading of structural lumber is based on the Horizontally laminated wood. Laminated wood in which strength of the piece as related to anticipated the laminations are so arranged that the wider uses. dimension of each lamination is approximately Surface lumber. Lumber that is dressed by running it perpendicular to the direction of load. through a planer. Vertically laminated wood. Laminated wood in which Timbers. Lumber that is nominally 5 or more inches the laminations are so arranged that the wider in least dimension. Timbers may be used as dimension of each lamination is approximately beams, stringers, posts, caps, sills, griders, pur- parallel to the direction of load. lins, etc. LAP JOINT. (See JOINT.) Yard lumber. A little-used term for lumber of all LATEWOOD. The portion of the annual growth ring that sizes and patterns that is intended for general is formed after the earlywood formation has ceased. building purposes having no design property It is usually denser and stronger mechanically than requirements. earlywood. LUMEN. In wood anatomy, the cell cavity. LIGNIN. The second most abundant constituent of wood, MANUFACTURING DEFECTS. Includes all defects or blemishes located principally in the secondary wall and the that are produced in manufacturing, such as chipped middle lamella, which is the thin cementing layer grain, loosened grain, raised grain, torn grain, skips between wood cells. Chemically it is an irregular in dressing, hit and miss (series of surfaced areas polymer of substituted propylphenol groups, and with skips between them), variation in sawing, mis- thus no simple chemical formula can be written for it. cut lumber, machine burn, machine gouge, mismatch- LONGITUDINAL. Generally, parallel to the direction of the ing, and insufficient tongue or groove. wood fibers. MATCHED LUMBER. (See LUMBER.) LOOSE KNOT. (See KNOT.) MILLWORK. Planed and patterned lumber for finish work LUMBER. The product of the saw and planing mill not in buildings, including items such as sash, doors, further manufactured than by sawing, resawing, cornices, panelwork, and other items of interior or passing lengthwise through a standard planing ma- exterior trim. Does not include ñooring^ ceiling, or chine, crosscutting to length, and matching. siding. Boards. Lumber that is nominally less than 2 inches MINERAL STREAK. An olive to greenish-black or brown thick and 2 or more inches wide. Boards less discoloration of undermined cause in hardwoods. than 6 inches wide are sometimes called strips. MODIFIED WOOD. Wood processed by chemical treatment, Dimension. Lumber with a nominal thickness of compression, or other means (with or without heat) from 2 up to but not including 5 inches and a to impart properties quite different from those of nominal width of 2 inches or more. the original wood. Dressed size. The dimensions of lumber after being MOISTURE CONTENT. The amount of water contained in surfaced with a planing machine. The dressed the wood, usually expressed as a percentage of the size is usually V2 to % inch less than the nominal weight of the ovendry wood. or rough size. A 2- by 4-inch stud, for example, MOLDED PLYWOOD. (See PLYWOOD.) actually measures about 1% by 3% inches. MOLDING. A wood strip having a curved or projecting Factory and shop lumber. Lumber intended to be cut surface, used for decorative purposes. up for use in further manufacture. It is graded MORTISE. A slot cut into a board, plank, or timber, on the basis of the percentage of the area that usually edgewise, to receive the tenon of another will produce a limited number of cuttings of a board, plank, or timber to form a joint. specified minimum size and quality. NAVAL STORES. A term applied to the oils, resins, tars, Matched lumber. Lumber that is edge dressed and and pitches derived from oleoresin contained in, shaped to make a close tongued-and-grooved joint exuded by, or extracted from trees, chiefly species of at the edges or ends when laid edge to edge or pines (genus Pinus). Historically, these were im- end to end. portant items in the stores of wood sailing vessels. Nominal size. As applied to timber or lumber, the NOMINAL-SIZE LUMBER. (See LUMBER.) size by which it is known and sold in the OLD GROWTH. Timber in or from a mature, naturally market; often differs from the actual size. (See established forest. When the trees have grown during also, Dressed size.) most if not all of their individual lives in active Patterned lumber. Lumber that is shaped to a pattern competition with their companions for sunlight and or to a molded form in addition to being dressed, moisture, this timber is usually straight and relatively matched, or shiplapped, or any combination of free of knots. these workings. OLEORESIN. A solution of resin in an essential oil that Rough lumber. Lumber which has not been dressed occurs in or exudes from many plants, especially (surfaced) but which has been sawed, edged, and softwoods. The oleoresin from pine is a solution of trimmed. pine resin (rosin) in turpentine. 23-6 OPEN GRAIN. (See GRAIN.) PLANK. A broad board, usually more than 1 inch thick, ORTHOTROPIC. Having unique and independent proper- laid with its wide dimension horizontal and used as ties in three mutually orthogonal (perpendicular) a bearing surface. planes of symmetry. A special case of anisotropy. PLASTICIZING WOOD. Softening wood by hot water, steam, OVENDRY WOOD. Wood dried to a relatively constant or chemical treatment to increase its moldability. weight in a ventilated oven at 101" to 105 *'C. PLYWOOD. A composite panel or board made up of cross- OVERLAY. A thin layer of paper, plastic, film, metal banded layers of veneer only or veneer in combination foil, or other material bonded to one or both faces with a core of lumber or of particleboard bonded of panel products or to lumber to provide a protective with an adhesive. Generally the grain of one or more or decorative face or a base for painting. plies is roughly at right angles to the other plies, PALLET. A low wood or metal platform on which ma- and almost always an odd number of plies are used. terial can be stacked to facilitate mechanical han- Cold-pressed plywood. Refers to interior-type ply- dling, moving, and storage. wood manufactured in a press without external PAPERBOARD. The distinction between paper and paper- applications of heat. board is not sharp, but broadly speaking, the thicker Exterior plywood. A general term for plywood bonded (over 0.012 in.), heavier, and more rigid grades with a type of adhesive that by systematic tests of paper are called paperboard. and service records has proved highly resistant PAPREG. Any of various paper products made by im- to weather; micro-organisms; cold, hot, and pregnating sheets of specially manufactured high- boiling water; steam; and dry heat. strength paper with synthetic resin and laminating Molded plywood. Plywood that is glued to the de- the sheets to form a dense, moisture-resistant product. sired shape either between curved forms or more PARENCHYMA. Short cells having simple pits and func- commonly by fluid pressure applied with flexible tioning primarily in the metabolism and storage of bags or blankets (bag molding) or other means. plant food materials. They remain alive longer than Postformed plywood. The product formed when flat the tracheids, fibers, and vessel segments, sometimes plywood is reshaped into a curve configuration for many years. Two kinds of parenchyma cells are by steaming or plasticizing agents. recognized—those in vertical strands, known more specifically as axial parenchyma, and those in hori- POCKET ROT. Advanced decay that appears in the form zontal series in the rays, known as ray parenchyma. of a hole or pocket, usually surrounded by appar- ently sound wood. PARTICLEBOARD. A generic term for a panel manufac- PORE. (See VESSELS.) tured from lignocellulosic materials—commonly wood—essentially in the form of particles (as dis- POROUS WOODS. Hardwoods having vessels or pores tinct from fibers). These materials are bonded to- large enough to be seen readily without magnification. gether with synthetic resin or other suitable binder, POSTFORMED PLYWOOD. (See PLYWOOD.) under heat and pressure, by a process wherein the PRESERVATIVE. Any substance that, for a reasonable interparticle bonds are created wholly by the added length of time, is effective in preventing the develop- binder. ment and action of wood-rotting fungi, borers of PATTERNED LUMBER. (See LUMBER.) various kinds, and harmful insects that deteriorate wood. PECK. Pockets or areas of disintegrated wood caused by PRESSURE PROCESS. Any process of treating wood in a advanced stages of localized decay in the living tree. closed container whereby the preservative or fire It is usually associated with cypress and incense- retardant is forced into the wood under pressures cedar. There is no further development of peck once greater than 1 atmosphere. Pressure is generally the lumber is seasoned. preceded or followed by vacuum, as in the vacuum- PEEL. To convert a log into veneer by rotary cutting. pressure and empty cell processes respectively, or PHLOEM. The tissues of the inner bark, characterized they may alternate, as in the full cell and alternating- by the presence of sieve tubes and serving for the pressure processes. transport of elaborate foodstuffs. PROGRESSIVE KILN. (See KILN.) PILE. A long, heavy timber, round or square cut, that PSYCHROMETER. An instrument for measuring the amount is driven deep into the ground to provide a secure of water vapor in the atmosphere. It has both a dry- foundation for structures built on soft, wet, or sub- bulb and wet-bulb thermometer. The bulb of the wet- merged sites; e.g., landing stages, bridge abutments. bulb thermometer is kept moistened and is, therefore, PIN-KNOT. (See KNOT.) cooled by evaporation to a temperature lower than PITCH POCKET. An opening extending parallel to the that shown by the dry-bulb thermometer. Because annual growth rings and containing, or that has evaporation is greater in dry air, the difference be- contained, pitch, either solid or liquid. tween the two thermometer readings will be greater when the air is dry than when it is moist. PITCH STREAKS. A well-defined accumulation of pitch in a more or less regular streak in the wood of certain OUARTERSAWED. (See GRAIN.) conifers. RADIAL. Coincident with a radius from the axis of the tree or log to the circumference. A radial section is PITH. The small, soft core occurring near the center of a lengthwise section in a plane that passes through a tree trunk, branch, twig, or log. the centerline of the tree trunk. PITH FLECK. A narrow streak, resembling pith on the RAFTER. One of a series of structural members of a roof surface of a piece; usually brownish, up to several designed to support roof loads. The rafters of a flat inches in length; resulting from burrowing of larvae roof are sometimes called roof joists. in the growing tissues of the tree. RAISED GRAIN. A roughened condition of the surface of PLAINSAWED. (See GRAIN.) dressed lumber in which the hard summerwood is PLANING MILL PRODUCTS. Products worked to pattern, raised above the softer springwood but not torn loose such as ñooring, ceiling, and siding. from it. 23-7 RAYS, WOOD. Strips of cells extending radially within SEASONING. Removing moisture from green wood to a tree and varying in height from a few cells in some improve its serviceability. species to 4 or more inches in oak. The rays serve Air-dried. Dried by exposure to air in a yard or primarily to store food and transport it horizontally shed, without artificial heat. in the tree. On quartersawed oak, the rays form a Kiln-dried. Dried in a kiln with the use of artificial conspicuous figure, sometimes referred to as flecks. heat. REACTION WOOD. Wood with more or less distinctive an- SECOND GROWTH. Timber that has grown after the re- atomical characters, formed typically in parts of lean- moval, whether by cutting, fire, wind, or other agency, ing or crooked stems and in branches. In hardwoods of all or a large part of the previous stand. this consists of tension wood and in softwoods of SET. A permanent or semipermanent deformation. compression wood. SHAKE. A separation along the grain, the greater part RELATIVE HUMIDITY. Ratio of the amount of water vapor of which occurs between the rings of annual growth. present in the air to that which the air would hold Usually considered to have occurred in the standing at saturation at the same temperature. It is usually tree or during felling. considered on the basis of the weight of the vapor SHAKES. In construction, shakes are a type of shingle but, for accuracy, should be considered on the basis usually hand cleft from a bolt and used for roofing of vapor pressures. or weatherboarding. RESILIENCE. The property whereby a strained body gives SHAVING. A small wood particle of indefinite dimen- up its stored energy on the removal of the deforming sions developed incidental to certain woodworking force. operations involving rotary cutterheads usually turn- RESIN. Inflammable, water-soluble, vegetable substances ing in the direction of the grain. This cutting action secreted by certain plants or trees, and characterizing produces a thin chip of varying thickness, usually the wood of many coniferous species. The term is also feathered along at least one edge and thick at an- applied to synthetic organic products related to the other and generally curled. natural resins. SHEAR. A condition of stress or strain where parallel RESIN DUCTS. Intercellular passages that contain and planes slide relative to one another. transmit resinous materials. On a cut surface, they SHEATHING. The structural covering, usually of boards, are usually inconspicuous. They may extend ver- building fiberboards, or plywood, placed over exterior tically parallel to the axis of the tree or at right studding or rafters of a structure. angles to the axis and parallel to the rays. SHIPLAPPED LUMBER. (See LUMBER.) RETENTION BY ASSAY. The determination of preservative SHIPPING-DRY LUMBER. (See LUMBER.) retention in a specific zone of treated wood by ex- SHOP LUMBER. (See LUMBER.) traction or analysis of specified samples. SIDE-GRAIN. (See GRAIN.) RING FAILURE. A separation of the wood during season- SIDE LUMBER. (See LUMBER.) ing, occurring along the grain and parallel to the SIDING. The finish covering of the outside wall of a growth rings. (See also, Shake.) frame building, whether made of horizontal weather- boards, vertical boards with battens, shingles, or RING-POROUS WOODS. A group of hardwoods in which other material. the pores are comparatively large at the beginning of each annual ring and decrease in size more or less SLASH GRAINED. (See GRAIN.) abruptly toward the outer portion of the ring, thus SLICED VENEER. (See VENEER.) forming a distinct inner zone of pores, known as the SOFT ROT. A special type of decay developing under early wood, and an outer zone with smaller pores, very wet conditions (as in cooling towers and boat known as the latewood. timbers) in the outer wood layers, caused by cellulose- destroying microfungi that attack the secondary cell RING SHAKE. (See SHAKE.) walls and not the intercellular layer. RIP. To cut lengthwise, parallel to the grain. SOFTWOODS. Generally, one of the botanical groups of ROT. (See DECAY.) trees that in most cases have needlelike or scalelike ROTARY-CUT VENEER. (See VENEER.) leaves; the conifers, also the wood produced by such ROUGH LUMBER. (See LUMBER.) trees. The term has no reference to the actual hard- SANDWICH CONSTRUCTION. (See STRUCTURAL SANDWICH CON- ness of the wood. STRUCTION.) SOUND KNOT. (See KNOT.) SAP STAIN. (See STAIN.) SPECIFIC GRAVITY. As applied to wood, the ratio of the ovendry weight of a sample to the weight of a vol- SAPWOOD. The wood of pale color near the outside of ume of water equal to the volume of the sample at the log. Under most conditions the sapwood is more a specified moisture content (green, air-dry, or oven- susceptible to decay than heartwood. dry). SASH. A frame structure, normally glazed (e.g., a SPIKE KNOT. (See KNOT.) window), that is hung or fixed in a frame set in an SPIRAL GRAIN. (See GRAIN.) opening. SPRINGWOOD. (See EARLYWOOD.) SAWED VENEER. (See VENEER.) STAIN. A discoloration in wood that may be caused by SAW KERF. (1) Grooves or notches made in cutting with such diverse agencies as micro-organisms, metal, or a saw; (2) that portion of a log, timber, or other chemicals. The term also applies to materials used to piece of wood removed by the saw in parting the impart color to wood. material into two pieces. Blue stain. A bluish or grayish discoloration of the SCARF JOINT. (See JOINT.) sapwood caused by the growth of certain dark- SCHEDULE, KILN DRYING. A prescribed series of dry- and colored fungi on the surface and in the interior wet-bulb temperatures and air velocities used in dry- of the wood; made possible by the same condi- ing a kiln charge of lumber or other wood products. tions that favor the growth of other fungi. 23-8 TANGENTIAL. Strictly, coincident with a tangent at the Stoîn (con't.) circumference of a tree or log, or parallel to such a Brown staîn. A rich brown to deep chocolate-brown tangent. In practice, however, it often means roughly discoloration of the sapwood of some pines caused coincident with a growth ring. A tangential section by a fungus that acts much like the blue-stain is a longitudinal section through a tree or limb per- fungi. pendicular to a radius. Flat-grained lumber is sawed Chemical brown stoin. A chemical discoloration of tangentially. wood, which sometimes occurs during the air- TENON. A projecting member left by cutting away the drying or kiln-drying of several species, ap- wood around it for insertion into a mortise to make parently caused by the concentration and modi- a joint. . fication of extractives. TENSION WOOD. A form of wood found in leaning trees Sap stain. (See Blue stain.) of som.e hardwood species and characterized by the Sticker stain. A brown or blue stain that develops in presence of gelatinous fibers and excessive longi- seasoning lumber where it has been in contact tudinal shrinkage. Tension wood fibers hold together with the stickers. tenaciously, so that sawed surfaces usually have pro- STARVED JOINT. (See JOINT.) jecting fibers, and planed surfaces often are torn or STATIC BENDING. Bending under a constant or slowly have raised grain. Tension wood may cause warping. applied load; flexure. TEXTURE. A term often used interchangeably with grain. STAYPAK. Wood that is compressed in its natural state Sometimes used to combine the concepts of density (that is, without resin or other chemical treatment) and degree of contrast between springwood and sum- under controlled conditions of moisture, temperature, merwood. In this handbook texture refers to the and pressure that practically eliminate springback or finer structure of the wood (see Grain) rather than recovery from compression. The product has increased the annual rings. density and strength characteristics. THERMOPLASTIC GLUES AND RESINS. Glues and resins that STICKERS. Strips or boards used to separate the layers are capable of being repeatedly softened by heat and of lumber in a pile and thus improve air circulation. hardened by cooling. THERMOSETTING GLUES AND RESINS. Glues and resins that STICKER STAIN. (See STAIN.) are cured with heat but do not soften when subse- STRAIGHT GRAINED. (See GRAIN.) quently subjected to high temperatures. STRENGTH. (1) The ability of a member to sustain stress TIMBERS, ROUND. Timbers used in the original round without failure. (2) In a specific mode of test, the form, such as poles, piling, posts, and mine timbers. maximum stress sustained by a member loaded to TIMBER, STANDING. Timber still on the stump. failure. TIMBERS. (See LUMBER.) STRENGTH RATIO. The hypothetical ratio of the strength TOUGHNESS. A quality of wood which permits the ma- of a structural member to that which it would have terial to absorb a relatively large amount of energy, if it contained no strength-reducing characteristics to withstand repeated shocks, and to undergo con- (knots, cross-grain, shake, etc.). siderable deformation before breaking. STRESSED-SKIN CONSTRUCTION. A construction in which panels are separated from one another by a central TRACHEID. The elongated cells that constitute the partition of spaced strips with the whole assembly greater part of the structure of the softwoods (fre- bonded so that it acts as a unit when loaded. quently referred to as fibers). Also present in some hardwoods. STRINGER. A timber or other support for cross members in floors or ceilings. In stairs, the support on which TRANSVERSE. Directions in wood at right angles to the wood fibers. Includes radial and tangential directions. the stair treads rests. A transverse section is a section through a tree or STRUCTURAL LUMBER. (See LUMBER.) timber at right angles to the pith. STRUCTURAL SANDWICH CONSTRUCTION. A layered construc- TREENAIL. A wooden pin, peg, or spike used chiefly for tion comprising a combination of relatively high- fastening planking and ceiling to a framework. strength facing materials intimately bonded to and TRIM. The finish materials in a building, such as mold- acting integrally with a low-density core material. ings, applied around openings (window trim, door STRUCTURAL TIMBERS. Pieces of wood of relatively large trim) or at the floor and ceiling of rooms (baseboard, size, the strength of which is the controlling element cornice, and other moldings). in their selection and use. Trestle timbers (stringers, TRUSS. An assembly of members, such as beams, bars, caps, posts, sills, bracing, bridge ties, guardrails); rods, and the like, so combined as to form a rigid car timbers (car framing, including upper framing, framework. All members are interconnected to form car sills) ; framing for building (posts, sills, girders) ; triangles. ship timber (ship timbers, ship decking) ; and cross- arms for poles are examples of structural timbers. TWIST. A distortion caused by the turning or winding of the edges of a board so that the four corners of STUD. One of a series of slender wood structural mem- any face are no longer in the same plane. bers used as supporting elements in walls and par- TYLOSES. Masses of parenchyma cells appearing some- titions. what like froth in the pores of some hardwoods, SUMMERWOOD. (See LATEWOOD.) notably the white oaks and black locust. Tyloses are SURFACED LUMBER. (See LUMBER.) formed by the extension of the cell wall of the living cells surrounding vessels of hardwood. SYMMETRICAL CONSTRUCTION. Plywood panels in which the plies on one side of a center ply or core are essen- VAPOR BARRIER. A material with a high resistance to tially equal in thickness, grain direction, properties, vapor movement, such as foil, plastic film, or specially and arrangement to those on the other side of the coated paper, that is used in combination with insula- tion to control condensation. core. 23-9 VENEER. A thin layer or sheet of wood. of the surface fibers with the continual variation in Rotary-cut veneer. Veneer cut in a lathe which ro- moisture content brought by changes in the weather. tates a log or bolt, chucked in the center, against a knife. Weathering does not include decay. Sawed veneer. Veneer produced by sawing. WET-BULB TEMPERATURE. The temperature indicated by the Sliced veneer. Veneer that is sliced off a log, bolt, or wet-bulb thermometer of a psychrometer. flitch with a knife. WHITE-ROT. In wood, any decay or rot attacking both VERTICAL GRAIN. (See Grain.) the cellulose and the lignin, producing a generally whitish residue that may be spongy or stringy rot, or VERTICALLY LAMINATED WOOD. (See Laminated wood.) occur as pocket rot. VESSELS. Wood cells of comparatively large diameter WOOD FLOUR. Wood reduced to finely divided particles that have open ends and are set one above the other approximately those of cereal flours in size, appear- to form continuous tubes. The openings of the vessels ance, and texture, and passing a 40-100 mesh screen. on the surface of a piece of wood are usually referred to as pores. WOOD SUBSTANCE. The solid material of which wood is composed. It usually refers to the extractive-free solid VIRGIN GROWTH. The original growth of mature trees. substance of which the cell wails are composed, but WANE. Bark or lack of wood from any cause on edge this is not always true. There is no wide variation in or corner of a piece. chemical composition or specific gravity between the wood substance of various species, the characteristic WARP. Any variation from a true or plane surface. differences of species being largely due to differences Warp includes bow, crook, cup, and twist, or any in extractives and variations in relative amounts of combination thereof. cell walls and cell cavities. WAVY-GRAIN. (See Grain.) WORKABILITY. The degree of ease and smoothness of cut WEATHERING. The mechanical or chemical disintegration obtainable with hand or machine tools. and discoloration of the surface of wood caused by XYLEM. The portion of the tree trunk, branches, and exposure to light, the action of dust and sand carried roots that lies between the pith and the cambium. by winds, and the alternate shrinking and swelling YARD LUMBER. (See LUMBER.) 23-10 INDEX Abbreviations, standard lumber, 5-20 Angélique : Accelerated air-drying, 14-6 characteristics, 1-23 Acid copper chromate : See Copper chromate, acid characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 Acoustical board, description and use, 21-8 decay resistance, table, 3-18 Adhesives for sandwich panels, 12-2, 12-4 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 Advantages of using wood for structures, 1-2 locality of growth, 1-22 Af rormosia. See Kokrodua machining properties, 1-23 Air-dry lumber : mechanical properties, table, 4-17 before preservative treatment, 18-12 nomenclature, 1-22 moisture content range, 14-7 resistance to decay, 1-23 Air-dry wood, strength properties, table, 4-7 shrinkage values, table, 3-11 Air-drying advantages, 14-4 uses, 1-23 Air-drying yards, recommended practices for, 17-5 Animal glues : Air spaces, thermal conductivity, table, 20-6 characteristics, preparation, and uses, table, 9-4 Alaska-cedar. See Cedar, Alaska— durability, 9-13 Alder, red : Ants, carpenter, 17-11 characteristics, 1-5 Apamate : characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 characteristics, 1-23 color and figure, table, 3-4 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 decay resistance, table, 3-17 decay resistance, table, 3-18 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 locality of growth, 1-23 gluing properties, table, 9-2 machineability, 1-23 locality of growth, 1-5 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 nomenclature, 1-23 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 resistance to fungus attack, 1-23 moisture content, table, 3-6 uses, 1-23 nomenclature, table, 5-6 weight, 1-23 shock resistance, 1-5 Apitong : shrinkage, 1-5 characteristics, 1-23 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 small pores, finishing, 16-11 decay resistance, table, 3-18 strength properties, 1-5 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 uses, 1-5 locality of growth, 1-23 weight, 1-5 machineability, 1-23 Almon. See Lauans mechanical properties, table, 4-17 Aluminum foil reñective insulation, 20-3 nomenclature, 1-23 Ambrosia beetles : resistance to decay, 1-23 control measures, 17-8 shrinkage values, table, 3-11 damage caused, 17-8 uses, 1-23 American Standard lumber sizes : Appearance lumber : application, table, 5-14 casing and base, 5-18 nomenclature, table, 5-14 finish, 5-18 origin, 5-14 flooring, 5-18 yard lumber sizes, table, 5-3 shingles and shakes, 5-18 Ammonia, liquid, effect on mechanical properties, 4-38 siding, 5-18 Ammonia plasticizing of wood, 13-5 Apple : Ammoniacal copper arsenite. See Copper arsenite, am- dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 moniacal moisture content, table, 3-6 Andiroba : Arches : characteristics, 1-22 fire resistance of, 15-3 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 glued structural members, 10-9 decay resistance, table, 3-18 Asbestos fiber and paper, thermal conductivity, table, dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 20-6 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 Ash: nomenclature, 1-22 characteristics, 1-5 resistance to decay and insects, 1-22 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 shrinkage values, table, 3-11 color and figure, table, 3-4 uses, 1-22 decay resistance, table, 3-17 I-l Ash, continued : shrinkage values, table, 3-9 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 uses, 1-14 gluing properties, table, 9-2 Balsa : large pores, 16-11 characteristics, 1-24 locality of growth, 1-5 decay resistance, table, 3-18 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 elastic constants, table, 4-6 moisture content, table, 3-6 light weight, 1-24 nomenclature, table, 5-6 locality of growth, 1-24 shock resistance, 1-5 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 nomenclature, 1-24 uses, 1-5 shrinkage values, table, 3-11 weight, 1-5 uses, 1-24 Ash-forming minerals, 2-5 Banak: Aspen : characteristics, 1-24 characteristics, 1-6 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 decay resistance, table, 3-18 color and figure, table, 3-4 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 decay resistance, table, 3-17 locality of growth, 1-24 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 machining properties, 1-24 gluing properties, table, 9-2 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 locality of growth, 1-6 nomenclature, 1-24 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 resistance to decay and insects, 1-24 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 shrinkage values, table, 3-11 moisture content, table, 3-6 uses, 1-24 nomenclature, table, 5-6 Bark, inner and outer, 2-3 shock resistance, 1-6 Bark beetles : shrinkage, 1-6 control measures, 17-8 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 damage caused, 17-8 small pores, finishing, 16-11 Basement ceilings, design to improve fire resistance, strength, 1-6 15-7 uses, 1-6 Basra Locus. See Angélique Avodire : Basswood : characteristics, 1-23 characteristics, 1-6 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 decay resistance, table, 3-18 color and figure, table, 3-4 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 decay resistance, table, 3-17 locality of growth, 1-23 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 machineability, 1-24 gluing properties, table, 9-2 mechanical properties, table, 3-16 locality of growth, 1-6 nomenclature, 1-23 machineability, 1-6 shock resistance, 1-24 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 uses, 1-24 moisture content, table, 3-6 Axial stresses, glued structural members, 10-10 nomenclature, table, 5-6 Bacteria causing decay, 17-6 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 Bag molding, plywood, 13-3 small pores, finishing, 16-11 Bagtikan : uses, 1-6 characteristics, 1-24 weight, 1-6 locality of growth, 1-24 Bastard sawn lumber, definition, 3-2 machineability, 1-24 Batt insulation : nomenclature, 1-24 materials, 20-3 strength, 1-24 thermal conductivity, table, 20-7 uses, 1-24 Beams : weight, 1-24 bearing stresses, 8-8 Balanced construction of plywood, 11-3,11-4 bending deflection, 8-2 Baldcypress : bending moment capacity, 8-5 characteristics, 1-14 bending stress, 8-5 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 deflection coefficients, 8-3 color and figure, table, 3-4 deflection limitations, 8-2 decay resistance, table, 3-17 deflections, 8-2 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 design, 8-2 gluing properties, table, 9-2 end bearing area, 8-8 locality of growth, 1-14 end loading, effect of, 8-5, 8-6 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 fire resistance of, 15-4 moisture content, table, 3-6 lateral buckling, 8-8 nomenclature, table, 5-14 lateral support rigidity, 8-9 pecky cypress, 1-14 modified areas, 8-3 resistance to decay, 1-14 modulus of rupture, 8-6 1-2 Beams, continued : nomenclature, 1-24 moments of inertia, 8-3 uses, 1-25 notches and holes, effect of, 8-3, 8-6 Bent wood members : section modulus, 8-5 curved plywood : shear capacity, 8-7 molded plywood, 13-3 shear deflection, 8-3 plywood bent after gluing, 13-3 shear effective beam shear area, 8-7 plywood bent and glued simultaneously, 13-2 shear stress, 8-7 solid wood members : size, effects on modulus of rupture, 8-5 bending process, 13-4 strength, 8-5 bending stock, 13-5 stresses, 8-2 plasticizing bending stock, 13-5 tapered beams : species used, 13-4 combined stresses, 8-7 veneered curved members, 13-4 deflections, 8-3, 8-7 Bethel full-cell preservative process, 18-15 shear stresses, 8-7 Birch : time, effect of, 8-5 characteristics, 1-7 twist, 8-9 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 waterponding, effect of, 8-5, 8-6, 8-7 color and figure, table, 3-4 wood-plywood, design of, 10-8, 10-9 decay resistance, table, 3-17 Bearing loads for piles, 19-5 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 Bearing stresses of beams, 8-8 elastic constants, table, 4-6 gluing properties, table, 9-2 Beech, American : locality of growth, 1-6 characteristics, 1-6 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 color and figure, table, 3-4 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 decay resistance, table, 3-17 moisture content, table, 3-6 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 nomenclature, table, 5-6 gluing properties, table, 9-2 shock resistance, 1-7 locality of growth, 1-6 shrinkage, 1-7 machineability, 1-6 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 toughness values, table, 4-23 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 uses, 1-7 moisture content, table, 3-6 weight, 1-7 nomenclature, table, 5-6 Bird peck : shock resistance, 1-6 description, 4-31 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 effect on strength, 4-32 small pores, finishing, 16-11 species involved, 4-31 uses, 1-6 Blanket insulation : materials, 20-3 Beetles : thermal conductivity, table, 20-7 ambrosia beetles : Bleeding, poles, 19-4 control measures, 17-8 Blistering of paint coatings, 16-4,16-10 damage caused, 17-8 Block insulation, 20-2 bark beetles : Blood protein glue, characteristics, preparation and control measures, 17-8 use, table, 9-4 damage caused, 17-8 Blue stain, 17-2 powder-post beetles: Boards : control measures, 17-8 description and uses, 5-10 damage caused, 17-8 sizes, table, 5-12 Bending deflection of beams, 8-2 Boats, wood : Bending moment : control of decay in, 17-6 of sandwich panels, 12^4 control of marine borers, 17-13 of stressed-skin panels, 10-13 Boiling in oil drying method, 14-6 Bending moment capacity, beams, 8-5 Boliden K-33 preservative. See Zinc arsenate, chro- Bending stiffness : mated of glued-structural members, 10-9 Bolts : of sandwich panels, 12-4 bearing stress of wood under : of stressed-skin panels, 10-13 bolt diameter, effect perpendicular to grain, 7-13 of wood-plywood glued structural members, 10-11 direction of loading, 7-14 Bending stress : L/D ratio, relation to bearing stress, 7-13 beams, 8-7 bolt holes, effect of, 7-15 glued-structural members, 10-9 bolt quality, effect on joint strength, 7-14 Bending of wood : design details, 7-14 plasticized by chemicals, 13-5 multiple bolt joints, 7-15 soaking, 13-5 Bolts, drift: steaming, 13-5 lateral resistance, 7-8 Benge : withdrawal resistance, 7-8 characteristics, 1-25 Bond strength, sandwich panels, 12-6 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 Boring properties of hardwoods, table, 3-15 1-3 Botanical names of trees : Casing and base, grades, 5-18 hardwoods, table, 5-6 Cativo : softwoods, table, 5-14 characteristics, 1-25 Boucherie preservative treatment, 18-21 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 Box beams, 10-10 decay resistance, table, 3-18 Box nails, 7-3 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 Brick, thermal conductivity, table, 20-8 locality of growth, 1-25 Brown rot, 17-9 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 Brown stain in softwoods, 14-7 nomenclature, 1-25 Brush and spray preservative treatments, 18-18 resistance to decay and insects, 1-25 Buckeye: shrinkage values, table, 3-11 decay resistance, table, 3-17 uses, 1-25 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 Cedar, Alaska—: locality of growth, 1-7 characteristics, 1-13 machineability, 1-7 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 nomenclature, table, 5-6 color and figure, table, 3-4 shock resistance, 1-7 decay resistance, table, 3-17 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 uses, 1-7 gluing properties, table, 9-2 weight, 1-7 locality of growth, 1-13 Buckling : nomenclature, table, 5-14 of columns, 8-10 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 of stressed-skin panels, 10-14 moisture content, table, 3-6 Building board, for insulation, 20-2 shock resistance, 1-13 Building fiberboard. See Fiberboard, building shrinkage, 1-13 Buildings, control of decay in, 18-20 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 Built-up columns, 8-11 toughness values, table, 4-23 Butt joints : uses, 1-14 in glued structural members, 10-10 Cedar, Atlantic-white— : in laminated construction, 10-7 color and figure, table, 3-4 Butt treatment, poles, 19-4 decay resistance, table, 3-17 Butternut : dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 characteristics, 1-7 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 nomenclature, table, 5-14 color and figure, table, 3-4 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 decay resistance, table, 3-17 Cedar, Eastern red— : dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 characteristics, 1-20 gluing properties, table, 9-2 color and figure, table, 3-4 large pores, 16-11 decay resistance, table, 3-17 locality of growth, 1-7 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 machineability, 1-7 gluing properties, table, 9-2 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 locality of growth, 1-19 shock resistance, 1-7 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 moisture content, table, 3-6 uses, 1-7 nomenclature, table, 5-14 weight, 1-7 resistance to decay, 1-20 Calculating strength of pljrwood, 11-6 shock resistance, 1-20 Cambium, 2-3 shrinkage, 1-20 Canadian-grown woods, mechanical properties, table, shrinkage values, table, 3-9 4-16 uses, 1-20 Carapa. See Andiroba Cedar, Incense— : Capirona : characteristics, 1-16 characteristics, 1-25 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 color and figure, table, 3-4 decay resistance, table, 3-18 decay resistance, table, 3-17 locality of growth, 1-25 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 machining properties, 1-25 locality of growth, 1-15 mechanical properties, table, 3-16 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 nomenclature, 1-25 moisture content, table, 3-6 resistance to decay and insects, 1-25 nomenclature, table, 5-14 strength, 1-25 shock resistance, 1-16 uses, 1-25 shrinkage, 1-16 weight, 1-25 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 Carpenter ants : uses, 1-16 control measures, 17-11 weight, 1-16 damage caused by, 17-11 Cedar, Northern white— : Casein glue : characteristics, 1-22 characteristics, preparation, and uses, table, 9-4 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 durability, 9-13 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 1-4 Cedar, Northern white—continued : acid salts, 3-18 locality of growth, 1-22 alkalies, 3-18 nomenclature, table, 5-14 discussion, 3-18 resistance to decay, 1-22 methods for increasing acid resistance of wood, 3-19 shock resistance, 1-22 strength properties, 4-38 uses, 1-22 swelling liquids, 3-18 weight, 1-22 types of action, 3-18 Cedar, Port-Orford—: Chemicals used in wood bending, 13-5 characteristics, 1-19 Chemonite. See Copper arsenite, ammoniacal characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 Cherry, black : color and figure, table, 3-4 characteristics, 1-7 decay resistance, table, 3-17 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 color and figure, table, 3-4 locality of growth, 1-19 decay resistance, table, 3-17 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 moisture content, table, 3-6 gluing properties, table, 9-2 nomenclature, table, 5-16 locality of growth, 1-7 shock resistance, 1-19 machineability, 1-7 shrinkage, 1-19 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 uses, 1-19 moisture content, table, 3-6 Cedar, Western red—: nomenclature, table, 5-6 characteristics, 1-20 shock resistance, 1-7 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 shrinkage, 1-7 color and figure, table, 3-4 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 decay resistance, table, 3-17 small pores, finishing, 16-11 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 uses, 1-7 gluing properties, table, 9-2 Chestnut, American : locality of growth, 1-20 characteristics, 1-7 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 moisture content, table, 3-6 color and figure, table, 3-4 nomenclature, table, 5-14 decay resistance, table, 3-17 resistance to decay, 1-20 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 shock resistance, 1-20 gluing properties, table, 9-2 shrinkage, 1-20 large pores, finishing, 16-11 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 locality of growth, 1-7 toughness values, table, 4-23 machineability, 1-7 used for poles, 19-2 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 uses, 1-20 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 Cedro. See Spanish-cedar moisture content, table, 3-6 Cedro macho. See Andiroba nomenclature, table, 5-6 Ceiling tile and lay-in panels : shock resistance, 1-7 description, 21-6 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 finishes, 21-6 uses, 1-7 method of application, 21-6 weight, 1-7 sizes, 21-6 Chimneys and fireplaces, design to improve fire re- Ceiling, basement, fire resistance of, 15-7 sistance, 15-6 Celcure. See Copper Chromate, acid Chromated copper arsenate. See Copper arsenate, chro- Cell size, sandwich panels, 12-6 mated Cellon process, 18-15 Chromated zinc arsenate. See Zinc arsenate, chromated Cells of wood : Chromated zinc chloride. See Zinc chloride, chromated description, 2-4 Clay tile, thermal conductivity, table, 20-8 fibers, 2-4 Clinched nails, withdrawal resistance, 7-5 functions of various types, 2-5 Coal-tar : length, 2-4 crosstie treatment with, 18-3 parenchyma, 2-5 effectiveness as preservative, table, 18-8 rays, 2-5 penetration obtained, 18-3 tracheids, 2-4 Coal-tar creosote. See Creosote vessels, 2-4 Cocal. See Sande Cellulose, discussion, 2-5 Coefficient of friction, 3-23 Cement mortar, themal conductivity, table, 20-8 Coefficient of linear thermal expansion, discussion, 3-19 Checks and splits : caused by, 3-7 Coefficient of variability, table, 4-22 in glued structural members, 10-8 Coefficients of transmission used for doors, windows, in lumber stress grading, 6-3 and glass blocks, table, 20-11 Chemical brown stain, characteristics, 14-7,17-3 Cold-pressed plywood panels, 11-4 Chemical composition of wood, 2-5 Cold soaking and steeping preservative treatments, Chemicals, effect on wood : 18-19 acids, 3-18 Color of wood, table, 3-4, 3-5 1-5 Columns : fastener head embedment, 7-23 buckling, 8-10 multiple connectors, 7-21 built-up columns, 8-11 net section stress, 7-20 column twisting, 8-11 screws, tapping, 7-24 concentrically loaded, 8-9 strength ratios, table, 7-22 eccentrically loaded, 8-11 working loads : Euler buckling, 8-10, 8-11 derivation of, 7-22 fire resistance of, 15-2 end distance and spacing effect of, 7-21 flanged columns, 8-11 exposure and moisture condition, effect of, 7-19 radius of gyration, 8-10 factor of safety, 7-19 short columns, 8-10 grade and quality of lumber, 7-19 slenderness ratio, 8-10, 8-11 impact forces, effect of, 7-19 spaced columns, 8-12 loads at angle with grain, 7-20 unsupported length, 8-12 species grouping, table, 7-18 Commercial names : table of, 7-17 for hardwoods, 5-6 thickness of member, effect of, 7-20 for softwoods, 5-14 width of member, effect of, 7-20 Commercial softwood lumber species, table, 5-14 wind or earthquake loads, effect of, 7-19 Common boards : Construction details, to minimize water damage to description, 5-10 paint, 16-4 sizes, table, 5-12 Construction lumber, 5-9 uses, 5-10 Contact adhesives : Common nails, 7-3 characteristics, preparation, and uses of, table, 9-5 Common names of trees : durability, 9-13 hardwoods, 5-6 Control of fungi growth on lumber, 17-6 softwoods, 5-14 Control of mold, stain, and decay, 17-4 Compreg : Convection of heat, 20-4 manufacture, 22-3 Copper arsenate, chromated : properties, table, 22-5 composition, 18-6 species used, 22-8 effectiveness as preservative, 18-7 strength properties, table, 22-6 retentions recommended for piles exposed to marine thermal expansion properties, table, 22-8 borers, 18-8 uses, 22-3, 22-8 retentions recommended for various wood products, Compressed wood, untreated (staypak) : table, 18-8 finish, 22-8 use in FPL stake tests, table, 18-10 manufacture, 22-8 uses, 18-6 properties, tables, 22-5, 22-6 Copper arsenite, ammoniacal : uses, 22-9 composition, 18-6 Compression failures : effectiveness as preservative, 18-7 causes, 4-30 retentions recommended for various wood products, description, 4-30 table, 18-8 effect on strength, 4-31 specification, 18-6 Compression wood : use in FPL stake tests, table, 18-10 definition, 4-29 Copper chromate, acid : density increase, 4-29 composition, 18-6 description, 4-30 effectiveness as preservative, table 18-8 effect on strength, 4-30 retentions recommended for various wood products, shrinkage, 3-7, 4-30 table, 18-8 Compressive strength, glued structural members, 10-6 specification, 18-6 Concrete blocks, thermal conductivity, table, 20-8 use in FPL stake tests, table, 18-10 Condensation : Copper naphthenate : effect of insulation on, 20-11 composition, 18-5 prevention in wall and roof spaces, 20-11 effect on wood properties, 18-5 prevention on surface, 20-11 use in FPL stake tests, table, 18-10 Condensation and vapor barriers, 20-10 Core configurations, sandwich panels, 12-3 Condensation in crawl spaces, 17-5 Conditioning glued joints, 9-8 Core materials : for plywood, 11-2 Conditioning green products for pressure preservative treatment, 18-13 for sandwich construction, 11-2,12-2,12-3 Core shear modulus, sandwich panels, 12-4,12-6 Conduction of heat, 20-4 Core shear stress, sandwich panels, 12-6 Conductivities, conductances and resistivities of build- Cork, thermal conductivity, table, 20-7 ing materials, table, 20-6 Corrosion-resistant nails, 16-4 Conductivity, thermal : Cotton, thermal conductivity, table, 20-7 definition, 3-19 Cottonwood : discussion, 3-19 characteristics, 1-8 insulating materials, table, 20-6 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 Conifers, description, 1-3 color and figure, table, 3-4 Connectors : decay resistance, table, 3-17 cross bolts, 7-22 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 1-6 Cottonwood continued : types: gluing properties, table, 9-2 diagonal, 4-28 locality of growth, 1-8 spiral, 4-28 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 Cross-grain cracking of paint, cause, 16-9 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 Crossties. See Ties moisture content, table, 3-6 Cuangare. See Virola nomenclature, table, 5-6 Curvature, glued structural members, 10-8 shock resistance, 1-8 Curved plywood : shrinkage, 1-8 molded plywood, 13-3 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 plywood bent after gluing, 13-3 small pores, finishing, 16-11 plywood bent and glued simultaneously, 13-2 uses, 1-8 Cutting and framing before preservative treatment, Courbaril : 18-14 characteristics, 1-26 Cutting grades, 5-2 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 Cutting sizes : decay resistance, table, 3-18 standard lengths, 5-4 locality of growth, 1-25 standard thicknesses, 5-4 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 standard widths, 5-4 nomenclature, 1-25 Dead trees : resistance to decay, 1-26 decay resistance, 4-32 strength properties, 1-26 strength, 4-32 uses, 1-26 Decay : Crabwood. See Andiroba appearance of fungi, 17-2, 17-3 Creep, 4-37 cause of, 17-2 Creosote, coal-tar : control in : advantages, 18-2 boats, wood, 17-6 control of marine borers with, 17-12 buildings, 17-5 effect on strength, 18-21, 4-39 logs, poles, piling, or ties, 17-4 effectiveness, table, 18-10 lumber, 17-4 fire hazard, 18-3 plywood, 17-6 health effect, 18-3 dry rot fungi, 17-4 odor, 18-2 effect on strength, 17-3,17-4 painting, 18-2,16-7 food of fungi, 17-2 pole treatment, 19-4 heartwood, susceptibility to, 17-4 retentions recommended for various wood products, incipient decay, appearance, 17-3 table 18-8 in stress grading, 6-3 specifications, 18-3,18-4 limitation in structural lumber, 17-3 use in FPL stake tests, table, 18-10 occurrence, 17-2 Creosote, crystal-free coal-tar : prevention of : effectiveness as preservative, 18-3 safe moisture content, 17-3 properties, 18-3 sap wood, susceptibility to, 17-2,17-3 specifications, 18-3 strength, effect on, 17-3 typical decay, appearance, 17-3 Creosote solutions : with coal-tar : Decay-producing fungi, 17-3 effect on strength, 18-21 Decay resistance : properties, 18-4 classification of species, table, 3-17 retentions recommended for various wood prod- conditions favoring decay, 3-16 ucts, table, 18-8 dead trees, 4-32 specifications, 18-8 heartwood, 3-17 toxicity, 18-4 of domestic woods, table, 3-17 with petroleum oil : of imported woods, table, 3-18 effectiveness as preservative, table, 18-10 of wood-plywood glued structural members, 10-10 oils, specification for, 18-8 piling, 19-5 properties, 18-4 poles, 19-4 retentions recommended for various wood prod- sap wood, 3-17 ucts, table, 18-8 ties, 19-6 specifications, 18-4 Decorative features of wood : toxicity, 18-4 color, table, 3-4, 3-5 Creosote, water-gas-tar, effectiveness as preservative, figure, table, 3-4, 3-5 18-3 knots, 3-3 Creosote, wood-tar, effectiveness as preservative, 18-3 luster, 3-3 Crossbanded construction. See Plywood, Sandwich con- Deflection coefficients sandwich panels, 12-5 struction Deflections in : Cross bolts, connectors, 7-22 glued structural members, 10-9,10-11,10-13 Cross grain : sandwich panels, 12-4,12-7 effect on mechanical and machining characteristics, Deflections of beams : 4-28 deflection coefficients, 8-4 effect on strength of laminated members, 10-6 limitations, 8-3 1-7 Deflections of beams continued: color and figure, table, 3-4 tapered beams, 8-3, 8-7 decay resistance, table, 3-17 wood-plywood glued structural members, 10-11 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 Degame. See Capirona elastic constants, table, 4-6 Degrade caused by insects, table, 17-7 gluing properties, table, 9-2 Degrade, seasoning : locality of growth, 1-14 amount permitted, 14-7 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 chemical brown stain, 14-7 moisture content, table, 3-6 classification, 14-7 nomenclature, table, 5-16 effect on strength, 14-7 parallel-to-grain tensile strength, table, 4-22 elimination, 14-7 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 sticker stain, 14-7 toughness values, table, 4-23 Density : used for poles, 19-2 as function of specific gravity and moisture content, uses, 1-14 table, 3-14 water tanks, used for, 3-18 effect on withdrawal resistance of nails, 7-3 Drift bolts. See Bolts, drift variation in range, 3-12 Dry-rot, 17-4 Density, criterion of strength, 6-2 Drying and conditioning wood for gluing, 9-8 Design factors affecting dimensional changes in struc- Drying degrade, 4-33 tures : Drying lumber before preservative treatment, 18-12 flooring, 14-12 Durability of glued products, 9-13 framing lumber in house construction, 14-11 Duration of stress : heavy timber construction, 14-12 effect on mechanical properties, 4-37 interior finish, 14-12 in visually graded lumber, 6-8 Diagonal grain, 4-28 Dutch elm disease, 1-8 Dielectric constant : Earlywood, description and properties, 2-4 definition, 3-22 Edge-grained lumber : factors influencing, 3-22 advantages, table, 3-3 Dielectric power factor, 3-22 method of producing, 3-2 Diffusion preservative processes, 18-19 preferred for painting, 16-2 Dimension : Edge joints, in glued structural members, 10-8 care during construction, 14-13 Edgewise bending : description and uses, 5-5 of plywood, 11-9 sizes, table, 5-12 of sandwich panels, 12-4 Dimensional change calculation based on green dimen- Edgings for sandwich panels, 12-4 sions, 14-11 Effect of decay on wood strength, 17-3 Dimensional change coefficient in domestic and im- Effect of preservative treatment on strength, 18-21 ported woods, table, 14-10 Ehie. See Benge Dimensional changes in wood items : Elastic properties of clear wood : calculation based on green dimensions, 14-11 discussion, 4-2 estimate using dimensional change coefficient, 14-9, values of : 14-11 modulus of elasticity ratios, table, 4-6 Dimensional stability : modulus of rigidity ratios, table, 4-6 of plywood, 11-3 Poisson*s ratio, 4-2 of sandwich panels : Electrical conductivity of wood, 3-22 bowing, 12-7 Electrical method to determine moisture content : deflection, 12-7 advantages, 14-3 Dimensional stabilization of wood, by resin treatment, method, 14-3 22-2 Electrical properties of wood : Dimpling of sandwich panel facings, 12-5 dielectric constant : Distribution yards, 5-16 definition, 3-23 Discontinuous rings, definition, 2-3 factors influencing, 3-23 Dogwood : dielectric properties, uses, 3-22 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 electrical resistance : gluing properties, table, 9-2 factors influencing, 3-23 Door, coefficient of heat transmission, table, 20-11 specific values, 3-22 Door plus storm door, coefficient of heat transmission, uses, 3-22 table, 20-11 power factor: Doors and stairways, design to improve fire resistance, definition, 3-23 15-7 factors influencing, 3-23 Doors, fire resistance in frame construction, 15-7 Elm: Dote. See Decay characteristics, 1-8 Double-diffusion process of preservative treatment : characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 method, 18-19 color and figure, table, 3-4 resistance to leaching, 18-19 decay resistance, table, 3-17 uses, 18-19 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 Douglas-fir : gluing properties, table, 9-2 characteristics, 1-14 large pores, finishing, 16-11 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 1^8 Elm, continued: special densified hardboard, 21-11 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 imported from, 21-10 moisture content, table, 3-6 special products from, 21-10 nomenclature, table, 5-6 Fiberboard, fire resistance of, 15-7 parallel-to-grain tensile strength, table, 4-22 Fiberboard, insulating products, 20-2 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 Fibers : uses, 1-8 description, 2-4 function, 2-4 Empty-cell process for preservative treatment, 18-15 length, 2-4 Enamels for interior finishes, 16-10 shape, 2-4 Encased knots, definition, 2-3, 4-26 Fiber saturation point : Encino. See Oak average, 3-6 End joints : definition, 3-6 effect on strength of laminated members, 10-7 Figure of wood, table, 3-4, 3-5 in glued structural members, 10-10 Fill insulation, 20-3 Fillers in finishing interior wood, 16-11, 16-12 End loading, effect of, on beams, 8-5, 8-6 Finger joints : Engineering properties of wood poles, 19-3 cutting, 9-9 Epoxy resin adhesives : in laminated members, 10-9 characteristics, preparation, and uses, table, 9-6 joint efficiency, 10-9 durability, 9-13 Finish boards : Equilibrium moisture content : grades, 5-18 definition, 3-3 recommended moisture content, table, 14-5 relative humidity as related to, table, 3-8 Finish floors : air moisture conditions for proper laying, 14-12 Erdalith. See Copper arsenate, chromated cracks, causes, 14-13 Expansion molding of compreg, 22-3 methods to prevent cracks, 14-13 Expansion, thermal, discussion, 3-21 Finished market products, 5-2, 5-5 Finishes, effectiveness for interior and exterior uses, Exterior woodwork : table, 16-6 natural finishes for : Finishes, floor : durability, 16-7 kinds, 16-12 protection from mildew, 16-7 properties, 16-12 types, 16-7 upkeep, 16-12 uncoated : choice of woods, 16-3 Finishes, interior : fastenings suitable for, 16-4 characteristics, 16-10 weathering, 16-6 design to improve fire resistance, 15-8,15-9 opaque : Extractives : enamels, 16-10 definition, 4-32 transparent : discussion, 2-5 application procedure, 16-10 effect on painting, 16-5 fillers, purpose, 16-10, 16-11,16-12 effect on strength, 4-32 preparation of surface, 16-10 species involved, 4-32 stains, purpose, 16-11, 16-12 Extruded particleboard, 21-3, 21-12, 21-13, 21-14 surface coatings, kinds and effects, 16-10 Facing materials for sandwich construction, 12-2 Finishes, natural : for exterior woodwork : Facing stresses, sandwich panels, 12-6 durability, 16-7 Facing wrinkling, sandwich panels, 12-4 protection from mildew, 16-7 Factors affecting finish performance : types, 16-7 construction details, 16-4 Finishing exterior wood : extractives and impregnated preservatives, 16-5 painting systems, 16-8 moisture-excluding effectiveness of finishes, 16-5 pigmented penetrating stains, 16-7 wood properties, 16-2 transparent coatings, 16-7 water-repellent preservatives, 16-7 Factory (shop) grades of lumber, 5-2, 5-11 weathering, 16-6 False rings, definition, 2-3 Finishing interior wood : Fastener head embedment of connectors, 7-23 floor finishes, 16-12 Fatigue strength ; opaque finishes, 16-10 affected by knots, 4-27 transparent finishes : summary of fatigue studies, table, 4-24 fillers, 16-11 sealers, 16-11 Fiber and ring orientation, 4-27 stains, 16-11 Fiberboard, building : surface coats, 16-11 classification, 21-2 Fire resistance of : density: 21-3 frame construction : hardboards: 21-8 basement ceilings, 15-7 high density, 21-9 chimneys, 15-6 medium density, 21-8 doors and stairways, 15-7 1-9 Fire resistance of, continued: grades available, 5-18 fireplaces, 15-6 moisture content recommended, table, 14-1 ñrestops, 15-6 sizes, 5-18 partitions, load-bearing, 15-7 standard match, 5-15 partitions, nonload-bearing, 15-7 Floors : shingles, 15-8 care during construction, 14-13 surface coatings and finishes, 15-8 design to improve fire resistance, 15-7 glued-laminated members, 15-4 finishes, 16-12 heavy-timber construction, 15-3 planking for flooring, moisture content, 14-12 ordinary construction, 15-5 Fluor chrome arsenate phenol : sandwich construction, 12-8 composition, 18-7 wood-plywood glued structural members, 10-10 leaching resistance, 18-5 Fire-retardant treatments for wood : retentions recommended for various wood products, coatings and surface treatments : table, 18-8 effectiveness, 15-12 use in FPL stake tests, table, 18-10 formulations, 15-12 Fomes pini, effect on strength, 17-4 kinds, 15-12 Formable cores, sandwich panels, 12-2 impregnations : Formosan termite, 17-10 absorptions required, 15-9 FPL natural finish : chemicals for, 15-9 colors obtainable, 16-7 effectiveness, 15-10 durability, 16-7 methods, 15-9 formula, 16-7 uses, 15-10 FPL sandwich test unit, 12-7 Firestops, 15-5,15-6 FPL summary of preservative treatment of stakes, Firs, true (Eastern species) : table, 18-10 characteristics, 1-14 Frame construction, fire resistance of, 15-5 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 Framing: color and figure, table, 3-4 minimizing shrinkage, 14-13 decay resistance, table, 3-17 moisture content recommended, table, 14-5 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 Freijo. See Laurel gluing properties, table, 9-2 Full-cell (Bethel) preservative process, 18-15 locality of growth, 1-14 Fungi : mechanical properties, table, 4-7 appearance of, 17-2 moisture content, table, 3-6 conditions favorable to growth, 17-2 nomenclature, table, 5-14 dry-rot fungi, 17-4 shock resistance, 1-15 food of, 17-3 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 occurrence, 17-2 uses, 1-15 Fungus damage and control : Firs, true (Western species) : control of mold, stain, and decay, 17-4 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 decay, 17-3 color and figure, table, 3-4 molds and fungus stains, 17-2 decay resistance, table, 3-17 Furniture, moisture content recommended, table, 14-5 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 General-use, rigid insulation board : gluing properties, table, 9-2 finish, 21-4 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 sizes, 21-4 moisture content, table, 3-6 Glossary, 23-1 nomenclature, table, 5-14 Glue joint quality in laminated construction, 10-7 shrinkage, 1-15 Glue shear stress, stressed-skin panels, 10-14 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 Glue stresses, wood-plywood glued structural members, strength properties, 1-15 10-12 toughness values, table, 4-23 Glued joints : uses, 1-15 durability, 9-13 Flange stresses, wood-plywood glued structural mem- in glued structural members : bers, 10-11 finger joints, 9-11 Flanged columns, 8-11 lap joints, 9-12 Flat-grained lumber : scarf joints, 9-11, 9-12 advantages, table, 3-3 types : method of producing, 3-2 end-grain surfaces, 9-11 Flat oil finishes, 16-12 end-to-side grain surfaces, 9-12 Flexible insulation : side-grain surfaces, 9-11 batt, 20-3 Glued structural members : blanket, 20-3 advantages, 10-3 Floor underlayment, use of particleboard, 21-13, 21-14 arches, 10-2,10-8 Flooring, hardwood : axial stresses, 10-10 grades available, 5-18 beam failure, 10-12 moisture content recommended, table, 14-5 bending strength, 10-4, 10-8 sizes, 5-18 butt joints, 10-7 Flooring, softwood : checks, 10-8 description, 5-18 columns, 10-10 i-io Glued structural members, continued: pressure application : compressive strength, 10-6 cold-pressing, 9-10 critical section, 10-5,10-11 hot-pressing, 9-10 cross grain, 10-3,10-5,10-6 treated wood, 9-10 curvature, 10-8 tropical woods, 9-3 curved members, 10-10 Gluing properties of different woods : deflections, 10-9,10-11,10-13 classification of species, table, 9-4 design data, 10-8,10-9 factors affecting, 9-3 dispersion of imperfections, 10-4 Gluing treated wood, 9-10 edge joints, 10-8 Gola: effective area, 10-10 characteristics, 1-26 end joints, 10-7 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 finger joints, 10-7 decay resistance, table, 3-18 fire resistance of, 15-4 locality of growth, 1-26 glue joints, 10-6,10-7 machining properties, 1-26 glued-laminated timbers, 10-2 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 glues, 10-2, 10-4 nomenclature, 1-26 history, 10-2 uses, 1-26 internal stresses, 10-3 weight, 1-26 joint efficiency, 10-7 Goncalo alves : characteristics, 1-26 joint factors, 10-6,10-7 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 joint spacing, 10-6, 10-7 decay resistance, table, 3-18 knots, 10-4,10-5 locality of growth, 1-26 lamination thickness, 10-8 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 larger sizes, 10-3 nomenclature, 1-26 moisture content, 10-10 resistance to fungus attack, 1-26 moment of inertia, 10-9 strength, 1-26 preservative treatment, 10-4 uses, 1-26 product standard, 10-7 weight, 1-26 production factors, 10-3 radial stresses, 10-9 Grade-marked lumber, purpose, 5-1 scarf joints, 10-7 Grades of lumber : scarf slope, 10-7 American lumber standards, 5-12 shakes, 10-8 factory and shop lumber, 5-2 shear test, 10-4 hardwood dimension stock, 5-h short columns, 10-10 hardwood flooring, 5-18 species, 10-4 hardwood lumber, table, 5-3 specifications, 10-4 softwood lumber, 5-9 splits, 10-8 structural lumber, 5-9 standards, 10-4 yard lumber, 5-16 stiffness, bending, 10-4,10-13 Grade-use examples for softwood lumber : strength, bending, 10-4 boards, 5-10 stresses, 10-9 dimension, 5-5 tensile strength, 10-11 factory, 5-11 torsion, 10-10 finish, 5-11 Glues for bonding wood to metal : shop lumber, 5-11 procedure for using, 9-7 Grading hardw^ood lumber : types, 9-7 dimension parts, 5-5 factory lumber, 5-2 Glues for special purposes, 9-8 finished market products, 5-5 Glues, woodworking : species graded by hardwood factory grades, 5-5 characteristics, preparation, and uses of, table : Grain and texture of wood : animal, 9-4 cross grain, effect on strength, 10-6 blood albumin, 9-4 discussion, 3-2 casein, 9-4 strength as related to slope of grain, table, 4-27 resin, 9-4 Greenheart : starch, 9-4 characteristics, 1-26 vegetable protein, 9-4 decay resistance, table, 3-18 used with fire-retardant-treated woods, 15-11 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 Gluing : locality of growth, 1-26 machining properties, 1-26 conditioning glued joints, 9-12 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 conditioning wood for, 9-8 nomenclature, 1-26 consistency of glue, 9-10 resistance to decay, 1-26 glued structural members, 10-4 shrinkage values, table, 3-11 machining lumber for, 9-9 uses, 1-27 moisture content recommended for : Greensalt. See Copper arsenate, chromated lumber, 9-8 Green wood : veneer, 9-8 average moisture content, table, 3-6 I-ll Green wood, continued: grade classification, all species, 5-2 definition, 3-6 standard lengths, 5-4 effect of heating, 3-21 standard thicknesses, table, 5-4 strength properties, table, 4-2 standard widths, 5-4 Growth rings : summary of standard grades of the National Hard- determinations of tree age by, 2-3 wood Lbr. Assn., 5-4 discontinuous, definition, 2-3 woods included, 5-5 discussion, 2-3 Hardwood lumber manufacturers associations, woods false, definition, 2-3 covered by grading rules, 5-5 Gum, classification for painting, 16-3 Hardwood lumber species : Gurjun. See Apitong grades, 5-8 Gypsum board : table, 5-6 thermal conductivity, table, 20-6 Hardwood pljrwood, 11-2 use in wood-frame construction to provide fire resis- Hardwoods : tance, 15-2 bending properties, 13-4 Gypsum fiber-concrete, thermal conductivity, table, definition, 1-3 20-8 locality of growth, 1-4 Gypsum plaster, thermal conductivity, table, 20-9 species included, 1-4 Gypsum tile, thermal conductivity, table, 20-9 uses, 1-4 Hackberry : Heartwood : characteristics, 1-8 color, 2-3, 2-4 color and figure, table, 3-4 decay resistance in different species, table, 3-18 decay resistance, table, 3-17 extractives content, 2-5 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 formation, 2-4 gluing properties, table, 9-2 mechanical properties, 6-2 large pores, finishing, 16-11 moisture content, table, 3-6 locality of growth, 1-8 requirement in stress grading, 6-2 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 resistance to chemical attack, 3-18 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 strength, 2-4 moisture content, table, 3-6 tyloses in pores, 2-4 nomenclature, table, 5-6 weight, 2-4 shock resistance, 1-9 Heat loss through doors and windows, 20-5 shrinkage, 1-9 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 Heat loss through walls, 20-5 uses, 1-9 Heat transmission, coefficient of : Handling and seasoning timber after preservative door, table, 20-11 treatment, 18-21 door plus storm door, table, 20-11 Hankinson formula, 4-27, 4-28, 7-12 double-glazed window, table, 20-11 Hardboards : ribbed-surface glass blocks, table, 20-11 fibrous : single window, table, 20-11 density range, 21-9 smooth-surface glass blocks, table, 20-11 manufacture, 21-9 Heat transfer : prefinished wall panels, 21-10 conduction, 20-4 sizes, 21-10 convection, 20-4 strength and mechanical properties, table, 21-5 radiation, 20-4 tempering process, effect, 21-9 Heavy-timber construction : uses, 21-10 description, 15-2 resin-bonded particle : fire resistance, 15-3 density range, table, 21-13 minimum sizes for, 15-2 sizes, 21-13 preventing shrinkage, 14-12 strength and physical properties, table, 21-13 specifications for construction, 15-2 uses, 21-13 Height and area limitations for fire safety, 15-5 special densified : density range, 21-11 Helically and annularly threaded nails, 7-3 strength and mechanical properties, table, 21-5 Hemicelluloses, discussion, 2-5 thicknesses, 21-11 Hemlock, eastern : uses, 21-11 characteristics, 1-15 Hardness : characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 coefficient of variability, table, 4-22 color and figure, table, 3-4 definition, 4-3 decay resistance, table, 3-17 specific gravity as related to, table, 4-25 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 values, table, 4-7 locality of growth, 1-15 Hardwood dimension stock, grade, 5-5 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 Hardwood flooring, grades : moisture content, table, 3-6 Maple Flooring Mfgrs. Assoc, 5-5 nomenclature, table, 5-14 National Oak Flooring Mfgrs. Assoc, rules, 5-5 shock resistance, 1-15 Hardwood grading associations, list, 5-8 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 Hardwood lumber grading : toughness values, table, 4-23 description of standard hardwood grades, table, 5-3 uses, 1-15 1-12 Hemlock, western: shock resistance, 1-9 characteristics, 1-15 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 uses, 1-9 color and figure, table, 3-4 Honeycomb cores for sandwich panels, 12-2 decay resistance, table, 3-17 Honeylocust: dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 color and figure, table, 3-4 gluing properties, table, 9-2 decay resistance, table, 3-17 locality of growth, 1-15 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 locality of growth, 1-9 moisture content, table, 3-6 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 nomenclature, table, 5-14 nomenclature, table, 5-6 shock resistance, 1-15 shock resistance, 1-9 shrinkage, 1-15 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 uses, 1-9 toughness values, table, 4-23 Hot-and-cold bath preservative treatment, 18-19 uses, 1-15 Hot-press glues, 9-10 Hot-pressed plywood panels, 11-4 Hickory, pecan : I-beams, 10-10, 10-12 characteristics, 1-9 Identification of wood, 2-6 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 color and figure, table, 3-4 Ilomba : decay resistance, table, 3-17 characteristics, 1-27 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 locality of growth, 1-27 gluing properties, table, 9-2 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 large pores, finishing, 16-11 nomenclature, 1-27 locality of growth, 1-9 uses, 1-27 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 weight, 1-27 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 Imported woods : moisture content, table, 3-6 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 nomenclature, table, 5-6 decay resistance groupings, table, 3-18 shrinkage, 1-9 gluing tropical woods, 9-3 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 machining, 3-16 uses, 1-9 shrinkage, table, 3-11 Impact bending, height of drop causing complete fail- Hickory, true : ure: characteristics, 1-9 coefficient of variability, table, 4-22 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 values, table, 4-7 color and figure, table, 3-4 decay resistance, table, 3-17 Impreg : dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 manufacture, 22-2 gluing properties, table, 9-2 properties, table, 22-4 strength properties, table, 22-6 large pores, 16-11 thermal expansion properties, table, 22-8 locality of growth, 1-9 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 uses, 22-2 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 Improving fire resistance through design : moisture content, table, 3-6 around chimneys and fireplaces, 15-6 nomenclature, table, 5-6 basement ceilings, 15-7 shrinkage, 1-9 doors and stairways, 15-7 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 firestops, 15-6 toughness values, table, 4-23 floors, 15-7 uses, 1-9 interior finishes, 15-8 partitions, 15-7 High-density hardboard : roof coverings, 15-8 density range, 21-9 Incising for preservative treatment : manufacture, 21-9 effect on penetration, 18-13 service-quality, 21-9 method, 18-13 sizes, 21-10 poles, 18-13 standard, 21-9 purpose, 18-13 strength and mechanical properties, table, 21-5 species requiring, 18-13 tempered, 21-9 Industrial clear lumber, 5-11 uses, 21-10 Insect damage and control : High-density particleboard, 21-15 beetles, 17-8 High-frequency drying, 14-6 carpenter ants, 17-11 High-temperature-setting, glued joints, durability, 9-13 common types of degrade, table, 17-7 effect on strength, 4-40 Holly, American: naturally termite-resistant wood, 17-11 characteristics, 1-9 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 termites, 17-9 Inspection of timber before preservative treatment, locality of growth, 1-9 machineability, 1-9 18-12 nomenclature, table, 5-6 Insulating board, nonstructural, 20-2 1-13 Insulating board, structural : types: building boards, 21-4 intermediate density, 21-7 ceiling tile and lay-in panels, 21-6 nail-base, 21-7 insulating formboard, 21-8 regular density, 21-7 insulating roof deck, 21-5 shingle backer : plank, 21-6 fasteners used, 21-7 roof insulation, 21-5 size, 21-7 sheathing, 21-7 use, 21-7 shingle backer, 21-7 sound-deadening board : sound-deadening board, 21-8 application, 21-8 wallboard, 21-4 purpose, 21-8 Insulating formboard : size, 21-8 description, 21-8 Insulation board, semirigid : sizes, 21-8 heat-flow characteristics, 21-4 stiffness, 21-8 manufacture, 21-4 uses, 21-8 sizes, 21-4 Insulating materials : stiffness and strength, 21-4 batt, 20-3 strength and physical properties, table, 21-5 blanket, 20-S thermal conductivity, 21-4 fill insulation, 20-3 uses, 21-4 flexible insulation, 20-3 Insulation board, structural : miscellaneous insulation, 20-3 sizes, 21-4 reflective insulation, 20-3 strength and mechanical properties, table, 21-12 rigid nonstructural (slab), 20-2 types : rigid structural (fiberboard), 20-2 rigid, 21-6 thermal conductivity, table, 20-6 semirigid, 21-4 Insulating roof deck : uses, 21-4 description, 21-5 Intercoat peeling of paint, 16-9,16-10 sizes, 21-5 Intergrown knots, 2-3, 4-26 thermal conductance factors, 21-5 Interior finishes : uses, 21-5 characteristics, 16-10 Insulation board, rigid : effectiveness as moisture-excluding coatings, 16-6 types : opaque : ceiling tile and lay-in panels enamels, characteristics, 16-10 acoustical properties, 21-6 preparation of surface, 16-10 finish, 21-6 transparent : fire resistance of, 21-6 fillers, purpose, 16-11 sizes, 21-6 stains, purpose, 16-11 surface coatings, kinds and effects, 16-11 general purpose board : building board : 21-4 Interior woodwork : finish, 21-4 moisture content recommended, table, 14-5 size, 21-4 Interlocked grain, in imported species, 3-16 wallboard : Internal friction, 4-4 finish, 21-4 Internal stresses, glued structural members, 10-3 size, 21-4 Ipe. See Lapacho insulating formback : Ishpingo : sizes, 21-8 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 use, 21-8 shrinkage values, table, 3-11 insulating roof deck : Jacaranda. See Rosewood, Brazilian manufacture, 21-5 Jarrah: sizes, 21-5 characteristics, 1-27 thermal conductance factors, 21-5 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 uses, 21-5 decay resistance, table, 3-18 vapor barrier membrane, 21-5 locality of growth, 1-27 machining properties, 1-27 plank : mechanical properties, table, 4-17 density, 21-6 nomenclature, 1-27 finish, 21-6 resistance to termites, 1-27 manufacture, 21-6 uses, 1-27 roof insulation : weight, 1-27 conductance, 21-5 Jelutong: cost, 21-5 characteristics, 1-27 manufacture, 21-5 decay resistance, table, 3-18 size, 21-5 locality of growth, 1-27 sheathing : mechanical properties, table, 4-17 application, 21-7 nomenclature, 1-27 sizes, 21-7 uses, 1-27 thermal resistance values, 21-7 weight, 1-27 1-14 Joints, glued : intergrown knots, 2-3, 4-26 durability, 9-13 types 4-26 in laminated members, 10-4 Kokrodua : types : characteristics, 1-28 end-butt joints, 9-11 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 finger, 9-11 decay resistance, table, 3-18 lap joints, 9-12 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 plain joints, 9-11 locality of growth, 1-28 scarf joints, 9-11 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 tongued-and-grooved, 9-11 nomenclature, 1-28 Joints, glued structural members : resistance to decay, 1-28 efficiency, 10-6,10-7 shrinkage values, table, 3-11 factors, 10-6,10-7 uses, 1-28 spacing, 10-6,10-7 weight, 1-28 Joints, toenailed, strength of, 7-5 Korina. See Limba Joist hangars, shrinkage as related to, 14-12 Krabak. See Mersawa Juvenile wood, shrinkage of, 3-7 Lacquers, 16-11, 16-12 Kapur: Lag screws. See Screws, lag characteristics, 1-27 Laminated members, curved : characteristics, affecting machining, table, 3-16 advantages, 13-2 decay resistance, table, 3-18 design, 10-9 locality of growth, 1-27 methods of producing, 13-2 machining properties, 1-28 species, choice of 10-4,13-2 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 uses, 13-2 nomenclature, 1-27 Laminated members, glued. See Glued structural mem- strength properties, 1-28 bers uses, 1-28 Laminated paperboards : weight, 1-28 classification, 21-12 Karri : density, 21-12 characteristics affecting machining, fable, 3-16 interior, 21-12 decay resistance, table, 3-18 manufacture, 21-12 locality of growth, 1-28 sizes, 21-12 machining properties, 1-28 strength and mechanical properties, table, 21-12 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 uses, 21-12 nomenclature, 1-28 weather-resistant, 21-12 uses, 1-28 Laminated timbers : weight, 1-28 fire resistance of, 15-4 Keruing. See Apitong moisture content recommended, table, 14-5 Khaya: Lamination thickness, glued structural members, 10-8 characteristics, 1-28 Lapacho : characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 characteristics, 1-28 decay resistance, table, 3-18 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 decay resistance, table, 3-18 large pores, finishing, 16-11 locality of growth, 1-28 locality of growth, 1-28 machining properties, 1-29 machining properties, 1-28 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 nomenclature, 1-28 nomenclature, 1-28 resistance to decay, 1-29 resistance to decay, 1-28 uses, 1-29 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 weight, 1-29 uses, 1-28 Lap joints, 9-12 Kiln drying: Larch, western : advantages, 14-6 characteristics, 1-16 before preservative treatment, 18-13 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 temperatures used, 14-6 color and figure, table, 3-4 Kiln-dried lumber, moisture content range, 14-4, 14-8 decay resistance, table, 3-17 Knots : dimensional change coefficient table, 14-10 definition, 4-2 gluing properties, table, 9-2 effect on bending strength and stiffness of laminated locality of growth, 1-16 members, 10-5 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 effect on compressive strength of laminated members, moisture content, table, 3-6 10-6 nomenclature, table, 5-14 effect on fatigue strength, 4-38 parallel-to-grain tensile strength, table, 4-22 effect on tensile strength of laminated members, shock resistance, 1-16 10-6 shrinkage, 1-16 encased knots (loose), 2-3, 4-2 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 in glued structural members, 10-5 toughness values, table, 4-23 in lumber stress grades, 6-3 uses, 1-16 1-15 Lateral buckling: decay resistance, table, 3-17 of beams, 8-8 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 of wood-plywood glued structural members, 10-12 locality of growth, 1-10 Lateral load constants of wood screws, table, 7-6 . mechanical properties, table, 4-7 Lateral resistance of : nomenclature, table, 5-6 nails, 7-7 shock resistance, 1-10 wood screws, 7-11 shrinkage, 1-10 Lateral support rigidity of beams, 8-9 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 Latewood, description and properties, 2-4 uses, 1-10 Latex paints, 16-5,16-6,16-8,16-9 Lodgepole pine, used for poles, 19-2,19-3 Lauans : Logs, control of molds, stains, decay, 17-4 characteristics, 1-29 Long columns : characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 effect of knots on strength, 4-27 decay resistance, 1-29 Longitudinal shrinkage of wood, 3-7 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 Loose knots, definition, 2-3 drying properties, 1-29 Low-density particleboard, 21-13 large pores, finishing, 16-11 Lowry process for preservative treatment, 18-17 locality of growth, 1-29 Low temperatures, effect on glues, 9-13 machining properties, 1-29 Lumber : mechanical properties, table, 4-17 care during construction, 14-12 nomenclature, 1-29 commercial names, table, 5-6, 5-14 shrinkage values, table, 3-11 control of molds, stains, decay : uses, 1-29 antiseptic solutions 17-4,17-5 Laurel : seasoning practices, 17-2 characteristics, 1-29 distribution, 5-16 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 moisture content recommended, table, 14-5 decay resistance, table, 3-18 purchasing, 5-16 locality of growth, 1-29 standard abbreviations, 5-20 machining properties, 1-30 standard patterns, 5-13 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 storage in yards, 17-5 nomenclature, 1-29 Lumber for remanufacture, 5-10 resistance to decay, 1-30 Lumber for stress-graded construction, 5-9 uses, 1-30 Lumber in nonstress-graded construction, 5-9 Lay-in ceiling panels, 21-6 Lupuna: Life of : characteristics, 1-30 poles, 19-4 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 ties, 19-6 decay resistance, table, 3-18 Light-frame construction, fire resistance of, 15-5 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 Lignin, discussion, 2-5 locality of growth, 1-30 Lignin-filled paper-base plastic laminates : mechanical properties, table, 4-17 manufacture, 22-11 nomenclature, 1-30 strength properties, 22-11 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 Lignumvitae : uses, 1-30 characteristics, 1-30 Lyctus beetles, 17-8 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 Machining lumber for g|luing, 9-9 decay resistance, table, 3-18 Machining of wood : locality of growth, 1-30 after fire-re tardant treatment, 15-11 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 before preservative treatment, 18-13 nomenclature, 1-30 characteristics of imported woods that affect ma- uses, 1-30 chining, table, 3-16 Limba : of domestic woods, table, 3-15 characteristics, 1-30 Madrone, Pacific : characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 decay resistance, table, 3-18 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 dimensional change coefficient, table, 4-11 Magnolia : locality of growth, 1-30 characteristics, 1-10 machining properties, 1-30 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 color and figure, table, 3-4 nomenclature, 1-30 decay resistance, table, 3-17 resistance to decay, 1-30 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 shrinkage, 1-30 gluing properties, table, 9-2 shrinkage values, table, 3-11 locality of growth, 1-10 uses, 1-30 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 Limnorid and Sphaeroma: mechanical properties, table, 4-7 treatment with preservatives, 17-12,18-5 moisture content, table, 3-6 Locust, black : nomenclature, table, 5-6 characteristics, 1-10 shock resistance, 1-10 color and figure, table, 3-4 shrinkage, 1-10 decay resistance, 1-10 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 1-16 Magnolia, continued: insect damage, 4-40 small pores, finishing, 16-11 molding and staining fungi, 4-39 uses, 1-10 nuclear radiation, 4-39 Mahogany, African. See Khaya temperature, 4-34 Mahogany, Philippine. See Lauans time, 4-36 Mahogany (Swietenia macrophylla) : coefficient of variation, table, 4-7 characteristics, 1-31 of Canadian woods imported to U.S. table, 4-15 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 of Canadian woods imported to U.S., table in metric locality of growth, 1-30 units, 4-49 machining properties, 1-31 of domestic woods, table, 4-7 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 of domestic woods, table in metric units, 4-41 nomenclature, 1-30 of woods imported to the U.S., table, 4-17 uses, 1-31 of woods imported to the U.S., table in metric units, weight, 1-31 4-51 relation of mechanical properties to specific gravity, Manufacture of sandwich panels, 12-3 table, 4-25 Maple : Medium-density hardboard : characteristics, 1-10 dimensional stability, 21-9 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 finish for, 21-8 color and figure, table, 3-4 manufacture, 21-8 decay resistance, table, 3-17 sizes, 21-8 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 strength and mechanical properties, table, 21-5 gluing properties, table, 9-2 uses, 21-8 locality of growth, 1-10 Medium-density particleboard, 21-14 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 Melamine resin glues, characteristics, preparation, and mechanical properties, table, 4-7 uses of, table, 9-5 moisture content, table, 3-6 Meranti : nomenclature, table, 5-7 shock resistance, 1-10 characteristics, 1-31 shrinkage, 1-10 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 decay resistance, table, 3-18 small pores, finishing, 16-11 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 toughness values, table, 4-23 locality of growth, 1-31 uses, 1-10_ mechanical properties, table, 4-17 nomenclature, 1-31 Maple Flooring Mfgrs. Assoc, grading rules, 5-5 uses, 1-31 Marine borer damage and control : weight, 1-31 Limnoria and Sphaeroma, 17-12 PholadSy 17-12 Mersawa : protection of boats, 17-6 characteristics, 1-31 protection of structures, 17-13 locality of growth, 1-31 resistance to marine borers, 17-11 machining properties, 1-31 ship worms, 17-11 nomenclature, 1-31 Marine borers : resistance to termites, 1-31 uses, 1-31 attack, rapidity, 17-11 boats, wood, control on, 17-13,17-14 weight, 1-31 Metal bonding, 9-7 creosote treatment for protection against : life expected of treated wood, 17-13 Metric unit tables, 4-41 retentions required, 17-13 Mineral streaks : geographical distribution, 17-11 description, 4-32 Limnoriay damage by, 17-12 effect on strength, 4-32 Pholddsy damage by, 17-12 species involved, 4-32 mechanical protection of piling, 17-13 Minerals, ash forming, 1-2 resistance of woods to, 17-12 Minimum weight, sandwich panels, 12-7 ship worms, damage by, 17-11 Modified woods : Sphaeroma, 17-12 compreg, 22-3 Masonry, thermal conductivity, table, 20-8 impreg, 22-2 Mastic adhesives, characteristics, preparation, and properties, table, 22-4 uses of, table, 9-6 staypak, 22-8 Mayapis. See Lauans polyethylene-glycol (PEG), 22-9 Mayflower. See Apamate wood-plastic combination, 22-16 Mechanical grading, 6-5 Modulus of elasticity : Mechanical properties of wood definition, 4-2 affected by : of plywood, 11-6, 11-7,11-9 age, 4-38 of visually graded lumber, 6-5, 6-7 changes in moisture content, 4-34 values, table, 4-6 chemicals, 4-38 Modulus of rigidity: decay, 4-39 discussion, 4-3 duration of stress, 4-37 of plywood, 11-8 fatigue, 4-38 ratios, table, 4-6 1-17 Modulus of rupture : depth of penetration, 7-7 in bending, 4-2 direction of driving, effect of, 7-7 of beams, 8-6 edge distance, 7-7 Moisture, effect on allowable properties, 6-8 end distance, 7-7 Moisture content : formula for, empirical, 7-6 before gluing, 9-8 formula for, theoretical, 7-7 definition, 3-3,14-2 lateral load constants, table, 7-7 determined by : moisture content, effect of, 7-7 electrical method, 14-3 shank form, effect of, 7-8 ovendrying method, 14-2,14-3 thickness of joint members, 7-7 effect on lateral resistance of nails, 7-3, 7-7, 7-19 recommended for siding, 16-5 equilibrium : sizes : discussion, 3-7 box, table, 7-3 relative humidity as related to, table, 3-8 common, table, 7-3 green wood, table, 3-6 helically and annularly threaded, 7-3 heartwood, table, 3-6 toenailed joints, strength of, 7-5 in glued-laminated construction, 10-3 withdrawal resistance : range in trees, 3-3 allowable loads, 7-6 recommended for : clinched nails, 7-5 cold-pressed plywood, table, 14-5 density of wood, effect of, 7-3 exterior siding, table, 14-5 direction of driving, 7-5, 7-7 finish lumber, 14-3 formula for, 7-6 flooring, table, 14-5 moisture content, effect of, 7-3 framing, table, 14-5 nail composition, effect of, 7-2 furniture, table, 14-5 nail diameter, effect of, 7-2 interior woodwork, 14-5 nail leads, effect of, 7-2 laminated timbers, table, 14-5 nail points, effect of, 7-4 lumber, 14-4 plywood, 7-6 lumber for gluing, 14-4 prebored lead holes, effect of, 7-5 plywood, table, 14-5 shank form, effect of, 7-4 sheathing, table, 14-5 surface coatings, effect of, 7-3 timbers, 14-3 surface roughing, effect of, 7-3 trim, exterior, table, 14-5 National grading rule, 6-10 veneer, 14-4 National Oak Flooring Mfgrs. Assn. grading rules, 5-5 sapwood, table, 3-6 Natural finishes for exterior woodwork : seasoned lumber, 14-4,14-6,14-7 durability, 16-7 shrinkage as related to, 3-7 protection from mildew, 16-7 Moisture content of seasoned lumber : types, 16-7 air-dry, 14-7 Natural weathering of wood, treatment with water- kiln dry, 14-8 repellent finishes, 16-7 shipping dry, 14-7 Naturally termite-resistant woods, 17-11 Moisture content during transit and storage : Nogal : finish and factory items, 14-8 characteristics, 1-32 sheathing "structural", 14-8 dimensional change coefficient, table 14-11 Moisture-excluding effectiveness of finishes, table, 16-6 drying properties, 1-32 Molded plywood, 13-5 locality of growth, 1-32 Molds and stains : nomenclature, 1-32 appearance of, 17-2 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 cause of, 17-2,17-3 Nomenclature, table, 5-6 control in : Nonpressure preservative processes, 18-18 buildings, 17-5 Nonstress-graded lumber, American Standard lumber logs, poles, piling, or ties, 17-4 sizes, table, 5-5 lumber, 17-4 Nonsubterranean termites, 17-10 plywood, 17-6 Northern and Appalachian hardwoods, list, 1-4 rate of growth, 17-2 Northern softwoods, list, 1-4 strength of wood, effect on, 4-39,17-3 Notches and holes, effect of on beams, 8-3, 8-6 use of stained and molded wood, 17-3 Nuclear radiation : Moments of inertia : discussion, 3-23 of beams, 8-3 effect on strength, 4-39 of glued structural members, 8-9 Oak, Mexico and Central America : Multiple connectors, 7-21 locality of growth, 1-32 Nailing: mechanical properties, table, 4-17 bevel siding, 16-5 nomenclature, 1-32 board-and-batten siding, 16-5 uses, 1-32 shiplap siding, 16-5 weight, 1-32 tongued-and-grooved siding, 16-5 Oak, red and white : Nails : characteristics, 1-11 lateral resistance : characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 allowable loads, 7-8 color and figure, table, 3-4 1-18 Oak, red and white, continued: discoloration : decay resistance, table, 3-17 causes, 16-5,16-9,16-10, dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 prevention, 16-5,16-9,16-10 gluing properties, table, 9-4 filler for porous hardwoods, 16-11,16-12 large pores, finishing, 16-11 fire resistance, 15-11,15-12 locality of growth, 1-10 moisture excluding coatings, effectiveness, table, machining and related properties, table, 3-15 16-6 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 plywood, painting characteristics of, 16-2 moisture content, table, 3-6 preservatives as affecting, 16-5 nomenclature, table, 5-7 priming paints, 16-8 shrinkage, 1-11 repainting, 16-9 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 water-repellant-preservative treatment, 16-7 toughness values, table, 4-23 weathering, prevention with, 16-7 uses, 1-11 Palosapis. See Mersawa weight, 1-11 Paper-base laminates : Obeche : decorative overlays : characteristics, 1-32 resins for, 22-11 characteristics affected by machining, table, 3-16 typical assembly, 22-12 decay resistance, table, 3-18 uses, 22-12 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 high-strength (papreg) : locality of growth, 1-32 experimental floor, 22-9 machining properties, 1-32 properties, tables, 22-6, 22-8 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 resins for manufacture, 22-10 nomenclature, 1-32 uses, 22-10, 22-11 resistance to decay, 1-32 lignin-filled : seasoning properties, 1-32 manufacture, 22-11 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 properties, 22-11 uses, 1-32 masking overlays : application to plywood, 22-11 Okoume : characteristics, 1-32 resin content, 22-12 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 structural overlays, 22-11 dimensional change coefficient, table, 3-18 uses, 22-12 locality of growth, 1-32 Paper-faced overlays : mechanical properties, table, 4-17 manufacture, 22-11, 22-12 nomenclature, 1-32 types : shrinkage values, table, 3-9 décoratives, 22-11 uses, 1-33 masking, 22-11 Old house borer, 17-8 structural, 22-11 Opaque finishes, 16-11 uses, 22-12 Ordinary construction : Papreg : code requirements for fire protection, 15-5 manufacture, 22-9 description, 15-5 shrinking and swelling properties, table, 22-11 Organizations promulgating softwood grades, table, strength properties, table, 22-6 5-15 thermal expansion properties, table, 22-8 Orthotropic nature of wood, 4-2 uses, 22-10, 22-11 0sage-orange : Parana pine : decay resistance, table, 3-17 characteristics, 1-33 gluing properties, table, 9-2 decay resistance, table, 3-18 nomenclature, table, 5-7 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 Osmosalts, 18-7 locality of growth, 1-33 Ovendrying to determine moisture content : mechanical properties, table, 4-17 disadvantages, 14-2 nomenclature, 1-33 method, 14-2 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 Overlays, 11-3 strength values, 1-33 Pacific yew, nomenclature, table, 5-14 uses, 1-33 Painting porches and decks, 16-9 Parenchyma cells, function, 2-5 Paints : Particleboard : advantages, 16-8 as core in builtup constructions, 21-13 application : description, 21-13 coating thickness for best service, 16-8 extruded : number of coats, 16-8 tendency to swell, 21-12 temperature, effect, 16-9 uses, 21-12 time interval between coats, 16-8,16-9 zone of weakness, 21-12 blistering of coating : properties of, 21-15 blister-resisting paints, 16-4,16-9 properties of, table, 21-13 characteristics, 16-8 sizes, 21-13 classification of hardwoods for painting, 16-3 types : classification of softwoods for painting, 16-3 high density, 21-15 cross-grain cracking, cause, 16-9 low density, 21-13 1-19 Particleboard, continued: decay resistance, 19-5 medium density, 21-14 driving as affected by seasoning, 19-5 use as floor underlayment, 21-13, 21^14 eccentric loading, reduction in strength, 19-5 uses, 21-13 knots, effect on strength, 4-27 Partitions, fire resistance of: species used, 19-5 design to improve fire resistance, 15-7 specifications, 19-5 load-bearing wood frame, 15-7 treatment recommendations, 19-6 nonbearing wood, 15-7 Pine, Caribbean : Pau marfim : characteristics, 1-34 characteristics, 1-33 drying properties, 1-34 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 locality of growth, 1-34 locality of growth, 1-33 machining properties, 1-34 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 nomenclature, 1-34 nomenclature, 1-33 uses, 1-34 resistance to decay, 1-33 Pine, eastern white : strength values, 1-33 characteristics, 1-16 uses, 1-33 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 Pecan. See Hickory, pecan color and figure, table, 3-4 Pecky cypress, 1-14 decay resistance, table, 3-17 Peeling lumber prior to preservative treating, 18-12 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 Peeling of paint coatings, 16-10 gluing properties, table, 9-2 Penetration of preservative. See Preservatives locality of growth, 1-16 Pentachlorophenol : machineability, 1-16 composition, 18-4 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 crystal formation, prevention of, 18-4 nomenclature, table, 5-14 effect on properties of wood, 18-4 parallel-to-grain tensile strength, table, 4-22 effect on strength, 18-21 shock resistance, 1-16 health effect, 18-4 shrinkage, 1-16 ineffective against marine borers, 18-4 shrinkage values, table, 3-10 paintability, 16-5 toughness values, table, 4-23 retentions recommended for various wood products, uses, 1-16 table, 18-8 Pine, jack: specifications, 18-4 characteristics, 1-16 use in FPL stake tests, table, 18-10 decay resistance, table, 3-17 uses, 18-4 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 Peroba de campos : locality of growth, 1-16 characteristics, 1-33 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 nomenclature, table, 5-14 decay resistance, table, 3-18 shock resistance, 1-16 locality of growth, 1-33 shrinkage, 1-16 machining properties, 1-33 toughness values, table, 4-23 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 uses, 1-16 nomenclature, 1-33 weight, 1-16 resistance to decay, 1-34 uses, 1-34 Pine, lodgepole : Persimmon : characteristics, 1-17 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 color and figure, table, 3-4 gluing properties, table, 9-2 decay resistance, table, 3-17 nomenclature, table, 5-7 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 locality of growth, 1-17 Peterebi. See Laurel machineability, 1-17 Petroleum oils, effect on mechanical properties, 4-38, mechanical properties, table, 4-7 18-21 moisture content, table, 3-6 Phenol-formaldehyde resins used in manufacture of nomenclature, table, 5-14 particleboard, 21-2, 21-14 shock resistance, 1-17 Phenol-resin glues, characteristics, preparation, and shrinkage, 1-17 uses of, table, 9-5 shrinkage values, table, 3-10 Phenol-resorcinol resin glues, characteristics, prepara- toughness values, table, 4-23 tion, and uses of, table, 9-5 used for poles, 19-2 Pholads, 17-12 uses, 1-17 Physical properties of wood, 3-2 Pine, ocote : Pigmented penetrating stains : characteristics, 1-34 durability, 16-7 locality of growth, 1-34 for finishing exterior wood, 16-7 machining properties, 1-34 FPL natural finish, 16-7 nomenclature, 1-34 Piling: resistance to decay, 1-34 bearing loads for, 19-5 strength properties, 1-34 control of marine borers, 19-6 uses, 1-34 control of molds, stains, decay, 17-13 weight, 1-34 1-20 Pine, pitch : locality of growth, 1-18 characteristics, 1-17 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 decay resistance, table, 3-17 nomenclature, table, 5-14 locality of growth, 1-17 uses, 1-18 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 Pine, sugar : nomenclature, table, 5-14 characteristics, 1-19 shock resistance, 1-17 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 shrinkage, 1-17 color and figure, table, 3-4 uses, 1-17 decay resistance, table, 3-17 Pine, pond : dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 characteristics, 1-17 locality of growth, 1-19 decay resistance, table machineability, 1-19 locality of growth, 1-17 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 moisture content, table, 3-6 nomenclature, 5-14 nomenclature, table, 5-14 shock resistance, 1-17 shock resistance, 1-19 shrinkage, 1-17 shrinkage, 1-19 uses, 1-17 shrinkage values, table, 3-10 Pine, ponderosa : uses, 1-19 characteristics, 1-17 Pine, Virginia : characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 characteristics, 1-19 color and figure, table, 3-4 decay resistance, table, 3-17 decay resistance, table, 3-17 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 locality of growth, 1-19 gluing properties, table, 9-2 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 locality of growth, 1-17 nomenclature, table, 5-14 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 parallel-to-grain tensile strength, table, 4-22 moisture content, table, 3-6 shock resistance, 1-19 nomenclature, table, 5-14 shrinkage, 1-19 shock resistance, 1-17 toughness values, table, 4-23 shrinkage, 1-17 uses, 1-19 shrinkage values, table, 3-10 Pine, western white : toughness values, table, 4-23 characteristics, 1-19 uses, 1-17 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 Pine, red : color and figure, table, 3-4 characteristics, 1-17 decay resistance, table, 3-17 color and figure, table, 3-4 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 decay resistance, table, 3-17 locality of growth, 1-19 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 locality of growth, 1-17 moisture content, table, 3-6 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 nomenclature, table, 5-14 moisture content, table, 3-6 shock resistance, 1-19 nomenclature, table, 5-14 shrinkage, 1-19 parallel-to-grain tensile strength, table, 4-22 shrinkage values, table, 3-10 shock resistance, 1-17 uses, 1-19 shrinkage, 1-18 Pitch pockets : shrinkage values, table, 3-10 description, 4-31 toughness values, table, 4-23 effect on strength, 4-31 uses, 1-18 in lumber stress grading, 6-3 Pine, southern : species involved, 4-31 characteristics, 1-18 Pith, 2-3 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 Plainsawed lumber : color and figure, table, 3-4 advantages, table, 3-3 decay resistance, table, 3-17 method of producing, 3-2 gluing properties, table, 9-2 Planing properties of hardwoods, table, 3-15 locality of growth, 1-18 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 Plank, insulating board : moisture content, table, 3-6 density, 21-6 nomenclature, table, 5-14 description, 21-6 shock resistance, 1-18 uses, 21-6 shrinkage, 1-18 Plastering, 14-14 shrinkage values, table, 3-10 Plate buckling, sandwich panels, 12-5,12-6 used for poles, 19-2 Plywood : uses, 1-18 backs, 11-2 water tanks, use for, 3-18 bending strength : weight, 1-18 bending moment, 11-11 Pine, spruce : plywood joints, 11-11 characteristics, 1-18 rolling shear, 11-11 decay resistance, table, 3-17 stressed-skin construction, 11-11 1-21 Plywood, continued: Poisson's ratio : centers, 11-2 discussion, 4-3 cores, 11-2 values, table, 4-6 dimensional stability : Poles : cold-pressed, 11-4 characteristics relating to : contraction, 11-5 cedar, 19-2 expansion, 11-5 Douglas-fir, 19-2 grain type, 11-4 lodgepole pine, 19-2,19-3 hot-pressed, 11-4 ponderosa pine, 19-3 lumber core, 11-4 southern yellow pine, 19-3 ply arrangement, 11-3,11-4 western larch, 19-3 ply quality, 11-3, 11-4 knots, effect on strength, 4-27 shrinkage, 11-4,11-5 life of, 19-4 swelling, 11-4,11-5 preservative treatment : twisting, 11-4,11-5 bleeding incident to, 19-4 warping, 11-3 butt, 19-4 edgewise bending: coal-tar creosote, 19-4 beam webs, 11-9 full length, 19-4 buckling, 11-9 incising preparatory to, 19-4 edgewise compression : specifications, 19-4 buckling, 11-7 waterborne preservatives, 19-4 modulus of elasticity, 11-6 species selection, 19-2, 19-3 rotary-cut veneer, 11-6 stress ratings, 19-3 strength, 11-6 treatment to stop decay in standing, 19-4 edgewise shear : weight and volume, 19-3 buckling, 11-8 Polyethylene-glycol (PEG) treated wood: manufacture, 22-9 core gaps, 11-8 uses, 22-9 modulus of rigidity, 11-8 strength, 11-8 Polyporus schweinitziiy effect on strength, 17-4 edgewise tension : Polyvinyl-resin-emulsion glues, characteristics, prep- modulus of elasticity, 11-7 aration, and uses of, table, 9-5 strength, 11-7 Powder-post beetles, 17-8 faces, 11-2 Preparing timber for preservative treatment: conditioning green products for pressure treatment, flexure : 18-13 deflections, 11-9 cutting and framing, 18-14 modulus of elasticity, 11-9 drying, 18-12 moment of inertia, 11-9 incising, 18-13 plywood plates, 11-9 peeling, 18-12 grades : vapor drying, 18-13 hardwood, 11-2 Preparing veneer for gluing, 9-12 softwood, 11-2 Preservative dipping treatments, 18-18 moisture content recommended, table, 14-5 Preservative effectiveness : plies, 11-2 penetrability of different species, table, 18-8 product standard, 11-2 recommended preservatives and minimum retentions, properties, 11-2 table, 18-10 special plywood : Preservative oils, 18-2 curved plywood, 11-3 Preservative penetration and retention, 18-8,18-10 ñnished plywood, 11-3 Preservative-treated lumber : overlays, 11-3 cut surfaces, protection of, 18-21 plywood joints, 11-3 handling, 18-21 scarfed plywood, 11-3 inspection for : treated plywood, 11-3 penetration, 18-22 speciñcations, 11-3 retention, 18-22 structural design : seasoning required 18-21,18-22 formulas, 11-6 strength as affected by preservatives, 18-21 stiffness, 11-5 Preservative treating : strength, 11-6 conditions and specifications, 18-8 stresses, 11-5 pressures, 18-17 Plywood curved members : specifications, 18-17 bent after gluing, procedure for, 13-3 temperatures, 18-17 bent and glued simultaneously: Preservative treatment : advantages, 13-2 laminated members, 10-4 procedure for, 13-2 piling, 19-6 hot-soaked plywood, 13-4 poles, 19-4 molded by fluid pressure, 13-3 ties, 19-7 post-formed to compound curvatures, 13-4 Preservative treatment, preparing for : Plywood-faced panels, fire resistance of, 15-5 conditioning green lumber, 18-13 Plywood specifications, 11-2 Boulton or boiling-under-vacuum process, 18-13 1-22 Preservation treatment, preparing for, continued: retentions recommended for various wood prod- steaming-and-vacuum process, 18-13 ucts, table, 18-8 vapor-drying process, 18-13 use in FPL stake tests, table, 18-10 cutting and framing, 18-14 copper chromate, acid : incising : composition, 18-6 method, 18-13 effectiveness, table, 18-8 purpose, 18-13 retentions recommended for various wood prod- species requiring, 18-13 ucts, table, 18-8 peeling, purpose, 18-12 specification, 18-6 seasoning : use in FPL stake tests, table, 18-10 air-drying practices, 18-12 copper-containing, control of marine borers with, preventing decay and seasoning degrade, 18-12 17-13 purpose, 18-12 copper-8-quinolinolate use in FPL stake tests, table, Preservative treatments, nonpressure 18-10 Boucherie process for green unpeeled poles, 18-21 creosote, coal-tar : brushing or spraying : advantages, 18-2 application, 18-18 control of marine borers with, 17-13 effectiveness, 18-18 effect on strength, 18-21 penetration obtained, 18-18 effectiveness, table, 18-8 cold-soaking process : fire hazard, 18-3 health effect, 18-3 effectiveness, 18-19 method, 18-19 odor, 18-3 painting, 18-2 retentions and penetrations, 18-19 retentions recommended for various wood prod- diffusion processes : ucts, table, 18-8 butt or groundline treatment of poles or posts, use in FPL stake tests, table, 18-10 18-19 creosote-coal-tar solutions : double diffusion, 18-19 effect on strength, 18-21 end diffusion, 18-19 properties, 18-4 dipping: retentions recommended for various wood prod- effectiveness, 18-18 ucts, table, 18-8 method, 18-18 specifications, 18-4 penetration obtained, 18-18 toxicity, 18-4 hot-and-cold-bath process : creosote, crystal-free coal-tar, 18-13 effectiveness, 18-19 creosote-petroleum oil solutions : methods, 18-19 effect on strength, 18-21 preservatives used, 18-20 fortification of, 18-4 retentions and penetrations, control of, 18-20 oils, specifications for, 18-4 temperatures used, 18-20 properties, 18-4 uses for, 18-20 retentions recommended for various wood prod- steeping process : ucts, table, 18-8 effectiveness, 18-19 specifications, 18-4 method, 18-19 toxicity, 18-4 preservatives used, 18-19 Effectiveness in service tests, table, 18-10 tire-tube method for green, unpeeled fencepost, 18-21 fluor chrome arsenate phenol : vacuum processes : composition, 18-7 effectiveness, 18-20 leaching resistance, 18-5 methods, 18-20 retentions recommended for various wood prod- uses, 18-20 ucts, table, 18-8 Preservative treatments, pressure : use in FPL stake tests, table, 18-10 advantages, 18-15 paint behavior, effect on, 16-5 empty-cell processes : penetration : Lowry process, 18-15,18-17 heartwood, 18-13 Rueping process, 18-15,18-17 incising, effect of, 18-23 full-cell process, 18-15 inspection for, 18-23 sapwood, 18-13 Preservatives : species, effect of, 18-13 classes, 18-2 pentachlorophenol : See Pentachlorophenol coal-tar : preservative oils, advantages and disadvantages, crosstie treatment with, 18-3 18-2 penetrations obtained, 18-3 retentions recommended : copper arsenate, chromated : how specified, 18-22 composition, 18-6 inspection for, 18-22 effectiveness, 18-6 lumber, table, 18-8 use in FPL stake tests, table, 18-10 piles, table, 18-8 uses, 18-6 poles, table, 18-8 copper arsenite, ammoniacal : posts, table, 18-8 composition, 18-6 structural timbers, table, 18-8 effectiveness, 18-6 ties, table, 18-8 1-23 Preservatives, continued : Rays: Tanalith: definition, 2-5 composition, 18-6 function, 2-5 effectiveness, 18-6 Reaction wood : retentions recommended for various wood prod- compression wood, 4-30 ucts, table, 18-8 increase in density, 4-29 specifications, 18-6 shrinkage, 3-7, 4-30 waterborne preservatives : tension wood, 4-30 advantages and disadvantages, 18-5 Red lauan. See Lauans chemicals used as, 18-5 Redwood : effect on strength, 18-21 characteristics, 1-20 leaching resistance, 18-5 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 pole treatment, 18-5 color and figure, table, 3-4 uses, 18-5 decay resistance, table, 3-17 water-repellent preservatives : dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 effectiveness, 18-5 locality of growth, 1-20 specification, 18-5 machineability, 1-21 Wolman salt, 18-6 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 zinc chloride, chromated : moisture content, table, 3-6 composition, 18-7 nomenclature, table, 5-14 effectiveness, 18-8 resistance to decay, 1-21 fire retardant, 18-7 shrinkage, 1-21 leaching resistance, 18-5 shrinkage values, table, 3-10 retentions recommended for various wood prod- toughness values, table, 4-23 ucts, table, 18-8 uses, 1-21 specifications, 18-6 water tanks, use for, 3-18 Pressure preservative processes, 18-15 Reflective insulation, 20-3 Pressures, preservative treating, 18-16,18-17 Relation of mechanical properties to specific gravity, Preventing decay in buildings, 17-5 table, 4-25 Primavera : Relaxation, 4-37 characteristics, 1-34 Repainting, 16-9 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 Resin-treated paper-base laminates, 22-9, 22-10, 22-11 decay resistance, table, 3-18 Resin-treated wood, compressed (compreg) : dimensional change coefficient, table, 4-11 flooring, 22-8 locality of growth, 1-34 manufacture by expansion molding, 22-3 machining properties, 1-34 properties, tables, 22-4, 22-6, 22-8 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 uses, 22-3, 22-8 nomenclature, 1-34 Resin-treated wood, uncompressed (impreg) resistance to decay, 1-34 manufacture, 22-2 shrinkage properties, 1-34 properties, tables, 22-4, 22-6, 22-8 shrinkage values, table, 3-11 uses, 22-2 uses, 1-34 Resin treatment of sandwich panels, 12-3 Priming paints : Resistance to marine borers, 17-12 requirements, 16-8 Resorcinol resin glues, characteristics, preparation, 3-coat work, 16-8 and uses of, table, 9-5 Product standard, glued structural members, 10-7 Retail yard inventory, 5-16 Proper gluing conditions, 9-9 Roble. See Oak Protection from organisms that degrade wood, 17-2 Rolling shear strength, 4-4 Protection of boats against marine borers, 17-13 Roof coverings, design to improve fire resistance, 15-8 Protection of permanent structures in sea water against Roof insulation : marine borers, 17-13 method of use, 21-5 Quartersawed lumber: sizes, 21-5 advantages, table, 3-3 uses, 21-4 method of producing, 3-2 Room-temperature-setting glues, 9-3, 9-10 Racking of stressed-skin panels, 10-13 Rosewood, Brazilian : Radial stresses, glued structural members, 10-9 characteristics, 1-35 Radiation of heat, 20-4 locality of growth, 1-35 Ramin : machining properties, 1-35 characteristics, 1-34 nomenclature, 1-35 decay resistance, table, 3-18 resistance to decay, 1-35 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 uses, 1-35 locality of growth, 1-34 Rosewood, Indian: machining properties, 1-35 characteristics, 1-35 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 nomenclature, 1-34 drying properties, 1-35 resistance to decay, 1-35 locality of growth, 1-35 shrinkage values, table, 3-11 machining properties, 1-35 uses, 1-35 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 1-24 Rosewood, Indian, continued: dimensional change coefficient, table, 4-11 nomenclature, 1-35 locality of growth, 1-36 uses, 1-35 machining properties, 1-36 Rot. See Decay mechanical properties, table, 4-17 Rotary-cut veneer, 9-9 nomenclature, 1-36 Rubber-base adhesives, characteristics, preparation, resistance to decay, 1-36 and uses of, table, 9-5 shrinkage values, table 3-11 Rueping empty-cell preservative process, 18-15 strength properties, 1-36 Rueping process for preservative treatment, 18-15 uses, 1-36 Samauma. See Lupuna Sapele : Samba. See Obeche characteristics, 1-36 Sande : characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 characteristics, 1-35 decay resistance, table, 3-18 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 locality of growth, 1-36 decay resistance, table, 3-18 machining properties, 1-36 locality of growth, 1-35 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 machining properties, 1-36 nomenclature, 1-36 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 resistance to decay, 1-36 nomenclature, 1-35 uses, 1-36 resistance to decay, 1-36 weight, 1-36 uses, 1-36 Sap stain, 17-2 weight, 1-35 Sapwood : Sandwich panels : color, 3-3 construction : decay resistance, 3-17 adhesives, 12-2,12-4 function, 2-4 cores, 12-2 mechanical properties, 6-2 core configurations, 12-3 moisture content, table, 3-6 edgings, 12-4 preservative penetration in, 18-12, 18-19 facings, 12-2 thickness, different species, 2-4 formable cores, 12-2 honeycomb cores, 12-2 Sassafras : manufacture, 12-3 characteristics, 1-11 resin treatment, 12-3 decay resistance, table, 3-17 service requirements, 12-2 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 showthrough, 12-4 locality of growth, 1-11 sound transmission, 12-2 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 design : nomenclature, table, 5-7 bending moment, 12-6 shock resistance, 1-11 bending stiffness, 12-4 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 bond strength, 12-6 uses, 1-11 cell size, 12-6 Scarf joints: core shear modulus, 12-4,12-6 efficiency, 9-12 core shear stress, 12-6 in glued structural members, 10-7 deflection coefficients, 12-5 slope of grain in, 9-11 deflections, 12-4 Screws, lag : dimpling of facings, 12-5 description, 7-10 edge members, 12-5,12-6 lateral load constants, table, 7-6 edgewise bending, 12-5,12-6 lateral resistance, 7-11 facing stresses, 12-6 prebored lead hole, size required, 7-11 facing wrinkling, 12-4 withdrawal resistance, 7-11 failure modes, 12-5 Screws, tapping, 7-24 minimum weight, 12-7 Screws, wood plate buckling, 12-5,12-6 lateral load constants, table, 7-6 sandwich column, 12-5 lateral resistance, 7-10 sandwich cylinders, 12-6 sizes, 7-9 shear deflection, 12-5 types, 7-9 shear instability limit, 12-5 withdrawal resistance, 7-9 shear stiffness, 12-4 Sealers used in finishing interior wood, 16-11 wrinkling of facings, 12-5,12-6 Seasoned lumber : dimensional stability : air-dry, 14-7 bowing, 12-7 kiln-dried, 14-8 deflection, 12-7 shipping-dry, 14-7 fire resistance, 12-8 Seasoning effect on pile driving, 19-5 test unit, 12-7 Seasoning degrade : thermal insulation, 12-7 amount permitted, 14-7 ' Santa Maria : classification, 14-7 characteristics, 1-36 grade, effect on, 14-7 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 methods of eliminating, 14-7 decay resistance, table, 3-18 strength, effect on, 4-33 1-25 Seasoning of wood : Slope of grain : accelerated air-drying, 14-6 determination, 4-27 air-drying, 14-6 effect on fatigue strength, 4-38 kiln-drying, 14-6 in bending stock, 13-5 moisture content of seasoned lumber, 14-7, 14-ß in visual sorting, 6-2 sawmill practice, 14-6 strength as related to, table, 4-27 seasoning degrade, 14-7 Soft rot, 17-4 special drying methods, 14-6, 14-7 Softwood grading associations, list 5-15 Seasoning practice : Softwood lumber : air-drying, advantages, 14-6 grading classification, 5-9 before preservative treatment, 18-13 grading factory and shop lumber, use classes, 5-11 kiln-drying, 14-6 grading nomenclature, table, 5-14 timbers, 14-3 manufacture, 5-12 Semirigid insulation board, 21-4 species, 5-14 Shakes : standard lumber patterns, 5-13 in glued structural members, 10-8 uses for various grades, 5-13 in lumber stress grading, 5-18, 6-31 yard lumber, grades, 5-9 Shear capacity of beams, 8-7 yard lumber sizes, table, 5-12 Shear deflection : Softwood plywood, 11-4 of beams, 8-2 Softwoods : of sandwich panels, 12-4 bending properties, 13-4 Shear, effective beam shear area, 8-7 definition, 1-3 Shear stiffness : hardness, 1-3 of sandwich panels, 12-4 species included, 1-4 uses, 1-4 of stressed-skin panels, 10-13 of wood-plywood glued structural members, 10-11 Solvent seasoning of wood, 14-6 Sound-deadening hardboard : Shear strength parallel to grain ; application, 21-8 coefficient of variability, table, 4-22 sizes, 21-8 values, table, 4-7 Sound transmission of sandwich panels, 12-2 Shear stress of beams, 8-7 Southern hardwoods, list, 1-4 Shear test, glued structural members, 10-4 Southern pines, used for poles, 19-2 Sheathing, moisture content recommended, table, 14-5 Southern softwoods, list, 1-4 Shingle backer : Soybean glue joints, durability of, 9-13 sizes, 21-7 Spaced columns, 8-12 uses, 21-7 Spanish cedar : Shingles and shakes, grades, 5-18 characteristics, 1-36 Shipworms, 17-11 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 Short columns : decay resistance, table, 3-18 effect of knots on strength, 4-26 dimensional change coefficient, table, 4-11 in glued structural members, 10-10 locality of growth, 1-36 Showthrough of sandwich panels, 12-4 machining properties, 1-36 Shrinkage : mechanical properties, table, 4-17 coefficient of variability, 3-11 nomenclature, 1-36 compression wood, 3-7, 4-30 resistance to decay, 1-36 construction that minimizes, 14-12 shrinkage values, table, 3-11 cross-grain boards, 3-7 uses, 1-36 fiber-saturation point as related to, 3-7,14-1 Special densified hardboards : framing lumber, 14-11, 14-13 density range, 21-11 heavy timber, 14-12 dimensional stability, 21-11 interior finish, 14-12 electrical properties, 21-11 joist hangars, 14-12 machineability, 21-11 laminated members, prevention in, 10-3 sizes, 21-11 longitudinal, 3-7 strength and mechanical properties, table, 21-5 of domestic woods, 3-9 thicknesses, 21-11 of imported woods, 3-11 uses, 21-11 post caps, metal to prevent, 14-12 weight, 21-11 radial, table, 3-9 Special drying methods : species, various, table, 3-9 boiling in oil, 14-6 tangential, table, 3-9 high-frequency electrical energy, 14-6 tension wood, 3-7, 4-30 infrared, 14-7 volumetric, table, 3-9 solvent seasoning, 14-6 Siding grades, moisture content recommended, table, vacuum drying, 14-7 14-5 Specifications for : Size factor, for design use, 6-8 plywood, 11-3 Skin buckling, stressed-skin panels, 10-14 timber piles, 19-5 Skin stresses, stressed-skin panels, 10-13 Specific gravity : Skins, stressed-skin panels, 10-13 coefficient of variability, 3-12, 4-22 Slash-grained lumber. See Flat-grained definition, 3-2 1-26 Specific gravity, continued: Staypak: strength as related to, table, 4-25 manufacture, 22-8 values, table, 4-7, 4-16 properties, table, 22-4 Specific gravity of wood, 3-12, 4-25 strength properties, table, 22-6 Specific heat of wood, 3-19 thermal expansion properties, table, 22-8 Speed of sound, 4-4 uses, 22-8, 22-9 Spikes, 7-8 Sticker stain in air-drying, 14-6 Spiral grain, 4-28 Stoddard solvent (mineral spirits), use in FPL stake Splits, glued structural members, 10-8 tests, table, 18-10 Springwood : Storage of lumber : description, 2-4 care in yards, 14-8 physical properties, 2-4 green or partially seasoned, 14-8 Spruce, Eastern: storage shed temperature, 14-9 characteristics, 1-21 Stiifeners, wood-plywood glued structural members, characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 10-12 decay resistance, table, 3-17 Storing lumber : locality of growth, 1-21 finish and factory items, 14-8 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 sheathing and structural items, 14-8 nomenclature, table, 5-14 Strength and other requirements for ties, 19-6 shrinkage, 1-21 Strength of beams, 8-5 shrinkage values, table, 3-10 Strength properties : uses, 1-21 bird pecks, effect, 4-32 chemicals, effect, 4-38 Spruce, Engelmann: compression failures, effect, 4-30 characteristics, 1-21 compression wood, 4-30 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 dead trees, 4-32 color and figure, table, 3-4 decay, effect, 4-39 decay resistance, table, 3-17 duration of stress, effect, 4-37 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 extractives, 4-32 locality of growth, 1-21 insect damage, effect, 4-40 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 knots, effect, 4-26 moisture content, table, 3-6 mineral streaks, effect, 4-32 nomenclature, table, 5-14 nuclear radiation, 4-39 parallel-to-grain tensile strength, table, 4-22 moisture content as related to, 4-34 shock resistance, 1-21 molds and stains, effect, 4-39 shrinkage, 1-21 pitch pockets, effect, 4-31 locality of growth, 1-21 seasoning degrade, effect, 4-33 shrinkage values, table, 3-10 slope of grain as related to, table, 4-27 strength, 1-21 temperature, immediate effect, 4-33 toughness values, table, 4-22 temperature, permanent effect, 4-34 uses, 1-21 Stress-graded lumber, American Standard lumber Spruce, Sitka : sizes, table, 5-5 characteristics, 1-21 Stress grading : characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 allowable properties, 6-2 color and figure, table, 3-4 strength ratio, 6-4 decay resistance, table, 3-17 Stressed-skin panels, 10-13 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 Stresses : elastic constants, table, 4-6 in beams, 8-2 gluing properties, table, 9-2 in columns, 8-11 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 Stringer stresses, stressed-skin panels, 10-13 moisture content, table, 3-6 Stringers, stressed-skin panels, 10-13 nomenclature, table, 5-14 Structural insulating board, 20-2 shock resistance, 1-21 Structure of wood, 2-2 shrinkage, 1-21 Subterranean termites, protection against, 17-9, 17-10 shrinkage values, table, 3-10 uses, 1-21 Summerwood : description, 2-4 Stains, exterior : physical properties, 2-4 properties, 16-11 strength criterion, 2-4 uses, 16-11 Superficial preservative applications, 18-18 Stake tests with preservatives, table, 18-10 Surfacing lumber, 5-13 Standard hardwood cutting grades, table, 5-12 Standard lengths of lumber, 5-4 Sweetgum : characteristics, 1-11 Standard lumber abbreviations, 5-20 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 Standard matched, 5-15 color and figure, table, 3-4 Standard thicknesses of lumber : decay resistance, table, 3-17 for flooring, 5-5 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 table, 5-4 elastic constants, table, 4-6 Standard widths of lumber, 5-4 gluing properties, table, 9-2 Staples, sizes, 7-8 locality of growth, 1-11 1-27 Sweetgum, continued: Tensile strength, glued structural members, 10-11 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 Tensile strength parallel to grain, average values, mechanical properties, table, 4-7 table, 4-22 moisture content, table, 3-6 Tensile strength perpendicular to grain : nomenclature, table, 5-6 coefficient of variability, table, 4-22 parallel-to-grain tensile strength, table, 4-22 values, table, 4-7 shock resistance, 1-12 Tension wood : shrinkage values, table, 3-9 definition, 4-29 small pores, finishing, 16-11 density increase, 4-29 toughness values, table, 4-23 description, 4-30 uses, 1-12 effect on strength, 4-30 Sycamore, American : shrinkage, 4-30 characteristics, 1-11 Texture of wood, 3-2 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 Termites : color and figure, table, 3-4 nonsub ter ranean, 17-10 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 subterranean, 17-9 gluing properties, table, 9-2 Test unit, sandwich, 12-7 locality of growth, 1-12 Thermal conductivity of wood : machining and related properties, table, 3-15 definition, 3-19, 20-4 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 determination, 3-19 moisture content, table, 3-6 factors affecting, 3-19 nomenclature, table, 5-7 insulating materials, table, 20-6 shock resistance, 1-12 Thermal diffusivity of wood, 3-19, 3-21 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 Thermal insulation, 20-2 small pores, finishing, 16-11 Thermal insulation of sandwich panels, 12-7 uses, 1-12 Thermal properties of wood, 3-17 Synthetic resin glues, 9-3, 9-6 Thermoplastic synthetic resin glues, characteristics, Tamarack : preparation, and uses, table, 9-6 characteristics, 1-22 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 Thermosetting polyvinyl-resin-emulsion glues, 9-3 color and figure, table, 3-4 Tianong. See Lauans decay resistance, table, 3-17 Ties: dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 decay resistance and preservative treatment, 19-6 locality of growth, 1-22 life, 19-6 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 sizes, 19-6 moisture content, table, 3-6 species used, 19-6 nomenclature, table, 5-14 specifications, 19-6 shrinkage values, table, 3-10 strength and other requirements, 19-6 uses, 1-22 Timber from live versus dead trees, 4-32 weight, 1-22 Time, effect on strength : Tanalith. See Copper arsenate, chromated age, 4-38 Tangare. See Andiroba creep/relaxation, 4-36 Tangile. See Lauans duration of stress, 4-37 Tanoak: fatigue, 4-38 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 Tire-tube preservative process, 18-21 locality of growth, 1-12 Toenailing joints, strength of, 7-5 machineability, 1-12 Tongued-and-grooved joints, 9-11 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 Torsion, 4-3 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 Torsional stiffness, wood-plywood glued structural shrinkage, 1-12 members, 10-10 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 . Toughness : uses, 1-12 average values, table, 4-23 Tapered beams : coefficient of variability, table, 4-22 combined stress, 8-7 Tracheids, 2-4 deflections, 8-3, 8-7 Transparent coatings for wood, 16-11 shear stresses, 8-7 Transportation in lumber distribution, 5-16 Tapping screws, 7-24 Transverse and volumetric shrinkage of wood, 3-7 Tars. See Coal-tar and water-gas tar Treated piles, life of, 17-13 Teak: Treating pressures and preservative temperatures, 18- characteristics, 1-37 16, 18-17 characteristics affecting machining, table, 3-16 Trim, exterior, recommended moisture content, table, decay resistance, table, 3-18 14-5 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 Tupelo : locality of growth, 1-36 characteristics, 1-12 machining properties, 1-37 color and figure, table, 3-4 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 nomenclature, 1-37 gluing properties, table, 9-2 shrinkage values, table, 3-11 locality of growth, 1-12 uses, 1-36 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 1-28 Tupelo, continued: Walnut, European : mechanical properties, table, 4-7 characteristics, 1-37 moisture content, table, 3-6 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 nomenclature, table, 5-7 locality of growth, 1-37 shock resistance, 1-12 machining properties, 1-37 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 mechanical properties, table, 4-17 uses, 1-13 nomenclature, 1-37 Twist: shrinkage values, table, 3-11 in beams, 8-9 uses, 1-37 in columns, 8-11 weight, 1-37 Tyloses, 1-11 Walnut, tropical. See Nogal Urea formaldehyde resins used in manufacture of par- Wane in lumber stress grading, 6-3 ticleboard, 21-2, 21-13 Warping, causes, 3-7, 9-8, 9-12,11-3, 16-8 Urea-resin glues : Waterborne preservatives : characteristics, preparation, and uses, table, 9-4 effect on painting, 16-5 durability, 9-13 nonpressure processes, 18-18 Vacuum preservative process, 18-20 pressure processes, 18-15 Vapor barriers, 20-10 Water-conducting fungi, 17-4 Vapor drying, 14-6,18-13 Waterponding, effect of on beams, 8-5, 8-6, 8-7 Varnishes, 16-7, 16-8,16-12 Water-repellent preservatives : Vegetable protein glues, characteristics, preparation, durability, 16-7 and uses, table, 9-4 paintability, 16-5,16-7 Veneer : used for treatment of wood siding and trim, 16-8 cutting, 9-9 used in finishing exterior wood, 16-7 drying, 9-8 Wawa. See Obeche moisture content recommended, 14-4 Weathering of wood, 3-16,16-6 Ventilation, 20-12 Web buckling, wood-plywood glued structural mem- Verawood. See Lignumvitae bers, 10-11 Vertical-grained lumber. See Edge-grained Web stresses, wood-plywood glued structural mem- Vessels, 2-4 bers, 10-11 Vibration properties, 4-4 Western hardwoods, list, 1-4 Western redcedar, used for poles, 19-2 Virola : Western softwoods, list, 1-4 characteristics, 1-37 White lauan. See Lauans decay resistance, table, 3-18 White pocket, 17-3 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-11 White rot, 17-4 locality of growth, 1-37 White seraya. See Bagtikan mechanical properties, table, 4-17 nomenclature, 1-37 Willow, black : resistance to decay, 1-37 characteristics, 1-13 shrinkage properties, 1-37 decay resistance, table, 3-17 shrinkage values, table, 3-11 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 uses, 1-37 gluing properties, table, 9-2 Visual grading, 6-2 locality of growth, 1-13 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 Visual sorting criteria in lumber stress grading : mechanical properties, table, 4-7 checks and splits, 6-3 nomenclature, table, 5-7 decay, 6-2 parallel-to-grain tensile strength, table, 4-22 density, 6-2 shock resistance, 1-13 heartwood and sap wood, 6-2 shrinkage, 1-13 knots, 6-3 toughness values, table, 4-23 pitch pockets, 6-3 uses, 1-13 slope of grain, 6-2 wane, 6-3 Withdrawal resistance : Volume of poles and piles, 19-3 of nails, 7-6 of wood screws, 7-9 Walnut, black : Wolman salts. See Tanalith and Copper arsenate, characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 chromated color and figure, table, 3-4 decay resistance, table, 3-17 Wood care during construction : dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 exterior trim and millwork, 14-13 elastic constants, table, 4-6 finish fioor, 14-13 gluing properties, table, 9-2 interior finish, 14-13 large pores, finishing, 16-11 lumber and sheathing, 14-12 locality of growth, 1-13 plastering, 14-14 machineability, 1-13 Wood extractives, 2-5 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 Wood fillers, 16-11,16-12 moisture content, table, 3-6 Wood-plastic combination : shock resistance, 1-13 manufacture, 22-9 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 uses, 22-9 uses, 1-13 Wood preservation, 18-2 1-29 Wood preservatives: gluing properties, table, 9-2 effectiveness, table, 18-10 locality of growth, 1-13 kinds, 18-2 machining and related properties, table, 3-15 methods, 18-5 mechanical properties, table, 4-7 retentions for wood products, table, 18-8 moisture content, table, 3-6 Wood, resin-treated, 22-2 nomenclature, table, 5-7 Wood sealers, 16-11 parallel-to-grain tensile strength, table, 4-22 Wood structure, 2-2 shock resistance, 1-13 Work to maximum load, values, table, 4-7 shrinkage, 1-13 Worked lumber, 5-13 shrinkage values, table, 3-9 Working loads of connectors, 7-22 small pores, finishing, 16-11 Working qualities of wood: toughness values, table, 4-23 characteristics of imported woods that affect machin- uses, 1-13 ing, table, 3-16 Zinc arsenate, chromate, 18-6 machining of domestic hardwoods, table, 3-15 Zinc chloride, chromated : Yang. See Apitong composition, 18-7 Yellow-poplar : effectiveness as preservative, table, 18-18 characteristics, 1-13 fire retardant, 18-7 characteristics for painting, table, 16-3 leaching resistance, 18-5 color and figure, table, 3-4 decay resistance, table, 3-17 retentions recommended, table, 18-8 dimensional change coefficient, table, 14-10 specifications, 18-6 elastic constants, table, 4-6 use in FPL stake tests, table, 18-10 it U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1974 0—580-^86 1-30 00 CO t- o coco C^^ t>05> CO ^ c o" o CO rH Tlí' CO r> CO CO s s g g "^ &^ í^ TH CO Üoft hoc ft^ O o o 00 OÔ 00 00 00 00 00 0 ó 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 so 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 OÔ 00 00 rt< TH Ci 04 00 iH o 00 ^ ^ ^ ^ cq^Lo ooco ^"^ ^"^ CO (M^ 00 <^ "^ ^ CD cT LO 00 CO CO 0 0 LO TH 00 oT 00 -^ TH t- TH t^íO TÍ^CT LOCN 'rfO 1 í^ ^ (M Tf (M LO THCO ^(M iHCO (MLO rH CO (M 10 (N LO so (M 'ïJ^ y-\ '^ (M ^ oí t^ 00 rH 00 LO oT LO ;0(N LOO rf<o lO os ÇO Oi TiH t- Tji 00 t- «o o lO l>